Books
- Digital/PrintTomohiro Kurosaki, Jürgen Wienands, editors.Contents:
Assembly and function of the precursor B-cell receptor
Receptor Dissociation and B cell activation
Molecular mechanisms of B cell antigen gathering and endocytosis
BTK signaling in B cell differentiation and autoimmunity
The memory function of the B cell antigen receptor
PI3K signaling in normal B cells and chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL)
Role of Calcium Signaling in B Cell Activation and Biolog
Roles of the NF-kappaB pathway in B-lymphocyte biology
MAP kinase cascades in antigen receptor signaling and physiology. - Digitaledited by Ji-Yang Wang.Summary: This book contains twelve chapters contributed by prestigious international experts who are at the forefront of B cell research, and aims to provide a cutting-edge and comprehensive overview of all aspects of B cells, including B cell development, maturation and activation, germinal center reaction, memory and plasma cell differentiation, and antibody-mediated positive and negative regulation of humoral immune responses. There are also three chapters describing human diseases caused by B cell abnormalities, including primary antibody deficiencies, autoimmune diseases, and B cell malignancies. We hope that this book will become a standard and routine reference for both basic researchers and clinicians.
Contents:
B cell development and maturation
B cell receptor signalling
Involvement of reactive oxygen species (ROS) in BCR signaling as a second messenger
Germinal center reaction
Memory B cells in local and systemic sites
Regulation of plasma cell differentiation
Regulation of humoral immune responses and B cell tolerance by the IgM Fc receptor
Regulatory B cells
Diversified IgA-bacteria interaction in gut homeostasis
Primary antibody deficiencies
B cell-mediated autoimmune diseases
B cell lymphomas.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitalby Tanya Altmann.Summary: This easy-to-use guide helps parents with evidence-based advice for dealing with the most common issues facing babies and toddlers, including breastfeeding, baby care, developmental stages, first aid and injuries, sleep, vaccines and more.
Contents:
Basic baby care
Breastfeeding
Formula feeding
Beyond bottles and breastfeeding: starting solid foods
Pooping
Stomachaches and vomiting
Fever
Coughs, colds, and more
Vaccines
Skin
Child care
Ingestions, injuries, and first aid
Growing up
Sleep.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2018 - Digitalby Tanya AltmannContents:
Basic baby care
Breastfeeding
Formula feeding
Beyond bottles and breastfeeding: starting solid foods
Pooping
Stomachaches and vomiting
Fever
Coughs, colds, and more
Vaccines
Skin
Child care
Ingestions, injuries, and first aid
Growing up
SleepDigital Access AAP ebooks 2022 - DigitalM. Tofazzal Islam, M. Mahfuz Rahman, Piyush Pandey, Michael Henry Boehme, Geert Haesaert, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive resource for researchers and students involved with studying the roles of Bacilli in sustainable crop production technologies. Chapters included in the book not only elaborate on beneficial traits of Bacilli, but also highlight utilization of these microbes for producing industrially important antibiotics, enzymes, probiotics and other useful biochemicals. Feeding ever increasing world population from shrinking arable acreage led to a synthetic input (fertilizer, growth regulator, pesticide etc.) based crop production system, which has been creating both environmental and health hazards and may also make the whole production system unsustainable. Researchers, food producers and consumers alike, now realize that this world needs effective, environmentally smart agricultural technologies that are safe for people use less synthetic inputs and protect natural resources. To overcome the challenge of increasing food production with a significant reduction of agrochemicals use, a great deal of interest and research have been devoted to beneficial microorganisms/biostimulants in recent days with noteworthy positive results. Bacillus based biopesticide together with other bio-rational approaches may play a critical role in helping all the key drivers of sustainable, environmentally responsible food production with enhanced food quality. Although multiple strains of Bacillus spp. showed promise to contribute to the sustainable agriculture by making nutrients available to plants, providing additional defense to adverse abiotic and biotic stresses, research on Bacillus based product formulation, rate and crop selection, optimization of application timing are urgently needed. As crop plants are more vulnerable to abiotic and biotic stresses at the seedling stage, optimization of application timing should aid in alleviating those stresses for the successful completion of life cycle of a plant.
Contents:
1. Management of fungal diseases on cucumber (Cucumis sativus L.) and tomato (Solanum lycopersicum L.) crops in greenhouses using Bacillus subtilis
2. Bacillus species: A potential plant growth regulator
3. Bacilli in the Biocontrol of Mycotoxins
4. Bacillus subtilis and its effect on the post-harvest of fruit and flowers
5. Plant growth-promotion by ACC deaminase-producing Bacilli under salt stress conditions
6. Bacillus subtilis-mediated Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Plant
7. Exploring the Utility of Aneurinibacillus as a Bioinoculant for Sustainable Crop Production and Environmental Applications
8. Phylogeny and Taxonomy of agriculturally important Bacillus species
9. Endophytic Bacillus species induced systemic resistance to plant diseases
10. Genomics and Post-genomics Approaches for Elucidating Molecular Mechanisms of Plant Growth Promoting Bacilli
11. Tapping the Potential of Metabolomics in New Natural Products Discovery from Bacillus Species
12. Genomic insights and comparative genomics of Bacillus species having diverse mechanisms of biocontrol against fungal phytopathogens
13. Bacillus species as biocontrol agents for fungal plant pathogens
14. Application Method and Efficacy of Bacillus spp in Mitigating Abiotic and Biotic Stresses and Enhancing Plant Performance
15. Bacillus thuringiensis-based Gene Pyramiding a way Forward for a Combined Horizontal and Vertical Resistance in Plant
16. Probiotic Bacilli in Sustainable Aquaculture.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalRichard M. Schwend, William L. Hennrikus, editors.Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributor List
Part I: Background
Chapter 1: Epidemiology of Pediatric Back Pain
Introduction
Defining Back Pain
Prevalence
Back Pain
Neck and Thoracic Pain
Low Back Pain
Incidence
Pain Frequency, Duration, and Intensity
Disability
Medical Attention
Natural History
Risk Factors
Physical Domain
Trunk Muscles
Trunk Mobility
Posture
Trunk Asymmetry
Muscle and Joint Flexibility
Trunk Stability
Biological Domain
Weight and Height
Gender
Family History
Lifestyle Domain
Activity Sedentary Activity
Physical Activity
Sport
Occupational Activity
Sleep
Smoking and Alcohol
Backpacks
Psychosocial Domain
Psychological, Behavioral, and Cognitive Factors
Social Factors
Approaching Back Pain from a Multidimensional Perspective
Prevention
Brief Summary
Conclusion
Editor Discussion
References
Chapter 2: Anatomy of the Pediatric Spine
Cervical Spine (Fig. 2.5)
Thoracic Spine (Fig. 2.3)
Lumbar Spine (Fig. 2.6)
Editor Discussion
References Chapter 3: Medical and Non-surgical Conditions That Can Cause or Contribute to Back Pain in a Child or Adolescent
Mechanical Back Pain (Non-specific or Muscular Back Pain)
Scoliosis
Back Pain in Children with Neuromuscular Disease
Muscle Strain and Spasm
Spondylolysis/Spondylolisthesis
Scheuermann Disease
Degenerative Disease
Bertolotti Syndrome
Spinal Dysraphism
Benign but Locally Aggressive Tumors of the Spine
Osteoid Osteoma/Osteoblastoma
Histiocytosis
Malignancy
Leukemia
Ewing Sarcoma
Spinal Cord Tumor
Infection
Discitis
Osteomyelitis Systemic Disease
Osteoporosis/Metabolic Bone Disease
Sickle Cell Disease
Spondyloarthropathy
Extra-skeletal Causes of Back Pain
Editor Discussion
References
Chapter 4: History Evaluation of the Child or Adolescent with Back Pain Including Ten Red Flags
Introduction
Summary
Editor Discussion
References
Chapter 5: Physical Examination of the Child or Adolescent with Back Pain
Editor Discussion
References
Chapter 6: Radiologic Imaging and Laboratory Evaluation of Back Pain in Children and Adolescents
Introduction
Imaging
Role of Plain Radiography Radiation Exposure
Special Views
Role of Computerized Tomography (CT Scan)
Spinal Cord Injury Without Radiographic Abnormality (SCIWORA)
Technetium Nuclear Bone Scan
PET-CT
Imaging Findings on Plain Radiography
Initial Approach to Reading Plain Radiographs of the Spine
Disc Disease and Schmorl's Nodes
Fracture or Dislocation
Scheuermann's Kyphosis
Transitional Vertebra
Spina Bifida Occulta
Spondylolysis and Spondylolisthesis
Spinal Deformity
Vertebra Plana
MRI
Examples of Commonly Encountered Pediatric Variations and Abnormalities - Digitaledited by Richard H. Steckel, Ohio State University ; Clark Spencer Larsen, Ohio State University ; Charlotte A. Roberts, University of Durham ; Joerg Baten, Eberhard-Karls-Universität Tübingen, GermanySummary: Using human skeletal remains, this volume traces health, workload and violence in the European population over the past 2,000 years. Health was surprisingly good for people who lived during the early Medieval Period. The Plague of Justinian of the sixth century was ultimately beneficial for health because the smaller population had relatively more resources that contributed to better living conditions. Increasing population density and inequality in the following centuries imposed an unhealthy diet - poor in protein - on the European population. With the onset of the Little Ice Age in the late Middle Ages, a further health decline ensued, which was not reversed until the nineteenth century. While some aspects of health declined, other attributes improved. During the early modern period, interpersonal violence (outside of warfare) declined possibly because stronger states and institutions were able to enforce compromise and cooperation. European health over the past two millennia was hence multifaceted in nature.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- Digital/PrintA report by the Subcommittee on Problems of the Aged and Aging to the Committee on Labor and Public Welfare, United States Senate.Digital Access
- PrintGeorge Yancy ; foreword by Cornel West.Summary: "When George Yancy penned a New York Times op-ed entitled 'Dear White America' asking white Americans to confront the ways that they benefit from racism, he knew his article would be controversial. But he was unprepared for the flood of vitriol in response. The resulting blowback played out in the national media, with critics attacking Yancy in every form possible--including death threats--and supporters rallying to his side. Despite the rhetoric of a 'post-race' America, Yancy quickly discovered that racism is still alive, crude, and vicious in its expression. In Backlash, Yancy expands upon the original article and chronicles the ensuing controversy as he seeks to understand what it was about the op-ed that created so much rage among so many white readers. He challenges white Americans to rise above the vitriol and to develop a new empathy for the African American experience."--Jacket.
Contents:
Foreword: The end of white innocence / Cornel West
Introduction: Talking about racism: when honesty feels like too much to bear
The letter: Dear white America
Dear nigger professor
Risking the white self
Accepting the gift. - Printedited by I.C. Gunsalus, Roger Y. Stanier.Contents:
v. 1. Structure
v. 2. Metabolism
v. 3. Biosynthesis
v. 4. The Physiology of growth
v. 5. Heredity
v. 6 Bacterial diversity
v. 7 Mechanisms of adaptation
v. 8 Archaebacteria
v. 10. The Biology of pseudomonas. - Digitaleditors, Pascale Cossart, Institut Pasteur, Paris, France, Craig R. Roy, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut, Philippe Sansonetti, Institut Pasteur, Paris, France.Summary: "In launching this book, we wanted to cover many aspects and mechanisms of cellular microbiology, but more importantly, we intended to show that cellular microbiology as a field has reached maturity, extending beyond the strictly cellular level to infections of various organs and tissues. Many model organisms (Yersinia, Salmonella, Shigella, and Listeria, among others) are foodborne pathogens, and tremendous progress has been achieved in deciphering how, when, and where bacteria interact with the gut. However, intestinal cells and the intestine are not the only cells and organs discussed in this book. There are also chapters on infections of the urogenital tract, the endothelial barriers, the nervous system, and the lungs. Progress in the latter two concern important public health infections produced by Mycobacterium leprae and Mycobacterium tuberculosis. These two bacteria, which were at first much more difficult to manipulate than Escherichia coli, are now genetically tractable, and their study can now benefit from all the techniques and approaches established with less fastidious bacteria"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2019
- Printedited by Edward R. Leadbetter and Jeanne S. Poindexter.Contents:
v. 1. Bacterial activities in perspective.--
v. 2. Methods and special applications in bacterial ecology. - DigitalSanti M. Mandal, Debarati Paul, editors.Summary: The proposed book aims to understand the mechanism of survival of microorganisms in response to chemical stress in various ecological niches that suffer direct human intervention, more so the agricultural, domestic and hospital settings. Microbicides (e.g. disinfectants, antiseptics, fungicides, algaecides, insecticides and pesticides) are used rampantly to control undesirable microbes. Insecticides and pesticides are routinely used in agriculture which directly affect the microbial population in farms, orchards and fields. Health care environments are always stressed with disinfectants and antibiotics. It is always probable that microbicide-stressed microorganisms are in a dynamic state, displaced from one niche to the other. Some soil and water borne bacteria or their resistance determinants are also getting prominence in hospital settings after suffering selective pressure from agricides. In order to reveal the survival strategies of microbicidal-resistant microbes, it is of prime importance to know the mode of action of these complete range of microbicides (agricides to antibiotics). The present book intends to address these issues. There will be several chapters dealing with tolerance and cross resistance in microbes and bacteria in particular, dwelling in various niches. Till date, there is no consensus among scientists in theorizing molecular mechanisms to explain bacterial tolerance and their cross resistance to agricides and antibiotics.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Plasmids: The necessary Knowledge Wealth for Encountering Antibiotic-Resistance menace
Chapter 2. Disinfectants amend the expression of membrane bound efflux transporters to augment antimicrobial resistance
Chapter 3. Knowledge gaps and research needs in bacterial co-resistance in the environment
Chapter 4. Microbial resistance to Antibiotics
Chapter 5. Do non-medical uses of antibiotics develop cross-resistance in clinical pathogens?
Chapter 6. Biofilms in antimicrobial activity and drug resistance
Chapter 7. GAntimicrobial resistance in microbes: Mode of action of TolC like protein and their mechanism of regulating stress resistance and physiology
Chapter 8. Efflux mediated co-resistance
Chapter 9. Biofilm and Antibiotic resistance in Acinetobacter baumannii
Chapter 10. Mechanism of bacterial co-resistance
Chapter 11. Antibiotics and Microbial Antibiotic Resistance in Soil
Chapter 12. Microbial adaptation and resistance to pesticides
Chapter 13. Antimicrobial agents used in food preservation or as agricides and effect on microbes in developing antimicrobial resistance
Chapter 14. Molecular Mechanisms of Action and Resistance of Antimalarial drugs
Chapter 15. Management and control of antimalarial drug resistance. - Digitaledited by Kumaran Narayanan, Monash University Malaysia, Bandar Sunway, Malaysia, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, USA.Digital Access Springer 2015
- Digitaledited by Andreas Kuhn.Summary: This book provides an up-to-date overview of the architecture and biosynthesis of bacterial and archaeal cell walls, highlighting the evolution-based similarities in, but also the intriguing differences between the cell walls of Gram-negative bacteria, the Firmicutes and Actinobacteria, and the Archaea. The recent major advances in this field, which have brought to light many new structural and functional details, are presented and discussed. Over the past five years, a number of novel systems, e.g. for lipid, porin and lipopolysaccharide biosynthesis have been described. In addition, new structural achievements with periplasmic chaperones have been made, all of which have revealed amazing details on how bacterial cell walls are synthesized. These findings provide an essential basis for future research, e.g. the development of new antibiotics. The books content is the logical continuation of Volume 84 of SCBI (on Prokaryotic Cytoskeletons), and sets the stage for upcoming volumes on Protein Complexes.
Contents:
The bacterial cell wall and membrane
a treasure chest for antibiotic targets
Lipopolysaccharide biosynthesis and transport to the outer membrane of Gram-negative bacteria
Lipoproteins: structure, function, biosynthesis
Outer membrane porins
Peptidoglycan
The Periplasmic Chaperones Skp and SurA
Bacterial signal peptidases
Carbohydrate Transport by Group Translocation: The Bacterial Phosphoenolpyruvate : Sugar Phosphotransferase System
Secondary active transporters
Respiratory membrane protein complexes convert chemical energy
Inner membrane translocases and insertases
The biosynthesis and structures of bacterial pili
Cell Walls and Membranes of Actinobacteria
Archaeal cell walls.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalAnjali A. Satoskar, Tibor Nadasdy, editors.Contents:
Acute Poststreptococcal Glomerulonephritis
Staphylococcus Infection-Associated Glomerulonephritis
Glomerulonephritis Associated with Other Bacterial Infections
Endocarditis-Associated Glomerulonephritis
The Management of Bacterial Infection-Associated Glomerulonephritis
Infection-Associated Thrombotic Microangiopathy
Direct Bacterial Infection of the Renal Parenchyma: Pyelonephritis in Native Kidneys.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalMaria Kaparakis-Liaskos, Thomas A. Kufer, editors.Summary: This book focuses on the multitude of functions bacterial membrane vesicles perform in bacterial ecology and pathogenesis as well as in emerging medical and biotechnological applications. Both Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria produce membrane-bound nanostructures, known as membrane vesicles, which have a range of functions that include serving as delivery vehicles, providing a means of communication over both spatial and temporal scales, and contributing to bacterial survival and evolution. Topics covered in this book range from the biogenesis and composition of bacterial membrane vesicles to their abundance and biological roles in microbial ecosystems, such as marine environments. In the individual chapters, the involvement of bacterial membrane vesicles in host-pathogen interactions, promoting virulence and in facilitating the establishment of infection is explained. In addition, current knowledge regarding membrane vesicles produced by commensal bacteria and their role in the maturation of the host immune system, as well as the therapeutic potential of bacterial membrane vesicles as delivery systems and innovative nanotechnology-based therapeutics are discussed. This work appeals to a wide readership of students and researchers interested in microbial ecology, mechanism underlying pathogenesis and new avenues in applied microbiology and nanotechnology.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Editors and Contributors
Chapter 1: Introduction, History, and Discovery of Bacterial Membrane Vesicles
1.1 Introduction to Gram-Negative OMVs
1.1.1 The First Observations of OMVs
1.1.2 Advances in OMV Research
1.1.3 Outer Membrane Vesicles Research in the Last Decade
1.1.4 Biogenesis of OMVs
1.1.5 Outer Membrane Vesicles in Bacterial Communication
1.1.6 Outer Membrane Vesicles in Host-Pathogen Interactions
1.1.7 Distribution of OMVs in the Environment
1.2 Introduction to Gram-Positive MVs 1.2.1 Production and Biogenesis of Gram-Positive MVs
1.2.2 Contents of Gram-Positive MVs
1.2.3 Role of MVs in Inter-Bacterial Communication
1.2.4 Role of MVs in Host-Pathogen Interactions
1.3 Conclusions
References
Chapter 2: Biogenesis of Gram-Negative OMVs
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Modulation of Outer Membrane-Peptidoglycan Linkages
2.2.1 Braunś Lipoprotein (Lpp)
2.2.2 Outer Membrane Protein A (OmpA)
2.2.3 Tol-Pal Complex
2.3 Bacterial Stress Responses Affecting Vesiculation
2.3.1 Envelope Stress Response
2.3.2 Cell Wall-Directed Agents 2.3.3 SOS Response and Bacteriophages
2.4 Filamentous or Tubular Surface Structures
2.5 Modulation of Outer Membrane Components or Composition
2.5.1 Pseudomonas Quinolone Signal (PQS)
2.5.2 LPS Modifications
2.5.2.1 Lipid A Modifications
2.5.2.2 LPS Core Modifications
2.5.2.3 O-Antigen Modifications
2.5.3 Modulation of Phospholipid Composition
2.6 Conclusion
References
Chapter 3: Biogenesis and Function of Extracellular Vesicles in Gram-Positive Bacteria, Mycobacteria, and Fungi
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Evidence for MVs in Cell-Walled Organisms 3.3 Methods for the Study of MVs in Organisms with a Thick Cell Wall
3.3.1 Methods of Isolation
3.3.2 Cargo Identification
3.3.2.1 Identification of MV-Associated Proteins
3.3.2.2 Identification of MV-Associated Lipids
3.3.2.3 Identification of MV-Associated Nucleic Acids
3.3.3 Quantification, Labeling, and Visualization of MVs
3.4 Mechanisms of MV Biogenesis in Cell-Walled Microorganisms
3.4.1 Fungi
3.4.2 Gram-Positive Bacteria and Mycobacteria
3.5 MV Cargo
3.5.1 Fungi
3.5.2 Gram-Positive Bacteria
3.5.3 Mycobacteria 3.6 Cell-Walled Organisms-Derived MV Functions
3.6.1 Fungi
3.6.2 Gram-Positive Bacteria
3.6.3 Mycobacteria
3.7 MVs in Medicine
3.7.1 Clinical Implications of MVs
3.7.2 MVs as Vaccine
3.7.3 MVs in Biofilm Production
3.7.4 MVs in Diagnosis
3.8 Unsolved Problems and Concluding Remarks
3.8.1 Cell Wall Transport
3.8.2 Mechanism of Vesicle Production and Sorting Contents
3.8.3 Role of Vesicles in Pathogenesis and Vaccines
3.9 Concluding Remarks
References
Chapter 4: Extracellular Vesicles in the Environment
4.1 Introduction - Digitaledited by Alessio Mengoni, Marco Galardini, Marco Fondi.Contents:
Pulsed field gel electrophoresis and genome size estimates/ Rosa Alduina and Annalisa Pisciotta
Comparative analyses of extrachromosomal bacterial replicons, identification of chromids, and experimental evaluation of their indispensability / Lukasz Dziewit and Dariusz Bartosik
Choice of next-generation sequencing pipelines / F. Del Chierico ... [et al.]
Pyrosequencing protocol for bacterial genomes / Ermanno Rizzi
Bacterial metabarcoding by 16S rRNA gene ion torrent amplicon sequencing / Elio Fantini ... [et al.]
Illumina-solexa sequencing protocol for bacterial genomes / Zhenfei Hu, Lei Cheng, and Hai Wang
High-throughput phenomics / Carlo Viti ... [et al.]
Comparative analysis of gene expression : uncovering expression conservation and divergence between Salmonella enterica serovar typhimurium strains LT2 and 14028S / Paolo Sonego ... [et al.]
Raw sequence data and quality control / Giovanni Bacci
Methods for assembling reads and producing contigs / Valerio Orlandini, Marco Fondi, and Renato Fani
Mapping contigs using CONTIGuator / Marco Galardini, Alessio Mengoni, and Marco Bazzicalupo
Gene calling and bacterial genome annotation with BG7 / Raquel Tobes ... [et al.]
Defining orthologs and pangenome size metrics / Emanuele Bosi, Renato Fani, and Marco Fondi
Robust identification of orthologues and paralogues for microbial pan-genomics using GET HOMOLOGUES : a case study of pIncA/C plasmids / Pablo Vinuesa and Bruno Contreras-Moreira
Genome-scale metabolic network reconstruction / Marco Fondi and Pietro Liò
From pangenome to panphenome and back / Marco Galardini, Alessio Mengoni, and Stefano Mocali
Genome-wide detection of selection and other evolutionary forces / Zhuofei Xu and Rui Zhou
Integrated microbial genome resource of analysis / Alice Checcucci and Alessio Mengoni.Digital Access Springer 2015 - PrintBrenda A. Wilson, Malcolm E. Winkler, Brian T. Ho.Summary: "Completely revised and updated, and for the first time in stunning full-color, Bacterial Pathogenesis: A Molecular Approach, Fourth Edition, builds on the core principles and foundations of its predecessors while expanding into new concepts, key findings, and cutting-edge research, including new developments in the areas of the microbiome and CRISPR as well as the growing challenges of antimicrobial resistance. All-new detailed illustrations help students clearly understand important concepts and mechanisms of the complex interplay between bacterial pathogens and their hosts. Study questions at the end of each chapter challenge students to delve more deeply into the topics covered, and hone their skills in reading, interpreting, and analyzing data, as well as devising their own experiments. A detailed glossary defines and expands on key terms highlighted throughout the book. Written for advanced undergraduate, graduate, and professional students in microbiology, bacteriology, and pathogenesis, this text is a must-have for anyone looking for a greater understanding of virulence mechanisms across the breadth of bacterial pathogens."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The power of bacteria
Skin and mucosa: the first lines of defense against bacterial infections
The innate immune system: always on guard
The adaptive defenses: antibodies and cytotoxic T cells
The microbiota of the human body: microbiomes and beyond
Microbes and disease: establishing a connection
Mechanisms of genetic modification and exchange: role in pathogen evolution
Identification of virulence factors: measuring infectivity and virulence
Identification of virulence factors: molecular approaches for bacterial factors
Identification of virulence factors: molecular approaches for host factors
Bacterial strategies for colonization and survival in the host
Toxins and other toxic virulence factors
Delivery of virulence factors
Virulence regulation
Antimicrobial compounds and their targets
Antibiotic resistance
Vaccination: a critical component of the modern medical armamentarium
The gram-positive opportunistic pathogens
The gram-negative opportunistic pathogens
The changing roles of microbiologists in an age of bioterrorism and emerging diseases - Digitaledited by Jan Michiels and Maarten Fauvart.Contents:
Historical perspective on bacterial persistence / Natalie Verstraeten ... [et al.]
Persisters : methods for isolation and identifying contributing factors-a review / Sarah E. Rowe ... [et al.]
General method for measuring persister levels in Escherichia coli cultures / Niilo Kaldalu ... [et al.]
Optimized method for measuring persistence in Escherichia coli with improved reproducibility / F. Goormaghtigh and L. Van Melderen
Microplate-based system as in vitro model of biofilm growth and quantification / Ilse Vandecandelaere, Heleen Van Acker, and Tom Coenye
Protocol for determination of the persister subpopulation in Candida Albicans biofilms / Katrijn De Brucker ... [et al.]
Quantitative measurements of type I and type II persisters using ScanLag / Irit Levin-Reisman and Nathalie Q. Balaban
Analyzing persister physiology with fluorescence-activated cell sorting / Mehmet A. Orman ... [et al.]
Single-cell detection and collection of persister bacteria in a directly accessible femtoliter droplet array / Ryota Iino ... [et al.]
Whole-cell-based high-throughput screening method to identify molecules targeting Pseudomonas Aeruginosa persister cells / Veerle Liebens, Valerie Defraine, and Maarten Fauvart
Functional analysis of the role of toxin-antitoxin (TA) loci in bacterial persistence / Aaron T. Butt and Richard W. Titball
Experimental evolution of Escherichia coli persister levels using cyclic antibiotic treatments / Bram Van den Bergh, Joran E. Michiels, and Jan Michiels
In vitro models for the study of the intracellular activity of antibiotics / Julien M. Buyck ... [et al.]
Murine model for Escherichia coli urinary tract infection / Thomas J. Hannan and David A. Hunstad
Analysis of macrophage-induced Salmonella persisters / Robert A. Fisher, Angela M. Cheverton, and Sophie Helaine
Population dynamics analysis of ciprofloxacin-persistent S. Typhimurium cells in a mouse model for Salmonella diarrhea / Patrick Kaiser, Roland R. Regoes, and Wolf-Dietrich Hardt
Computational methods to model persistence / Alexandra Vandervelde ... [et al.].Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Irina Artsimovitch, Thomas J. Santangelo.Contents:
Mapping the Escherichia coli transcription elongation complex with exonuclease III / Zhaokun Liu and Irina Artsimovitch
Purification of bacterial RNA polymerase : tools and protocols / Vladimir Svetlov and Irina Artsimovitch
Monitoring translocation of multisubunit RNA polymerase along the DNA with fluorescent base analogues / Anssi M. Malinen, Matti Turtola, and Georgiy A. Belogurov
In vitro and in vivo methodologies for studying the sigma-54-dependent transcription / Martin Buck [and nine others]
Methods for the assembly and analysis of in vitro transcription-coupled-to-translation systems / Daniel Castro-Roa and Nikolay Zenkin
Site-specific incorporation of probes into RNA polymerase by unnatural-amino-acid mutagenesis and Straudinger-Bertozzi ligation / Anirban Chakraborty [and seven others]
Reconstruction of factor-dependent, promotor proximal pausing in Drosophila nuclear extracts / Jian Li and David S. Gilmour
Direct competition assay for transcription fidelity / Lucyna Lubkowska and Maria L. Kireeva
Single-stranded DNA aptamers for functional probing of bacterial RNA polymerase / Danil Pupov and Andrey Kulbachinskiy
Biochemical analysis of transcription termination by RNA polymerase III from yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae / Aneeshkumar G. Arimbasseri and Richard J. Maraia
Use of RNA polymerase molecular beacon assay to measure RNA polymerase interactions with model promotor fragments / Vladimir Mekler and Konstantin Severinov
Preparation of cDNA libraries for high-throughput RNA sequencing analysis of RNA 5' ends / Irina O. Vvedenskaya, Seth R. Goldman, and Bryce E. Nickels
In situ footprinting of E. coli transcription elongation complex with chloroacetaldehyde / A. Rachid Rahmouni and Christine Mosrin-Hauman
Using solutes and kinetics to probe large conformational changes in the steps of transcription initiation / Emily F. Ruff, Wayne S. Kontur, and M. Thomas Record Jr.
Manipulating archaeal systems to permit analyses of transcription elongation-termination decisions in vitro / Alexandra M. Gehring and Thomas J. Santangelo
Purification of active RNA polymerase I from yeast / Francis Dean Appling and David Alan Schneider
Transcription in archaea : preparation of Methanocaldococcus jannaschii transcription machinery / Katherine Smollet, Fabian Blombach, and Finn Werner
Transcription in archaea ; in vitro transcription assays for mjRNAP / Katherine Smollet, Fabian Blombach, and Finn Werner
Experimental analysis of hFACT action during pol II transcription in vitro / Fu-Kai Hsieh, Olga I. Kulaeva, and Vasily M. Studitsky
ChIP-Seq for genome-scale analysis of bacterial DNA-binding proteins / Richard P. Bonocora and Joseph T. Wade.Digital Access Springer 2015 - PrintSamuel Wagner, Jorge E. Galan, editors.Summary: One of the most exciting developments in the field of bacterial pathogenesis in recent years is the discovery that many pathogens utilize complex nanomachines to deliver bacterially encoded effector proteins into eukaryotic and prokaryotic target cells to modulate a variety of cellular functions for the pathogens benefit. These protein-delivery machines include the type III secretion system (T3SS), which is widespread in nature and encoded not only by bacteria pathogenic to vertebrates or plants, but also by bacteria that are symbiotic to plants or insects. Because they are essential virulence factors for many important human pathogens, these systems are emerging as a prime target for the development of new-generation, anti-infective drugs. This book reviews our current understanding of these intriguing injection machines as well as of the closely related T3SS that serves in flagella assembly. Individual chapters focus on regulation, assembly, structure, and function of the type III secretion machine and on the evolution of the secreted effector proteins. Given its scope, this book will appeal to a broad readership, including researchers and teachers in the fields of infectious diseases, host pathogen interactions, plant and animal pathogenesis, and symbiosis.
- DigitalAnthony William Maresso.Summary: This textbook introduces in an engaging way the fundamentals of how pathogenic bacteria interact with, and are virulent within, the human host. To inspire and educate the next generation of microbe hunters, the author, Microbiologist and Scientist Anthony William Maresso, integrates the major findings of the field into a single, easy-to-understand volume emphasizing a molecular appreciation of the concepts underlying bacterial infectious diseases. The work explores such themes as the history of Microbiology, bacterial structure and physiology, bacterial toxins, secretion systems, and adhesins, the host immune system and its battle with bacteria, biofilms, sepsis, and technologies/techniques to the present day. Fully illustrated in concept and packed with idea-provoking challenges highlighting "out-of-the-box" thinking, the work moves beyond being just a review of the scientific literature intent on equipping the next generation of Microbiologists and their teachers with the knowledge to confront, and hopefully one day defeat, the insidious microbes which undermine human health. This textbook is a resource for undergraduate, graduate, and medical students, as well as other health-oriented learners, postdoctoral scholars, basic scientists, and professors intent on expanding their knowledge of bacterial infection and virulence mechanisms.
Contents:
1. A Short History of Microbiology
2. The Form and Function of a Bacterial Cell
3. The Practice of the Microbe Hunter
4. Innate Immunological Defenses against Bacterial Attack
5. Adaptive Immunological Defenses against Bacterial Attack
6. The Mutagenic Tetrasect7. Bacterial Bindance: Adhesins and their Engagement to Host
8. Bacterial Invasion of the Host Cell
9. Bacterial Secretion Systems
10. Bacterial Protein Toxins and Effectors
11. The Acquisition and Consumption of Host Nutrients.-12. Biofilms
13. The Human Microbiome
14. Sepsis
15. Bacterial Vaccines and the Challenges Ahead
16. Antibiotics ... and their destruction. - DigitalDavid R. Harper, Stephen T. Abedon, Benjamin H. Burrowes, Malcolm L. McConville.Summary: This first major reference work dedicated to the mannifold industrial and medical applications of bacteriophages provides both theoretical and practical insights into the emerging field of bacteriophage biotechnology. The book introduces to bacteriophage biology, ecology and history and reviews the latest technologies and tools in bacteriophage detection, strain optimization and nanotechnology. Usage of bacteriophages in food safety, agriculture, and different therapeutic areas is discussed in detail. This book serves as essential guide for researchers in applied microbiology, biotechnology and medicine coming from both academia and industry.
Contents:
Bacteriophage Biology
History of Bacteriophages
Bacteriophage Technology
Agriculture, Food and Environmental Use of Bacteriophages
Therapeutic Use of Bacteriophages. - Digital[edited by] Jonas T. Johnson, Clark A. Rosen; illustrations by Victoria J. Forber, Anthony Pazos, and Christine Gralapp.Contents:
Basic science/general medicine
Rhinology and allergy
General otolaryngology
Laryngology
Trauma
Pediatric otolaryngology
Head and neck surgery
Sleep medicine
Otology
Facial plastic and reconstructive surgery
Contemporary issues in medical practice.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - DigitalClark A. Rosen, Jonas T. Johnson.Contents:
Basic science general medicine
Rhinology and allergy
General otolaryngology
Laryngology
Trauma
Pediatric otolaryngology
Head and neck surgery
Sleep medicine
Otology
Facial plastic and reconstructive surgery
Contemporary issues in medical practice.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - Print
- Digitaledited by Brian L. Day, Stephen R. Lord.Summary: "Balance, Gait, and Falls, Volume 159 presents the latest information on sensorimotor anatomy, sensory integration, gravity and verticality, standing balance, balance perturbations, voluntary stepping and gait initiation, gait and gait adaptability, disorders of balance and gait that result from aging and neurological diseases. The book provides a brief overview of age-related changes in the structure and function of sensorimotor and central processes, with sections specifically devoted to Parkinson's disease, parkinsonism, cerebellar ataxia, stroke, corticobasal degeneration, multiple sclerosis, Huntington's disease, dystonia, tremor, Alzheimer's disease, frontotemporal dementia, cerebral palsy, polio, motor neuron disease, brainstem lesions, spinal lesions, peripheral nerve disease, and psychogenic conditions. Diseases covered have a common structure comprising background and epidemiology, pathology, balance disorders, gait disorders, falls, therapies (including fall prevention), and future directions"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Section I. Basic aspects. Sensorimotor anatomy of gait, balance and falls
Sensory integration for human balance control
Gravity estimation and verticality perception
Sensorimotor control of standing balance
Balance Perturbations
Voluntary steps and gait initiation
Gait
Gait adaptability
Ecology of Falls
Section II. Clinical aspects. Ageing
Parkinson's disease
Falls in frontotemporal dementia and related syndromes
Stroke
Dystonia
Balance, gait and falls in multiple sclerosis
Gait, balance and falls in Huntington disease
Cerebellar ataxia
Tremor
Dementia
Cerebral palsy
Poliomyelitis
Motor neurone disease
Brainstem lesions and gait
Balance, gait and falls in spinal cord injury
Disorders of the inner ear balance organs and their pathways
Peripheral nerve disease
Functional (psychogenic) gait disorder: Diagnosis and management.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalBalancing the Socio-political and Medico-ethical Dimensions of HIV : a Social Public Health ApproachAmos Laar.Summary: Responding to public health challenges at the global and local levels can give rise to an array of tensions. To assure sustainable public health, these tensions need to be meaningfully balanced. Using empirical evidence and lived experiences relating to HIV from the global south, this book enunciates the many dimensions of national-level responses to HIV/AIDS including conceptual, philosophical, and methodological perspectives from public health, public policy, bioethics, and social sciences. Calling out glaring neglects, the book makes a bold recommendation for the destabilization of the naturalness with which national HIV/AIDS responses ignore the socio-political and medico-ethical dimensions of HIV. The case made is grounded in the philosophy of social public health. Such a critical perspective is not unique to Ghana's response to HIV/AIDS but serves as emblematic voice for similarly situated settings of the global south. The book is also timely. It is written at a time when public health actors are repositioning themselves to be competent users of not only pharmaceutic vaccines, but also social vaccines. Topics explored in the chapters include: Public health approaches to HIV and AIDS Access to life-saving public health goods by persons infected or affected by HIV "They are criminals" : AIDS, the law, harm reduction, and the socially excluded Developing socially and ethically responsive National AIDS policies Balancing the Socio-political and Medico-ethical Dimensions of HIV: A Social Public Health Approach is compelling reading for a broad spectrum of readers. The book will appeal to professionals, scholars, and students in public health, public policy, bioethics, and social sciences, as well as medical anthropologists, sociologists, and global health scholars. Public health economists, lay politicians, and civil society organizations advocating for health equity will find the book useful as well. .
Contents:
CHAPTER 1: The practice of public health
CHAPTER 2: Public health approaches to HIV and AIDS
CHAPTER 3: HIV interventions: which should count? which should not? And why not?
CHAPTER 4: Access to life-saving public health goods by persons infected or affected by HIV
CHAPTER 5: "They are criminals" : AIDS, the law, harm reduction, and the socially excluded
CHAPTER 6: Developing socially and ethically responsive National AIDS policies
CHAPTER 7: Making National HIV/AIDS response responsive to social public health: Lessons from Ghana. - DigitalJohn Breeze, Jowan G. Penn-Barwell, Damian Keene, David O'Reilly, Jeyasankar Jeyanathan, Peter F. Mahoney, editors.Summary: This revised fourth edition provides a concise guide to the clinical and operational issues surrounding the management of the ballistic casualty. This book utilises the knowledge and experience acquired by those dealing with ballistic trauma on a regular basis to help those who manage these patients less regularly. This book is a valuable reference tool for all medical and paramedical personnel involved in the care of patients with ballistic injury. It is especially relevant for consultants and senior trainees in surgery, anesthesia, and emergency medicine who are likely to be involved in the management of these unique injuries.
Contents:
A personal experience / Benoît Vivien
Firearms and bullets / Jowan G. Penn-Barwell, Aimee E. Helliker
Fragmenting munitions / John Breeze, Arul Ramasamy
Suicide bombs / Piers Page, Johno Breeze
The effect of projectiles on tissues / Jowan G. Penn-Barwell, Tom Stevenson
Personal armour used by uk armed forces and uk police forces / Eluned A. Lewis, Johno Breeze, Chris Malbon, Debra J. Carr
Triage / Ed Barnard, Jamie Vassallo
Prehospital management of ballistic injury / Ravi Chauhan, Damian Keene
Emergency department management / Jason Smith
Radiology and ballistic trauma / David Gay, Iain Gibb
Damage control resuscitation / Damian Keene
Anaesthesia and analgesia / Mark Davies, Jeyasankar Jeyanathan
Damage control surgery and ballistic injury to the trunk / David O'Reilly
Management of ballistic trauma to the head / Stuart A.G. Roberts
Penetrating ballistic spinal injury / Stuart Harrisson
Ophthalmic injury / Richard J. Blanch
Ballistic maxillofacial trauma / Johno Breeze, Darryl Tong, Andrew Gibbons
Penetrating neck injury / Johno Breeze, David Powers
Management of vascular trauma / Claire Webster, Thomas C. K̲önig
Angus campbell, davendra sharma
Ballistic wound management and infection prevention / Jowan G. Penn-Barwell, C. Anton Fries, R.F. Rickard
Human factors in ballistic trauma / Simon J. Mercer
Management of paediatric trauma in an austere environment / William Tremlett, Johno Breeze, G. Suren Arul
Ballistic trauma in pregnancy / Tracy-Louise Appleyard
Managing ballistic injury in the ngo environment. A personal view / David Nott
Forensic aspects of ballistic injury / Jeanine Vellema, Hendrik Scholtz
Critical care for ballistic trauma / Andrew McDonald Johnston
Transfer and evacuation / Ian Ewington
Soft tissue reconstruction / C.A. Fries, M.R. Davis, R.F. Rickard
Skeletal reconstruction / Daniel J. Stinner, David J. Tennent
Amputation / Jowan G. Penn-Barwell, Jon Kendrew, Ian D. Sargeant
Conflict rehabilitation / Alex Scott, John Etherington.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalFrancesco Saia, Nazzareno Galiè, Hiromi Matsubara, editors.Summary: The only curative treatment currently available for chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (CTEPH) is surgical pulmonary endoarterectomy (PEA). However, several patients may have high risk factors for surgery, or a peripheral disease not amenable to surgical treatment; or else a residual pulmonary hypertension after PEA. Balloon pulmonary angioplasty (BPA) was recently developed to offer an alternative treatment for these patients. Extensive data has since confirmed the efficacy and relative safety of this procedure. However, there are several technical issues that have yet to be resolved. In addition, many cardiologists and pneumologists still know very little about the procedure itself and its potential. Exploring the clinical indications and technical aspects of BPA, this book offers a valuable reference guide for all those who would like to introduce or improve a BPA program, and for all those whose work involves treating this complex patient population.
Contents:
1 Epidemiology and pathophysiology of CTEPH
2 Diagnosis of CTEPH
3 Pulmonary Thromboendoaterectomy: the only cure for CTEPH
4 Medical treatment of CTEPH
5 Development of Balloon Pulmonary Angioplasty in CTEPH: an historical perspective
6 Balloon pulmonary angioplasty in CTEPH: modern technique
7 Balloon pulmonary angioplasty: clinical outcomes
8 Lesion classification in CTEPH with an interventional perspective
9 Advanced non-invasive imaging to guide BPA
10 Use of intravascular imaging and pressure guide during BPA
11 Balloon pulmonary angioplasty in proximal lesions
12 Metrics for success of balloon pulmonary angioplasty in CTEPH
13 Management of complications during balloon pulmonary angioplasty in CTEPH
14 BPA in CTEPH: next steps?
15 CTEPH and chronic thromboembolic disease (CTED): clinical and interventional perspective. - Digitaledited by Susan K. Buchanan, Nicholas Noinaj.Contents:
The [beta]-barrel assembly machinery complex / Denise L. Leyton, Matthew J. Belousoff, and Trevor Lithgow
Yeast mitochondria as a model system to study the biogenesis of bacterial [beta]-barrel proteins / Thomas Ulrich [and three others]
Experimental methods for studying the BAM complex in Neisseria meningitides / Martine P. Bos, Ria Tommassen-van Boxtel, and Jan Tommassen
Heart modifiability of outer membrane proteins from gram-negative bacteria / Nicholas Noinaj, Adam J. Kuszak, and Susan K. Buchanan
The role of a destabilized membrane of OMP insertion / Ashlee M. Plummer, Dennis Gessmann, and Karen G. Fleming
Treponema pallidum in gel microdroplets: a method for topological analysis of BamA (TP0326) and localization of rare outer membrane proteins / Amit Luthra, Arvind Anand, and Justin D. Radolf
Analyzing the role of periplasmic folding factors in the biogenesis of OMPs and members of the Type V secretion system / Gustavo Bodelón, Elvira Marín, and Luis Ángel Fernandez
An in vitro assay for substrate translocation by FhaC in liposomes / Enguo Fan, Derrick Norell, and Matthias Müller
Measuring cell-cell binding using flow-cytometry / Zachary C. Ruhe, Christopher S. Hayes, and David A. Low
Methods to characterize folding and function of BamA cross-link mutants / Adam J. Kuszak, Nicholas Noinaj, and Susan K. Buchanan
Small angle X-ray scattering (SAXS) characterization of the POTRA domains of BamA / Pamela Arden Doerner and Marcelo Carlos Sousa
Assessing the outer membrane insertion and folding of multimeric transmembrane [beta]-barrel proteins / Jack C. Leo, Philipp Oberhettinger, and Dirk Linke
The expression, purification, and structure determination of BamA from E. coli / Dongchun Ni and Yihua Huang
Expression and purification of the individual Bam components BamB-E / Suraaj Aulakh, Kelly H. Kim, and Mark Paetzel
Structure determination of the BAM complex accessory lipoproteins BamB-E / Kornelius Zeth
An in vitro assay for outer membrane protein assembly by the BAM complex / Giselle Roman-Hernandez and Harris D. Bernstein
Identification of BamC on the surface of E. coli / Chaille T. Webb and Trevor Lithgow
Construction and characterization of an E. coli bamD depletion strain / Dante R. Ricci
Expression, purification, and screening of BamE, a component of the BAM complex, for structural characterization / Mark Jeeves, Pooja Sridhar, and Timothy J. Knowles
Purification and bicelle crystallization for structure determination of the E. coli outer membrane protein TamA / Fabian Gruss, Sebastian Hiller, and Timm Maier
Strategies for the analysis of Bam recognition motifs in outer membrane proteins / Nagarajan Paramasivam and Dirk Linke
Summary and future directions / Nicholas Noinaj and Susan K. BuchananDigital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalS. Kim Suvarna, Christopher Layton, John D. Bancroft.Summary: "For 40 years, Bancroft's Theory and Practice of Histological Techniques has established itself as the standard reference for histotechnologists and laboratory scientists, as well as histopathologists. With coverage of the full range of histological techniques used in medical laboratories and pathology departments, it provides a strong foundation in all aspects of histological technology - from basic methods of section preparation and staining, to advanced diagnostic techniques such as immunocytochemistry and molecular testing. This revised and updated 8th Edition by Kim S. Suvarna, Christopher Layton, and John D. Bancroft is a one-stop reference for all those involved with histological preparations and applications, from student to highly advanced laboratory professional"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Pathology laboratory management
Chemical safety in the laboratory
Light microscopy
Fixation of tissues
The gross room
Tissue processing
Microtomy
Resin techniques
Theory of histological staining
The hematoxylins and eosin
Automation in the histology department
Connective and other mesenchymal tissues with their stains
Carbohydrates
Pigments and minerals
Amyloid
Traditional stains and modern techniques for demonstrating micro-organisms in histology
Bone
Neuropathology and muscle biopsy techniques
Immunohistochemical and immunofluorescent techniques
Molecular pathology
Transmission electron microscopy
Digital pathology
Appendices. Diagnostic appendices.
Traditional methods
Tissue microarray
Applications of immunohistochemistry
Technical appendices. Measurement units
Preparation of solutions
Buffer solutions
Solubility of some common reagents and dyes
Mounting media and slide coatingsDigital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalClaudio Vicini, Fabrizio Salamanca, Giannicola Iannella, editors.Summary: This book offers a detailed description of the main barbed pharyngoplasty techniques for the treatment of obstructive sleep apnea. These innovative techniques have spread in recent years and are considered as a validated alternative to the classic respective techniques. The book covers the barbed pharyngoplasty selection criteria, the surgical technique, and discusses the post-operative results. It also includes some chapters on the experience of surgical sleep centers in various parts of the world. Written by leading experts in the field of sleep surgery, this book will be interesting for ENT specialists, oral surgeons, maxillo-facial surgeons, plastic surgeons, sleep doctors, neurologists and pneumologists.
Contents:
Preface
Introduction
The evolution of Palate Surgery for SDB
The new generation of palatoplasties
Barbed Sutures Technology
Overview of Barbed Suture in non ENT Surgery
Classification of Barbed Suture Palate Procedures
Palate Anatomy Barbed Related
Barbed Snore Surgery: new philosophy in Palate-Oropharynx Procedures
Barbed Reposition Pharyngoplasty (BRP)
Barbed Anterior Pharyngoplasty
Barbed Functional expansion pharyngoplasty
Barbed suspension pharyngoplasty
Technical update of barbed pharyngoplasty for retropalatal obstruction
Barbed pharyngoplasties: experiences in the world
Future Perspectives. . - Digitaledited by Seung Ho Choi, Kazunori Kasama.Summary: Bariatric and metabolic surgery is recognized to be an important and effective option for the treatment of severe obesity and the various associated conditions and diseases, such as type II diabetes, hypertension, cardiovascular dysfunction, dyslipidemia, and obstructive sleep apnea. Despite its established value, however, there is scope for further improvement in safety and in the quality of the surgical techniques, and calls have therefore been made for the establishment of standard techniques and procedures. This book accordingly presents state of the art knowledge on bariatric and metabolic surgery with the aim of facilitating the sharing and exchange of knowledge, documenting effective techniques, and enhancing safety and outcomes. All technical aspects are covered in detail, and the text is complemented by many helpful illustrations. A further key feature is the provision of accompanying surgical videos, which will be of value to both novice and experienced surgeons. This textbook will be a great asset in clinical practice for all who are involved or interested in bariatric and metabolic surgery.
- DigitalLuigi Angrisani, editor ; in collaboration with Maurizio De Luca, Giampaolo Formisano, and Antonella Santonicola.Summary: This book describes the surgical bariatric procedures most frequently performed worldwide and examines their evolution in recent years both within Italy and internationally. For each operation, indications, the surgical technique, potential complications, and the outcomes with respect to weight and obesity-associated comorbidities are presented. In view of the significant failure rate revealed by studies on the long-term results of bariatric surgery, the problem of weight regain and revision surgery are also discussed in detail, covering the different types of revision, conversion to other procedures, and the main outcomes. In addition, individual chapters focus on selected topics of importance. The role of bariatric surgery in the cure of type 2 diabetes ("diabetes surgery") is discussed and the debate over the significance of gastroesophageal reflux disease and hiatal hernia for choice of procedure is summarized. Finally, the most common endoluminal procedures, which have been gaining in importance, are described and other bariatric operations, outlined.
Contents:
1 History of Obesity Surgery in Italy
2 Current indications to Bariatric Surgery in adult and children
3 Bariatric Surgery Worlwide
4 Evolution of Bariatric Surgery in Italy
TECHNIQUES AND COMPLICATIONS
5 Gastric Banding
6 Sleeve Gastrectomy
7 Gastric Bypass
8 One Anastomosis Gastric Bypass
9 Standard Bilio-Pancreatic-Diversion
10 Duodenal Switch
11 Single Anastomosis Duodeno-Ileal Bypass with Sleeve Gastrectomy
12 Ileal Interposition
REVISIONAL SURGERY
13 The problem of weight regain
14 Band Revision and Conversion to other procedures
15 Sleeve Revision and Conversion to other procedures
16 RYGB Revision and Conversion to other procedures
SELECTED TOPICS
17 The problem of GERD and Hiatal Hernia
18 Diabetes Surgery: current indications and techniques
19 Endoluminal Procedures
20 Other Bariatric Operations.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalAlfonso Troisi.Summary: This book offers a step-by-step guide to mental health assessment for bariatric surgery patients. A general introduction explains the concepts of bariatric psychology and psychiatry, their relevance in contemporary bariatric surgery, and reasons to include psychologists and psychiatrists in multidisciplinary teams taking care of bariatric patients. The following four chapters address the aspects of mental health that are investigated by bariatric psychology. The psychological processes analyzed here play a major role in influencing patients' perception of the outcomes of bariatric surgery and in determining their commitment to lifestyle changes and follow-up programs. The second part of the book includes nine chapters addressing the clinical conditions relevant to bariatric psychiatry. For each condition, the major focus is on the impact of psychopathology on bariatric surgery outcomes (weight loss, weight regain, quality of life) and the impact of surgery on its course (remission, worsening, de novo onset). Each chapter in this part includes a discussion of the diagnostic instruments (i.e., structured interviews, clinician-rated tests, and patient-rated tests) that should be used to obtain a valid assessment of the patient's mental status. Separate chapters focus on psychiatric complications (e.g., suicide and addiction transfer) and psychological problems related to quality of life (e.g., body image dissatisfaction) that may emerge postoperatively. Data on these postsurgery conditions has been reported only recently and, therefore, no published book deals with them. The final chapter offers an overview of unsolved issues in bariatric psychology and psychiatry and reviews emerging research findings that are likely to change assessment and care of bariatric patients' mental health in the near future. Given its scope-and its wealth of tables, diagrams, mnemonics, and key fact boxes-the book will be an invaluable reference tool for clinicians.
Contents:
Bariatric surgery and mental health
Patients' motivations, expectations, and experiences
Personality traits
Body image and body dissatisfaction
Childhood trauma
Eating disorders
Depressive disorders
Anxiety disorders, OCD, and PTSD
Personality disorders
Bipolar disorder
Psychotic disorders
Intellectual disability
Substance and alcohol use disorders
Suicide and self-harm
Current problems and future directions. - Digitaleditors, Carlos Eduardo Domene, Keith C. Kim, Ramon Vilallonga Puy and Paula Volpe.Summary: The present book intends to provide a comprehensive guide on the field of robotic bariatric surgery. It covers all the stages to fulfill credentialing for performing robotic surgery, from an introduction to the robot device until comprehensive descriptions of surgical procedures. Also, robotic surgery is presented as an institutional program and we describe how to establish a robotic program in a hospital environment. The currently accepted and most common procedures – sleeve gastrectomy, gastric bypass and duodenal switch – are described in detail, with a step-by-step description of the techniques, followed by a wealth of photos and videos for each case. Special attention is given to the employment of robotic bariatric surgery in exceptional conditions, such as in super-obese patients, reoperations and revisional procedures. Critical issues, for the success of the robotic surgical interventions, such as anesthesia, are also addressed. Finally, the outcomes of robotic bariatric surgery are described, including long-term weight loss, improvement and resolution of comorbidities and improvement in quality of life. Bariatric Robotic Surgery is the first book specially devoted to this modality of surgical intervention. It is a fundamental tool for surgeons, residents and fellows who want to start a robotic bariatric surgery program. The book also helps experienced robotic surgeons to keep contact with the various available robotic surgical techniques. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction.- Robotics in bariatric surgery: historical perspective.- Role of Robotics in Bariatric Surgery in Developing World.- Team Training in Robotic Bariatric Surgery.- The Da Vinci robot system.- Training and credentialing in robotic bariatric surgery.- Establishing a robotic bariatric practice.- Anesthesia in robotic surgery.- Robotic sleeve gastrectomy.- Robotic roux in Y gastric bypass
hand-sewn anastomosis.- Robotic roux in Y gastric bypass
stapled anastomosis.- Robotic roux in Y gastric bypass in superobese patients.- Robotic duodenal switch.- Complications in robotic bariatric surgery.- Revisional robotic bariatric surgery
weight regain.- Revisional robotic bariatric surgery.- Outcomes data for robotic surgery. - DigitalDaniel M. Herron, editor.Contents:
Introduction and Overview of Current and Emerging Operations.-Anesthesia for the bariatric patient: optimizing safety and managing complications
Optimizing perioperative management: Perioperative care & protocols to prevent & detect early complications
Thromboembolic disease in the bariatric patient: Prevention, diagnosis and management
Hemorrhage after bariatric surgery: evaluation and management
Enteric Leaks after Gastric Bypass: Prevention and Management
Enteric Leaks After Sleeve Gastrectomy: Prevention and Management
Workup of abdominal pain in the gastric bypass and vertical sleeve gastrectomy patient
Work-up of Abdominal Pain or Vomiting in the Gastric Band Patient
Internal hernias: prevention, diagnosis & management
Marginal and Peptic Ulcers: Prevention, Diagnosis, and Management
Gastrointestinal Obstruction in the Bypass Patient
Food intolerance in the sleeve patient: prevention, evaluation and management
Gallstones and Common Bile Duct Stones in the Bariatric Surgery Patient: Surgical and Endoscopic Management
Management of Abdominal Wall Hernias in the Bariatric Patient
Band Prolapse: Diagnosis and Management
Band erosion: surgical and endoscopic management
Vertical Banded Gastroplasty: Evaluation and Management of Complications
Inadequate Weight Loss after Bypass and Sleeve
Failed weight loss after lap band surgery
Post-Gastric Bypass Hypoglycemia: Diagnosis and Management
Nutritional complications and emergencies
Excessive Skin After Massive Weight Loss: Body Contouring and Bariatric Surgery
The Psychological complications after bariatric surgery (eating disorders, substance abuse, depression, body image, etc.)
Medical Malpractice in the 21st Century.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalDavid Haslam, Aseem Malhotra, Matthew S. Capehorn, editors.Summary: This book explores the clinical risks of obesity and how they can be prevented and resolved through vigorous treatment. The book covers the basic elements of bariatric surgery to ensure that non-specialist clinicians will be able to educate and advise patients on the treatment process. Corrections to current medical misconceptions surrounding bariatric surgery will give patients more realistic expectations of obesity treatment. This book aims to provide basic information to non-specialist general practitioners, nurses, and health care professionals, to aid in the management of obesity through lifestyle and behavioural therapy, as well as drugs and surgery. Diet, lifestyle treatments, drug therapy, dietary supplementation, and referral patterns are very different in post-operative individuals, and this book will allow patients to be given individualised treatment altered for each person's clinical needs. David Haslam is Chair of the National Obesity Forum (NOF) and a GP with a special interest in obesity and cardiometabolic disease, Physician in Obesity Medicine at the Centre for Obesity Research at Luton & Dunstable Hospital. Professor Haslam is Visiting Professor at the Robert Gordon University Aberdeen, and Visiting Professor at Chester University. He contributed to formulating the guidelines for adult obesity management in primary care and produced the first Primary Care guidelines for management of childhood obesity with the Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health. Matt Capehorn founded and is a Clinical Manager and GPwSI at the Rotherham Institute for Obesity (RIO). RIO is a part of the award-winning NHS Rotherham Weight Management Strategy that won the 2009 NHS Health and Social Care Award for best commissioned service. Doctor Capehorn has been active on several local, regional and national advisory boards and regularly speaks at meetings to healthcare professionals, encouraging weight management services.
Contents:
1: Obesity in context; what is the need for assessment and management of obesity and related conditions
2: The Global problem of obesity, and the nature of the epidemic
3: Obesity; a recent epidemic? nothing new under the sun
4: Obesity: dental and metabolic health
5: Commercial Weight Loss Plans
6: The Role of Formula Very Low and Low Energy Diets in Obesity and Type 2 Diabetes management
7: The key role of the nurse practitioner in obesity management
8: Pharmaceutical management of obesity and related conditions
9: Physical activity and exercise: Challenging misconceptions and considerations for people with obesity
10: Recognising and eradicating weight stigma and discrimination from healthcare
11: setting up a tier 3 service and the barriers to it
12: Commissioning of weight management services
13: The staff roles and facilities in a tier 3 service
14: . The role of the psychologist in weight management and bariatric surgery
15: Health. Macronutrient digestion and the resulting impact on hormones and body weight
16: Teaching Kitchens for nutritional education and cooking skills
17: Intro to Luton
18: The commissioning process
19: Specialist dietitian
20: Specialist bariatric nurse
21: Bariatric psychologist, and extended team
22: Bariatric anaesthetist
23: Specialist bariatric nurse post-operative care
24: Specialist bariatric nurse. The surgical process
25: Education and continuous learning
26: Case studies. - Digitaleditor-in-chief, Praveen Raj Palanivelu ; Saravana Kumar, Rachel Maria Gomes, editors.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalElisabeth M. H. Mathus-Vliegen, Jérôme Dargent.Summary: This book aims to deepen collaboration between gastroenterologists and surgeons by providing endoscopists and gastroenterologists with a clear understanding of the anatomic alterations likely to be observed after bariatric surgery and acquainting bariatric surgeons with the possibilities offered by endoscopic treatment of obesity itself and of the complications associated with bariatric surgery. The treatment approach in patients with obesity and morbid obesity is usually stepwise, starting with dietary measures, exercise, and behavioral therapy, followed by pharmaceutical therapies, endoscopic bariatric therapy, and, finally, bariatric surgery. Endoscopists and gastroenterologists are involved first because the gastrointestinal tract is affected by obesity-related co-morbidity and second because it provides access for a range of treatment modalities involving endoscopy. Bariatric surgeons may need the assistance of endoscopists and gastroenterologists in the preoperative work-up of patients, in the perioperative period, when acute complications may require an endoscopic intervention, or in the late follow-up period, when complications or insufficient weight loss may be present. This book will be of value for both groups of specialists, enabling them to optimize their cooperation to the benefit of patients.
- DigitalFritz H. Schweingruber, Peter Steiger, Annett Börner.Summary: This book presents the microscopic and macroscopic bark structure of more than 180 different tree and shrub species from Europe, Asia and North America. It is the first compendium to demonstrate the anatomical variability in bark since almost 70 years (Holdheide 1951). The introductory chapter explains with high-quality microphotographs the anatomical traits most important for identification and ecological interpretation of barks, and the monographic part demonstrates in text and pictures the species-specific patterns. The species treatments are grouped by their main biomes. Each species description first characterizes the macroscopic aspects with its main form, features and habitat with text and pictures of the whole plant and the barks in a young and old stage. This is followed by the microscopical description of each species. The microscopic photographs are based on double-stained slides, revealing the quality and distribution of unlignified and lignified tissues in low and high magnification. The book fills a scientific gap: Archeologists and soil scientists want to identify prehistoric and historical remnants. Ecophysiologists are interested in the distribution of conducting and non-conducting tissues in the phloem and xylem along the stem axis and the internal longevity of cells. Ecologists get information about internal defense mechanisms and technologists are enabled to recognize indicators relevant in biophysics and technology.
Contents:
Introduction
The Boreal Taiga
Subalpine and Subarctic Dwarf Shrubs
Mountain Ranges in Eurasia
Deciduous Forest of Temperate Europe
Deciduous Forest of Submediterranean Europe
Deciduous Forest of Eastern Asia
Deciduous Forest of Eastern North America
Coniferous Forest of Pacific North America
Mediterranean Hard-Leaved Forest. - DigitalAlexandre Roulin, University of Lausanne, Switzerland ; artwork by Laurent Willenegger.Summary: "With heart-shaped face, buff back and wings, and pure white underparts, the barn owl is a distinctive and much-loved bird that has fascinated people from many cultures throughout history. How did the barn owl colonize the world? What adaptations have made this bird so successful? How is the increasing impact of human disturbance affecting these animals? Answering these questions and more, Alexandre Roulin brings together the main global perspectives on the evolution, ecology and behaviour of the barn owl and its relatives, discussing topics such as high reproductive potential, physiology, social and family interactions, pronounced colour variation and global distribution. Accessible and beautifully illustrated, this definitive volume on the barn owl is for researchers, professionals and graduate students in ornithology, animal behaviour, ecology, conservation biology and evolutionary biology, and will also appeal to amateur ornithologists and nature lovers"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- Digitaleditor in chief, Raymond L. Barnhill ; associate editors, A. Neil Crowson, Cynthia M. Magro, Michael W. Piepkorn, Heinz Kutzner, Garrett T. Desman.Summary: "This book summarizes the latest advances in the field, covering clinical presentation and features, diagnostic testing, current and new lab techniques, histologic appearances, and differential diagnoses of major skin diseases. For virtually every kind of skin lesion, this skill-sharpening resource has everything clinicians need to successfully perform differential diagnosis at the microscopic level. Barnhill's Dermatopathology features a systematic approach that cuts through the complexity of the discipline's traditional disease-oriented focus, providing a ready-to-use diagnostic approach that puts the entire world of dermatopathology into perspective. The book's vast scope encompasses all skin disease processes - inflammatory, non-inflammatory, infections, and proliferations (hamartomas, hyperplasias, and neoplasms, plus disorders of the nails, oral and genital mucosa, and conjunctiva). This fourth edition includes thoroughly updated and revised chapters ; new detailed appendices on laboratory methods, stains, and updated immunohistochemistry ; newly updated sections on various inflammatory conditions, infections, melanocytic, lymphoid, vascular, and other neoplastic conditions ; more than 1500 high-quality color images ; and two new chapters on disorders of the genital mucosa and tumors of the conjunctiva."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction to Microscopic Interpretation / Raymond L. Barnhill and Daniel M. Jones
Spongiotic Dermatitis / Preeti Jhorar, Michael Murphy, and Jane M. Grant-Kels
Interface Dermatitis / Jacqueline M. Junkins-Hopkins and Thomas D. Horn
Psoriasiform Dermatitis / Isabella Fried, Raymond L. Barnhill
Superficial and Deep Perivascular Dermatitis / A. Neil Crowson
Nodular and Diffuse Cutaneous Infiltrates / Garrett Desman, Jeff D. Harvell, Raymond L. Barnhill
Intraepidermal Vesiculopustular Diseases / Cynthia M. Magro, A. Neil Crowson, Terence J. Harrist
Subepidermal Blistering Diseases / A. Neil Crowson and Cynthia M. Magro
Vasculitis and Related Disorders / Sarah K. Barksdale and Raymond L. Barnhill
Disorders of Cutaneous Appendages / Lynne J. Goldberg and Sarah K. Barksdale
Panniculitis / Almut Boer-Auer, Raymond L. Barnhill, Birgitta Schmidt
Cutaneous Drug Eruptions / A. Neil Crowson and Cynthia M. Magro
Cutaneous Reactions to Exogenous Agents / A. Neil Crowson and Cynthia M. Magro
Alterations of the Stratum Corneum and Epidermis / Michael W. Piepkorn
Disorders of Pigmentation / A. Neil Crowson, Cynthia M. Magro, Anne Janin, and Raymond L. Barnhill
Deposition Disorders / Franco Rongioletti, Raymond L. Barnhill
Alterations of Collagen and Elastin / Garrett Desman and Raymond L. Barnhill
Ectopic Tissue / Jacqueline M. Junkins-Hopkins
Bacterial Infections / Ronald P. Rapini
Treponemal and Rickettsial Diseases / A. Neil Crowson, Cynthia M. Magro, J. Stephen Dumler, and Raymond L. Barnhill Fungal Infections / Alexandre Alanio, Matthew W. McCarthy, Thomas J. Walsh, Raymond L. Barnhill, and Catherine Lisa Kauffman
Viral Infections / Garrett Desman, Clay J. Cockerell, and James J. Lyons
Protozoal and Algal Infections / Eileen Burd, Lars Westblade, and Paul Hofman
Helminthic Diseases / Blaine A. Mathison, Raymond L. Barnhill
Cutaneous Cysts and Related Lesions / Glynis A. Scott
Tumors of the Epidermis / Alan S. Boyd
Tumors of Melanocytes / Raymond L. Barnhill, Michael W. Piepkorn, Armita Bahrami, Artur Zembowicz, and Thomas Wiesner
Tumors with Hair Follicle and Sebaceous Differentiation / Maxime Battistella, Mark R. Wick, Heinz Kutzner, Raymond L. Barnhill
Sweat Gland Tumors / Maxime Battistella, Mark R. Wick, Heinz Kutzner, and Raymond L. Barnhill
Fibrous and Fibrohistiocytic Tumors / Scott C. Bresler, Stefan Kraft, Jason L. Hornick, and Scott R. Granter
Vascular Tumors and Vascular Malformations / Heinz Kutzner, Hansgeorg Muller, Michel Wassef, Steven J. Hunt, Daniel J. Santa Cruz, Raymond L. Barnhill
Tumors of Adipose Tissue, Muscle, Cartilage, and Bone / Kristen M. Paral and Thomas Krausz
Neural and Neuroendocrine Tumors / Zsolt B. Argenyi, Chris H. Jokinen
Lymphoid, Leukemic, and Other Cellular Infiltrates / Werner Kempf, Guenter Burg, Cesare Massone, Lorenzo Cerroni, Melissa Pulitzer, A. Neil Crowson, and Cynthia M. Magro
Cutaneous Metastases / Ghadah Al Sannaa, Alexander J. Lazar
Disorders of the Nail Apparatus / Aldo Gonzalez-Serva, Raymond Barnhill
Disorders of Oral Mucosa / Mark A. Lerman and Sook-Bin Woo
Disorders of the Genital Mucosa / Russell A. Ball, Katherine M. Ball, Kelly L. West
Conjunctival Tumors / Artur Zembowicz, Jakub Khzouz, Sarah E. Coupland, Nathalie Cassoux, Raymond Barnhill.Digital Access AccessDermatology 2020 - DigitalGarrett T. Desman, Raymond L. Barnhill.Contents:
Inflammatory diseases of the epidermis
Dermal based inflammatory diseases
Vesiculobullous diseases
Vasculitis and related disorders
Inflammatory diseases of adnexal structures and subcutis
Alterations to components of the epidermis and dermis
Infectious diseases of the skin
Tumors of the epidermis and cysts
Adnexal tumors
Melanocytic proliferations
Tumors of mesenchymal origin
Lymphoid, leukemic, and other cellular infiltrates.Digital Access - PrintZora Neale Hurston ; edited by Deborah G. Plant ; foreword by Alice Walker.Summary: In 1927, Zora Neale Hurston went to Plateau, Alabama, just outside Mobile, to interview eighty-six-year-old Cudjo Lewis. Of the millions of men, women, and children transported from Africa to America as slaves, Cudjo was then the only person alive to tell the story of this integral part of the nation's history. Hurston was there to record Cudjo's firsthand account of the raid that led to his capture and bondage fifty years after the Atlantic slave trade was outlawed in the United States. In 1931, Hurston returned to Plateau, the African-centric community three miles from Mobile founded by Cudjo and other former slaves from his ship. Spending more than three months there, she talked in depth with Cudjo about the details of his life. During those weeks, the young writer and the elderly formerly enslaved man ate peaches and watermelon that grew in the backyard and talked about Cudjo's past--memories from his childhood in Africa, the horrors of being captured and held in a barracoon for selection by American slavers, the harrowing experience of the Middle Passage packed with more than 100 other souls aboard the Clotilda, and the years he spent in slavery until the end of the Civil War. Based on those interviews, featuring Cudjo's unique vernacular, and written from Hurston's perspective with the compassion and singular style that have made her one of the preeminent American authors of the twentieth-century, Barracoon masterfully illustrates the tragedy of slavery and of one life forever defined by it. Offering insight into the pernicious legacy that continues to haunt us all, black and white, this poignant and powerful work is an invaluable contribution to our shared history and culture.
Contents:
Foreword. Those who love us never leave us alone with our grief : reading Barracoon : the story of the last "black cargo" / by Alice Walker
Introduction
Editor's note
Barracoon. Preface
Introduction
THe king arrives
Barracoon
Slavery
Freedom
Marriage
Kossula learns about law
Alone
Appendix. Takkoi or Attako--children's game
Stories Kossula told me
The monkey and the camel
Story of de Jona
Now disa Abraham fadda de faitful
The lion woman
Afterword and additional materials / edited by Deborah G. Plant. - Digitaledited by Douglas K. Pleskow, Chief, Clinical Gastroenterology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Associate Clinical Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, United States, Tolga Erim, Director of Endoscopy, Department of Gastrenterology, Digestive Disease Center, Cleveland Clinic Florida, Weston, FL, United States.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
- DigitalMichael R. Migden, Leon Chen, Sirunya Silapunt, editors.Contents:
Chapter 6: Cryotherapy and Electrodesiccation & Curettage for Basal Cell Carcinoma Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Editor Biographies
Chapter 1: Epidemiology and Risk Factors of Basal Cell Carcinoma
Epidemiology
Introduction
Geography
Demographics
Location and Histologic Subtype
Morbidity and Mortality
Economic Burden
Prevention
Risk Factors
Introduction
UV Radiation
Photosensitizing Medications
Ionizing Radiation
Chemical Exposures
Immunosuppression
Genes
Conclusion
References
Chapter 2: Pathophysiology of Basal Cell Carcinoma and Its Associated Genetic Syndromes
Introduction Basal Cell Nevus Syndrome (BCNS)
Bazex-Dupre-Christol Syndrome
Rombo Syndrome
Additional Genetic Syndromes with Increased Risk of Basal Cell Carcinoma
References
Chapter 3: Histopathology of Basal Cell Carcinoma and Its Variants
Introduction
Common Histologic Features
Histologic Variants
Nodular Basal Cell Carcinoma
Superficial Basal Cell Carcinoma
Infundibulocystic/Hamartomatous Basal Cell Carcinoma
Fibroepithelioma of Pinkus
Infiltrative Basal Cell Carcinoma
Morpheaform Basal Cell Carcinoma
Micronodular Basal Cell Carcinoma Clear Cell Basal Cell Carcinoma
Adenoid Basal Cell Carcinoma
Pleomorphic Basal Cell Carcinoma
Keratotic Basal Cell Carcinoma
Basal Cell Carcinoma with Matrical Differentiation
Basal Cell Carcinoma with Ductal Differentiation
Metaplastic Basal Cell Carcinoma
High-Risk Features
References
Chapter 4: Topical Therapy for the Treatment of Basal Cell Carcinoma
Introduction
Background
Mechanism of Action
Imiquimod
5-Fluorouracil
Ingenol Mebutate
Efficacy
Imiquimod
5-Fluorouracil
Ingenol Mebutate
Safety
Imiquimod
5-Fluorouracil Ingenol Mebutate
Comparative Studies
Imiquimod
Comparison of Different Treatment Regimens of Imiquimod to Vehicle Cream
Comparison of Imiquimod to Other Treatment Modalities
5-Fluorouracil
Ingenol Mebutate
Emerging Topical Treatments and Combination Therapies
Combination Therapies
Imiquimod Plus CT
Imiquimod Plus PDT
Imiquimod Plus Curettage
Imiquimod Plus MMS
5-FU Combination Therapy
Discussion and Conclusions
References
Chapter 5: Local Immunotherapy for Basal Cell Carcinoma with Interferon
Introduction
Background Role of the Immune System
Treatment with Immunostimulatory Agents (ISRX)
Efficacy
Low Recurrence Rate
Normal Skin Markings
Cosmesis
Preservation of Function
No Wound
All Other Therapeutic Options Remain Open
Disadvantages of ISRX
Mechanism of Action of ISRX
Patient/Tumor Selection
Interferon Injections
Preparation of IFN for Injection
Injection Technique
Dosage of IFN
Combination of IFN with IMIQ
Side Effects
Recommended Follow-Up for BCC Treated with ISRX
Conclusion
ReferencesDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalGérard M. Scortecci, editor.Summary: This manual will help oral implantologists to understand the principles that underlie the use of basal implants as a means to provide simple solutions to complex and highly demanding clinical situations without the need for prior bone grafting. It will also serve as a richly illustrated practical guide to application of the technique. The book is in three parts, the first of which discusses basic principles and related themes, including osteogenesis, osseointegration, cortical anchorage stability, biomechanics, surgical techniques, and basal implant prosthodontics. Step-by-step guidance is then offered on the application of these principles, focusing on operating techniques, 3D treatment planning, transitional and final screw-secured prostheses, and postoperative follow-up. The third part of the book addresses a wide range of clinical situations that can be treated by basal implantology, with particular attention to the treatment of high, thin alveolar ridges and the atrophic maxilla and mandible and to the correction of previous implant failures. Potential complications and postimplantation neuropathies are also discussed, with guidance on their management.
Contents:
Basic Principles of Basal Implantology: Definition and Goals of Basal Implantology
Principles of Initial Bone Bed Preparation
The Stability Principle
Biomechanics
3D Implant Planning for Basal Implantology
Basal Implantology Techniques. Step by Step Guide to Basal Implantology: Patient Selection and Treatment Planning
Priorities in Extreme Situations
Atraumatic Operating Techniques
Post-Operative Follow-up. Clinical Situations: Type of Edentulism
Single Tooth Replacement with Basal Implants
Multiple Tooth Replacements With Basal Implants
Complete Edentulism; the Atrophic Maxilla and/or Mandible. Maintenance, Long-Term Follow-up and Correction of Problems: Maintenance
Long-Term Follow-up
Correction of Problems.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaleditor, Susan E. White.Contents:
Introduction to medical research
Study designs in medical research
Summarizing data & presenting data in tables & graphs
Probability & related topics for making inferences about data
Research questions about one group
Research questions about two separate or independent groups
Research questions about means in three or more groups
Research questions about relationships among variables
Analyzing research questions about survival
Statistical methods for multiple variables
Survey research
Methods of evidence-based medicine and decision analysis
Reading the medical literature.Digital Access - Digital/PrintKatzung, Bertram G.Digital Access
- DigitalPranab Dey.Summary: This book provides detailed information on basic and advanced laboratory techniques in histopathology and cytology. It discusses the principles of and offers clear guidance on all routine and special laboratory techniques. In addition, it covers various advanced laboratory techniques, such as immunocytochemistry, flow cytometry, liquid based cytology, polymerase chain reaction, tissue microarray, and molecular technology. Further, the book includes numerous color illustrations, tables and boxes to familiarize the reader with the work of a pathology laboratory. The book is mainly intended for postgraduate students and fellows in pathology as well as practicing pathologists. The book is also relevant for all the laboratory technicians and students of laboratory technology.
Contents:
Fixation of histology samples
Processing of tissue
Embedding of tissue
Decalcification of bone
Tissue microtomy
Frozen section of tissue: technique and applications
Staining principle and general procedure of stain
Haematoxylin and eosin stain
Special stains for protein, lipid, carbohydrate, nucleic acid and pigments
Stains for the connective tissue
Stains for the amyloid
Stains for the microbial organisms
Cytology sample: procurement, fixation and processing
Routine staining in cytology laboratory
Fine needle aspiration biopsy technique
Immunochemistry in histology and cytology: principle, technique and applications
Flow cytometry: principle, technique and applications
Digital image analysis and virtual microscopy: principle, technique and applications
Liquid based cytology and automated screening devices
Polymerase chain reaction and DNA sequencing: principle, technique and applications
Fluorescent in situ hybridisation techniques: principle, technique and applications
Tissue microarray: technique and applications
Sanger sequencing and next generation gene sequencing: basic principles and applications
Light microscope: optical components, principle and handling
Fluorescence microscope and confocal microscopy: basic parts and principle
Laboratory organization and quality control
Laboratory safety: essential precautions. - DigitalPranab Dey.Summary: The second edition of this well-received book provides detailed information on the basic and advanced laboratory techniques in histopathology and cytology. It offers clear guidance on the principles and techniques of routine and special laboratory techniques. It also covers advanced laboratory techniques such as immunocytochemistry, flow cytometry, liquid-based cytology, polymerase chain reactions, tissue microarray, molecular technology, etc. The book's second edition covers several important recent topics with many new chapters, such as liquid biopsy, artificial neural network, digital pathology, and next-generation sequencing. Each chapter elucidates basic principle, practical methods, troubleshooting, and clinical applications of the technique. It includes multiple colored line drawings, microphotographs, and tables to illustrate each technique. The book is a helpful guide to the post-graduate students and fellows in pathology, practicing pathologists, as well as laboratory technicians, and research students.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Fixation of histology samples: Principles, methods and types of fixatives
Chapter 2: Processing of tissue in the histopathology laboratory
Chapter 3: Embedding of tissue in histopathology
Chapter 4: Decalcification of bony and hard tissue for histopathology processing
Chapter 5: Tissue Microtomy: principle and procedure
Chapter 6: Frozen section: Principle and procedure
Chapter 7: Staining principle and general procedure of staining of the tissue
Chapter 8: Haematoxylin and Eosin stain of the tissue section
Chapter 9: Special Stains for the carbohydrate, protein, lipid, nucleic acid and pigments
Chapter 10: Connective tissue stain: Principle and procedure
Chapter 11: Amyloid staining
Chapter 12: Stains for the Microbial Organisms
Chapter 13: Cytology sample procurement, fixation and processing
Chapter 14: Routine staining in cytology laboratory
Chapter 15: The basic technique of fine needle aspiration cytology
Chapter 16: Immunocytochemistry in histology and cytology
Chapter 17: Flow cytometry: Basic principles, procedure and applications in pathology
Chapter 18: Digital pathology
Chapter 19: Automation in the laboratory and Liquid-based cytology
Chapter 20: Polymerase chain reaction: Principle, technique and applications in pathology
Chapter 21: Fluorescent in situ hybridisation techniques in pathology: Principle, technique and applications
Chapter 22: Tissue microarray in pathology: Principal, technique and applications
Chapter 23: Sanger sequencing and next-generation gene sequencing: Basic principles and applications in pathology
Chapter 24: Liquid biopsy: Basic principles, techniques and applications
Chapter 25: Artificial neural network in Pathology: Basic principles and applications
Chapter 26: Compound Light microscope and other different microscopes
Chapter 27: Fluorescence microscope, confocal microscope and other advanced microscopes: Basic principles and applications in pathology
Chapter 28: Electron microscopy: Principle, components, optics and specimen processing
Chapter 29: Quality control and laboratory organization
Chapter 30: Laboratory safety and laboratory waste disposal
Multiple choice questions for the self-assessment. - Digitaledited by David. B. Burr, Matthew R. Allen.Contents:
Section 1. Basic bone biology and physiology
section 2. Assessment of bone structure and function
section 3. Skeletal adaptation
section 4. Hormonal and metabolic effects on bone
section 5. Skeletal disease and treatment.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalMahdi Balali-Mood, Mohammad Abdollahi, editors.Summary: This book explains the chemistry of Organophosphorus compounds (OPs), their mechanism of toxicity and the history of OPs from their initial discovery to the development of new compounds such as Novichoks. It details the harmful effects to human health both as a result of acute and chronic OP exposure and the necessary clinical management of affected patients to reduce their toxic side effects. The book also explains the detrimental effect that OPs have had on the environment and the efforts being made to prevent this in the future. Finally, the book looks at the incidents where OPs have been used as chemical warfare agents. Basic and Clinical Toxicology of Organophosphorus Compounds aims to act as a comprehensive guide to all aspects of OPs and is a key resource for clinical toxicologists and related health professionals involved in the prevention, diagnosis and clinical management of OP patients, toxicologists and other scientists involved in research on OPs including regulatory issues and postgraduate students in Toxicology and related fields.
Contents:
Chemistry and Classification of OP Compounds
History of the Use and Epidemiology of Organophosphorus Poisoning
Acute Toxicity of Organophosphorus Compounds
Chronic Toxicity of Organophosphorus Compounds
Toxicity and Novel Biomarkers of OP Exposure
Clinical Management of Acute OP Pesticide Poisoning
Clinical Management of Organophosphorus Nerve Agents' Poisonings
Occupational and Environmental Aspectsof Organophosphorus Compounds
Summary, Discussion, and Conclusions.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by George W. Williams, Erin S. Williams.Contents:
Section I. Anatomy
Section II. Physics, monitoring, and anesthesia delivery devices
Section III. Principles of pharmacology
Section IV. Clinical sciences
Section V. Organ-based basic and clinical sciences
Section VI. Professional challenges.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - DigitalSusan J. Hall.Summary: Introductory Problems -- Additional Problems -- Laboratory Experiences -- 3 Kinetic Concepts for Analyzing Human Motion -- Basic Concepts Related to Kinetics -- Inertia -- Mass -- Force -- Center of Gravity -- Weight -- Pressure -- Volume -- Density -- Torque -- Impulse -- Mechanical Loads on the Human Body -- Compression, Tension, and Shear -- Mechanical Stress -- Torsion, Bending, and Combined Loads -- The Effects of Loading -- Repetitive versus Acute Loads -- Tools for Measuring Kinetic Quantities -- Vector Algebra -- Vector Composition -- Vector Resolution
Contents:
Cover
Title Page
Copyright
Brief Contents
Contents
Preface
Acknowledgments
1 What Is Biomechanics?
Biomechanics: Definition and Perspective
What Problems Are Studied by Biomechanists?
Why Study Biomechanics?
Problem-Solving Approach
Quantitative versus Qualitative Problems
Solving Qualitative Problems
Formal versus Informal Problems
Solving Formal Quantitative Problems
Units of Measurement
Summary
Introductory Problems
Additional Problems
Laboratory Experiences
2 Kinematic Concepts for Analyzing Human Motion
Forms of Motion Linear Motion
Angular Motion
General Motion
Mechanical Systems
Standard Reference Terminology
Anatomical Reference Position
Directional Terms
Anatomical Reference Planes
Anatomical Reference Axes
Joint Movement Terminology
Sagittal Plane Movements
Frontal Plane Movements
Transverse Plane Movements
Other Movements
Spatial Reference Systems
Analyzing Human Movement
Prerequisite Knowledge for a Qualitative Analysis
Planning a Qualitative Analysis
Conducting a Qualitative Analysis
Tools for Measuring Kinematic Quantities
Video and Film Graphic Solution of Vector Problems
Trigonometric Solution of Vector Problems
Summary
Introductory Problems
Additional Problems
Laboratory Experiences
4 The Biomechanics of Human Bone Growth and Development
Composition and Structure of Bone Tissue
Material Constituents
Structural Organization
Types of Bones
Bone Growth and Development
Longitudinal Growth
Circumferential Growth
Adult Bone Development
Bone Response to Stress
Bone Modeling and Remodeling
Bone Hypertrophy
Bone Atrophy
Osteoporosis Postmenopausal and Age-Associated Osteoporosis
Female Athlete Triad
Preventing and Treating Osteopenia and Osteoporosis
Common Bone Injuries
The Biomechanics of Bone Fractures
Epiphyseal Injuries
Summary
Introductory Problems
Additional Problems
Laboratory Experiences
5 The Biomechanics of Human Skeletal Articulations
Joint Architecture
Immovable Joints
Slightly Movable Joints
Freely Movable Joints
Articular Cartilage
Articular Fibrocartilage
Articular Connective Tissue
Joint Stability
Shape of the Articulating Bone SurfacesDigital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2019 - DigitalSusan J. Hall, College of Health Sciences, University of Delaware.Summary: "Biomechanics is a field that analyzes the mechanical aspects of biological organisms. In this book focused on human biomechanics, anatomical and mechanical factors, as well as functional applications are covered. The integrated approach to coverage of these areas taken in previous editions is continued in this ninth edition"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
What Is Biomechanics?
Kinematic Concepts for Analyzing Human Motion
Kinetic Concepts for Analyzing Human Motion
The Biomechanics of Human Bone Growth and Development
The Biomechanics of Human Skeletal Articulations
The Biomechanics of Human Skeletal Muscle
The Biomechanics of the Human Upper Extremity
The Biomechanics of the Human Lower Extremity
The Biomechanics of the Human Spine
Linear Kinematics of Human Movement
Angular Kinematics of Human Movement
Linear Kinetics of Human Movement
Equilibrium and Human Movement Angular Kinetics of Human Movement
Human Movement in a Fluid Medium
Appendix A: Basic Mathematics and Related Skills
Appendix B: Trigonometric Functions
Appendix C: Common Units of Measurement
Appendix D: Anthropometric Parameters for the Human Body
Appendix E: Equations
GlossaryDigital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2022 - Digitaledited by Paul K. Sikka, Shawn T. Beaman, James A. Street.Contents:
Part I. The Basics
1.History of Anesthesia
2.Preoperative Evaluation
3. Approach to Anesthesia
4. Perioperative Airway Management
5. Anesthesia Machine
6. Patient Monitoring
7. Fluid and Electrolyte balance
8. Transfusion Medicine
Part II. Anesthetic Pharmacology
9. Mechanisms of Anesthetic Action
10. Inhalational Anesthetics
11. Intravenous Induction Agents
12. Opioids and Benzodiazepines
13. Neuromuscular blocking and reversal agents
14. Antiemetics
15. NSAIDs and Alpha-2 Adrenergic Agonists
16. Diuretics
17. Cardiovascular pharmacology
18. Local Anesthetics
19. Allergic reactions
20. Drug Interactions
Part III. Regional Anesthesia
21. Spinal and Epidural Anesthesia
22. Peripheral nerve blocks
23. Ultrasound guided peripheral nerve blocks
24. Pain Management
25. Orthopedic Anesthesia
Part IV. Specialty Anesthesia
26. Cardiac Anesthesia
27. Vascular Anesthesia
28. Ophthalmic Surgery
29. Neuroanesthesia
30. Ambulatory Anesthesia
31. Non-Operating Room Anesthesia
32. Hepatic and Gastrointestinal diseases
33. Renal and Urinary Tract Diseases
34. Endocrine diseases
35. Neurological and Neuromuscular Diseases
36. Ophthalmic Surgery
37. Ear, nose and throat surgery
38. Obstetric Anesthesia
39. Pediatric Anesthesia
40. Critical Care
41. Postoperative anesthesia care
Part V. Special Anesthesia Topics
42. Obesity
43. The Elderly patient
44. Pulmonary Aspiration & Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting
45. Acid Base balance
46. Trauma
47. Spine Surgery
48. Robotic Surgery
49. Patient positioning and Common nerve injuries
50. Substance Abuse
51. Awareness under anesthesia
52. Infectious diseases
53. Alternative Medicine and Anesthesia
54. Cosmetic Surgery
55. Hazards of Working in the Operating Room
56. Operating room management
57. Residency Requirements and Guidelines.Digital Access Springer 2015 - PrintPaul A. Young, PhD, DSc (hon), Professor and Chairman Emeritus, Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology, Saint Louis University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri, Paul H. Young, MD, Clinical Professor of Neurosurgery, Department of Surgery, Clinical Professor of Anatomy, Center for Anatomical Science and Education, Department of Surgery, Saint Louis University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri, Daniel L. Tolbert, PhD, Emeritus Professor of Anatomy and Surgery, Emeritus Director, Center for Anatomical Science and Education, Department of Surgery, Saint Louis University School of Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri.Summary: Clinically oriented and student friendly, Basic Clinical Neuroscience provides the anatomic and pathophysiologic basis necessary to understand neurologic abnormalities. This concise but comprehensive text emphasizes the localization of specific medically important structures and clinically important pathways, using anatomy-enhancing illustrations. [From book jacket].
Contents:
Part I. Organization, cellular components, and topography of the CNS
Introduction, organization, and cellular components
Spinal cord: topography and functional levels
Brainstem: topography and functional levels
Forebrain: topography and functional levels
Part II. Motor systems
Lower motor neurons: flaccid paralysis
The Pyramidal system: spastic paralysis
Spinal motor organization and brainstem supraspinal paths: postcapsular lesion recovery and decerebrate posturing
The Basal ganglia: dyskinesia
The Cerebellum: ataxia
The Ocular motor system: gaze disorders
Part III. Sensory systems
The Somatosensory system: anesthesia and analgesia
The Auditory system: deafness
The Vestibular system: vertigo and nystagmus
The Visual system: anopsia
The Gustatory and olfactory systems: ageusia and anosmia
Part IV. The Cerebral cortex and limbic system
The Cerebral cortex: aphasia, agnosia, and apraxia
The Limbic system: anterograde amnesia and inappropriate social behavior
Part V. The Visceral system
The Hypothalamus: vegetative and endocrine imbalance
The Autonomic nervous system: visceral abnormalities
Part VI. The Reticular formation and cranial nerves
Reticular formation: modulation and activation
Summary of the cranial nerves: components and abnormalities
Part VII. Accessory components
The Blood supply of the central nervous system: stroke
The Cerebrospinal fluid system: hydrocephalus
Part VIII. Development, aging, and response of neurons to injury
Development of the nervous system: congenital anomalies
Aging of the nervous system: dementia
Recovery of function of the nervous system: plasticity and regeneration
Part IX. Where is the lesion?
Principles for locating lesions and clinical illustrations. - DigitalVijay Kumar, Kiran Dip Gill.Summary: This book is a practical guidebook in biochemistry, for medical as well as life sciences' students. The book covers reference values, sample collection procedure and detailed protocol to perform experiments. Each experiment starts with a brief introduction of the protocol, followed by specimen requirements and procedure. The procedures are presented in a very lucid manner and discuss details of calculations and clinical interpretations, The book is divided into 29 chapters, It offers references, general guidelines and abbreviations and provides principles and procedures of clinical biochemistry tests, along with their diagnostic importance.
Contents:
Common clinical laboratory hazards and waste disposal
Blood collection and preservation
Quality Control in laboratory
Automation in clinical laboratory
Photometry-Colorimeter and Spectrophotometer
Preparation of general laboratory solutions and buffers
Examination of urine for normal constituents
To perform qualitative tests for urinary proteins
To determine the quantity of proteins in urine sample using Biuret reaction
To estimate the amount of total protein and albumin in serum and to find A/G ratio
To perform qualitative test for reducing substances in urine
Quantitative analysis of reducing sugars in urine
Estimation of blood glucose levels by Glucose Oxidase method
Estimation of blood glucose levels by Folin and Wu method
To perform Glucose Tolerance Test
Estimation of urea in serum and urine
To determine urea clearance
To estimate creatinine level in serum and urine by Jaffe's reaction
To determine creatinine clearance
To determine the uric acid concentration in serum and urine
Estimation of total calcium in serum and urine
Estimation of inorganic phosphorus in serum and urine
To estimate the amount of total cholesterol in serum
To estimate total and direct bilirubin in serum
To determine Alanine and Aspartate Transaminases activity in serum
To estimate the activity of alkaline phosphatase in serum
To estimate the activity of acid phosphatase in serum
To determine serum and urinary amylase activity
To estimate the activity of lipase in serum
Qualitative analysis of ketone bodies in urine
Qualitative test for bile pigments and urobilinogen in urine
Determination of total lactate dehydrogenase activity in serum
To measure the activity of Creatine kinase-MB and Total Creatine kinase in serum
Analysis of Cerebrospinal Fluid for proteins and sugars
To analyze lipid profile from given serum sample
To determine sodium and potassium in serum by using Flame photometry
To perform Radioimmunoassay
To perform Enzyme linked Immunosorbant assay
Some important case studies. - DigitalMarc W. Harrold, Robin M. Zavod.Summary: "This text will focus upon the basic, fundamental concepts that govern the discipline of medicinal chemistry as well as how and why these concepts are essential to therapeutic decisions. The text will include numerous examples of each concept as well as review questions designed to help readers assess their understanding of these concepts. Each chapter will also include a section that focuses upon the application of the pertinent concepts to therapeutic decisions. The text is meant to be comprehensive in regards to the fundamental chemical concepts that govern drug action; however, it will not discuss every drug or drug class. Through conceptual discussions, examples, and applications, the text should provider with the knowledge and skills to discuss the pertinent chemistry of drug molecules"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Functional Group Characteristics and Roles
Identifying Acidic and Basic Functional Groups
Solving pH and pKa Problems
Salts and Solubility
Drug Binding Interactions
Stereochemistry and Drug Action
Drug Metabolism
Structure Activity Relationships and Basic Concepts in Drug Design
Whole Molecule Drug Evaluation.Digital Access R2Library [2023] - DigitalJanet L. Stringer.Digital Access
- DigitalJanet L Stringer.Summary: "Basic Concepts in Pharmacology: What You Need to Know for Each Drug Class is a review book for pharmacology designed to help students organize and understand the hundreds of drugs covered in pharmacology classes today"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022
- DigitalW. Gray (Jay) Jerome, Robert L. Price, editors.Summary: Basic Confocal Microscopy, Second Edition builds on the successful first edition by keeping the same format and reflecting relevant changes and recent developments in this still-burgeoning field. This format is based on the Confocal Microscopy Workshop that has been taught by several of the authors for nearly 20 years and remains a popular workshop for gaining basic skills in confocal microscopy. While much of the information concerning fluorescence and confocal microscopy that made the first edition a success has not changed in the six years since the book was first published, confocal imaging is an evolving field and recent advances in detector technology, operating software, tissue preparation and clearing, image analysis, and more have been updated to reflect this. Several of these advances are now considered routine in many laboratories, and others such as super resolution techniques built on confocal technology are becoming widely available.
Contents:
Chapter 1 Introduction and Historical Perspective
Chapter 2 The Theory of Fluorescence
Chapter 3 Fluorescence Microscopy
Chapter 4 Specimen Preparation
Chapter 5 Labeling Considerations for Confocal Microscopy
Chapter 6 Digital Imaging
Chapter 7 Confocal Digital Image Capture
Chapter 8 Types of Confocal Instruments: Basic Principals and Advantages and Disadvantages
Chapter 9 Setting the Operating Parameters
Chapter 10 3D Reconstruction of Confocal Image Data
Chapter 11 Analysis of Image Similarity and Relationship
Chapter 12 Ethics and Resources. - DigitalBrent G. Petty.Contents:
1. Components of the electrocardiogram: the normal tracing
2. Axis
3. Myocardial infaction and ischemia
4. Atrioventricular (AV) block
5. Bundle branch blocks and hemiblocks
6. Chamber enlargement
7. Arrhythmias
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitalby Brent G. Petty.Summary: This significantly expanded second edition of this important textbook provides a comprehensive overview of the basics of electrocardiography. Each chapter is revised, and the book includes new chapters that focus on pacemakers, low voltage, pulmonary embolism, and hypothermia. The book is intended to help students in all health care delivery fields and at all levels of training to learn the basic concepts of interpreting electrocardiograms. It concisely covers the essential components of electrocardiography (ECG or EKG) and helps readers identify a number of conditions, including arrhythmias, bifascicular blocks, and heart attacks. Chapters are constructed to introduce basic themes, show examples from actual patient tracings, and provide practice through self-test electrocardiograms that reinforce the concepts taught in the chapter. Additionally, practice tracings build on the information provided in earlier chapters as well as on the features of the current one. Designed for the clerkship student, resident, or even the practicing professional who wants to brush up on EKG particulars, the second edition of Basic Electrocardiography is a user-friendly guide to one of medicine's most useful tools.
Contents:
Chapter 1
Components of the Electrocardiogram: The Normal Tracing
Chapter 2. Axis
Chapter 3. Myocardial Infarction and Ischemia
Chapter 4. Atrioventricular (AV) Block
Chapter 5. Bundle Branch Blocks and Hemiblocks
Chapter 6. Chamber Enlargement
Chapter 7. Arrhythmias
Chapter 8. Pacemakers
Chapter 9. Pulmonary Embolism
Chapter 10. Hypothermia. - Digitaledited by Alopi M. Patel, Himani V. Bhatt, Sang J. Kim.Summary: Focused and results-based, this important board review title covers everything that residents need to know when preparing for their Anesthesiology BASIC exam. Written by residents familiar with the exam, its use of bullet points and illustrations enables effective learning and efficient exam preparation. Providing a comprehensive review of all exam topics, the guide uses a clear and focused note-taking style to present 'high-yield' information, enabling efficient study techniques. Bullet points and short paragraphs feature to help rapid understanding, with margin space provided to annotate and add further notes. The helpful format ensures that all exam preparation, including notes from question banks, can be kept in this 'one-stop' review book. Mirroring the BASIC exam requirements, this book covers clinical anesthetic practice, pharmacology, physiology, anatomy, and anesthesia equipment and monitoring. Written by residents for residents, it is an essential preparation resource for the Anesthesiology BASIC exam.
Contents:
Anatomy
Anesthesia delivery systems
Monitoring methods
Ventilators, alarms, and safety features
Defibrillators
Electrical, fire, and explosion hazards
Basic mathematics and statistics
General pharmacology
Inhaled anesthetics
Opioids
Intravenous anesthetics
Local anesthetics
Muscle relaxants Evaluation of the patient and preoperative preparation
Preparation for general anesthesia and premedication
Regional anesthesia
General anesthesia
Monitored anesthesia care and sedation
Intravenous fluid therapy
Complications of anesthesia: etiology, prevention, treatment
Postanesthesia recovery period: analgesics
Postanesthesia recovery period: common scenarios
Central and peripheral nervous system
Pain mechanisms and pathways
Autonomic nervous system
Central nervous system anatomy
Respiratory physiology
Respiratory system anatomy
Respiratory system: pharmacology
Cardiovascular physiology
Basics of cardiopulmonary resuscitation, medications, defibrillators, and advanced
Cardiac life S
Cardiovascular anatomy
Cardiovascular pharmacology
Gastrointestinal systems
Renal anatomy and physiology
Renal pharmacology
Hematologic system: coagulation, anticoagulation, antiplatelet, and thrombolytics
Transfusions Reactions to transfusions
Endocrine and metabolic systems
Neuromuscular physiology and disorders
Special problems or issues in anesthesiologyDigital Access Cambridge 2018 - DigitalMoran S. Saghiv, Michael S. Sagiv.Summary: This book reviews the assessment of human performance and the role of different exercise modes both in a laboratory and clinical setting. Details of how to successfully perform basic laboratory procedures for exercise training in health and disease, as well as how to apply non-invasive measurements in exercise physiology are provided. Chapters cover how to appropriately use a range of measures in assessing pulmonary function, anaerobic function and oxygen uptake. Techniques for cardiopulmonary rehabilitation and the mechanisms associated with thermoregulation are also described. Interactive exercises enable readers to easily assimilate key concepts and develop a thorough understanding of the topic. Basic Exercise Physiology provides both trainees and professional healthcare staff interested in exercise physiology with a detailed and practically applicable resource on the topic.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Authors
Introduction
Chapter 1: Introduction to Exercise Physiology
Introduction
Modes of Exercise
Energy for Exercise
Myocardial Contractility
Exercise Benefits
Physical Work Capacity
Exercise and Cardiovascular Disease
Pressure Overload and Volume Overload
Muscular Function
Oxygen Uptake and Muscle Fibers
Muscle Fibers
Aerobic and Anaerobic Capacities
Strenuous Exercise
Energy Interplay
The Pulmonary Function
Maximal VO2 Values
The Cardiovascular System Gender Effects on Physiological Differences
Thermoregulation
Physiological Responses During Diving
Physiological Response Altitude
Physiological and Medical Responses in Space
Epigenetic Responses
Aging Effects on Physiological Responses
Functional Capacity in Health and Disease
References
Chapter 2: Metabolism
Anabolism vs. Catabolism
Energy Production
Metabolic Pathways
The Phosphocreatine System
The Anaerobic Pathway
The Aerobic Pathway
Electron Transport-Linked Phosphorylation
Lactate Production and Utilization
Fat Metabolism The Cori Cycles
Metabolic Rates
Factors Affecting BMR and RMR
Direct vs Indirect Calorimetry
Respiratory Quotient and RER
RER for Carbohydrate, Fat, and Protein
Rate of Energy Expenditure
Hormonal Regulation of Metabolism
The Endocrine System
Anabolic and Catabolic Hormones
G Protein-Coupled Receptors
Substrate Oxidation
Hormonal Regulation During Anaerobic Exercise
Hormonal Regulation During Aerobic Exercise
Hormonal Regulation During Resistance Exercise
Hypothalamic Effect on Metabolic Rate Regulation
Myocardial Metabolism The Metabolic Syndrome
Diabetes
Insulin Resistance
Glycated Hemoglobin
Effects of Diabetes on Body's Systems
Diabetic Ketoacidosis
Kidney Dysfunction in Diabetes
The Cardiovascular System in Diabetes
Nervous System and Epigenetic Role in Diabetes
Exercise's Effects on Diabetic Patients
Endothelial Dysfunction and Exercise
Effect of Exercise on Calmodulin Signaling Pathway
Lipids Metabolism
Resistance Training in Diabetics
Effect of Aerobic Exercise on GLUT4 Translocation
Combined Aerobic and Resistance Exercises in Diabetics Recommended Exercise Training Intensities
Obesity
Body Composition Measurements
Obesity as a Risk Factor
Obesity and Cardiovascular Disease
Mitochondrial Dysfunction in Obesity
Effects of Exercise on Obesity
Suppressant
Resistive Exercise Training Effect on Obesity
The Endocrine System in Fat Metabolism
Exercise Epigenetics in Obesity
Effects of Exercise on Lipids
Laboratory Assignment on Obesity
Measurement Techniques
Underwater Weighing
Skinfold Method
Measurement Sites (Figs. 2.55, 2.56, 2.57, 2.58, and 2.59)
Estimation of Body Density - DigitalSimon H. Felton, Alison Chapman.Summary: "Oral health education and promotion is an increasingly important topic in the dental industry, and oral health is integral to our general wellbeing. Oral health education involves practical, face-to-face expert instruction provided by a trained educator to a patient, with specific goals in both preventing oral conditions and diseases and managing pre-existing conditions. Promotion is concerned with making people aware of oral health issues on a local, national and international level through initiatives and programmes. Both education and promotion have the same objective -- to help people achieve and maintain good oral health"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The oral cavity in health
Plaque, calculus, and staining
Dental plaque-induced gingivitis
Periodontal disease
Caries
Tooth surface loss and sensitivity
Xerostomia
Other diseases and disorders affecting the oral cavity
Nutrition, diet, and exercise
Sugars in the diet
Fluoride
Fissure sealants
Smoking cessation and substance misuse
Anti-plaque agents
Communication
Education and planning sessions
Setting up a preventive dental unit
Planning an oral hygiene presentation to a group
Practical oral hygiene instruction
Pregnant patients
Parents and guardians of pre-11 year olds
Adolescent and orthodontic patients
Older people
At-risk patients and people with special needs
Minority cultural and ethnic populations in the United Kingdom
Other health professionals
Planning education case studies, exhibitions, and record of competence
Sociology
Epidemiology
Evidence-based prevention
UK dental services
Oral health promotion
Dental research.Digital Access Wiley 2021 - PrintJoseph D. Noshpitz, editor-in-chief.Contents:
v. 1. Development / Justin D. Call ... [et al.], editors
v. 2. Disturbances in development / Joseph D. Noshpitz, editor
v. 3. Therapeutic interventions / Saul I. Harrison, editor
v. 4. Prevention and current issues / Irving N. Berlin and Lawrence A. Stone, editors
v. 5. Advances and new directions / Justin D. Call ... [et al.]. - DigitalAbul K. Abbas , Andrew H. Lichtman MD, and Shiv Pillai .Contents:
Introduction to the immune system : nomenclature, general properties, and components
Innate immunity : the early defense against infections
Antigen presentation to t lymphocytes and the functions of major histocompatibility complex molecules : what t lymphocytes see
Antigen recognition in the adaptive immune system : structure of lymphocyte antigen receptors and development of immune repertoires
T cell ⁰́₃mediated immunity : activation of t lymphocytes
Effector mechanisms of t cell ⁰́₃mediated immunity : functions of t cells in host defense
Humoral immune responses : activation of b lymphocytes and production of antibodies
Effector mechanisms of humoral immunity : elimination of extracellular microbes and toxins
Immunologic tolerance and autoimmunity : self⁰́₃nonself discrimination in the immune system and its failure
Tumor and transplantation immunology : immune responses to cancer cells and normal foreign cells
Hypersensitivity : disorders caused by immune responses
Immunodeficiency diseases : disorders caused by defective immunity.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024 - DigitalPeter M. A. van Ooijen, editor.Summary: This book provides a unique introduction to the vast field of Medical Imaging Informatics for students and physicians by depicting the basics of the different areas in Radiology Informatics. It features short chapters on the different main areas in Medical Imaging Informatics, such as Picture Archiving and Communication Systems (PACS), radiology reporting, data sharing, and de-identification and anonymization, as well as standards like Digital Imaging and Communications in Medicine (DICOM), Integrating the Health Enterprise (IHE) and Health Level 7 (HL7,. Written by experts in the respective fields and endorsed by the European Society of Medical Imaging Informatics (EuSoMII) the scope of the book is based on the Medical Imaging Informatics sub-sections of the European Society of Radiology (ESR) European Training Curriculum Undergraduate Level and Level I. This volume will be an invaluable resource for residents and radiologists and is also specifically suited for undergraduate training.
Contents:
From Physical Film to PACS
The essence of HL7, DICOM, and IHE
Development of Radiology Reporting
Basic Imaging Workflow
Diagnostic displays
Advanced Visualization Basics
Sharing imaging data
De-identification and anonymization
New and upcoming technologies. - DigitalRoland Seifert.Summary: This is the perfect pharmacology textbook for medical and pharmacy students. The book was developed on the +30-year experience of the author as pharmacology professor in the United States and Germany. The book discusses the most important drugs (400) in the context of relevant diseases. Summary tables and schemes, MCQ exam questions, case studies and a list of drugs aid memorization of the material before an exam. All chapters are written in the same concise style and use a modern and precise pharmacological nomenclature. After reading of the book, the student will be able to critically assess the proper use of the most important drugs and advise patients properly. The didactic concept of the book has been developed on the authors own pharmacology courses for which he has received numerous teaching awards. The book takes advantage of the learning spiral, in which material is presented repeatedly from various angles. This book is an adaptation for an international audience of the German textbook "Basiswissen Pharmakologie" (2018); ISBN: 978-3-662-56303-8.
Contents:
General Principles: Introduction and Pharmacodynamics
Pharmacokinetics
Drug Allergy
Treatment of Drug Intoxications
Pharmacology of Integrative Systems: Cholinergic and Adrenergic System
Serotonergic System
Histaminergic System
Dopaminergic System
NO-cGMP System
Pain Pharmacology
Immunopharmacology
Pharmacology of the Kidney
Pharmacotherapy: Drugs for Treatment of Gastrointestinal Diseases
Drugs for Treatment of Respiratory Tract Diseases
Drugs for Treatment of Hypertension
Drugs for Treatment of Chronic Heart Failure and Coronary Heart Disease
Drug-Induced Arrhythmias and Drugs for the Treatment of Arrhythmias
Drugs for Treatment of Thromboembolic Diseases
Drugs for Treatment of Diabetes mellitus
Drugs for Treatment of Osteoporosis
Drugs for Treatment of Thyroid Gland Diseases
Drugs for Treatment of Dyslipidemias
Drugs for Treatment of Gout
Sex Hormones: Hormonal Contraception and Hormonal Replacement Therapy
Neuron Inhibitors with Pleiotropic Effects and Allosteric GABAA Receptor Modulators
Local Anesthetics
Inhalation and Injection Narcotics
Drugs for Treatment of Depression and Bipolar Disorder
Drugs for Treatment of Schizophrenia
Drugs for Treatment of Alzheimers Disease
Drugs for Treatment of Glaucoma and Age-Related Macular Degeneration
Drugs for Treatment of Malignant Tumor Diseases
Drugs for Treatment of Bacterial Infections
Drugs for Treatment of Viral Infections
Drugs for Treatment of Fungal Infections
Integrative Case Studies
The "100 List" of Drugs. - PrintHollaender, Alexander.Summary: Consists of the proceedings of international Latin American symposia.Print
- PrintAmerican Heart Association.Contents:
pt. 1. General concepts
Introduction
High-quality CPR
The chain of survival
Cardiac arrest or heart attack?
pt. 2. BLS for adults
BLS general concepts
BLS healthcare provider adult cardiac arrest algorithm
Adult 1-rescuer BLS sequence
Adult chest compressions
Adult breaths
Opening the airway
Barrier devices
Bag-mask devices
Adult 2-rescuer BLS sequence
Team roles and duties for 2-rescuer CPR
pt. 3. Automated external defibrillator for adults and children 8 years of age and older
General concepts
Using the AED
Special circumstances
pt. 4. Team dynamics
General concepts
Elements of effective team dynamics
Roles during a resuscitation attempt
What to communicate
How to communicate
Debriefing
pt. 5. BLS for infants and children
General concepts
BLS healthcare provider pediatric cardiac arrest algorithm for the single rescuer
Infant and child 1-rescuer BLS sequence
Infant/child chest compressions
Infant/child breaths
BLS healthcare provider pediatric cardiac arrest algorithm for 2 or more rescuers
Infant and child 2-rescuer BLS sequence
pt. 6. Automated external defibrillator for infants and for children less than 8 years of age
AED for infants and children
pt. 7. Ventilation techniques
CPR and breaths with an advanced airway
Rescue breathing
Techniques for giving breaths without a barrier device
pt. 8. Opioid-associated life-threatening emergencies
General concepts
Opioid-associated life-threatening emergency (adult) sequence
pt. 9. Choking relief for adults, children, and infants
General concepts
Choking relief in a responsive adult or child
Choking relief in an unresponsive adult or child
Choking relief in infants
Summary of high-quality CPR components for BLS providers
Adult CPR and AED skills testing checklist
Adult CPR and AED skills testing critical skills descriptors
Infant CPR skills testing checklist
Infant CPR skills testing critical skills descriptors. - Digital/PrintAmerican Heart Association.Summary: The BLS Provider Manual eBook is the electronic equivalent of the AHA's BLS Provider Manual. It offers an alternative to the printed course manual and is for use by a single student before, during and after the BLS Course. Please note, there is a separate supplementary tool included, the BLS Digital Reference Card. This is the electronic equivalent of the BLS Reference Card, and will be automatically included with the purchase of the BLS Provider Manual eBook.
Contents:
Part 1: General course concepts
Part 2: The chain of survival
Part 3: BLS for adults
Part 4: Automated External Defibrillator for adults and children 8 years of age and older
Part 5: Team dynamics
Part 6: BLS for infants and children
Part 7: Automated External Defibrillator for infants and children younger than 8 years of age
Part 8: Alternate ventilation techniques
Part 9: Opioid-associated life-threatening emergencies
Part 10: Other life-threatening emergencies
Part 11: Choking relief for adults, children, and infants
Appendix.Digital Access AHA 2020Print - Digital/PrintSummary: "This manual informs about practical procedures in ... assessment based on experience from existing national fluoridation programmes. The assessment tools will primarily be useful in assisting countries in achieving an effective fluoride exposure. It is a hope that the manual will stimulate oral health personnel and public health administrators to use a systematic approach for managing and analysing data obtained from different levels of fluoride exposure. Finally the manual encourages inter-country collaboration on surveillance systems for community programmes using fluoride for prevention of dental caries."--Publisher's description.Digital Access WHO 2014
- DigitalVolker Musahl, Jón Karlsson, Michael T. Hirschmann, Olufemi R. Ayeni, Robert G. Marx, Jason L. Koh, Norimasa Nakamura, editors.Summary: This book is designed to meet the needs of both novice and senior researchers in Orthopaedics by providing the essential, clinically relevant knowledge on research methodology that is sometimes overlooked during training. Readers will find a wealth of easy-to-understand information on all relevant aspects, from protocol design, the fundamentals of statistics, and the use of computer-based tools through to the performance of clinical studies with different levels of evidence, multicenter studies, systematic reviews, meta-analyses, and economic health care studies. A key feature is a series of typical case examples that will facilitate use of the volume as a handbook for most common research approaches and study types. Younger researchers will also appreciate the guidance on preparation of abstracts, poster and paper presentations, grant applications, and publications. The authors are internationally renowned orthopaedic surgeons with extensive research experience and the book is published in collaboration with ISAKOS.
- DigitalElisabeth Presterl, Magda Diab-El Schahawi, Jacqui S. Reilly, editors.Summary: This book provides an evidence-based, practical approach to the diagnosis and treatment of the most frequent fungal infections in a general hospital. It offers a comprehensive overview of the basic medical and scientific background of fungal infections and carefully explains and discusses epidemiology, pathogenesis, and clinical presentation. Readers will acquire a good and clear perception of invasive fungal infections, including diagnosis and treatment. This user-friendly resource not only serves as a valuable tool in clinical management, but also provides the basis for further research questions and studies in this particular field. It will be a useful companion for midwives as well as for doctors, medical and pharmacy students, nurses and other healthcare professionals.Digital Access Springer 2019
- Digitaleditor, Jamshid Tehranzadeh.Summary: Addresses the fundamental principles and techniques of general diagnostic and advanced musculoskeletal imaging. This book focuses on the conditions and procedures most often encountered in real-world practice, such as: Upper and lower extremity trauma; axial skeletal trauma; arthritis and infection; tumors; and metabolic bone diseases.
Contents:
Imaging modalities used in musculoskeletal radiology / Joseph E. Burns
Skeletal trauma : upper extremity / Cornelia Wenokor, Marcia F. Blacksin
Skeletal trauma : lower extremity / Cornelia Wenokor, Marcia F. Blacksin
Axial skeletal trauma / Marcia F. Blacksin, Cornelia Wenokor
Pediatric skeletal trauma / Marcia F. Blacksin, Cornelia Wenokor
Arthritis and infection / Michael E. Cody, Jamshid Tehranzadeh
Tumors / Aydin Soheili, Maryam Golshan Momeni, Jamshid Tehranzadeh
Metabolic bone diseases / Quazi Al-Tariq [and others]
Bone infarct and osteochondrosis / David T. Nakamura, Jamshid Tehranzadeh
Orthopedic hardware and complications / Reza Dehdari, Minal Tapadia
Signs in musculoskeletal radiology / Amilcare Gentili, Shazia Ashfaq
Shoulder MRI / Farzad Rezai
Knee MRI / Arash David Tehranzadeh
Spine MRI / Samuel Song, Jason Handwerker
Elbow MRI / Rajeev K. Varma, Alya Sheikh
Wrist MRI / Maryam Golshan Momeni, Hiroshi Yoshioka
Hip MRI / Rajeev K. Varma, Ben Plotkin
Ankle MRI / Shahla Modarresi, Daria Motamedi, Cecilia M. Jude
Musculoskeletal ultrasound / Sabrina Véras Britto [and others]
Musculoskeletal scintigraphy / Mark Chambers.Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2014 - Digitaleditor, Jamshid Tehranzadeh.Summary: "Basic Musculoskeletal Imaging is an easy-to-read teaching textbook that is primarily targeted to medical students and residents in radiology, orthopedics, and physical therapy and rehabilitation that addresses the basic aspects of not only general diagnostic but also advanced imaging of musculoskeletal radiology"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Imaging Modalities Used in Musculoskeletal Radiology / Joseph E. Burns
Skeletal Trauma : Upper Extremity / Cornelia Wenokor and Marcia F. Blacksin
Skeletal Trauma : Lower Extremity / Cornelia Wenokor and Marcia F. Blacksin
Axial Skeletal Trauma / Marcia F. Blacksin and Cornelia Wenokor
Pediatric Skeletal Trauma / Marcia F. Blacksin and Cornelia Wenokor
Arthritis and Infection / Michael E. Cody and Jamshid Tehranzadeh
Tumors / Aydin Soheili, Maryam Golshan Momeni, and Jamshid Tehranzadeh
Metabolic Bone Diseases / Benjamin D. Levine, Kambiz Motamedi, and Leanne L. Seeger
Bone Infarct and Osteochondrosis / David T. Nakamura and Jamshid Tehranzadeh
Orthopedic Hardware and Complications / Reza Dehdari and Minal Tapadia
Signs in Musculoskeletal Radiology / Amilcare Gentili and Shazia Ashfaq
Shoulder MRI / Rina Patel and Daria Motamedi
Knee MRI / Arash David Tehranzadeh
Spine MRI / Paul Manning and Jason Handwerker
Elbow MRI / Rajeev K. Varma, Alya Sheikh, and David Ban
Wrist MRI / Maryam Golshan Momeni and Hiroshi Yoshioka
Hip MRI / Rajeev K. Varma, Ben Plotkin, and Joanna Chen
Ankle MRI / Shahla Modarresi, Daria Motamedi, and Cecilia M. Jude
Musculoskeletal Ultrasound / Erwan Lefebvre, Laura Scarciolla, Anne Cotten, and Thibaut Jacques
Musculoskeletal Scintigraphy / Mark Chambers.Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2021 - DigitalFabio Meneghini.Summary: Expressly designed for surgeons in training who are new to nasal rhinoplasty, this textbook is written in a simple didactic style. A century after the first open rhinoplasty was performed by Dr. Aurel Réthi in Hungary, open rhinoplasty is now the most commonly used approach to aesthetic and reconstructive nasal surgery; the author's decades of experience will safely guide the reader through her/his journey from the first contact with new patients to the postoperative analysis of clinical results. Instead of the usual classification of surgical techniques and anatomical regions, here the learning process is based on a sequence of steps, each of which addresses the most frequent problems that surgeons are likely to encounter in everyday clinical practice. In addition, the most relevant surgical instruments and electromedical devices are presented, together with their specific features and techniques, such as inclination and positioning during the procedure. Each step is richly illustrated and supported by a suggested reading list, as well as content on ethical and general principles. A specific chapter on radiological pre-evaluation assessment makes this book unique. Given its clear structure, its appealing didactic style and wealth of figures, Basic Open Rhinoplasty offers a much-valued step-by-step companion for postgraduate students, surgeons in training, and medical practitioners who deal with rhinoplasty in their clinical practice.
Contents:
Introduction - Why this Book?
Approaching the Patient for Nasal Surgery
Approaching the Patient for Nasal Surgery
Views of Clinical Facial Photography for Nasal Surgery
Facial and Nasal Clinical Analysis
Dentofacial Analysis for Rhinoplasty Patients
Preoperative CT Scan for Nasal Surgery
The Rationale of Basic Open Rhinoplasty for Young Surgeons
Rhinoplasty Treatment Plan - Basic Principles
Individual Treatment Plan for Rhinoplasty
Patient Preparation for Rhinoplasty
Basic Open Rhinoplasty - An Overview
Basic Open Rhinoplasty - Incisions and Skeletonization
Basic Open Rhinoplasty - Intraoperative Analysis
Open Rhinoplasty - Initial Surgical Steps
Basic Open Rhinoplasty - Intermediate Surgical Steps
Basic Open Rhinoplasty - Final Surgical Steps
Basic Open Rhinoplasty - Alar Base Work and Final Nose Dressing
Chin Surgery for Rhinoplasty Patients
Cartilage and Fascia Harvesting for Rhinoplasty
Postoperative Care, Complications and Unsatisfactory Results in Rhinoplasty
A Clinical Practice Focused on Rhinoplasty. - DigitalRudolf Probst, Gerhard Grevers, Heinrich Iro ; with contributions by Frank Rosanowski, Ulrich Eysholdt, Frank Waldfahrer.Contents:
Anatomy, physiology, and immunology of the nose, paranasal sinuses, and face / Gerhard Grevers
Diagnostic evaluation of the nose and paranasal sinuses / Gerhard Grevers
Diseases of the nose, paranasal sinuses, and face / Gerhard Grevers
Lips and oral cavity / Gerhard Grevers
Pharynx and esophagus / Gerhard Grevers
The salivary glands / Rudolf Probst, Heinrich Iro, Frank Waldfahrer
Anatomy and physiology of the ear / Rudolf Probst
Audiology (hearing tests) / Rudolf Probst
Pediatric hearing disorders, pediatric audiology / Rudolf Probst
External ear / Rudolf Probst
Middle ear / Rudolf Probst
Inner ear and retrocochlear disorders / Rudolf Probst
Vestibular disorders / Rudolf Probst
Facial nerve / Rudolf Probst
Lateral skull base / Rudolf Probst
External neck / Heinrich Iro, Frank Waldfahrer
Larynx and trachea / Heinrich Iro, Frank Waldfahrer
Voice disorders / Frank Rosanowski, Ulrich Eysholdt
Speech and language disorders / Frank Rosanowski, Ulrich Eysholdt.Digital Access - DigitalDavid Chambers, Christopher Huang, Gareth Matthews.Summary: Every trainee in anaesthesia requires a thorough understanding of basic physiology and its application to clinical practice. Now in its second edition, this comprehensively illustrated textbook bridges the gap between medical school and reference scientific texts. It covers the physiology requirements of the Primary FRCA examination syllabus. Chapters are organised by organ system, with particular emphasis given to the respiratory, cardiovascular and nervous systems. The practical question-and-answer format helps the reader prepare for oral examinations, while 'clinical reference' boxes translate the physiological concepts to clinical practice. This new edition has been thoroughly updated and revised throughout, and includes six new chapters including the physiology of the eye, upper airway and exercise testing. It provides junior anaesthetists with an essential 'one stop' physiology resource.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- Printedited by Paul O. P. Tso ; contributors: J. Eisinger [and others]
- DigitalMushabbar A. Syed, Subha V. Raman and Orlando P. Simonetti, editors.Summary: This book is a comprehensive and authoritative text on the subject of cardiovascular magnetic resonance (CMR). Imaging experts from the most medically advanced areas of the world discuss the basic principles of this modality in detail while maintaining a focus on the needs of cardiovascular imagers who wish to learn more about this subject but do not have a strong background in physics. CMR is now considered a clinically important imaging modality for patients with a wide variety of cardiovascular diseases. Recent developments have influenced a wide variety of cardiovascular imaging applications, many of which are now routinely used in clinical practice in CMR laboratories around the world. That it is non-invasive and lacks ionizing radiation exposure make CMR uniquely important for patients whose clinical condition requires serial imaging follow-up. Basic Principles of Cardiovascular MRI: Physics and Imaging Techniques includes a wealth of CMR examples in the form of high-resolution still images. Each imaging technique is discussed in separate chapters that include the physics and clinical applications (with cardiovascular examples) of that particular technique. As such, this book will be essential for cardiovascular medicine specialists and trainees , cardiovascular physicists, and clinical cardiovascular imagers.
Contents:
MRI scanner and coils
Signal generation
k-space
Pulse sequence
Image acquisition
Image resolution
Fast imaging
High field MRI (3 Tesla or higher)
Artifacts
MRI safety
Gating
Gradient echo and cine imaging
Black blood imaging and tissue characterization
Perfusion
Stress testing
Late gadolinium enhancement imaging (scar/fibrosis)
Phase contrast flow
Coronary imaging
Spectroscopy
Contrast media
Contrast enhanced MRA
Non-contrast enhanced MRA
Advanced cardiovascular magnetic resonance techniques. - DigitalMurat Beyzadeoglu, Gokhan Ozyigit, Cüneyt Ebruli.Summary: This updated work is an all-in-one book, encompassing the essential aspects of radiation physics, radiobiology, and clinical radiation oncology. A complete section is devoted to each of these fields. In the first two sections, concepts that are crucial in radiation physics and radiobiology are reviewed in depth. The third section describes radiation treatment regimens appropriate for the main cancer sites and tumor types. The book has been designed to ensure that the readers will find it easy to use. Many "pearl boxes" are used to summarize the most information, and there are more than 350 helpful illustrations, the majority of them in color. Basic Radiation Oncology, 2nd edition, will meet the need for a practical, up-to-date, bedside-oriented radiation oncology book. It will be extremely useful for residents, fellows, and clinicians in the fields of radiation, medical, and surgical oncology, as well as for medical students, physicians, and medical physicists with an interest in clinical oncology.
Contents:
Radiation Physics
Radiobiology
Clinical Radiation Oncology
Central Nervous System Tumors
Head and Neck Cancers
Lung Cancer
Breast Cancer
Genitourinary System Cancer
Gynecological Cancers
Gastrointestinal System Cancers
Soft Tissue Sarcoma
Skin Cancer
Lymphomas and Total Body Irradiation. - DigitalDavid S. Chang, Foster D. Lasley, Indra J. Das, Marc S. Mendonca, Joseph R. Dynlacht.Summary: This book is a concise and well-illustrated review of the physics and biology of radiation therapy intended for radiation oncology residents, radiation therapists, dosimetrists, and physicists. It presents topics that are included on the Radiation Therapy Physics and Biology examinations and is designed with the intent of presenting information in an easily digestible format with maximum retention in mind. The inclusion of mnemonics, rules of thumb, and reader-friendly illustrations throughout the book help to make difficult concepts easier to grasp. Basic Radiotherapy Physics and Biology is a valuable reference for students and prospective students in every discipline of radiation oncology.
- DigitalDavid S. Chang [and 4 others].Summary: This book is a concise and well-illustrated review of the physics and biology of radiation therapy intended for radiation therapists, dosimetrists, radiation oncology residents, and physicists. It presents topics that are included on the radiation therapy physics and biology board examinations and is designed with the intent of presenting information in an easily digestible format with maximum retention in mind. The inclusion of mnemonics, rules of thumb, and reader-friendly illustrations throughout the book help to make difficult concepts easier to grasp. This new edition is updated throughout with the latest information and applications of radiation oncology physics and biology and includes four new chapters. New topics include: MRI linac, proton beam radiotherapy, chemomodulation and immunomodulation of radiation in vitro and in vivo, and stochastic and deterministic late effects. Basic Radiotherapy Physics and Biology is a valuable reference for radiation oncologists, medical professionals in the field, residents, and all students interested in radiation oncology.
- Printedited by David Hamilton and Frederick Naftolin.Contents:
v. 1. Basis and development of reproduction.--
v. 2. Reproduction function in men.--
v. 3. Reproductive function in women.--
v. 4. Pregnancy.--
v. 5. Diseases of women. - DigitalJuan Pedro Martinez-Barbera, Cynthia Lilian Andoniadou, editors.Summary: This astute volume brings together the latest expert research on adamantinomatous craniopharyngiomas (ACPs). ACPs are histologically benign but clinically aggressive tumors exhibiting a high propensity for local invasion into the hypothalamus, optic and vascular structures. These tumors, as well as the current treatments, may result in pan-hypopituitarism, diabetes insipidus, morbid obesity followed by type II diabetes mellitus, blindness, as well as serious behavioral and psychosocial impairments. Exploring in detail advances in both the understanding of tumor biology as well as clinical advances in patient management are explored in detail, this book will also look towards potential new treatment approaches. Basic Research and Clinical Aspects of Adamantinomatous Craniopharyngioma is the first book compiling all current research on ACPs. Mouse and human studies have unequivocally demonstrated that mutations in CTNNB1 encoding -catenin underlie the etiology of the majority, if not all ACP tumors. Genetic studies in mice have shown that ACPs are tumors of the pituitary gland and not of the hypothalamus as previously thought, and are derived from Rathke's pouch precursors. In addition, a role for tissue-specific adult pituitary stem cells has been revealed as causative of ACP. Together, these studies have provided novel insights into the molecular and cellular etiology as well as the pathogenesis of human ACP. Finally, this volume covers new treatment approaches that have been shown to be effective both in reducing ACP burden as well as reducing the morbidity associated with therapy.Digital Access Springer 2017
- Digitaledited by Phillip Bennett, David MacIntyre, Lynne Sykes, Peter H. Dixon, Catherine Williamson.Summary: "Basic Science in Obstetrics and Gynaecology is an essential one-stop, portable revision tool for candidates preparing for Part 1 of the MRCOG specialist examination. Fully updated by experts who are internationally recognised in their fields, the chapters match the syllabus of the exam, combining detailed coverage of the science with related self-assessment questions that you will encounter in the MRCOG. This book is suitable for doctors specialising in obstetrics and gynaecology who want the best chance possible to pass this difficult exam."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Structure and Function of the Genome
Clinical Genetics
Embryology
Fetal and Placental Physiology
Applied Anatomy
Pathology
Microbiology and Virology
Immunology
Biochemistry
Physiology
Endocrinology
Drugs and Drug Therapy
Physics in Obstetrics and Gynaecology
Statistics and Evidence-Based Healthcare
Clinical Research Methodology
Self-Assessment.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - Digitaledited by Morteza Jalali, Francesca Y.L. Saldanha, Mehdi Jalali ; foreword by Dame Sally Davies.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
- Digitaleditors, Lea A. Harrington, PhD, Professor Department of Medicine University of Montreal Institute for Research in Immunology and Cancer Pavilion, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, Ian F. Tannock, MD, PhD, DSc, Emeritus Professor of Medicine and Medical Biophysics Princess Margaret Cancer Centre and University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada, Richard P. Hill, PhD, Professor Emeritus Department of Medical Biophysics Princess Margaret Cancer Centre University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canado, David W. Cescon, MD, Phd, Medical Oncologist and Clinician Scientist Princess Margaret Cancer Centre University of Health Network Assistant Professor of Medicine University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario.Summary: "Covers cancer causation, cancer biology, and the biology underlying cancer treatment, for trainees in both clinical and research areas of oncology"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Introduction to cancer biology
Methods of molecular analysis
Epigenetics
Cancer epidemiology
Carcinogenesis
Cellular signaling
Oncogenes and tumor-suppressor genes
Cell proliferation and death
Genomic stability and DNA repair
Tumor progression and metastasis
Angiogenesis
Tumor growth, microenvironment, metabolism, and hypoxia
Cancer heterogeneity
Imaging in oncology
Molecular and cellular basis of radiotherapy
Tumor and normal tissue response to radiotherapy
Discovery and evaluation of anticancer drugs
Anticancer chemotherapy, pharmacology, and mechanisms of resistance
Molecular targeted therapies
Hormones and cancer
The immune system and immunotherapy
Guide to clinical studiesDigital Access AccessHemOnc 2021 - DigitalMagdy M. Khalil, editor.Summary: This book offers a wide-ranging and up-to-date overview of the basic science underlying PET and its preclinical and clinical applications in modern medicine. In addition, it provides the reader with a sound understanding of the scientific principles and use of PET in routine practice and biomedical imaging research. The opening sections address the fundamental physics, radiation safety, CT scanning dosimetry, and dosimetry of PET radiotracers, chemistry and regulation of PET radiopharmaceuticals, with information on labeling strategies, tracer quality control, and regulation of radiopharmaceutical production in Europe and the United States. PET physics and instrumentation are then discussed, covering the basic principles of PET and PET scanning systems, hybrid PET/CT and PET/MR imaging, system calibration, acceptance testing, and quality control. Subsequent sections focus on image reconstruction, processing, and quantitation in PET and hybrid PET and on imaging artifacts and correction techniques, with particular attention to partial volume correction and motion artifacts. The book closes by examining clinical applications of PET and hybrid PET and their physiological and/or molecular basis in conjunction with technical foundations in the disciplines of oncology, cardiology and neurology, PET in pediatric malignancy and its role in radiotherapy treatment planning. Basic Science of PET Imaging will meet the needs of nuclear medicine practitioners, other radiology specialists, and trainees in these fields.
Contents:
History
Basics and Radiation safety of PET Imaging
Chemistry of PET radiopharmaceuticals: labelling strategies
PET radiopharmaceuticals in clinical and research domains
Quality Control of PET radiopharmaceuticals
Physiologic and Molecular basis of PET in Cancer imaging
Basics and new developments of Cardiac PET imaging
PET in preclinical arena: Instrumentation and applications
Radiation Dosimetry of PET imaging
Physics and instrumentation of PET and hybrid PET Imaging: focus on PET/CT
Hybrid PET/MR Imaging: Technologic advances and clinical applications
Quality control and quality assurance of PET Scanners
Image quantification in PET Imaging
Image processing and data analysis of PET and hybrid PET Imaging
Partial volume correction in PET imaging
Compartmental modeling of PET Kinetics
Motion artefacts and correction techniques in PET/CT
Role of PET/CT in radiotherapy treatment planning.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalMagdy M. Khalil, editor.Contents:
Part I Physics and Chemistry of Nuclear Medicine: Basic Radiation Physics
Radiation Safety in Nuclear Medicine
Non-imaging instrumentation in NM
Quality assurance and quality control of Tc-99m Radiopharmaceuticals
Tc99m Radio Chemistry
Radiopharmaceuticals for Diagnosis and Therapy
PET Chemistry: An Introduction
PET Chemistry: Radiopharmaceuticals
Radiation Dosimetry
Part II SPECT and PET Imaging Instrumentation: Elements of gamma camera and SPECT systems
Quality Control of planar and SPECT Imaging systems
Positron Emission Tomography (PET): Basic principles
CT in Hybrid SPECT/CT and PET/CT
Part III Image Analysis, Reconstruction and Quantitation in Nuclear Medicine: Fundamentals of Image Processing In Nuclear Medicine
Emission Tomography and Image Reconstruction
Quantitative SPECT imaging
Basic Principales of Radiomics
Quantitative Cardiac SPECT Imaging
Tracer Kinetic Modeling: Basics and Concepts
Tracer Kinetic Modeling: Methodology and Applications. - DigitalMehmet Çakmet, Cengiz Şen, Levent Eralp, Halil Ibrahim Balci, Melih Cıvan, editors.Summary: This book provides detailed descriptions of fundamental techniques that may be employed for extremity reconstruction and distraction osteogenesis in accordance with the principles established by Gavriil Abramovich Ilizarov. Techniques of proven value for deformity correction, limb lengthening, reconstruction of post-traumatic and post-osteomyelitis bone defects, non-union surgery, and fracture fixation with external fixators are thoroughly described step by step with the aid of a wealth of illustrative material. In addition, indications and preoperative planning are clearly explained. Throughout, care is taken to highlight important technical tips and tricks as well as clinical pearls and pitfalls. Since the first description of distraction osteogenesis by Ilizarov in the 1950s, numerous technical improvements have been made and new devices, developed, even though the basic principles have remained the same. This new book will be of value for both novice and more experienced surgeons who use distraction osteogenesis for the purpose of extremity reconstruction.
Contents:
History
The philosophy of Ilizarov
Biological fundamentals of Ilizarov method
Osteogenesis of distraction
Components and purpose of Ilizarov system
Biomechanical principals of Ilizarov external fixator application
Frame setting techniques
Types and emplacement of hinges
Control of fragments
Kirschner wire application techniques
Corticotomy techniques
Lengthening and treatment of limb lenght inequality
Treatment of pseudoarthrosis by Ilizarov technique
Treatment of soft tissue contractures by Ilizarov technique
Ilizarov techniques on treatment of chronic osteomyelitis
Complications and difficulties
Introduction to planning of deformity
Drawing the bone axis of lower extremity on frontal plane
Mal-alignment test
Bone deformities of lower extremity on frontal plane
Drawing the bone axis of lower extremity on saggital plane
The test of bad inclination
Bone deformities of lower extremity on saggital plane
Bone deformities of lower extremity on oblique plane
Multiapical deformities
Deformities of translation and angulation
Rotational deformities
Anatomical and mechnanical planning
Types and rules of osteotomy
Deformities of hip and femur
Deformities of knee and tibia
Deformities of foot and ankle
Deformities of upper extremity
Deformities caused by metabolical bone diseases
Deformities caused by smooth tissue contracture over joints
Fractures of humerus
Fractures of radius and ulna
Fractures of the wrist and the hand
Fractures of pelvis
Fractures of femur
Fractures of tibia
Fractures of the foot. - DigitalJean R. Hausheer, MD, executive editor.Digital Access EBSCOhost 2019Limited to 3 simultaneous users
- DigitalRoland Becker, Michael T. Hirschmann, Nanne P, Kort, editors.Summary: This book supplies all the information that the young orthopaedic surgeon needs to know when preparing to perform total or partial knee replacement for the first time and also provides more experienced surgeons with a comprehensive general update on the basics. After an opening section on anatomy and kinematics of the knee, patient management during the pre-, peri-, and postoperative phases is covered in detail with the aid of numerous illustrations. The final section considers postoperative patient evaluation, outcome measurements, and the value of registries. Readers will gain a sound understanding of the scientific basis underlying management decisions, of component design philosophies, and of the rationale for preferences such as mechanical alignment and ligament balancing. The pros and cons of a variety of management choices are explained, and guidance provided on patient selection. Surgical techniques are presented on high-quality videos and many tips and tricks are highlighted to help the inexperienced to cope with challenging situations.
Contents:
Anthropometry of the Native Knee
Kinematics of the native knee
Kinematics of the knee after partial and total knee arthroplasty
Loading of the knee joint after total knee arthroplasty
The optimal indication for unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
The optimal indication for patellofemoral arthroplasty
The optimal indication for combined patellofemoral and unicondylar knee arthroplasty
The optimal indication for total knee arthroplasty
Partial resurfacing implants
Patients evaluation prior to knee arthroplasty
Cardiovascular co-morbidity in patients scheduled for TKA
Patient expectations in total knee arthroplasty
Basic principles of partial knee arthroplasty
Principles of total knee arthroplasty
UKA component design - What do we need to know?
TKA component design - What do engineers need to know?
Patellofemoral Arthroplasty-Onlay Versus Inlay Prostheses
Surgical 2D planning of total knee arthroplasty
3D planning of total knee arthroplasty - why and how?
Optimal setup of the operating room
Tranexamic acid (TXA) in total knee arthroplast
Optimal positioning of the patient
Pros and cons of using a tourniquet
Pro and Cons of tranexamic acid (TXA) in total knee arthroplasty
Standard approaches to the knee
Is there an optimal TKA component position?
Neutral mechanical alignment - the gold standard
The anatomical alignment concept for total knee arthroplasty
Kinematic alignment in total knee arthroplasty
Measured resection technique-how does it work?
Ligament balancing technique-how does it work
Posterior femoral referencing in total knee arthroplasty
Anterior femoral referencing in total knee arthroplasty
Tibial component rotation in total knee arthroplasty
Patient specific instrumentation in TKA
Patients specific partial and total knee arthroplasty- an update
Navigation in total knee arthroplasty
Optimal sizing of the femoral, tibial and patellofemoral components in TKA
Optimal implant fixation in knee arthroplasty: cemented versus cementless knee arthroplasty
Wound closure in total knee arthroplasty
Pros and cons of drains for wound drainage in total knee arthroplasty
Pain management after total knee arthroplasty
How to handle complications in unicompartmental knee arthroplasty
How to handle complications during TKA?
Deformity Correction in Total Knee Arthroplasty
TKA in fracture treatment
Thromboembolic prophylaxis after partial or total knee arthroplasty
How to avoid typical complications after total knee arthroplasty?
Infection prophylaxis in TKA
Rehabilitation after Total Knee Arthroplasty
How to assess outcome after partial or total knee arthroplasty - Measuring results that really matter!
Function after unicondylar knee arthroplasty- what could you expect?
Outcome after total knee arthroplasty - what can be expected?
Function after small knee implants
Sports after partial or total knee arthroplasty
The immune response to metal in total knee arthroplasty
Does digital support influence outcome after total knee arthroplasty?
Registries-How important are they?
Most common scores for patients' evaluation. - DigitalGaurav PatelContents:
What is anesthesiology?
How to have an amazing anesthesiology rotation
Smart questions to ask
OR anesthesia basics
The preoperative evaluation
What happens in the OR from the anesthesiologist's perspective?
The airway: anatomy, assessment, management
Important pharmacology/medications to know
Anesthesiology emergenciesDigital Access AccessAnesthesiology 2016 - DigitalHaidong Dong, Svetomir N. Markovic, editors.Summary: "This book provides patients and their physicians (especially "non-oncologist" health care providers) with a clear and concise introduction to cancer immunotherapy, which, unlike traditional forms of cancer therapy, acts by boosting the patient's own immune system to fight cancer. The unique features of cancer immunotherapy make its management, monitoring and side-effects different from those of traditional cancer therapy. Especially novel are the side effects of cancer immunotherapy, necessitating greater awareness for both patients and physicians in order to minimize complications of therapy. The patient-friendly, concise, easy-to-understand, and up-to-date knowledge presented in this book will inform patients about the benefits and risks of cancer immunotherapy, and help them and their care providers to understand how immunotherapy would control their unique disease. Researchers and academic professionals in the field of cancer immunotherapy will also find clear and useful information to help them communicate with patients or address unresolved problems. Some key features of the book are:Expertise. All editors and authors are scientists and oncologists specializing in cancer immunotherapy, and are involved in scientific discovery from the early stage of immune-checkpoint inhibitors to today's daily patient care. Their insights, expertise and experience guarantee the high quality and authority in the science, medicine and practice of cancer immunotherapy. Patient-friendly. This book is written for cancer patients in order to meet their needs when considering immunotherapy. As an educational tool, this book will help the reader balance the risks and benefits based on both science and clinical facts, and therefore to make the best choice in receiving or withdrawing from immunotherapy. Disease Specificity. Cancer is a complicated disease involving multiple stages and pathology. Its response to immunotherapy is individualized and varies depending on cancer types. The authors' expertise in treating different types of cancers, including melanoma, lung, kidney, bladder, and lymphoma, provides disease-specific insights in applying immunotherapy to each disease."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The Basic Concepts in Cancer Immunology and Immunotherapy
Therapeutic Targets of FDA-approved Immunotherapies in Oncology
Melanoma Immunotherapy
Significance of Immune Checkpoints in Lung Cancer
Immunotherapy for Genitourinary Cancers
Next-generation Immunotherapy in Lymphoma Immunotherapy
Combined Immunothepary with Conventional Cancer Treatment
Immunotherapy for Other Malignancies
Management of Immune-related Adverse Events from Immune Checkpoint Inhibitor Therapy
Resources for Patients. - DigitalJunko Honye, editor.Summary: This practical guidebook describes all aspects of the Intravascular Ultrasound (IVUS) for percutaneous coronary intervention (PCI), sharing many tips & tricks for the basic to advanced use of the technology in daily clinical practice. Chapters describe in detail how to interpret several IVUS findings to apply for PCI strategies, help readers understand the pathogenesis in different cases, as well as the mechanisms of PCI. Practical approaches to performing effective PCI will be discussed with case presentations. Chapters outline many practical topics such as reviewing the IVUS images demonstrating plaque characteristics. Also, a hot topic in stentless PCI, and a special section on the relationship between IVUS measurements and physiological assessments including fractional flow reserve (FFR). Basics of Comprehensive IVUS-Guided PCI is a book to be read by PCI operators, interventional fellows, and staff such as radiology technicians, clinical engineering technicians, and nurses in catheterization laboratories. It also attracts engineers and sales representatives working at medical companies who are curious about IVUS-guided PCI. The authors are experts of IVUS-guided PCI and they will broaden the understanding of the technology to entry level to intermediate operators. This is a translated version of the book originally published in Japanese language. This has been facilitated using machine translation (by the service DeepL.com) followed by authors revising, editing and verifying the translated manuscript.
Contents:
Intro
Preface to the First Edition
Preface to the Second Edition
Contents
Response of the Cath Lab Staff
1 Selection of an IVUS Catheter
2 Preparation
2.1 For Regular Use
2.2 For Cases with Large Vessel Diameters
2.3 For CTO Cases
2.4 Notes on the Overall Preparation (Video S1)
3 During the Procedure
3.1 Environment Setting
3.2 Understand What Information the Doctor Wants
3.2.1 Read IVUS Images to Prevent Complications
3.2.2 Find Attenuated Plaque
4 After the PCI
How to Apply Artifacts during PCI?
1 What Is an Artifact? 1.1 Glossary of Artifact Terms
2 Know the NURD of High-Resolution (60 MHz) IVUS
3 Utilizing Hemocyte Echocardiography for PCI
4 Utilizing Guidewire Artifacts for PCI
Suggested Readings
Notes on IVUS Catheter Manipulation
1 High-Frequency IVUS Used for PCI
2 Points for Catheter Setup
3 Precautions to be Taken When Advancing the Catheter
4 When the IVUS Catheter Does Not Cross the Lesion Before PCI
4.1 Cause
4.2 How to Deal with (Problem, etc.)
5 When the IVUS Catheter Does Not Cross the Lesion After PCI
5.1 Cause
5.2 How to Deal with (Problem, etc.) 6 Precautions During IVUS Image Recording
Comparison Between CAG and IVUS Findings
1 Vascular Dissection
2 Thrombus
3 Hematoma
4 Calcification
5 Plaque Deviation at the Stent Site
6 Incomplete Stent Apposition (Malapposition)
Perivascular Landmarks and Coronary Orientation for PCI
1 Key Points of IVUS Observation
2 Coronary Anatomy and IVUS
2.1 Left Anterior Descending Artery (LAD)
2.2 Left Circumflex Artery
2.3 Right Coronary Artery
3 Perivascular Structures
3.1 Coronary Vein
3.2 Trans-Thoracic Sinus
3.3 Triangle of Brocq-Mouchet 3.4 Myocardial Bridge
4 Utilize Convenient Features Equipped on the IVUS System
5 To Perform IVUS-Guided PCI Effectively and Safely
6 Pay Attention Here
Suggested Readings
Understand the Dilatation Mechanism of PCI
1 Mechanism of Coronary Lumen Dilation
2 Vessel Stretch
3 Plaque Redistribution in the Longitudinal Direction
4 Mechanical Plaque Disruption
5 Debulking
6 Understanding Dilatation Mechanisms and Its Application to PCI
References
Can IVUS be Used as an Indicator of Ischemia?
1 Relationship Between MLA and FFR 2 Relationship Between IVUS and FFR
3 How to Improve the Ischemic Diagnostic Performance of IVUS?
4 Utilization of IVUS for Evaluation of Ischemia in LMCA Lesions
4.1 LMCA Lesions Frequently Show Reverse Mismatchs
4.2 Evidence for IVUS-MLA in LMCA Lesions
4.3 Difficulty in Functional Assessment of LMCA Lesions by FFR
5 A New Ischemic Index Using IVUS
References
How to Predict and Prevent Coronary Artery Rupture?
1 Perforation and Rupture
2 Mechanism and Relevant IVUS images of Coronary Artery Rupture
3 Prediction and Prevention of Coronary Artery Rupture - DigitalSanjeev Kumar Sharma.Summary: This book is quick guide on the hematopoietic stem cell transplant (SCT), also called bone marrow transplant (BMT) - an evolving field of hematology and hemato-oncology. This book covers the various types of stem cell transplants like autologous and allogeneic stem cell transplants, indications, ways of doing a transplant, and stem cell transplants basic principles. Written in a question-answer format, readers will find it more interesting as one question sequentially leads to another. This book explains the complications of SCT in individual chapters along with the biology of T cells which are the most important cells involved in the success of SCT This book is beneficial to the budding hematologists, oncologists, and postgraduates interested in SCT and helps students in their exams. The book would be helpful for readers globally as SCT is a procedure done worldwide and is an ever-increasing field for treating various benign and malignant hematological diseases.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
About the Author
Abbreviations
Part I: Introduction to the Basics of Stem Cell Transplantation and T Cells
History of Stem Cell Transplantation
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Basics of Stem Cell Transplant
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Hematopoiesis
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
T Cell Development
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Role of Thymus
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References Immunology of Stem Cell Transplantation
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Early T Precursor Cell
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Regulatory T Cells
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Tolerance Induction
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Part II: B Cells and Dendritic Cells
B Cells
Introduction
Questions and Answers
Germinal Center
BCL-6
C-MYC
Activation-Induced Cytidine Deaminase
Somatic Hypermutation
Plasma Cells
Immunization
B Cell Reconstitution Post SCT Disorders of B Cells
References
Dendritic Cells
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Part III: Diseases of T Cells
T Cell Malignancies
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Primary Immunodeficiency Diseases
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Part IV: Pre-transplant Procedures
Apheresis
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Cryopreservation
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Part V: Radio-Chemotherapeutic Agents Used in Stem Cell Transplantation Classification of Conditioning Regimens
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Chemotherapeutic Agents Used in Stem Cell Transplant
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Role of Anti-thymocyte Globulin in Stem Cell Transplant
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Total Body Irradiation
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Part VI: Autologous Stem Cell Transplant
Indications for Autologous Stem Cell Transplant
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Stem Cell Transplant for Autoimmune Diseases Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Stem Cell Transplant for Hodgkin Lymphoma
Introduction
Questions and Answers
References
Stem Cell Transplant for B Cell Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma
Introduction
Questions and Answers
Basic Questions
Diffuse Large B Cell Lymphoma
Follicular Lymphoma
Mantle Cell Lymphoma
Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia
Richter's Transformation
Burkitt Lymphoma
Primary Central Nervous System Lymphoma
Waldenström Macroglobulinemia
References
Stem Cell Transplant for T Cell Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma
Introduction - DigitalAmar Mukund, editor.Summary: This book covers interventional treatments (minimally invasive therapies) for the management of various hepato-biliary disorders and the complications arising due to liver cirrhosis and portal hypertension. Given that interventional radiology and hepato-biliary interventions are comparatively new, very little literature is available on them. This book addresses that gap and offers practitioners and trainees a guide to the management of various hepato-biliary disorders requiring radiological interventions. The content addresses both non-vascular and vascular procedures. The respective chapters cover various procedures, such as image guided diagnostic tissue sampling (FNA and biopsies), guided liver abscess and biliary drainage procedures, liver tumor ablation, intra-arterial and intravenous techniques for the management of vascular diseases of the liver and portal hypertension, variceal bleeds and tumor management. Last but not the least, detailed chapters on interventions for post liver transplant complications are also included. The book is chiefly intended for practicing interventional radiologists, as well as fellows and trainees in interventional radiology courses.
Contents:
Section I: Non vascular procedures
Percutaneous FNA/Biopsy
Transjugular biopsies
Drainage procedures
Percutaneous biliary procedures
Section II: Vascular procedures
Drainage procedures
Management of vascular complications
IR management in liver trauma
IR management of hemobilia
IR management of BCS
IR management of non-malignant portal vein thrombosis
Pre-operative interventions - portal vein embolization
Ablative therapies for liver and biliary tumors
Transarterial therapies for liver tumors
Interventions for portal hypertension: TIPS
Interventions for portal hypertension: BRTO/PARTO
Interventions for portal hypertension: splenic artery embolization
Interventions in post-liver transplant settings: vascular complication management
Interventions in post-liver transplant settings: biliary complication management. - DigitalHooman Poor.Summary: This book is a practical and easily understandable guide for mechanical ventilation. With a focus on the basics, this text begins with a detailed account of the mechanisms of spontaneous breathing as a reference point to then describe how a ventilator actually works and how to effectively use it in practice. The text then details: the various modes of ventilation commonly used in clinical practice; patient-ventilator interactions and dyssynchrony; how to approach a patient on the ventilator with respiratory decompensation; the optimal ventilator management for common disease states like acute respiratory distress syndrome and obstructive lung disease; the process of ventilator weaning; and hemodynamic effects of mechanical ventilation. Written for medical students, residents, and practicing physicians in a variety of different specialties (including internal medicine, critical care, surgery and anesthesiology), this book will instruct readers on how to effectively manage a ventilator, as well as explain the underlying interactions between it and the critically ill patient.
- DigitalJames M. Daniels, William W. Dexter, editors.Summary: The field of musculoskeletal ultrasound has rapidly advanced in the past several years. The scanning protocols in particular have become more sophisticated and more standardized. Now in its fully revised and expanded second edition, this volume is the definitive resource on musculoskeletal ultrasound for the beginning practitioner. A new, first of its kind chapter has been added on ultrasound in Sports Medicine Emergencies. This expands the book topic from using POCUS as an office tool to its use on the athletic field to assist with emergencies. This new and detailed chapter includes the acute evaluation of an eye injury, lung, Morrison's pouch, IV access, fluid status, soft tissue and DVT protocols. Conforming to an identical chapter format, all previous chapters have been expanded and updated. Images have been reformatted to larger, clearer versions in addition to probe placement images going from black and white to full color. This book is divided into five different sections. It begins with chapters on the upper extremity such as the hand and wrist. The next section focuses on the lower extremity such as the foot and knee. The third section is nerve based and describes brachial plexus and major peripheral nerves. The fourth section covers Sports Medicine POCUS Emergencies. The last section details specific procedures such as I&D of abscess and hydrodissection. Each chapter follows a standard structure. They open with an approach to the patient, which contains the main pathology and clinical exam. The surface anatomy and ultrasound-based anatomy are then addressed. A discussion on patient positioning and probe settings follows. Pearls, pitfalls and red flags offer tips and pointers on scanning techniques as well as pathology not to be missed. Finally, each chapter is closed out with a summary report. Basics of Musculoskeletal Ultrasound, 2e is a must-have reference for residents, fellowship directors, fellows and primary care physicians as well as athletic trainers, physician assistants, physical therapists and ultrasound technicians. It is also an excellent resource for participants of the AMSSM MSK ultrasound courses.
- DigitalFrederick O. Stephens, Karl R. Aigner ; with contribution by Kornelia Aigner [and more].Digital Access Springer 2016
- DigitalAshutosh Mukherji.Contents:
Approaching a cancer patient
Principles of application of radiotherapy
Use of ither agents with radiation
Managing radiotherapy complications.Digital Access Springer 2018 - PrintJuliet Corbin, International Institute for Qualitative Methodology, Anselm Strauss.Contents:
Inspiration and background
Theoretical foundations
Practical considerations for getting started
Prelude to analysis
Strategies for qualitative data analysis
Memos and diagrams
Theoretical sampling
Context
Process
Techniques for achieving theoretical integration
The use of computer programs in qualitative data analysis
Open coding: identifying concepts
Developing concepts in terms of their properties and dimensions
Analyzing data for context
Bringing process into the analysis
Integrating categories
Writing theses, monographs, and dissertations, and giving talks
About your research
Criteria for evaluation
Student questions and answers.Print - DigitalRajvardhan Azad, Shorya Vardhan Azad, Brijesh Takkar.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology 2016
- DigitalLior Laver, Baris Kocaoglu, Brian Cole, Amelia J. H. Arundale, Jeffrey Bytomski, Annunziato Amendola, editors.Summary: This book is designed as a comprehensive educational resource not only for basketball medical caregivers and scientists but for all basketball personnel. Written by a multidisciplinary team of leading experts in their fields, it provides information and guidance on injury prevention, injury management, and rehabilitation for physicians, physical therapists, athletic trainers, rehabilitation specialists, conditioning trainers, and coaches. All commonly encountered injuries and a variety of situations and scenarios specific to basketball are covered with the aid of more than 200 color photos and illustrations. Basketball Sports Medicine and Science is published in collaboration with ESSKA and will represent a superb, comprehensive educational resource. It is further hoped that the book will serve as a link between the different disciplines and modalities involved in basketball care, creating a common language and improving communication within the team staff and environment.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword by Coach Mike Krzyzewski
Foreword from the ESSKA Leadership
After Handball and Football, ESSKA's Third Sport-Specific Book-On Basketball Medicine and Science!
Preface
A Word from the Editors/Acknowledgments
Basketball Sports Medicine and Science
Introduction
Contents
Part I: Basic and Applied Sciences
1: Physical and Anthropometric Characteristics of Basketball Players
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Physical Attributes of the Basketball Player
1.2.1 Aerobic Capacity
1.2.2 Anaerobic Power
1.2.3 Strength
1.2.4 Speed and Agility 1.2.5 Anthropometric Measures
References
2: Activity and Physiological Demands During Basketball Game Play
2.1 Activity Demands
2.1.1 Distance Covered
2.1.2 Activity Frequency
2.1.3 Activity Duration
2.2 Physiological Demands
2.2.1 Blood Lactate Concentration
2.2.2 Heart Rate
References
3: Endocrine Aspects in Performance and Recovery in Basketball
3.1 Introduction
3.2 The Anabolic-Catabolic Systemic-Local Training Model
3.2.1 Effect of Single Exercise
3.2.2 Effect of Interval Training
3.2.3 Endocrine Aspects in Recovery 3.2.4 Effect of Prolonged Training
3.2.5 Effect of Basketball Match
3.2.6 Effect on Performance
3.3 Summary
References
4: Biomechanics of Lower Extremity Movements and Injury in Basketball
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Movement Demands
4.2.1 Total Distance
4.2.2 Straight-Line Running
4.2.3 Non-sagittal Plane Movements
4.2.4 Vertical Demands
4.3 Lower Extremity Biomechanics During Basketball Movements
4.3.1 Jumping and Landing
4.3.2 Running, Cutting, and Lateral Movements
4.4 Biomechanical Considerations of Lower Extremity Injuries 4.4.1 Foot and Ankle
4.4.1.1 Ankle Sprain
4.4.1.2 Bony Foot Injury
4.4.2 Knee
4.4.2.1 Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury
4.4.2.2 Tendinopathy of the Knee Extensor Mechanism
4.5 General Considerations for Rehabilitation and Return to Play
References
5: Biomechanics of Upper Extremity Movements and Injury in Basketball
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Movement Demands
5.3 Upper Extremity Biomechanics During Basketball Movements
5.3.1 Shooting
5.3.2 Dribbling
5.4 Biomechanical Considerations of Upper Extremity Injuries in Basketball
5.4.1 Finger Fracture 5.4.2 Thumb Sprain
5.4.3 Wrist Sprain
5.4.4 Shoulder Injury
5.4.5 Considerations for Upper Extremity Injury Prevention
5.5 Considerations for Rehabilitation and Return to Performance
5.5.1 Finger Fracture
5.5.2 Thumb Sprain
5.5.3 Wrist Sprain
5.5.4 Shoulder Injury
References
6: Nutrition and Hydration in Basketball Athletes
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Physiological Demands
6.3 Energy Requirements in Basketball
6.4 Macronutrient Status in Basketball
6.4.1 Carbohydrate Requirements
6.4.2 Protein Requirements
6.4.3 Fat Requirements 6.5 Micronutrient Intake in Basketball. - Digitaledited by Bernhard F. Gibbs, Franco H. Falcone.Contents:
Paradigm shifts in mast cell and basophil biology and function : an emerging view of immune regulation in health and disease / Ana Olivera and Juan Rivera
Purification of basophils from peripheral human blood / Franco H. Falcone and Bernhard F. Gibbs
Mast cell purification protocols / Jasmine Farrington , Elizabeth P. Seward , and Peter T. Peachell
Generation of a human allergic mast cell phenotype from CD133+ stem cells / Hans Jürgen Hoffmann
Generation of mast cells from murine stem cell progenitors / Emily J. Swindle
Integration of the human dermal mast cell into the organotypic co-culture skin model / Jonghui Kim [and four others]
The absolute basophil count / Elena Borzova and Clemens A. Dahinden
Mast cell and basophil cell lines : a compendium / Egle Passante
Detection of mast cells and basophils by immunohistochemistry / Andrew F. Walls and Cornelia Amalinei
Measuring histamine and cytokine release from basophils and mast cells / Bettina M. Jensen, Sidsel Falkencrone, and Per S. Skov
Flow cytometric allergy diagnosis : basophil activation techniques / Chris H. Bridts [and five others]
Microscopy assays for evaluation of mast cell migration and chemotaxis / Monika Bambousková [and three others]
Use of humanized rat basophil leukemia (RBL) reporter systems for detection of allergen-specific IgE sensitization in human serum / Daniel Wan [and four others]
Gene silencing approaches in mast cells and primary human basophils / Vadim V. Sumbayev and Bernhard F. Gibbs
Basophil stimulation and signaling pathways / Edward F. Knol and Bernhard F. Gibbs
Identification and immunophenotypic characterization of normal and pathological mast cells / José Mário Morgado [and three others]
Identification of murine basophils by flow cytometry and histology / Christian Schwartz and David Voehringer
Mast cell-mediated reactions in vivo / Vladimir Andrey Giménez-Rivera , Martin Metz, and Frank Siebenhaar.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalM. Brock Fenton, Alan D Grinnell, Arthur N. Popper, Richard R. Fay, editors.Contents:
Preface
A History of the Study of Echolocation
Phylogeny, Genes, and Hearing
Implications for the Evolution of Echolocation in Bats
Ultrasound Production, Emission, and Reception
To Scream or to Listen? Prey Detection and Discrimination in Animal-Eating Bats
Roles of Acoustic Social Communication in the Lives of Bats
Guild Structure and Niche Differentiation in Echolocating Bats
Neural Coding of Signal Duration and Complex Acoustic Objects
The Neural Processing of Frequency Modulations in the Auditory System of Bats
Behavioral and Physiological Bases for Doppler Shift Compensation by Echolocating Bats
Perceiving the World Through Echolocation and Vision
Perspectives and Challenges for Future Research in Bat Hearing
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalLynn S. Bickley, MD, FACP, Clinical Professor of Internal Medicine, School of Medicine, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, New Mexico, Peter G. Szilagyi, MD, MPH, Professor of Pediatrics and Executive Vice-Chair, Department of Pediatrics, University of California at Los Angeles (UCLA), Los Angeles, California ; guest editor, Richard M. Hoffman, MD, MPH, FACP, Professor of Internal Medicine and Epidemiology, Director, Division of General Internal Medicine, University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, Iowa.Summary: Bates' Guide to Physical Examination and History Taking is designed for medical, physician assistant, nurse practitioner, and other students who are learning to interview patients, perform their physical examination, and apply clinical reasoning and shared decision making to their assessment and plan, based on a sound understanding of clinical evidence. The twelfth edition has many new features to facilitate student learning. As with previous editions, these changes spring from three sources: the feedback and reviews of students, teachers, and faculty; our commitment to making the book easier to read and more efficient to use; and the abundant new evidence that supports the techniques of examination, interviewing, and health promotion. Throughout the twelfth edition, we emphasize common or important problems rather than the rare or esoteric, though at times we include unusual findings that are classic or life threatening. We encourage students to study the strong evidence base that informs each chapter and to carefully review the clinical guidelines and citations from the health care literature. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Foundations for clinical proficiency
Evaluating clinical evidence
Interviewing and the health history
Beginning the physical examination : general survey, vital signs, and pain
Behavior and mental status
The skin, hair, and nails
The head and neck
The thorax and lungs
The cardiovascular system
The breasts and axillae
The abdomen
The peripheral vascular system
Male genitalia and hernias
Female genitalia
The anus, rectum, and prostate
The musculoskeletal system
The nervous system
Assessing children : infancy through adolescence
The pregnant woman
The older adult.Digital Access LWW Health Library (Medical Education) 2017 - DigitalLynn S. Bickley, Peter G. Szilagyi, Richard M. Hoffman ; guest editor, Rainier P. Soriano.Summary: "The thirteenth edition of Bates' Guide to Physical Examination and History Taking is your comprehensive guide to learning to effectively conduct the health interview and physical examination. This section introduces you to the features and learning tools that will lead to successful health assessments, regional examinations, and working with special patient populations. At the start of every chapter, you will see a list of additional learning resources that complement the book in order to build your knowledge and confidence in history taking and examination. The Bates' Visual Guide to Physical Examination offers over more than 8 hours of video content and delivers head-to-toe and systems-based physical examination techniques. When used alongside the book, you have a complete learning solution for preparedness for the boards and patient encounters"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021
- DigitalLynn S. Bickley, Peter G. Szilagyi, Richard M. Hoffman ; guest editor, Rainier P. Soriano.Summary: "Bates' Pocket Guide to Physical Examination and History Taking, ninth edition, is a concise, portable text, with new chapters that expand its scope to include all aspects of clinical skills training and education"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Approach to the clinical encounter
Interviewing, communication, and interpersonal skills
Health history
Physical examination
Clinical reasoning, assessment, and plan
Health maintenance and screening
Evaluating clinical evidence
General survey, vital signs, and pain
Cognition, behavior, and mental status
Skin, hair, and nails
Head and neck
Eyes
Ears and nose
Throat and oral cavity
Thorax and lungs
Cardiovascular system
Peripheral vascular system
Breasts and axillae
Abdomen
Male genitalia
Female genitalia
Anus, rectum, and prostate
Musculoskeletal system
Nervous system
Children: Infancy through adloescence
Pregnant woman
Older adult.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2021 - DigitalSven Klimpel, Heinz Mehlhorn, editors.Summary: This book gathers contributions by 16 international authors on the phenomenon bats, shedding some light on their morphology, the feeding behaviors (insects, fruits, blood) of different groups, their potential and confirmed transmissions of agents of diseases, their endo- and ectoparasites, as well as countless myths surrounding their lifestyle (e.g. vampirism, chupacabras, batman etc.). Bats have been known in different cultures for several thousand centuries, however their nocturnal activities have made them mysterious and led to many legends and myths, while proven facts remained scarce. Even today, our knowledge of bats remains limited compared to other groups in the animal kingdom. Also, their famous ability to avoid collisions with obstacles during their nightly flights with the help of a sophisticated and unique system using ultrasound waves (which are transmitted and received) is as poorly studied as birds finding their way from continent to continent. In recent times, where globalization transports millions of people and goods from one end of the earth to the other, there are increased risks posed by agents of diseases, as a result of which bats have received increasing attention as potential vectors. These suppositions are based on their proven transmission of viruses such as rabies.
Contents:
Introduction: The world of bats / Heinz Mehlhorn
Bats: a glimpse on their astonishing morphology and lifestyle / Volker Walldorf and Heinz Mehlhorn
Bats as potential reservoir hosts for vector-borne diseases / Christian Melaun, Antje Werblow, Markus Wilhelm Busch, Andrew Liston, and Sven Klimpel
Bat endoparasites: a UK perspective / Jennifer S. Lord and Darren R. Brooks
Macroparasites of Microchiroptera: bat ectoparasites of Central and South America / Raphael Frank, Julian Münster, Julia Schulze, Andrew Liston, and Sven Klimpel
Parasitic bat flies (Diptera: Streblidae and Nycteribiidae): host specificity and potential as vectors / Carl W. Dick and Katharina Dittmar
No myth but reality: blood licking bats / Heinz Mehlhorn
Vampirism in medicine and culture / Peter Mario Kreuter and Heinz Schott
Unsolved and solved myths: chupacabras and "goat-milking" birds / Heinz Mehlhorn
Myth and reality: candiru, the bloodsucking fish that may enter humans / Heinz Mehlhorn.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitalby Lisa A. Beltz.Contents:
I : Introduction
Bat immunology
II : Viral infections of bats
Rabies virus and other bat rhabdoviruses
Henipaviruses and other paramyxoviruses of bats
Filoviruses and bats
Bats and coronaviruses
Other RNA viruses and bats
Baltimore class I and class II DNA viruses of bats
Reverse-transcribing bat viruses and large-scale bat virome studies
III : Bacterial infections of bats
Arthropod-borne bacterial infections of bats
Other bacteria and bats
IV : Protist infections of bats
Apicomplexans and bats
Kinetoplastids and bats
V : Fungal infections of bats
White-nose syndrome and bats
Histoplasma capsulatum and other fungi and bats
VI : Zoonotic disease transmission and bats
Zoonotic transmission of disease by bats and other animals.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - PrintNita A. Farahany.Summary: "A rock star academic explores the final frontier of personal privacy: your mind. Imagine a world where your brain can be interrogated to learn your political beliefs, thought crimes are punishable by law, and your own feelings can be used against you. Where perfumers create customized fragrances to perfectly suit your emotions, and social media titans bypass your conscious mind to hook you to their products. A world where people who suffer from epilepsy receive alerts moments before a seizure, and the average person can peer into their own mind to eliminate painful memories or cure addictions. Neuroscience has already made all of the above possible today, and neurotechnology will soon become the "universal controller" for all of our interactions with technology. This can benefit humanity immensely, but without safeguards, it can severely threaten our fundamental human rights to privacy, freedom of thought, and self-determination. Companies, governments, and militaries are all in: from contemplative neuroscience to consumer-based EEG technology, there have never been more ways to hack and track our brains. But access is just the beginning. Our brains can be changed with performance-boosting drugs, electrical stimulation, and even surgical interventions. Soon neuro-cinema, neuro-monitoring, and even cognitive warfare will be commonplace--the brain is the next battleground for humanity. The Battle for Your Brain by Nita A. Farahany dives deeply into the promises and perils of the coming dawn of brain access and alteration. Written by one of the world's foremost experts on neuroscience as it intersects with law and ethics, this highly original book offers a pathway forward to navigate the complex ethical dilemmas that neurotechnology presents, which will fundamentally impact our freedom to understand, shape, and define ourselves"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part 1: Tracking the brain
1. The last fortress
2. Your brain at work
3. Big Brother is listening
4. Know thyself
Part 2: Hacking the brain
5. Revving up
6. Braking the brain
7. Mental manipulation
8. Bewilderbeasts
9. Beyond human
10. On cognitive liberty - PrintJulia Chinyere Oparah, Helen Arega, Dantia Hudson, Linda Jones, Talita Oseguera.Contents:
Executive summary
Overview and methods
A human rights framework
Prenatal care
Relationship with maternal health care providers
Home, hospital, or birth center?
Labor, birthing and delivery
The first six weeks
Recommendations.Print Access - Printby Jennifer D. Penschow.Summary: "When smallpox inoculation entered western medical practice in 1721 it aroused considerable controversy. A broad-based cohort of enlightened Germans such as publishers, poets, pastors and elite women attempted to dispel the doubts and encourage the innovative procedure. Yet many parents remained fearful, and the contagiousness of inoculation also necessitated a new approach. National pride in the past defeat of bubonic plague aroused optimism that smallpox could be banished using a similar strategy. The arrival in 1800 of Jenner's vaccine ended the debates by offering yet another promising new approach. Battling Smallpox before Vaccination explores the social and medical impacts of inoculation. It offers belated recognition for the valiant attempts of the many protagonists battling against the so-called 'murdering angel' before Edward Jenner's discovery of vaccination. It provides a comprehensive description and penetrating analysis of the understanding and perception of smallpox, the propagation of pro-inoculation information, varied reactions to inoculation, and debates over the idealistic goal of eradicating smallpox"-- Provided by publisher.
- Digital[edited by] David A. Porter, Lew C. Schon.Contents:
Section 1: An introduction to athletic evaluation. The basic foot and ankle physical exam
Section 2: Sport syndromes. Impingement syndromes of the ankle
Stress fractures: their causes and principles of treatment
Medical and metabolic considerations in athletes with stress fractures
Problematic stress fractures of the foot and ankle
Ankle and midfoot fractures and dislocations
Midfoot fractures and dislocations
Rupture of the anterior tibial and peroneal tendons
Achilles tendon disorders including tendinopathies and ruptures
Posterior tibialis tendon injury in the athlete
Functional nerve disorders and plantar heel pain
Dermatologic, infectious, and nail disorders
Section 3: Anatomic disorders in sports. Nonsurgical treatment of acute and chronic ankle instability
Ankle sprains, ankle instability, and syndesmosis injuries
Osteochondral lesions of the ankle and occult fractures of the foot and ankle
Disorders of the subtalar joint, including subtalar sprains and tarsal coalitions
Diagnostic and operative ankle and subtalar joint arthroscopy
Foot and ankle endoscopy
Lesser toe disorders
Great-toe disorders
Bunions in the elite athlete: the philosophy and principles
Chronic leg pain
Section 4: Unique and exceptional problems in sports. Foot and ankle injuries in dancers
The military athlete
Pediatric problems and rehabilitation geared to the young athlete
Unique considerations for foot and ankle injuries in the female athlete
Section 5: New advances and augmentations in the foot and ankle. Orthobiologics in foot and ankle applications
Section 6: rehabilitation and recovery: principles, collaboration, and teamwork
Rehabilitation of specific foot and ankle issues
Principles of rehabilitation for the foot and ankle
The team in the care of the athleteDigital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - Digitaledited by Mani Lakshminarayanan, Fanni Natanegara.Summary: The cost for bringing new medicine from discovery to market has nearly doubled in the last decade and has now reached $2.6 billion. There is an urgent need to make drug development less time-consuming and less costly. Innovative trial designs/ analyses such as the Bayesian approach are essential to meet this need. This book will be the first to provide comprehensive coverage of Bayesian applications across the span of drug development, from discovery, to clinical trial, to manufacturing with practical examples. This book will have a wide appeal to statisticians, scientists, and physicians working in drug development who are motivated to accelerate and streamline the drug development process, as well as students who aspire to work in this field. The advantages of this book are: Provides motivating, worked, practical case examples with easy to grasp models, technical details, and computational codes to run the analyses Balances practical examples with best practices on trial simulation and reporting, as well as regulatory perspectives Chapters written by authors who are individual contributors in their respective topics Dr. Mani Lakshminarayanan is a researcher and statistical consultant with more than 30 years of experience in the pharmaceutical industry. He has published over 50 articles, technical reports, and book chapters besides serving as a referee for several journals. He has a PhD in Statistics from Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas and is a Fellow of the American Statistical Association. Dr. Fanni Natanegara has over 15 years of pharmaceutical experience and is currently Principal Research Scientist and Group Leader for the Early Phase Neuroscience Statistics team at Eli Lilly and Company. She played a key role in the Advanced Analytics team to provide Bayesian education and statistical consultation at Eli Lilly. Dr. Natanegara is the chair of the cross industry-regulatory-academic DIA BSWG to ensure that Bayesian methods are appropriately utilized for design and analysis throughout the drug-development process.
Contents:
Incorporation of Historical Control Data in Analysis of Clinical Trials
Practical considerations for building priors for confirmatory studies
The Practice of Prior Elicitation
Bayesian examples in preclinical in-vivo research
Planning a model-based Bayesian dose response study
Novel Designs for Early Phase Drug Combination Trials
Executing and Reporting Clinical Trial Simulations : Practical Recommendations for Best Practices
Reporting of Bayesian Analyses in Clinical Research : Some Recommendations
Handling missing data in clinical trials with Bayesian and Frequentist Approaches
Bayesian Applications in Pharmaceutical Development
Simulation for Bayesian Adaptive Designs : Step-by-Step Guide for Developing the Necessary R Code
Power Priors for Sample Size Determination in the Process Validation Life-Cycle
Bayesian Approaches in the Regulation of Medical Products
Computational Tools
Software for Bayesian Computation : An Overview of Some Currently Available Tools
Considerations and Bayesian Applications in Pharmaceutical Development for Rare Diseases
Extrapolation Process in Pediatric Drug Development and Corresponding Bayesian Implementation for Validating Clinical Efficacy.Digital Access TandFonline 2019 - DigitalNeelam A. Vashi, editor.Summary: Over the decades, research has demonstrated that in categories of life deemed to be important, beautiful people achieve more desirable outcomes, are judged more favorably, and receive preferential treatment. An understanding of the historical aspects, science, and implications of what the human mind finds aesthetically pleasing is quintessential for dermatologists, plastic surgeons, and others who practice aesthetic medicine as the importance of beauty in today?s society is what brings patients into clinics. While an element of dissatisfaction with one?s appearance is commonplace, clinicians should remain vigilant for individuals who seek cosmetic procedures to quell excessive body image concerns that are out of proportion to objective physical findings. Body dysmorphic disorder (BDD) is a disorder of self-perception; it is the impairing preoccupation with a nonexistent or minimal flaw in appearance. According to recent statistics, BDD occurs in 0.7?2.4% of the general population; however, multiple studies have suggested an incidence of 6?16% in patients seeking aesthetic medical treatments. Moreover, a vast majority will at some point seek dermatologic treatment and cosmetic surgery. Such patients are unlikely to be satisfied with corrective procedures, and only 15% of dermatologists surveyed thought that they could successfully treat BDD. Therefore, Beauty and Body Dysmor phic Disorder aims to assist dermatologists, plastic surgeons, and other aesthetic providers in recognizing key characteristics as well as providing treatment strategies to help in caring for those with BDD.Digital Access Springer 2015
- DigitalAmerican College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) ; with Robert Casanova, AnnaMarie Connolly, Alice R. Goepfert, Nancy A. Hueppchen, Patrice M. Weiss.Summary: "Beckmann and Ling's Obstetrics and Gynecology, 9th Edition, provides the foundational knowledge medical students need to complete an Ob/Gyn rotation, pass national standardized exams, and competently care for women in clinical practice. Highly respected for its authoritative expertise and preferred by students for its concise, consistent approach, the text is fully aligned with the Association of Professors of Gynecology and Obstetrics' educational objectives, upon which most clerkship evaluations and final exams are based. The 9th Edition is updated throughout and enhanced with engaging new features that encourage reflection, strengthen retention, and deliver critical preparation for exams and clinical practice." Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Women's health examination and women's health care management
The obstetrician-gynecologist's role in screening and preventive care
Ethics, liability, and patient safety in obstetrics and gynecology
Embryology and anatomy
Maternal-fetal physiology
Preconception and antepartum care
Genetics and genetic disorders in obstetrics and gynecology
Intrapartum care
Abnormal labor and intrapartum fetal surveillance
Immediate care of the newborn
Postpartum care
Postpartum hemorrhage
Multifetal gestation
Fetal growth abnormalities : fetal growth restriction and macrosomia
Preterm labor
Third-trimester bleeding
Premature rupture of membranes
Postterm pregnancy
Ectopic pregnancy and pregnancy loss
Endocrine disorders
Gastrointestinal, renal, and surgical complications
Cardiovascular and respiratory disorders
Hematologic and immunologic complications
Infectious diseases
Neurologic and psychiatric disorders
Family planning
Pregnancy termination
Sterilization
Vulvovaginitis
Sexually transmitted infections
Pelvic organ prolapse, urinary incontinence, and urinary tract infection
Endometriosis
Dysmenorrhea and chronic pelvic pain
Disorders of the breast
Gynecologic procedures
Human sexuality
Sexual assault and domestic violence
Reproductive cycles
Puberty
Amenorrhea and abnormal uterine bleeding
Hirsutism and virilization
Menopause
Infertility
Premenstrual syndrome and premenstrual dysphoric disorder
Cell biology and principles of cancer therapy
Gestational trophoblastic disease
Vulvar and vaginal disease and neoplasia
Cervical neoplasia and carcinoma
Uterine leiomyoma and neoplasia
Cancer of the uterine corpus
Ovarian and adnexal disease.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2023] - Digital/PrintAmerican College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) ; with Robert Casanova [and others].Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2019
- PrintMichelle Obama.Summary: "An intimate, powerful, and inspiring memoir by the former First Lady of the United States. When she was a little girl, Michelle Robinson's world was the South Side of Chicago, where she and her brother, Craig, shared a bedroom in their family's upstairs apartment and played catch in the park, and where her parents, Fraser and Marian Robinson, raised her to be outspoken and unafraid. But life soon took her much further afield, from the halls of Princeton, where she learned for the first time what if felt like to be the only black woman in a room, to the glassy office tower where she worked as a high-powered corporate lawyer--and where, one summer morning, a law student named Barack Obama appeared in her office and upended all her carefully made plans. Here, for the first time, Michelle Obama describes the early years of her marriage as she struggles to balance her work and family with her husband's fast-moving political career. She takes us inside their private debate over whether he should make a run for the presidency and her subsequent role as a popular but oft-criticized figure during his campaign. Narrating with grace, good humor, and uncommon candor, she provides a vivid, behind-the-scenes account of her family's history-making launch into the global limelight as well as their life inside the White House over eight momentous years--as she comes to know her country and her country comes to know her. [This book] takes us through modest Iowa kitchens and ballrooms at Buckingham Palace, through moments of heart-stopping grief and profound resilience, bringing us deep into the soul of a singular, groundbreaking figure in history as she strives to live authentically, marshaling her personal strength and voice in service of a set of higher ideals. In telling her story with honesty and boldness, she issues a challenge to the rest of us: Who are we and who do we want to become?"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Becoming me
Becoming us
Becoming more
Epilogue.Digital Access 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous userSUNet ID login required - DigitalJan Doolittle Wilson.Summary: "Becoming Disabled attempts to forge a new view of the world, one that understands disability as a valuable human variation, embraces interdependency, recognizes the disabling impact of existing ideologies and institutions, and works toward the creation of a society that fully includes, supports, and celebrates all forms of human diversity"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I. Identifying disability
Meanings of disability
Cripping disability identities
Part II. (Re)imagining disability
Disability on display
Disability and inclusive education
Part III. Locating disability
Burrowing within disability
Making disability home
Part IV. Mothering disability
Disability and the constructs of motherhood
Refiguring motherhood through a disability lens.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2021 - PrintPatty Krawec.Summary: "The invented history of the Western world is crumbling fast, Anishinaabe writer Patty Krawec says, but we can still honor the bonds between us. Settlers dominated and divided, but Indigenous peoples won't just send them all 'home.' Weaving her own story with the story of her ancestors and with the broader themes of creation, replacement, and disappearance, Krawec helps readers see settler colonialism through the eyes of an Indigenous writer. Settler colonialism tried to force us into one particular way of living, but the old ways of kinship can help us imagine a different future. Krawec asks, What would it look like to remember that we are all related? How might we become better relatives to the land, to one another, and to Indigenous movements for solidarity? Braiding together historical, scientific, and cultural analysis, Indigenous ways of knowing, and the vivid threads of communal memory, Krawec crafts a stunning, forceful call to 'unforget' our history. This remarkable sojourn through Native and settler history, myth, identity, and spirituality helps us retrace our steps and pick up what was lost along the way: chances to honor rather than violate treaties, to see the land as a relative rather than a resource, and to unravel the history we have been taught"--Book jacket flap.
Contents:
Foreword / by Nick Estes
Nii'kinaaganaa
Introduction
1. Creation: How We Got Here
2. Colonization: The Hunger of Big Brother
3. Removal: Background Noise
4. Replacement: The Vanishing Indian
5. Eradication: The Vanished Indian
Interlude: Flood
6. The Land: Our Ancestor
7. The People: We Are Related
8. Solidarity: Becoming Kin - DigitalRonald Rousseau, Leo Egghe, Raf Guns.Summary: "Becoming Metric-Wise: A Bibliometric Guide for Researchers aims to inform researchers about metrics so that they become aware of the evaluative techniques being applied to their scientific output. Understanding these concepts will help them during their funding initiatives, and in hiring and tenure. The book not only describes what indicators do (or are designed to do, which is not always the same thing), but also gives precise mathematical formulae so that indicators can be properly understood and evaluated. Metrics have become a critical issue in science, with widespread international discussion taking place on the subject across scientific journals and organizations. As researchers should know the publication-citation context, the mathematical formulae of indicators being used by evaluating committees and their consequences, and how such indicators might be misused, this book provides an ideal tome on the topic. Provides researchers with a detailed understanding of bibliometric indicators and their applications. Empowers researchers looking to understand the indicators relevant to their work and careers. Presents an informed and rounded picture of bibliometrics, including the strengths and shortcomings of particular indicators. Supplies the mathematics behind bibliometric indicators so they can be properly understood. Written by authors with longstanding expertise who are considered global leaders in the field of bibliometrics"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note: 1. Introduction
1.1. Metrics in the Information Sciences
1.2. Short Overview of Topics Studied in the Field of Informetrics
1.3. Instruments
1.4. Other Metrics and the Larger Picture
1.5. Mathematical Terminology
2. Scientific Research and Communication
2.1. Knowledge and Scientific Research
2.2. Scientific Discoveries
2.3. Two-Tier Publication System
2.4. Three-Tier Evaluation System
3. Publishing in Scientific Journals
3.1. Editorship and Peer Review
3.2. Open Access (OA)
3.3. Scientific Misconduct: Fraud, Plagiarism, Retraction and the Integrity of the Publication Record
4. Statistics
4.1. Introduction
pt. A Descriptive Statistics
4.2. Simple Representations
4.3. Measures of Central Tendency
4.4. Cumulative Distributions and the Quantile Function
4.5. Measures of Statistical Dispersion
4.6. Boxplot
4.7. Scatterplots and Linear Regression
4.8. Nonparametric Linear Regression
4.9. Contingency Tables
4.10. Lorenz Curve and the Gini Index
4.11. Applications in Informetrics
pt. B Inferential Statistics
4.12. Normal Distribution
4.13. Hypothesis Testing
4.14. Concluding Remarks on Statistics
5. Publication and Citation Analysis
5.1. Publication and Citation Analysis: Definitions
5.2. Citation Indices: Generalities
5.3. Citing and Reasons to Cite
5.4. Citation Classification Schemes
5.5. Authors and Their Citation Environment
5.6. Difficulties Related to Counting
5.7. Note on Eponyms
5.8. Ethics of Citing
5.9. Citation Networks and the Mathematics of Citation
5.10. Bibliographic Coupling and Cocitation Analysis
5.11. Tri-citations
5.12. Highly-Cited Documents Become Concept Symbols
5.13. Citation Generations
5.14. Delayed Recognition and Sleeping Beauties
5.15. Short Description of the Web of Science
5.16. Scopus
5.17. Google Scholar (GS)
5.18. Comparisons
5.19. Final Remarks
6. Journal Citation Analysis
6.1. Scientific Journals
6.2. Publication-Citation Matrix per Article
6.3. Publication-Citation Matrix of a Journal and the Garfield-Sher (1963) Impact Factor: Introduction
6.4. Synchronous Impact Factors
6.5. Diachronous Impact Factors
6.6. More on Publication-Citation Matrices and Impact Factors
6.7. Remarks About Journal Impact Factors
6.8. h-index for Journals
6.9. Indicators That Take the Importance of the Citing Journal into Account
6.10. Correlations Between Journal Indicators
6.11. Audience Factor
6.12. SNIP Indicator
6.13. Clarivate Analytics' Journal Citation Reports
6.14. Structure of the SCImago Database
6.15. Problems Related to Impact Factors
6.16. CiteScore Index
6.17. Who Makes Use of Bibliometric Indicators?
6.18. Ranking Journals
6.19. Median Impact Factor
6.20. Mathematical Properties of the Diachronous and the Synchronous Impact Factor
6.21. Additional Information
7. Indicators
7.1. Introduction
7.2. Collaboration and Collaboration Indices
7.3. h-index
7.4. Simple Variations on the h-index
7.5. h-Type Indices That Take the Number of Received Citations by Highly Cited Publications into Account
7.6. Some Other h-type Indices
7.7. General Impact Factor
7.8. Success Indices and Success Multipliers
7.9. Percentile Rank Score and the Integrated Impact Indicator
7.10. Citation Merit
7.11. Time Series of Indicators
7.12. Outgrow Index (CR Index) and Related Indices
7.13. So's Openness and Affinity Indices
7.14. Prathap's Thermodynamic Indicators
7.15. Characteristic Scores and Scales
7.16. Concluding Remarks
8. Research Evaluation
8.1. Introduction
8.2. Leiden Manifesto
8.3. University Evaluation
8.4. University Rankings
8.5. Evaluation of Research Groups
8.6. Top x% Publications
8.7. Country Studies
8.8. Some Remarks on Evaluations of Individuals
8.9. Paying Attention to the Social Sciences and Arts & Humanities
8.10. How to Evaluate Top Labs: An Example From China
8.11. Nature Index
8.12. Reflections and Comments
8.13. Further Remarks
8.14. Conclusion
9. Informetric Laws
9.1. Introduction
9.2. One-Dimensional Informetrics
9.3. Two-Dimensional Informetrics
9.4. Two Applications of Lotka's Law
9.5. Measuring Inequality
9.6. Measuring Diversity for a Variable Number of Cells
10. Networks
10.1. Basic Network Theory
10.2. Network Indicators
10.3. h-Indices in Networks
10.4. Software for Network Analysis
11. Timeline of Informetrics.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - PrintIrvin D. Yalom.Summary: "Bestselling writer and psychotherapist Irvin D. Yalom puts himself on the couch in a lapidary memoir Irvin D. Yalom has made a career of investigating the lives of others. In this profound memoir, he turns his writing and his therapeutic eye on himself. He opens his story with a nightmare: He is twelve, and is riding his bike past the home of an acne-scarred girl. Like every morning, he calls out, hoping to befriend her, "Hello Measles!" But in his dream, the girl's father makes Yalom understand that his daily greeting had hurt her. For Yalom, this was the birth of empathy; he would not forget the lesson. As Becoming Myself unfolds, we see the birth of the insightful thinker whose books have been a beacon to so many. This is not simply a man's life story, Yalom's reflections on his life and development are an invitation for us to reflect on the origins of our own selves and the meanings of our lives"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The birth of empathy
Searching for a mentor
I want her gone
Circling back
The library, A-Z
The religious war
A gambling lad
A brief history of anger
The red table
Meeting Marilyn
College days
Marrying Marilyn
My first psychiatric patient
Internship: the mysterious Dr. Blackwood
The Johns Hopkins years
Assigned to paradise
Coming ashore
A year in London
The brief, turbulent life of encounter groups
Sojourn in Vienna
Every day gets a little closer
Oxford and the enchanted coins of Mr. Sfica
Existential therapy
Confronting death with Rollo May
Death, freedom, isolation, and meaning
Impatient groups and Paris
Passage to India
Japan, China, Bali, and Love's executioner
When Nietzsche wept
Lying on the couch
Momma and the meaning of life
On becoming Greek
The gift of therapy
Two years with Schopenhauer
Staring at the sun
Final works
Yikes! Text therapy
My life in groups
On idealization
A novice at growing old.Print - DigitalWalter Struhal, Heinz Lahrmann, Alessandra Fanciulli, Gregor K. Wenning, editors.Digital Access Springer 2017
- PrintMurphy, Francis Daniel.
- DigitalDmitri Souza, Lynn Kohan, editors.Summary: This book describes bedside pain management interventions for basic clinical situations commonly encountered during the inpatient care. It aims to provide clinicians with real-world practical information, including patient selection, required equipment, and procedure guidance, that will optimize patient management. Each chapter addresses a particular procedure or a set of procedures, with specialties selected according to the subject matter. Physicians of any specialty practicing in hospital settings, residents, fellows in training, medical students, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, nurses, psychology, chiropractors, physical therapy and integrative medicine specialists will find this text to be comprehensive and practical.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Part I: Challenges of Pain Management and Types of Bedside Interventions
Challenges of Pain Management and the Role of Bedside Interventions
1 Overview
2 Historical Aspects
3 Recent Developments
4 Role of Bedside Interventions
5 Challenges of Inpatient Pain Management
6 Conclusion
References
Clinical Assessment of Pain and Assessment of Outcomes of Bedside Procedures
1 Overview
2 Initial Encounter
3 Detailed History
Onset
Location
Duration
Course/Frequency
Character
Aggravating/Alleviating Factors Related Symptoms
Severity
4 Assessment Tools
5 Physical Examination
Inspection
Palpation
Range of Motion
Percussion/Auscultation
Motor
Sensory
Provocative Testing
6 Post-procedure Evaluation
References
Further Reading
Pharmacotherapy of Pain in the Hospital: Review of Limitations
1 Background
2 Pain Medications
Non-steroidal Anti-inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs)
Acetaminophen
Antidepressants and Antiepileptic Drugs
Skeletal Muscle Relaxants
Opioids
3 Pain Consult/Bedside Procedures
4 Conclusion
References
Further Reading Sedation and Patient Monitoring for Bedside Pain Management Interventions
1 Overview
2 Historical Aspects, Levels of Sedation
3 Anesthesia for Outpatient Procedures
4 Anesthesia for Inpatient and ICU Procedures
5 Potential Complications
6 Conclusion and Future Directions
References
Further Reading
Bedside Joint, Muscle, and Tendon Injections: Overview
1 Overview
2 Historical Aspects
Types of Injections
Types of Injection Medications
3 Recent Developments
4 Conclusions and Future Directions
References
Further Reading Bedside Peripheral Nerve Blockade: Overview
1 Introduction
2 Bedside Peripheral Nerve Blockade: Overview
Background
Materials, Location, and Supplies
Ultrasound
Needles and Catheters
Local Anesthetics
Local Anesthetic Systemic Toxicity
Upper Extremity Nerve Blocks
Interscalene Block
Supraclavicular Nerve Block
Infraclavicular Nerve Block
Axillary Nerve Block
Lower Extremity Nerve Blocks
Femoral Nerve Block
Adductor Canal Block
Popliteal Sciatic Nerve Block
Truncal Nerve Blocks
Paravertebral Nerve Block
Erector Spinae Block Transverse Abdominal Plane Block
Rectus Sheath Blocks
3 Conclusion
References
Further Reading
Manual Medicine Interventions for Bedside Pain Management
1 Overview
2 Historical Aspects and Introduction to Osteopathic Manipulative Treatment
3 Osteopathic Manipulative Treatment for the Head and Neck, Low Back, Hip and Sacrum
4 Potential Complications
5 Documentation of Osteopathic Treatment
6 Conclusion and Future Directions
References
Further Reading
Bedside Electro-Acupuncture
1 Overview
2 Background and Mechanism of Action
3 Clinical Application and Presentation of Techniques - DigitalKeith L. Moore, T.V.N. (Vid) Persaud, Mark G. Torchia.Summary: "Covering the essentials of normal and abnormal human development for students in a variety of health science disciplines, Before We Are Born: Essentials of Embryology and Birth Defects, 10th Edition, reflects new research findings and current clinical practice through concise text and abundant illustrations. This edition has been fully updated by the world's foremost embryologists and is based on the popular text, The Developing Human, written by the same author team. It provides an easily accessible understanding of all of the latest advances in embryology, including normal and abnormal embryogenesis, causes of birth defects, and the role of genes in human development."--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction to human development
Human reproduction
First week of development
Second week of development
Third week of development
Fourth to eighth weeks of human development-- Fetal period : the ninth week to birth
Placenta and fetal membranes
Body cavities, mesenteries, and diaphragm
Pharyngeal apparatus, face, and neck
Respiratory system
Alimentary system
Urogenital system
Cardiovascular system
Musculoskeletal system
Nervous system
Development of eyes and ears
Integumentary system
Human birth defects
The cellular and molecular basis of development.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - Digitalby Elaine Vickers.Contents:
An introduction to cancer cell biology & genetics
Introducing targeted cancer treatments
Treatments that block proteins involved in cell communication
Drugs that target : angiogenesis, fusion proteins, PARP, hedgehog signalling and CDKs
Immunotherapy treatments
Progress in developing targeted treatments for common solid cancers
Targeted treatments for haematological cancer.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalBarbara J. Bain.Contents:
The blood film and count
Assessing red cells
Assessing white cells and platelets
Haematological findings in health and disease
Emergency morphology
Self-assessment.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - PrintRobert M. Sapolsky.Summary: Why do we do the things we do? Stanford professor Robert Sapolsky attempts to answer that question as fully as possible, looking at it from every angle. Sapolsky starts by examining the factors that bear on a person's reaction in the precise moment a behavior occurs, and then hops back in time from there, in stages, ultimately ending up at the deep history of our species and its evolutionary legacy.-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
The behavior
One second before
Seconds to minutes before
Hours to days before
Days to months before
Adolescence; or, Dude, where's my frontal cortex?
Back to the crib, back to the womb
Back to when you were just a fertilized egg
Centuries to millennia before
The evolution of behavior
Us versus them
Hierarchy, obedience, and resistance
Morality and doing the right thing, once you've figured out what that is
Feeling someone's pain, understanding someone's pain, alleviating someone's pain
Metaphors we kill by
Biology, the criminal justice system, and (oh, why not?) free will
War and peace
Epilogue
Acknowledgments
Appendix 1: Neuroscience 101
Appendix 2: The basics of endocrinology
Appendix 3: Protein basics. - Digitaledited by Michael S. Ascher, M.D., Petros Levounis, M.D., M.A.Summary: Intended for use by clinicians to understand and organize conditions that may not be clearly delineated in DSM-5, this guide features twelves case studies together with an overview of behavioral addictions from neurobiological, theoretical, clinical, and forensic perspectives.--Adapted from Preface.
Contents:
Helping people behave themselves : identifying and treating behavioral addictions / Marc N. potenza
Forensic implications of behavioral addictions / Robert L. Sadoff, Eric Y. Drogin, Samson Gurmu
Problematic exercise : a case of alien feet / Elias Dakwar
Food addiction : sugar high / Jessica A. Gold, Kimberly A. Teitelbaum, Mark S. Gold
Gambling : Lord, I was born a gambling man / Carla J. Rash, Nancy M. Petry
Internet gaming disorder : virtual or real? / Tolga Taneli, Yu-Heng Guo, Sabina Mushtaq
Internet addiction : the case of Henry, the "reluctant hermit" / Sean X. Luo, Timothy K. Brennan, Justine Wittenauer
Texting and e-mail problem use / Tauheed Zaman, Daniel Lache
Kleptomania : to steal or not to steal : that is the question / Erin Zerbo, Emily Deringer
Sex addiction : the fire down below / Lisa J. Cohen
Love addiction : what's love got to do with it? / Alexis Briggie, Clifford Briggie
Shopping addiction : if the shoe fits, buy it in every color! / Najeeb Hussain, Nicole Guanci, Mahreen Raza, Dmitry Ostrovsky
Tanning addiction : when orange is the new bronze / Petros Levounis, Omar Mohamed
Work addiction : taking care of business / Michael Ascher, Jonathan Avery, Yael Holoshitz.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2015 - DigitalArt Walaszek.Contents:
Overview of dementia
Comprehensive management of dementia
Introduction to behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia
Assessment of behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia
Management of behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia
Management of other threats to safety
Ethical and legal considerations.Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2020 - DigitalTom A. Schweizer, R. Loch Macdonald editors.Summary: A comprehensive, state-of-the-art contribution to a field that is rapidly developing, The Behavioral Consequences of Stroke provides a broad overview of the cognitive and neurobehavioral effects of stroke. As attention to paralysis and the more obvious physical disabilities stroke patients incur expands, greater attention is being paid today to the cognitive and neurobehavioral complications that impact stroke morbidity and even functional neurological recovery in patients. Written by an international panel of experts and edited by a neurosurgeon and by a cognitive neuroscientist, this unique title addresses the full range of issues relevant to the field, including epidemiology, general treatment, sensorimotor control after stroke, post-stroke aphasia, memory loss after stroke, post-stroke depression, the role of imaging after a stroke, and an update on some stroke clinical trials, to name just some of the areas covered. Illuminative and an influential addition to the literature, The Behavioral Consequences of Stroke will serve as an invaluable resource for neurologists, neurosurgeons, physiatrists and other physicians, as well as physical, speech and occupational therapists, nurses, psychologists, and other professionals.
Contents:
Stroke epidemiology, etiology, and background / Deven Reddy and Robert G. Hart
Treatment of stroke / Douglas J. Cook and Michael Tymianski
Sensorimotor control after stroke / W. Richard Staines, David A.E. Bolton, and William E. McIlroy
Limb apraxia: types, neural correlates, and implications for clinical assessment and function in daily living / Eric A. Roy [and four others]
Spatial neglect: not simply disordered attention / James Danckert
Post-stroke aphasia / Marcelo L. Berthier [and three others]
Disorders of emotional communication after stroke / Kenneth M. Heilman
Dysexecutive syndrome after stroke / Olivier Godefroy [and four others]
Memory loss after stroke / Signy Sheldon and Gordon Winocur
Behavior after aneurysmal subarachnoid hemorrhage: cognition and functional outcome / Timour Al-Khindi [and three others]
Cognitive dysfunction after intracerebral hemorrhage, vasculitis, and other stroke syndromes / Eric E. Smith and José Andrés Venegas-Torres
Post-stroke depression / Bradleigh D. Hayhow, Simone Brockman, and Sergio E. Starkstein
Better dead than alive? Quality of life after stroke / Thomas Schenk and Adam J. Noble
MRI methods applied to stroke / Bradley J. MacIntosh and Simon J. Graham
Clinical outcomes, stroke trials, and cognitive outcome / Benjamin W.Y. Lo [and four others]
Cognitive rehabilitation and recovery after stroke / Audrey Bowen and Emma Patchick.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalJuan Carlos Reboreda, Vanina Dafne Fiorini, Diego Tomás Tuero, editors.Summary: This book covers central aspects of behavioral ecology, including sexual selection, social and genetic mating systems, cooperative breeding, brood parasitism, brood reduction, migration, personalities, and communication. Over the past several years, Neotropical bird species from temperate to tropical latitudes of South America have been extensively studied yielding valuable insights into the evolutionary mechanisms that drive their behavioral traits. International experts provide a general overview of main behavioral aspects, and present the main findings of their work, including experimental approaches to testing the most accepted behavioral theory in their model systems. They propose new theoretical frameworks and future research directions. The book provides a comprehensive and updated guide for all researchers, students, and professionals whose work involves the study and management of birds across the Neotropical region.
Contents:
Social mating system divergence between north and south temperate wrens
Understanding variation in extra-pair paternity in birds : a focus on Neotropical birds
Cooperative and communal breeding
Sexual selection and mating systems : contributions from a Neotropical passerine model
Brood reduction in Neotropical birds : mechanisms, patterns and insights from studies in the imperial shag (Phalacrocorax atriceps)
Obligate brood parasitism on Neotropical birds
Bird migration in South America : the fork-tailed flycatcher (Tyrannus savana) as a case study
Visual and acoustic communication in Neotropical birds : diversity and evolution of signals
A reappraisal of the fruit-taking and fruit-handling behaviors of Neotropical birds
Perspectives on the study of field hummingbird cognition in the neotropics. - DigitalJin-Hua Li, Lixing Sun, Peter M. Kappeler, editors.Summary: This open access book summarizes the multi-disciplinary results of one of China's main primatological research projects on the endemic Tibetan macaque (Macaca thibetana), which had continued for over 30 years, but which had never been reported on systematically. Dedicated to this exceptional Old World monkey, this book makes the work of Chinese primatologists on the social behavior, cooperation, culture, cognition, group dynamics, and emerging technologies in primate research accessible to the international scientific community. One of the most impressive Asian monkeys, and the largest member of its genus, the Tibetan macaque deserves to be better known. This volume goes a long way towards bringing this species into the spotlight with many excellent behavioral analyses from the field.- Frans de Waal, Professor of Psychology, Emory University, USA. Macaques matter. To understand primate patterns and trends, and to gain important insight into humanity, we need to augment and expand our engagement with the most successful and widespread primate genus aside from Homo. This volume focuses on the Tibetan macaque, a fascinating species with much to tell us about social behavior, physiology, complexity and the macaque knack for interfacing with humans. This book is doubly important for primatology in that beyond containing core information on this macaque species, it also reflects an effective integrated collaboration between Chinese scholars and a range of international colleagues--exactly the type of collaborative engagement primatology needs. This volume is a critical contribution to a global primatology. - Agustín Fuentes, Professor of Anthropology, University of Notre Dame, USA. I have many fond memories of my association with Mt. Huangshan research beginning in 1983, when together with Professor Qishan Wang we established this site. It is such a beautiful place and I miss it. It is gratifying to see how far research has progressed since we began work there, becomi ng more internationalized and very much a collaborative endeavor under the long-term direction of Professor Jin-Hua Li and colleagues. This book highlights the increased interest in this species, representing a variety of disciplines ranging from macro aspects of behavior, cognition and sociality, to micro aspects of microbes, parasites and disease, authored by a group of renowned Chinese and international primatologists. I applaud their efforts and expect more interesting work to come from this site in the years ahead.- Kazuo Wada, Professor Emeritus, Kyoto University, Japan.
Contents:
Part I: Introduction
Chapter 1: Recent developments in primatology and their relevance to the study of Tibetan macaques
Part II: Social Behavior and Dynamics in Tibetan Macaques
Chapter 2: Social and Life History Strategies of Tibetan Macaques at Mt. Huangshan
Chapter 3: Size Matters in Primate Societies: How Social Mobility Relates to Social Stability in Tibetan and Japanese Macaques
Chapter 4: Behavioral exchange and interchange as strategies to facilitate social relationships in Tibetan macaques
Chapter 5: Social relationships impact collective decision-making in Tibetan macaques
Chapter 6: Considering Social Play in Primates: A Case Study in Juvenile Tibetan Macaques (Macacathibetana)
Chapter 7: The Vocal Repertoire of Tibetan Macaques (Macacathibetana) and Congeneric Comparisons
Chapter 8: Tibetan Macaque Social Style: Co-variant and Quasi-independent Evolution
Part III: Evolution of Rituals: Insights from Bridging Behavior
Chapter 9: Preliminary observations of female-female bridging behavior in Tibetan macaques (Macacathibetana) at Mt. Huangshan, China
Chapter 10: Bridging Behavior and Male-Infant Interactions in Macacathibetana and M. assamensis: Insight into the Evolution of Social Behavior in the sinica Species-group of Macaques
Part IV: Livingwith Microbes, Parasites, and Diseases
Chapter 11: The gut microbiome of Tibetan macaques: composition, influencing factors and function in feeding ecology
Chapter 12: Medicinal Properties in the Diet of Tibetan Macaques at Mt. Huangshan
A Case for Self-medication
Chapter 13: Primate infectious disease ecology: Insights and future directions at the human-macaque interface
Part V: Emerging Technologies in Primatology
Chapter 14: High field MRI technology for behavioral and cognitive studies in macaques in vivo. - DigitalLeslie S. Zun, Kimberly Nordstrom, Michael P. Wilson, editors.Summary: This fully updated second edition focuses on mental illness, both globally and in terms of specific mental-health-related visits encountered in emergency department settings, and provides practical input from physicians experienced with adult emergency psychiatric patients. It covers the pre-hospital setting and advising on evidence-based practice; from collaborating with psychiatric colleagues to establishing a psychiatric service in your emergency department. Potential dilemmas when treating pregnant, geriatric or homeless patients with mental illness are discussed in detail, along with the more challenging behavioral diagnoses such as substance abuse, factitious and personality disorders, delirium, dementia, and PTSD. The new edition of Behavioral Emergencies for Healthcare Providers will be an invaluable resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, psychiatric and emergency department nurses, trainee and experienced emergency physicians, and other mental health workers.
Contents:
The Magnitude of the Problem of Psychiatric Illness
The Medical Screening Process for Psychiatric Patients Presenting Acutely to the Emergency Departments
The Modern Emergency Psychiatry Interview
General Management of the Poisoned Patient
Drug Intoxication in the Emergency Department
Co-occurring Substance Use Disorder in the Emergency Department
Depression in the Emergency Department
Discharge of the Emergency Patient with Risk Factors for Suicide: Psychiatric and Legal Perspectives
Somatic Symptom and Related Disorders in the Emergency Department
The Patient with Anxiety Disorders in the Emergency Department
Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder in the Emergency Department
Psychosis in the Emergency Department
Personality Disorders in the Emergency Department
Malingering and Factitious Disorder in the Emergency Department
The Patient with Delirium and Dementia
Excited Delirium Syndrome: Diagnosis and Treatment
Medical Illness in Psychiatric Disease
Medical Mimics of Psychiatric Illnesses
Acute Care of Eating Disorders
When to Admit the Psychiatric Patient
Verbal De-escalation in the Emergency Department
Peer Mentors in the Emergency Department
Agitation in the Emergency Department
Restraint and Seclusion in the Emergency Department
Boarding of Psychiatric Patients in the ED
Rapidly Acting Treatment in the ED for Psychiatric Patients
Pre-hospital Behavorial Emergencies
Mental Health Issues in Adolescents
Mental Health Issues after Sexual Assault
Mental Health Issues in Veterans
Mental Health Issues in Children
Mental Health Issues in Geriatrics
Disaster and Terrorism in Emergency Psychiatry
Mental Health Issues in the Homeless
Behavioral and Neurocognitive Sequelae of Concussion in the Emergency Department
Mental Health in Pregnancy
Cultural Concerns and Issues in Emergency Psychiatry
Emergency Psychiatry in Rural Versus Urban Settings
Coordination of Care with Psychiatry
Integration with Community Resources
The Role of Telepsychiatry
Triage of Psychiatric Patients in the Emergency Department
Informed Decision-Making in the Emergency Department
Risk Management in the Emergency Department: Liabilities, Duties, and EMTALA
Delivery Models of Emergency Psychiatric Care
The Gun Talk: How to Have Effective Conversations with Patients and Families about Firearm Injury Prevention
Disposition Decisions for Psychiatric Patients Presenting to the Emergency Setting. - Digitaleditors, Mitchell D. Feldman, John F. Christensen ; associate editor, Jason Satterfield.Summary: Behavioral Medicine delivers real-world coverage of behavioral and interactional issues that occur between provider and patient in everyday clinical practice.
Contents:
Section I: The Doctor & Patient
Chapter 1: The Medical Interview
Chapter 2: Empathy
Chapter 3: Giving Bad News
Chapter 4: Difficult Patients/Difficult Situations
Chapter 5: Suggestion & Hypnosis
Chapter 6: Practitioner Well-being
Chapter 7: Mindful Practice
Section II: Global Health
Chapter 8: Global Health and Behavioral Medicine
Chapter 9: Environment, Health, and Behavior
Chapter 10: Training of International Medical Graduates
Section III: Working with Specific Populations
Chapter 11: Families
Chapter 12: Children
Chapter 13: Adolescents
Chapter 14: Older Patients
Chapter 15: Cross-cultural Communication
Chapter 16: Women
Chapter 17: Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, & Transgender Patients
Chapter 18: Vulnerable Patients
Section IV: Health Related Behavior
Chapter 19: Behavior Change
Chapter 20: Patient Adherence
Chapter 21: Tobacco Use
Chapter 22: Obesity
Chapter 23: Eating Disorders
Chapter 24: Alcohol & Substance Use
Section V: Mental & Behavioral Disorders
Chapter 25: Depression
Chapter 26: Anxiety
Chapter 27: Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
Chapter 28: Somatic Symptom Disorders
Chapter 29: Personality Disorders
Chapter 30: Dementia & Delirium
Chapter 31: Sleep Disorders
Chapter 32: Sexual Problems
Section VI: Special Topics
Chapter 33: Integrative Medicine
Chapter 34: Stress & Disease
Chapter 35: Pain
Chapter 36: HIV/AIDS
Chapter 37: Errors in Medical Practice
Chapter 38: Intimate Partner Violence
Chapter 39: Chronic Illness & Patient Self-Management
Chapter 40: Palliative Care, Hospice, & Care of the Dying
Section VII: Teaching and Assessment
Chapter 41: Competency-Based Education for Behavioral Medicine
Chapter 42: Teaching Behavioral Medicine: Theory and Practice
Chapter 43: Assessing Learners and Curricula in the Behavioral and Social Sciences
Chapter 44: Evidence-Based Behavioral Practice
Chapter 45: Narrative Medicine
Chapter 46: Educating for Professionalism
Chapter 47: Trainee Well-Being.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014 - Digitaleditors, Mitchell D. Feldman, John F. Christensen ; associate editors, Jason M. Satterfield, Ryan Laponis.Summary: "This fifth edition of Behavioral Medicine: A Guide for Clinical Practice features important revisions of chapters from the previous editions to reflect advances in pharmacotherapy and evidence on the relationship between psychosocial factors and disease"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AccessMedicine 2020
- DigitalBradley K. Taylor, David P. Finn, editors.Summary: This volume brings together a series of authoritative chapters written by leading experts in preclinical and clinical aspects of pain neurobiology. It is essential reading for scientists, clinicians and students in need of a comprehensive review of behavioral readouts for the preclinical assessment of chronic pain and analgesic drug efficacy, or those with a general interest in behavioral neuroscience. At the core of this volume are emerging details of the physiology, pharmacology, and psychology of previously neglected types of chronic pain. These types include chronic post-operative pain in humans as well as animal behavioral assays that model the chronic pain of multiple sclerosis, post-herpetic neuralgia, painful diabetic neuropathy, visceral pain, latent central sensitization, and chronic muscle pain. Also emphasized are the complex bidirectional comorbidities between chronic pain and drug dependence, cognitive deficit, stress, anxiety, depression, social interaction, and prior injury history. The novel and exciting ideas introduced within this book, such as endogenous opioid dependence after tissue injury, generate real hope that effective treatment strategies for chronic pain will emerge in the near future.
Contents:
Endogenous inhibition of pain behaviour
Stress-induced hyperalgesia
Pain and PTSD
Chronic pain
Behavior in children and juvenile
Animal models
Clinical chronic pain models
Stress-induced analgesia
Pain and cognition in multiple sclerosis
Models of diabetes?induced neuropathic pain
Operant conditioning of pain
Post-herpetic neuralgia
Chronic muscle pain. - DigitalHoa Huu Phuc Nguyen, M. Angela Cenci, editors.Contents:
Clinical Aspects of Huntington's Disease
The Neuropathology of Huntington's Disease
Neurobiology of Huntington's Disease
Mouse Models of Huntington's Disease
Transgenic Rat Models of Huntington's Disease
Large Animal Models of Huntington's Disease
Therapeutic Strategies for Huntington's Disease
Clinical and Pathological Features of Parkinson's Disease
Symptomatic Models of Parkinson?s Disease and L-DOPA-Induced Dyskinesia in Non-human Primates
Neuroinflammation in Parkinson's Disease Animal Models: A Cell Stress Response or a Step in Neurodegeneration?
Viral Vector-Based Models of Parkinson's Disease
Transgenic Rodent Models to Study Alpha-Synuclein Pathogenesis, with a Focus on Cognitive Deficits
Modeling LRRK2 Pathobiology in Parkinson's Disease: From Yeast to Rodents
Models of Multiple System Atrophy.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalCarmine M. Pariante, M. Danet Lapiz-Bluhm, editors.Summary: Stress is such an over-used word that it is at time difficult to define its core features. When is an environment stressful? What does a stressful environment do to the brain and to the body? What are the biological mechanisms by which a stressor affects us? How does stress contributes to the onset and the progression of mental disorders? How do the effects of stress change over the life-time of an individual? These are just some of the overarching questions addressed by this book, thanks to the contribution of some of the world leading experts on the neurobiology of stress at the pre-clinical and clinical levels. Topics include current advances on the neurobiology of stress on various neurobiological systems such as immune, hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis, neurogenesis and neuroplasticity, neurotransmitter (glutamate, noradrenaline, dopamine, serotonin and endocannabinoid), neuropeptides, cognition and emotional processing as well as in utero and early postnatal effects. The clinical chapters deal with the relationship of stress and mental disorders such as depression, posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), anxiety disorders, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, substance abuse and addiction, dementia and age-related cognitive decline as well as resilience to stress. Thus, this book brings together some of the most updated and authoritative views on the effects of stress of brain and behavior.
Contents:
Preface
Effects of stress on the immune system
Effects of stress on the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis
Effects of stress on neurogenesis and neuroplasticity
Effects of stress on neurotransmitter systems
Effects of stress on neuropeptides (CRH, AVP)
Effects of stress on cognition and emotional processing
Effects of in utero (prenatal and perinatal) and early postnatal stress
Stress and depression.- Stress and posttraumatic stress disorder
Stress and other anxiety disorders
Stress, schizophrenia and bipolar disorder.- Stress, substance abuse and addiction
Stress, dementia and age-related cognitive decline.- Resilience to stress. . - Digitaledited by Barry R. Komisaruk, Gabriela González-Mariscal.Contents:
Section 1. Neuroendocrinology of sexual behavior
section 2. Neuroendocrinology of maternal behavior and brain development
section 3. Neuroendocrine insights toward development of therapeutic agents
section 4. Epilogue.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - DigitalElisabeth B. Binder, Torsten Klengel, editors.Summary: This book provides a unique overview on the most recent developments in initially diverse areas of behavioral genomic research that now start to intertwine to provide more detailed insights into the complex nature of behavior in health and disease. It focuses on our current understanding of genetic and epigenetic mechanisms of brain function and how they contribute to the complex formation of behavioral traits and psychiatric disorders. Readers experience diverse perspectives of the contributing authors starting from the genetic viewpoint and the effort to establish functional connection between genetic variants and behavioral phenotypes. Particular attention is given to the broad spectrum of epigenetic mechanisms and behavior. The chapter 'Role of MicoRNAs in Anxiety and Anxiety-Related Disorders', DOI 10.1007/7854_2019_109, available open access under a CC BY 4.0 license at link.springer.com.
Contents:
GWAS of behavioral traits
Genetic variation in long range enhancers
DNA methylation and hydroxymethylation and behavior
Social environment and epigenetics
Histone modifications and behavior
Cellular models of neuropsychiatric disorders
miRNAs and anxiety related behaviors
Transposable elements
Inter and transgenerational effects on behavior.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalEleanor H. Simpson, Peter D. Balsam, editors.Contents:
Part 1
THE NEUROBIOLOGY OF COMPONENTS OF MOTIVATIONAL DRIVE
Regulation of the Motivation to Eat
Sexual Motivation Opposed by the Influences of Stress
Motivational Forces Driving Social Behaviours
The Roles of Wanting and Liking in Motivating Behaviour, Including Gambling, Food and Drug Addiction. Circadian Regulation of Motivated Behaviour
How Negative Forces Influence Motivations Part 2
NEURAL MEASURES AND CORRELATES OF MOTIVATION SIGNALS AND COMPUTATIONS
Neural Computations of Postive and Negative Reward Value
The Dopaminergic Regulation of Motivated Behaviour
Neural Modulators other than Dopamine that Regulate Motivated Behaviours
Neural Correlates of Motivation Signals in Humans
Motivational Forces in Decision Making Processes
Part 3
APATHY AND PATHOLOGICAL DEFICITS IN MOTIVATION
The Identification of Phenotypes and Biomarkers in Depression
Defining Motivation Deficits in Schizophrenia and Relating them to Clinical Symptoms
Dissecting the Behavioural components of deficits in motivation in Patients with Schizophrenia
How Deficits in Motivation are Similar and Different in Depression and Schizophrenia
Modeling Motivation Deficits in Rodents
Part 4
ADDICTION AND THE APTHOLOGICAL MISDIRECTION OF MOTIVATED BEHAVIOUR
Motivation in Overdrive: Substance Abuse Disorder
Insight into Gambling motivation from Animal Models
Part 5
DEVELOPMENTS IN TREATMENTS FOR MOTIVATION PATHOLOGIES
The Role of Motivation in Schizophrenia Cognitive Remediation
The Impact of Regulating Focus on Motivated Behaviour
Insights into Gambling Motivation from Animal Models
Exploring Pharmacological Agents in Animal Models.Digital Access Springer 2016 - PrintBarbara Fadem, Ph.D., Professor, Department of Psychiatry, Rutgers New Jersey Medical School, Newark, New Jersey.Contents:
The beginning of life: pregnancy through preschool
School age, adolescence, special issues of development, and adulthood
Aging, death, and bereavement
Genetics, anatomy, and biochemistry of behavior
Biological assessment of patients with psychiatric symptoms
Psychoanalytic theory and defense mechanisms
Learning theory
Clinical assessment of patients with behavioral symptoms
Substance-related disorders
Normal sleep and sleep disorders
Schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorders
Depressive disorders and bipolar and related disorders
Anxiety disorders, somatic disorders, and related conditions
Neurocognitive, personality, dissociative, and eating disorders
Psychiatric disorders in children
Biologic therapies: psychopharmacology
Psychological therapies
The family, culture, and illness
Sexuality
Aggression and abuse
The physician-patient relationship
Psychosomatic medicine
Legal and ethical issues in medicine
Health care in the United States
Medical epidemiology
Statistical analyses. - PrintBarbara Fadem.Summary: "Offering current coverage of behavioral science, psychiatry, epidemiology, and related topics, BRS Behavioral Science, Eighth Edition, prepares students to rapidly recall key information on the mind-body relationship and confidently apply that knowledge on exams and in practice. The popular BRS format presents essential information in a succinct, streamlined approach preferred by today's busy students, accompanied by hundreds of USMLE-style review questions with detailed answers and explanations to help strengthen students' exam readiness"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The beginning of life : pregnancy through preschool
School age, adolescence, special issues of development, and adulthood
Aging, death, and bereavement
Genetics, anatomy, and biochemistry of behavior
Biological assessment of patients with psychiatric symptoms
Psychoanalytic theory and defense mechanisms
Learning theory
Clinical assessment of patients with behavioral symptoms
Substance-related disorders
Typical sleep and sleep-wake disorders
Schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorders
Depressive disorders and bipolar and related disorders
Anxiety disorders, obsessive-compulsive and related disorders, somatic symptom disorders, and trauma and stressor-related disorders
Psychiatric disorders in children
Biologic therapies : psychopharmacology
Psychological therapies
The family, culture, and illness
Sexuality
Aggression and abuse
The physician-patient relationship
Psychosomatic medicine
Legal and ethical issues in medicine
Health care in the United States
Medical epidemiology
Statistical analyses. - PrintSusan Michie, Lou Atkins and Robert West.Summary: "This is a practical guide to designing and evaluating behaviour change interventions and policies. It is based on the Behaviour Change Wheel, a synthesis of 19 behaviour change frameworks that draw on a wide range of disciplines and approaches. The guide is for policy makers, practitioners, intervention designers and researchers and introduces a systematic, theory-based method, key concepts and practical tasks"--Publisher website.
Contents:
Introduction
1. Understand the behaviour
2. Identify intervention options
3. Identify content and implementation
4. A case study using the BCW to design an intervention to prevent melioidosis in Northeast Thailand. - Printtranslated by Robert Martin.
- DigitalYoshiaki Ishigatsubo, editor.Summary: This book, besides reviewing basic and clinical aspects of Behėt's disease, covers the latest findings, including genetic studies and treatment with biologics for the disease. Although the cause of Behėt's disease is still unknown, it is well known that genetic factors, such as HLA-B51, are involved in its development. Recently, novel susceptibility loci including IL10, IL23R-IL12RB2, and endoplasmic reticulum aminopeptidase 1 have been identified, providing new insights into the pathogenesis of the disease. In addition to basic research, the beneficial efficacy of anti-TNF-alpha monoclonal antibodies has also been suggested for not only uveitis associated with the disease but also other subtypes of the disease such as entero-, vasculo-, and neuro- Behėt's disease. Behėt's Disease: From Genetics to Therapies provides essential information both for basic researchers working in the fields of immunology, inflammation, and genetics, and for clinical physicians who are interested in Behėt's disease, such as ophthalmologists, rheumatologists, dermatologists, gastroenterologists, neurologists, and vascular surgeons.
Contents:
1. Overview
2. The Immunopathology of Behcet's Disease
3. Genetics
4. Ocular Involvement
5. Vascular Involvement of Behėt?s Disease
6. Neurological Involvement
7. Gastrointestinal Involvement
8. Mucocutaneous Manifestations
9. Perspective .Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalLorenzo Emmi, editor.Contents:
1. The Numbers of Behçet: A Rare Disease? / Agata Polizzi and Domenica Taruscio
2. From Hippocrates to Hulusi Behçet: What History / Donatella Lippi
3. Epidemiology of Behçet Syndrome / Olga Addimanda, Giulia Pazzola, Nicolò Pipitone and Carlo Salvarani
4. Behçet's Syndrome According to Classical and Population Genetics / Akira Meguro, Nobuhisa Mizuki, Ahmet Gül, Nobuyoshi Kitaichi and Shigeaki Ohno
5. Infections, Autoimmunity, and Behçet's Syndrome: What Liaison? / Mario Milco D'Elios, Marisa Benagiano, Amedeo Amedei and Giacomo Emmi
6. Pathogenesis of Behçet Syndrome / Giacomo Emmi, Danilo Squatrito, Elena Silvestri, Alessia Grassi and Lorenzo Emmi
7. Mucocutaneous Involvement in Behçet's Syndrome / Umit Tursen
8. Neurological and Neuropsychological Manifestation in Behçet's Syndrome / Shunsei Hirohata
9. Ocular Involvement and Behçet Disease / Lorenzo Vannozzi, Ugo Menchini and Massimo Accorinti
10. Articular and Muscular Manifestations in Behçet's Disease / Anne-Claire Desbois, Betrand Wechsler and David Saadoun
11. Cardiovascular Issues: Aneurysms and Pseudoaneurysms, Thrombosis, Atherosclerosis, and Cardiac Involvement / Elena Silvestri, Caterina Cenci, Chiara Della Bella, Anna Maria Cameli and Domenico Prisco
12. Intestinal Behçet Disease / Cristina Cenci and Monica Milla
13. Audio Vestibular Involvement in Behçet's Disease / Paolo Vannucchi and Rudi Pecci
14. Behçet's Syndrome and Gynecological Manifestation in Reproductive Age and Pregnancy / Maria Elisabetta Coccia and Tommaso Capezzuoli
15. Pediatric Onset of Behçet Syndrome / Ezgi Deniz Batu, Rolando Cimaz and Seza Özen
16. Behçet's Disease. Differential Diagnosis / Maria Grazia Sabbadini and Stefano Franchini
17. Classification and Diagnosis Criteria for Behçet's Disease / Fereydoun Davatchi, Bahar Sadeghi Abdollahi, Farhad Shahram, Cheyda Chams-Davatchi, Hormoz Shams and Abdolhadi Nadji
18. Prognosis and Disease Activity / Rosaria Talarico, Anna d'Ascanio, Rossella Neri, Chiara Baldini, Marta Mosca and Stefano Bombardieri
19. Old and New Treatment for Behçet's Disease / Fabrizio Cantini and Gerardo Di Scala
20. Surgical Treatment of Angio-Behçet / Stefano Camparini and Genadi Genadiev.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalYusuf Yazıcı, Gulen Hatemi, Emire Seyahi, Hasan Yazıcı, editors.Summary: The expanded second edition of this important work provides an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of Behçet syndrome. New and updated chapters focus on recent advances in the areas of pathogenesis, the microbiome, genetics and epigenetics, clustering of symptoms, disease assessment and new treatment options. The book examines how these developments have changed the way physicians approach diagnosis, treatment, and management of Behçet patients. It also analyzes the wide variety of clinical manifestations of the disease including mucocutaneous lesions, intraocular inflammation, central nervous system involvement, deep vein thrombosis and other forms of major vascular disease. Building on the success of its predecessor, the Second Edition of Behçet Syndrome is an invaluable resource for physicians, residents, fellows, and graduate students in rheumatology, dermatology, ophthalmology, neurology, gastroenterology, and internal medicine.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Disease Definition and Epidemiology
Chapter 3. Skin Mucosa Involvement and the Pathergy Reaction
Chapter 4. Eye Disease
Chapter 5. Nervous System Disease
Chapter 6. Lung Disease
Chapter 7. Peripheral Vascular and Cardiac Disease
Chapter 8. Locomotor System Disease
Chapter 9. Gastrointestinal Involvement
Chapter 10. Other Clinical Aspects
Chapter 11. Pediatric Behçet's Syndrome
Chapter 12. Histopathology
Chapter 13. Behçet Syndrome and Microbes
Chapter 14. Thrombophilia in Behçet Syndrome
Chapter 15. Genetics and Epigenetics
Chapter 16. Disease Mechanisms
Chapter 17. Prognosis
Chapter 18. Disease Assessment
Chapter 19. Management
Chapter 20. The Patient's View
Chapter 21. Future Research Considerations. - PrintKevin Kniery, MD, MPH, Jason Bingham, MD, John McClellan, MD, Scott Steele, MD, MBA, Meghana Kashyap, MD, Michael Vu, MD.
- PrintImbolo Mbue.Summary: In the fall of 2007, Jende Jonga, a Cameroonian immigrant living in Harlem, lands a job as a chauffeur for Clark Edwards, a senior executive at Lehman Brothers. Their situation only improves when Jende's wife Neni is hired as household help. But in the course of their work, Jende and Neni begin to witness infidelities, skirmishes, and family secrets. Then, with the 2008 collapse of Lehman Brothers, a tragedy changes all four lives forever, and the Jongas must decide whether to continue fighting to stay in a recession-ravaged America or give up and return home to Cameroon.
- Digitaledited by Denise Koufogiannakis, Alison Brettle.Summary: This book builds a research-grounded, theoretical foundation for evidence based library and information practice and illustrates how librarians can incorporate the principles to make more informed decisions in the workplace. The book takes an open and encompassing approach to exploring evidence based library and information practice (EBLIP) and the ways it can improve the practice of librarianship. Bringing together recent theory, research, and case studies, the book provides librarians with a new reference point for how they can use and create evidence within their practice, in order to better meet the needs of their communities. Being Evidence Based in Library and Information Practice is divided into two parts; in the first part the editors explore the background to EBLIP and put forward a new model for its application in the workplace which encompasses 5 elements: Articulate, Assemble, Assess, Agree, Adapt. In the second part, contributors from academic, public, health, school and special libraries from around the world provide an overview of EBLIP developments in their sector and offer examples of successful implementation. The book will be essential reading for library and information professionals from all sectors who want to make more informed decisions and better meet the needs of their users. The book will also be of interest to students of library and information studies and researchers.
Contents:
Introduction / Denise Koufogiannakis and Alison Brettle
A new framework for EBLIP / Denise Koufogiannakis and Alison Brettle
Articulate / Alison Brettle and Denise Koufogiannakis
Assemble / Denise Koufogiannakis and Alison Brettle
Assess / Alison Brettle and Denise Koufogiannakis
Agree / Denise Koufogiannakis and Alison Brettle
Adapt / Alison Brettle and Denise Koufogiannakis
Practitioner-researchers and EBLIP / Virginia Wilson
Academic libraries / Mary M. Somerville and Lorie A. Kloda
Public libraries / Pam Ryan and Becky Cole
Health libraries / Jonathan D. Eldredge, Joanne Gard Marshall, Alison Brettle, Heather N. Holmes, Lotta Haglund and Rick Wallace
School libraries / Carol A. Gordon
Special libraries / Bill Fisher
Conclusion / Denise Koufogiannakis and Alison Brettle.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016Limited to 1 simultaneous users - PrintAtul Gawande.Summary: Gawande, a practicing surgeon, addresses his profession's ultimate limitation, arguing that quality of life is the desired goal for patients and families of the terminally ill.
Contents:
The independent self
Things fall apart
Dependence
Assistance
A better life
Letting go
Hard conversations
Courage. - DigitalImelda Coyne, Bernie Carter, editors.Summary: This book provides a clear framework for conducting participatory research with children and young people supported with practical examples from international research studies. Our aim is to encourage more participatory research with children and young people on all matters that affect their lives. This book illustrates innovative ways of being participatory and sheds new light on involvement strategies that play to children's and young people's competencies. Participatory research is based on the recognition of children and young people as active contributors rather than objects of research. Participatory researchers support and value the voices of children and young people in all matters that concern them. Core to participatory research practice is a strengths-based approach that aims to promote the active engagement of children and young people in all stages of research, from inception to implementation. Engagement of children and young people requires the use of creative, participatory methods, tools and involvement strategies to reveal children's competencies. This book shares knowledge about creative participatory techniques that can enable and promote children's ways of expressing their views and experiences. The book provides guidance on appropriate techniques that reduce the power differential in the adult-child relationship and which optimise children's abilities to participate in research. This book is targeted at researchers, academics, practitioners who need guidance on what tools are available, how the tools can be used, advantages and challenges, and how best to involve children in all stages of a research project. It will provide several examples of how children can have an active participatory role in research. There is increasing interest in involving children as co-researchers but little guidance on how this can be done. This book fills a gap in the current books by addressing all of these issues outlined above and by providing worked examples from leading researchers and academics. It will have wide appeal across a range of different disciplines.
Contents:
Dedication
Preface
Table of content
Chapter 1. Participatory research in the past, present and future.- Chapter 2. Principles of participatory research.- Chapter 3. Ethical issues in participatory research with children and young people
Chapter 4. Being participatory.- Chapter 5. Being participatory through play.- Chapter 6. Being participatory through interviews.- Chapter 7. Being participatory through photo based images.- Chapter 8. Being participatory through the use of app-based research tools.- Chapter 9. Participatory research: does it genuinely extend the sphere of children and young people's participation? - PrintJeanine W. Turner.Summary: "We all manage our social presence, which is how we interact with others mediated by technology--our phones, a Zoom conference, a webinar, or online teaching, for example--and we all engage in multicommunicating, which means, for example, listening to a presenter in a meeting while texting or chatting on the side. We can be much more effective at work and at home with family (or at home with work and family) if we are aware of the most effective means of allocating our social presence--budgeting our time and attention in every interaction. This book explains four types of social presence and explains when and where to employ each one. The four types are budgeted, entitled, competitive, and invitational. The book is arranged in four parts according to those four types of social presence. Within each part are two chapters pertaining to using that type of presence at work and at home, respectively. The conclusion helps readers choose the right type of social presence for any setting"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction: What does social presence mean, and why should you care about it?
Paying some attention, screens on : budgeted presence
Budgeted presence in the workplace
Budgeted presence outside the workplace
"Turn off your phone and listen to me" : entitled presence
Entitled presence in the workplace
Entitled presence outside the workplace
Selling your agenda while screens are on : competitive presence
Competitive presence in the workplace
Competitive presence outside the workplace
Sleep mode : invitational presence
Invitational presence in the workplace
Invitational presence outside the workplace
Conclusion: Implementing these strategies in any setting. - PrintOrsós, F.Contents:
Contents
1. Faltensystem und Verschlusseinrichtung der Vagina, von F. Orsós. - PrintBenjamin Black.Summary: "May, 2014. Sierra Leone is ranked the country with the highest death rate of pregnant women in the world. The same month Ebola crosses in from neighbouring Guinea. Arriving a few weeks later, Dr Benjamin Black unexpectedly finds himself at the centre of the largest ever Ebola outbreak. From the impossible decisions of the maternity ward to the moral dilemmas of the Ebola Treatment Centres. One mistake, one error of judgment, could spell disaster. Every day the maternity ward receives women in critical conditions, often indistinguishable from deadly Ebola infections. As the epidemic encircles the hospital the stakes reach breaking point. What is safe? What is deadly? The team close the maternity ward, a devastating blow to women and health workers. In the months that follow Benjamin's journey collides with the epidemic's pivotal events. He recalls being present as the disease takes grip, spreading exponentially, colleagues get infected and the international response splutters into action. Returning after the epidemic, Benjamin reckons with the demons of the past, trying to help build a different, more resilient, future"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Birth complications
Pre-departure planning
Gondama
So many I stopped counting
Medical roulette
No one laughs at God in a hospital
Lightening strikes
Below the surface
Unprecedented
Kailahun
State of emergency
Invisible insurgents
Two young brothers
Transmission
Exodus
Life in limbo
Same, but different
Belly woman
Bandajuma
Pregnancy prevention
The cavalry arrives
Tonkolili
Full circle
A new beginning
Bomb scare
The third delay
Christmas
A new year, a new project, another chance
Far from perfect
Not normal. - DigitalBernard R. Glick.Summary: This book provides a straightforward and easy-to-understand overview of beneficial plant-bacterial interactions. It features a wealth of unique illustrations to clarify the text, and each chapter includes study questions that highlight the important points, as well as references to key experiments. Since the publication of the first edition of Beneficial Plant-Bacterial Interactions, in 2015, there has been an abundance of new discoveries in this area, and in recent years, scientists around the globe have begun to develop a relatively detailed understanding of many of the mechanisms used by bacteria that facilitate plant growth and development. This knowledge is gradually becoming an integral component of modern agricultural practice, with more and more plant growth-promoting bacterial strains being commercialized and used successfully in countries throughout the world. In addition, as the worlds population continues to grow, the pressure for increased food production will intensify, while at the same time, environmental concerns, mean that environmentally friendly methods of food production will need to replace many traditional agricultural practices such as the use of potentially dangerous chemicals. The book, intended for students, explores the fundamentals of this new paradigm in agriculture, horticulture, and environmental cleanup.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgements
Contents
1: Introduction to Plant Growth-Promoting Bacteria
1.1 The Problem
1.2 Possible Solutions
1.3 Plant Growth-Promoting Bacteria
1.3.1 Organisms in Soil
1.3.2 Root Exudation
1.3.3 Effect of PGPB on Plants
1.4 PGPB Mechanisms
1.5 Screening for New PGPB
1.6 Commercial Inoculants
1.6.1 Commercial Considerations
1.6.2 Inoculation Methods
1.6.3 Large-Scale Growth of PGPB
1.6.4 Commercialized Inoculant Examples
Bibliography
2: Microbiomes and Endophytes
2.1 Microbiomes
2.1.1 Root Microbiome 2.1.2 Seed Microbiome
2.1.3 Synthetic Microbiomes
2.2 Endophytes
2.2.1 Endophytic Genes
2.2.2 Isolating Endophytes
2.2.3 Endophytes and Flowers
2.2.4 Endophytic Fungi
Bibliography
3: Some Techniques Used to Elaborate Plant-Microbe Interactions
3.1 Next-Generation DNA Sequencing
3.1.1 DNA Sequences of Complete Bacterial Genomes
3.2 The Polymerase Chain Reaction
3.2.1 Real-Time PCR
3.3 Transcriptomics
3.3.1 DNA Microarray Technology
3.4 Proteomics
3.5 Metabolomics
3.6 CRISPR
3.7 Imaging
3.7.1 High-Resolution Scanning
3.7.2 Labeling PGPB 3.8 Microencapsulation
Bibliography
4: Resource Acquisition
4.1 Nitrogen Fixation
4.1.1 Cyanobacteria
4.1.2 Rhizobia
4.1.3 Free-Living Bacteria
4.1.4 Nitrogenase
4.1.5 Nodulation
4.1.6 Hydrogenase
4.2 Sequestering Iron
4.2.1 Siderophore Structure
4.2.2 Siderophore Biosynthesis Genes
4.2.3 Regulation of Iron Uptake
4.2.4 Siderophores in the Rhizosphere
4.3 Solubilizing Phosphorus
Bibliography
5: Modulating Phytohormone Levels
5.1 Auxin
5.1.1 Biosynthetic Pathways
5.1.1.1 The IAM Pathway
5.1.1.2 The IPA Pathway 5.1.1.3 The IAN Pathway
5.1.1.4 Multiple Pathways
5.1.2 Regulation
5.1.2.1 Gene Localization
5.1.2.2 IAA Conjugation
5.1.2.3 Stationary Phase Control
5.1.2.4 Regulatory Sequences
5.1.3 Effects on PGPB Survival
5.2 Cytokinin
5.3 Gibberellin
5.4 Ethylene
5.4.1 Ethylene Biosynthesis and Mode of Action
5.4.2 ACC Deaminase
5.4.2.1 Enzyme Assays
5.4.2.2 Transcriptional Regulation
5.4.3 Ethylene and Nodulation
5.4.4 Ethylene and Plant Transformation
5.5 Volatile Organic Compounds
Bibliography
6: Biocontrol of Bacteria and Fungi 6.1 Phytopathogens
6.2 Allelochemicals Including Antibiotics and HCN
6.3 Siderophores
6.4 Cell Wall-Degrading Enzymes
6.5 Phytohormones
6.6 Competition
6.7 Volatile Compounds
6.8 Lowering Ethylene
6.9 Systemic Resistance
6.9.1 Effects on Plant Gene Expression
6.10 Bacteriophages
6.11 Quorum Sensing and Quorum Quenching
Bibliography
7: Biocontrol of Insects and Nematodes
7.1 Insects
7.1.1 Bacillus thuringiensis
7.1.1.1 Producing B. thuringiensis Cry Protein During Vegetative Growth
7.1.1.2 Transferring Cry GenesDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalJames Leong, Sam Salek, Stuart Walker ; foreword by Hans-Georg Eichler.Contents:
Prologue
Preface
Overview
Approaches to utilising decision-making framework
Benefit-risk assessment of medicines by pharmaceutical companies and regulatory authorities
Development of a universal benefit-risk framework and template
Implementation of the benefit-risk assessment template by mature agencies
Implementation of the benefit- risk summary template by a maturing agency: A case study
Communicating benefit-risk decisions by US FDA, EMA, TGA and Health Canada
Conclusions and future directions
References.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalM. Mohamed Essa, Mohammed Akbar, Gilles Guillemin, editors.Summary: Focuses on the effects of natural products and their active components on brain function and neurodegenerative disease prevention. Phytochemicals such as alkaloids, terpenes, flavanoids, isoflavones, saponins etc are known to possess protective activity against many neurological diseases. The molecular mechanisms behind the curative effects rely mainly on the action of phytonutrients on distinct signaling pathways associated with protein folding and neuro-inflammation. The diverse array of bioactive nutrients present in these natural products plays a pivotal role in prevention and cure of various neurodegenerative diseases, disorders, or insults, such as Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease, Huntington's Disease, traumatic brain injury, and other neuronal dysfunctions. However, the use of these antioxidants in the management of neurodegenerative conditions has so far been not well understood. This is a comprehensive collection addressing the effects on the brain of natural products and edible items such as reservatrol, curcumin, gingerol, fruits, vegetables, nuts, and marine products.Digital Access Springer 2016
- Digitalby Antonio Capurso, Gaetano Crepaldi, Cristiano Capurso.Summary: This book illustrates the role of Mediterranean diet in connection with well-being and particularly its impact on health and elderly care, as well as on the mechanisms of aging. Aging is a natural process of human life. The knowledge that a healthy dietary regimen like the Mediterranean diet can effectively prevent or delay many diseases typically affecting aging people may help to better manage the aging process. From this point of view, knowledge of the numerous benefits of the Mediterranean-style diet may effectively promote better management of the burden of elderly care. As early as the 1950s, Ancel Keys pointed out the effectiveness of the Mediterranean diet in helping to control, and possibly avoid, myocardial infarction and/or cholesterol metabolism. Quite soon after the first studies were published, it became clear that the Mediterranean diet was beneficial not only in connection with cardiovascular disease but also many other diseases, from diabetes to hypertension, from cancer and thrombosis to neurodegenerative diseases, including dementia. Examining those benefits in detail, this book offers a valuable educational tool for young professionals and caregivers, as well as for students and trainees in Geriatrics and Nutrition.
Contents:
Introduction
1. The historical origins and composition of Mediterranean diet
2. The extra virgin olive oil
3. Extra virgin olive oil and the effects on cholesterol, atherosclerosis and myocardial infarction
4. Extra virgin olive oil and diabetes mellitus
5. Extra virgin olive oil and thrombosis
6. Extra virgin olive oil and blood pressure
7. Extra virgin olive oil and neurodegenerative diseases
8. Extra virgin olive oil and cancer
9. The vegetables
10. Fish
11. Fresh fruit
12. Nuts
13. Smells and tastes of Mediterranean diet. The herbs
14. Red and white wine
15. Other ingredients of the Mediterranean diet today: tomatoes and other vegetables. - DigitalThomas Liehr.Summary: Benign & Pathological Chromosomal Imbalances systematically clarifies the disease implications of cytogenetically visible copy number variants (CG-CNV) using cytogenetic assessment of heterochromatic or euchromatic DNA variants. While variants of several megabasepair can be present in the human genome without clinical consequence, visually distinguishing these benign areas from disease implications does not always occur to practitioners accustomed to costly molecular profiling methods such as FISH, aCGH, and NGS. As technology-driven approaches like FISH and aCGH have yet to achieve the promise of universal coverage or cost efficacy to sample investigated, deep chromosome analysis and molecular cytogenetics remains relevant for technology translation, study design, and therapeutic assessment. Knowledge of the rare but recurrent rearrangements unfamiliar to practitioners saves time and money for molecular cytogeneticists and genetics counselors, helping to distinguish benign from harmful CG-CNV. It also supports them in deciding which molecular cytogenetics tools to deploy. Shows how to define the inheritance and formation of cytogenetically visible copy number variations using cytogenetic and molecular approaches for genetic diagnostics, patient counseling, and treatment plan development. Uniquely classifies all known variants by chromosomal origin, saving time and money for researchers in reviewing benign and pathologic variants before costly molecular methods are used to investigate. Side-by-side comparison of copy number variants with their recently identified submicroscopic form, aiding technology assessment using aCGH and other techniques.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- DigitalNisar Ahmad Chowdri, Fazl Q. Parray, editors.Contents:
1. Surgical anatomy of anal canal and rectum
2. Physiology of defecation
3. Hemorrhoids
4. Anal fissure
5. Perianal sepsis and fistula
6. Pilonidal disease
7. Rectovaginal fistulas
8. Anorectal injuries
9. Anal incontinence
10. Complete rectal prolapse in adults
11. Pelvic floor dysfunction
12. Perianal dermatiology
13. Benign ulcers of the anorectum
14. Benign stricutes of anorectum
15. Benign tumors of the anorectum.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalCatherine N. Chinyama.Contents:
The normal female breast
Overview of benign breast lesions.-Radiology of breast lesions
Surgery of benign breast lesions.-Pathology of benign breast lesions
Inflammatory lesions
Cystic lesions
Fibro-epithelial lesions
Infiltrative pseudo-malignant lesions
Epithelial proliferative lesions
Columnar cell lesions
Mucocele-like lesions
Calcification in benign lesions
Non-epithelial lesions
Male breast lesions
Risk assessment in benign breast lesions.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalNatan Zundel, W. Scott Melvin, Marco G. Patti, Diego Camacho, editors.Summary: This book aims to review all of the literature, including landmark papers and the most current published data, in regard to the management of non-malignant foregut diseases. A number of surgeons publish and focus in malignant diseases of the esophagus, but this text emphasizes the benign ones, their problems and how to face them with the new available resources and technology. This book describes the different diagnostic tools available, as well as the different therapies for the management of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) and its potential complications like Barret's or strictures, and the associated anatomical abnormalities such as hiatal hernia or short esophagus, and more. Motility disorders of the esophagus, esophageal diverticula and perforations are also discussed. Different devices and approaches can be used to treat these diseases and they are covered and explained in different chapters of the book. Written by experts in the field, Benign Esophageal Disease provides surgeons and physicians with a concise and comprehensive summary of the current state of the field and will help guide patient management.
Contents:
Work up and Evaluation
Medical Management
Endoscopic Therapy
Magnetic Augmentation of Sphincter
Surgical Therapies
Recurrence Symptoms after Surgical Intervention
Managing GERD in Difficult Situations
Work up and Evaluation
Medical Modalities
Endoscopic Treatments
Surgical Management
Redo Interventions in Failed Procedures
Surgical Management of End Stages of Achalasia
Work up and Evaluation
Endoscopic and Surgical Techniques
Medical Evaluation
Ablative Therapies
Endoscopic Mucosal Resection
Esophageal Strictures
Esophageal Perforation
Esophageal Bleeding. - Digitaledited by Deepak M. Kamat, Melissa Frei-Jones.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of benign hematologic disorders in children. Divided into nine sections, the text reviews common hematologic disorders or conditions that affect children, while providing state-of-the-art information on pathophysiology, diagnosis, treatment, and management strategies. The text begins with a section on hematopoiesis, and the next section covers red blood cell disorders. The following sections provide overviews of platelet disorders, white blood cell disorders, and coagulation disorders. The sixth and seventh sections discuss neonatal hematology and bone marrow failure syndrome. The eighth section reviews supportive care, while the final section covers miscellaneous subjects including pediatric vascular anomalies and complement dysregulation syndromes. Written by experts in the field, Benign Hematologic Disorders in Children: A Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for clinicians and practitioners who treat children afflicted with these disorders.
Contents:
Part I: Origin of Blood Cells
Hematopoiesis
Part II: Red Blood Cell Disorders
Nutritional Anemias: Iron Deficiency and Megaloblastic Anemia
Lead Poisoning
Immune and Non-Immune Hemolytic Anemia
Sickle Cell Disease
Thalassemia
Disorders of RBC Metabolism
Red blood cell membrane defects
Part III: Platelet disorders
Immune Thrombocytopenia
Inherited and Congenital Thrombocytopenia
Platelet Disorders
Thrombocytosis in Children
Part IV: WBC disorders
Neutropenia
Granulocytosis
Disorders of Granulocyte Functions
Part V: Coagulation Disorders
Von Willebrand Disease
Hemophilia
Acquired Disorders of Coagulation in Neonates and Children
Thromboembolism
Heavy Menstrual Bleeding and Bleeding Disorders in Adolescents: A Primer for the Primary Care Physician
Part VI: Neonatal Hematology
Newborn Screening for Hemoglobinopathies
Neonatal Immune Hemolytic Anemia
Neonatal Hemostasis Disorders of Bilirubin Metabolism
Part VII: Bone Marrow Failure Syndrome
Failure of Erythrocyte Production
Inherited Bone Marrow Failure Syndromes
What Pediatricians Need to Know about Acquired Aplastic Anemia
Part VIII: Supportive Care
Immunizations in the Child with Sickle Cell Disease
Transfusion Medicine for Pediatrics
Management of infections in neutropenic patients
Part IX: Miscellaneous
Pediatric Vascular Anomalies: Opportunities in Primary Care
Complement Dysregulation Syndromes in Children and Adolescents. - DigitalLuca Aldrighetti, Francesco Cetta, Gianfranco Ferla, editors ; forewords by Gennaro Nuzzo and Antonio Daniele Pinna ; in collaboration with Francesca Ratti.Summary: Diagnosis of benign tumors of the liver is experiencing exponential growth, mainly owing to the diffusion of more accurate imaging techniques. This monograph opens by examining the epidemiology, histopathology, and genetics of these diseases and discussing liver physiopathology. The role of imaging techniques is described, and clear guidance provided on differential diagnosis. The full range of benign liver tumors and conditions is then systematically reviewed, including liver cysts and polycystic liver disease, Caroli disease, hemangiomas, focal nodular hyperplasia, adenomas, hepatic manifestations of systemic diseases, and focal infectious diseases. Surgical indications are accurately analyzed, with a view to assisting in the avoidance of useless interventions. Transplantation, laparoscopic resection, and robotic surgical techniques are described and illustrated, emphasizing the optimization of intra- and postoperative management in order to avoid potential complications and degeneration. In these chapters, attention is drawn to the ways in which the surgical management of benign liver tumors differs from that of malignant tumors. Information is also provided on anesthesia, blood transfusion, the role of interventional radiology in patients with benign liver tumors and fast track programs for liver surgery. This book, in handy format, will prove essential reading for all who are interested in benign liver surgery and will represent an invaluable source of knowledge for general and hepatobiliary surgeons, whether in training or practice.
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
Part I: General Perspective
1. Epidemiology and Histopathology of Benign Liver Tumors
2. Molecular Biology and Genetics of Benign Liver Tumors
3. Genetic Syndromes and Benign Liver Tumors (Multiple Adenomas in Glycogen Storage Disease)
4. Liver Physiopathology (Ischemia/Reperfusion, Factors affecting Liver Regeneration)
Part II: Imaging
5. Imaging Techniques (Ultrasound, CT, MR) of Benign Liver Tumors
6. Imaging Morphology in Benign Liver Tumors
7. Differential Diagnosis of Benign Liver Tumors
Part III: Systematic Review of Benign Liver Tumors
8. Cysts and Polycystic Liver Disease
9. Caroli's Disease: Cystic Bile Duct Dilatations
10.Hepatolithiasis
11. Hemangiomas
12. Focal Nodular Hyperplasia
13. Hepatocellular Adenoma
14. Adenoma and Biliary Cystadenoma
15.Benign Tumors of Bile Ducts and Gallbladder
16. Liver Focal Localizations of Systemic Diseases
17. Focal Infectious Diseases
Part IV: Treatment of Benign Liver Tumors
18. Transplantation for Benign Liver Lesions
19. Laparoscopic Liver Surgery in Benign Liver Lesions
20. Robotic Liver Resection for Benign Tumors
21. Interventional Radiology in Benign Liver Tumors: Embolization and Ablation
22. Intraoperative Ultrasound in Liver Surgery for Benign Tumors
23. Anesthesia and Intraoperative Management in Liver Surgery
24. Blood and Transfusion Management in Benign Liver Tumors
25. Fast Track Programs in Benign Liver Tumors.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalRebecca N. Baergen, Graham J. Burton, Cynthia G. Kaplan, editors.Summary: This book had its beginning in 1967 when Shirley G. Driscoll and Kurt Benirschke wrote in English the volume on placental pathology for the Henke-Lubarsch, the noted German Handbook of Pathology. There seemed to be a need for wider distribution of the text and it was reprinted by Springer Verlag, New York, essentially the only book available devoted just to the human placenta. Dr. Benirschke authored 5 subsequent editions in collaboration with Peter Kaufmann, Rebecca Baergen and Graham Burton in 1990 (2nd edition), 1995 (3rd edition), 2000 (4th edition), 2006 (5th edition) and 2012 (6th edition). In the early editions, the most important material was in a larger font than the extensive review of exceptions and the discussion in the literature. Since 1967, many other shorter placenta books have been published in English, French and German. None of these have included the breadth of discussion or the voluminous references which includes details of many historic articles, not readily available. Interest in the placenta has wildly expanded over the intervening 50+ years with the vast majority of Pathologists, Obstetricians and Pediatricians recognizing its value. In addition, there are now quite a few new journals, societies and meetings devoted to the placenta in both clinical and research areas. The interest extends into areas of study well beyond the realm of anatomic pathology. The 7th edition will, of necessity, differ from the prior editions which Dr. Benirschke wrote largely himself at first, and later with the help of the above noted co-authors. It will now be an international multi-authored book with nearly 40 contributors revising one or more chapters. The explosion of new information as necessitating some reordering of chapters and adding completely new chapters including Chapters 31 and 32, "Innovations in Placental Pathology" and "Imaging in Placental Pathology." Dr. Burtons section has been extensively edited, as well. The editors gave the new authors considerable latitude in how to write the new and/or edited chapters. Many of the revised chapters retain much of Dr. Benirschkes anecdotal information as well as the voluminous references. Others are more modern in their approach. All contain substantial new references and current information. It is our hope that Benirschkes Pathology of the Human Placenta will remain as a mainstay reference in placental pathology. It aims to help readers gain a broad understanding of how placental architecture is shaped during normal development, with a view to appreciating how this may be perturbed in complications of pregnancy.
Contents:
Examination of the Placenta
Macroscopic Features of the Delivered Placenta
Microscopic Survey
Placental Types
Early Development of the Human Placenta
Basic Structure of a Placental Villus
Architecture of the Villous Trees
The Placental Bed
The Placental Circulations
The Chorionic and Basal Plates
Approach to Histologic Examination of the Placenta
Abortion and Chromosomal Anomalies
Abnormalities in Implantation
The Placenta Accreta Spectrum
Anatomy and Pathology of the Placental Membranes
Anatomy and Pathology of the Umbilical Cord
Placental Shape Aberrations
Multiple Pregnancies
Maternal Vascular Malperfusion and Associated Maternal Diseases
Maternal Diabetes and Obesity
Other Maternal Disorders Complicating Pregnancy
Fetal Vascular Malperfusion
Erythroblastosis Fetalis, Hydrops Fetalis and Transplacental Hemorrhage
Fetal Storage Disorders
Infectious Diseases
Placental Disorders of Uncertain Etiology
Placental Mesenchymal Dysplasia
Molar Pregnancies
Gestational Trophoblastic Neoplasms
Chorangiotic Lesions, Benign Tumors, and Heterotopias
Innovations in Placental Pathology
Imaging of Placental Pathology
Assisted Reproductive Technologies
Legal Considerations. - Digitaleditor, William R. Jarvis, President, Jason and Jarvis Associates, LLC, Port Orford, Oregon, Hilton Head Island, South Carolina, San Francisco, California.Contents:
Section I General Considerations of Hospital Infections
1. Epidemiology of Healthcare-Associated Infections / Belinda Ostrowsky
2. The Healthcare Epidemiologist / Bryan P. Simmons
3. Hand Hygiene / Didier Pittet
4. Occupational Health Services / Elizabeth A. Bolyard
5. The Development of Infection Surveillance and Prevention Programs / Keith F. Woeltje
6. Surveillance of Healthcare-Associated Infections / Robert P. Gaynes
7. The Use of Prevalence Surveys for Healthcare-Associated Infections Surveillance / Bruno P. Coignard
8. Investigating Endemic and Epidemic Healthcare-Associated Infections / William R. Jarvis
9. Epidemiologic Methods for Investigating Infections in the Healthcare Setting / Ebbing Lautenbach
10. Use of Computerized Systems in Healthcare Epidemiology / Keith F. Woeltje
11. The Role of the Laboratory in Prevention of Healthcare-Associated Infections / Daniel J. Diekema
12. The Practice of Epidemiology in Community Hospitals / August J. Valenti
13. The Role of Professional, Governmental, and Regulatory Organizations in Infection Prevention and Control / Tammy S. Lundstrom
14. Antimicrobial Stewardship: Programmatic Efforts to Optimize Antimicrobial Use / William R. Jarvis
15. Multidrug-Resistant Organisms: Epidemiology and Control / Mary K. Hayden
16. Molecular Biology of Resistance: A Brief History of Resistance Mechanisms and the Discovery of Gene Transfer / Robert A. Bonomo
17. Economic Evaluation of Healthcare-Associated Infections and Infection-Control and Antimicrobial-Stewardship Interventions / Sara E. Cosgrove
18. Epidemiology and Control of Healthcare-Acquired Infections in Limited-Resource Settings / Victor D. Rosenthal
Section II Functional Areas of Concern
19. The Inanimate Environment / John M. Boyce
20. Disinfection and Sterilization in Healthcare Facilities / David J. Weber
21. Foodborne Disease Prevention in Healthcare Facilities / Susan Springthorpe
22. Clinical Laboratory---Acquired Infections / L. Barth Reller
23. Dialysis-Associated Complications and Their Control / Priti R. Patel
24. The Intensive Care Unit, Part A: HAI Epidemiology, Risk Factors, Surveillance, Engineering and Administrative Infection Control Practices, and Impact / Stephan A. Harbarth
25. The Intensive Care Unit, Part B: Antibiotic Resistance and Prevention of CVC-BSIs, Catheter-Associated Urinary Tract Infections, and C. difficile / Dennis G. Maki
26. The Newborn Nursery and the Neonatal Intensive Care Unit / Nalini Singh
27. The Perioperative Suite / Sharon Giarrizzo-Wilson
28. Ambulatory Care Settings / Kathleen H. Petersen
29. Infections in Long-Term Care Facilities / Chesley L. Richards Jr.
Section III Endemic and Epidemic Hospital Infections
30. Incidence and Nature of Endemic and Epidemic Healthcare-Associated Infections / William R. Jarvis
31. Urinary Tract Infections / Carol E. Chenoweth
32. Hospital-Acquired and Ventilator-Associated Pneumonia / Henri Balaguera
33. Nosocomial Tuberculosis / Faiz Ahmad Khan
34. Infectious Gastroenteritis / Benjamin A. Lopman
35. Central Nervous System Infections / W. Michael Scheld
36. Surgical Site Infections / Keith S. Kaye
37. Infections of Burn Wounds / Basil A. Pruitt, Jr.
38. Infections due to Infusion Therapy / Leonard A. Mermel
39. Infections of Implantable Cardiac and Vascular Devices / Raymond Y. Chinn
40. Infections in Skeletal Prosthesis and Allografts / Daniel P. Lew
41. The Importance of Infection Control in Controlling Antimicrobial-Resistant Organisms / Barry M. Farr
42. Healthcare-Associated Respiratory Viral Infections / Janice Lo
43. Preventing Transmission of Bloodborne Pathogens in the Healthcare Setting / David K. Henderson
44. Healthcare-Associated Fungal Infections / Benjamin J. Park
45. Healthcare-Associated Infections in Transplant Recipients / Kent Sepkowitz
46. Miscellaneous Procedure-Related Infections / Robert A. Weinstein
47. Public Reporting of Healthcare-Associated Infection Rates / Michael P. Stevens
48. Patient Safety / Moi Lin Ling.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - Digitaleditor, William R. Jarvis, MD.Contents:
section I. General considerations of hospital infections
section II. Functional areas of concern
section III. Endemic and epidemic hospital infectionsDigital Access - Digital[edited by] Jonathan S. Berek, MD, MMS, Laurie Kraus Lacob Professor, Director, Stanford Women's Cancer Center, Stanford Cancer Institute, Chair, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California, Neville F. Hacker, AM, MD, Professor of Gynaecologic Oncology, Conjoint, University of New Sourth Wales, Director, Gynaecologic Cancer Centre, Royal Hospital for Women, Sydney, Australia ; illustrations and design by Deborah Berek. MA, Tim Hengst, CMI, FAMI.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Jonathan S. Berek, Neville F. Hacker ; illustrations and design by Deborah Berek, Tim Hengst.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Jonathan S. Berek.Summary: Covering the entire spectrum of women's healthcare, Berek & Novak's Gynecology, 16th Edition, provides definitive information and guidance for trainees and practicing physicians. A newly streamlined design and brilliant, full-color illustrations highlight must-know content on principles of practice and initial assessment, including relevant basic science; preventive and primary care for women; and methods of diagnosis and management in general gynecology, operative gynecology, urogynecology and pelvic reconstructive surgery, early pregnancy issues, reproductive endocrinology, and gynecologic oncology. --Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Jonathan S. Berek, Deborah L. Berek.Summary: "This is the first "Essentials" version of Berek & Novak's Gynecology, which is now in its 16th edition. This abridged volume arrives in response to many requests for an easily portable reference that contains the key points and salient features of the full-length book"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2021
- Digital/PrintDavid R. Boone, Richard W. Castenholz, editors , volume one ; George M. Garrity, editor-in-chief ; editorial board, James T. Staley ... [et al.].Contents:
v. 1. The Archaea and the deeply branching and phototrophic bacteria
v. 2. The Proteobacteria: part A. Introductory essays; part B. The Gammaproteobacteria; part C. The Alpha-, beta-, delta-, and epsilonproteobacteria
v. 3. The Firmicutes
v. 4. The Bacteroidetes, Spirochaetes, Tenericutes (Mollicutes), Acidobacteria, Fibrobacteres, Fusobacteria, Dictyoglomi, Gemmatimonadetes, Lentisphaerae, Verrucomicrobia, Chlamydiae, and Planctomycetes
v. 5. The Actinobacteria.Digital Access - Digitalsupervising editor, William B. Whitman ; editors, Paul DeVos, Jonsik Chun, Sveltlana Dedysh, Brian Hedlund, Peter Kämpfer, Fred Rainey, Martha Trujillo.Digital Access Wiley 2015
- Digital[edited by] R. Shane Tubbs, Mohammadali M. Shoja, Marios Loukas.Contents:
Skull
Hyoid bone
Cervical vertebrae
Thoracic vertebrae
Lumbar vertebrae
Sacrococcygeal vertebrae
Scapula
Clavicle
Humerus
Radius ulna carpals metacarpals and phalanges
Ribs and sternum
Pelvic bones
Bones of the lower limb
Temporomandibular joint
Shoulder joint
Elbow joint
Wrist and hand joints
Sacroiliac joints
Hip joint
Knee joint
Ankle and foot joints
Orbital muscles
Middle ear muscles
Facial muscles and muscles of mastication
Anterior neck muscles
Pharyngeal muscles
Soft palate and tongue muscles
Prevertebral and craniocervical junction muscles
Laryngeal muscles
Back muscles
Scapulohumeral muscles
Arm muscles
Forearm muscles
Hand intrinsic muscles
Thoracic wall muscles
Abdominal wall muscles
Pelvic diaphragm and external anal sphincter
Perineal muscles
Gluteal muscles
Thigh muscles
Leg muscles
Intrinsic muscles of the foot
Internal carotid artery and anterior cerebral circulation
Vertebrobasilar arteries
Persistent fetal intracranial arteries
Common carotid and cervical internal carotid arteries
External carotid artery
Vertebral artery
Thoracic aorta
Coronary arteries
Pulmonary arteries
Subclavian artery
Upper limb arteries
Abdominal aorta
Renal arteries
Internal iliac arteries
Lower limb arteries
Arteries of the spinal cord
Diploic veins
Dural venous sinuses
Cerebral veins
Emissary veins
Veins of the neck
Veins of the upper limb
Intrathoracic veins
Cardiac veins
Pulmonary veins
Inferior vena cava portal and hepatic venous systems
Adrenal renal gonadal azygos hemiazygos lumbar and ascending lumbar veins
Iliac veins
Veins of the lower limb
Venous drainage of the spinal cord
Thymus
Tonsils
Thoracic duct chyle cistern and right lymphatic duct
Lymphatics of the lower limb
Forebrain
Cerebral ventricles
Pons medulla oblongata and cerebellum
Subarachnoid space
Meninges
Spinal cord and associated structures
Cranial nerves N-VI
Facial nerve
Vestibulocochlear nerve
Glossopharyngeal nerve
Vagus accessory and hypoglossal nerves
Autonomic nervous system
Spinal nerves
Cervical plexus
Nerves of the upper extremity
Lumbosacral plexus
Facial asymmetry
Eyelids eyelashes and eyebrows
Eye and lacrimal apparatus
Lateral nasal wall and paranasal sinuses
Ear
Salivary glands and ducts
Thyroid gland
Parathyroid glands
Laryngeal cartilages
Trachea
Lungs
Heart
Esophagus
Stomach
Gallbladder and extrahepatic bile ducts
Liver
Pancreas
Spleen
Small intestines appendix and colon
Sigmoid colon rectum and anus
Kidney urinary bladder and ureter
Adrenal gland
Male genitourinary system
Female genital system
Placenta and umbilical cord
Breast.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - Digital[edited by] Carol D. BerkowitzSummary: Berkowitz's Pediatrics is the first choice of textbook reference for pediatricians, residents, and medical students! The newly revised and expanded 6th edition provides clear, practice-oriented guidance on the core knowledge in pediatrics
Contents:
Intro
Part 1: Primary Care: Skills and Concepts
1. Primary Care: Introduction
2. Talking With Parents
3. Talking With Children
4. Talking With Adolescents
5. Telephone Management and E-medicine
6. Informatics
7. Counseling Families About Internet Use
8. Cultural Competency Issues in Pediatrics
9. Global Child Health
10. Child Advocacy
Part 2: Principles of Health Care and Pediatric Management
11. Health Systems Science
12. Population Health for Pediatricians
13. Principles of Pediatric Therapeutics
14. Pediatric Pain and Symptom Management 15. Complementary and Integrative Medicine in Pediatric Primary Care
16. Principles of Pediatric Surgery
17. Image Gently Approach to Pediatric Imaging
18. Simulation in Pediatric Health Care
19. Pediatric Hospital Medicine
20. Pediatric Genomic Medicine
21. Principles of Quality Improvement: Improving Health Care for Pediatric Patients
22. Pediatric Palliative Care: Principles and Practice
Part 3: Health Maintenance and Anticipatory Guidance
23. Neonatal Examination and Nursery Visit
24. Maternal Perinatal Mood and Anxiety Disorders: The Role of the Pediatrician 25. Newborn Screening
26. Caring for Twins and Higher-Order Multiples
27. Male Circumcision
28. Nutritional Needs
29. Breastfeeding
30. Sleep: Normal Patterns and Common Disorders
31. Oral Health and Dental Disorders
32. Normal Development and Developmental Surveillance, Screening, and Evaluation
33. Speech and Language Development: Normal Patterns and Common Disorders
34. Literacy Promotion in Pediatric Practice
35. Gifted Children
36. Children and School: A Primer for the Practitioner
37. Immunizations 38. Health Maintenance in Older Children and Adolescents
39. Health Care for International Adoptees
40. Health Care Needs of Children in Foster Care
41. Working With Immigrant Children and Their Families
42. Well-Child Care for Children With Trisomy 21 (Down Syndrome)
43. Well-Child Care for Preterm Infants
44. Care of Children With Special Health Care Needs
45. Injury Prevention
46. Fostering Self-esteem
47. Sibling Rivalry
48. Toilet Training
49. Crying and Colic
50. Discipline
51. Temper Tantrums
52. Breath-Holding Spells 53. Fears, Phobias, and Anxiety
54. Thumb-sucking and Other Habits
55. Enuresis
56. Encopresis
Part 4: Adolescent Health
57. Culturally Competent Care for Diverse Populations: Sexual Orientation and Gender Expression
58. Reproductive Health
59. Vaginitis
60. Sexually Transmitted Infections
61. Menstrual Disorders
62. Disorders of the Breast
63. Substance Use/Abuse
64. Eating Disorders
65. Body Modification: Tattooing and Body Piercing
66. Depression and Suicide in Adolescents
Part 5: Acute and Emergent Problems
67. Fever and BacteremiaDigital Access AAP ebooks 2020 - Digitaleditors, Bruce M. Koeppen, Bruce A. Stanton ; associate editors, Julianne M. Hall, Agnieszka Swiatecka-Urban.Summary: " Pairing necessary detail with concise readability, Berne & Levy Physiology, 8th Edition, provides a perfect balance of content to deliver an in-depth understanding of the body's dynamic processes. Long respected for its scientifically rigorous approach, this highly regarded, mid-size text offers essential physiology with integrated coverage of biophysics andkey experimental observations and examples—all designed to provide a solid scientific foundation in physiology for future scientists and clinicians. Uses a logical, organ system-based approach that clearly describes all of the mechanisms that control and regulate bodily function. Includes new clinical case examples, as well as In the Clinic and At the Molecular Level boxes that highlight practical aspects of this fundamental science. Provides key experimental observations and examples that offer a rich understanding of the body's dynamic processes. Discusses recent discoveries such as the role of lymphatics in the nervous system. Begins each chapter with a bulleted list of questions and ends with key concepts covered in that chapter. Enhanced eBook version included with purchase. Your enhanced eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures, and references from the book on a variety of devices. " -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
- DigitalJeffrey J. Peterson.Summary: "Berquist's Musculoskeletal Imaging Companion is a practical quick-reference guide to the radiologic diagnosis of musculoskeletal disorders. It presents over 1500 large, clear images of common diseases, disorders, and injuries, accompanied by succinct, bulleted "key facts" about the clinical and imaging features of each condition. Chapters cover all anatomic regions and disease entities, imaging of orthopaedic appliances and prostheses, and detailed protocols for all current imaging modalities. The book demonstrates the utility of multiple modalities in specific situations and recommends the best, most cost-effective approach"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2018
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalHolly, Jeff M. P.Digital Access
- DigitalTytgat, G. N. J.Digital Access
- DigitalDigital Access
- DigitalWoolf, Anthony D.Digital Access
- DigitalMieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.Summary: This book aims to disseminate and review the latest interdisciplinary medical knowledge to provide information on best clinical practice for difficult-to-treat conditions. The chapters address various aspects and approaches to the management of medical conditions that are not fully understood. This is exemplified by complex immune and inflammatory interactions in cancer development and survival-prolonging repeat surgery for pulmonary metastases or advances in craniotomy techniques for intracranial hemorrhage. Other chapters address the quality of life of patients after pyeloplasty, parathyroidectomy, or physically debilitating ankylosing spondylitis. Additional chapters address primary ciliopathies, a group of unclear genetic disorders affecting airway function, and dysfunctional airway remodeling underlying proinflammatory molecular mechanisms. The last few chapters address advances in the use of artificial intelligence for health management and in-silico experiments, which is gaining importance in a variety of difficult-to-control conditions, such as endoprosthetic fixation in orthopedics. The book is dedicated to expanding knowledge in medical care by facilitating communication and discussion across medical disciplines. It is intended for clinical specialists, general practitioners, researchers, and members of all healthcare professions.
Contents:
Artificial Intelligence in the Health Care System: An Overview
Complex interaction among immune, inflammatory, and carcinogenic mechanisms in the head and neck squamous cell carcinoma
Outcomes of Repeat Pulmonary Metastasectomy: An Evidence Review
Quality of Life of Patients after Laparoscopic Pyeloplasty Due to Ureteropelvic Junction Obstruction: A Long-Term Observation
Causes and Effects of Introducing Surgery Safety Checklist: A review
Benefit of Biological Drugs for Quality of Life in Patients with Ankylosing Spondylitis: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Clinical Trials
Changes of Motile Ciliary Phenotype in Patients with Primary Ciliopathies
Effects of Inhalation of STIM-Orai Antagonist SKF 96365 on Ovalbumin-Induced Airway Remodeling in Guinea Pigs
In Silico Analysis of Bone Tension during Fixation of the Medial Malleolus Fracture after Ankle Joint Endoprosthesis
Effects of Physical Activity at High Altitude on Hormonal Profiles in Foreign Trekkers and Indigenous Nepalese Porters
Influence of Parathyroidectomy on Sleep Quality in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
Mini Craniotomy in the Management of Supra-Tentorial Spontaneous Intracranial Hemorrhage; a Single-Center Outcome of the Minimally Invasive Treatment. - Digitaleditor, Bruce Ovbiagele.Contents:
Best practices in neurological care / Bruce Ovbiagele
Epilepsy / Omotola A. Hope & Jeremy Lankford
Parkinson's disease / Jori Fleisher & Nabila Dahodwala
Neuromuscular diseases / Hajime Tokuno, Pooia Fattahi & Huned S. Patwa
Dementia / Liana G. Apostolova
Headache / Charles C. Flippen II
Brain tumor management / Seema Nagpal, Scott G. Soltys, Gordon Li, Griffith Harsh & Lawrence Recht
Neuroinfectious diseases / David Croteau
Stroke / Shelly Ozark, Diana Goodman & Christine Holmstedt
Multiple sclerosis / Lily Jung Henson
Evidence-based therapies in neurologic rehabilitation / Bruce H. Dobkin & Andrew Dorsch
Neurocritical care / Paul Vespa & Vikas Grover
Palliative care in neurology / Eli L. Diamond & Alan C. Carver
Index. - DigitalSyed A. Abutalib, Anand Padmanabhan, Huy P. Pham, Nina Worel, editors.Summary: In this book, world-renowned experts in the field of hematopoietic cell transplantation examine a range of issues and controversies relating to apheresis, with the aim of identifying current trends and best practices. Readers will find up-to-date guidance on donor evaluation, CD34+ cell mobilization strategies, options and selection of apheresis device, anticoagulation techniques in apheresis, the role of prediction algorithms in determining procedure eligibility and length, and the prevention and management of complications. Applications of apheresis devices in the processing of bone marrow grafts are discussed, and detailed attention is devoted to the indications and rationale for therapeutic apheresis procedures, with individual chapters focusing on therapeutic plasma exchange and immunoadsorption, red cell exchange, and extracorporeal photopheresis. Finally, the applications of apheresis in pediatric donors and in resource-limiting environments are considered. This book, featuring numerous helpful tables, algorithms, and figures, will be of high practical value for residents, fellows, faculty members and other healthcare personnel involved in hematopoietic cell transplantation.
Contents:
Introduction and Rationale
Administrative and Regulatory considerations
FACT & JACIE Inspections: How to address and avoid common citations
Donor Evaluation for Hematopoietic Stem and Progenitor Cell Collection
Mobilization Strategies for HPC (A) collections in Autologous
Mobilization Strategies for HPC (A) collections in Allogeneic Donors
HPC (A) and Lymphocyte Collection: Technical Devices (Optia, Amicus, others) and operating parameters
Anticoagulation and Other Peri-procedural Considerations for Apheresis
Hematopoietic Stem and Progenitor Cell Collection: Prediction algorithms
Applications of Apheresis Devices in Processing Bone Marrow Grafts
Therapeutic Plasma Exchange and Immuoadsorption: Indications and implementation
Red cell exchange: When and Why?
Extracorporeal Photopheresis in Hematopoietic Cell Transplantation
Prevention and Management of Apheresis Complications
Application of Apheresis in Pediatric Donors: Clinical and Technical Aspects
Challenges and Optimization of Apheresis Procedures in Resource-limiting Environments. - Digital/PrintAri Shapiro.Summary: "In his first book, broadcaster Ari Shapiro takes us around the globe to reveal the stories behind narratives that are sometimes heartwarming, sometimes heartbreaking, but always poignant. He details his time traveling on Air Force One with President Obama, or following the path of Syrian refugees fleeing war, or learning from those fighting for social justice both at home and abroad. As the self-reinforcing bubbles we live in become more impenetrable, Ari Shapiro keeps seeking ways to help people listen to one another; to find connection and commonality with those who may seem different; to remind us that, before religion, or nationality, or politics, we are all human. The Best Strangers in the World is a testament to one journalist's passion for Considering All Things-and sharing what he finds with the rest of us"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction : thank you for listening
Nature boy
Impact
Happy endings
Musical interlude 1 : je ne veux pas travailler
The bubble
War people in war places
War people in other places
The other man I married
The third rail of journalism
The best strangers in the world
The whole world falls in
Answers versus questions
You can't see schvitz on the radio
Musical interlude 2 : crowd surfing with cigarettes
You can't kill me. I'm an idea. I'm timeless
Playing favorites.Digital Access - Digital/PrintMarco Fioroni, Tamara Dworeck, Francisco Rodriguez-Ropero.Summary: β-barrel outer membrane channel proteins (OMP) have great potential as robust and flexible models or components in nanotechnology. Over the last decade biotechnological techniques allowed to expand the natural characteristics of OMPs by modifying their geometry and properties without affecting the overall protein structure and stability. The present book is oriented towards a broad group of readers including graduate students and advanced researchers. The β-barrel structure serviceability for the nano-material design will be its chief topic giving a general introduction to the field of OMP based nano-component development as well as the state of the art of the involved research. On the example of the E. coli FhuA the transformation of an OMP into a tailored nano-channel to be adapted to a non-biological synthetic (i.e. polymer) environment, rendering it competitive with artificial non-biological nano-pores will be outlined specifically the design of a set of protein nano-channels with tailored geometry (diameter, length), conductance and functionality will be reported as a case study. In order to make this book a valuable source of information for both biotechnologists and other scientists interested in bio-nanotechnology an overview of the different steps involved in the nano-channel protein design and production will be reported. The scientific strategy from concept design, theoretical considerations, genetic engineering and large scale production, to system assembly and biophysical characterization with an overview on technological applications including membrane/polymersome technology, will be described.
Contents:
Introduction
Biology
Biophysical Characterization
Theoretical Considerations and Computational Tools
Biotechnology
Technological Applications
Final Considerations.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalEnrico Biancardi, Leonard W. Panella, J. Mitchell McGrath, editors.Summary: This book offers definitive coverage of the sea beet, the wild ancestor of all cultivated beets, which grows mainly on Mediterranean shores. The editors have collected both scientific and historical source material, illustrations and references.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgements; About This Book; Note to the Reader; Contents; Affiliation of Editors and Collaborators; Abbreviations; 1 History and Current Importance; 1.1 Predomestication; 1.2 Domestication; 1.3 Athens and Rome; 1.4 Middle Age; 1.5 Renaissance; 1.6 Age of Science; 1.7 State-of-the-Art and Prospects; References; 2 Range of Distribution; References; 3 Morphology; 3.1 Seed; 3.2 Leaves; 3.3 Root; 3.4 Color; 3.5 Seed Stalk; 3.6 Flower; 3.7 Pollen; 3.8 Chemical Composition; References; 4 Physiology; 4.1 Seed Germination; 4.2 Seed Dormancy; 4.3 Chromosome Number 10 Application of Biotechnology10.1 Evolution of DNA Marker Technology (Piergiorgio Stevanato); 10.2 Genomes and Genome Editing (J. Mitchell McGrath); 10.3 Development and Perspectives (J. Mitchell McGrath and Piergiorgio Stevanato); 10.4 Climate Change (J. Mitchell McGrath and Piergiorgio Stevanato); 10.5 Germplasm Conservation and Utilization (J. Mitchell McGrath and Piergiorgio Stevanato); 10.6 Transgenes Spread (J. Mitchell McGrath and Piergiorgio Stevanato); 10.7 Identification of New Traits (J. Mitchell McGrath and Piergiorgio Stevanato) 10.8 Conclusion (J. Mitchell McGrath and Piergiorgio Stevanato)References; Appendix A Scientists and Researchers Involved in Beta maritima; References; Appendix B Lifespan of Authors and Scientists Cited in the Text; Appendix C Beta Chronology; Appendix D Synonyms of Beta maritima(*); Appendix E Essential References; WEB Sites; Libraries 4.4 Self-incompatibility4.5 Male Sterility; 4.6 Self-fertility; 4.7 Flowering; 4.8 Growth Habit; 4.9 Life Span; 4.10 Age at Maturity; 4.11 Reproductive Systems; 4.11.1 Gynodioecy; 4.11.2 Sex Ratio; References; 5 Ecology; 5.1 Survival Strategies; 5.2 Dispersal; 5.3 Gene Flow; References; 6 Taxonomy, Phylogeny, and the Genepool; 6.1 Pre-Linnaean Systems; 6.2 Post-Linnaean and Current Classification; 6.3 Phylogeny; 6.4 The Genepool; References; 7 Uses; 7.1 Medicinal Uses; 7.2 Food Uses; 7.3 Other Uses; References; 8 Source of Useful Traits; 8.1 Resistances to Biotic Stresses 8.1.1 Yellowing Viruses8.1.2 Beet Mosaic Virus; 8.1.3 Rhizomania; 8.1.4 Beet Curly Top Virus; 8.1.5 Powdery Mildew; 8.1.6 Root Rots; 8.1.7 Cercospora Leaf Spot; 8.1.8 Polymyxa Betae; 8.1.9 Black Root; 8.1.10 Minor Fungal Diseases; 8.1.11 Nematodes; 8.1.12 Insects; 8.1.13 Multiple Resistances; 8.2 Resistances to Abiotic Stresses; 8.2.1 Drought and Heat Tolerance; 8.2.2 Salinity Tolerance; 8.3 Other Traits; References; 9 Cultivated Offspring; 9.1 Leaf Beet; 9.2 Garden Beet; 9.3 Fodder Beet; 9.4 Sugar Beet; 9.5 Energy Beet; 9.6 Ornamental Beet; 9.7 Weed Beets; References - Digital[edited by] Griffin P. Rodgers, Neal S. Young.Summary: Bridging the gap between science and clinical practice, The Bethesda Handbook of Clinical Hematology, Fourth Edition , provides concise, up-to-date coverage of 'need to know' information on the diagnosis and treatment of blood and bone marrow disorders. Written by nationally recognized experts and senior fellows at the National Institutes of Health, and at leading research institutions throughout the United States, this essential pocket reference is logically organized by disease category and features a reader-friendly format that includes tables, algorithms, illustrations, and bulleted lists that highlight key information. Discusses the pathophysiology, natural history, risk factors, diagnosis, management, and follow-up of common hematological diseases. Contains new information on diagnosis, treatment and management of myelodysplastic and myeloproliferative disorders; leukemias and lymphomas; disorders of hemostasis and thrombosis. Features new diagnostic and treatment strategies, updated references, and revised information throughout. Ideal for the student, resident, or fellow on a hematology or oncology service, as well as the internist, hospitalist, family practitioner, and pediatrician who sees patients with blood diseases. Perfect as an everyday reference or for board review.
Contents:
Iron deficiency
Deficiencies of vitamin B12 and folate
Hemolytic anemia
Sickle cell anemia and thalassemia
Porphyrias
Bone marrow failure syndromes: aplastic anemia, acquired and constitutional; paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria; pure red blood cell aplasia; and agranulocytosis
Myelodysplastic syndromes
The myeloproliferative neoplasms: polycythemia vera, essential thrombocythemia, primary myelofibrosis, and chronic myelomonocytic leukemia
Neutrophil disorders and neutropenias
Childhood hematologic diseases
Acute myeloid leukemia
Acute Lymphoblastic leukemia
Chronic myelogenous leukemia
Chronic lymphocytic leukemia
Hodgkin lymphoma
Non-hodgkin lymphomas
Multiple myeloma
Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
Thrombocytopenia
Disorders of hemostasis I: coagulation
Disorders of hemostasis II
Venous thromboembolism
Consultations in anticoagulation
Blood transfusion
Hemochromatosis
Consultative hematology
Interpretation of standard hematologic tests
Basic principles and clinical applications of flow cytometryDigital Access Ovid [2025] - Digitaleditors, Jame Abraham, James L. Gulley, Carmen J. Allegra.Contents:
Head and neck cancer
Non-small cell lung cancer
Small cell lung cancer
Esophageal cancer
Gastric cancers
Biliary tract cancers
Primary cancers of the liver
Colorectal cancer
Pancreatic cancer
Anal cancer
Other gastrointestinal tumors
Breast cancer
Renal cell cancer
Prostate cancer
Bladder cancer
Testicular carcinoma
Ovarian cancer
Endometrial cancer
Cervical cancer
Vulvar cancer
Sarcomas and malignancies of the bone
Skin cancers and melanoma
Acute leukemia
Chronic lymphoid leukemias
Chronic myeloid leukemia
Chronic myeloproliferative neoplasms
Multiple myeloma
Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
Hodgkin lymphoma
Hematopoietic cell transplantation
Carcinoma of unknown primary
Central nervous system tumors
Endocrine tumors
Hematopoietic growth factors
Infectious complications in oncology
Oncologic emergencies and paraneoplastic syndromes
Psychopharmacologic management in oncology
Management of emesis
Medical nutrition therapy
Pain and palliative care
Central venous access device
Procedures in medical oncology
Diagnosis-driven individualization of cancer care
Basic principles of radiation oncology
Clinical genetics
Anticancer agents.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - Digitaleditors, Jame Abraham, James L. Gulley.Summary: "The Bethesda Handbook of Clinical Oncology is a clear, concise, and comprehensive reference book for the busy clinician to use in his or her daily patient encounters. The book has been compiled by clinicians who are working at the National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, Cleveland Clinic, M.D. Anderson, Mayo Clinic as well as scholars from other academic institutions. To limit the size of the book, less space is dedicated to etiology, pathophysiology, and epidemiology and greater emphasis is placed on practical clinical information. For easy accessibility to the pertinent information, long descriptions are avoided, and more tables, pictures, algorithms, and phrases are included."--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Head and neck
Non-small cell lung cancer.Digital Access Ovid 2019 - Digitaleditors, Jame Abraham, James L. Gulley.Summary: "The Bethesda Handbook of Clinical Oncology is a clear, concise, and comprehensive reference book for the busy clinician to use in their daily patient encounters and for board review. The book has been compiled by clinicians who are working at the National Cancer Institute, National Institutes of Health, Cleveland Clinic, M.D. Anderson, Mayo Clinic as well as experts from other academic institutions. To limit the size of the book, less space is dedicated to etiology, pathophysiology, and epidemiology and greater emphasis is placed on practical clinical information. For easy accessibility to the pertinent information, long descriptions are avoided, and more tables, pictures, algorithms, and phrases are included. The Bethesda Handbook of Clinical Oncology is not intended as a substitute for the many excellent oncology reference textbooks available that are essential for a more complete understanding of the pathophysiology and management of complicated oncology patients. We hope that the reader-friendly format with its comprehensive review of the management of each disease with treatment regimens, including dosing and schedule, makes this book unique and useful for hematology/oncologists, advanced practice providers, hematology and oncology fellows, residents, students, oncology nurses, and allied health professionals"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2023
- DigitalRitu Nayar, David C. Wilbur, editors.Summary: This book offers clear, up-to-date guidance on how to report cytologic findings in cervical, vaginal and anal samples in accordance with the 2014 Bethesda System Update. The new edition has been expanded and revised to take into account the advances and experience of the past decade. A new chapter has been added, the terminology and text have been updated, and various terminological and morphologic questions have been clarified. In addition, new images are included that reflect the experience gained with liquid-based cytology since the publication of the last edition in 2004. Among more than 300 images, some represent classic examples of an entity while others illustrate interpretative dilemmas, borderline cytomorphologic features or mimics of epithelial abnormalities. The Bethesda System for Reporting Cervical Cytology, with its user-friendly format, is a must have for pathologists, cytopathologists, pathology residents, cytotechnologists, and clinicians.
Contents:
Specimen Adequacy
Non-Neoplastic Findings
Endometrial Cells: The How and When of Reporting
Atypical Squamous
Epithelial Abnormalities: Squamous
Epithelial Abnormalities: Glandular
Other Malignant
Anal-Rectal Cytology
Ancillary Testing
Computer-Assisted Interpretation of Cervical Cytology
Educational Notes and Suggestions Appended to Cytology Reports.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Leonid Padyukov.Summary: Between the Lines of Genetic Code lays out methodologies and tools for the measurement and evaluation of gene-gene and gene-environment studies and gives perspective on the future of this discipline. The book begins by defining terms for interaction studies, describing methodologies, and critically assessing the viability of current study designs and the possibilities for integrating designs. It then provides recent applications data with case studies in rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, myositis and other complex human diseases. Last, it examines current studies and directions for future applications in patient care. Recent multivariate studies show that gene-gene and gene-environment interactions can explain significant variances in inheritance that have previously been undetectable in univariate analysis. These links among genes and between genes and their environments during the development of diseases may serve as important hints for understanding pathogenic mechanisms and for developing new tools for prognosis, diagnosis, and treatment of various diseases. Systematically integrates methods of defining and detecting gene interactions to provide an overview of the field. Critically analyzes current methods and tools to aid researchers in integrating gene interaction studies Includes examples of current biomedical applications and presents current research expected to shape clinical research in the near future.
Contents:
Terminology and definitions for interaction studies
Reducing dimensionality in the search for gene-gene interactions
Study design for interaction analyses
High-throughput genetic interaction study
Gene-gene and gene : environmental interaction in rheumatoid arthritis
Genetic and environmental risk factors for multiple sclerosis : a role for interaction analysis
Gene-gene and gene : environmental interactions in defining risk and spectrum of phenotypes in idiopathic inflammatory myopathies
Functional studies of gene-gene interaction of autoimmune diseases
Genetic vectors approach in a study of fine structure of interaction between risk haplotype of HTR2A and HLA-DRB1 shared epitope alleles in rheumatoid arthritis
Network biology empowering detection and understanding of interactions between genetic factors in development of complex phenotypes
Conclusions.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - Digital/PrintTa-Nehisi Coates.Summary: In a profound work that pivots from the biggest questions about American history and ideals to the most intimate concerns of a father for his son, Ta-Nehisi Coates offers a powerful new framework for understanding our nation's history and current crisis. Americans have built an empire on the idea of "race," a falsehood that damages us all but falls most heavily on the bodies of black women and men--bodies exploited through slavery and segregation, and, today, threatened, locked up, and murdered out of all proportion. What is it like to inhabit a black body and find a way to live within it? And how can we all honestly reckon with this fraught history and free ourselves from its burden? "I know that this book is addressed to the author's son, and by obvious analogy to all boys and young men of color as they pass, inexorably, into harm's way. I hope that I will be forgiven, then, for feeling that Coates was speaking to me, too, one father to another, teaching me that real courage is the courage to be vulnerable."--Michael Chabon "A work of rare beauty ... a love letter written in a moral emergency, one that Coates exposes with the precision of an autopsy and the force of an exorcism."--Slate. From the Hardcover edition.
Contents:
Prologue : the talk
Part 1. Between the world and me
The changes
The second change : Malcolm and the body
The third change : Mecca and the death of mythology
Part 2. The sooty details of the scene
The fourth change : New York and the death of mercy
The fifth change : Gettysburg and the long war
The sixth change : Chicago and the streets
Part 3. A grassy clearing
The seventh change : eyes open to the world
The eighth change : the blast
Epilogue : into the world.Digital Access OverDrive 2015Limited to 2 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required - DigitalTed Wilson, Norman J. Temple, editors.Contents:
Part 1: Introduction to Beverages
How Beverages Impact Health and Nutrition
A Brief History of Human Beverage Consumption: Pre-History to the Present
Part 2: Health Effects of Coffee, Tea, Wine, Alcohol, and Juices
Coffee consumption and its impact on health
Health Benefits of Tea Consumption
What are the Health Implications of Alcohol Consumption?- Nonalcoholic Components of Wine and Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease
Cranberry Juice: Effects on Health
Citrus Juices Health Benefits
Part 3: Health Effects of Milk: Dairy, Soy and Breast
Effect of Cow's Milk on Human Health
Are soy-milk products viable alternatives to cow's milk?- Human Milk and Infant Formula: Nutritional Content and Health Benefits
Part 4: Beverage Health Effects on Energy Balance, Diabetes, and in Older Adults.-Beverages, satiation, satiety, and energy balance
Beverage Considerations for Persons with Metabolic Syndrome and Diabetes Mellitus
Oral Nutritional Supplementation Using Beverages for Older Adults
Part 5: Health Effects of Sports Drinks, Energy Drinks and Water
Sports Beverages for Optimizing Physical Performance
Energy Drinks: the Elixirs of Our Time
The Nutritional Value of Bottled Water
Part 6: Marketing of Soft Drinks and Effects of Beverage Sweeteners
Marketing of Soft Drinks to Children and Adolescents: Why we Need Government Policies
Sugar in Beverages: Effects on Human Health
High fructose corn syrup use in beverages: Composition, manufacturing, properties, consumption, and health effects
Part 7: Beverage Mechanics: Color, Taste, Labeling, and Ingredient Function
The crucial role of color in the perception of beverages
Functions of Common Beverage Ingredients
Labeling Requirements for Beverages in the United States
Part 8: What is the Future of What We Will Chose to Drink?- Beverage Trends Affect Future Nutritional Health Impact.Digital Access Springer 2016 - PrintMatteo Tardelli, PHD.
- DigitalA. George Awad, Lakshmi N.P. Voruganti, editors.Contents:
Part I:Basic and Conceptual Issues
Schizophrenia and it's sequelae
Issues that slowed progress in the assessment of health-related quality of life in schizophrenia
Social cognition and health-related quality of life in schizophrenia
Conceptual issues in cultural adaptation and the role of culture in assessment of health-related quality of life in schizophrenia
Part II:Methodological Issues
A review of quality of life assessment measures in schizophrenia
limitations and future developments
a review
Assessment of burden of care and quality of life of caregivers in schizophrenia
Electronic technology and advances in assessment of outcomes
Modern psychometric approaches to analysis of scales for health-related quality of life
Part III:Beyond Assessment of Quality of Life in Schizophrenia
Health-related quality of life as an outcome and mediator of other outcomes
Using routine quality of life assessment to improve effectiveness of community mental health care
Quality of life assessments in the development and clinical trials of new antipsychotics
pharmaceutical industry perspective
Quality of life and health-costs
the feasibility of cost-utility analysis in schizophrenia
Health-related quality of life in schizophrenia: health policy and resource allocation
Beyond assessment of quality of life in schizophrenia: cultural, clinical and research perspectives from India
a case study
Part IV:Reinventing Quality of Life in Schizophrenia
Concluding remarks and future challenges.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalSuzanne Waddill-Goad, DNP, MBA, BSN, RN, CEN, CHC.Summary: "The healthcare profession typically attracts those who give deeply of themselves to make a positive difference in other people's lives. But that giving can come at a significant price: Burnout. While the healthcare vocation offers myriad options in work settings and career paths, it can also involve tremendous amounts of stress because of long shifts, mental and physical exhaustion, patient challenges, and regulatory changes. When stress and fatigue overtake a healthcare provider's ability to prioritize self-care, burnout is often the result, leading to compromises in quality and patient safety. Since the publication of the first edition of this book, the COVID-19 pandemic has only added dramatically to nurses' stress, exacerbating existing problems with strained resources and labor shortages. In Beyond Burnout, 2nd edition, author Suzanne Waddill-Goad adds new strategies and up-to-date, data-driven information for building resilience and practicing self-care so that nurses and other healthcare workers can navigate their increasingly challenging environment while reducing stress and preventing burnout"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library 2023Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- DigitalJuan F. Barrera.Summary: About 15 years ago, we asked ourselves why the methods developed by the research institutions for the management of pests were almost not used by small landholder farmers. It seemed obvious to us that conventional pest control -called "Integrated Pest Management"- was based on a reductionist approach. In reviewing the literature on the subject, we found that our concern was not new or unique. The agreement of some authors with our ideas reinforced our efforts to find a holistic approach to pest management. We took two central ideas to develop the holistic approach: First, pest management actions must put the farmer at the center of the system. Second, pest management must consider not only both pests but the other important components of the system in question. This approach based on the farmers and the systems in which they are immersed, is called "Holistic Pest Management" or HPM. In this book, I present the philosophy and practice of HPM, a new paradigm of pest management.
Contents:
1. Introduction: Beyond IPM
2. The Nature of Integrated Pest Management
3. The Need for a Holistic Approach to Pest Management
4. Theoretical Support of Holistic Pest Management
5. Methods for analysis of Holistic Pest Management
6. Implementing Holistic Pest Management
7. Holistic Science in Pest Management: Winds of Change.Digital Access Springer 2020 - PrintSusan Kuklin.Summary: "Author and photographer Susan Kuklin met and interviewed six transgender or gender-neutral young adults and used her considerable skills to represent them thoughtfully and respectfully before, during, and after their personal acknowledgment of gender preference. Portraits, family photographs, and candid images grace the pages, augmenting the emotional and physical journey each youth has taken. Each honest discussion and disclosure, whether joyful or heartbreaking, is completely different from the other because of family dynamics, living situations, gender, and the transition these teens make in recognition of their true selves."--Amazon.com, viewed February 12, 2014.
Contents:
Spectrum. Jessy : the house of my soul ; Christina : every girl is different ; Mariah : the real deal ; Cameron : variables ; Nat : something else
Lifeline. Luke : untouchable
Notes and resources. About the Callen-Lorde community health center ; Q & A with Dr. Manel Silva ; About Proud Theater. - Digitaledited by John A. Herrmann and Yvette J. Johnson-Walker, University of Illinois, IL, USA.Summary: Tackling One Health from a multi-disciplinary perspective, this book offers in-depth insight into how our health and the health of every living creature and our ecosystem are all inextricably connected. Presents critical population health topics, written by an international group of experts Addresses the technical aspects of the subject Offers potential policy solutions to help mitigate current threats and prevent additional threats from occurring
Contents:
Epidemiology : science as a tool to inform One Health policy / Yvette Johnson-Walker and John Kaneene
Health impacts in a changing climate / Donald J. Wuebbles
Food safety and security / Megin Nichols, Lauren Stevenson, Casey Barton Behravesh, and Robert Tauxe
Water security in a changing world / Jeffrey M. Levengood, Ari Hörman, Marja-Liisa Hänninen, and Kevin O'Brien
One toxicology, One Health, one planet / Daniel Hryhorczuk, Val R. Beasley, Robert Poppenga, and Timur Durani
Biodiversity and health / Dominic A. Travis, Jonathan D. Alpern, Matteo Convertino, Meggan Craft, Thomas R. Gillespie, Shaun Kennedy, Cheryl Robertson, Christopher A. Shaffer, and William Stauffer
Emerging infectious diseases : old nemesis, new challenges / Ronald C. Hershow and Kenneth E. Nusbaum
Companion animals and health / Sandi LeFebvre and Robert V. Ellis
Zoological institutions and One Health / Thomas Meehan and Yvonne Nadler
Health leadership and policy / William D. Hueston, Ed G.M. van Klink, and Innocent B. Rwego
Implementing One Health / Laura Kahn
The social cost of carbon / William J. Craven
Complex problems, progressive policy solutions and One Health / John A. Herrmann
The long and winding road / John A. Herrmann and Yvette Johnson-Walker.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalRaffaele Teperino, editor.Summary: The genotype/phenotype dichotomy is being slowly replaced by a more complex relationship whereby the majority of phenotypes arise from interactions between ones genotype and the environment in which one lives. Interestingly, it seems that not only our lives, but also our ancestors lives, determine how we look. This newly recognized form of inheritance is known as (epi)genetic, as it involves an additional layer of information on top of the one encoded by the genes. Its discovery has constituted one of the biggest paradigm shifts in biology in recent years. Understanding epigenetic factors may help explain the pathogenesis of several complex human diseases (such as diabetes, obesity and cancer) and provide alternative paths for disease prevention, management and therapy. This book introduces the reader to the importance of the environment for our own health and the health of our descendants, sheds light on the current knowledge on epigenetic inheritance and opens a window to future developments in the field.
Contents:
Section I: The physiology of the gene/environment interaction
Nutrition
Physical Exercise
Circadian Rhythm
Toxicants: Smoke, Alcohol and Heavy Metals
Hormones
Section II: Gene-Environment Interaction and Disease Susceptibility
Obesity and Metabolic Syndromes
Cancer
Neurological and Psychiatric Disorders
Asthma and allergic disorders
Lamarck Versus Darwin: The Concept of Aquired Epigenetic Inheritance
Section III: Genome/Epigenome
Genetic Contribution to Epigenetic Inheritance
The Controversial Role of DNA Methylation in Epigenetic Inheritance
Small Non-Coding RNAs
Chromatin Modifiers
Soma-to-Germline Information Transfer: Questions and Promises.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by William F. Malcolm, MD, Associate Professor of Pediatrics, Director, Intermediate Level Nurseries, Division of Neonatal-Perinatal Medicine, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina ; consultants, Ricki F. Goldstein, MD, Professor of Pediatrics, Director, High-Risk Infant Follow-Up Program, Division of Neonatal-Perinatal Medicine, Duke University Medical Center, durham, North Carolina, Richard J. Martin, MD, Drusinsky-Fanaroff Chair in Neonatology, Professor of Pediatrics, Rainbow Babies & Children's Hospital, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio, Betty Vohr, MD, Professor of Pediatrics, Medical Director, Neonatal Follow-Up Program, Women & Infants Hospital, Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island.Summary: "Beyond the NICU: Comprehensive Care of the High-Risk Infant delivers practical, evidence-based strategies for the care of convalescing NICU graduates in both inpatient and outpatient settings. In four sections, the book covers common problems shared by high-risk infants, role of various care providers from parents to specialists and timely interventions of therapy, timing and execution of transitioning the infant from intensive to convalescent care and from hospital to home, the etiology of chronic conditions affecting high-risk infants, details of convalescent care, discharge planning, and follow-up care for pediatricians"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note: Section 1 Introduction
1 History of the NICU
2 Commonalities of High Risk Infants: They're not all Preemies
3 Provider roles
4 Parent roles/wishes
5 Transitions for the High Risk Infant
6 Essential Components of a Comprehensive Follow-up Clinic
Section 2 Medical Care of the Preterm Infant
7 Respiratory conditions of the preterm infant
8 Apnea and bradycardia
9 Patent ductus arteriosus
10 Adrenal Insufficiency
11 Nutrition and growth
12 Breastfeeding in the NICU Graduate
13 Necrotizing enterocolitis and short bowel syndrome
14 Gastroesophageal reflux
15 Catch-up Growth and Failure to thrive
16 Hypertension in the NICU Graduate
17 Anemia of prematurity
18 Thrombosis and Hematological Issues in the NICU Graduate
19 Hyperbilirubinemia
20 Endocrinopathies of the Preterm Infant
21 Bone Health
22 IVH, PVL, hypdrocephalus
23 Retinopathy of prematurity and ophthalmologic issues
24 Cerebral Palsy
25 Autism Spectrum Disorder
26 Intrauterine growth restriction
27 Post-NICU Issues of Multiple Gestation
28 Late Preterm Infants
29 Surgical issues
Section 3 Medical Care of the Term Infant
30 Pulmonary Hypertension
31 Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
32 Congenital heart disease
33 ECMO and post-ECMO care
34 Congenital Intestinal anomalies
35 Maternal and neonatal infections
36 Birth asphyxia and HIE
37 Neonatal abstinence syndrome
38 Neural tube defects
39 Neonatal seizures and Infantile spasms
40 Infant of a diabetic mother
41 Down Syndrome
Section 4 Developmental Care of the High Risk Infant
42 Early developmental issues in the NICU
43 NICU environment
44 Gross motor development
45 Fine motor development
46 Speech and language development
47 Feeding Issues in the NICU Graduate
48 Hearing Loss
49 Neurodevelopmental testing
50 Neurodevelopmental outcomes
51 Family centered care and Social issues
52 Palliative care
53 Early Intervention Services
54 Resources for providers and parents
Appendices
App A Discharging the high-risk infant
App B Equipment needs of the high risk infant
App C Medications
App D Tests/Procedures
App E Telephone Triage
App F Coding and Billing.Digital Access AccessPediatrics 2015 - Print
- DigitalUgyen Tshewang, Michael Charles Tobias, Jane Gray Morrison.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: Located in the heart of the Eastern Himalayas, Bhutan practices the philosophy of Gross National Happiness ("GNH") that embraces environmental conservation as one of the main building blocks for its sustainable development goals. Bhutan's conservation strategies and success are largely driven by the strong political will and visionary leadership of His Majesty the King of Bhutan The nation's Buddhist perspectives regarding a deep and abiding respect for nature; and the strategic enforcement of a wide-ranging stringent set of internal regulations and controls have helped ensure ecological gold standards in Bhutan. Moreover, the country is an active member of the international conservation community by fulfilling its implementation of various Multilateral Environment Agreements. While it emerged into the 21st century as one of the 36 global terrestrial "hotspots" in biological diversity conservation ranks, Bhutan's sheer commitment with more than 51% of its territory being managed under the explicit status of a protected area network, and more than 70% of the land under forest cover, represents Bhutan's exemplary dedication to protect the planet despite its smallness in size and economy, and the biological fragility exemplified by its hotspot situation. In the face of imminent severe threats of global warming, Bhutan nonetheless exemplifies the truth that "a small country with a big conservation commitment" can make an enormous contribution to the global community. At the regional level, Bhutan is intent upon protecting the Water Towers of Asia (that glacial expanse of the Himalayas) which is a critical resource bulwark for about one-fifth of the global population downstream in South Asia. Such protections invariably help mitigate climate change by acting as a nation-wide carbon sink through its carbon neutral policies. In short, Bhutan has long represented one of the world's foremost national guardians of biodiversity conservation, ecological good governance, and societal sustainability at a period when the world has entered the Anthropocene - an epoch of mass extinctions. We envision this publication to be ecologically and ethically provocative and revealing for the concerned scientific communities, and governments. Through an extensive review of the scientific and anthropological literature, as well as the research team's own data, the Author's have set forth timely recommendations for conservation policies, strategies and actions. This book provides technical and deeply considered assessments of the state of Bhutan's environment, its multiple, human-induced stressors and pressures; as well as extremely sound, practical techniques that would address conservation strategies in the Himalayas and, by implication, worldwide.
Contents:
CHAPTER 1. State of Environment in Bhutan
Abstract
Overview of Bhutan.-Ecological Zones & Climatic Features
Land Use in Bhutan
Source: FRMD/DOFPS. Conservation Efforts & Protected Area Systems
Conservation Laws and Policies. Assessment of Non-Protected Areas
Sustainable Forest Management Plans in Non-protected Area. Scientific Forest Management
Community Forest Empowerment. Non-Wood Forest Product (NWFP) Management. Plantation and Reforestation Programs. Keystone species and Conservation Areas. Foot Notes
Annexure 1..1 Classification and Characteristics of Vegetation Zones in Bhutan (Grierson & Long, 1983, see 19)
Annexure 1.2 Description of Classification of Land Cover Class and Sub-Class in Bhutan (See 20)
CHAPTER 2
Drivers and Pressure on the State of Environment in Bhutan. Abstract
Land Use.-Hydropower projects
Farm Roads
Mining and Mineral Development
Land use for Agriculture
Waste Management
CHAPTER 3
Non-Violent Techniques for Human-Wildlife Conflict Resolution
Abstract
Contextual Framework within the ACPB
Methodology
Global context of HWC
Conflict Management Strategies.-Retaliatory Actions and Violent Approaches
Lethal Control - Counterproductive 96
From Conflict to Co-existence
Safe and Non-Violent Approach
Table 3.1 Important Elements of HWC (WWF-Bhutan, 2016; See Foot Note 78)
Human Wildlife Conflict Policy
Implementing Agencies for HWC. Immune-contraception for population control
Translocation of Problem Animals
Alternative Livelihoods
Land-Use Planning and Landscape Management
Mitigation Measures
Compensation
Performance payments
Ecotourism and Revenue Sharing
Community Education
Understanding the Conflict Profile
Reporting.-Information compilation, management and use
Response
measures taken to alleviate a specific or ongoing HWC incident
Monitoring and Evaluation
measuring the performance of HWC management
Human Wildlife Conflict Situation in Bhutan
Underlying Forces of Human Wild-life Conflicts in Bhutan
Human Wildlife Conflict Situation in Bhutan
Preventive Measures
Mitigation Approach in Bhutan
Strategic Outcomes
Table 3.5 Strategic Intents contributing to the Safe System (WWF-Bhutan, 2016; See Foot Note 246)
Effective Monitoring and Evaluation
Conclusion and Recommendation
Non-violent and Safe Approach
Institutional Arrangement
Human Wildlife Conflict Policy & Legislation
Coping Techniques and Mechanisms
Hotspot Mapping
Physiological Sterilization of wildlife
Table 3.6 Immunocontraceptive vaccines used in different animals
Innovative Research Fund for farmers
Economic Responses to HWC
Alternative livelihoods
Regional Transboundary Conservation
Foot Notes
Annexure 3.1 Indicators of the Strategic Outcomes of People, Wildlife, Assets and Habitat
CHAPTER 4
Animal Rights and Protection.-Abstract
Buddhist Perspectives & Conservation Biology
Bhutanese Buddhism and the Segue To Contemporary Animal Protection Policies
National Law & Buddhist Ethics
State Monastic Body
Non-governmental Organizations (NGO)
Tshethar (Life Saving) Practices
Animal Health and Rescue Centers
Farming Systems and Livestock Population
Meat Consumption in Bhutan
Discussion and Recommendations on Animal Protection and Animal Rights
Animal Protection Policy of Bhutan
Population control of Livestock Animals
Institutionalization and Implementation Arrangement
Monitoring & Implementation
Dog Population Control
GNH Index for Animal Kingdom
References (1-125)
Annexure 4.1 God's Country: The New Zealand Factor, by Michael Charles Tobias and Jane Gray Morrison, Dancing Star Foundation, 2010
CHAPTER 5. Gap Analysis of Threatened, Rare, and Under-Represented Species in Bhutan
Abstract
Introduction
Impacts of Extinction of Species
Taxonomic Classification - Seven Kingdoms Model
Objectives
Methodology
Assessment of Under-Represented Species in Kingdoms
Under-Represented Species in Classification of Groups
Records of Species Groups under Animalia Kingdom
Vertebrates.-Invertebrates
Species Groups under Plantae Kingdom
Tracheophytes
Chromista Kingdom.-Fungi Kingdom
Protista Kingdom
Eubacteria Kingdom
Archaebacteria Kingdom.-Assessment of Threatened Species
Conservation Status of Fish in Bhutan
Threatened Endemic Plants in Bhutan
Under-Representation of Medicinal Plants
Documentation of Agro-Biodiversity
Community Participation and Citizen Science
Discussion and Recommendations
Foot Notes
Annexure 5.1 List of Threatened Species of Plants (IUCN Status-2019)
Annexure 5.2 List of Threatened Species of Mammals in Bhutan (IUCN Status-2019)
Annexure 5.3 List of Threatened Species of Birds in Bhutan (IUCN) - 2019 NBC.-Annexure 5.4 List of Threatened Fish Species
Annexure 5.5: List of Threatened Amphibian and Reptile Species
Annexure 5.6 Monotypic Species of Seed Plants under each Class, Order, Family, Genus and Species (Source Flora of Bhutan, Volume 1, 2 & 3)
CHAPTER 6
Conservation Strategy of Threatened and Under-Represented Mammalian Species
Landscape Conservation Approach
Mammalian species
Chinese Pangolin (Manis pentadactyla) Conservation
Recommendations for Conservation Strategies.-Pygmy Hog (Sus salvanius) Conservation
Recommendation for Conservation Strategy of Pygmy Hog (Sus salvanius)
Alpine Musk Deer (Moschus Chrysogaster) and Himalayan Musk Deer (Moschus leucogaster) Conservation
Recommendations for Conservation Strategy of Musk Deer
Dhole (Cuon alpinus) Conservation Strategy
Recommendations for Dhole Conservation Strategy
Golden Langur (Trachypithecus geei) Conservation Strategy.-Recommendation for Conservation Strategy of Golden Langur
Conservation of Arunachal Macaque (Macaca munzala)
Conservation of Hispid Hare (Caprolagus hispidus)
Conservation of Hog Deer (Axis Porcinus)
Wild Water Buffalo (Bubalus arnee) Conservation
Discussion on Conservation of Bats
Foot Notes (1-131)
CHAPTER 7Conservation of Threatened and Under-Represented Species of Plants
Introduction.-Endemic Plant Species
Monotypic Plant Species
Discussion on Threatened Orchids
Critically Endangered flowering plants
Endangered Flowering Plants
Recommendations for Conservation Strategy of Plant Species
Conservation of Bryophytes
Ecological significance of Bryophytes
Economic Uses of Bryophytes
Medicinal Use of Bryophytes
Bryophytes as Pollution indicators
Bryophytes in Science and Education
Threats to Bryophytes
Lesser Known Timber Species in Bhutan
Foot Notes
Annexure 7.1 Most commonly used timber species (Source: FRMD/DoFPS)
Annexure 7.2 High value timber with less utilization (Source: FRMD/DoFPS)
CHAPTER 8. Conservation of Threatened Birds, Reptiles, Fishes, Parasites, and Arachnids
Birds Conservation
Conservation of White Bellied Heron (Ardea insignis)
Conservation of Vultures
Discussion on Conservation of White Winged Duck
Conservation Strategy of Baer's Pochard
Conservation Strategy of Eagles.-Recommendations for Conservation Strategy of Threatened Birds
Conservation of Turtles.-Importance of Turtle Conservation
Conservation Strategies
Conservation of Threatened Fish Species
CHAPTER 9
Conservation for Food Security and Under-Represented Microbes
Abstract
Conservation of Crop Genetic Resources
Agro-Biodiversity Gene Banks
Preservation under Permafrost Conditions
Microbial Conservation Strategies
FOOT NOTES. - DigitalJoan C. Williams.Summary: "A cutting edge, objective, relentless approach to inclusion. American companies spend close to billion annually on diversity efforts, with remarkably few results. Too often diversity efforts rest on the assumption that all that's needed is an earnest conversation about "privilege." That's not enough. To truly make progress with diversity, equity and inclusion, we must focus less on documenting the problem and more on just stopping the transmission of it. In Bias Interrupted, Joan C. Williams shows how it's done, and reassuringly, how easy it is to get started. Leaders just need to use standard business systems and standard business tools-data and metrics-to interrupt the bias that is constantly transmitted through formal systems like performance appraisals and the informal systems that control access to opportunities, like mentoring programs. The book presents fresh evidence based on Williams's research and work with companies, in that interrupting bias helps every group-including white men. Comprehensive, though compact and straightforward, Bias Interrupted delivers real, practical value in as efficient and accessible manner as possible to an audience that has never needed it more. It's possible to interrupt bias. Here's where you start"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
What's the path forward?
Is bias training worthless?
We're a meritocracy; are you asking us to change that?
Why do some groups need to be politically savvier to succeed?
Are you saying that white men have it easy? I don't feel privileged
We cherish our culture; can we retain that and still achieve DEI goals?
Can we make progress on DEI without getting all rigid and bureaucratic?
Many women's priorities change after they have kids. Are you saying I should deny that fact of life?
Isn't it natural-and inevitable-that people who work harder go further?
If we hire more women and people of color, won't the DEI problem take care of itself?
What does the CEO need to do to finally deliver on DEI goals?
How can a company change who gets access to opportunities? (Hint: only the CEO can)
How can CDOs and HR get buy-in-and deliver-on DEI goals?
How can HR and DEI departments work together to interrupt bias in basic business systems?
How can individual managers help move the needle-and manage more effectively?Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central [2021]Limited to 3 simultaneous users - DigitalJennifer L. Eberhardt, PhD.Summary: "You don't have to be racist to be biased. Unconscious bias can be at work without our realizing it, and even when we genuinely wish to treat all people equally, ingrained stereotypes can infect our visual perception, attention, memory, and behavior. This has an impact on education, employment, housing, and criminal justice. Now one of the world's leading experts on implicit racial bias offers us insights into the dilemma and a path forward. In [this book], with a perspective that is at once scientific, investigative, and informed by personal experience, Jennifer Eberhardt tackles one of the central controversies and culturally powerful issues of our time. Eberhardt works extensively as a consultant to law enforcement and as a psychologist at the forefront of this new field. Her research takes place in courtrooms and boardrooms, in prisons, on the street, and in classrooms and coffee shops. She shows us the subtle--and sometimes dramatic--daily repercussions of implicit bias in how teachers grade students, or managers deal with customers. It has an enormous impact on the conduct of criminal justice, from the rapid decisions police officers have to make to sentencing practices in court. Eberhardt's work and her book are both influenced by her own life, and the personal stories she shares emphasize the need for change. She has helped companies that include Airbnb and Nextdoor address bias in their business practices and has led anti-bias initiatives for police departments across the country. Here, she offers practical suggestions for reform and new practices that are useful for organizations as well as individuals. Unblinking about the tragic consequences of prejudice, Eberhardt addresses how racial bias is not the fault of nor restricted to a few "bad apples," but is present at all levels of society in media, education, and business. The good news is that we are not hopelessly doomed by our innate prejudices. In Biased, Eberhardt reminds us that racial bias is a human problem--one all people can play a role in solving."--Jacket.
Contents:
Part I: What meets the eye. Seeing each other ; Nurturing bias
Part II: Where we find ourselves. A bad dude ; Male black ; How free people think ; The scary monster
Part III: The way out. The comfort of home ; Hard lessons ; Higher learning ; The bottom line.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous users - Printby Theodore C. Ruch ... with an introduction by John F. Fulton ...Contents:
pt.
1. Anatomy, embryology & quantitative morphology; physiology, pharmacology & psychobiology; primate phylogeny & miscellanea. - Digital/PrintHoff, Ebbe Curtis; Greenbaum, Leon J.Digital Access
- Printby Harry Hoogstraal ; with the editorial assistance of Anna L. Gahin and Alice Djigounian, and the NAMRU-3 Medical Zoology Department Bibliographic Staff.Contents:
v. 1-4. Bibliography of ticks and tickborne diseases from Homer (about 800 B.C.) to 31 December 1969
v. 5, pt. I. Bibliography of ticks and tickborne diseases from Homer (about 800 B.C.) to 31 December 1973
v. 5, pt. II. Bibliography of ticks and tickborne diseases from Homer (about 800 B.C.) to 31 December 1976
v. 7. Bibliography of ticks and tickborne diseases from Homer (about 800 B.C.) to 31 December 1981. - Digital/PrintDigital Access HathiTrust 1978
- PrintBaur, J.Contents:
Volume
1. Journals / compiled by J. Baur ... [et al.].Print - DigitalNikhil N. Verma, Eric J. Strauss, editors.Summary: Comprised exclusively of clinical cases covering the management of injuries to the biceps tendon and superior labrum, this concise, practical casebook will provide clinicians in orthopedics and sports medicine with the best real-world strategies to properly diagnose and treat the various types of injuries they may encounter. Each chapter is a case that opens with a unique clinical presentation, followed by a description of the diagnosis, assessment and management techniques used to treat it, as well as the case outcome and clinical pearls and pitfalls. Cases included illustrate different surgical management strategies for acute and chronic biceps tendon ruptures, anterior shoulder pain, subscapularis tears, proximal tenodesis, synovial chondromatosis and SLAP lesions type 1 through 4. Pragmatic and reader-friendly, The Biceps and Superior Labrum Complex: A Clinical Casebook will be an excellent resource for orthopedic surgeons, sports medicine practitioners and physical therapists alike.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalDouglas T. Carrell, Peter N. Schlegel, Catherine Racowsky, Luca Gianaroli.Summary: Now in its fourth volume, the Biennial Review of Infertility brings together the most up-to-date research and clinical information on male and female infertility, emerging assisted reproductive techniques and evolving controversies in reproductive medicine. An impressive panel of contributors presents cutting-edge information in a clear and well-balanced manner. Volume 4 discusses hot topics in contemporary reproductive medicine, including stem cell technologies for male infertility, the current state of ovarian tissue cryopreservation and time-lapse video microscopy of embryos. The expanded section on controversies allows for point/counterpoint discussion between experts with differing opinions on topics like eSET and the use and role of dietary supplements in IVF cycles. Created to provide an ongoing appraisal of current knowledge, the Biennial Review of Infertility stimulates communication amongst all clinicians and researchers working to help couples resolve their infertility.
Contents:
Part I: Male
The Epidemiology of Male Infertility
Vasectomy Reversal or IVF: Analysis of Factors for Success
Stem Cell Therapies for Male Infertility: Where Are We Now and Where Are We Going?
Part II: Female
Insights Into Mechanisms Causing the Maternal Age-induced Decrease in Oocyte Quality.-Endometriosis and Cancer: Is There an Association?.- Ovarian Tissue Cryopreservation: Where Are We Now?
Part III: Art
Animal Models for Developing Clinical Lab Procedures.- Current Status of Time-lapse Microscopy for Embryo Selection
The Ideal Spermatozoon for ART
Is Acupuncture Associated with Improved IVF Outcomes?
Dr. Web and the New Generation of ART Patients
Part IV: Controversies
Yes, Elective Single Embryo Transfer Should Be Standard of Care
Klinefelter Syndrome: Early Treatment of the Adolescent is Warranted
Klinefelter Syndrome: Early Treatment of the Adolescent is Not Warranted
Are Dietary Supplements Beneficial for IVF Patients?. - Digitaleditors, Mowafa Househ, Andre W. Kushniruk and Elizabeth M. Bory.Summary: This is the first book offering a comprehensive, yet concise, view on both the challenges and opportunities related to the use of big data in health care. The different chapters report on different perspectives: from health management to patient safety; from the human factor perspective to the ethical and economic ones, and more. By providing a historical background on the use of big data, and critically analyzing current approaches together with issues and challenges related to their applications, the work presented not only sheds light on the problems of big data, but also paves the way for possible solutions and future research directions. The book offers a useful reference guide to health information technology professionals, healthcare managers, healthcare practitioners, and patients alike, helping them in their decision making processes, as well as to students and academicians learning or dealing with data science related research issues in healthcare.
- DigitalConnie W. Delaney, Charlotte A. Weaver, Judith J. Warren, Thomas R. Clancy, Roy L. Simpson, editors.Summary: This text reflects how the learning health system infrastructure is maturing and being advanced by health information exchanges (HIEs) with multiple organizations blending their data or enabling distributed computing. It educates the readers on the evolution of knowledge discovery methods that span qualitative as well as quantitative data mining, including the expanse of data visualization capacities, are enabling sophisticated discovery. Historically, nursing, in all of its missions of research/scholarship, education and practice, has not had access to large patient databases. Nursing has consequently adopted qualitative methodologies with small sample sizes, clinical trials and lab research. In the United States, large payer data has been amassed and structures/organizations have been created to welcome scientists to explore these large data to advance knowledge discovery. Big Data-Enabled Nursing reflects on how health systems have developed and how electronic health records (EHRs) have now matured to generate massive databases with longitudinal trending. It provides instruction on the new opportunities for nursing and educates readers on the new skills in research methodologies that are being further enabled by new partnerships spanning all sectors.
Contents:
Part I: The new and exciting world of "big data"
Why big data?: why nursing?
Big data in healthcare: a wide look at a broad subject
A big data primer
Part II: Technologies and science of big data
A closer look at enabling technologies and knowledge value
Big data in healthcare: new methods of analysis
Generating the data for analyzing the effects of interprofessional teams for improving triple aim outcomes
Wrestling with big data: how nurse leaders can engage
Inclusion of flowsheets from electronic health records to extend data for clinical and translational science awards (CTSA) research
Working in the new big data world: academic/corporate partnership model
Part III: Revolution of knowledge discovery, dissemination, translation through data science
Data science: transformation of research and scholarship
Answering research questions with national clinical research networks
Enhancing data access and utilization: federal big data initiative and relevance to health disparities research
Big data impact on transformation of healthcare systems
State of the science in big data analytics
Part IV: Looking at today and the near future
Big data analytics using the VA's 'Vinci' database to look at delirium
Leveraging the power of interprofessional EHR data to prevent delirium: the Kaiser Permanente story
Mobilizing the nursing workforce with data and analytics at the point of care
The power of disparate data sources for answering thorny questions in healthcare: four case studies
Part V: A call for readiness
What big data and data science mean for schools of nursing and academia
Quality outcomes and credentialing: implication for informatics and big data science
Big data science and doctoral education in nursing
Global society & big data: here's the future we can get ready for
Big-data enabled nursing: future possibilities
Glossary.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalPouria Amirian, Trudie Lang, Francois van Loggerenberg, editors.Summary: This book reviews a number of issues including: Why data generated from POC machines are considered as Big Data. What are the challenges in storing, managing, extracting knowledge from data from POC devices? Why is it inefficient to use traditional data analysis with big data? What are the solutions for the mentioned issues and challenges? What type of analytics skills are required in health care? What big data technologies and tools can be used efficiently with data generated from POC devices? This book shows how it is feasible to store vast numbers of anonymous data and ask highly specific questions that can be performed in real-time to give precise and meaningful evidence to guide public health policy.
Contents:
Introduction
Improving Healthcare with Big Data
Data Science and Analytics
Big Data and Big Data Technologies
Big Data Analytics for Extracting Disease Surveillance Information: An Untapped Opportunity
Ebola and Twitter. What Insights Can Public Health Draw from Social Media?Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJonathan D. Kibble.Summary: "The goal of this textbook is to help medical students to efficiently learn and review physiology. The text offers a complete yet concise treatment of the major topics in medical physiology. Several design features are included to make the text easy to use. High-yield clinical pearls are integrated throughout to the text; clinical examples highlight the relevance and application of physiologic concepts. Key concepts are highlighted using italics and basic terms are shown in bold when first used. Full color figures illustrate essential processes; explanatory figure legends allow figures to be used for review. Bullets and numbering are used to break down complex processes Study questions and answers are provided at the end of each chapter. A final examination is also provided, which is organized by body system to allow either comprehensive testing or focused review"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
General Physiology
Neurophysiology
Blood
Cardiovascular Physiology
Pulmonary Physiology
Renal Physiology & Acid-Base Balance
Gastrointestinal Physiology
Endocrine Physiology
Reproductive Physiology
Final Examination.Digital Access - DigitalStefano Fiorucci, Eleonora Distrutti, editors.Summary: This book focusses on the latest results related to the field of bile acids as signaling molecules and describes how these receptors have become a major pharmacological target. It covers all major areas of research in this field, from genetics, chemistry, in silico modeling, molecular biology to clinical applications, offering a cross-country view of the functional role of bile acids as signaling molecules, virtually acting on all major areas of metabolism. While FXR and GPBAR1 are essential bile acid sensors that integrate the de novo bile acid synthesis with intestinal microbiota and liver metabolism, in a broader sense, BARs play a pathogenic role in the development of common human alignments including liver, intestinal and metabolic disorders, such as steatosis (NAFLD) and steato-hepatitis (NASH), diabetes, obesity and atherosclerosis.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; The Pharmacology of Bile Acids and Their Receptors; 1 Introduction; 2 Bile Acids, a Family of Unconventional Steroids; 3 Bile Acids Before the Discovery of Their Receptors; 4 The Discovery of the Bile Acid-Activated Receptors: FXR and Other Nuclear Receptors; 4.1 FXR, the Bile Acid Sensor in Drug Discovery: 1999-2019; 5 Secondary Bile Acids and GPBAR1; 6 Conclusions; References; Bile Acid-Activated Receptors: GPBAR1 (TGR5) and Other G Protein-Coupled Receptors; 1 Introduction; 2 TGR5 and S1PR2 Signaling Pathways; 3 Tissue Distribution of TGR5 and S1PR2 12 Role in Advanced Liver Disease: Potential Therapeutic Target?13 Summary and Perspectives; References; Bile Acid-Activated Receptors: A Review on FXR and Other Nuclear Receptors; 1 Introduction; 2 Bile Acid-Activated Receptor Farnesoid X Receptor (FXR, NR1H4); 2.1 FXR and Bile Acid Metabolism; 2.2 FXR and Lipid Metabolism; 2.3 FXR and Glucose Metabolism; 2.4 FXR as a Therapeutic Target; 3 Bile Acids and Small Heterodimer Partner (SHP, NR0B2); 3.1 SHP and Bile Acid Metabolism; 3.2 SHP and Lipid Metabolism; 3.3 SHP and Glucose Metabolism 4 Bile Acid-Activated Receptor Pregnane X Receptor (PXR, NR1I2)4.1 PXR and Bile Acid Metabolism; 4.2 PXR and Lipid Metabolism; 4.3 PXR and Glucose Metabolism; 5 Bile Acids and Constitutive Androstane Receptor (CAR, NR1I3); 5.1 CAR and Bile Acid Metabolism; 5.2 CAR and Lipid Metabolism; 5.3 CAR and Glucose Metabolism; 6 Bile Acid-Activated Receptor Vitamin D Receptor (VDR, NR1l1); 7 Conclusions and Perspectives; References; The Enterokine Fibroblast Growth Factor 15/19 in Bile Acid Metabolism; 1 FGF Family; 2 Endocrine FGFs; 3 FGF15/FGF19 in Energy Homeostasis 4 Role of FGF15/FGF19 in the Gut-Liver Axis5 FGF19 and Hepatic Diseases; 6 FGF19-Based Therapy: Promising Reality; References; Signaling from Intestine to the Host: How Bile Acids Regulate Intestinal and Liver Immunity; 1 Bile Acids and Intestinal Microbiota; 2 Bile Acids and Immune System; 2.1 Role of Bile Acids in the Regulation of Intestinal and Liver Immunity; 2.2 Immune-Regulatory Effects of Bile Acids in Myeloid Cells: Monocytes/Macrophages and Dendritic Cells; 2.3 Immune-Regulatory Effects of Bile Acids in Lymphoid Cells; References 4 Role of S1PR2 Signaling in Hepatocytes5 Role of S1PR2 and TGR5 in Liver Sinusoidal Endothelial Cells (LSECs); 6 Role of S1PR2 and TGR5 in Hepatic Stellate Cells (HSCs) and Hepatic Myofibroblasts (hMFs); 7 Role of S1PR2 and TGR5 in Macrophages; 8 Role of S1PR2 and TGR5 in Biliary Epithelial Cells; 9 Loss of S1PR2 and TGR5 in Mice and Humans: Contribution to Liver Disease?; 10 S1PR2 and TGR5 in Cholestatic and Biliary Diseases: Pathogenetic Role and Potential Therapeutic Target?; 11 S1PR2 and TGR5 Metabolic Liver Diseases: Potential Therapeutic Target?Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalGideon Hirschfield, David Adams, Evaggelia Liaskou, editors.Contents:
1. The Clinical Burden of Biliary Disease: A Global Perspective / Kirsten Muri Boberg
2. The Healthy Biliary Tree: Cellular and Immune Biology / Massimiliano Cadamuro, Luca Fabris, and Mario Strazzabosco
3. Pathological Features of Biliary Disease in Children and Adults / Rachel M. Brown and Stefan G. Hübscher
4. Animal Models of Biliary Disease: Current Approaches and Limitations / Marion J. Pollheimer and Peter Fickert
5. The Microbiome and Human Disease: A New Organ of Interest in Biliary Disease / Johannes Roksund Hov
6. Biliary Atresia: From Pathology to Treatment / Jane Hartley and Deirdre Kelly
7. Drug-Induced Cholestasis: Mechanisms and Importance / Guruprasad P. Aithal and Ann K. Daly
8. Primary Biliary Cholangitis: Its Science and Practice / Lifeng Wang, Christopher L. Bowlus, Fu-Sheng Wang, and M. Eric Gershwin
9. Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis (PSC): Current Concepts in Biology and Strategies for New Therapy / Palak J. Trivedi and Tom H. Karlsen
10. Cholangiocarcinoma: Disease Pathogenesis and New Treatment Paradigms / Gregory J. Gores and Boris Blechacz
11. Gallstone Disease: Scientific Understanding and Future Treatment / Frank Lammert
12. IgG4-Related Sclerosing Cholangitis / Emma L. Culver and George Webster
13. Conclusions and Future Opportunities / David Adams and Evaggelia Liaskou.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Joseph M. Herman, Timothy M. Pawlik, Charles R. Thomas, Jr.Summary: The second edition of this book is intended as a definitive text on biliary tract and gallbladder cancers. Specifically, it will serve as a single-source reference on the current knowledge base for the multidisciplinary management of such cancers and thus covers epidemiological, surgical, radiotherapy, and chemotherapy approaches. Akey feature is the demonstration of the impact of cutting-edge technical knowledge on treatment; for example, interventional radiology techniques, novel surgical approaches, and image-guided radiation therapy are all extensively discussed. Diagnosis is also considered in detail, with coverage of novel serum biomarkers, pathologic staging, molecular profiling, and the full range of current and emerging imaging strategies. Further chapters are devoted to epidemiology, the role of growth factor pathways and signal transduction, and histopathology and molecular pathogenesis. Experienced practitioners in a range of specialties will find this amply illustrated book to be an invaluable source of information on the newest diagnostic and treatment techniques in biliary tract and gallbladder cancer, yet it is also sufficiently concise to offer an introduction to the field for students and community practitioners.
Contents:
Introduction
Epidemiology of gallbladder and cholangiocarcinoma
Role Growth Factor Pathways & Signal Transduction
Histopathology and molecular pathogenesis of biliary tract tumors
Clinical diagnosis and staging
Diagnostic imaging of biliary tract & gall bladder tumors
Overview of Current Strategies
Imaging of hepatic transplantation for cholangiocarcinoma
State of the art directions
Interventional radiology techniques
Chemoembolization and Radioembolization
Overview of emerging strategies in the surgical management of biliary tract tumors
Surgical techniques for intrahepatic biliary tract cancer
Surgical techniques for techniques for extrahepatic biliary tract cancers
Surgery for gallbladder
Systemic therapy (current strategies and new directions)
Radiotherapy (including combination radiotherapy and systemic therapeutic strategies, 3D-CRT, IMRT approaches)
Techniques in radiotherapy
Symptomatic management and palliation
New Directions. - DigitalChihua Fang, Wan Yee Lau, editors.Summary: This book presents the latest application of digital medical imaging technology in biliary tract surgery, including three-dimensional visualization preoperative evaluation, preoperative surgical planning, and simulated biliary surgery. Digital surgical diagnosis and treatment of cholecystolithisasis, bile duct stones, hepatolithiasis, gallbladder cancer, and bile duct cancer is described in details with more than 900 illustrations. Written by experts with wealthy of clinical experience, it will be a useful reference for general surgeons, as well as practitioners in related disciplines. Chihua Fang is a Professor and Director of Department of Hepatobiliary Surgery, Zhujiang Hospital, Southern Medical University, Guangzhou, China. He is the Chairman of Digital Medicine Branch of Chinese Medical Association. Wan Yee Lau is a Professor of Faculty of Medicine, The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong, China. He is also the Academician of Chinese Academy of Sciences.
Contents:
Applied Anatomy of the Biliary Tract
Application of Multi-Slice Spiral CT and MRI in Biliary Tract Surgery
Imaging of Common Biliary Tract Diseases
3D Visualization of Abdominal CT Images
3D Printing Technology and Its Application in the Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Surgery
Virtual Surgical Instruments and Simulation Surgery
Application of Indocyanine Green Fluorescence Imaging in Biliary Tract Surgery
Application of Endoscopic Technique in Biliary Tract Surgery
Construction and Clinical Application of 3D Visualization Platform for the Blood Supplying of the Extrahepatic Bile Duct
Digital Surgical Diagnosis and Treatment of Cholecystolithiasis
Digital Surgical Diagnosis and Treatment of Extrahepatic Bile Duct Stones
Digital Surgical Diagnosis and Treatment of Hepatolithiasis
Digital Surgical Diagnosis and Treatment of Biliary Dilatation
3D Visual Diagnosis and Treatment of Bile Duct Injury
Digital Surgical Diagnosis and Treatment of Gallbaldder Cancer
Digital Diagnosis and Surgical Treatment of Bile Duct Cancer. - DigitalRuth Y. Litovsky, Matthew J. Goupell, Richard R. Fay, Arthur N. Popper, editors.Summary: This volume provides an up-to-date reference on the developments and novel ideas in the field of binaural hearing. The primary readership for the volume are specialists in the diverse fields such as psychoacoustics, neuroscience, engineering, psychology, audiology, hearing aids, and cochlear implants.
Contents:
Ch 1: Binaural Processing of Sounds
Ch 2: Localization and Lateralization of Sound
Ch 3: Sound Source Localization Is a Multisystem Process
Ch 4: Anatomy and Physiology of the Avian Binaural System
Ch 5: Binaural Hearing by the Mammalian Auditory Brainstem: Joint Coding of Interaural Level and Time Differences by the Lateral Superior Olive
Ch 6: Binaural Hearing with Temporally Complex Signals
Ch 7: Binaural Hearing and Across-Channel Processing
Ch 8: Binaural Unmasking and Spatial Release from Masking
Ch 9: Spatial Hearing in Rooms and Effects of Reverberation
Ch 10: Computational Models of Binaural Processing
Ch 11: Clinical Ramifications of the Effects of Hearing Impairment and Aging on Spatial and Binaural Hearing
Ch 12: Physiology of Higher Central Auditory Processing and Plasticity
Ch 13: Binaural Hearing with Devices. - DigitalGuido K.W. Frank, Laura A. Berner, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of our current understanding of binge eating, which is characterized by the uncontrollable consumption of large amounts of food in a discrete time period. Written by experts on eating disorders, it first introduces the phenotype of binge eating, including its epidemiology and assessment. It then describes the underlying neurobiological alterations, drawing on cutting-edge animal models and human studies to do so. In addition, it extensively discusses current treatment models, including medication, psychotherapy, self-interventions and disease prevention. Lastly, an outlook on the future research agenda rounds out the coverage. Given binge eatings current status as an under-researched symptom, but one shared across many eating disorders, this book provides an up-to-date, integrative and comprehensive synthesis of recent research and offers a valuable reference for scientists and clinicians alike.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Editors
Part I: Phenotype
Epidemiology of Binge Eating
Learning Objectives
1 Introduction
2 What Is Binge Eating?
3 What Eating Disorders Are Defined by Binge Eating?
4 What Are Prevalence and Incidence?
5 How Many Individuals Experience Binge Eating?
6 Does Risk for Binge Eating Differ Across Demographic Groups: Gender, Age Group, and Race/Ethnicity?
7 Have Rates of Binge Eating Changed in Recent Years?
8 How Many Individuals Have BN? 2.1 Eating-Related Psychopathology
2.1.1 Cross-Sectional Associations
2.1.2 Longitudinal Associations
2.1.3 Momentary Associations
2.2 Quality of Life
2.2.1 Cross-Sectional Associations
2.2.2 Longitudinal Associations
2.2.3 Momentary Associations
2.3 Mood-Related Symptoms and Self-Evaluation
2.3.1 Cross-Sectional Associations
2.3.2 Longitudinal Associations
2.3.3 Momentary Associations
2.4 Substance Use
2.4.1 Cross-Sectional Associations
2.4.2 Longitudinal Associations
2.4.3 Momentary Associations
3 Interpersonal Functioning 2.2 Developmental Risk Factors for Binge Eating
2.2.1 Parental and Peer Influences
2.2.2 Attachment Style
2.2.3 Food Environment
3 Binge Eating Among the Marginalized: Cultural Considerations
3.1 Prevalence Rates
3.1.1 Race and Ethnicity
3.1.2 Food Insecurity
3.1.3 Sexual Minorities
3.2 Cultural Risk Factors for Binge Eating
3.2.1 Discrimination
3.2.2 Weight Bias
4 Overall Summary and Future Research
References
Psychosocial Correlates of Binge Eating
Learning Objectives
1 Introduction
2 Psychiatric Comorbidity 2.3 Eating Disorder Assessment for the DSM-5 (EDA-5)
3 Self-Report Measures
3.1 Eating Disorder Examination-Questionnaire (EDE-Q)
3.2 Eating Disorder Diagnostic Scale
3.3 Eating Pathology Symptoms Inventory
3.4 Questionnaire on Eating and Weight Patterns
3.5 Self-Monitoring
4 Laboratory Eating
5 Conclusion
References
Developmental and Cultural Aspects of Binge Eating
Learning Objectives
1 Psychological Models of Binge Eating
2 Binge Eating Across Childhood
2.1 Prevalence Rates
2.1.1 Overeating
2.1.2 Binge Eating
2.1.3 Loss of Control of Eating 9 Does Risk for BN Differ Across Demographic Groups: Gender, Age Group, and Race/Ethnicity?
10 Have Rates of BN Changed in Recent Years?
11 How Many Individuals Have BED?
12 Does Risk for BED Differ Across Demographic Groups: Gender, Age Group, and Race/Ethnicity?
13 Have Rates of BED Changed in Recent Years?
14 Summary and Discussion
References
Binge Eating Assessment
Learning Objectives
1 Introduction
2 Clinical Interviews
2.1 Eating Disorder Examination (EDE)
2.2 Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-5 (SCID-5)Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalHiroki Takada, Kiyoko Yokoyama, editors.Summary: This book outlines the electro-activity in the human body, human behavior, and other bio-information during image viewing and applies it to a hygienic and clinical setting. The book begins by explaining the basic science of brain measurements and the endocrine system, before analyzing the bio-signals obtained from electrocardiogram (ECG), electrogastrography (EGG), electro-oculography (EOG) and much more. As the book subsequently demonstrates, these bio-signals can be measured using wearable devices, and the data can be used to detect undiagnosed diseases and health-relevant abnormalities. Especially in the field of nursing care for the elderly and rehabilitation, these new options for the management and analysis of biological information hold considerable potential. Bio-information for Hygiene offers a valuable resource for both new and established researchers, as well as students who are seeking comprehensive information on environmental/occupational health and health promotion. It will also assist technical staff whose work involves bio-informatics.
Contents:
1 Brain measures
2 Endocrine system
3 Electrocardiogram (ECG)
4 Electrogastrography
5 Measurements for visual function, including gaze, & electro-oculography (EOG)
6 Electroencephalography (EEG): EEG as a tool to improve QOL and maintain healthy brain
7 Electromyography and Performance
8 Polysomnography
9 Stabilometry
10 Motion capture
11 A Development of Physical Feedback Structure for Virtual Rehabilitation System Using Air Pressure
12 Artificial Intelligence for Medical Imaging & Hygiene
13 Meditation. - Digitaledited by Anthony B. Brennan, Chelsea M. Kirschner.Contents:
ECM-inspired chemical cues : biomimetic molecules and techniques of immobilization / Roger Y. Tam, Shawn C. Owen and Molly S. Shoichet
Dynamic materials mimic developmental and disease changes in tissues / Matthew G. Ondeck and Adam J. Engler
The role of mechanical cues in regulating cellular activities and guiding tissue development / Liming Bian
Contribution of physical forces to the design of biomimetic tissue substitutes / M. Ermis, E.T. Baran, T. Dursun, E. Antmen and V. Hasirci
Cellular responses to engineered bio-inspired topographic cues / Chelsea M. Kirschner, James F. Schumacher and Anthony B. Brennan
Engineering the mechanical and growth factor signaling roles of fibronectin fibrils / Christopher A. Lemmon
Biologic scaffolds composed of extracellular matrix as a natural material for wound healing / Stephen Badylak
Bio-inspired integration of natural materials / Albino Martins, Marta Alves da Silva, Ana Costa-Pinto, Rui L. Reis and Nuno M. Neves
Bio-inspired design of skin replacement therapies / Dennis P. Orgill
Epithelial engineering: from sheets to branched tubes / Hye Young Kim and Celeste M. Nelson
A biomimetic approach toward the fabrication of epithelial-like tissue / Meng Xu and Hongjun Wang
Nano- and micro-structured ECM and biomimetic scaffolds for cardiac tissue engineering / Quentin Jallerat, John M. Szymanski and Adam W. Feinberg
Cardiovascular biomaterials / Elaine L. Lee and Joyce Y. Wong
Evaluation of bio-inspired materials for mineralized tissue regeneration using type I collagen reporter cells / Lisa T. Kuhn, Emily Jacobs, and A. Jon Goldberg
Learning from tissue equivalents : biomechanics and mechanobiology / David D. Simon and Jay D. Humphrey
Mimicking the hematopoietic stem cell niche by biomaterials approaches / Eike Müller, Michael Ansorge, Carsten Werner and Tilo Pompe
Engineering immune responses to allografts / Anthony W. Frei and Cherie L. Stabler
Immunomimetic materials / Jamal S. Lewis and Benjamin G. Keselowsky.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalPaulo Jorge Bártolo, Bopaya Bidanda, editors.Summary: This second edition maintains a focus on integrated biomaterials, computer-aided design, and physical prototyping techniques as examples of the materials and applications that are found in medical environments. All original chapters, written by renowned experts in the field, have been updated along with the addition of four new chapters on: Smart insoles Medical applications of additive manufacturing Additive manufacturing in craniofacial applications Additive manufacturing in hearing aids This wide-ranging treatise on biomaterials and prototyping applications in medicine also focuses on solid freeform fabrication, rapid prototyping, layered manufacturing, and computer-aided design in the development of prosthetic devices. This book is a must-have for bioengineers seeking a comprehensive overview of this important subject and examples of medical applications, as well as researchers and academics in the same field.
Contents:
Metallic and Ceramic Biomaterials: Current and Future Developments
Polymers, Composites and Nano Biomaterials: Current and Future Developments
Polyurethane Based Materials with Applications in Medical Devices
Rapid Prototyping of Hydrogels to Guide Tissue Formation
Engineered Scaffold Architecture Influences Soft Tissue Regeneration
Customized Implants for Bone Replacement and Growth
Direct Digital Manufacturing of Complex Dental Prostheses
Digital Design and Fabrication in Dentistry
The Development of an Artificial Finger Joint
Computer-Aided Development of Mega Endo-Prostheses
Smart Insoles
Medical Applications of Additive Manufacturing
Additive Manufacturing in Craniofacial Applications
Additive Manufacturing in Hearing Aids. - Digitaledited by Vladimir Uversky, Yuri Lyubchenko.Summary: Bio-Nanoimaging: Protein Misfolding & Aggregation provides a unique introduction to both novel and established nanoimaging techniques for visualization and characterization of misfolded and aggregated protein species. The book is divided into three sections covering: - Nanotechnology and nanoimaging technology, including cryoelectron microscopy of beta(2)-microglobulin, studying amyloidogensis by FRET; and scanning tunneling microscopy of protein deposits - Polymorphisms of protein misfolded and aggregated species, including fibrillar polymorphism, amyloid-like protofibrils, and insulin olig.
Contents:
Nanoimaging and nanotechnology of aggregating proteins: A
Nanoimaging and nanotechnology of aggregating proteins: B
Polymorphism of protein misfolding and aggregated species
Polymorphism of protein misfolding and aggregarion processes.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - DigitalFlavia Fontana, Hélder A. Santos, editors.Summary: The book covers the latest developments in biologically-inspired and derived nanomedicine for cancer therapy. The purpose of the book is to illustrate the significance of naturally-mimicking systems for enhancing the dose delivered to the tumor, to improve stability, and prolong the circulation time. Moreover, readers are presented with advanced materials such as adjuvants for immunostimulation in cancer vaccines. The book also provides a comprehensive overview of the current status of academic research. This is an ideal book for students, researchers, and professors working in nanotechnology, cancer, targeted drug delivery, controlled drug release, materials science, and biomaterials as well as companies developing cancer immunotherapy.
Contents:
Part 1
Conventional nanosized drug delivery systems for cancer applications
Homing peptides for cancer therapy
Radiolabeling of theranostic nanosystems
Boosting nanomedicine efficacy with hyperbaric oxygen therapy
Part 2
Mesoporous Silica Nanoparticles as Carriers for Biomolecules in Cancer Therapy
Clearable Nanoparticles for Cancer Photothermal Therapy
Biohybrid Nanosystems for Cancer Treatment: Merging the Best of Two Worlds
Electrospun Nanofibers for Cancer Therapy
Nanoneedle-based materials for intracellular studies
Part 3
In vitro assays for nanoparticle-cancer cell interaction studies
3D tumor spheroid models for in vitro therapeutic screening of nanoparticles
In vitro and in vivo tumor models for the evaluation of anticancer nanoparticles
Part 4
Nanotechnology for the Development of Nanovaccines in Cancer Immunotherapy
Viral nanoparticles: cancer vaccines and immune modulators
Industrial Perspective on Cancer Immunotherapy
Index. - Digitaledited by Alberto Gobbi, João Espregueira-Mendes, John G. Lane, Mustafa Karahan.Summary: This book introduces the exciting field of orthobiology, which will usher in a new array of therapeutic approaches that stimulate the body's natural resources to regenerate musculoskeletal tissues damaged by trauma or disease. The book addresses a range of key topics and discusses emerging approaches that promise to offer effective alternatives to traditional treatments for injuries to bone, cartilage, muscles, ligaments, and tendons. It explains in detail how a variety of innovative products, including biomaterials, growth factors, and autogenous cells, together provide the basis for the regeneration of these musculoskeletal structures and how recent scientific progress has created unique opportunities to address pathological situations that until recently have been treated with unsatisfactory results. The authors are experts from across the world who come together to provide a truly global overview. The book is published in collaboration with ISAKOS. It will be invaluable for all with an interest in this area of medicine, which has already attained huge popularity in Orthopaedics and Sports Medicine and has also attracted the attention of the lay public.
- Digitaledited by Om V. Singh.Summary: "Provide the insights of bio-pigmentation and molecular mechanisms of microbial biosynthesis of pigments. The new avenues of bio-pigments as sustainable resources to overcome from chemically synthesized pigments under safety net will be established"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2017
- DigitalK. Marieke Paarlberg, Harry B.M. van de Wiel, editors.Summary: This book will assist the reader by providing individually tailored, high-quality bio-psycho-social care to patients with a wide range of problems within the fields of obstetrics, gynecology, fertility, oncology, and sexology. Each chapter addresses a particular theme, issue, or situation in a problem-oriented and case-based manner that emphasizes the differences between routine and bio-psycho-social care. Relevant facts and figures are presented, advice is provided regarding the medical, psychological, and caring process, and contextual aspects are discussed. The book offers practical tips and actions within the bio-psycho-social approach, and highlights important do?s and don?ts. To avoid a strict somatic thinking pattern, the importance of communication, multidisciplinary collaboration, and creation of a working alliance with the patient is emphasized. The book follows a consistent format, designed to meet the needs of challenged clinicians.
Contents:
Part I: Obstetrics, gynecology, fertility and sexology. Chapter 1. A pregnant woman afraid of to deliver: How to manage childbirth anxiety
Chapter 2. A woman afraid of becoming pregnant again: Posttraumatic stress disorder following childbirth
Chapter 3. A woman who cannot enjoy her pregnancy: Depression in pregnancy and puerperium
Chapter 4. New mothers with disturbing thoughts: Treatment of obsessive-compulsive disorder and of psychosis in postpartum
Chapter 5. A woman with a positive prenatal test on trisomy 21: Counseling in prenatal diagnosis
Chapter 6. Parents who lost their baby: Guiding the mourning process in stillbirths and pregnancy terminations
Chapter 7. A pregnant woman who could not stop drinking: Management of alcohol abuse during pregnancy
Chapter 8. A young woman asking for labia reduction surgery: A plea for "vulvar literacy"
Chapter 9. A woman struggling for control: How to manage severe eating disorders
Chapter 10. A woman with inexplicable mood swings: Patient management of premenstrual syndrome
Chapter 11. A woman who suffers always and forever: Management of chronic pelvic pain
Chapter 12. A woman who has been cut: Female genital mutilation from a global perspective
Chapter 13. A woman with stress incontinence: Urogenital complaints and psychosexual consequences
Chapter 14. A couple who cannot conceive: Coping with infertility
Chapter 15. A young woman facing cancer treatment: Shared decision-making in fertility preservation
Chapter 16. A couple who considers artificial reproductive techniques: Psychosocially informed care in reproductive medicine
Chapter 17. A woman who never could have coitus: Treatment of lifelong vaginismus
Chapter 18. A woman with coital pain: New perspectives on provoked vestibulodynia
Chapter 19. A woman with changing vulvar anatomy: Sexuality in women with lichen sclerosus
Chapter 20. A woman complaining of lack of sexual desire: Sexological counseling
Part 2. Fundamental introduction to the concepts of clinical roles, the meta-competences, and POG competency profiles. Chapter 21. A theoretical and empirical study of the core of the psychosomatic approach to obstetrics and gynecology: Meta-competences, clinical roles, and POG competency profiles
Part 3. Clinical roles and meta-competences: The building blocks of psychosomatic obstetrics and gynecology
Chapter 22. Introduction
Chapter 23. History: A historical perspective on patient education in clinical practice and in medical education
Chapter 24. Scholar: A scholar who cannot see the woods for the trees: The biosocial model as the scientific basis for the psychosomatic approach
Chapter 25. Health advocate: An obstetrician in doubt--coping with ethical dilemmas and moral decisions
Chapter 26. Communicator: The gynecologist who could not convince his patients
Chapter 27. Collaborator: A midwife who had a conflict with an obstetrician--how to transform "contact tics" into "co tactics"
Chapter 28. Professional: A sexologist who overstepped the mark--how to handle the therapeutic relationship in psychosocial care
Chapter 29. Leader: A proof of leadership, dealing with and learning from work-related psychotrauma
Chapter 30. Medical expert: The resident who passed the ultimate test--the integration of roles during the gynecological examination.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalMyriam M.-L. Grundy, Peter J. Wilde, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: The structure of a food influences the way it is transformed during processing and digestion. This in turn has an impact on nutrient bioaccessibility (release) and digestibility, and subsequently on the physiological response and health of the individual who consumes that food. Although evidence exists on the health benefits associated with the inclusion of certain lipid-rich foods (e.g. nuts, dairy products and fish) in the diet, the mechanisms that explain the physiological effects and the long-term benefits are not well understood. Lipids in themselves have many beneficial health effects: they are a source of energy and essential fatty acids, they are structural components of cell membranes, they are required to solubilise fat soluble compounds, and they serve as precursors of hormones. In addition, the overall structure of the food containing the lipids plays a crucial role in determining health benefits, notably by influencing lipid bioaccessibility and digestibility. Bioaccessibility and digestibility of lipids from food uniquely focuses on the physico-chemical properties of lipids and lipid rich food, as well as the subsequent effects on human health. Chapters from experts in food digestion examine food structure at both the macro- and micro- levels, covering lipids from plant and animal food products. The editors have developed the book for dietitians, nutritionists, and food scientists. Clinicians and other health professionals, educators in nutrition, and others working in the food industry will also find the material relevant.
Contents:
Part 1- Digestion of lipids
1 Enzymes involved in lipid digestion
2 Colloidal events that may affect lipid bioaccessibility and digestibility
3 In vivo and in vitro evaluation of lipid digestion
Part 2- Lipid metabolism
4 Oral processing of lipids
5 Physiological aspects of lipid digestion
6 Lipid and cardiovascular disease risks
Part 3-Food structure
7 Plant food and dietary fibres
8 Diary products and lipid digestion
9 Interaction with macronutrients
Part 4 Other forms of lipids
10 Lipid digestion and bioaccessibility of lipid soluble molecules
11 Sterols digestion. - DigitalJohnny Stiban, editor.Summary: This book is about the various roles of bioactive ceramides and other sphingolipids in cellular biology. The enigmatic biophysical and biochemical properties of ceramides and their propensity to influence membranes whether as rafts or protein-permeable channels are heavily discussed. Metabolism of ceramides and their metabolites is also focused with ceramide synthase family of proteins being a target of extensive review. Ceramide 1-phosphate and other sphingolipids are also presented in cellular physiology and pathophysiology. Prokaryotic origins of mitochondria at the level of membranes and the occurrence of apoptosis in bacteria are presented. Many aspects of ceramide and sphingolipid biology are addressed in this book. Its focus is the metabolism of ceramide in normal and diseased states and the biophysical and biochemical mechanisms governing the bioactivity of these molecules. Sphingolipid research has surged over the past thirty years and this book gathers the recent findings of various aspects of sphingolipid biochemistry. World-renowned scientists from the field of lipid biology, specifically sphingolipid biochemistry, were gathered to write this book. Scholars from most continents of the globe committed to write diligently about their expertise and the newest findings in the relevant fields. This book came to fruition after almost a year and a half of laborious preparation and diligent writings. This book is targeted to the experienced reader who is looking to read about the various aspects of bioactive ceramide signaling, as well as to the newcomer into the field, as the topics are explained in concise yet very informative manner. The authors and editor wish all readers a pleasant time reading this volume, and are adamant that this book will meet all expectations.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editor;
1: Introduction: Enigmas of Sphingolipids; References;
2: Prokaryotic and Mitochondrial Lipids: A Survey of Evolutionary Origins; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Bacterial and Mitochondrial Membranes; 2.3 Bacterial Lipids; 2.3.1 Environmental Factors; 2.3.1.1 Pressure; 2.3.1.2 Temperature; 2.3.1.3 Hypersalinity; 2.3.1.4 pH; 2.3.2 The Gram-Negative Outer Membrane; 2.3.3 Common, and Uncommon, Lipids in Bacteria; 2.3.3.1 Hopanoids and Sterols; 2.3.3.2 Sphingolipids and Lipid Rafts; 2.3.3.3 Ladderanes; 2.4 Lipids in Mitochondria 2.4.1 Mitochondrial Cholesterol and Other Sterols2.4.2 Mitochondrial Sphingolipids; 2.5 Programmed Cell Death; 2.5.1 Mitochondria and Apoptosis; 2.5.2 Bacterial Apoptosis; 2.6 Conclusions and Future Directions; References;
3: Ceramide Channels; 3.1 Introduction; 3.1.1 Membrane Channels; 3.1.2 Membrane Channels Formed by Cellular Lipids; 3.2 Evidence for the Existence of Ceramide Channels; 3.2.1 Ceramide-Induced Permeabilization of the Mitochondrial Outer Membrane to Proteins; 3.2.2 Ceramide Addition Permeabilizes Phospholipid Membranes; 3.2.3 Model of the Ceramide Channel 3.2.4 Visualization of the Ceramide Channel by Electron Microscopy3.2.5 Dynamics of Ceramide Channels; 3.2.6 Ceramide Channel Destabilization by Anti-apoptotic Bcl-2 Family Proteins; 3.2.7 Synergy Between Ceramide and the Pro-apoptotic Protein Bax; 3.2.8 Membrane Specificity of Ceramide Channel Formation; 3.3 Conclusions; References;
4: A Stroll Down the CerS Lane; 4.1 A Stroll Through the CerS Sequence, from N- to C-Terminus; 4.1.1 The CerS N-Terminus Faces the ER Lumen and Contains a Glycosylation Site; 4.1.2 The First TMD Targets CerS to the ER 4.1.3 A Conserved, Enigmatic Homeobox-Like Domain4.1.4 The TLC Domain Contains the Active Site and Determines Substrate Specificity; 4.1.4.1 The Lag1p Motif May Contain the N-Acylation Site; 4.1.4.2 Long Chain Base Specificity; 4.1.4.3 Acyl-CoA Specificity Is Determined by the Last Loop of the TLC Domain; 4.1.4.4 CerS2 Contains a S1P Receptor-Like Motif; 4.1.5 The CerS C-Terminus Faces the Cytosol and Contains Phosphorylation Sites; 4.2 CerS Regulation; 4.2.1 CerS Dimerization; 4.2.2 CerS Inhibition; 4.2.3 Transcriptional Regulation of CerS; 4.3 Summary and Conclusions; References
5: The Role of Ceramide 1-Phosphate in Inflammation, Cellular Proliferation, and Wound Healing5.1 Introduction; 5.1.1 Ceramide 1-Phosphate; 5.1.2 The Biosynthesis of Ceramide 1-Phosphate in Mammalian Cells; 5.2 The Generation of Eicosanoids and Induction of the Inflammatory Response by Ceramide 1-Phosphate; 5.3 Ceramide 1-Phosphate and Cell Survival; 5.3.1 The Role of Ceramide 1-Phosphate in Cellular Proliferation; 5.3.2 Acid Sphingomyelinase; 5.3.3 The Association of Ceramide 1-Phosphate with the PI3-K/AKT, NF-kB, and Other Survival PathwaysDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalMostafa I. Waly, Mohammad Shafiur Rahman, editors.Summary: The high rate of urbanization and a steady increase in per capita income has improved the socio-economic status of people all over the world. This has resulted in drastic changes in their lifestyle and food consumption patterns, where traditional foods are being replaced with more ready-made junk foods with few servings of fresh vegetables and fruits. It has been postulated that industrialization has caused change in food choice, dietary pattern modification and resulted in a sedentary lifestyle. In addition, contaminated foods with unsafe microbes and chemical hazards are increasing. All of these events have resulted in an increased risk of cancer, the leading cause of mortality and morbidity worldwide. This book will provide a basic understanding of cancer, its risk factors, preventive measures, and possible treatments currently available, as well as identifying the different dietary factors that might synergize with a sedentary lifestyle in the etiology of cancer, and its prevention measure.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Risk Factors for Cancer: Genetic and Environment; 1 Introduction; 2 Environmental Risk Factors; 2.1 Tobacco; 2.2 Alcohol; 2.3 Occupational Carcinogens; 2.4 Environmental Pollution; 3 Diet Risk Factor; 3.1 Food Contaminants; 3.2 Aflatoxins; 3.3 Chemicals and Pesticides; 3.4 Food Additives; 4 Genetic Predisposition; 5 Interrelationship of Genetic Risk and Environmental Risk Factors; 6 Awareness of Risk Factors; 7 Conclusion; References; Anticancer Potential of Dietary Polyphenols; 1 Introduction; 2 Properties of Polyphenols. 2 Cinnamon as a Cancer Prevention2.1 Species of Cinnamon; 2.2 Chemical and Phytochemical Composition of Cinnamon; 2.3 Medical Uses of Cinnamon; 2.3.1 Cinnamon in Disease and Infection Prevention; 2.3.2 Cinnamon and Cancer Treatment; 2.4 Mechanism of Action of Cinnamon Against Cancer; 2.4.1 Antioxidant Property; 2.4.2 Anti-inflammatory Activity; 2.4.3 Antimicrobial Activity; 2.4.4 Insulin Potentiating Activity; 2.5 Toxicity of Overdose; 3 Conclusion; References; Broccoli (Brassica oleracea) as a Preventive Biomaterial for Cancer; 1 Introduction; 2 Nutritional Composition of Broccoli. 3 Phytochemicals in Broccoli4 Anticancer Effects as Evidenced from Cell Line Studies; 5 Anticancer Effects as Evidence from Animal Trial; 6 Clinical Trials; 7 Conclusion; References; Garlic Preventive Effect on Cancer Development; 1 Introduction; 2 Medicinal Aspects of Allium Foods; 3 Anticancer Effects of Garlic; 4 Bioavailability of Garlic-Derived Compounds; 5 Garlic as a Phytochemical Agent; 6 Conclusion; References; Antioxidant and Health Properties of Beehive Products Against Oxidative Stress-Mediated Carcinogenesis; 1 Introduction; 2 Beehive Products and Cancer; 2.1 Honey; 2.2 Pollen. 3.2.6 Mediation of Cellular Signaling: Mitogen-Activated Protein Kinase (MAPK) Pathway Modulation3.2.7 Mediation of Cellular Signaling: Cell Cycle Arrest; 3.2.8 Mediation of Cellular Signaling: Apoptotic Pathway Induction; 3.2.9 Epigenetic Modifications; 3.2.10 Glycolytic Inhibition; 4 Adjunctive Therapy; 5 Conclusion; References; Natural Products and Their Benefits in Cancer Prevention; 1 Introduction; 2 Antioxidant Properties of Natural Plants; 3 Anticancer Properties of Selected Natural Products; 4 Conclusion; References; Cinnamon as a Cancer Therapeutic Agent; 1 Introduction. - DigitalJing Wang, Baoguo Sun, RongTsao Cao, editors.Summary: This book summarizes the reported health benefits of bioactive factors in cereal foods and their potential underlying mechanisms. Focusing on potential mechanisms that contribute to the various effects of bioactive factors on obesity, diabetes and other metabolic diseases, it helps to clarify several dilemmas and encourages further investigations in this field. Intended to promote the consumption of cereal foods or whole cereal foods to reduce the risk of chronic diseases, and to improve daily dietary nutrition in the near future, the book was mainly written for researchers and graduate students in the fields of nutrition, food science and molecular biology.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editors;
Chapter 1: Market and Consumption of Cereal Foods; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Baked Cereal Foods; 1.3 Fermented Cereal Foods; 1.3.1 Fermented Cereal Staple; 1.3.2 Fermented Cereal Beverage; 1.3.3 Fermented Cereal Condiment; 1.4 Extruded Cereal Foods; 1.4.1 Extruded Cereal Staple; 1.4.2 Extruded Cereal Snack; 1.5 Premixed Cereal Powder; References;
Chapter 2: Technologies for Improving the Nutritional Quality of Cereals; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Extrusion Cooking; 2.3 High Pressure Processing; 2.4 Microwave Processing; 2.5 Milling; 2.6 Germination 2.7 Fermentation2.8 Enzymatic Processing; References;
Chapter 3: Corn; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Bioactives in Corn; 3.2.1 Phenolics; 3.2.2 Carotenoids; 3.2.3 Alkaloids; 3.2.4 Proteins and Peptides; 3.2.5 Resistant Starch; 3.2.6 Vitamins and Minerals; 3.3 Molecular Mechanism of Bioactives in Corn; 3.4 Effects of Processing on Bioactive Availability; 3.5 Possible Approach to Enhance Health Benefit of Corn Bioactives; 3.6 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 4: Barley; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Bioactives in Barley; 4.3 Molecular Mechanism of Bioactives in Barley; 4.3.1 Antioxidant Properties 4.3.2 Antihyperglycemic4.3.3 Antihyperlipidemia; 4.3.4 Ameliorating Obesity; 4.3.5 Modulation of Gut Microbiota Community; 4.4 Effects of Processing on Availability; 4.5 Possible Approach to Enhance Health Benefits of Barley Bioactives; References;
Chapter 5: Rice; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Bioactives in Rice; 5.2.1 Proteins; 5.2.2 Oil; 5.2.3 Phenolic Compounds; 5.3 Molecular Mechanisms of Bioactives in Rice; 5.3.1 Antioxidative Activities; 5.3.2 Antibiotic Activities; 5.3.3 Increased Immune Response; 5.3.4 Hypolipidemic Properties; 5.3.5 Anticancer Activity 5.4 Effects of Processing on Availability5.4.1 Germination; 5.4.2 Fermentation; 5.4.3 Extrusion; 5.5 Possible Approach to Enhance Health Benefit of Rice Bioactives; References;
Chapter 6: Wheat and Wheat Hybrids; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Bioactives in Wheat and Wheat Hybrids; 6.2.1 Dietary Fiber (DF); 6.2.1.1 Distribution of Dietary Fiber in Wheat; 6.2.1.2 Official Methods to Analyze Dietary Fiber; 6.2.1.3 Function of Dietary Fiber; 6.2.2 Resistant Starch; 6.2.2.1 Resistant Starch and Classification; 6.2.2.2 Methods of Analysis of Resistant Starch in Foods 6.2.2.3 Functionality and Beneficial Physiological Effects of RS6.2.3 Vitamins; 6.2.3.1 Water-Soluble Vitamins; 6.2.3.2 Fat-Soluble Vitamins; 6.2.3.3 Other Vitamins; 6.2.4 Minerals; 6.2.4.1 Calcium; 6.2.4.2 Phosphorus; 6.2.4.3 Magnesium; 6.2.4.4 Iron; 6.2.4.5 Zinc; 6.2.4.6 Copper; 6.2.4.7 Sodium and Potassium; 6.2.4.8 Other Minerals; 6.2.5 Phytochemicals in Wheat; 6.2.5.1 Phenolic Compounds; 6.3 Effects of Processing on Wheat Bioactives and the Approach to Enhance Health Benefits of Wheat Bioactives; 6.3.1 Dietary Fiber and resistant starch During Processing - DigitalAndres Trostchansky, Homero Rubbo, editors.Summary: The purpose of this book is to introduce the readers on the perspective of the role that unsaturated fatty acids and complex lipids play on health and disease. Bioactive lipids can be modified affecting membrane composition, structure and fluidity in addition to changes in cell signaling associated to lipid-protein (membrane receptors) interactions, issues that are addressed by the authors. This book analyzes key topics involving bioactive lipids and their role in normal signaling and the mechanisms of disease. The book navigates from structural studies of oxidized and non-oxidized lipids to the reactions and cell signaling processes that bioactive lipids play in cardiovascular and neurodegenerative diseases. The book contains the recent advances reported in the literature about lipidomics as well as the role that lipid-derived compounds exert on unfolded protein response and lipid metabolism and disease. This book represents a state of the art introduction to lipid metabolism from a biochemical to an in vivo overview being an useful tool for students and investigators. We hope the mechanistic observations on the role of bioactive lipids in health and disease serve a perspective to improve the existing treatments or propose new lipid-based pharmacology.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Structure, Characterization and Physicochemical Properties of Bioactive Lipids;
1: Diffusion and Transport of Reactive Species Across Cell Membranes; 1.1 Cellular Membranes; 1.2 Diffusion Across Membranes; 1.3 The Permeability Coefficient; 1.4 Interactions of Reactive Species with Membranes; 1.4.1 Oxygen; 1.4.2 Singlet Oxygen; 1.4.3 Nitric Oxide; 1.4.4 Nitrogen Dioxide; 1.4.5 Hydrogen Sulfide; 1.4.6 Peroxynitrite Anion and Peroxynitrous Acid; 1.4.7 Superoxide and Hydroperoxyl Radical; 1.4.8 Hydrogen Peroxide; 1.4.9 Hydroxyl Radical 1.5 Considerations About the Permeability of Membranes to Reactive SpeciesReferences;
2: Characterization of Hydroxy and Hydroperoxy Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids by Mass Spectrometry; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Fatty Acid Hydroperoxide Formation; 2.3 Hydroperoxide- and Hydroxy-Polyunsaturated Fatty Acids Analysis; 2.3.1 Characterization of Linoleic Acid Hydro(pero)xides; 2.3.2 Characterization of Arachidonic Acid Hydro(pero)xides; 2.3.3 Characterization of Eicosapentaenoic Acid Hydro(pero)xides; 2.3.4 Characterization of Docosahexaenoic Acid Hydro(pero)xides; 2.4 Conclusion; References
4: Diminishing Inflammation by Reducing Oxidant Generation: Nitrated Fatty Acid-Mediated Inactivation of Xanthine Oxidoreductase4.1 Xanthine Oxidoreductase (XOR); 4.2 Shortcomings Associated with Allo/Oxypurinol Inhibition of XOR; 4.3 Nitrated Fatty Acids; 4.4 OA-NO2 and LNO2 Inactivate XOR; 4.5 XOR-Endothelium Interaction Does not Affect Inactivation by OA-NO2; References;
5: Unfolded Protein Response: Cause or Consequence of Lipid and Lipoprotein Metabolism Disturbances?; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Unfolded Protein Response 5.3 From the Unfolded Protein Response to Lipid Metabolism Disturbances5.4 From Lipotoxicity to Unfolded Protein Response; 5.5 Closing Remarks and Perspectives; References; Part III: Bioactive Lipids in Inflammatory and Cardiovascular Diseases;
6: Arachidonic Acid and Nitroarachidonic: Effects on NADPH Oxidase Activity; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Arachidonic Acid Metabolism in Macrophage Activation; 6.3 NADPH Oxidase 2 Activation; 6.4 Activation of NOX2 by Arachidonic Acid; 6.5 Inhibition of NOX2 by Nitroarachidonic Acid; 6.6 Summary; References - Digitaleditor, Anil K. Sharma.Contents:
Anticancer Alkaloids: Molecular Mechanisms and Clinical Manifestations.
Emerging Alkaloids Against Cancer: A Peep into Factors, Regulation, and Molecular Mechanisms.
Mechanistic Insight into Cancer Aetiology and Therapeutic Management by Natural Metabolites.
Flavones: Flavonoids Having Chemico-Biological Properties with a Preview into Anticancer Action Mechanism.
Cancer Chemoprevention by Dietary Polyphenols, Flavonoids, Terpenoids, and Saponins.
Immunogenic Potential of Natural Products.
Immunomodulatory and Therapeutic Potential of Marine Flora Products in the Treatment of Cancer.
Ligand-Based Designing of Natural Products.
Drug Resistance in Cancer and Role of Nanomedicine-Based Natural Products.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalJoginder Singh, Vineet Meshram, Mahiti Gupta, editors.Summary: This book highlights different natural products that are derived from the plants and microbes that have shown potential as the lead compounds against infectious diseases and cancer. Natural products represent an untapped source of strikingly diverse chemotypes with novel mechanisms of action and the potential to serve as anticancer and anti-infective agents. The book discusses a range of biotechnologically valuable bioactive compounds and secondary metabolites that have been derived from plant and microorganisms from various ecological niches. It also reviews the latest developments in the field of genomics, bioinformatics and industrial fermentation for harnessing the microbial products for commercial applications. In turn, the books closing section reviews important biotechnological applications of various natural products. Combining the expertise of specialists in this field, the books goal is to promote the further investigation of natural sources for the development of standardized, safe and effective therapies.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
About the Editors
Part I: Plants Natural Products: Fountainheads for Drug Discovery and Development
1: The Artemisia Genus: Panacea to Several Maladies
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Phytochemistry
1.3 Conservation of Artemisia Species
1.4 Conclusions
References
2: Bacopa monnieri: The Neuroprotective Elixir from the East-Phytochemistry, Pharmacology, and Biotechnological Improvement
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Methodology
2.3 Bioactivity Study
2.3.1 Biological Activities of Plant Extract(s)
2.3.1.1 Pro-cognitive Activity 2.3.1.2 Anti-neurodegenerative Activity
2.3.1.3 Antidepressant and Anti-stress Activity
2.3.1.4 Neuroprotective Activity
2.3.1.5 Cardioprotection
2.3.1.6 Gastrointestinal and Hepatoprotective Activity
2.3.1.7 Antiemetic Activity
2.3.1.8 Anti-epileptic Activity
2.3.1.9 Antioxidant Activity
2.3.1.10 Miscellaneous Activity
2.3.2 Pharmacological Activity of the Active Compounds
2.3.2.1 Bacoside A
Anti-Alzheimerś Activity
Anti-apoptotic Activity
Anti-epileptic Activity
Antidepressant Activity
Anti-dopaminergic Activity
Anti-inflammatory Activity 3.5.9 Immunomodulatory Properties
3.5.10 Neuroprotective Activity
3.5.11 Cardioprotective Activity
3.6 Phytochemistry of Cinnamon
3.7 Clinical Study Based on Cinnamon
3.8 Extraction and Isolation of Bioactive Phytochemicals
3.9 Biotechnological Techniques for Large-Scale Multiplication of Cinnamomum Species
3.10 Molecular Markers for Genetic Diversity Assessment of Cinnamomum Species
3.11 Discussion and Conclusion
References
4: Swertia spp.: A Potential Source of High-Value Bioactive Components, Pharmacology, and Analytical Techniques
4.1 Introduction 3: Current Knowledge of Cinnamomum Species: A Review on the Bioactive Components, Pharmacological Properties, Analytical and B...
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Botanical Description
3.3 Distribution
3.4 Traditional Use and Polyherbal Formulation of Cinnamon
3.5 Pharmacological Property of Cinnamomum Species
3.5.1 Anti-inflammatory Activity
3.5.2 Antibacterial Activity
3.5.3 Antifungal Activity
3.5.4 Antiviral Activity
3.5.5 Antioxidant Activity
3.5.6 Anticancer Activity
3.5.7 Gastroprotective Activity
3.5.8 Hypoglycemic/Anti-lipidemic Activity Antioxidant Activity
Hepatoprotection
Neuroprotection
Protease Inhibition Activity
Renoprotective Activity
Wound-Healing Activity
2.3.2.2 Bacopaside I
2.3.2.3 Betulinic Acid
2.3.3 Pharmacological Activity of the Polyherbal Formulation(S)
2.3.3.1 Cognition
2.3.3.2 Hepatic Encephalopathy
2.4 Biotechnological Advancement
2.5 Toxicity Study
2.6 Drug Designing
2.7 Structure-Activity Relationship
2.8 Summary
2.9 Conclusion
References - Digital/PrintFeridoun Karimi-Busheri, editor.Contents:
1. Integration, networking, and global biobanking in the age of new biology
2. The future of biobanking: a conceptual look at how biobanks can respond to the growing human biospecimen needs of researchers
3. Sustainability of biobanks in the future
4. Biobanking: the future of cell preservation strategies
5. Biobanking for personalized medicine
6. A global view of breast tissue banking
7. Biobanking of cerebrospinal fluid for biomarker analysis in neurological diseases
8. Biobanking in the twenty-first century: driving population metrics into biobanking quality
9. Challenges in developing a cancer oriented-biobank: experience from a 17 year-old cancer biobank in Sao Paulo, Brazil
10. China biobanking
11. Establishing an iso-compliant modern cancer-biobank in a developing country: a model for international cooperation
12. Nursing and biobanking
13. A data-centric strategy for modern biobanking
14. The importance of quality patient advocacy to biobanks: a lay perspective from Independent Cancer Patients Voice (ICPV), based in United Kingdom
Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalQayyum Husain, Mohammad Fahad Ullah, editors.Summary: This book introduces readers to industrially important enzymes and discusses in detail their structures and functions, as well as their manifold applications. Due to their selective biocatalytic capabilities, enzymes are used in a broad range of industries and processes. The book highlights selected enzymes and their applications in agriculture, food processing and discoloration, as well as their role in biomedicine. In turn, it discusses biochemical engineering strategies such as enzyme immobilization, metabolic engineering, and cross-linkage of enzyme aggregates, and critically weighs their pros and cons. Offering a wealth of information, and stimulating further research by presenting new concepts on enzymatic catalytic functions in basic and applied contexts, the book represents a valuable asset for researchers from academia and industry who are engaged in biochemical engineering, microbiology and biotechnology.
- DigitalSaulius Drukteinis, Josette Camilleri, editors.Summary: This book focuses on hydraulic calcium silicate-based materials available in clinical dentistry, used as pulp capping materials, root canal sealers, root-end fillers, or root repair materials and which offer improved properties and easier clinical application compared with the original mineral trioxide aggregate. The book introduces the current classification of bioceramic materials and explains their characterization and their physicochemical and biological properties. Thereafter, the various clinical applications of these materials are discussed in depth with reference to the evidence base. The coverage includes applications in endodontic treatments and complications, traumatic dental injuries, management of the vital pulp in both dentitions, and regenerative endodontic procedures. Apart from presenting the latest research on hydraulic calcium silicate-based materials, Bioceramic Materials in Clinical Endodontics promotes an essential balance between basic laboratory and clinical research. It will thus be an important reference for materials science specialists, clinical researchers, and clinicians.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgements
Contents
Current Classification of Bioceramic Materials in Endodontics
1 Introduction
2 Classification of Hydraulic Cements
3 Bioceramics and Hydraulic Calcium Silicate Cements
4 Clinical Presentation
5 Conclusions
References
Characterization and Properties of Bioceramic Materials for Endodontics
1 Introduction
2 Coronal Use
2.1 Chemical, Physical and Mechanical Properties
2.2 Biological Characteristics
2.3 Clinical Performance and Material Interactions
3 Intra-radicular Use 3.1 Chemial, Physical and Mechanical Properties
3.2 Biological Characteristics
3.3 Clinical Performance and Material Interactions
4 Extra-radicular Use
4.1 Chemical, Physical and Mechanical Properties
4.2 Biological Characteristics
4.3 Clinical Performance and Material Interactions
4.4 Conclusions
References
Bioceramic Materials for Vital Pulp Therapy
1 Introduction
2 Pulp Inflammation and Healing
3 Pulp Capping and Biomaterials
4 Step-by-Step Procedures
4.1 Pulp Capping
4.2 Pulp Chamber Pulpotomy 5 Application of Pulp Capping and 'Bioproducts' to Stimulate Regeneration
6 Short- and Long-Term Future Developments
7 Conclusions
References
Bioceramic Materials in Regenerative Endodontics
1 Pulp Regeneration
2 Regeneration or Repair
3 Clinical Treatment
4 Limitations
5 The Use of Hydraulic Calcium Silicate Cements for Revitalization
6 Reaction of Hydraulic Tricalcium Silicates with Tissue Fluids
7 Mechanical Properties of Hydraulic Calcium Silicates in Revitalization
8 Discoloration
9 Conclusion
References Bioceramic Materials for Root Canal Obturation
1 Introduction
2 Flowable Hydraulic Calcium Silicate-Based Obturation Materials
2.1 iRoot®SP, EndoSequence® BC Sealer™, and TotalFill® BC Sealer™
2.2 EndoSequence BC Sealer HiFlow and TotalFill® BC Sealer HiFlow™
2.3 Bio-C Sealer
2.4 Well-Root ST
2.5 CeraSeal
2.6 BioRoot™ RCS
3 Bioceramic-Coated (BC) Gutta-Percha Points for Root Canal Obturation
4 Sealer Delivery Methods
5 Root Canal Obturation Techniques
5.1 Cold Lateral Compaction
5.2 Warm Vertical Condensation and Its Modifications 5.3 Single-Cone Obturation
6 Conclusions
References
Bioceramic Materials for Management of Endodontic Complications
1 Introduction
2 Materials Used for Management of Endodontic Complications
2.1 iRoot®BP, EndoSequence® BC RRM™, and TotalFill® BC RRM™ Paste
2.2 iRoot®BP Plus, EndoSequence® BC RRM™, and TotalFill® BC RRM™ Putty
2.3 iRoot®FS, EndoSequence® BC RRM™, and TotalFill® BC RRM™ Fast Set Putty
2.4 Well-Root™ PT
2.5 Biodentine®
3 Temporary Bioceramic-Based Root Canal Dressing Materials
4 Apexification Procedures
5 Perforation Repair - DigitalKausik Chattopadhyay, Subhash C. Basu, editor.Summary: "Cell surface small molecules and macromolecules, such as members of cholesterol family (including steroid hormones), the glycolipid family (sphingolipids), the glycoprotein family (both N-linked and O-linked), and a vast array of other receptors have been shown to be involved in normal and abnormal cellular processes. The 11th International Symposium on Cell Surface Macromolecules, held in Mohali, India, in February 2017 provided a comprehensive update on the major advances in this area. Presenting selected contributions from this meeting, this book comprises 24 chapters, which provide in-depth analyses of data on the role of cell surface macromolecules in cellular function and their alterations associated with pathological conditions. It includes comprehensive research papers and critical overviews of the functional role of cell surface molecules, discussing topics such as biochemical, biophysical, and cell biological approaches to study cell membrane molecules, and metabolism of glycoconjugates"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Membrane Organization. Status of membrane asymmetry in erythrocytes: role of spectrin / Sauvik Sarkar, Dipayan Bose, Rajendra P. Giri, Mrinmay K. Mukhopadhyay, Abhijit Chakrabarti
Multiple roles, multiple adaptors: dynein during cell cycle / Devashish Dwivedi, Mahak Sharma
Changes in the nuclear envelope in laminopathies / Subarna Dutta, Maitree Bhattacharyya, Kaushik Sengupta
Biophysics of membrane proteins and cell surface macromolecules. The effect of nanoparticles on the cluster size distributions of activated EGFR measured with photobleaching image correlation spectroscopy / Chiara Paviolo, James W. M. Chon, Andrew H. A. Clayton
Factors influencing the chaperone-like activity of major proteins of mammalian seminal plasma, equine HSP-1/2 and bovine PDC-109: effect of membrane binding, pH and ionic strength / Cheppali Sudheer Kumar, Bhanu Pratap Singh, Sk. Alim, Musti J. Swamy
Exploring the mechanism of viral peptide-induced membrane fusion / Gourab Prasad Pattnaik, Geetanjali Meher, Hirak Chakraborty
Amyloids are novel cell-adhesive matrices / Reeba S. Jacob [and others]
The prospects of cadherin-23 as a mediator of homophilic cell-cell adhesion / Malay Kumar Sannigrahi, Sai Srinivas, Sabyasachi Rakshit
Structural-mechanical and biochemical functions of classical cadherins at cellular junctions: a review and some hypotheses / Prince Tiwari, Arpita Mrigwani, Harpreet Kaur, Pallavi Kaila, Rajendra Kumar, Purnananda Guptasarma
G-protein coupled receptors: from structure to function. Identification of sphingolipid-binding motif in G protein-coupled receptors / Sandeep Shrivastava, Md. Jafurulla, Shrish Tiwari, Amitabha Chattopadhyay
Molecular signatures of cholesterol interaction with serotonin receptors / Madhura Mohole, Xavier Prasanna, Durba Sengupta, Amitabha Chattopadhyay
Cell surface macromolecules in neurobiology. Group I metabotropic glutamate receptors (mGluRs): ins and outs / Prabhat Kumar Mahato, Namrata Ramsakha, Prachi Ojha, Ravinder Gulia, Rohan Sharma, Samarjit Bhattacharyya
Soluble amyloid precursor protein [alpha]: friend or foe? / Nicola J. Corbett, Nigel M. Hooper
C. elegans locomotion: finding balance in imbalance / Shruti Thapliyal, Kavita Babu
Cell surface macromolecules: infection, immunity and disease. Induction of apoptosis in metastatic breast cancer cells: XV. Downregulation of DNA polymerase-[alpha] – helicase complex (replisomes) and glyco-genes / Subhash C. Basu [and others]
Dynamic function of DPMS is essential for angiogenesis and cancer progression / Zhenbo Zhang, Jesús E. Serrano-Negrón, Juan A. Martínez, Krishna Baksi, Dipak K. Banerjee
Benzothiophenes as potent analgesics against neuropathic pain / Saurabh Yadav, Vishnu Kumar Dwivedi, Sarika Gupta, Avadhesha Surolia
PRR function of innate immune receptors in recognition of bacteria or bacterial ligands / Aakanksha Gulati, Deepinder Kaur, G. V. R. Krishna Prasad, Arunika Mukhopadhaya
Structural basis and functional implications of the membrane pore-formation mechanisms of bacterial pore-forming toxins / Anish Kumar Mondal [and others]
Abiraterone and ionizing radiation alter the sphingolipid homeostasis in prostate cancer cells / Valentina Murdica [and others]
A glycomic approach towards identification of signature molecules in CD34+ haematopoietic stem cells from umbilical cord blood / Suchandra Chowdhury [and others]
Microbial cell surface. Vitamin C: a natural inhibitor of cell wall functions and stress response in mycobacteria / Kirtimaan Syal, Dipankar Chatterji
The wrappers of the 1,2-propanediol utilization bacterial microcompartments / Naimat K. Bari, Gaurav Kumar, Sharmistha Sinha
F-type lectin domains: provenance, prevalence, properties, peculiarities, and potential / Sonal Mahajan, T. N. C. Ramya. - Digital/PrintAbhijit Chakrabarti.Summary: Consists of critical reviews and original research papers from the 2014 International Symposium on the "Biochemical Role of Eukaryotic Cell Surface Macromolecules". Topics covered include: · neurochemical and biochemical analysis of cell surface glycoconjugates · membrane skeletal organization · GPCRs and other receptors · biophysical approaches to study membrane interactions · glycoconjugate metabolism · dysregulation · molecular mechanisms involved in cell-cell and cell-matrix interaction · glycans in infectious and neurological diseases · cancer and glycosyltransferases as drug targets.
Contents:
Human-specific evolutionary changes in the biology of siglecs / Flavio Schwarz, Jerry J. Fong, and Ajit Varki
Structural changes of GPI anchor after its attachment to proteins: functional significance / Taroh Kinoshita
Novel insights in membrane biology utilizing fluorescence recovery after photobleaching / Amitabha Chattopadhyay and Md. Jafurulla
Defects in erythrocyte membrane skeletal architecture / Avik Basu and Abhijit Chakrabarti
Membrane rafts in the erythrocyte membrane: a novel role of MPP1p55 / Aleksander F. Sikorski, Joanna Podkalicka, Walis Jones, and Agnieszka Biernatowska
Immuno-modulatory role of porins: host immune responses, signaling mechanisms and vaccine potential / Sanica C. Sakharwade, G. V. R. Krishna Prasad, and Arunika Mukhopadhaya
Vibrio cholerae cytolysin: structure-function mechanism of an atypical [beta]-barrel pore-forming toxin / Anand Kumar Rai and Kausik Chattopadhyay
New Vis-Tas in lactosylceramide Research / Subroto Chatterjee, Sumita Mishra, and Sara Kimiko Suzuki
Plasma membrane-associated sialidase confers cancer initiation, promotion and progression / Taeko Miyagi, Kohta Takahashi, Kazuhiro Shiozaki, Kazunori Yamaguchi, and Masahiro Hosono
A signal with a difference: the role of GPI anchor signal sequence in dictating conformation and function of the Als5 Adhesin in Candida albicans / Mohammad Faiz Ahmad, Pareeta Gajraj Mann, and Sneha Sudha Komath
Novel chondroitin sulfate oligosaccharide motifs as biomarkers: insights into their involvement in brain development / Kazuyuki Sugahara
Role of hyaluronidases in the catabolism of chondroitin sulfate / Shuhei Yamada
Pattern recognition in legume lectins to extrapolate amino acid variability to sugar specificity / Nisha Jayaprakash Grandhi, Ashalatha Sreshty Mamidi, and Avadhesha Surolia
Conformational dynamics of oligosaccharides characterized by paramagnetism-assisted NMR spectroscopy in conjunction with molecular dynamics simulation / Ying Zhang, Takumi Yamaguchi, Tadashi Satoh, Maho Yagi-Utsumi, Yukiko Kamiya, Yoshitake Sakae, Yuko Okamoto, and Koichi Kato
Characterization of cholesterol crystalline domains in model and biological membranes using X-Ray diffraction / R. Preston Mason and Robert F. Jacob
Role of lipid-mediated effects in [beta]2-adrenergic receptor dimerization / Xavier Prasanna, Amitabha Chattopadhyay, and Durba Sengupta
Effect of temperature on the phase behaviour of fully saturated DAPC lipid bilayer: a comparative molecular dynamics simulation study / Ipsita Basu and Chaitali Mukhopadhyay
Biophysical characterization of the interaction of O-acylcholines with the major bovine seminal plasma protein, PDC-109 / Rajani S. Damai, Pradip K. Tarafdar, Bhanu Pratap Singh, S. Thirupathi Reddy, and Musti J. Swamy
Crystal structure of APO and ligand bound Vibrio cholerae ribokinase (Vc-RK): role of monovalent cation induced activation and structural flexibility in sugar phosphorylation / Rakhi Paul, Madhumita Dandopath Patra, and Udayaditya Sen
Synthetic glycolipids and (p)ppGpp analogs: development of inhibitors for mycobacterial growth, biofi lm and stringent response / Kirtimaan Syal, Krishnagopal Maiti, Kottari Naresh, Dipankar Chatterji, and N. Jayaraman
Regulations of glycolipid: XI. glycosyltransferase (GSL: GLTs) genes involved in SA-LeX and related GSLs biosynthesis in carcinoma cells by biosimilar apoptotic agents: potential anticancer drugs / Subhash Basu, Rui Ma, Joseph R. Moskal, and Manju Basu
N-acetylglucosaminyl 1-phosphate transferase: an excellent target for developing new generation breast cancer therapeutic / Aditi Banerjee, Juan A. Martinez, Maria O. Longas, Zhenbo Zhang, Jesus Santiago, Krishna Baksi, and Dipak K. Banerjee
Involvement of vascular endothelial growth factor in serotonin 1A receptor-mediated neuroproliferation in neonatal mouse hippocampus / S. Samaddar, B. Ranasinghe, S.J. Tantry, P.R. Debata, and P. Banerjee
Structural heterogeneity of glycoform of Alpha-1 acid glycoprotein in alcoholic cirrhosis patients / Goutam Mandal, Hirokazu Yagi, Koichi Kato, and Bishnu Pada Chatterjee. - PrintEastham, R. D.
- PrintDavid E. Metzler ; in association with Carol M. Metzler ; designed and illustrated by David J. Sauke.
- DigitalJ. Robin Harris, Viktor I. Korolchuk, editors.Summary: In recent years, volumes of the long-established Springer Subcellular Biochemistry series have shown great diversity of content, thus interesting biochemical topics, enthusiastically edited in all cases, have been readily accommodated. This new volume of the Subcellular Biochemistry series, Biochemistry and Cell Biology of Ageing: Part II, offers a broad overview of many different Clinical Science aspects of Ageing. The 17 chapters included in the book, contributed by knowledgeable authors, review many important topics at an advanced level. Whilst it has proved impossible to include all relevant topics, there is much present that will be of value to the reader. The book contains chapters on: "Poor Early Growth and Age-associated Disease; The Immune System and its Dysregulation with Ageing; Pulmonary Diseases and Ageing; Neurodegenerative Diseases and Ageing; Ageing and Cognition; Ageing and Osteoarthritis; Down Syndrome, Ageing and Epigenetics; The Vestibular System and Ageing; Signal Transduction, Ageing and Disease; Skin Changes During Ageing; Connective Tissue and Age-related Diseases ; Potential Cellular and Biochemical Mechanisms of Exercise and Physical Activity on the Ageing Process; Health Benefits of Anti-ageing Drugs; Visual Defects and Ageing; Hutchinson-Gilford Progeria Syndrome: Challenges at Bench and Bedside; Osteoporosis and the Ageing Skeleton; Neurovascular Ageing and Age-related Diseases" The book is primarily directed to advanced biomedical science and medical students, postgraduates, researchers, clinicians and academics in the field of Ageing. An earlier companion volume of the Subcellular Biochemistry series - Biochemistry and Cell Biology of Ageing: Part I (Volume 90) - covering the Biomedical Science aspects of ageing, has also been recently published.
- DigitalEmine E. Abali, Roy Carman, Douglas B. Spicer.Summary: "This book can serve as a companion text for many standard textbooks of biochemistry, especially in stand-alone biochemistry or foundational science lecture-based courses, it is particularly suited as a primary resource in more integrated curricula. It can also serve as an excellent review of relevant biochemistry topics for more advanced students"-- Provided by publisher. "Biochemistry Behind the Symptoms takes a problem-based approach to understanding and applying biochemistry for superior clinical outcomes. Organized around the common symptoms encountered by clinicians, this engaging text clarifies the connections between foundational science and clinical manifestations to help users form confident diagnoses throughout their clerkship and beyond. Each chapter explores the biochemical concepts behind underlying causes and demonstrates their ties to presenting symptoms through 5 realistic patient cases. Accompanying questions encourage discussion and guide users in building accurate differential diagnoses. Ideal for peer-to-peer learning environments or independent study, this practical approach strengthens users' application of fundamental knowledge and ensures the long-term retention essential to clinical success. 50 Patient Cases emphasize the biochemical concepts behind common patient symptoms through problem-based learning. Clinical Impression sections encourage critical thinking and train students step by step in building effective differential diagnoses. Basic Science Correlations in each Patient Case clarify the biochemical concepts underlying diagnosis with an engaging question-and-answer format. High-Yield Concepts summarized after each Patient Case reinforce students' comprehension of essential chapter concepts. Digital Animations immerse students in biochemical processes to enrich their understanding and diagnostic confidence. "-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Shortness of Breath
Jaundice
Diarrhea
Bruising
Fatigue
Failure to Thrive
Developmental Delays in Infancy and Early Childhood
Gout
Altered Mental Status
Obesity.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2024] - DigitalFernando Alemanno, editor.Summary: This book discusses and explains the importance of biochemistry knowledge in understanding what happens to patients during anesthesia and/or to those being in intensive care. It covers a wide range of topics, such as Cerebral Edema, Shock, Blood-Brain Barrier, The Pulmonary surfactant, The Acid-Base equilibrium, Local anaesthetics, Perineural adjuvants, Normobaric Oxygen Therapy, Theories of Narcosis. Hyperventilation effects and consequences are also presented. For instance, by hyperventilating a patient with a PaCO2 significantly below 25 mmHg, we risk blocking pyruvic acid carboxylation and transforming it into oxalacetic acid, which in turn knocks out the Krebs cycle, possibly leading to a complication, i.e. to metabolic acidosis and not to compensation for respiratory alkalosis. It is also worth remembering that vitamins are actually molecules of pretty considerable potency and should not be simply intended as integrators. If we inject a patient under intensive care with vitamin C, this not only plays a capillary-protective role but facilitates the conversion of dopamine to noradrenaline. As far as vitamin B6 goes, not only is it the most natural of antiemetics but the coenzyme responsible for transforming glutamate as one of the most powerful excitatory mediators into GABA, one of the fiercest inhibitors. Anesthesiological and intensive care practice require a detailed biochemistry knowledge to avoid onset of complications and/or to deal with unexpected events promptly and appropriately. The book is intended for anesthesiologists, intensivists, anesthesia teachers, anesthesia trainees and residents.
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
Chapter 1 Enzymes and Coenzymes
Chapter 2 Anaerobic Glycolysis or Embden-Meyerhof Pathway
Chapter 3 The Tricarboxylic Acids Cycle or Krebs Cycle
Chapter 4 The Collateral Glutamate
GABA Cycle
Chapter 5 The Pentose Cycle or Direct Oxidative Pathway (DOP) (The Sleep Pathway)
Chapter 6 Neurotransmitters
Chapter 7 The Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB)
Chapter 8 Shock
Chapter 9 Cerebral Edema
Chapter 10 The Pulmonary Surfactant
Chapter 11 When the Mind Does Not Work As It Should
Chapter 12 Thiamine (Vitamin B1)
Chapter 13 Normobaric Oxygen Therapy (NBO)
Chapter 14 The Acid
Base equilibrium
Chapter 15 Theories of Narcosis
Chapter 16 Local Anaesthetics
Chapter 17 Perineural Adjuvants
Chapter 18 The Grand Design
Chapter 19 Epilogue and Farewell. - DigitalRicardo Jorge Gelpi, Alberto Boveris, Juan José Poderoso, editors.Contents:
Introduction
Section 1 GENERAL ASPECTS: 1 The concept of oxidative stress after 30 years
2 Evolution of atmospheric oxygen and oxygen metabolism
3 Mitochondria as origin of cellular oxidative stress
4 Biochemistry and physiology of mtNOS
5 Biochemistry of nitrogen reactive species
6 Biochemistry of nitro fatty acids
7 Mammalian adaptation to life at high altitude
8 Metabolic syndrome and oxidative stress in rat pancreas
9 Progesterone prevents mitochondrial dysfunction and oxidative stress in the spinal cord of wobbler mice
10 Mitochondrial transfer by intercellular nanotubes
Section 2 CARDIOVASCULAR: 11 Role of Oxidative Stress in Subcellular Defects in Ischemic Heart Disease
12 Regulation of protein nitrosylation by Trx1
13 Inhibition of adenylyl cyclase type 5 increases longevity and healthful aging through oxidative stress protection
14 Antioxidant supplementation in elderly cardiovascular patients
15 Rupture of redox homeostasis in a model of pulmonary artery
16 Mitochondrial reactive oxygen species triggered by the cardiac renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system
17 Mitochondrial complex I inactivation and increased autooxidation after ischemia-reperfusion in the stunned heart
18 Oxidized LDL and atherogenesis
19 Reactive oxygen species and cyclooxygenase products in the regulation of blood flow in small vessels
20 Thioredoxin-1 attenuates postischemic ventricular and mitochondrial dysfunctions
21 Nitro-arachidonic acid reduces the damaged area in rat myocardial infarction
22 Inhaled particulate matter and myocardial dysfunction
Section 3 NEURODEGENERATION AND NEURONAL FUNCTION: 23 Effect of lipoic acid in the triple transgenic mouse model of Alzhaimer's disease
24 Neurovascular coupling mediated by NO in the hippocampus
25 Protection from neurodegeneration: signaling and mitocondrial regulation
26 Oxidative stress and neurodegeneration
27 Oxidative stress, metabolic syndrome and Alzheimerþs disease
28 Systemic oxidative stress in patients with neurodegenerative diseases
Section 4 CANCER: 29 Oxygen metabolism and oxidative stress in cancer cells
30 Mitochondrial biogenesis is required for survival and propagation of cancer cells
31 Tumor immunology & immunotherapy in patients
32 Oncogene-induced Nrf2 repression as adaptive response of cancer cells to acquire a pro-oxidant state favoring cell survival and in vivo tumor growth
33 Mitochondrial dynamics regulate oxidative metabolism in Leydig tumor cells
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalMary Ann Asson-Batres, Cécile Rochette-Egly, editors.Summary: A role for vitamin A in living organisms has been known throughout human history. In the last 100 years, the biochemical nature of vitamin A and its active derivative, retinoic acid, its physiological impact on growth processes and the essential details of its mechanism of action have been revealed by investigations carried out by researchers using vertebrate and more recently invertebrate models to study a multiplicity of processes and conditions, encompassing embryogenesis, postnatal development to old age. A wealth of intercellular interactions, intracellular signaling systems and molecular mechanisms have been described and the overall conclusion is that retinoic acid is essential for life. This book series, with chapters authored by experts in every aspect of this complex field, unifies the knowledge base and mechanisms currently known in detailed, engaging, well-illustrated, focused chapters that synthesize information for each specific area. In view of the recent explosion in this field, it is timely to publish a contemporary, comprehensive, book series recapitulating the most exciting developments in the field and covering fundamental research in molecular mechanisms of vitamin A action, its role in physiology, development and continued well-being and the potential of vitamin A derivatives and synthetic mimetics to serve as therapeutic treatments for cancers and other debilitating human diseases. VOLUME I: Here, we present the first volume of a multi-volume series on Retinoic Acid Signaling that will cover all aspects of this broad and diverse field. One aim of Volume I is to present a compilation of topics related to the biochemistry of nuclear retinoic acid receptors, from their architecture when bound to DNA and associated with their coregulators to their ability to regulate target gene transcription. A second aim is to provide insight into recent advances that have been made in identifying novel targets and non-genomic effects of retinoic acid. Volume I is divided into ten chapters contributed by prominent experts in their respective fields. Each chapter starts with the history of the area of research. Then, the key findings that contributed to development of the field are described, followed by a detailed look at key findings and progress that are being made in current, ongoing research. Each chapter is concluded with a discussion of the relevance of the research and a perspective on missing pieces and lingering gaps that the author recommends will be important in defining future directions in vitamin A research.
Contents:
Forward
History of Retinoic Acid Receptors
Architecture of DNA Bound RAR Heterodimers
Retinoic Acid Receptors: Structural Basis for Coregulator Interaction and Exchange
Evolution of Retinoic Acid Receptors and Retinoic Acid Signaling
RXRs: Collegial Partners
Nuclear and Extra-Nuclear Effects of Retinoic Acid Receptors: How they are interconnected- The Roles of Retinoic Acid and Retinoic Acid Receptors in Inducing Epigenetic Changes
RARs and micro RNAs
Integrative genomics to dissect retinoids functions
Complexity of the RAR{u2010}Mediated Transcriptional Regulatory Programs
Index.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalMary Ann Asson-Batres, Cécile Rochette-Egly, editors.Summary: This book covers subjects that have major impacts on society, such as the mechanism of maternal-fetal transfer of vitamin A, and the effects of alcohol on retinoic acid signaling and mammalian embryonic development. There has been an awareness of the importance of consuming vitamins throughout human history, but empirical studies of their physiological role and mode of action only began about 150 years ago. Since then, the biochemical nature of vitamin A and its active derivative, retinoic acid, have been identified and researchers around the globe have investigated retinoic acid's physiological function in growth processes and in maintaining life Written by leading experts, this book discusses the latest findings and advances in retinoic acid research. It addresses topics such as the role of retinoic acid signaling in a multitude of processes, including limb, heart and respiratory system development, as well as its role in maintaining postnatal organ systems. This book is a valuable resource for scientists involved in vitamin A/retinoic acid research and readers interested in developmental biology.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
1 How Dietary Deficiency Studies Have Illuminated the Many Roles of Vitamin A During Development and Postnatal Life
Introduction
History
In Pursuit of an Unknown Factor
First Impressions of Effects on Postnatal Animals
Effects of Vitamin A on the Postnatal Nervous System
Effects of Vitamin A on Reproduction and Embryonic Development
Development of the Field
Search for a Mechanism of Action
Current State of the Field
Post 1987
Vitamin A Deficiency in Postnatal Animals
Custom Diets Maternal VA Status and Fetal Retinoid Concentrations
Placental VA Levels Versus Fetal Retinoid Concentrations
Development of the Field
Maternal-Fetal Transfer of VA: Is There a Role for the RBP-Retinol Complex?
Maternal-Fetal Transfer of VA: The Role for Other Placental Proteins
Maternal-Fetal Transfer of Other Retinoids
Maternal-Fetal Transfer of VA-Unanswered Questions
Current State of the Field
The Retinol-RBP Pathway Is the Primary Contributor to Embryonic Development
Mechanisms of Maternal-Fetal Transfer of VA-Containing Lipoprotein Other NGS-Based Technologies to Detect Regions Containing RAR Binding Sites
Integrative Approaches
Relevance
Future Directions
References
4 RA Signaling in Limb Development and Regeneration in Different Species
Introduction
History
Development of the Field
Zebrafish Fin Development
Amphibian Limb Development
Amphibian Limb Regeneration
Chick Limb Development
Mouse Limb Development
Current State of the Field
Complexities of Limb Formation
Relevance
The Future
References
5 Retinoic Acid Signaling and Heart Development
Introduction Vitamin A Deficiency Effects on the Rodent Olfactory System
The Hippocampus-Synaptic Plasticity
The Cardiovascular System
Effects of Vitamin A Deficiency on Other Postnatal Systems
Relevance
Future Directions
How Much Vitamin A Do Animals Need for Optimal Health and Longevity?
Have All Actions of Vitamin A Been Described?
References
2 Maternal-Fetal Transfer of Vitamin A and Its Impact on Mammalian Embryonic Development
Introduction
History
Early Discoveries: VA and Infertility
Maternal Dietary VA Intake and Fetal Retinoid Concentrations - DigitalMary Ann Asson-Batres, Cecile Rochette-Egly, editors.Contents:
Carotenoids and retinoids: nomenclature, chemistry, and analysis / Earl H. Harrison, Robert W. Curley Jr.
Functions of intracellular retinoid binding-proteins / Joseph L. Napoli
Vitamin A transport and cell signaling by the retinol-binding protein receptor stra6 / Noa Noy
Vitamin A absorption, storage and mobilization / William S. Blaner, Yang Li, Pierre-Jacques Brun, Jason J. Yuen, Seung-Ah Lee [and others]
Retinoic acid synthesis and degradation / Natalia Y. Kedishvili
Cellular retinoic acid binding proteins: genomic and non-genomic functions and their regulation / Li-Na Wei
Non-classical transcriptional activity of retinoic acid / Noa Noy
Vitamin A as pkc co-factor and regulator of mitochondrial energetics / Ulrich Hammerling
Vitamin A and vision / John C. Saari. - DigitalSimmi KharbSummary: "The book is conceived and written with the hope that it would create interest and enthusiasm among students, particularly because biochemistry has a crucial role in human health and diseases. Most students in medicine and health-related fields will eventually be able to apply biochemical principles to the practice of medicine. The goal of the book is to help you revise the topics covered in a lecture along with suitable interpretation of clinical correlations. This will help you answer the questions as to why you are reading this topic and how you will apply biochemical principles to the art of healing and the relief of human suffering."--PrefaceDigital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2020
- DigitalGuenther Witzany, editor.Summary: This is the first book to systemize all levels of communicative behavior of phages. Phages represent the most diverse inhabitants on this planet. Until today they are completely underestimated in their number, skills and competences and still remain the dark matter of biology. Phages have serious effects on global energy and nutrient cycles. Phages actively compete for host. They can distinguish between 'self and 'non-self (complement same, preclude others). They process and evaluate available information and then modify their behaviour accordingly. These diverse competences show us that this capacity to evaluate information is possible owing to communication processes within phages (intra-organismic), between the same, related and different phage species (interorganismic), and between phages and non-phage organisms (transorganismic). This is crucial in coordinating infection strategies (lytic vs. lysogenic) and recombination in phage genomes. In 22 chapters, expert contributors review current research into the varying forms of phage biocommunication and Phagetherapy. Biocommunication of Phages aims to assess the current state of research, to orient further investigations on how phages communicate with each other to coordinate their behavioral patterns, and to inspire further investigation of the role of non-phage viruses (non-lytic, non-prokaryotic) in these highly dynamic interactional networks.
Contents:
Chapter 1. What Does Communication of Phages Mean?
Chapter 2. Phage-Phage, Phage-Bacteria, and Phage-Environment Communication
Chapter 3. Phage communication and the ecological implications on microbial interactions, diversity, and function
Chapter 4. Phage-Phage Interactions
Chapter 5. Social interactions among bacteriophages
Chapter 6. Phage protein interactions in the inhibition mechanism of bacterial cell
Chapter 7. Are phages parasites or symbionts of bacteria?
Chapter 8. Microbial communication networks: sketching a methodology to analyze communication involving bacteriophages inside environmental communities
Chapter 9. Information stored in a phage particle: Lactobacillus delbrueckii bacteriophage LL-H as a case
Chapter 10. Archaeal viruses and their interactions with CRISPR-Cas systems
Chapter 11. Filamentous phages affect virulence of the phytopathogen Ralstonia solanacearum
Chapter 12. Intra-population interactions and the evolution of RNA phages
Chapter 13. ssRNA phages: life cycle, structure and applications
Chapter 14. Phages as therapy or "dietary supplements"against multiresistant bacteria?
Chapter 15. Bacteriophage application and biological safety (or how should I train my dog not to bite me)
Chapter 16. Phage therapy: an alternative to antibiotics
Chapter 17. Bacteriophage as a therapeutic agent to combat bacterial infection: A journey from history to application
Chapter 18. Phagetherapy: Clinical applications
Critical appraisal of randomized controlled trials
Chapter 19. Bacteriophage therapies targets multiple diseases caused by protein misfolding
Chapter 20
Phage Therapy in Cystic Fibrosis. Challenges and Perspectives
Chapter 21. Bacteriophage Applications for Food Safety
Chapter 22. Bacteriophages for environmental applications: Effect of trans-organismic communication on wastewater treatments.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalImad About, editor.Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to BiodentineTM, an innovative biocompatible and bioactive material based on pure tricalcium silicate that can permanently replace dentin and can also serve as a temporary enamel substitute. Although BiodentineTM has been widely used across the world for the past decade, this is the first book to be devoted to its properties, interactions with the soft and hard tissues, and its multiple clinical applications. The coverage encompasses applications in primary and permanent teeth, in specialties as diverse as restorative dentistry, endodontics, paediatric dentistry, dental traumatology, and prosthetic dentistry. BiodentineTM application both in vital pulp therapy and endodontic procedures is illustrated and clinical step by step protocols are provided. The book provides a detailed update on BiodentineTM use to preserve the pulp vitality in direct/indirect pulp capping, pulpotomy and irreversible pulpitis treatment. It also details BiodentineTM use for non-vital teeth treatment in indications such as root/furcation perforation repair, apexification as well as in regenerative endodontic procedures.
Contents:
Chapter 1) Biodentine Microstructure and Composition
Chapter 2) Biodentine Physico-chemical Properties: From Interactions with Dental Tissues to Aging
Chapter 3) Biocompatibility and Bioactive Properties of Biodentine
Chapter 4) Biodentine in Inflammation and Pain Control
Chapter 5) Biodentine Clinical Applications in Vital Pulp Therapy in Permanent Teeth
Chapter 6) Biodentine: Applications in Pulpotomy of Deciduous Teeth
Chapter 7) Biodentine Applications in Traumatology and Fractures
Chapter 8) Biodentine Applications in Irreversible Pulpitis Management in Children and Adults
Chapter 9) Calcium Silicate-based Cement (Biodentine TM) as a Bioactive Material for the Long-Term Preservation of Pulp Vitality in Restorative Dentistry and Prosthodontics
Chapter 10) Biodentine Applications in Furcation Perforation and Root Resorption
Chapter 11) Clinical Applications of Biodentine in Regenerative Endodontics/Revitalization. - Digital/Printeditors, Paul G. Yock, Stefanos Zenios, Joshua Makower, Todd J. Brinton, Uday N. Kumar, F.T. Jay Watkins ; principal writer, Lyn Denend ; specialy editor, Thomas M. Krummel ; web editor, Christina Kurihara.Summary: "This step-by-step guide to medical technology innovation, now in full color, has been rewritten to reflect recent trends of industry globalization and value-conscious healthcare. Written by a team of medical, engineering, and business experts, the authors provide a comprehensive resource that leads students, researchers, and entrepreneurs through a proven process for the identification, invention, and implementation of new solutions. Case studies on innovative products from around the world, successes and failures, practical advice, and end-of-chapter 'Getting Started' sections encourage readers to learn from real projects and apply important lessons to their own work. A wealth of additional material supports the book, including a collection of nearly 100 videos created for the second edition, active links to external websites, supplementary appendices, and timely updates on the companion website at ebiodesign.org. Readers can access this material quickly, easily, and at the most relevant point in the text from within the ebook"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note: Preface; Focus on value; Global perspectives; Process insights; Part I. Identify: Stage
1. Needs Finding: 1.1 Strategic focus; 1.2 Needs exploration; 1.3 Need statement development; Case study; Stage
2. Needs Screening: 2.1 Disease state fundamentals; 2.2 Existing solutions; 2.3 Stakeholder analysis; 2.4 Market analysis; 2.5 Needs selection; Case study; Part II. Invent: Stage
3. Concept Generation: 3.1 Ideation; 3.2 Initial concept selection; Case study; Stage
4. Concept Screening: 4.1 Intellectual property basics; 4.2 Regulatory basics; 4.3 Reimbursement basics; 4.4 Business models; 4.5 Concept exploration and testing; 4.6 Final concept selection; Case study; Part III. Implement: Stage
5. Strategy Development: 5.1 IP strategy; 5.2 R & D strategy; 5.3 Clinical strategy; 5.4 Regulatory strategy; 5.5 Quality management; 5.6 Reimbursement strategy; 5.7 Marketing and stakeholder strategy; 5.8 Sales and distribution strategy; 5.9 Competitive advantage and business strategy; Case study; Stage
6. Business Planning: 6.1 Operating plan and financial model; 6.2 Strategy integration and communication; 6.3 Funding approaches; 6.4 Alternate pathways; Case study; About the author team; Image credits; Glossary; Index.Digital Access Cambridge 2015 - DigitalArmen B. Avagyan, Bhaskar Singh.Summary: Air pollution policy is closely connected with climate change, public health, energy, transport, trade, and agriculture, and generally speaking, the Earth has been pushed to the brink and the damage is becoming increasingly obvious. The transport sector remains a foremost source of air pollutants - a fact that has stimulated the production of biofuels. This book focuses on the biodiesel industry, and proposes a modification of the entire manufacturing chain that would pave the way for further improvements. Oil derived from oilseed plantations/crops is the most commonly used feedstock for the production of biodiesel. At the same time, the UK's Royal Academy of Engineering and 178 scientists in the Netherlands have determined that some biofuels, such as diesel produced from food crops, have led to more emissions than those produced by fossil fuels. Accordingly, this book re-evaluates the full cycle of biodiesel production in order to help find optimal solutions. It confirms that the production and use of fertilizers for the cultivation of crop feedstocks generate considerably more GHG emissions compared to the mitigation achieved by using biodiesel. To address this fertilization challenge, projecting future biofuel development requires a scenario in which producers shift to an organic agriculture approach that includes the use of microalgae. Among advanced biofuels, algae's advantages as a feedstock include the highest conversion of solar energy, and the ability to absorb CO2 and pollutants; as such, it is the better choice for future fuels. With regard to the question of why algae's benefits have not been capitalized on for biofuel production, our analyses indicate that the sole main barrier to realizing algae's biofuel potential is ineffective international and governmental policies, which create difficulties in reconciling the goals of economic development and environmental protection.
Contents:
Introduction. Links to International Policy and Markets.
Biodiesel from Plant Oil and Waste Cooking Oil.
Biodiesel from Algae.
Barriers in the Biofuel-Producing Chain and Revision of Environmental Impacts.
Conclusion. - DigitalMünir Öztürk, Volkan Altay, Recep Efe, editors.Summary: Of the world's seven continents, Asia is the largest. Its physical landscapes, political units, and ethnic groups are both wide-ranging and many. Southwest, South and Middle Asia are highly populated regions which, as a whole, cover an extremely large area of varied geography. In total, this domain is unique in its plant diversity and large vegetation zones with different communities and biomes. It is rich in endemics, with specific and intraspecific diversity of fruit trees and medicinal plants, including a number of rare, high value, species. At the same time, much of the land in the region is too dry or too rugged, with many geographical extremes. Overgrazing, oil and mineral extraction, and poaching are the major threats in the area. This two-volume project focuses on the dynamic biodiversity of the region with in-depth analysis on phytosociology, plants, animals and agroecology. There are also chapters that explore new applications as well as approaches to overcome problems associated with climate change. Much of the research and analysis are presented here for the first time. We believe this work is a valuable resource for professionals and researchers working in the fields of plant diversity and vegetation, animal diversity and animal populations, and geo-diversity and sustainable land use, among others. The first volume guides our readers to West Asia and the Caucasus region, while volume two focuses on issues unique to South and Middle Asia.
Contents:
Biodiversity and Environmental Conservation in Palestine
Lichens of the Negev Desert (Israel) - Diversity, distribution, and of the relationship with microclimate
Lichens: Characteristics, importance, uses, distribution in Turkey
Endangered swamp forests in Turkey - An ecological inventory, prospects and challenges
Forest fires and sustainability in Mediterranean ecosystems
Turkey's Wild Orchids
Agrodiversity in Turkey: Case study on Rice
Pepper Agrodiversity in West Asia
Promising small molecules against cancer from Ganoderma genus
The Vertebrate Biodiversity of Turkey
Medicinal Plants of Northeast Anatolia
Main Problems of the Sustainable Development of the South Caucasus and Processes of Transformation of Landscapes (Ecosystems) Biodiversity
Forest cover for the safety of biosphere and environment
Agrodiversity and Sustainable Development
Plant Diversity and General Vegetation of Georgia
Faunal Diversity in Georgia- General Perspective
An Overview of the Plant Diversity of Azerbaijan
Agrobiodiversity of Azerbaijan
Faunal diversity of Azerbaijan
Genus Crataegus (Rosaceae) in the flora of Nakhchivan Autonomous Republic of Azerbaijan
Herbals used in Western Iran as food and for health treatments
Fish Fauna in the Amur Water System of the Jewish Autonomous Region in Russia
Paleogeography of Caspian Sea, Water Level Fluctuations and Consequences on the Environment and Civilization. - DigitalKishan Gopal Ramawat, editor.Summary: Plant classifications are based on morphological characters and it is difficult, particularly in small plants and grasses, to identify these below generic level on the basis of these characters using a dissecting microscope. Plant species have intra- and inter-specific variation in secondary metabolites which can be utilized as marker compounds for identification and classification of plants. Secondary metabolites are produced as a result of primary metabolism and the production of these compounds not only involves several genes but also it is an energy dependent process. Hence these products cannot be considered as insignificant for the plant and the environment. Modern tools of molecular biology and secondary metabolites present in them can definitively decide about classification of plants. Absence of correct identification of plant is associated to many problems of resource utilization. Due to wide availability of these tools, interest has revived in systematics and correct classification of plants based on these parameters for their sustainable utilization and resource management. The purpose of this book is to assess the potential of phytochemical and molecular tools in the systematic and classification of plants. The topics covered include species concept, barcoding and phylogenetic analysis, chemotaxonomy use of polyketides, carotenes, cuticular wax, volatile oils, biodiversity of corals, metazoans, Ruta and Echinocereus. It provides comprehensive and broad subject-based reviews, useful for students, teachers, researchers, and all others interested in the field. The field has been kept wide and general to accommodate the wide-ranging topics. This book will be useful to agriculturists, chemists, botanists, industrialists, and those involved in planning of crop plants.
Contents:
1. Introduction
Part I: Biodiversity
2. Generation of Data on Reproductive Ecology is Important for Effective Conservation of Our Plant Diversity
3. Molecular Approaches to Explore Coastal Benthic Metazoan Diversity
Success and Constraints
4. Soft Corals Biodiversity in the Egyptian Red Sea
5. Assessment of Grasslands in Indian Desert
a Holistic Approach
Part II: Chemotaxonomic Markers
6. Chemotaxonomy Significance of Alkaloids in Plants
7. Iridoids as Chemotaxonomic Marker
8. Chemosystematic Significance of Flavonoids
9. Isoquinoline Alkaloids as Chemotaxonomic Markers
10. Saponin Diversity in Plants
11. Chemotaxonomy and Chemodiversity of Fungal Polyketides
12. Chemotaxonomic Profiling for High-Value Caretonoids in Microalgae
13. Fungi
Part III: Diversity and Phylogeny
14. Plant Barcoding and Phylogenetic Analysis: Advances, Challenges and Future Trends
15. Molecular Techniques to Assess Plant Diversity
16. Diversity of the Genus Ocimum
17. Phylogeny in Echinocereus (Cactaceae): Taxonomic Implications
18. Genetic Variation in Brassica and Allied Genera
Part IV: Case Studies in Chemotaxonomy
19. Chemotaxonomic Survey on the Genus Sedum L. (Crassulaceae) Based on Distribution and Variability of the Epicuticular Wax Constituents
20. Chemotaxonomic Study of Volatile Oils from Rhizomes of Zingiber species (Zingigeraceae)
21. Chemical Variability in Essential Oils from Ruta Species and its Taxonomic and Ecological Significance
22. Conclusions.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalBrian J. Huntley, Vladimir Russo, Fernanda Lages, Nuno Ferrand, editors.Summary: This open access multi-authored book presents a 'state of the science' synthesis of knowledge on the biodiversity of Angola, based on sources in peer-reviewed journals, in books and where appropriate, unpublished official reports. The book identifies Angola as one of the most biologically diverse countries in Africa, but notes that its fauna, flora, habitats and the processes that drive the dynamics of its ecosystems are still very poorly researched and documented. This 'state of the science' synthesis is for the use of all students of Angola's biodiversity, and for those responsible for the planning, development and sustainable management of the country's living resources. The volume brings together the results of expeditions and research undertaken in Angola since the late eighteenth century, with emphasis on work conducted in the four decades since Angola's independence in 1975. The individual chapters have been written by leaders in their fields, and reviewed by peers familiar with the region.
Contents:
Part 1. Introduction: Setting The Scene
Chapter 1. Introduction: Towards a Modern Synthesis
Chapter 2. Angola in Outline: Physiography, Climate and Patterns of Biodiversity
Chapter 3. Marine Biodiversity of Angola: Biogeography and Conservation
Chapter 4. Biodiversity in Angola through Time: A Paleontological Perspective
Part 2. Flora, Vegetation and Landscape change
Chapter 5. The Flora of Angola: Collectors, Richness and Endemism
Chapter 6. Vegetation Survey, Classification and Mapping in Angola
Chapter 7. Suffrutex Dominated Ecosystems in Angola
Chapter 8. Landscape Changes in Angola
Part 3. INVERTEBRATE DIVERSITY: ENVIRONMENTAL INDICATORS
Chapter 9. The Dragonflies and Damselflies of Angola: An Updated Synthesis
Chapter 10. The Butterflies and Skippers of Angola
Part 4. VERTEBRATES: DISTRIBUTION AND DIVERSITY
Chapter 11. The Freshwater Fishes of Angola
Chapter 12. The Amphibians of Angola: Early Studies and the Current State of Knowledge
Chapter 13. The Reptiles of Angola: History, Diversity, Endemism and Hotspots
Chapter 14. The Avifauna of Angola: Richness, Endemism and Rarity
Chapter 15. The Mammals of Angola
Chapter 16
The Cetaceans of Angola
Chapter 17. The Giant Sable Antelope: Angola?s National Icon
Part 5. RESEARCH AND CONSERVATION OPPORTUNITIES
Chapter 18. Biodiversity Conservation: History, Protected Areas and Hotspots
Chapter 19. Museum and Herbarium Collections for Biodiversity Research in Angola
Chapter 20. Biodiversity Research and Conservation Opportunities. - DigitalGhulam Hassan Dar, Anzar A. Khuroo, editors.Summary: The Himalaya, a global biodiversity hotspot, sustains about one-fifth of the humankind. Nestled within the north-western mountain ranges of the Himalaya, the Jammu and Kashmir (J&K) State harbours more than half of the biodiversity found in the Indian Himalaya. The wide expanse of State, spread across the subtropical Jammu, through the temperate Kashmir valley, to the cold arid Ladakh, is typical representative of the extensive elevational and topographical diversity encountered in the entire Himalaya. This book, the most comprehensive and updated synthesis ever made available on biodiversity of the J&K State, is a valuable addition to the biodiversity literature with global and regional relevance. The book, arranged into 7 parts, comprises of 42 chapters contributed by 87 researchers, each of whom is an expert in his/her own field of research. The precious baseline data contained in the book would form the foundation for assessing current status of knowledge about the bioresources, identify the knowledge gaps, and help prioritization of conservation strategies to steer the sustainable use of biodiversity in this Himalayan region. Given the breadth of topics covered under the banner of biodiversity in this book, it can surely serve as a model for documentation of biodiversity in other regions of the world. The book will be of immense value to all those who, directly or indirectly, have to deal with biodiversity, including students, teachers, researchers, naturalists, environmentalists, resource managers, planners, government agencies, NGOs and the general public at large. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
An introduction to biodiversity of the Himalaya : Jammu and Kashmir State
Biodiversity : a global perspective
Floristic diversity of India : an overview
Faunal diversity of India
Floristic diversity of the Indian Himalaya
Jammu and Kashmir State : an overview
Vegetation of Jammu and Kashmir State : a general account
Forest ecosystems of Jammu and Kashmir State
Aquatic ecosystems of Jammu and Kashmir State
Genetic diversity in rosaceous fruits of Jammu and Kashmir State : apple, apricot, and almond
Varietal diversity in cereal crops of the Jammu and Kashmir State
Genetic diversity in Lymnaea acuminata from Jammu region, Jammu and Kashmir State
Algal diversity in Jammu and Kashmir State
Fungal diversity in the Kashmir Himalaya
Diversity of lichens in Jammu and Kashmir State
An updated checklist of bryophytes in Jammu and Kashmir State
Pteridophytic flora of Jammu and Kashmir State : a new sketch
Diversity of gymnosperms in Jammu and Kashmir State
An updated taxonomic checklist of angiosperms in Jammu and Kashmir State
An updated checklist of aquatic macrophytes in Jammu and Kashmir State
Diversity in medicinal and aromatic flora of the Kashmir Himalaya
An annotated inventory of arboreal flora in Jammu and Kashmir State
Asteraceae in Jammu and Kashmir Himalaya : a floristic account
Leguminosae in Jammu and Kashmir State : a systematic checklist
Poisonous plants of the Kashmir Himalaya : a checklist
Flora of Ladakh : an annotated inventory of flowering plants
Taxonomic inventory of ants (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) in Jammu and Kashmir State
Biodiversity of butterflies (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera) of Jammu and Kashmir State
Select brachycera families (Diptera) in Jammu and Kashmir State
Diversity of insects infesting medicinal and aromatic plants in the Kashmir Valley
Moth (Lepidoptera) fauna of Jammu and Kashmir State
Bark beetle fauna (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) of Jammu and Kashmir State
Diversity of fishes in Jammu and Kashmir State
Annotated list of amphibians and reptiles of Jammu and Kashmir State
Avifaunal diversity in Jammu and Kashmir State
Wild mammalian diversity in Jammu and Kashmir State
Threatened flora of Jammu and Kashmir State
Threatened fauna of Jammu and Kashmir State
Urbanization and its impact on biodiversity in the Kashmir Himalaya
Impact of climate change on vegetation distribution in the Kashmir Himalaya
Biodiversity conservation in Jammu and Kashmir State : current status and future challenges
Biodiversity conservation in Jammu and Kashmir State : legal framework and concerns. - DigitalMarianne Darbi.Summary: We are witnessing an alarming, global biodiversity crisis with an ongoing loss of species and their habitats. In response, a number of tools and approaches - including some that are contested - are being explored and promoted. Biodiversity offsets are one such approach, and deserve critical examination since the debate surrounding them has often been oversimplified and lacking practical evidence. As such, this study presents a refined typology including seven types of biodiversity offsets and taking into account different contexts, governance arrangements and drivers. It draws on a detailed analysis of theoretical concepts to explain the voluntary implementation of biodiversity offsets using an internet-based (netnographic) research approach. Furthermore it builds on a broad global explorative base of 72 practical examples and presents in-depth case studies for each type. The results reveal a number of global tendencies that allow recommendations to be made for different locations, contexts and stakeholders. They also encourage the expansion of this research field to respond to the pressing needs of policy and practice.
Contents:
Intro
Abstract
Keywords
Preface
Acknowledgements
Contents
List of Figures
List of Tables
1: Biodiversity Offsets and No Net Loss: Introduction, Problem Statement, and Research Questions
1.1 Introduction to the Context for Biodiversity Offsets: From Biodiversity Loss to No Net Loss of Biodiversity
What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
1.2 Introduction to the Concept of Biodiversity Offsets
What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
1.3 Problems of Biodiversity Offsets, Research Gaps, and Problem Statement 2.2.2 Theoretical Concepts of Empirically Grounded Typification: The Attribute Space After Lazarsfeld and Barton
What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
2.3 Methods for Empirical Analysis and Sampling
2.3.1 Methods and Materials of Data Collection
What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
2.3.2 Methods for Sampling as Basis for Choice of Case Studies
What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
References
3: Applying the Concept of Voluntariness to Explain Behavior Towards Environmental Conservation What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
1.4 Aim and Research Design
What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
References
2: Developing a Typology of Biodiversity Offsets Using an Internet and Expert Based Approach: Methods and Materials
2.1 General Methodology of an Internet-Based Research
Why Was This Research Approach Chosen for the Present Study?
2.1.1 Introduction to Web 2.0 and the Role of Cyberscience for Academic Research
What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
2.1.2 The Netnographic Approach What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
2.1.3 Research Process of Internet-Based (Web 1.0 and Web 2.0) Research: The RUDE Procedure
What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
2.1.4 Variety and Choice of Tools for Research in a Web 2.0 Environment
What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
2.2 Typification and Categorization as a Scientific Method
2.2.1 Definition, Terminology, and Scope: Ideal Versus Empirical Types
What Are the Implications for the Present Study? Why Is It Necessary to Establish a Theoretically Grounded Description of Voluntariness for the Present Study?
3.1 Defining and Understanding the Notion of Voluntariness and Its Prerequisites: Definition, Terminology, and Scope
3.1.1 Descriptive Approach
What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
3.1.2 Normative Approach
What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
3.2 General Theoretical Concepts to Analyze or Explain Voluntariness
3.2.1 The Egoism-Altruism Paradigm
What Are the Implications for the Present Study?
3.2.2 Economic Theories - DigitalSharad P. Paul.Summary: This book is a detailed review of the 'state-of-the art' of skin lines in cutaneous surgery. Surgical literature is inundated with references to Langer's Lines, Cleavage Lines, Wrinkle Lines and Relaxed Skin Tension Lines, but this title discusses the difference between these and incisional and excisional lines biomechanically, introducing the concept of biodynamic excisional skin tension (BEST) Lines. The problem with current concepts of skin tension lines is that they seem to differ in different textbooks, and lines for surgical egress, which work in conditions of low tension, are not necessarily suitable for skin cancer surgery. Biodynamic Excisional Skin Tension Lines for Cutaneous Surgery describes skin biomechanics, the properties of collagen and elastin, lower limb skin vascularity and also maps BEST lines across the body, making it a great reference guide for plastic or dermatologic surgery worldwide. As such, it will be beneficial for anyone performing cutaneous surgery and skin cancer excisions in clinical practice, or for those planning further research into skin biomechanics to read this volume.Digital Access Springer 2018
- DigitalIris Lewandowski, editor ; in collaboration with Nicole Gaudet [and 4 more].Summary: This book is open access under a CC BY 4.0 license. This book defines the new field of "Bioeconomy" as the sustainable and innovative use of biomass and biological knowledge to provide food, feed, industrial products, bioenergy and ecological services. The chapters highlight the importance of bioeconomy-related concepts in public, scientific, and political discourse. Using an interdisciplinary approach, the authors outline the dimensions of the bioeconomy as a means of achieving sustainability. The authors are ideally situated to elaborate on the diverse aspects of the bioeconomy. They have acquired in-depth experience of interdisciplinary research through the university's focus on "Bioeconomy", its contribution to the Bioeconomy Research Program of the federal state of Baden-Württemberg, and its participation in the German Bioeconomy Council. With the number of bioeconomy-related projects at European universities rising, this book will provide graduate students and researchers with background information on the bioeconomy. It will familiarize scientific readers with bioeconomy-related terms and give scientific background for economists, agronomists and natural scientists alike.
Contents:
1. Introduction
Part I: Bioeconomy Concepts and Research Methods
Chapter 2: Context
Chapter 3: Bioeconomy concepts
Chapter 4: Core principles
Chapter 4: Inter- and Transdisciplinarity in the Bioeconomy
Part II: Knowledge Base for Biobased Value Chains
Chapter 5:Biobased Resources and Value Chains
Chapter 6: Primary Production
Chapter 7: Processing of Biobased Resources
Chapter 8: Markets, Sustainability management and Entrepreneurship.- Part III: Transition to a Sustainable Bioeconomy
Chapter9: Modelling and Tools Supporting the Transition to a Bioeconomy
Chapter 10: Environmental Economics, the Bioeconomy and the Role of Government
Chapter 11: Economic Growth, Development, and Innovation? The Transformation towards a Knowledge-based Bioeconomy
Chapter 12: The Bioeconomist. - DigitalJoachim Pietzsch, editor.Summary: This book provides an interdisciplinary and comprehensible introduction to bioeconomy. It thus offers basic knowledge for understanding a transformation process that will shape the 21st century and requires the integration of many, so far unrelated disciplines and industries. We are talking about the gradual and necessary transition from the age of fossil fuels, which began around 200 years ago, to a global economy based on renewable raw materials (and renewable energies). The success of this transition is key to coping with the challenge of climate change. This book conceives the realization of bioeconomy as a threefold task - a scientific, an economic and an ecological one. · Where does the biomass come from that we need primarily for feeding the growing world population but also for future energy and material use? How can it be processed in biorefineries and what role does biotechnology play in this regard? · Which aspects of innovation economics need to be considered, which economic aspects of value creation, competitiveness and customer acceptance are important? · What conditions must a bioeconomy fulfil in order to enable a sustainable development of life on earth? May it be regarded as a key to further economic growth or shouldn't it rather orient itself towards the ideal of sufficiency? By dealing with these questions from the not necessarily consistent perspectives of proven experts, this book provides an interdisciplinary overview of a dynamic field of research and practice that raises more questions than answers and thus may nurture the motivation of many more people to seriously engage for the realization of a bioeconomy. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 2: The origin of biomass
Chapter 3: Food security and healthy nutrition in the context of the bioeconomy
Chapter 4: The use of biomass for the production of fuel and chemicals
Chapter 5: The importance of biotechnology for bioeconomy
Chapter 6: The bioeconomy from the point of view of the innovation economy
Chapter 7: Bioeconomy as a circular and integrated system
Chapter 8: Criteria for the success of the bioeconomy
Chapter 9: The conditions of a sustainable bioeconomy
Chapter 10: Bioeconomy
Key to unlimited economic and consumer growth? - Digitaledited by Anuj Kumar and Ram K. Gupta.Summary: Bioelectronics is emerging as a new area of research where electronics can selectively detect, record, and monitor physiological signals. This is a rapidly expanding area of medical research, that relies heavily on multidisciplinary technology development and cutting-edge research in chemical, biological, engineering, and physical science. This book provides extensive information on the (i) fundamental concepts of bioelectronics, (ii) materials for the developments of bioelectronics such as implantable electronics, self-powered devices, bioelectronic sensors, flexible bioelectronics, etc, and (iii) an overview of the trends and gathering of the latest bioelectronic progress. This book will broaden our knowledge about newer technologies and processes used in bioelectronics.
Contents:
Introduction to bioelectronics / Anuj Kumar, Shumaila Ibraheem, Ghulam Yasin, and Ram K. Gupta
Materials and their classifications in bioelectronics / Lorena Duarte-Peña, Julián E. Sánchez-Velandia, Felipe López-Saucedo, and Emilio Bucio
2D materials for bioelectronics / Piyush Sharma, Shagun Kainth, and P.K. Diwan
Materials for organic bioelectronics / Giuseppe M. Paternò and Guglielmo Lanzani
Nanomaterials and Lab-on-a-Chip technologies / Noorhashimah Mohamad Nor, Nurul Hidayah Ramli, Nor Dyana Zakaria, and Khairunisak Abdul Razak
CMOS bioelectronics : current and future trends / Ching-Yi Lin, Md. Sakibur Sajal, Yann Gilpin, Fahimeh Dehghandehnavi, Anna Batueva, Kai-Chun Lin, Nicole McFarlane, and Marc Dandin
Identification of the scientific and technological trajectory in the area of bioelectronics : a patent and networks analysis / Alejandro Barragán-Ocaña, Paz Silva-Borjas, and María de los Ángeles Olvera-Treviño
Innovative electronic approaches for biomarker detection / Ummama Saeed, Batool Fatima, and Muhammad Najam-ul-Haq
Bioinspired prosthetic interfaces for bioelectronics / Saadat Majeed, Muhammad Umer Farooq, Sayed Tayyab Raza Naqvi, Naeem Akhtar Khan, Batool Fatima, Dilshad Hussain, Fahad Ali, and Muhammad Najam Ul Haq
Biocompatible and biodegradable organic transistors / Selcan Karakuş, Nazlı Albayrak, Sinem Özlem Enginler
Microbial nanowires / Ahmed Marroki and Leila Bousmaha-Marroki
Semiconducting nanostructured materials for bioelectronics / Jayshree Khedkar, Anil M. Palve, and Ram K. Gupta
Wide-bandgap semiconductors for bioelectronics / Giovana A. Parolin, Alessandra S. Menandro, Rebeca R. Rodrigues, and Laura O. Péres
Recent advancements in MOFs based nanogenerators for bioelectronics / Ajith Mohan Arjun, Kiran Kumar Garlapati, and Pathath Abdul Rasheed
MXenes-based composites for bioelectronics / Manjushree S. G, Prashanth S. Adarakatti, Abdulraheem SA Almalki, and A. Alhadhrami
Bioelectronics with graphene nanostructures / Sobhi Daniel, Praveena Malliyil Gopi, and Mohammed Essac Mohamed
Nanomaterial-assisted bioelectronic devices towards biocomputer / Jinho Yoon, Joungpyo Lim, Jinmyeong Kim, Minkyu Shin, Taek Lee, and Jeong-Woo Choi
Conductive hydrogels for bioelectronics / Meenakshi Singh, Manjeet Harijan, Ritu Singh, and Akriti Srivastava
Conducting polymer composites for metabolite sensing / Zondi Nate, John Alake, Darko Kwabena Adu, Blessing Wisdom Ike, and Rajshekhar Karpoormath
Self-powered devices : a new paradigm in biomedical engineering / Apurba Das and Pamu Dobbidi
Implantable microelectronics / Mario Birkholz
Printable and flexible biosensors / Khairunnisa Amreen and Sanket Goel
Conducting polymer-based biocomposites in flexible bioelectronics / Ragavi Rajasekaran, Atul Kumar Ojha, Gaurav Kulkarni, Jhansi L. Parimi, Baisakhee Saha, Mamoni Banerjee, and Santanu Dhara. - DigitalAngela Hewlett, A. Rekha K. Murthy, editors.Summary: This text gathers the weaknesses revealed during recent infections outbreaks and organizes them into a guide for combating the trends in emerging infections as they relate to hospital preparedness. As the first book to exclusively explore infectious emergencies, the text begins by reviewing potential pathogens and the clinical issues that may threaten hospital safety before delving into the best operational guidelines for commanding a staff under extreme circumstances, including incident command, communication, transport, maintenance, and a myriad of other topics that can remain manageable with proper protocol. Written by experts in the field, this text is the only one that offers the most effective clinical responses to a crisis at every level of care, including special population, laboratory techniques, care of the deceased, behavioral support, and medical documentation. The text concludes by focusing on the reality of care by introducing true examples from the field and the lessons gained from these cases. Bioemergency Planning is a vital resource for infectious disease specialists, hospitalists, epidemiologists, internal medicine physicians, nurses, social workers, public health officials, and all medical professionals who need to be prepared to respond to an infection outbreak.Digital Access Springer 2018
- Digitaledited by Suresh C. Sikka, Wayne J.G. Hellstrom.Summary: Bioenvironmental Issues Affecting Men's Reproductive and Sexual Health is structured into two parts related to men's reproductive and sexual health with eight sections designed to enable a logical flow of such knowledge. The book is focused on the biology of key organs involved in male reproduction and the environmental influences affecting their functions with particular emphasis on clinical aspects. Individual chapters within the book range from basic to translational aspects, but all hold clinical relevance. This is an essential reference for those working and learning in the field of human reproduction, reproductive toxicology and environmental influences on reproductive and sexual health.
Contents:
How environmental and air pollution disrupt spermatogenesis and male reproductive health / Jorge Hallak, Mariana M. Veras and Paulo Hilário N. Saldiva
Environmental issues resulting in hypogonadism in Brazilian men / Carlos T. Da Ros and Túlio M. Graziottin
Envronmental risk factors related to male reproductive health in Turkish society / Serap Gur and Suresh C. Sikka
Effect of environmental toxins on spermatogonial stem cells / Kara E. McAbee, Samuel S. Pendergraft, Anthony Atala, Colin Bishop and Hooman Sadri-Ardekani
Lifestyle stress and its impact on male reproductive health / Angela Pressman, Antonio Hernanadez and Suresh C. Sikka
The impact of lifestyle factors on male reproduction / Manaf Alom, Kevin Wymer and Landon Trost
Obesity, Hypogonadism, and male fertility / Joseph A. La Nasa and Jr.
Lifestyle factors and medical therapy in the management of male fertility / Tolulope O. Bakare nd Jason R. Kovac
Yoga meditation lifestyle intervention / Rima Dada and Madhuri Tolahunase
Lifestyle, environment and male reproductive health / Ibraheem Rehman, Gulfam Ahmad and Saad Alshahrani
Environmental issues in maintaining reproductive health / Michael Lao, Brooke A. Harnisch, and Stanton C. Honig
Environmental contamination and testicular function / Ralf Henkel
Reproductive health issues in Latin America / Milton Ghirelli-Filho and Sidney Glina
Adverse effects of drugs on male reproduction / Mira Aubuchon and Erma Z. Drobnis
Beneficial or detrimental effects of phosphodiesterase-5 (PDE-5) inhibitors on semen quality and testicular function? / Fotios Dimitriadis, Sotirios Skouros, Atsushi Takenaka and Nikolaos Sofikitis
Environmental issues resulting in andropause and hypogonadism / Shubhadeep Roychoudhury and Rudrarup Bhattacharjee
Androgen receptor modulators / Hoang M. Tue Nguyen, Daniel J. Heidenberg and Suresh C. Sikka
Heavy metal toxicity affecting fertility and reproduction of males / Fouad M. Badr and Ola El-Habit
Environmental toxicants / Shiv B. Kumar, Rima Dada and Narmada P. Gupta
Role of environmental toxicants in sperm autophagy, mitophagy, and apoptosis / Chandra Mohan and Suresh C. Sikka
Impact and environmental factors on the genomics and proteomics landscapes of male infertility / Ahmet Ayaz, Narasimhan Kothandaraman, Ralf Henkel and Suresh C. Sikka
Role of sperm chromatin structure assay technology in evaluating sperm DNA damage due to environmental influences / Donald P. Evenson
Standardized semen analysis and quality control management for multicenter male reproductive toxicology clinical trials / Suresh C. Sikka and Ahmet Ayaz
Components of erection and evaluation as the potential target systems for environmental toxicants / Laith Alzweri and Arthur L. Burnett
Effects of endocrine-disrupting chemicals on penile tissue development, histoarchiotecture, and erectile physiology / Abdulmaged M. Traish
Penile fibrogenesis affecting men's reproductive and sexual health / Omer A Raheem, Fady Ghali and Mahadevan R. Rajasekaran
The epidemiology and pathophysiology of erectile dysfunction and the role of environment / Sarah Collica, Filippo Pederzoli and Trinity Bivalacqua
Environment, drugs and chemical exposures in the realm of human sexualtiy / Suresh C. Sikka
Role of risk factors such as smoking, alcohol, and substance abuse on sexual health of Brazilian men / Carlos T. Da Ros and Túlio M. Graziottin
Effects of electronic cigarettes on men's reproductive sexual health / Bashir M. Rezk, Suresh C. Sikka and Wayne J.G. Hellstrom
The influences of diet, supplements, and environmental stressors on erectile function / Yuji Hotta and Kazunori Kimura
Endocrine disruptors in the environment affeceting erectile function / Run Wang and Chris Kannady
Environmental health policy regarding men's reproductive and sexual health / Amit Reddy, Malhar J. Parikh, Andrew T. Gabrielson and Suresh C. Sikka
Drugs of abuse / Nora M. Haney, Linley Diao and Kenneth DeLay
Posttraumatic stress disorder and its effects on men's sexual and reproductive health / Andrew T. Gabrielson, James Liu and Suresh C. Sikka
Perfumery, essential oils, and household chemicals affecting reproductive and sexual health / Suresh C. Sikka and Alma R. Bartolome.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalIsadore Kanfer, editor.Summary: Although the Bioequivalence (BE) requirements in many global jurisdictions have much in common, differences in certain approaches and requirements such as definitions and terms, choice of comparator (reference) product, acceptance criteria, fasted and fed studies, single and multi-dose studies, biowaivers and products not intended for absorption into the systemic circulation (locally acting medicines and dosage forms), amongst others, provide food for thought that standardisation should be a high priority objective in order to result in a harmonized international process for the market approval of products using BE. An important objective of Bioequivalence Requirements in Various Global Jurisdictions is to attempt to gather the various BE requirements used in different global jurisdictions to provide a single source of relevant information. This information from, Brazil, Canada, China, European Union, India, Japan, MENA, Russia South Africa, the USA and WHO will be of value to drug manufacturers, regulatory agencies, pharmaceutical scientists and related health organizations and governments around the world in the quest to harmonize regulatory requirements for the market approval of generic products.
Contents:
Brazil
Canada
China
The European Union
India
Bioequivalence Studies in Japan
Middle East and North Africa (MENA) Bioequivalence Requirements
Russia
South Africa
The United States of America
World Health Organization (WHO). - DigitalConstantine Mavroudis; J. Thomas Cook; Constantine D. Mavroudis.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalMegan-Jane Johnstone AO, PhD, BA, RN.Summary: "Now in its eighth edition, Bioethics: A Nursing Perspective provides practical guidance on the ethical issues you might come across in nursing practice, with real-world examples that help to bring this important subject to life. Author Dr Megan-Jane Johnstone AO, Australia's foremost nursing ethics scholar, provides a comprehensive framework for negotiating the ethical challenges, obligations and responsibilities you might face. The text is engaging and easy to follow, and has been fully updated to reflect current issues in health care such as nurse practitioner assisted dying, pandemic ethics, and the moral costs of misinformation and medical conspiracy theories. . This book is a suitable companion to the law and ethics components of both undergraduate and postgraduate nursing studies, and is relevant for all nurses who encounter ethical problems in their everyday practice." -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2023
- DigitalAmy E. Caruso Brown, Travis R. Hobart, Cynthia B. Morrow, editors.Summary: This unique textbook utilizes an integrated, case-based approach to explore how the domains of bioethics, public health and the social sciences impact individual patients and populations. It provides a structured framework suitable for both educators (including course directors and others engaged in curricular design) and for medical and health professions students to use in classroom settings across a range of clinical areas and allied health professions and for independent study. The textbook opens with an introduction, describing the intersection of ethics and public health in clinical practice and the six key themes that inform the book's core learning objectives, followed by a guide to using the book. It then presents 22 case studies that address a broad spectrum of patient populations, clinical settings, and disease pathologies. Each pair of cases shares a core concept in bioethics or public health, from community perspectives and end-of-life care to medical mistakes and stigma and marginalization. They engage learners in rigorous clinical and ethical reasoning by prompting readers to make choices based on available information and then providing additional information to challenge assumptions, simulating clinical decision-making. In addition to providing a unique, detailed clinical scenario, each case is presented in a consistent format, which includes learning objectives, questions and responses for self-directed learning, questions and responses for group discussion, references, and suggested further reading. All cases integrate the six themes of patient- and family-centered care; evidence-based practice; structural competency; biases in decision-making; cultural humility and awareness of the culture of medicine; and justice, social responsibility and advocacy. The final section discusses some challenges to evaluating courses and learning encounters that adopt the cases and includes a model framework for learner assessment.
Contents:
Introduction
Approaches to Using This Book
"How Many of These Surgeries Have You Done?"
"Can't Stop Coughing (But I Need to Get Back to the Shelter by 6)"
"I Think Im in Labor"
"Why Does My Son Have Lead in His Blood?"
"Our Baby Is Turning Blue"
"I Have a Touch of Sugar but I Cant Afford My Meds"
"I Dont Want My Child to Get Vaccines"
"Our Son's Cancer Is Gone. Why Can't We Stop Treatment?"
"He Has a Gun and Wants to Kill Himself"
"Bleeding Too Much" (In the Words of a Refugee)
"My Father Wouldnt Want to Live Like This"
"Were Not Ready to Give Up"
"Please Look Beyond My Disability"
"It Runs in the Family"
"I Know Something Is Wrong"
"Im in Pain!"
"I Don't Want to Be a Guinea Pig"
"Wait, Im a Research Subject?"
"I Need Blockers So I Dont Turn Into a Girl"
"You Dont Understand--He Needs That Bottle"
"They Say My Babys Head Is Too Small"
"I Just Want to Help People and See the World"
Evaluating Cases in Context
A Practical Framework for Learner Assessment. - DigitalAkira Akabayashi.Summary: This open access book addresses a variety of issues relating to bioethics, in order to initiate cross-cultural dialogue. Beginning with the history, it introduces various views on bioethics, based on specific experiences from Japan. It describes how Japan has been confronted with Western bioethics and the ethical issues new to this modern age, and how it has found its foothold as it decides where it stands on these issues. In the last chapter, the author proposes discarding the overarching term 'Global Bioethics in favor of the new term, 'Bioethics Across the Globe (BAG), which carries a more universal connotation. This book serves as an excellent tool to help readers understand a different culture and to initiate deep and genuine global dialogue that incorporates local and global thinking on bioethics. Bioethics Across the Globe is a valuable resource for researchers in the field of bioethics/medical ethics interested in adopting cross-cultural approaches, as well as graduate and undergraduate students of healthcare and philosophy.
Contents:
Chapter 1. A Brief History of Bioethics in Japan
Chapter 2. Brain-death and organ transplantation: The first Japanese Path
Chapter 3. Informed Consent, Familism, and the Nature of Autonomy
Chapter 4. End-of-Life Care, Advance Directives, Withholding and Withdrawing Life-Sustaining Treatment, and The Goals of Medicine
Chapter 5. The Moral Status of the Embryo: The Second Japanese Path
Chapter 6. The Great East Japan Earthquake and the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant Accident
Chapter 7. Outcome egalitarianism and opportunity egalitarianism
Chapter 8. Research Regulations, Ethics Committees, and Confronting Global Standards
Chapter 9. Modern Medical Professionalism
Chapter 10. What does it mean to be truly "interdisciplinary"?
Chapter 11. Rebirthing Bioethics: Going Global.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Printseries editors, James F. Childress ... [et al.].
- Digitaleditors, Bhoopander Giri, Ram Prasad, Qiang-Sheng Wu and Ajit Varma.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the benefits of biofertilizers as an alternative to chemical fertilizers and pesticides. Agricultural production has increased massively over the last century due to increased use of chemical fertilizers and pesticides, but these gains have come at a price. The chemicals are not only expensive; they also reduce microbial activity in agricultural soils and accumulate in the food chain, with potentially harmful effects for humans. Accordingly, it is high time to explore alternatives and to find solutions to overcome our increasing dependence on these chemicals. Biofertilizers, which consist of plant remains, organic matter and microorganisms, might offer an alternative. They are natural, organic, biodegradable, eco-friendly and cost-effective. Further, the microbes present in the biofertilizers are important, because they produce nutrients required for plant growth (e.g., nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium), as well as substances essential for plant growth and development (e.g., auxins and cytokinins). Biofertilizers also improve the physical properties, fertility and productivity of soil, reducing the need for chemical fertilizers while maintaining high crop yield. This makes biofertilizers a powerful tool for sustainable agriculture and a sustainable environment. The book covers the latest research on biofertilizers, ranging from beneficial fungal, bacterial and algal inoculants; to microbes for bioremediation, wastewater treatment; and recycling of biodegradable municipal, agricultural and industrial waste; as well as biocontrol agents and bio-pesticides. As such, it offers a valuable resource for researchers, academics and students in the broad fields of microbiology and agriculture.
Contents:
1. Microbial Biofertilizers: Types and Applications
2. Fungal Inoculants for Native Phosphorus Mobilization
3. Potential Applications of Algae-based Biofertilizer
4. Ectomycorrhizal Fungi: Role as Biofertilizers in Forestry
5. Perspectives on the Role of Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi in the in-vivo Vegetative Plant Propagation
6. Silicon (Si) and Zinc (Zn) Solubilizing Microorganisms: Role in Sustainable Agriculture
7. Status and prospects of bacterial inoculants for sustainable management of agroecosystems
8. Plant Nutrient Management Through Inoculation of Zinc Solubilizing Bacteria for Sustainable Agriculture
9. Endophytic Bacteria as A Modern Tool for Sustainable Crop Management Under Stress
10. Biofertilizers in Argentina
11. Rhizobial Inoculants for Sustainable Agriculture: Prospects and Applications
12. Biofertilizer and their role in sustainable agriculture
13. The use of Microorganisms for the Biodegradation of Sewage Sludge and the Production of Biocompost for Sustainable Agriculture
14. Circadian Rhythms in Plant Microbe Interaction: For Better Performance of Bioinoculants in the Agricultural Fields
15. The Actinobacteria and Their Role as Plant Probiotics
16. Organic Fertilizer from Algae: A Novel Approach Towards Sustainable Agriculture
17. Phosphate Solubilizing Fungi and Their Potential Role in Sustainable Agriculture
18. Fungi as Biological Control Agents
19. Biocontrol Agents: Potential of Biopesticides for Integrated Pest Management
20. Microbial-Mediated Plant Growth Promotion: A Mechanistic Overview on Cultivable Plant Growth Promoting Members
21. Mycorrhizas and Tolerance of Abiotic Stress in Citrus Plants
22. Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi (AMF) from Heavy Metal Contaminated Soils: Molecular Approach and Application in Phytoremediation
23. The Role of Arbuscular Mycorrhiza in Sustainable Environment and Agriculture
24. Microbe-Mediated Removal of Heavy Metals for Sustainable Agri cultural Practices.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digital/PrintGianfranco Donelli, editor.Summary: The aim of this book is to provide readers with a wide overview of the main healthcare-associated infections caused by bacteria and fungi able to grow as biofilm. The recently acquired knowledge on the pivotal role played by biofilm-growing microorganisms in healthcare-related infections has given a new dynamic to detection, prevention and treatment of these infections in patients admitted to both acute care hospitals and long-term care facilities. Clinicians, hygienists and microbiologists will be updated by leading scientists on the state-of-art of biofilm-based infections and on the most innovative strategies for prevention and treatment of these infections, often caused by emerging multidrug-resistant biofilm-growing microorganisms.
Contents:
Biofilm Formation by Clinical Isolates and its Relevance to Clinical Infections
Biofilm-based implant infections in orthopaedics
Clinical and Microbiological Aspects of Biofilm-Associated Surgical Site Infections
Peri-implant infections of oral biofilm etiology
Microbiological diversity of peri-implantitis biofilms
Anaerobes in biofilm-based healthcare-associated infections
Microbial biofilm development on neonatal enteral feeding tubes
Voice prostheses, microbial colonization and biofilm formation
Microbial composition and antibiotic resistance of biofilms recovered from endotracheal tubes of mechanically ventilated patients
Biofilm and Central Line Associated Bloodstream Infections.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital/PrintGianfranco Donelli, editor.Summary: The aim of this book is to provide readers with a wide overview of the main healthcare-associated infections caused by bacteria and fungi able to grow as biofilm. The recently acquired knowledge on the pivotal role played by biofilm-growing microorganisms in healthcare-related infections has given a new dynamic to detection, prevention and treatment of these infections in patients admitted to both acute care hospitals and long-term care facilities. Clinicians, hygienists and microbiologists will be updated by leading scientists on the state-of-art of biofilm-based infections and on the most innovative strategies for prevention and treatment of these infections, often caused by emerging multidrug-resistant biofilm-growing microorganisms.
Contents:
Persister cells in biofilm associated infections
Fungal biofilms in human disease
Biofilm-Infected Pressure Ulcers: Current Knowledge and Emerging Treatment Strategies
Microbial biofilms and adverse reactions to gel fillers used in cosmetic surgery
Role of biofilms in breast implant associated infections and capsular contracture
Innovative strategies for combating biofilm-based infections
Antimicrobial polymers for anti-biofilm medical devices: state of art and perspectives
Antimicrobial Photodynamic Therapy for Treatment of Biofilm-based Infections
Anti-Biofilm Agents in Control of Device-Related Infections
Lipid- and polymer-based drug delivery carriers for eradicating microbial biofilms causing medical device-related infections. - DigitalSunil Kumar, Niharika Chandra, Leena Singh, Muhammad Zaffar Hashmi, Ajit Varma, editors.Summary: This book highlights treatment strategies for bacterial biofilms in connection with a variety of human diseases. In particular, it reviews bacterial biofilm formation and its mechanism. Topics covered include biofilms in human health, the role of biofilms in mediating human diseases, and methods for testing bacterial biofilms. Further sections concentrate on biofilm-mediated diseases in different parts of the human gastrointestinal tract, while therapeutic strategies for biofilm control and natural agents that disrupt bacterial biofilms are also covered. Readers will also find the latest advances in probiotics and biofilms, as well as the use of probiotics to counteract biofilm-associated infections. Biofilms and antimicrobial resistance are discussed. Subsequent chapters address the management of inflammatory bowel disease via probiotics biofilms, as well as the role of probiotics bacteria in the treatment of human diseases associated with bacterial biofilms. The book is chiefly intended for clinicians/scientists in the fields of medical microbiology, applied microbiology, biochemistry, and biotechnology.
Contents:
Chapter 1
An Introduction to Microbial Biofilm
Chapter 2
Biofilms: The Good and the Bad
Chapter 3
Biofilms in Human Health
Chapter 4
The Role of Biofilms in Originating, Mediating, and Proliferating Infectious Diseases
Chapter 5
Modern Methods in Microscopy for the Assessment of Biofilms
Chapter 6
Molecular Methods for the Assessment of Microbial Biofilms
Chapter 7
Biofilm Mediated Dental Diseases
Chapter 8
Biofilm Mediated Diseases of the Eye
Chapter 9
Biofilm mediated Diseases of the Ear, Nose, and Throat
Chapter 10
Biofilm mediated Diseases of Heart and Lungs
Chapter 11
Role of Biofilms in Medical Devices and Implants
Chapter 12
Biofilm Mediated Gastrointestinal Diseases
Chapter 13
Biofilm Mediated Urinary Tract Infections
Chapter 14
Biofilm Mediated Skin Infections
Chapter 15
Approaches Towards Microbial Biofilm Disruption by Natural Bioactive Agents
Chapter 16
Probiotics and Biofilm
Chapter 17
Probiotics to Counteract Biofilm-Associated Infections
Chapter 18
Biofilms and Antimicrobial Resistance
Chapter 19
Management of Inflammatory Bowel Disease by Probiotics Biofilm. - Digitaledited by Iqbal Ahmad, Fohad Mabood Husain.Contents:
Biofilms : an introduction and significance in plant and soil health
Role of PGPR in biofilm formations and its importance in plant health
Concept of mono and mixed biofilms and their role in soil and in plant association
Bacillus biofilms and their role in plant health
Biofilm formation by Psedumonas spp. and their significance in biocontrol
Quorum sensing mechanisms in rhizosphere biofilms
Biofilm formation and quorum sensing in the rhizosphere
The significance of fungal biofilms in association with plants and soils
Chemical nature of biofilm matrix and its significance
Root exudates : composition and impact on plant-microbe interaction
Biochemical and molecular mechanism in biofilm studies in plant associated bacteria
Techniques in studying biofilms and their characterization : microscopy to advanced imaging systems in vitro and in situ
Gene expression and enhanced antimicrobial resistance in biofilms
In vitro assessment of biofilm formation by soil and plant associated microorganisms
Biotic and abiotic factors affecting biofilm in vitro and in the rhizosphere
The ecological significance of soil associated biofilms and stress management
Developed biofilm-based microbial ameliorators for bioremediating degraded ecosystems and the environment
Bioremediation and biofilm in soil and plant root association
Biofilms for remediation of heavy metals and xenobiotic compounds : a technical review
Plant pathogenic bacteria : role of quorum sensing and biofilm in disease development
Plant pathogenic bacteria biofilm instigation and its control measures
Application of biofilm and quorum sensing inhibitors in food protection and safety
Biofilm inhibition by natural products of marine origin and their environmental application
Biofilm formation by enteric pathogens on plants and its impact on human health
Role of in silico studies in designing QS/antibiofilm agents for controlling biofouling and plant diseases.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digital[edited by] John Love.Contents:
Biofuels: The Back Story / John A. Bryant and John Love
Biofuels in Operation / Lionel Clarke
Anaerobic Digestion / John Bombardiere and David A. Stafford
Plant Cell Wall Polymers / Stephen C. Fry
Ethanol Production from Renewable Lignocellulosic Biomass / Leah M. Brown, Gary M. Hawkins and Joy Doran-Peterson
Fatty Acids, Triacylglycerols and Biodiesel / John A. Bryant
Development of Miscanthus as a Bioenergy Crop / John Clifton-Brown, Jon McCalmont and Astley Hastings
Mangrove Palm, Nypa fruticans: '3-in-1' Tree for Integrated Food/Fuel and Eco-Services / C.B. Jamieson, R.D. Lasco and E.T. Rasco
The Use of Cyanobacteria for Biofuel Production / David J. Lea-Smith and Christopher J. Howe
Third-Generation Biofuels from the Microalga, Botryococcus braunii / Charlotte Cook, Chappandra Dayananda, Richard K. Tennant and John Love
Strain Selection Strategies for Improvement of Algal Biofuel Feedstocks / Leyla T. Hathwaik and John C. Cushman
Algal Cultivation Technologies / Alessandro Marco Lizzul and Michael J. Allen
Biofuels from Macroalgal Biomass / Jessica Adams
Lipid-based Biofuels from Oleaginous Microbes / Lisa A. Sargeant, Rhodri W. Jenkins and Christopher J. Chuck
Engineering Microbial Metabolism for Biofuel Production / Thomas P. Howard
The Sustainability of Biofuels / J.M. Lynch
Biofuels and Bioenergy
Ethical Aspects / John A. Bryant and Steve Hughes
Postscript / John Love and John A. Bryant
Selected References and Suggestions for Further Reading.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalMansour Ghorbanpour, Prachi Bhargava, Ajit Varma, Devendra K. Choudhary, editors.Summary: Several nano-scale devices have emerged that are capable of analysing plant diseases, nutrient deficiencies and any other ailments that may affect food security in agro-ecosystems. It has been envisioned that smart delivery systems can be developed and utilised for better management of agricultural ecosystems. These systems could exhibit beneficial, multi-functional characteristics, which could be used to assess and also control habitat-imposed stresses to crops. Nanoparticle-mediated smart delivery systems can control the delivery of nutrients or bioactive and/or pesticide molecules in plants. It has been suggested that nano-particles in plants might help determine their nutrient status and could also be used as cures in agro-ecosystems. Further, to enhance soil and crop productivity, nanotechnology has been used to create and deliver nano fertilizers, which can be defined as nano-particles that directly help supply nutrients for plant growth and soil productivity. Nano-particles can be absorbed onto clay networks, leading to improved soil health and more efficient nutrient use by crops. Additionally, fertilizer particles can be coated with nano-particles that facilitate slow and steady release of nutrients, reducing loss of nutrients and enhancing their efficiency in agri-crops. Although the use of nanotechnology in agro-ecosystems is still in its early stages and needs to be developed further, nano-particle-mediated delivery systems are promising solutions for the successful management of agri-ecosystems. In this context, the book offers insights into nanotechnology in agro-ecosystems with reference to biogenic nanoparticles. A useful resource for postgraduate and research students in the field of plant and agricultural sciences, it is also of interest to researchers working in nano and biotechnology.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Editors and Contributors
About the Editors
Contributors
1: Application of Nanotechnology in Agricultural Farm Animals
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Improvement in Animal Health
1.2.1 Veterinary Diagnostics
1.2.2 Veterinary Therapeutics and Vaccine Delivery
1.3 Improvement in Animal Production
1.3.1 Nanofeed
1.3.2 Nano-Reproduction
1.4 Conclusion
References
2: Nanoparticles in Plant Growth and Development
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Molecular Mechanism of Nanoparticles in Plant Growth and Protection 2.2.1 Mode of Entry and Uptake
2.2.2 Nanoparticle-Plant Interactions
2.2.3 Translocation
2.3 Effect of Nanoparticles
2.3.1 Effect on Photosynthesis
2.3.2 Effect on Seed Germination
2.3.3 Root and Shoot Growth
2.3.4 Effect on Nutrient Delivery
2.3.5 Effect on Rhizospheric Environment
2.3.6 Toxicity
2.3.6.1 Pathogen Suppression
2.3.6.2 Regulated Delivery of Pesticides
2.3.6.3 Physiological and Biochemical Changes in Plants
2.3.7 Accumulation of Nanoparticles
2.3.7.1 In Plants
2.3.7.2 In Soil and Water Bodies
References 3.14 Classification of Nanosensors
3.15 Advantages of Nanosensors
3.16 Nanotechnology for Post-harvest Improvement
3.17 Microbial Nanoformulations in Quality Enhancement
3.18 Nanopackaging Technology
References
4: Agriculture and Nanoparticles
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Effects of Nanoparticles on Plant Development
4.3 Conclusion
References
5: Large-Scale Production/Biosynthesis of Biogenic Nanoparticles
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Detoxification Principles
5.3 Biosynthesis of Biogenic Nanoparticles 3: Use of Nanotechnology in Quality Improvement of Economically Important Agricultural Crops
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Nanoparticles in Agriculture and Their Fabrication
3.3 Polymers Used as Nanocarriers
3.4 Nanoparticles for Seed Germination and Plant Growth
3.5 Nanofertilizers
3.6 Classification of Nanofertilizers
3.7 Benefits of Nanofertilizers
3.8 Advantages of Nanofertilizers
3.9 Nanoherbicides
3.10 Advantages of Nanoherbicides
3.11 Nanopesticides
3.12 Advantages of Nanopesticides
3.13 Nanosensors and Their Applications 5.4 Industrial-Scale Production/Biosynthesis of Biogenic Nanoparticles
5.5 Process Scale-Up Principles
References
6: Role of Nanotechnology in the Management of Agricultural Pests
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Methods for the Management of Insects/Pests
6.3 Nanoparticles as a New Tool for Pest Management
6.4 Role of Naturally Occurring Nanoparticles in Insects
6.5 Nanoparticles Used in Biopesticides Controlled Release Formulations
6.6 Classes of Nanoparticles
6.7 Nanopesticides
6.8 Methods to Develop Nanoparticles for Pest ControlDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalTiago S. Vasconcelos, Fernando R. da Silva, Tiago G. dos Santos, Vitor H.M. Prado, Diogo B. Provete.Summary: This book analyzes different facets of anuran amphibian distribution in South America. We integrate alternative biological metrics employing cutting-edge methods to understand the dynamic processes underlying species distribution patterns. By using the modern biogeographic toolbox, we explore how richness gradients, phylogenetic diversity, functional diversity, and range size/endemism distribution of amphibians vary along the continent. Moreover, we present a robust proposal for priority areas for conservation of anurans in South America that maximizes representativeness of distinct biodiversity facets.
Contents:
An Introduction to the Biogeography of South American Anurans
South American Anurans: Species Diversity and Description Trends Through Time and Space
Patterns of Species Richness, Range Size, and their Environmental Correlates of South American Anurans
Spatial Distribution of Phylogenetic Diversity of South American Anurans
Geographical Patterns of Functional Diversity of South American Anurans
Biogeographic Regionalization of South American Anurans
Spatial Conservation Prioritization for the Anuran Fauna of South America. - Digital/PrintErrol C Friedberg, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center at Dallas, USA ; foreword by Sydney Brenner.Contents:
Growing up in Brooklyn
The essential Paul Berg
College and World War II
Western Reserve University
Copenhagen
Washington University, St. Louis
Discovering transfer RNA
Stanford University and its refurbished Department of Biochemistry
Transcription and translation : new directions
Making recombinant DNA : the first faltering steps
Making recombinant DNA : a major breakthrough
EcoRI restriction endonuclease : a major breakthrough
"Coincidence is the word we use when we can't see the levers and pulleys"
Yet another Stanford contribution
An historic meeting in Hawaii
The recombinant DNA controversy
A momentous Gordon Research Conference
Making recombinant molecules with frog DNA
The controversy heats up
Asilomar II
The dissenters : a different point of view
The aftermath
Legislative and revisionist challenges to recombinant DNA
Asilomar II : lessons learned
The Nobel Prize in chemistry
Commercializing the technology
Life goes on
The "retirement" years
Public policy issues : and other interests
Personal challenges.Digital Access World Scientific 2014 - PrintJim Penman.Summary: "Biohistory is a revolutionary new theory that explores the biological and behavioural underpinnings of social change, including the rise and fall of civilisations. Informed by significant research into the physiological basis of behaviour conducted by author Dr Jim Penman and a team of scientists at RMIT University and the Florey Institute in Melbourne, Australia, Biohistory examines how a complex interplay between culture and biology has shaped civilisations from the Roman Empire to the modern West. Penman proposes that historical changes are driven by changes in the prevailing temperament of populations, based on physiological mechanisms that adapt animal behaviour to changing food conditions. It details the history of human society by mapping the effects of these epigenetic changes on cultures, and on historical tipping points including wars and revolutions. It shows how laboratory studies can be used to explain broad social and economic changes, including the fortunes of entire civilizations. The author's shocking conclusion is that the West is in terminal and inevitable decline, and that its only hope may lie with the biological sciences. Drawing on the disciplines of history, biology, anthropology and economics, Biohistory is the first theory of society that can be tested with some rigour in the laboratory. It explains how environment, cultural values and childrearing patterns determine whether societies prosper or collapse, and how social change can be both predicted--and potentially modified--through biochemistry."--Back cover.
Contents:
Of science and temperament
Food restriction
The civilization factor
Aggression
Infancy and childhood
The rise of the West
The civilization cycle
Lemming cycles
War
Recession and tyranny
Why regimes fall and civilizations collapse
Rome
The stability factor
China and India
The triumph of the fundamentalists
The decline of the West
The future. - DigitalKota Miura, Nataša Sladoje, editors.Summary: This open access textbook provides students and researchers in the life sciences with essential practical information on how to quantitatively analyze data images. It refrains from focusing on theory, and instead uses practical examples and step-by step protocols to familiarize readers with the most commonly used image processing and analysis platforms such as ImageJ, MatLab and Python. Besides gaining knowhow on algorithm usage, readers will learn how to create an analysis pipeline by scripting language; these skills are important in order to document reproducible image analysis workflows. The textbook is chiefly intended for advanced undergraduates in the life sciences and biomedicine without a theoretical background in data analysis, as well as for postdocs, staff scientists and faculty members who need to perform regular quantitative analyses of microscopy images.
Contents:
Workflows and Components of Bioimage Analysis
Measurements of Intensity Dynamics at the Periphery of the Nucleus
3D Quantitative Colocalisation Analysis
The NEMO Dots Assembly: Single-Particle Tracking and Analysis
Introduction to MATLAB: Image Analysis & Brownian Motion
Resolving the process of Clathrin Mediated Endocytosis Using Correlative Light & Electron Microscopy (CLEM). - DigitalAsheesh Shanker, editor.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview of the concepts and approaches used for sequence, structure, and phylogenetic analysis. Starting with an introduction to the subject and intellectual property protection for bioinformatics, it guides readers through the latest sequencing technologies, sequence analysis, genomic variations, metagenomics, epigenomics, molecular evolution and phylogenetics, structural bioinformatics, protein folding, structure analysis and validation, drug discovery, reverse vaccinology, machine learning, application of R programming in biological data analysis, and the use of Linux in handling large data files.
Contents:
Intellectual Property Rights and Bioinformatics: An Introduction
Next-Generation Sequencing: Technology, Advancements, and Applications
Sequence Alignment
Understanding Genomic Variations in the Context of Health and Disease: Annotation, Interpretation, and Challenges
Metagenomics: Focusing on the Haystack
Computational Epigenomics and its Application in Regulatory Genomics
Data Mining to Detect Common, Unique, and Polymorphic Simple Sequence Repeats
R-Programming for Genome-Wide Data Analysis
Computational Approaches to Studying Molecular Phylogenetics
Structural Bioinformatics: Life Through the 3D Glasses
A Survey of the Structural Parameters Used for Computational Prediction of Protein Folding Process
Quality Assessment of Protein Tertiary Structures: Past, Present, and Future
Predicting Protein Function Using Homology-Based Methods
Drug Discovery: An In Silico Approach
Advanced In Silico Tools for Designing of Antigenic Epitope as Potential Vaccine Candidates Against Coronavirus
Machine Learning: What, Why, and How?
Command-Line Tools in Linux for Handling Large Data Files. - DigitalXuhua Xia.Summary: This second edition integrates the more technical and mathematical aspects of bioinformatics with concrete examples of their application to current research problems in molecular and cellular biology. This broad, unified approach is made possible, in large part, by the very wide scope of Dr. Xia's own research experience. The integration of genomics, proteomics and transcriptomics into a single volume makes this book required reading for anyone entering the new and emerging field of Systems Biology.
Contents:
Blast and Fasta
Sequence alignment
Contig assembly
DNA replication and viral evolution
Gene and motif prediction
Hidden Markov Models
Gibbs Sampler
Bioinformatics and vertebrate mitochondria
Characterizing translation efficiency
Protein isoelectric point
Bioinformatics and Two-Dimensional Protein Separation
Self-Organizing Map and other clustering Algorithms
Molecular Phylogenetics
Fundamentals of Proteomics. - DigitalKevin Byron, New Jersey Institute of Technology, Newark, USA, Katherine G. Herbert, Montclair State University, New Jersey, USA, Jason T.L. Wang, New Jersey Institute of Technolog, Newark, USA.Contents:
Chapter 1. Overview of bioinformatics databases
Chapter 2. Biological data cleaning
Chapter 3. Biological data integration
Chapter 4. Biological data searching
Chapter 5. Biological data mining
Chapter 6. Biological network inference
Chapter 7. Cloud-based biological data processing.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - DigitalAtul Kumar Upadhyay, R Sowdhamini, Virupaksh U. Patil, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This book illustrates the importance and significance of bioinformatics in the field of agriculture. It first introduces the basic concepts of bioinformatics, such as homologous sequence and gene function analyses, determination of protein structures, and discusses machine learning applications for an in-depth understanding of the desired genes and proteins based on commonly used bioinformatics software and tools, e.g. BLAST, molecular modelling, molecular-docking and simulations, protein-protein and domain-domain interactions. The book also describes recent advances in the high-throughput analysis of whole genome and transcriptome using next-generation sequencing platforms, and functional proteome studies. It also examines the role of computational biology in understanding and improving the nutrient quality and yield of crops. Lastly, the book explores a comprehensive list of applications of bioinformatics to improve plant yield, biomass, and health, and the challenges involved.
Contents:
Chapter 1_Introduction to concepts of Agri-informatics
Chapter 2_Bioinformatics tools for genomics assisted breeding and population genetics
Chapter 3_Role of computational biology in sustainable development of Agriculture
Chapter 4_High Throughput Sequencing Technologies and Application In Crop Improvement
Chapter 5_Systems biology approach for Simulation of omics data
Chapter 6_Big data and its analyatics in Agriculture
Chapter 7_Role of omics approaches in improving crop's nutritional value
Chapter 8_Computational study of diseases and insect resistance to upgrade the production of plants. - Digitaledited by Rishabha Malviya, Pramod Kumar Sharma, Sonali Sundram, Rajesh Kumar Dhanaraj, Balamurugan Balusamy.Summary: "Nowadays, Raw biological data can be easily stored as databases in the computers but extracting the required information from the quantum of data is the actual challenge for researchers. For this reason, bioinformatics tools perform a vital role in extracting and analyzing information from the databases. Bioinformatic Tools and Big Data Analytics for Patient Care: Future of Healthcare describe the applications of bioinformatics, data management and computational techniques in clinical studies and drug discovery for patient care. This book gives details about the recent developments in the fields of artificial intelligence, cloud computing and data analytics for improved patient care. This book highlights the advancement in computational techniques which are used to perform intelligent medical tasks"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Role of bioinformatics tools and technologies in clinical trial
Bioinformatics Tools and Software in Clinical Research
Computational Biology for Clinical Research
Issues and challenges related to CBTs for clinical research
Artificial Intelligence : An Emerging Technique in Pharma & Health care system
AI in Healthcare and its application in Brain Stroke Diagnosis
Computational Cloud Infrastructure for Patient Care
Advancement in Gene Delivery : The Role of Bioinformatics
Drug Development using Cloud Application
Cloud Application in Drug Development
Framework for handling medical data in research.Digital Access TandFonline 2022 - DigitalPandjassarame Kangueane.Summary: Bioinformation Discovery illustrates the power of biological data in knowledge discovery. It describes biological data types and representations with examples for creating a workflow in bioinformation discovery. Concepts are illustrated using line diagrams.
Contents:
Intro; Dedication; Preface; Acknowledgments; Abbreviations; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; About the Author;
Chapter 1: Bioinformatics for Bioinformation; 1.1 Bioinformatics; 1.2 Bioinformatics-Related Terms; 1.3 Some Journals Supporting Bioinformatics; 1.4 Bioinformatics in Drug Discovery; 1.5 Skills for Bioinformatics; 1.5.1 UNIX Commands for Bioinformation Discovery; 1.5.2 Mathematics of Bioinformatics; 1.6 Bioinformatics Warehousing in Drug Discovery; 1.7 Bioinformatics Components; 1.8 Bioinformation; 1.9 Bioinformatics Variables; 1.10 Cell Constituents; 1.10.1 Nucleic Acids. 1.10.2 Proteins1.10.3 Classification of Amino Acids; 1.11 Codon and Codon Usage Table; 1.12 Bioinformation Discovery; 1.13 Bioinformatics Principle; 1.14 Bioinformatics Challenges; 1.15 Biological Data; 1.16 Data Explosion; 1.17 Sequence Data; 1.18 Structure Data; 1.19 Small Molecules; 1.20 Macromolecules; 1.21 SCOP Dataset; 1.22 CATH Dataset; 1.23 Functional Data; 1.24 Pathway Data; 1.25 Bioinformatics Developments; 1.26 Discovery Environment; 1.27 Sequence, Structure Alignment, and Evolutionary Inferences; 1.27.1 Sequence Alignment; 1.28 Molecular Modeling; 1.28.1 Protein Modeling. 1.28.2 Methods of Protein Modeling1.28.3 Popular Force Fields for Molecular Mechanics; 1.28.4 Prediction of Protein Structure; 1.28.5 Caveats on Homology Modeling; 1.29 Molecular Docking; 1.30 Phylogenetic Analysis; 1.31 Exercises;
Chapter 2: Creating Datasets for Bioinformation; 2.1 Datasets; 2.2 HLA Binding Peptide Dataset; 2.3 MHC-Peptide Structural Dataset; 2.4 Grouping of MHC-Peptide Structures; 2.5 PDB Chain Identifier; 2.6 Information Redundancy in Dataset; 2.7 Information from MHC-Peptide Data; 2.8 Structural Parameters for MHC-Peptide Dataset Analysis. 2.9 Creation of Heterodimer and Homodimer Dataset2.10 Homodimer Folding Dataset; 2.11 Intronless Genes Dataset; 2.12 Human Single Exon Gene (SEG) Dataset; 2.13 Intron Containing Genes Dataset; 2.14 Fusion Protein Dataset; 2.15 Cholera Toxin Dataset; 2.16 HIV-1 GP160 (GP120/GP40) Structures; 2.17 Biological Data to Knowledge; 2.18 Exercises; References;
Chapter 3: Tools and Techniques; 3.1 ALIGN; 3.2 BIMAS; 3.3 BLAST; 3.4 CLUSTALW; 3.5 DeCypher; 3.6 DEEP VIEW; 3.7 FASTA; 3.8 INSIGHT II; 3.9 GENSCAN; 3.10 GROMOS; 3.11 HBPLUS; 3.12 LALIGN/PLALIGN; 3.13 LIGPLOT; 3.14 LOOK; 3.15 MODELLER. 3.16 NACCESS3.17 PHYLIP; 3.18 PROTPARAM; 3.19 PROTORP; 3.20 PSAP; 3.21 InterPro; 3.22 PYMOL; 3.23 RASMOL; 3.24 ROSETTA Design; 3.25 SURFNET; 3.26 SYBYL; 3.27 T-EPITOPE DESIGNER; 3.28 Exercises; References;
Chapter 4: Protein-Protein Interaction; 4.1 Protein Subunit Interaction; 4.2 Protein Dimer Datasets in Literature; 4.3 Parameters in Subunit Interaction; 4.3.1 Hydrophobic Effect; 4.3.2 Interface Size; 4.3.3 Interface Residues; 4.3.4 Interface H-Bonds; 4.3.5 Interface Electrostatics; 4.3.6 Interface Sidechain-Sidechain Interaction; 4.3.7 Interface Hot Spots; 4.4 Conclusion; 4.5 Exercise. - DigitalHeung Jae Chun, Rui L. Reis, Antonella Motta, Gilson Khang, editors.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalPaul S. Yamauchi, editor.Contents:
History of Therapies in Dermatology. Past to Present
Validated scoring systems
Interpreting Clinical Trial Data
Compliance and Persistency
Quality of Life in the Dermatology Practice
Medical Legal Issues with Biologic Agents in the Treatment of Psoriasis
Patient and Physician Perspectives on Traditional Systemic and Biologic Therapies for Psoriasis
Outcomes of Comorbidities with Biologic and Systemic Agents
Pharmacovigilance
Pharmacoeconomics of Biologic Therapy in Dermatology
Immunogenicity of Biologic Agents in Psoriasis
Manufacturing of Biologics
Tumor Necrosis Factor Inhibition
Dual Inhibition of IL-12/IL- 23 and Selective Inhibition of IL-23 in Psoriasis.- Interleukin-17 Inhibition for the Treatment of Inflammatory Skin Disease
Systemic Therapies in Psoriasis
Nail, Scalp, and Palmoplantar Psoriasis
Current and Emerging Treatments for Psoriatic Arthritis
JAK Kinase Inhibitors in Dermatology
Fumaric Acid Esters in Dermatology
Phosphodiesterase Inhibitors for the Treatment of Inflammatory Skin Conditions
Oral Retinoids in Dermatology
Combination Therapy with Biologics and Other Systemic Treatments in Psoriasis
Transitioning Biologic and Systemic Therapies in Psoriatic Patients
Practical Considerations and Complex Cases in Psoriasis
Biosimilars in Dermatology
Biological Agents in Pediatric Dermatology
Oral systemic Agents in Pediatric Dermatology
Utilization of Biologic and Systemic Agents in the Elderly
Miscellaneous Uses of Biologic and Systemic Agents in Other Dermatologic Conditions
Biologics for the Treatment of Atopic Dermatitis
Oral Agents for Atopic Dermatitis: Current and in Development
Cutaneous T-cell lymphoma
Anti-CD20 Agents and Potential Novel Biologics in Pemphigus Vulgaris and Other Autoimmune Blistering Diseases
Oral Systemic Agents for Immunobullous Disorders
Biologic and Systemic Agents in Hidradenitis Suppurativa
Systemic and Biologic Agents for Lupus Erythematosus
Anti-IgE Therapy in Dermatology
Role of Intravenous Immunoglobulin in Dermatologic Disorders
Systemic Antifungals
Systemic Antivirals in Dermatology
Antihelmintics in Dermatology
Systemic Therapies for Scarring and Non-scarring alopecia
Dapsone in Dermatology
Systemic Non-Antibiotic Therapy in acne and rosacea
Oral Antibiotics in Dermatology: A Practical Overview with Clinically Relevant Correlations and Management Suggestions
Sonic Hedgehog Pathway Inhibition in the Treatment of Advanced Basal Cell Carcinoma
Update in Immunotherapies for Melanoma
Patient advocacy organizations. . - DigitalNicholas Brownstone, Tina Bhutani, Wilson Liao, editors.Summary: Biologic therapy is a treatment that strives to modulate a patient's immune system to fight a given disease. In psoriasis, a skin disorder that is partly caused by a dysregulated immune system resulting in well-demarcated red areas of the skin with white scales, biologic therapy has the potential to vastly improve upon patient outcomes by minimizing the symptoms of this disease while maximizing the safety profile of the therapy. This book offers an up-to-date and comprehensive review on biologic therapy for the treatment of psoriasis. With over 10 FDA approved biologic agents for psoriasis (with more in the pipeline), confusion exists among providers regarding which agent is best for a particular patient. Chapters cover all FDA approved psoriasis biologic agents (including pipeline agents) for use in pediatric, adult, and geriatric patients. This book is unique in that it will not only cover cutting edge treatment principles based on the latest research, it will also be one of the most comprehensive reviews of psoriasis biologics in the COVID-19 era. Biologic Therapy for Psoriasis is a must-have resource for board certified dermatologists and rheumatologists, dermatology and rheumatology residents and fellows, dermatology physician assistants, nurse practitioners and medical students. The ultimate goal of this book is to improve patient care by making the busy practicing dermatology provider more adept with these particular therapies.
Contents:
Introduction to Biologic Therapy for Psoriasis
Laboratory Monitoring: TB, Hepatitis and HIV
TNF-Alpha Class of Biologic Agents in Psoriatic Disease
IL-17 class of Biologic Agents in Psoriatic Disease
IL-23 Inhibition for the Treatment of Psoriatic Disease: Pathway Discovery and Overview
Combination Therapy with Biologic Agents
Biologic Agents for the Treatment of Pediatric Psoriasis
Special Site Psoriasis
Comparing Biologic Agents in Treatment of Psoriasis
Long Term Registry Data for Psoriasis Biologics
Psoriasis Biologic Agents in Special Populations
Psoriasis Biologics and the COVID-19 Pandemic: Lessons Learned
Adherence to Biologic Therapy for Psoriasis. - DigitalGhulam Md Ashraf, Athanasios Alexiou, editors.Summary: This book discusses the latest research into the highly prevalent neurodevelopmental disease most commonly associated with aging: Alzheimers disease (AD). Even after years of research, Alzheimers disease is still far from being cured. It presents a range of common symptoms in the form of behavioral and cognitive impairments. This book describes the symptoms and the biology behind them. The contents covers latest findings on the genetics involved and various factors and pathways influencing disease development. It also covers various non-pharmacological therapies like immunotherapy, use of natural products, and employing nanotechnology in both the detection and treatment of AD. This book also highlights the role of diet and nutrition in healthy aging. Given its scope, it offers a valuable asset for researchers and clinicians alike.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Cognitive Impairment and Rehabilitation in Alzheimers Disease
Chapter 2. Alzheimers
a progressive brain disease: causes, symptoms and prevention
Chapter 3. Diet and nutrition in Alzheimers disease and healthy aging
Chapter 4. Carbon nanostructures based materials: A novel tools for detection of Alzheimer's disease
Chapter 5. Oxidative Stress in Alzheimer's Disease: Molecular Hallmarks of Alzheimer's Dementia
Chapter 6. Strengthen Alzheimers Awareness through Biomusic
Chapter 7. Diagnosis of Alzheimers Disease Using Brain Imaging: State-of-the-art
Chapter 8. A Review of the Relationship Between Gut Microbiota and Memory
Chapter 9. Stem cell therapy: A great leap forward in Alzheimers treatment
Chapter 10. Diet and Nutrition in Alzheimers disease & Healthy Aging
Chapter 11. Genetics, Neuronal Pathways, and Electrophysiology of Alzheimers disease
Chapter 12. Biotechnology and Bioinformatics Applications in Alzheimers disease
Chapter 13. Neurobiological Mechanisms Involved in the Pathogenesis of Alzheimers Disease
Chapter 14. Immunotherapy in Alzheimers disease. - DigitalSarah Perrett, Alexander K. Buell, Tuomas P.J. Knowles, editors.Summary: This book summarizes naturally occurring and designed bio-inspired molecular building blocks assembled into nanoscale structures. It covers a fascinating array of biomimetic and bioinspired materials, including inorganic nanozymes, structures formed by DNA origami, a wide range of peptide and protein-based nanomaterials, as well as their applications in diagnostics and therapeutics. The book elucidates the mechanism of assembly of these materials and characterisation of their mechanical and physico-chemical properties which inspires readers not only to exploit the potential applications of nanomaterials, but also to understand their potential risks and benefits. It will be of interest to a broad audience of students and researchers spanning the disciplines of biology, chemistry, engineering, materials science, and physics.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Nanozymes: Biomedical Applications of Enzymatic Fe3O4 Nanoparticles From In Vitro to In Vivo
Chapter 2. DNA Nanotechnology for Building Sensors, Nanopores and Ion-Channels
Chapter 3. Bio Mimicking of Extracellular Matrix
Chapter 4. Self-Assembly of Ferritin: Structure, Biological Function and Potential Applications in Nanotechnology
Chapter 5. Dynamics and Control of Peptide Self-Assembly and Aggregation
Chapter 6. Peptide Self-Assembly and its Modulation: Imaging on the Nanoscale
Chapter 7. The Kinetics, Thermodynamics and Mechanisms of Short Aromatic Peptide Self-Assembly
Chapter 8. Bacterial Amyloids: Biogenesis and Biomaterials
Chapter 9. Fungal Hydrophobins and Their Self-Assembly into Functional Nanomaterials
Chapter 10. Nanostructured, Self-Assembled Spider Silk Materials for Biomedical Applications
Chapter 11. Protein Microgels from Amyloid Fibril Networks
Chapter 12. Protein Nanofibrils as Storage Forms of Peptide Drugs and Hormones
Chapter 13. Bioinspired Engineering of Organ-on-Chip Devices.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digital[edited by] Roger Härtl, Lawrence J. Bonassar.Summary: Although there have been significant advancements in minimally invasive spinal surgery techniques in the last few decades, optimal outcomes for chronic low back pain remain elusive. A number of promising clinical trials have been conducted using tissue engineering and biological interventions for disc degeneration. Written by renowned innovators, this is the first book that covers implementation of these groundbreaking approaches for disc disease. The text begins with key fundamentals including anatomy and physiology, pathophysiology, imaging and biomechanics to delineate healthy versus diseas.
Contents:
The human spinal disc : relevant anatomy and physiology / Julien Tremblay-Gravel, Fahad H. Abduljabbar, Jean Ouellet, and Lisbet Haglund
Pathophysiology of disc disease : disc degeneration / Niloofar Farhang, Joshua Stover, Brandon Lawrence, and Robby D. Bowles
Imaging of the healthy and diseased spinal disc / Darryl B. Sneag and Hollis G. Potter
Biomechanics of the healthy and diseased spine / Hans-Joachim Wilke and Fabio Galbusera
Differences between human and animal discs : pros and cons of current animal models for pre-clinical development of biologic therapies for low back pain / Jeffrey C. Lotz
Grading scales for disc degeneration and regeneration : clinical and experimental / Peter Grunert
Disc regeneration : in vitro approaches and experimental results / John T. Martin, Harvey E. Smith, Lachlan J. Smith, and Robert L. Mauck
Intervertebral disc whole organ cultures / Marianna Peroglio, Zhen Li, Lorin Michael Benneker, Mauro Alini, and Sibylle Grad
Biological treatment approaches : basic ideas and principles / Victor Y. Leung and Kenneth M. Cheung
Learning from successes of tissue engineered strategies in non-spine cartilaginous disorders / Stephen Sloan and Lawrence J. Bonassar
Treatment and of degenerative disc disease and disc regeneration : proteins and genes / Daisuke Sakai and Jordy Schol
Treatment of degenerated disc disease/disc regeneration : growth factors and platelet-rich plasma / Koichi Masuda and Kenji Kato
Treatment of degenerated disc disease/disc regeneration : stem cells, chondrocytes or other cells, and tissue engineering / Steven Presciutti and Howard An
Nucleus replacement and repair : autologous disc chondrocyte transplantation / Christian Hohaus, Timothy Ganey, and Hans Jörg Meisel
Annulus fibrosus repair / Olivia M. Torre, Michelle A. Cruz, Andrew C. Hecht, and James C. Iatridis
Summary of clinical trials with biological treatment approaches for spinal disease / Gernot Lang, Ibrahim Hussain, Micaella Zubkov, Yu Moriguchi, Brenton Pennicooke, and Roger Härtl
Total disc transplantation : current results and future development / Jason Pui Yin Cheung, Dike Ruan, and Keith D.K. Luk
What have we learned from mechanical total disc replacement? / Timothy T. Roberts, Colin M. Haines, and Edward C. Benzel
Regulatory overview : obtaining regulatory approval of a biologic/cell product / Michaela H. Purcell, Penny J. White, H. Davis Adkisson
What makes biological treatment strategies and tissue engineering for ddd interesting to industry? / Hassan Serhan, Elliott A. Gruskin, and William C. Horton
What will the future bring? : perspectives from around the world / Tony Goldschlager, Claudius Thome, Howard An, and Luiz Vialle.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2017 - Digitalvolume editors, W.P. Kaschka, D. Rujescu.Contents:
Global suicide / Varnik, P.; Wasserman, D
Suicidal ideation, suicide attempts and completed suicide in adolescents : neurobiological aspects / Sarchiapone, M.; D'Aulerio, M.; Iosue, M
Serotonergic and noradrenergic neurotransmitter systems in suicide / Dwivedi, Y
GABA, depression and suicide / Pabba, M.; Sibille, E
Genetics of suicidal behavior / Giegling, I.; Rujescu, D
Gene-environment interaction studies in suicidal behaviour / Mandelli, L.; Serretti, A
Epigenetics of suicidal behaviour / Turecki, G
Neurocognitive processes and decision making in suicidal behaviour / Richard-Devantoy, S.; Courtet, P
Electroencephalographic risk markers of suicidal behaviour / Hodgkinson, S.; Steyer, J.; Kaschka, W.P.; Jandl, M
Neuroimaging of suicidal behavior / Jollant, F
Inflammation and suicidal behavior / Postolache, T.T.; Manalai, P.; Brenner, L.A.; Brundin, L
The contributions of lithium and clozapine for the prophylaxis and treatment of suicidal behavior / Müller-Oerlinghausen, B.; Lewitzka, U
Challenges for future research and closing remarks / Rujescu, D.; Kaschka, I.N.; Kaschka, W.P.Digital Access Karger 2016 - Digital/PrintVasilis Vasiliou, Samir Zakhari, Helmut K. Seitz, Jan B. Hoek, editors.Summary: In recent years, a significant amount of research has emerged connecting the link between alcohol and cancer. The field has rapidly advanced, especially since the complex connection between alcohol and cancer has several unique sub areas that are being investigated and this volume gives a comprehensive overview of these advancements.
Contents:
Introduction / Gary J. Murray
Alcohol and breast cancer: reconciling epidemiological and molecular data / Samir Zakhari and Jan B. Hoek
Genetic-epidemiological evidence for the role of acetaldehyde in cancers related to alcohol drinking / C.J. Peter Eriksson
Alcohol and cancer: an overview with special emphasis on the role of acetaldehyde and cytochrome P450 2E1 / Helmut K. Seitz and Sebastian Mueller
Implications of acetaldehyde-derived DNA adducts for understanding alcohol related carcinogenesis / Silvia Balbo and Philip J. Brooks
The role of iron in alcohol-mediated hepatocarcinogenesis / Sebastian Mueller and Vanessa Rausch
Alcoholic cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma / Felix Stickel
TLR4-dependent tumor-initiating stem cell-like cells (TICS) in alcohol-associated hepatocellular carcinogenesis / Keigo Machida, Douglas E. Feldman, and Hidekazu Tsukamoto
Synergistic toxic interactions between CYP2E1, LPS/TNF[alpha] and JNK/p38 MAP kinase and their implications in alcohol-induced liver injury / Arthur I. Cederbaum, Yongke Lu, Xiaodong Wang, and Defeng Wu
Understanding the tumor suppressor PTEN in chronic alcoholism and hepatocellular carcinoma / Colin T. Shearn and Dennis R. Petersen
Alcohol consumption, WNT/[beta]-Catenin signaling and hepatocarcinogensis / K.E. Mercer, L. Hennings, and M.J.J. Ronis
Alcohol and HCV: implications for liver cancer / Gyongyi Szabo, Banishree Saha, and Terence N. Bukong
Application of mass spectrometry-based metabolomics in identification of early noninvasive biomarkers of alcohol-induced liver disease using mouse model / Soumen K. Manna, Matthew D. Thompson, and Frank J. Gonzalez
Alcohol metabolism by oral streptococci and interaction with human papillomavirus leads to malignant transformation of oral keratinocytes / Lin Tao, Sylvia I. Pavlova, Stephen R. Gasparovich, Ling Jin, and Joel Schwartz
Genetic polymorphisms of alcohol dehydrogense-1B and aldehyde dehydrogenase-2, alcohol flushing, mean corpuscular volume, and aerodigestive tract neoplasia in Japanese drinkers / Akira Yokoyama, Takeshi Mizukami, and Tetsuji Yokoyama
Acetaldehyde and retinaldehyde-metabolizing enzymes in colon and pancreatic cancers / S. Singh, J. Arcaroli, D.C. Thompson, W. Messersmith, and V. Vasilou
Alcohol, carcinoembryonic antigen processing and colorectal liver metastases / Benita McVicker, Dean J. Tuma, Kathryn E. Lazure, Peter Thomas, and Carol A. Casey
Alcohol consumption and antitumor immunity: dynamic changes from activation to accelerated deterioration of the immune system / Hui Zhang, Zhaohui Zhu, Faya Zhang, and Gary G. Meadows
A perspective on chemoprevention by resveratrol in head and neck squamous cell carcinoma / Sangeeta Shrotriya, Rajesh Agarwal, and Robert A. Sclafani
The effects of alcohol and aldehyde dehydrogenases on disorders of hematopoiesis / Clay Smith, Maura Gasparetto, Craig Jordan, Daniel A. Pollyea, and Vasilis Vasiliou
The effect of alcohol on Sirt1 expression and function in animal and human models of hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC) / Kyle J. Thompson, John R. Humphries, David J. Niemeyer, David Sindram, and Iain H. McKillop
Transgenic mouse models for alcohol metabolism, toxicity and cancer / Claire Heit, Hongbin Dong, Ying Chen, Yatrik M. Shah, David C. Thompson, and Vasilis Vasiliou
Fetal alcohol exposure increases susceptibility to carcinogenesis and promotes tumor progression in prostate gland / Dipak K. Sarkar
Fetal alcohol exposure and mammary tumorigenesis in offspring: role of the estrogen and insulin-like growth factor systems / Wendie S. Cohick, Catina Crismale-Gann, Hillary Stires, and Tiffany A. Katz.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJavad Karimi, Hossein Madadi, editors.Summary: The book provides a reference to biological control of arthropod pests in agriculture and of public health importance in Iran. A quick glance over the literature shows a long history of biocontrol attempts in the country. Some historically important events highlighting the interest of Iranian academic, research and extension fields to the natural enemies and their applied aspects are provided. Iran, with an exception of the former USSR, was a pioneer in both basic and applied biocontrol in West Asia. The book consists of four parts: three parts for predators, parasitoids and pathogens, and last part for other approaches and analyses of the current state of biological control in Iran. The book provides the most up-to-date information on pest control and related topics of entomology in Iran. The chapters are written by scholars from major Universities and research centers in Iran.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1 : Introduction
Chapter 2 : History of pest control and entomology in Iran
Chapter 3: Predators
Part 3.1. Ladybirds
Part 3.2. Heteropterans
Part 3.3. Other predator groups including
Lacewings, Syrphids, Midges
Chapter 4: Insect Pathogens
Part 4.1. Bacterial entomopathogens
Part 4.2. Fungal entomopathogens
Part 4.3. Entomopathogenic and insect parasitic nematodes
Part 4.4. Other entomopathogenic groups including viruses, protistans and Wolbachia
Part 5.1. Parasitic wasps Chalcidoidea Ichneumonoidea
Part 5.2. Superfamily Platygastroidea, Natural enemies of true bugs, moths, spiders and other insects
Part 5.3. Egg parasitoids of Iran, Superfamily Chalcidoidea, with particular emphasis on Trichogrammatidae
Part 5.4. Biological control in pomegranate orchards
Part 5.5. Aphids Parasitoids : Aphidinae
Part 5.6.Parasitic flies
Chapter 6: Biological Control of mite pests in Iran
Chapter 7: Biological control of some medically important flies in Iran
Chapter 8: Final comments and conclusions
Limitation of biocontrol program in Iran
Future of Biocontrol in Iran
Subject Index. - Digitaledited by Ken Ishii and Choon Kit TangSummary: Biological DNA Sensor defines the meaning of DNA sensing pathways and demonstrates the importance of the innate immune responses induced by double stranded DNA (dsDNA) through its influencing functions in disease pathology and immune activity of adjuvants for vaccines. Though discussed in specific subsections of existing books, dsDNA and its immunogenic properties has never received the complete treatment given in this book. Biological DNA Sensor approaches the impact of dsDNA's immunogenicity on disease and vaccinology holistically. It paints a complete and concise picture on the topic so you can understand this area of study and make more informed choices for your respective research needs. Chapters are authored by researchers who are renowned for their research focus, ensuring that this book provides the most complete views on the topics. Multi-authored by a distinguished panel of world-class expertsIdeal source of information for those wanting to learn about DNA sensingProvides in-depth explanations of DNA sensing pathways and the innate immune system, bridging the gap between themDigital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- DigitalTakemi Otsuki, Yasuo Yoshioka, Andrij Holian, editors.Summary: This volume examines our current understanding of the biological effects of fibrous and particulate substances, including discussions on nanoparticles. It offers comprehensive information on the latest insights into the immunological effects of various irritants on the human body. Readers will benefit from the contributing authors' diverse perspectives and extensive discussions of key issues, which include molecular alterations of the immune system and autoimmune diseases in connection with asbestos and silica, among others. The chapters also discuss recommendations, practical methods, and nanosafety science in situations involving exposure to nanotoxic substances. Edited in collaboration with the Japanese Society for Hygiene, this book provides up-to-date information on the immunological effects of nanotoxic substances to researchers interested in environmental and occupational health. Presenting a number of recent concepts and findings in the field, it enables readers to gain a comprehensive knowledge of health problems caused by environmental fibrous and particulate substances.
Contents:
1. Macrophage and Multinucleated Giant Cell Classification
2. NLRP3 Inflammasome-Mediated Toxicity of Fibrous Particles
3. Approaching a Unified Theory for Particle-Induced Inflammation
4. Reproductive and Developmental Effects of Nanomaterials
5. Fibrogenic and Immunotoxic Responses to Carbon Nanotubes
6. Potential Hazards of Skin Exposure to Nanoparticles
7. Health Effects of Silver Nanoparticles and Silver Ions
8. Multiwalled Carbon Nanotube-Induced Pulmonary Fibrogenesis
9. Silicates and Autoimmunity
10. Asbestos Exposure and Autoimmunity
11. T Cell Alteration Caused by Exposure to Asbestos
12. Effects of Asbestos Fibers on Human Cytotoxic T Cells. - Printedited by Madeleine F. Barnothy.
- DigitalRoberto Ligrone.Summary: The book is a detailed account of major biological events that contributed to create the present world and our species, with emphasis on cause-effect interrelationships and environmental impact. Its main goal is to guide the reader toward an understanding of the continuity of life across diversity, and of its large-scale interactions with the planet. Combining scientific soundness with a constant effort for clarity, the book begins with a cloud of dust in a corner of the Galaxy and, covering an immense lapse of time, terminates with an organism that ponders about the texture of the Universe. Comprehensive, updated references added to each chapter will help the reader wishing to expand any of the topics. A glossary explains less common technical terms.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Abbreviations;
Chapter 1: Introduction; References;
Chapter 2: The Origins; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Birth of the Solar System; 2.3 The Earth; 2.4 The Activation of Tectonics; 2.5 Tectonic Processes Are Essential to Life; 2.5.1 Tectonics Drives a Powerful Global Thermostat; 2.5.2 Tectonics Recycles Bioelements; 2.6 Birth of the Atmosphere-Ocean-Continental Crust System; References;
Chapter 3: The Birth of Life; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Seafloor Hydrothermal Vents as Settings for the Emergence of Life; 3.3 A Primordial Role for RNA?; 3.4 The Genetic Code 3.5 A RNA-Protein World3.6 Biological Membranes; 3.7 From Geochemistry to Biochemistry: The Emergence of an Autonomous Metabolism; 3.8 DNA Replaced RNA as the Repository of Biological Information; 3.9 The Bacterial-Archaeal Divide: Ancestral or Derived?; 3.10 Concluding Remarks; References;
Chapter 4: Moving to the Light: The Evolution of Photosynthesis; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Light, Pigments and Photosystems; 4.3 Accessory Pigments; 4.4 The Photochemical Pathway in Anoxygenic Bacteria; 4.5 Evolutionary Interrelationships of Type-1 and Type-2 Photosystems; 4.6 Oxygenic Photosynthesis 4.7 Pathways of Carbon Photosynthetic FixationReferences;
Chapter 5: The Great Oxygenation Event; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Planetary Oxygen Balance; 5.3 Methane Was Probably as a Key Driver of Planetary Oxygenation; 5.4 The GOE Was Associated with a Long Phase of Climatic Instability; 5.5 After the GOE, the Earth Stabilized in a Low-Oxygen State for over 1 Billion Years; 5.6 The Earth Entered a High-Oxygen Phase About 800 Million Years Ago; 5.7 The Impact of Oxygen on Biological Evolution; References;
Chapter 6: Eukaryotes; 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Rise and Fall of the Archaezoan Model of Eukaryogenesis6.3 Post-archaezoan Models; 6.4 The Neomuran Model; 6.5 The Origin of the Nucleus; 6.6 Was the Host a Primitive Eukaryote or a Complex Archaeon?; 6.7 The Mitochondria; 6.7.1 Facts About Mitochondria; 6.8 The Last Eukaryote Common Ancestor (LECA) Possessed a Full Set of Fundamental Eukaryotic Traits; 6.9 Eukaryote Phylogeny and Systematics; 6.10 Dating Eukaryote Appearance and Diversification; 6.11 Concluding Remarks; References;
Chapter 7: Sexual Reproduction; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Origin of Meiotic Sex 7.3 The Case of Parthenogenetic Rotifers7.4 Sexual Reproduction Sets Strong Species Boundaries in Eukaryotes; 7.5 Species Boundary in Prokaryotes Is Conventional; 7.6 Gamete Differentiation and Genders; References;
Chapter 8: Multicellularity; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Cellular Specialization and Levels of Organization in Multicellular Organisms; 8.3 Stem Cells and Germ Line; 8.4 Concluding Remarks; References;
Chapter 9: The Chloroplast and Photosynthetic Eukaryotes; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Birth of the Primary Chloroplast; 9.3 The Plants (Archaeplastida); 9.4 Secondary ChloroplastsDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalBrian W. van Wilgen, John Measey, David M. Richardson, John R. Wilson, Tsungai A. Zengeya, editors.Summary: This open access volume presents a comprehensive account of all aspects of biological invasions in South Africa, where research has been conducted over more than three decades, and where bold initiatives have been implemented in attempts to control invasions and to reduce their ecological, economic and social effects. It covers a broad range of themes, including history, policy development and implementation, the status of invasions of animals and plants in terrestrial, marine and freshwater environments, the development of a robust ecological theory around biological invasions, the effectiveness of management interventions, and scenarios for the future. The South African situation stands out because of the remarkable diversity of the country, and the wide range of problems encountered in its varied ecosystems, which has resulted in a disproportionate investment into both research and management. The South African experience holds many lessons for other parts of the world, and this book should be of immense value to researchers, students, managers, and policy-makers who deal with biological invasions and ecosystem management and conservation in most other regions.
Contents:
PART 1: BACKGROUND
Chapter 1: Biological invasions in South Africa: An overview
Chapter 2: A brief, selective history of researchers and research initiatives related to biological invasions in South Africa
PART 2: BIOLOGICAL INVASIONS IN SOUTH AFRICA
Chapter 3: The biogeography of South African terrestrial plant invasions
Chapter 4:Invasive alien aquatic plants in freshwater ecosystems
Chapter 5: Terrestrial Vertebrate Invasions in South Africa
Chapter 6: Alien freshwater fauna in South Africa
Chapter 7: Alien terrestrial invertebrates in South Africa
Chapter 8: Biological invasions in South Africa's offshore sub-Antarctic territories
Chapter 9: Coastal invasions: The South African context
Chapter 10: Pathogens of vertebrate animals as invasive species: Insights from South Africa
Chapter 11: Biological invasions in South Africa's urban ecosystems: Patterns, processes, impacts and management
PART 3: DRIVERS OF INVASION
Chapter 12: South Africa's pathways of introduction and dispersal and how they have changed over time
Chapter 13: The role of environmental factors in promoting and limiting biological invasions in South Africa
Chapter 14: Biotic interactions as mediators of biological invasions: Insights from South Africa
PART 4: IMPACTS OF INVASION
Chapter 15:Impacts of invasions on terrestrial water resources in South Africa
Chapter 16:The impact of invasive alien plants on rangelands in South Africa
Chapter 17: An evaluation of the impacts of alien species on biodiversity in South Africa using different methods
PART 5: MANAGEMENT OF INVASIONS
Chapter 18: Biological invasion policy and legislation development and implementation in South Africa
Chapter 19: More than a century of biological control against invasive alien plants in South Africa: a synoptic view of what has been accomplished
Chapter 20:Analysing the risks posed by biological invasions to South Africa
Chapter 21:The extent and effectiveness of alien plant control projects in South Africa
Chapter 22: Experience and lessons from alien and invasive animal control projects carried out in South Africa
Chapter 23: Biological invasions and ecological restoration in South Africa
Chapter 24: The social dimensions of biological invasions in South Africa
Chapter 25: Education, training and capacity building in the field of biological invasions in South Africa
PART 6: NEW INSIGHTS
Chapter 26: South Africa as a donor of naturalized and invasive alien plants to other parts of the world
Chapter 27: South Africa as a donor of alien animals
Chapter 28: Knowing-doing continuum or knowing-doing gap? Transferring research results to managers of biological invasions in South Africa
Chapter 29: Biological invasions as a component of South Africa's global change research effort
Chapter 30: South Africa's Centre for Invasion Biology: An experiment in invasion science for society
PART 7: THE WAY FORWARD
Chapter 31:Potential futures of biological invasions in South Africa. - DigitalFabián M. Jaksic, Sergio A. Castro.Summary: This book provides a conceptually organized framework to understand the phenomenon of biological invasions at the Anthropocene global scale. Most advances toward that aim have been provided from North American and European researchers, with fewer contributions from Australia and South Africa. Here we fill the void from the Neotropics, focusing on the research experience in South American countries, with a strong emphasis on Argentina and Chile. The text is divided into two parts: The first half comprises self-contained chapters, providing a conceptual, bibliographic and empirical foundation in the field of invasion biology, from an Anthropocene perspective. The second half reviews the ecology, biogeography, and local impacts in South America of exotic species groups (European rabbit, Eurasian wild boar, Canadian beaver, North American mink, and Holarctic freshwater fishes), which are shown to be useful models for case studies of global relevance.
Contents:
Preface
Part 1. Conceptual Framework
Chapter 1. Introduction to the Phenomenon of Biological Invasions
Chapter 2. Biological Invasions in the Anthropocene
chapter 3. Transport and Introduction
Chapter 4. Naturalisation
Chapter 5. Range Expansion
Chapter 6. Impacts on Health, Economy and Diversity
Chapter 7. Ecological Impacts
Part 2. Case Studies
Chapter 8. European Rabbit (Oryctolagus cuniculus) in Chile: The Human Dimension Behind a Biological Invasion
Chapter 9. Invasive European Wild Rabbits (Oryctolagus cuniculus) in Argentina: State of the Art and Prospects for Research
Chapter 10. Wild Boar Invasion in Argentina and Chile: Ecology, Impacts and Distribution
Chapter 11. Reconceiving the Biological Invasion of North American Beavers (Castor Canadensis) in Southern Patagonia as a Socio-ecological Problem: implications and opportunities for research and management
Chapter 12. Invasion by a Carnivore: the case of american mink (neovison vison) in south america
Chapter 13. Homogenization of the Freshwater Fish Fauna in Chile: analysing the ichthyogeographic provinces. References. - DigitalTadashi Matsunaga, Tsuyoshi Tanaka, David Kisailus, editors.Summary: This book addresses the biologically controlled synthesis of magnetic materials, and its applications in bio-inspired design and synthesis. It highlights several key aspects of biologically produced magnetic materials - (i) organisms that biologically synthesize and utilize magnetic materials; (ii) formation mechanisms; (iii) how these biological formation routes yield various phases and morphologies; and (iv) the resultant magnetic and structural properties - and describes diverse bio-inspired approaches to utilizing magnetic materials in applications ranging from semiconductor to health industries. In addition, the book discusses the recent industrial use of magnetic materials to develop scalable technologies that encompass protein displays, drug-delivery, biophysical separations, and medical diagnostics, as well as outlining future next-generation applications. As such, it offers valuable insights for all scientists interested in using multidisciplinary fields to overcome current obstacles, and in gaining multifaceted expertise in magnetic materials bionanotechnology.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Formation Mechanisms of Biological Magnetic Materials;
Chapter 1: Structure andFunction ofAligned Magnetic Crystals inMagnetotactic Bacteria; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Discovery ofMagnetotactic Bacteria; 1.1.2 Isolation ofMagnetotactic Bacteria; 1.1.3 Magnetotactic Bacteria Diversity; 1.1.4 Magnetotaxis; 1.2 Magnetosome Structure andProtein Localization; 1.2.1 Magnetosome-Associated Proteins; 1.2.2 Tetratricopeptide Repeat (TPR) Protein MamA; 1.2.3 MamA andtheMagnetosome Matrix; 1.2.4 Cytoskeletal Filaments Associated withMagnetosome Chains. 1.2.5 MamK Localization1.2.6 MamK Polymerization; 1.2.7 Recent Advances inUnderstanding theMamK Cytoskeleton; 1.3 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 2: Molecular Mechanism ofMagnetic Crystal Formation inMagnetotactic Bacteria; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Identification ofKey Biological Molecular Components forMagnetic Nano-particle Formation; 2.3 Molecular Analysis ofUnique Prokaryotic Organelle Biogenesis Specialized forMagnetic Nano-particle Production; 2.3.1 Magnetosome Membrane Formation byInvagination ofCytoplasmic Membrane; 2.3.2 Magnetosome Chain Formation. 2.3.3 Iron Transportation andRedox Control WithinMagnetosome2.3.4 The Mechanism ofMagnetite Crystallization andMorphological Regulation; 2.4 Nano-particle Encapsulating Lipid Tubule Synthesis Inspired fromProkaryotic Membrane Deformation Protein, MamY; 2.5 Crystal Size andShape Determination Mechanism ofMagnetic Nano-particles; 2.6 Crystal andGranule Formation fromToxic or Useful Compounds Throughthe Reduction Bioprocess WithinMagnetotactic Bacteria; 2.7 Summary andPerspective; References;
Chapter 3: Structural andProteomic Analyses ofIron Oxide Biomineralization inChiton Teeth. 3.1 Introduction3.2 Structure andComposition ofFully Mineralized Chiton Teeth; 3.3 Iron Oxide Mineralization inChiton Teeth; 3.3.1 Phase Transformation ofIron Oxides; 3.3.2 Ultrastructural Development; 3.3.3 Organic Matrix inChiton Tooth; 3.3.3.1 Chitin Fibers; 3.3.3.2 Protein; Proteomic Analysis; 3.3.4 Role ofEpithelial Cells; 3.3.5 Iron Delivery Pathway; 3.4 Summary andPerspective; References; Part II: Biological Templating of Magnetic Materials for Medical and Device Applications;
Chapter 4: Bioengineering andBiotechnological Applications ofBacterial Magnetic Particles. 4.1 Introduction4.2 Developmental Status ofCommercialized Magnetic Particles; 4.3 Production ofFunctional Magnetic Particles by"Magnetosome Display System"; 4.3.1 Development ofHost/Vector System; 4.3.2 Novel Expression Strategies ofTarget Proteins ontoMagnetic Particles; 4.3.3 Improving theMaterial Properties ofMagnetic Particles; 4.4 Developments intheUse ofMagnetic Particles intheMedical Field; 4.4.1 Magnetic Hyperthermia; 4.4.2 Cell Separation; 4.4.3 Receptor Analysis; 4.5 Conclusion; References. - DigitalJulio A. Aguirre-Ghiso, editor.Summary: "This book focuses on the biological mechanisms of minimal residual disease (MRD) and recurrence. It integrates this biology in solid cancers and in hematological malignancies. It reports also on technological advancements for monitoring MRD, derived from mechanistic insights. Chapters in solid and hematological malignancies address stem cell biology, genetics, epigenetics and micro-environmental regulation of dormant MRD. Novel insight into technologies for molecular phenotyping of MRD and monitoring of CTCs, DTCs and cell free RNA and DNA are also addressed extensively. Five chapters explore the above concepts in solid cancers such as prostate, breast, melanoma, head and neck and esophageal. Two chapters also explore the basic mechanisms of vascular biology targeting and epigenetic mechanisms regulating pluripotency programs during dormancy. Similar biology is explored in hematological malignancies such as T-ALL, CML, AML and multiple myeloma in additional four chapters"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Epigenetic and pluripotency aspects of disseminated cancer cells during minimal residual disease / Maria Jose Carlini, Nitisha Shrivastava, Maria Soledad Sosa
Anti-angiogenic therapy-mediated endothelial damage: a driver of breast cancer recurrence? / Laura Pisarsky, Cyrus M. Ghajar
Minimal residual disease in prostate cancer / Frank C. Cackowski, Russell S. Taichman
Minimal residual disease in head and neck cancer and esophageal cancer / Christoph Sproll, Georg Fluegen, Nikolas H. Stoecklein
Detection of minimal residual disease and its clinical applications in melanoma and breast cancer patients / Selena Y. Lin, Javier I. J. Orozco, Dave S. B. Hoon
Preservation of quiescent chronic myelogenous leukemia stem cells by the bone marrow microenvironment / Mansi Shah, Ravi Bhatia
Minimal residual disease in acute myeloid leukemia / Alexandra Gomez-Arteaga, Monica L. Guzman
Characteristics and therapeutic targeting of minimal residual disease in childhood acute lymphoblastic leukemia / Irmela Jeremias, Denis M. Schewe
Minimal residual disease in multiple myeloma: impact on response assessment, prognosis and tumor heterogeneity / Natalie Berger, Seunghee Kim-Schulze, Samir Parekh - Digitaledited by Vinod Krishnan, Anne Marie Kuijpers-Jagtman, Ze'ev Davidovitch.Summary: "This new edition continues to be an authoritative reference to the scientific foundations underpinning clinical orthodontics The newly and thoroughly revised Third Edition of Biological Mechanisms of Tooth Movement delivers a comprehensive reference for orthodontic trainees and specialists. It is fully updated to include new chapters on personalized orthodontics as well as the inflammatory process occurring in the dental and paradental tissues. It is heavily illustrated throughout, making it easier for readers to understand and retain the information discussed within. The topics covered range from bone biology, the effects of mechanical loading on tissues and cells, genetics, tissue remodeling, and the effects of diet, drugs, and systemic diseases. The Third Edition of Biological Mechanisms of Tooth Movement features seven sections that cover subjects such as: The development of biological concepts in orthodontics, including the cellular and molecular biology behind orthodontic tooth movement Mechanics meets biology, including the effects of mechanical loading on hard and soft tissues and cells, and biological reactions to temporary anchorage devices Inflammation and orthodontics, including markers for tissue remodeling in the gingival crevicular fluid and saliva Personalized diagnosis and treatment based on genomic criteria, including the genetic influences on orthodontic tooth movement Rapid orthodontics, including methods to accelerate or decelerate orthodontic tooth movement Perfect for residents and PhD students of orthodontic and periodontal programs, Biological Mechanisms of Tooth Movement is also useful to academics, clinicians, bone biologists, and researchers with an interest in the mechanics and biology of tooth movement"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2021
- Digital[edited by] A. Joshua Wand.Digital Access
- DigitalAndrew Hodgkiss.Summary: Biological Psychiatry of Cancer and Cancer Treatment provides the reader with expert guidance on how to prevent, detect and manage the 'organic' psychiatric disorders experienced by people with cancer.
Contents:
Introduction
Introduction to cancer biology
Introduction to biological and molecular psychiatry
Introduction to clinical neuropsychiarty
Psychiatric consequences of particular cancers
Psychiatric consequences of cancer treatments: surgery and radiotherapy
Psychiatric consequences of cancer treatments: conventional chemotherapy
Psychiatric consequences of cancer treatments: hormone and cytokine treatments
Psychiatric consequences of cancer treatments: 'small molecule' molecularly targeted agents
Psychiatric consequences of cancer treatments: therapeutic monoclonal antibodies
Opportunities for prevention, or early detection, or psychopathology
Clinical psychiatric assessment of patients with cancer.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digitaleditor, David Monchaud.Contents:
Biological relevance and therapeutic applications of DNA- and RNA-quadruplexes : double helix versus quadruple helix / David Monchaud
Existence of G-quadruplexes in cells / Sébastien Britton, Alexandra Bartoli & Raphaël Rodriguez
Diversity of DNA and RNA G-quadruplex structures / Primož Šket and Janez Plavec
Direct observation of G-quadruplexes using DNA origami nanoscaffold / Arivazhagan Rajendran, Yue Li, Masayuki Endo & Hiroshi Sugiyama
The G-factor : role of G-quadruplexes in genomic instability and cancer / Mrinal Srivastava & Sathees C. Raghavan
Assessing the biological relevance of G-quadruplexes in telomeres by specific quadruplex-binding proteins / Takanori Oyoshi
G-quadruplex dynamics : assays for intramolecular G-quadruplex helicases and inhibitors / Sean M Kerwin & Wendi M. David
Proteins that interact with DNA and RNA G-quadruplexes / Aaron L. Moye & Tracy M. Bryan
Biological relevance and small molecule targeting of RNA G-quadruplexes in the human genome / Anthony Bugaut
Biological mechanisms of action of G-quadruplex targeting agents / Kyle R. Hukezalie, Elwy Okaz & Judy M.Y. Wong
How has the field of quadruplex ligands fared since 1997? / Xiaogang Qu, Ta-Chau Chang, Kogularamanan Suntharalingam & David Monchaud
Chiral compounds targeting G-quadruplexes / Chuanqi Zhao & Xiaogang Qu
Novel metal-containing molecules that target DNA G-quadruplexes / Kogularamanan Suntharalingam
Novel molecules targeting DNA G-quadruplexes : carbazole derivatives / Ta-Chau Chang, Zi-Fu Wang, Ting-Yuan Tseng & Cheng-Chung Chang
Nature-inspired strategies to target DNA/RNA-quadruplexes / Aurelien Laguerre, Loic Stefan & David Monchaud
DNA G-quadruplexes under the spotlight / Mazen Haj Sleiman & Sylvain Ladame
G-quadruplex DNA for the construction of sensing platforms / Dik-Lung Ma, Modi Wang, Li-Juan Liu, Sheng Lin, Lihua Lu, Daniel Shiu-Hin Chan & Chung-Hang Leung. - DigitalBarnali Chaudhuri, Inés G. Muñoz, Shuo Qian, Volker S. Urban, editors.Contents:
Sample and Buffer preparation for SAXS
Considerations for sample preparation using size-exclusion chromatography
How to analyze and present SAS data for publication
Designing and Performing Biological Solution Small-Angle Neutron Scattering Contrast Variation Experiments on Multi-component Assemblies
SAS-based structural modeling and model validation
Structural Characterization of Highly Flexible Proteins by Small-Angle Scattering
What can we learn from wide-angle solution scattering?
SAS-based studies of protein fibrillation
High Resolution Distance Distributions Determined by X-ray and Neutron Scattering
A successful combination: coupling SE-HPLC with SAXS
Applications of SANS to study membrane protein systems
Hybrid applications of solution scattering to aid structural biology
A practical guide to iSPOT modeling: An integrative structural biology platform
Small angle scattering for pharmaceutical applications: From drugs to drug delivery system.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalWallace Arthur, National University of Ireland, Galway.Summary: "Are we alone in the universe, or are there other life-forms 'out there'? This is one of the most scientifically and philosophically important questions that humanity can ask. Now, in the early 2020s, we are tantalizingly close to an answer. As this book shows, the answer will almost certainly be that life-forms are to be found across the Milky Way and beyond. They will be thinly spread, to be sure. Yet the number of inhabited planets probably runs into the trillions. Some are close enough for us to detect evidence of life by analysing their atmospheres. This evidence may be found within a couple of decades. Its arrival will be momentous. But even before it arrives we can anticipate what life elsewhere will be like by examining the ecology and evolution of life on Earth. This book considers the current state of play in relation to these titanic issues"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- DigitalRonald F. van Vollenhoven.Contents:
Disease overview
General treatment aspects
Overview of biologic therapies
Cytokine inhibitors
B-cell directed therapy
T-cell directed therapy
Novel biologics and small molecules with biologic-like effects
Strategies for the optimal use of biologic agents in rheumatoid arthritis
Considerations for special patient populations
Conclusions and future outlook. - Digital[edited by] James P. Stannard, James L. Cook, Lisa A. Fortier.Contents:
US definitions, current use, and FDA stance on use of platelet-rich plasma in sports medicine / Knut Beitzel, Donald Allen, John Apostolakos, Ryan P. Russell, Mary Beth McCarthy, Gregory J. Gallo, Mark P. Cote, and Augustus D. Mazzocca
European definitions, current use, and EMA stance of platelet-rich plasma in sports medicine / Stefano Fiorentino, Alice Roffi, Giuseppe Filardo, Maurilio Marcacci, and Elizaveta Kon
FDA regulation of adult stem cell therapies as used in sports medicine / Mary Ann Chirba, Berkley Sweetapple, Charles P. Hannon, and John A. Anderson
Cellular chondroplasty : a new technology for joint regeneration / Mary Murphy and Frank Barry
Autologous-conditioned serum : evidence for use in the knee / David D. Frisbie
Role of platelet-rich plasma in articular cartilage injury and disease / Randy Mascarenhas, Bryan M. Saltzman, Lisa A. Fortier, and Brian J. Cole
Use of platelet-rich plasma for patellar tendon and medial collateral ligament injuries : best current clinical practice / Isabel Andia and Nicola Maffulli
Can platelet-rich plasma enhance anterior cruciate ligament and meniscal repair? / Ian D. Hutchinson, Scott A. Rodeo, Gabriel S. Perrone, Martha M. Murray
How should we evaluate outcomes for use of biologics in the knee? / Christopher M. LaPrade, Evan W. James, Robert F. LaPrade, Lars Engebretsen
Biologics used in bone healing / Brett D. Crist and Gregory J. Della Rocca
Clinical decision making for use of biologics in orthopaedic practice / James L. Cook and James P. Stannard.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2015 - DigitalAugustus D. Mazzocca, Adam D. Lindsay.Summary: "Designed with the practicing clinician in mind, Biologics in Orthopaedic Surgery provides a succinct, easy-to-digest overview of the integration of biologics (platelet-rich-plasma [PRP], bone marrow aspirate [BMA], and stem cells) into today's orthopaedic practice. Covering relevant basic science as well as clinical applications, this concise reference takes a head-to-toe approach to the emerging role of orthobiologics for specific conditions and procedures, in addition to future directions for implementation"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Section 1: Introduction. The role of OrthoBiologics in orthopedics
FDA regulations and impact
Section 2: Basic science. Growth factors
Cells
Tissues
Section 3: Clinical applications in sports medicine. Biologics in sports medicine: introduction
Rotator cuff augmentation
Bone Loss in the upper extremity
Preserving articular cartilage in the knee
Orthobiologics in osteoarthritis
Ligament reconstruction in the knee
Treating the subchondral environment and avascular necrosis
Section 4: Clinical applications in general orthopaedics. Biologics in hand and wrist surgery
Biologic augmentation in peripheral nerve repair
Biologics in spine surgery
Biologics in foot and ankle surgery
Biologics in fracture care
Biologics in musculoskeletal oncology
Section 5: Future directions. regenerative engineeringDigital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalIvan D. Montoya, editor.Contents:
Introduction
PART I: Vaccines: Introduction
Nicotine
Cocaine
Heroin
Metamphetamine
PART II: Monoclonal antibodies: Introduction
Cocaine
Metamphetamine
PCP
PART III: Enzymes: Introduction
Butyrylcholinesterase
Cocaine Esterase
PART IV: New strategies to optimize the development of biologics: Adenovirus based vaccines
Nanotechnology based vaccines
Protein Nanoparticles
DNA Scaffolded Vaccines
Single Hapten Conjugate Therapeutic Vaccine
Vaccine Adjuvants
Laser Adjuvant
Peptide Conjugates & Cytokine Adjuvants
T. brucei: A Platform for Immunization
Vaccines for SUDs and HIV infection
New Monoclonal Antibodies
Protein Engineered for Controlled Duration of Action
PART V: Ethical aspects of biologics to treat SUDs. - PrintLudwig von Bertalanffy.
- DigitalRamasamy Santhanam.Summary: Seas and oceans cover 71% of the earth's surface and they are home to 80% of all life found on the planet . Among the different components of marine life, the phylum Cnidaria (formerly Coelenterata) has been reported to be responsible for more envenomations than any other marine phylum. It is believed that 2% of its known 11000 species are venomous to humans. Incidents caused by jellyfish are common all around the globe, with serious manifestations and occasional deaths reported in some countries. The Australian box jellyfish, Chironex fleckeri, has been reported to be very dangerous to humans, as contact with its tentacles can provoke immediate cardiovascular collapse and death within minutes. Though other volumes on venomous marine fauna are available, this is the first comprehensive book focusing on venomous marine cnidarians. It is a valuable text-cum-reference resource for researchers, teachers and students of various disciplines, including fisheries science, marine biotechnology and marine biology and for university and college libraries. It is also a useful guide for beachgoers, divers, physicians and environmentalists.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Biology of Marine Cnidarians
Chapter 3. Biology and Ecology of Venomous Marine hydrozoans
Chapter 4. Biology and Ecology of the Venomous Marine true jellyfish
Chapter 5. Biology and Ecology of the Venomous Marine Box Jellyfish
Chapter 6. Biology and Ecology of the Venomous Marine Anthozoans
Chapter 7. Venomology of Marine Cnidarians. - Digitaledited by Ajaykumar Vishwakarma, Jeffrey M. Karp.Contents:
I. Biology of stem cell niches and molecular mechanisms
The need to study, mimic, and target stem cell niches
Harnessing the biology of stem cells' niche
Pluripotent stem cell microenvironment
Regulation of hematopoietic stem cell dynamics by molecular niche signaling
HSC niche: regulation of mobilization and homing
Neuronal stem cells niches of the brain
Cardiovascular stem cell niche
Intestinal epithelial Lgr5+ stem cell niche and organoids
The epithelial stem cell niche in skin
The satellite cell niche in skeletal muscle
The cancer stem cell niche
Cellular senescence and stem cell niche
Biochemical and physical cues in the stem cell niche directing cell fate
Matrix chemistry controlling stem cell behavior
Matrix growth factor and surface ligand presentation
Effects of matrix mechanical forces and geometry on stem cell behavior
Wettability effect on stem cell behavior
Fluid flow control of stem cells with investigation of mechanotransduction pathways
Hypoxia regulation of stem cell: mechanisms, biological properties, and applications
III. Designing smart biomaterials to mimic and control stem cell niche
Polymer design and development
Design and development of ceramics and glasses
Surface functionalization of biomaterials
Biofunctional hydrogels for three-dimensional stem cell culture
Technologies to engineer cell substrate mechanics in hydrogels
Micro- and nanosurface patterning technologies
Self-assembled nanostructures (SANs)
Biometric nanofibers as artificial stem cell niche
IV. Bioengineering strategies to model synthetic stem cell niches
Employing microfluidic devices to induce concentration gradients
Engineering niches for embryonic and induced pluripotent stem cells
Engineering niches for cardiovascular tissue regeneration
Engineering niches for blood vessel regeneration
Engineering niches for bone tissue regeneration
Engineering vascular niche for bone tissue regeneration
Engineering niches for cartilage tissue regeneration
Engineering niches for stem and progenitor cell differentiation into immune cells
Engineering niches for skin and wound healing
Designing stem cell niche for liver development and regeneration
Engineering the niche for intestinal regeneration.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalDonald W. Duszynski, Jana Kvičerová and R. Scott Seville.Summary: The fundamental concept of The Biology and Identification of the Coccidia (Apicomplexa) of Carnivores of the World is to provide an up-to-date reference guide to the identification, taxonomy, and known biology of apicomplexan intestinal and tissue parasites of carnivores including, but not limited to, geographic distribution, prevalence, sporulation, prepatent and patent periods, site(s) of infection in the definitive and (if known) intermediate hosts, endogenous development, cross-transmission, pathology, phylogeny, and (if known) their treatments. These data will allow easy parasite recognition with a summation of virtually everything now known about the biology of each parasite species covered. The last (very modest) and only treatise published on this subject was in 1981 so this book fills a fundamental gap in our knowledge of what is now known, and what is not, about the coccidian parasites that infect and sometimes kill carnivores and/or their prey that can harbor intermediate stages, including many domestic and game animals.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalTodd M. Zimmerman, Shaji K. Kumar, editors.Summary: This unique book focuses on the non-myeloma plasma cell dyscrasias. A key resource for this group of diseases, the book features the latest in emerging knowledge and therapeutic developments, including novel therapies. Each disease-specific chapter discusses biology, disease course, and appropriate therapeutic interventions, covering plasma cell leukemia, plasmacytoma, POEMS Syndrome and Castleman's Disease, Waldenström macroglobulinemia, immunoglobin deposition disease, and cryoglobulinemic syndromes, among others. The only book dedicated to this intriguing family of diseases, Biology and Management of Unusual Plasma Cell Dyscrasias will be a long-lasting reference for clinicians and scientists alike.
Contents:
Plasma cell leukemia
PLASMACYTOMA
CURRENT APPROACH TO DIAGNOSIS AND MANAGEMENT
POEMS Syndrome and Castleman's Disease
Waldenström macroglobulinemia
Light Chain Amyloidosis
Immunoglobulin Deposition Disease
Cryoglobulinemic Syndromes: Diagnosis and Management
Idiopathic Systemic Capillary Leak Syndrome (Clarkson Disease)
Renal Disease Associated with Monoclonal Gammopathy. - Digital/PrintVinod Pullarkat, Guido Marcucci, editors.Summary: This book provides a concise update on current understanding of the biology of acute and chronic leukemias and other bone marrow neoplasms, including myelodysplastic and myeloproliferative disorders, and explores new and emerging treatments. There is a particular focus on the molecular abnormalities that are drivers of leukemia and on their detection by modern molecular techniques. Knowledge of the ways in which genomic and metabolic abnormalities in the hematologic neoplasms affect prognosis and treatment decision making is reviewed. Detailed attention is devoted to targeted therapies, including novel drugs, and to potential targets for future drug development. In addition, readers find in-depth discussion of cellular and antibody-based immunotherapies as well as the role of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation in the treatment of leukemias and bone marrow malignancies. The book is of special interest for hematologists, oncologists, and cancer researchers; it is also of value for hematology trainees and medical students.
Contents:
Advances in diagnosis and risk stratification of leukemias and bone marrow neoplasms
Genetics and diagnostic approach to lymphoblastic leukemia
Acute promyelocytic leukemia: update on risk stratification and treatment
Current and emerging therapies for AML
Current management and new developments in treatment of ALL
Contemporary therapy of CML
MDS: Pathogenesis and therapy
Chronic lymphocytic leukemia: Biology and therapy
Biology and current treatment of Myeloproliferative neoplasms
Systemic Mastocytosis: Pathology and treatment
Adoptive T-cell therapy and other novel immunotherapies for leukemia. - PrintBegleiter, Henri; Kissin, Benjamin.
- Digital/PrintWeinberg, Robert A.Summary: Thoroughly updated and incorporating the most important advances in the fast-growing field of cancer biology, This book is a textbook for students studying the molecular and cellular bases of cancer at the undergraduate, graduate, and medical school levels. The principles of cancer biology are presented in an organized, cogent, and in-depth manner. The clarity of writing, supported by an extensive full-color art program and numerous pedagogical features, makes the book accessible and engaging. The information unfolds through the presentation of key experiments that give readers a sense of discovery and provide insights into the conceptual foundation underlying modern cancer biology. Besides its value as a textbook, this book is a useful reference for individuals working in biomedical laboratories and for clinical professionals. Every copy of the book comes with an updated DVD-ROM containing the book's art program, a selection of movies, audio file mini-lectures, Supplementary Sidebars, and a Media Guide.
Contents:
The biology and genetics of cells and organisms
The nature of cancer
Tumor viruses
Cellular oncogenes
Growth factors, receptors, and cancer
Cytoplasmic signaling circuitry programs many of the traits of cancer
Tumor suppressor genes
Prb and control of the cell cycle clock
P53 and apoptosis: master guardian and executioner
Eternal life : cell immortalization and tumorigenesis
Multi-step tumorigenesis
Maintenance of genomic integrity and the development of cancer
Dialogue replaces monologue : heterotypic interactions and the biology of angiogenesis
Moving out : invasion and metastasis
Crowd control : tumor immunology and immunotherapy
The rational treatment of cancer.Digital Access TandFonline 2014Limited to 3 simultaneous users - Printedited by Victor Ginsburg and Phillips Robbins.
- PrintGeorg Hacker, editorContents:
Deconstructing the Chlamydial cell wall / Anna Klöckner [and three others]
One face of Chlamydia trachomatis: the infectious elementary body / Mathilde M. Cossé, Richard D. Hayward and Agathe Subtil
Manipulation of the host cell cytoskeleton by Chlamydia / Ana T. Nogueira, Antonio T. Pedrosa and Rey A. Carabeo
Subversion of cell-autonomous host defense by Chlamydia infection / Annette Fischer and Thomas Rudel
The hidden genomics of Chlamydia trachomatis / James Hadfield [and three others]
Advances and obstacles in the genetic dissection of Chlamydial virulence / Julie A. Brothwell [and three others]
Chlamydia trachomatis as the cause of infectious infertility: acute, repetitive or persistent long-term infection? / Larissa Schuchardt and Jan Rupp
Immunopathogenesis of Chlamydial infections / Ashlesh K. Murphy, Weidang Li and Kyle H. Ramsey
Chalmydia trachomatis: protective adaptive responses and prospects for a vaccine / Taylor B. Poston and Tone Darville. - DigitalMukesh K. Meghvansi, Ajit Varma, editors.Summary: This book highlights the latest findings on fundamental aspects of composting, the interaction of various microorganisms, and the underlying mechanisms. In addition to addressing modern tools and techniques used for composting research, it provides an overview of potential composting applications in both agriculture and environmental reclamation. Composting is the process of organic waste decomposition, mediated by microorganisms. The end-product is called 'compost and can be used as a supplement to improve soil fertility. As the municipal waste generated in most developing countries contains a substantial amount of organic matter suitable for composting, this technology offers a win-win opportunity for stakeholders in terms of disposing of organic waste and providing organic fertilizers for agriculture. In addition, using compost reduces the dependency on harmful chemical fertilizers, and represents a sustainable and environmentally friendly alternative.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Composting: Paradigms and Mechanisms
Chapter 1: Compost and Compost Tea Microbiology: The "-Omics ́́Era
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Genomic Approaches
1.2.1 Genomics
1.2.2 Metagenomics
1.3 Postgenomic Approaches
1.3.1 Metatranscriptomics
1.3.2 Metaproteomics and Metaproteogenomics
1.3.3 Metametabolomics
1.4 Conclusions and Future Work
References
Chapter 2: Biological Sterilisation, Detoxification and Stimulation of Cucurbitacin-Containing Manure
2.1 Introduction 2.2 Biosynthesis and Bioactivities of Cucurbitacins
2.3 Preparation of Cucurbitacin-Containing Manure
2.3.1 Cultivation of Cucumis africanus
2.3.2 Preparation of Nemafric-BL Stock Solution
2.3.3 Preparation of Nemafric-Manure
2.3.3.1 Potential Sterilisation
2.3.3.2 Potential Detoxification and Pasteurisation
2.3.3.3 Potential Stimulation
2.4 Application and Effects of Nemafric-Manure
2.4.1 Effects on Plant Variables
2.4.1.1 Dry Shoot Mass and Fresh Fruit Yield
2.4.1.2 Effects on Plant-Parasitic Nematodes
2.4.1.3 Effects on Fusarium Species 2.4.1.4 Effects on Soil Variables
2.5 Conclusion
References
Chapter 3: Nematode Succession During Composting Process
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Soil Structure
3.3 Composting Process and Its Role in Agriculture
3.3.1 Composting Process and Soil Suppressiveness
3.3.2 Relationship Between Phytopathogenic Nematodes and Tillage of Soil
3.4 Soil Nematodes
3.4.1 Nematode Community Structure
3.4.2 Colonizer-Persister (Cp) Groupings of Nematode Taxa
3.4.3 Nematode as Biological Soil Indicators
3.5 Nematodes Succession During Composting Process 3.6 Conclusions and Future Perspectives
References
Chapter 4: Review on Physiological Effects of Vermicomposts on Plants
4.1 Introduction
4.2 An Overview of Plant Growth-Affecting Activity of Vermicomposts
4.2.1 Seed Germination
4.2.2 Plant Vegetative Growth
4.3 Physiological Effects Associated with Mineral Nutrition: Changes in Soil Mineral Nutrient Availability
4.4 Physiological Effects Associated with Mineral Nutrition: Changes in Mineral Nutrient Uptake
4.5 Vermicompost Substances with Plant Growth-Regulating Activity
4.5.1 Plant Hormones 4.5.2 Humic Substances
4.6 Activation of Metabolic Processes
4.6.1 Photosynthesis-Related Parameters
4.6.2 Defense Responses
4.7 Evaluation of Vermicompost Quality Based on Physiological Criteria
4.8 Practical Implications: Use in Different Farming Systems
4.9 Conclusion
References
Chapter 5: Interaction of Earthworm Activity with Soil Structure and Enzymes
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Earthworm Ecotypes
5.2.1 Compost Earthworms
5.2.2 Epigeic Earthworms
5.2.3 Endogeic Earthworms
5.2.4 Anecic Earthworms
5.3 Soil EnzymesDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalAhmed Al-Harrasi, Abdul Latif Khan, Sajjad Asaf, Ahmed Al-Rawahi.Summary: This book provides insight into the biology and genomics of the genus Boswellia (family Burseraceae), a natural resource used for the production of frankincense, an oleo-gum resin. The Boswellia species are ecologically, medicinally, commercially and culturally important. Significantly contributing to the paucity of comprehensive literature on this genus, this volume provides a detailed discussion on the genomics, physiology and ecology of Boswellia. The chapters cover a wide range of topics, including taxonomy, distribution, genetic diversity and microbiology. The production process of frankincense and its impact on the species are presented as well. In light of the recent decline of various Boswellia populations, species propagation and conservation are discussed. Plant scholars, ecologists and conservation biologists will find this book to be an important and informative reference.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Introduction; References; Contents; About the Authors;
Chapter 1: Frankincense and Human Civilization: A Historical Review; Etymology of Frankincense; Oleoresin (Tears of the Sun); Frankincense Trade Route; Frankincense Trade and Its Economic Importance; Religious and Cultural Uses; Cosmetic Use; Medicinal Use; References;
Chapter 2: Taxonomy, Distribution and Ecology of Boswellia; Burseraceae Family; Boswellia Genus; Historical Perspectives on Boswellia Taxonomy; Boswellia Species Description; Distribution of Boswellia Throughout the World; Boswellia sacra Flueck Boswellia ameero Balf. f. Boswellia dioscoridis Thulin; Boswellia popoviana Hepper; Boswellia nana Hepper; Boswellia elongata Balf. f; Boswellia socotrana Balf. f.; Boswellia serrata Roxb. ex Colebr; Boswellia ovalifoliolata Balakr & A.N. Henry; Boswellia rivae; Boswellia frereana Bird; Boswellia neglecta S. Moore; Boswellia dalzielii Hutch; Boswellia carterii Flueck; Boswellia bullata Thul. & Gifri; Boswellia globosa Thul.; Boswellia pirottae Chiov; B. papyrifera; Boswellia microphylla Chiov; References;
Chapter 3: Frankincense: Tapping, Harvesting and Production; What Is Resin? Boswellia Tapping Influences Its Carbohydrate MetabolismBoswellia Tapping Influences Leaf Gas Exchange Processes; Tapping Causes the Regulation of the Lipid Layer and JA Biosynthesis; Effects of Incisions on Endogenous Salicylic Acid Regulation; Effect of Wounding on Endogenous Abscisic Acid Regulation; Enhanced Elicitation of Endogenous GA in Boswellia; Boswellia Gene Expression Patterns During Wounding; References;
Chapter 5: Propagation and Conservation of Boswellia sacra; Ecology and Environmental Conditions; Environmental Effects on Plant Morphology; Soil Preparation and Planting How Do the Trees Produce Resin?How Is the Resin Synthesized?; Resin-Producing Plants; Composition of Frankincense Resin; Resin Production After Tapping; Uses of Frankincense; Production of Frankincense; Marketing of Frankincense; Climatic Changes Influencing Frankincense Production; References;
Chapter 4: Frankincense Tree Physiology and Its Responses to Wounding Stress; Wounding Stress Physiology in Plants; Wounding or Tapping of Frankincense Trees; Boswellia Physiochemical Responses to Tapping; Effect of Wounding on Essential Nutrients and Amino Acid Accumulation Irrigation of Boswellia PlantsNutrient Requirements for Boswellia Growth; Cultivation Practices and Conservation of Boswellia Populations; Pollination and Seed Formation; Germination Rate; Macropropagation; Seedling Propagation in Nurseries; Planting and Protecting Seedlings; Root Cutting Propagation; Root Sucker Propagation; Root Tuber Propagation; Seedling and Rooted Cutting Requirements; Micropropagation; In Vitro Micropropagation of Boswellia; Axillary Bud Break and Axillary Shoot Proliferation; Effects of Seasonal Changes on Explants; Effects of PhytohormonesDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalAlexander Birbrair, editor.Summary: Pericytes were originally discovered and named more than hundred years ago as contractile cells around the blood vessel endothelial cells. Due to the lack of exclusive markers, pericytes are now defined by a combination of location, morphology and gene expression. Pericytes are attracting increasing attention as important regulators during development and during normal and disturbed organ function. In recent years, remarkable progress has been made in the identification and characterization of pericytes subpopulations and their amazing functions using state-of-art techniques. These advantages facilitated identification of molecular basis of interaction between these cells with several other more well studied cell types, and revealed key signals derived from pericytes involved in homeostasis, regeneration, and disease regulation. In the last ten years, several unexpected roles of pericytes have been discovered. It has been demonstrated that pericytes from different tissues differ in their properties as well as functions. Even more, pericytes are heterogeneous also within the same organ. This book is will describe the major contributions of pericytes to different organs biology in physiological and pathological conditions. The book will teach the readers about this so special cell type that 10 years ago was almost completely forgotten, and it was associated basically only with vascular stability. Recently, it become a very hot topic to work in. Several articles in Nature, Science and Cell have been and are being currently published about this cell type. These recent works are revealing how important those cells are for before unimaginable biological processes. Thus, this book will update us on what are the most novel functions attributed to these cells. Also, will introduce to the young generation all the history about these cells from when they were discovered in different organs till where we are now in this field. So it will be a great book for both cell biology students as well as researchers that will have an update on these cells biology in different organs.
Contents:
In Vivo Optical Imaging and Manipulation of Brain Pericytes
The complex and integral roles of pericytes within the neurovascular unit in health and disease
Role of pericytes in brain metastasis
Effects of Cytomegalovirus on Pericytes
Pericytes in Retinal Ischemia
Inflammatory mediators released by brain pericytes as sensors and effectors in blood-brain barrier dysfunction
TLR-4 signaling in Pericytes
EphA7+ Multipotent Pericytes and Their Roles in Multicellular Organisms
Skeletal Muscle-Resident Pericyte Responses to Conditions of Use and Disuse
Pericytes in myocardial diseases
Adventitial and skeletal muscle pericytes in health and in ischemic tissue regeneration. - DigitalGiuseppe Fusco, Alessandro Minelli.Summary: Reproduction is a fundamental feature of life, it is the way life persists across the ages. This book offers new, wider vistas on this fundamental biological phenomenon, exploring how it works through the whole tree of life. It explores facets such as asexual reproduction, parthenogenesis, sex determination and reproductive investment, with a taxonomic coverage extended over all the main groups - animals, plants including 'algae', fungi, protists and bacteria. It collates into one volume perspectives from varied disciplines - including zoology, botany, microbiology, genetics, cell biology, developmental biology, evolutionary biology, animal and plant physiology, and ethology - integrating information into a common language. Crucially, the book aims to identify the commonalties among reproductive phenomena, while demonstrating the diversity even amongst closely related taxa. Its integrated approach makes this a valuable reference book for students and researchers, as well as an effective entry point for deeper study on specific topics.Digital Access Cambridge 2019
- DigitalHéctor M. Alvarez.Summary: Rhodococcus, a metabolically versatile actinobacterium which is frequently found in the environment, has gained increasing interest due to its potential biotechnological applications. This Microbiology Monographs volume provides a thorough review of the various aspects of the biochemistry, physiology and genetics of the Genus Rhodococcus. Following an overview of its taxonomy, chapters cover the structural aspects of rhodococcal cellular envelope, genomes and plasmids, metabolic and catabolic pathways, such as those of aromatic compounds, steroids and nitriles, and desulfurization pathways, as well as adaption to organic solvents. Further reviews discuss applications of Rhodococcus in the bioremediation of contaminated environments, in triacylglycerols accumulation, and in phytopathogenic strategies, as well as the potential of biosurfactants. In addition, properties of these bacteria to thrive and survive in oligotrophic environments are also discussed. A final chapter describes the sole pathogenic Rhodococcus member, R. equi.
Contents:
Refined Systematics of the Genus Rhodococcus Based on Whole Genome Analyses
Genomics of Rhodococcus
Central Metabolism of Species of the Genus Rhodococcus
Oligotrophic Growth of Rhodococcus
Adaptation of Rhodococcus to Organic Solvents
Degradation of Alkanes in Rhodococcus
Biodegradation of Nitriles by Rhodococcus
The Desulfurization Pathway in Rhodococcus
Bioremediation of Contaminated Environments Using Rhodococcus
Production of Trehalolipid Biosurfactants by Rhodococcus
Biology of Triacylglycerol Accumulation by Rhodococcus
Interaction of Rhodococcus with Metals and Biotechnological Applications
Plant-Associated Rhodococcus Species, for Better and for Worse.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalOliver Betz, Ulrich Irmler, Jan Klimaszewski, editors.Summary: "Rove beetles (Staphylinidae) are common elements of the soil biota, living in the litter and deeper soil layers. Although they are one of the most diverse and speciose groups of insects, no comprehensive books on their general evolution and ecology are as yet available. This book fills that gap, discussing significant aspects and active research examples in the fields of phylogeny and systematics, ecology and conservation, and reproduction and development. The combination of review chapters and case studies provides an excellent introduction to the biology of rove beetles and enables readers to become familiar with active research fields in this megadiverse group of beetles. Offering easy access to these fields, it also demonstrates how staphylinids are used as bioindicators in applied ecosystem research, including that concerning conservation issues. Experienced scientists and beginners alike find the diversity of subjects covered intriguing and inspiring for continuing and starting their own research. The book is intended for students and researchers in biology and zoology (entomology), including morphologists, ecologists, soil scientists, evolutionary biologists, paleontologists, biogeographers, taxonomists and systematists."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
Phylogeny of the family Staphylinidae
A review of the fossil history of Staphylinoidea
Biodiversity and geographic patterns of Neotropical Staphylinidae
Adventive species of rove beetles in Canada
Effect of environmental conditions on distribution patterns
A review of Nearctic rove beetles (Staphylinidae) specialized on the burrows and nests of vertebrates
Rove beetles as bioindicators in agroecosystems
Parasites of Staphylinidae
The biology of Steninae
Biology of acarophagous Scydmeninae
The evolution of genitalia, spermatophores
Morphology of the endophallic flagellum
Morphological diversity of immature Scydmaeninae. - DigitalBernard Swynghedauw.Summary: This book describes the fundamental process of senescence, and reviews a new concept developed by a number of research groups that is based on cellular senescence and its secretome. This concept provides a basic explanation of the main physiological and pathological features of senescence, and delineates possibilities for "treating" it. Following an introduction to the emerging medical landscape, the increasing incidence of a new epidemiological group (age-related "chronic non-transmissible diseases"), and the multiple origins of aging, the book explores and characterizes the senescent cell, which is linked to benign and pathological age-related manifestations. In turn, the closing chapters discuss how to "treat" or "prevent" the aging process, underscoring the central role of physical exercise and caloric reduction as compared to new senolytic approaches. Appendices are also provided, and address circadian rhythms, telomere shortening, diabetic cardiomyopathy, and senescence in plants and bacteria. Given its scope, the book will primarily be of interest to geriatricians, but will also appeal to a wider range of clinicians.
Contents:
Intro; Acknowledgment; Abbreviations; Contents;
1: Introduction; References;
2: The Emerging Medical Landscape; 2.1 The Overwhelming Human Responsibility; 2.2 The Two Recent Epidemiological Transitions; 2.2.1 Throughout the World; 2.3 The Emergencies; 2.3.1 The Two Out-Of-Control Risks: Nuclear Power and Poverty; 2.3.2 Age, the First of the Emerging Risks; 2.3.3 Incidence of Non-Transmissible Chronic Diseases; 2.3.4 Other Age-Linked Diseases; References;
3: The Origins of Ageing; 3.1 Genome Instability; 3.2 Genetics and Heredity; 3.3 Telomeres and Telomerase; 3.4 Proteostasis 3.5 Epigenetics3.6 Microbiota; References;
4: The Senescent Cell, SC; 4.1 The Overview; 4.2 Consequences of Stem/Precursor Cell Proliferation Arrest; 4.3 The SC Secretome; 4.4 Fibrosis; References;
5: The Nonfatal Clinical Manifestations of Ageing; 5.1 Hair, Skin, Adipose Tissue; 5.2 Bones, Muscles, and Joints; 5.3 General Conditions, Frailty Syndrome, Fluid Balance, Immune System; 5.4 Biological Rhythms; 5.5 The Senses and Sensitivity; References;
6: Age-Linked Non-Transmissible Diseases; 6.1 Cancers; 6.2 Neurodegenerative Diseases; 6.3 Type 2 Diabetes and Metabolic Syndrome 6.4 Lungs, Kidneys and Liver Diseases6.5 The Senescent CV System; 6.5.1 The Senescent Myocardium; 6.5.2 The Senescent Vascular System; 6.5.3 Consequences of Change in Characteristic Arterial Impedance; 6.5.4 The Clinical Manifestations of Atherosclerosis; 6.5.5 Heart Failure in Senescence; 6.5.6 Atrial Fibrillation; References;
7: How to Treat or Prevent, or Slow Down, Cellular Ageing and Senescence?; 7.1 The Various Attempts at Reprogramming; 7.2 Calorie Restriction; 7.3 Physical Exercise; References;
8: Senescence: A Darwinian Evolutionary Perspective 8.1 Genetic Versus Environmental Factors in Senescence8.2 Senescence and Inflammation; References;
9: Conclusions; 9.1 The Accession of Gerontechnologies; 9.2 The Adaptive Capacities; 9.3 The Gerontological Aspects of the Making of Ignorance; References;
10: Summary; References; Annex A: Senescence in Plants and Bacteria; Annex B: Theories of Ageing; Complexity: Is Senescence Linked to a Loss of the Complexity That Is Inherently Linked to Life?; Annex C: Telomeres and Telomerase; Annex D: MicroRNAs, miRs; Annex E: Circadian Rhythms, a Fundamental Basis of Life; The Hypothalamic Clock Molecular MechanismsThe Peripheral Clocks; The Different Biological Rhythms: Sleep/Wakefulness; Hormones; Temperature; Molecular Correlations; Cell Physiology; Annex F: The Diabetic Heart; From a Biological Point of View; Glossary; ReferencesDigital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Christian E. Badr.Contents:
Bioluminescence imaging : basics and practical limitations / Christian E. Badr
Extraction and quantification of adenosine triphosphate in mammalian tissues and cells / Junji Chida and Hiroshi Kido
Neuronal network imaging in acute slices using Ca2+ sensitive bioluminescent reporter / Ludovic Tricoire and Bertrand Lambolez
Gaussia luciferase-based mycoplasma detection assay in mammalian cell culture / M. Hannah Degeling ... [et al.]
Split gaussia luciferase for imaging ligand-receptor binding / Kathryn E. Luker and Gary D. Luker
Video-rate bioluminescence imaging of protein secretion from a living cell / Takahiro Suzuki and Satoshi Inouye
Bioluminescence reporter gene-based detection of microRNAs / Hae Young Ko, Young Sik Lee, and Soonhag Kim
Monitoring of transcriptional dynamics of HIF and NFKB activities / Miguel A.S. Cavadas and Alex Cheong
Real-time bioluminescent tracking of cellular population dynamics / Dan Close ... [et al.]
Fabrication of bioluminescent capsules and live-cell imaging / Sung Bae Kim
Bioluminescent imaging of spontaneously occurring tumors in immunocompetent ODD-luciferase bearing transgenic mice / Scott J. Goldman and Shengkan Jin
Blood-based assay with secreted gaussia luciferase to monitor tumor metastasis / Hiroshi Yamashita, Dan T. Nguyen, and Euiheon Chung
Bioluminescence imaging of fungal biofilm development in live animals / Greetje Vande Velde ... [et al.]
Bioluminescent imaging of bacteria during mouse infection / Jonathan M. Warawa and Matthew B. Lawrenz
Cell-based bioluminescence screening assays / Romain J. Amante and Christian E. Badr
Bioluminescence-based monitoring of virus vector- mediated gene transfer in mice / Casey A. Maguire
Simultaneous in vivo monitoring of regulatory and effector T lymphocytes using secreted gaussia luciferase, firefly luciferase, and secreted alkaline phosphatase / Grant K. Lewandrowski ... [et al.]
Multiplex functional bioluminescent reporters using gaussia luciferase fused to epitope tags in an immunobinding assay / Sjoerd van Rijn, Thomas Würdinger, and Jonas Nilsson
Noninvasive in vivo monitoring of extracellular vesicles / Charles P. Lai, Bakhos A. Tannous, and Xandra O. Breakefield
In vitro and in vivo demonstrations of fluorescence by unbound excitation from luminescence (FUEL) / Joe Dragavon ... [et al.].Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalNusrat Rabbee.Summary: The world is awash in data. This volume of data will continue to increase. In the pharmaceutical industry, much of this data explosion has happened around biomarker data. Great statisticians are needed to derive understanding from these data. This book will guide you as you begin the journey into communicating, understanding and synthesizing biomarker data.-From the Foreword, Jared Christensen, Vice President, Biostatistics Early Clinical Development, Pfizer, Inc. Biomarker Analysis in Clinical Trials with R offers practical guidance to statisticians in the pharmaceutical industry on how to incorporate biomarker data analysis in clinical trial studies. The book discusses the appropriate statistical methods for evaluating pharmacodynamic, predictive and surrogate biomarkers for delivering increased value in the drug development process. The topic of combining multiple biomarkers to predict drug response using machine learning is covered. Featuring copious reproducible code and examples in R, the book helps students, researchers and biostatisticians get started in tackling the hard problems of designing and analyzing trials with biomarkers. Features: Analysis of pharmacodynamic biomarkers for lending evidence target modulation. Design and analysis of trials with a predictive biomarker. Framework for analyzing surrogate biomarkers. Methods for combining multiple biomarkers to predict treatment response. Offers a biomarker statistical analysis plan. R code, data and models are given for each part: including regression models for survival and longitudinal data, as well as statistical learning models, such as graphical models and penalized regression models. Nusrat Rabbee is a biostatistician and data scientist at Rabbee & Associates, where she creates innovative solutions to help companies accelerate drug and diagnostic development for patients. Her research interest lies in the intersection of data science and personalized medicine. She has extensive experience in bioinformatics, clinical statistics and high-dimensional data analyses. She has co-discovered the RLMM algorithm for genotyping Affymetrix SNP chips and co-invented a high-dimensional molecular signature for cancer. She has spent over 17 years in the pharmaceutical and diagnostics industry focusing on biomarker development. She has taught statistics at UC Berkeley for 4 years.
Contents:
Section I Pharmacodynamic Biomarkers 1. Introduction 2. Toxicology Studies 3. Bioequivalence Studies 4. Cross-Sectional Profile of Pharmacodynamics Biomarkers 5. Timecourse Profile of Pharmacodynamics Biomarkers 6. Evaluating Multiple Biomarkers Section II Predictive Biomarkers 7. Introduction 8. Operational Characteristics of Proof-of-Concept Trials with Biomarker-Positive and -Negative Subgroups 9. A Framework for Testing Biomarker Subgroups in Confirmatory Trials 10. Cutoff Determination of Continuous Predictive Biomarker for a Biomarker-Treatment Interaction 11. Cutoff Determination of Continuous Predictive Biomarker Using Group Sequential Methodology 12. Adaptive Threshold Design 13. Adaptive Seamless Design (ASD) Section III Surrogate Endpoints 14. Introduction 15. Requirement # 1: Trial Level
Correlation Between Hazard Ratios in Progression-Free Survival and Overall Survival Across Trials 16. Requirement # 2: Individual Level
Assess the Correlation Between the Surrogate and True Endpoints After Adjusting for Treatment (R2 indiv) 17. Examining the Proportion of Treatment Effect in AIDS Clinical Trials 18. Concluding Remarks Section IV Combining Multiple Biomarkers 19. Introduction 20. Regression-Based Models 21. Tree-Based Models 22. Cluster Analysis 23. Graphical Models Section V Biomarker Statistical Analysis PlanDigital Access TandFonline 2020 - DigitalThomas D'Hooghe, editor.Contents:
Building translational research infrastructure and access to expertise for biomarker discovery in cancer / Jacqueline A. Hall
Biomarkers of endometrial cancer / Nicolas Galazis
Biomarker development in chronic inflammatory diseases / Aristeidis H. Katsanos [and 6 others]
Endometriosis and diagnostic delay: the patient's perspective / Silke Apers, Eline A.F. Dancet, and Thomas D/Hooghe
Genetic biomarkers for endometriosis / Sang Hong Lee, Yadav Sapkota, Jenny Fung, and Grant W. Montgomery
Epidemiological and clinical risk factors for endometriosis / Leslie V. Farland [and 4 others]
Peripheral blood biomarkers for endometriosis / Amelie Fassbender [and 4 others]
Biomarkers for endometriosis in saliva, urine, and peritoneal fluid / Ndeye-Aicha Gueye [and 5 others]
mRNA and miRNA biomarkers for endometriosis / Lusine Aghajanova, R.O. Burney, N.D. Tran, and Linda C. Giudice
Proteomic biomarkers for endometriosis / Amelie Fassbender [and 4 others]
Harmonization of clinical and laboratory data to improve biomarker discovery in endometriosis: WERF EPHect / Nilufer Rahmioglu [and 7 others]
OMICs studies and endometriosis biomarker identification / Merli Saare [and 5 others]
Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Sudhir Srivastava, PH. D, MPH.Contents:
Nuts and bolts of biomarker research / Sharmistha Ghosh and Sudhir Srivastava
Cancer genome methylation : biology, biomarker and therapeutic opportunities / Shashwat Sharad, Taduru Sreenath, Shiv Srivastava, and Albert Dobi
Microrna biomarkers for early detection of cancer / Wendy Wang, Matthew R. Young, and Sudhir Srivastava
Inflammation and cancer / Pamela L. Beatty, Sandra Cascio, and Olivera J Finn
Exosomes : a valuable biomedical tool in biomarker discovery and development / Jocelyn Lee, Sharmistha Ghosh, and Sudhir Srivastava
Epithelial-to-mesenchymal transition (EMT) : clinical implications / Elisa CWoodhouse and Suresh Mohla
Breast cancer / Benjamin A. Katchman, Christos Patriotis, and Karen S Anderson
Ovarian cancer / Christos Patriotis, Archana Simmons, Karen H. Lu, Robert C. Bast, Jr, and Steven J. Skates
Esophageal cancer biomarkers / Yanxin Luo, Kishore Guda, Sanford Markowitz, Amitabh Chak, Andrew M Kaz, and William M Grady
Predictive biomarkers for therapy in adenocarcinoma of the upper digestive tract / Heath D Skinner, Qiongrong Chen, Elena Elimova, Roopma Wadhwa, Shumei Song, and Jaffer A Ajani
Pancreatic cancer / Sam CWang and Peter J Allen
Colon cancer / Paul DWagner
Prognosis and predictive biomarkers for colorectal cancer / Upender Manne, Balananda-Dhurjati Kumar Putcha, Temesgen Samuel, and Sudhir Srivastava
Early detection of lung cancer / Mohamed Hassanein, Melinda C. Aldrich, Stephen A. Deppen, Karl E. Krueger, Eric L. Grogan, and Pierre P. Massion
Commonalities in lung cancer and COPD / Malgorzata Wojtowicz and Eva Szabo
Prostate cancer / Jacob Kagan, Ian M. Thompson, and Daniel W. Chan
Improving the clinical validity of biomarker research in cancer detection / David F. Ransohoff
Cancer overdiagnosis, ramifications and research strategies / Barbara K. Dunn and Barnett S. Kramer
Predictive markers and driver genes from treatment trials : potential utility for early diagnosis / Brian S. Sorg, Sarfraz Memon, Kelly Y. Kim, Aniruddha Ganguly, Tracy Lively, James Tricoli, Magdalena Thurin, Lokesh Agrawal, Tawnya C. McKee, Barbara A. Conley, and J. Milburn Jessup
Statistical consideration in predictive and prognostic markers / Fei Ye and Yu Shyr
Clinical validation of molecular biomarkers in translational medicine / Harry B. Burke and William E. Grizzle
Cancer biomarker assays : performance standards / Anna K Fuzery and Daniel W. Chan
Bioethics and cancer biomarker research / Nathan Nobis, William Grizzle, and Stephen Sodeke
Colon cancer screening / Molly Perencevich, Jennifer Inra, and Sapna Syngal.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaleditor, Hideaki Shimada.Summary: This book sheds new light on research into liquid biopsy biomarkers for cancer screening. The chapters in the first half address exosomes, circulating cell-free DNA and autoantibodies, and main solid cancers, along with companion biomarkers - all of which serve as the basis for exploring key research questions for future clinical trials in the book's second half. The study of biomarkers has evolved rapidly thanks to advances in precision medicine. While conventional cancer biomarker research is focused on proteomics or gene analysis of resected tissue, diagnostic markers have since become significant in terms of gauging the effectiveness of molecularly targeted drugs or the likelihood of a favorable prognosis. In addition, conventional treatment strategy, which draws on archives of resected tissue samples, is now gradually being replaced by monitoring with the use of liquid biopsy, which is poised to become the new mainstream in molecular targeting therapy. The contributing authors discuss in detail biomarkers, molecular targets for treatment, monitoring markers to evaluate treatment responses, prognostic markers, and screening and early diagnosis. Accordingly, this excellent collection of texts will benefit not only oncologists, but also medical and biological researchers and pharmaceutical scientists involved in the latest cancer research.
Contents:
I. General Statement
1.Exosomes
2.Cell Free DNA
3.Autoantibody
4.Serum Protein
Part II. Application to Each Cancer
5.Head and Neck Cancer / Esophageal Cancer
6.Gastric Cancer
7.Colorectal Cancer
8.Liver Cancer
9.Pancreas Cancer
10.Lung Cancer
11.Breast Cancer
12.Prostate Cancer
13.Gynecological Cancers
14.Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma. - DigitalSulen Sarioglu, Ozgul Sagol, Anil Aysal, editors.Summary: This book aims to examine all immunohistochemical and molecular pathological biomarkers that can be useful and effective in patient diagnosis, prognosis and treatment decision, especially when faced with a carcinoma of unknown primary. For this purpose, epithelial malignancies of all systems and related biomarkers are examined one by one, and to look at the subject through the metastatic regions window, biomarkers that can be used to determine the primary focus for carcinomas seen in the areas most frequently metastasized are emphasized. With this bi-directional perspective, the reader is able to find biomarkers of any type of carcinoma on a system basis, as well as access to which biomarkers can be used when faced with a metastatic carcinoma. The importance of biomarkers in patient follow-up and treatment is also conveyed through the clinician's eye, and so biomarkers are handled with a holistic approach in all aspects. This book primarily targets pathologists, as well as clinicians (oncologists and surgeons) who manage cancer patients.
Contents:
Chapter 1) Definition of Tissue-based Biomarkers Its Place in Medicine and Molecular Pathology
Chapter 2) The Concept and Mechanisms of Metastasis
Chapter 3) Biomarkers in Skin Carcinomas
Chapter 4) Biomarkers in Head and Neck Carcinomas
Chapter 5) Biomarkers in Pulmonary Carcinomas
Chapter 6) Biomarkers in Endocrine Organ Carcinomas
Chapter 7) Biomarkers in Gastrointestinal System Carcinomas
Chapter 8) Biomarkers in Hepatopancreatobiliary Carcinomas
Chapter 9) Biomarkers in Urinary Tract and Male Genital System Carcinomas
Chapter 10) Biomarkers in Gynecological Carcinomas
Chapter 11) Biomarkers in Breast Carcinomas
Chapter 12) Diagnostic Approach According to More Frequent Metastatic Sites-Liver, Lungs, Bone, Lymph Nodes
Chapter 13) Diagnostic Approach According to Uncovered Metastatic Sites - Mediastinum-Timus, Peritoneum, Central Nervous System, Soft Tissue
Chapter 14) Management of the Patients with Primary Unknown Carcinoma and the Role of Biomarkers
Chapter 15) Treatment Approach to Carcinomas of Unknown Primary
Appendix. - DigitalUttam Garg, Laurie D. Smith.Contents:
1. Introduction to laboratory diagnosis and biomarkers in inborn error of metabolism
2. Amino acids disorders
3. Organic acid disorders
4. Disorders of mitochondrial fatty acid β-oxidation
5. Urea cycle and other disorders of hyperammonemia
6. Newborn screening
7. Carbohydrate disorders
8. Mitochondrial disorders
9. Lysosomal storage disorders: mucopolysaccharidoses
10. Lysosomal storage disorders: sphingolipidoses
11. Peroxisomal disorders: clinical and biochemical laboratory aspects
12. Disorders of purine and pyrimidine metabolism
13. Biomarkers for the study of catecholamine and serotonin genetic diseases
14. Cerebral creatine deficiency syndromes
15. Congenital disorders of glycosylation
16. Disorders of vitamins and cofactors
17. Disorders of trace metals
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalNik Sheng Ding, Peter De Cruz, editors.Summary: This book provides a comprehensive and complete overview of biomarkers in clinical practice for inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) bringing together the literature in a clear and concise manner. The book bridges the gap between growing knowledge at the bench and current and future applications of biomarkers in clinical practice. The central structure of the book focuses on prognostic and predictive biomarkers in IBD with an emphasis on the fields of research and scientific techniques (genomics, proteomics and metabonomics) that have led to biomarker discovery and places these biomarkers within a clinical context to help understand their utility in clinical practice. This book will be of use to clinicians who have an interest in using biomarkers in clinical practice as well as clinician researchers and scientists involved in the biomarker research pipeline. The author team comprises experts from around the world in order to bring together the literature in an effort to inform clinicians and researchers about the current state-of-the art in biomarker discovery. It is intended to assist future research efforts and indicate how biomarkers might be best applied to clinical practice both at present and in the future.
Contents:
Part I: Introduction
nflammatory bowel disease – more than meets the eye
Clinical risk factors – lessons from epidemiology
Clinical trial design for biomarker discovery
Database/ big data meets real world
Patient reported outcomes
Part II: Biomarkers – Prognostic vs Predictive
Biomarkers for remote monitoring
Disease modification
Part IIV: Crohns disease
Luminal Crohns disease-. Perianal CD
Fibrosis/ strictures in CD
Post-op Crohns disease
Part IV: Ulcerative colitis
UC surveillance
Acute severe UC
Chronic active UC
Pouchitis
Refractory proctitis
Feacal microbiota transplantation
Primary sclerosing cholangitis
Extraintestinal manifestations of IBD
Part V: Specialised scenarios
Pregnancy
Nutrition
TDM
Biomarkers to quantify immune response
Drug toxicity
Part VI:Scientific
Exposome and diet
Microbiota
Metabonomics
Immunology
Genomics
Systems Biology in Biomarker research
Part VII: Ideal tools for investigation in the future. - DigitalFausto Rodriguez, Cheng-Ying Ho.Contents:
Introduction
Special Techniques
Biobanking and Regulations
Public Databases
Biomarkers applied to specific tumor types
Conclusions. - DigitalFilipe Palavra, Flávio Reis, Daniela Marado, Armando Sena, editors.Contents:
Inflammation biomarkers and cardiometabolic risk
Cardiovascular disease
Diabetes mellitus and metabolic syndrome
Ischemic stroke
Chronic kidney disease
Immune-mediated inflammatory rheumatic diseases
Cardiometabolic risk, inflammation and neurodegenerative disorders.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalAlexey Moskalev, editor.Summary: This book collects and reviews, for the first time, a wide range of advances in the area of human aging biomarkers. This accumulated data allows researchers to assess the rate of aging processes in various organs and systems, and to individually monitor the effectiveness of therapies intended to slow aging. In an introductory chapter, the editor defines biomarkers of aging as molecular, cellular and physiological parameters that demonstrate reproducible changes - quantitative or qualitative - with age. The introduction recounts a study which aimed to create a universal model of biological age, whose most predictive parameters were albumin and alkaline phosphatase (indication liver function), glucose (metabolic syndrome), erythrocytes (respiratory function) and urea (renal function). The book goes on to describe DNA methylation, known as the "epigenetic clock," as currently the most comprehensive predictor of total mortality. It is also useful for predicting mortality from cancer and cardiovascular diseases, and for analyzing the effects of lifestyle factors including diet, exercise, and education. Individual contributions draw additional insight from research on genetics and epigenetic aging markers, and immunosenescence and inflammaging markers. A concluding chapter outlines the challenge of integrating of biological and clinical markers of aging. Biomarkers of Human Aging is written for professionals and practitioners engaged in the study of aging, and will be useful to both advanced students and researchers.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Introduction
Alexey Moskalev Section-1: BIOMARKERS OF AGING AND HEALTH Chapter 2: Practical Detection of Biological Age: Why it is not a trivial task
Ancha Baranova Tiange Cui, Boris Veytsman Chapter 3: Biological age is a universal marker of aging, stress, and frailty
Timothy V. Pyrkov, Peter O. Fedichev Chapter 4: Biomarkers of health and healthy ageing from the outside-in
Jonathan Sholl, Suresh Rattan Chapter 5: Biomarkers of aging
Yizhen Yan, Yonglin Mu, Weiyang Chen, Jing-Dong J. Han Chapter 6: Review of molecular and cellular biomarkers of aging
Ilya Solovyev, Mikhail Shaposhnikov, Alexey Moskalev Section-2: PROTEOMICS AND GLYCOMICS BIOMARKERS OF AGING Chapter 7: IgG glycans as a biomarker of biological age
Vilaj M, Gudelj I, Trbojević-Akmačić I, Lauc G, Pezer M Chapter 8: Oxidatively modified proteins and maintenance systems as biomarkers of aging
Bertrand Friguet, Martin Baraibar Chapter 9: Is impaired proteodynamics a key to understand the biomarkers of cellular aging?
Jacek M. Witkowski, Tamas Fulop Section-3: GENETICS AND EPIGENETICS AGING MARKERS Chapter 10: Genetic markers of extreme human longevity
Paola Sebastiani, Anastasia Gurinovich, Harold Bae, Thomas T Perls Chapter 11: Epigenetic biomarkers of aging
Morgan E. Levine Chapter 12: DNA methylation biomarkers to assess biological age -Dmitiriy Podolskiy, Vadim Gladyshev Chapter 13: Epigenetics of brain aging: lessons from chemo brain and tumor brain
Anna Kovalchuk, Bryan Kolb, Olga Kovalchuk Chapter 14: Approaches and methods for variant analysis in a cell
Alexej Abyzov, Flora M. Vaccarino, Alexander E. Urban, Vivekananda Sarangi Section-4: IMMUNOSENESCENCE AND INFLAMMAGING MARKERS Chapter 15: Is there any reliable biomarker for immunosenescence and inflammaging?
Tamas Fulop, Alan Cohen, Glenn Wong, Jacek M Witkowski, Anis Larbi. Chapter 16: Immune parameters associated with mortality in longitudinal studies of very old people can be markedly dissimilar even in apparently similar populations
Graham Pawelec, David Goldeck Chapter 17: Gut microbiota and aging
Kashtanova DA, Tkacheva ON, Strazhesko ID, Dudinskaya EN, Kotovskaya YuV, Popenko AS, Tyaht AV, Alexeev DG Section-5: SYSTEMS BIOLOGY OF AGING, BIOLOGICAL AGE AND MORTALITY MARKERS Chapter 18: Deep integrated biomarkers of aging
Polina Mamoshina, Alex Zhavoronkov Chapter 19: Quantification of the biological age of the brain using neuroimaging
James Cole, Katja Franke, Nic Cherbuin Chapter 20: Arterial aging: the role of hormonal and metabolic status and telomere biology
Irina D. Strazhesko, Daria A. Kashtanova, Ekaterina N. Dudinskaya, Olga N. Tkacheva Chapter 21: Circulating Biomarkers of Aging
Hongxia Zhang, Brian Wang, Kunlin Jin Chapter 22: Molecular signature of aging driven by Wnt signaling pathway: Lessons from nematodes
Marco Lezzerini, Yelena V. Budovskaya. Chapter 23: The problem of integrating of biological and clinical markers of aging
Arnold Mitnitski Index.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Charles L. Edelstein.Contents:
Chapter 1: Characteristics of an Ideal Biomarker of Kidney Diseases / M.R Bennett aand P. Devarajan
Chapter 2: Statistical Considerations in Analysis and Interpretation of Biomarker Studies / C.R. Parikh and H. Theissen Philbrook
Chapter 3: The Role of Metabolomics in the Study of Kidney Diseases and in the Development of Diagnostic Tools / U. Christians, J. Klawitter, J. Klepacki and J. Klawitter
Chapter 4: The Role of Proteomics in the Study of Kidney Diseases and in the Development of Diagnostic Tools / U. Christians, J. Klawitter, J. Klepacki and J. Klawitter
Chapter 5: Cystatin C as a Multifaceted Biomarker in Kidney Disease and Its Role in Defining "Shrunken Pore Syndrome" / A. Grubb
Chapter 6: Biomarkers in Acute Kidney Injury / C.L. Edelstein
Chapter 7: Biomarkers of Extra-Renal Complications of AKI / S. Faubel
Chapter 8: Biomarkers in Kidney Transplantation / S. Jain and A. Jani
Chapter 9: Biomarkers of Renal Cancer / N.S. Vasudev and R.E. Banks
Chapter 10: Proteomics and Advancements in Urinary Biomarkers of Diabetics Kidney Disease / M.L. Merchant and J.B. Klein
Chapter 11: Biomarkers of Cardiovascular Risk in Chronic Kidney Disease / Z.H. Endre and R.J. Walker
Chapter 12: Diagnostic and Prognostic Biomarkers in Autosomal Dominant Polycystic Kidney Disease / G. Fick-Brosnahan and B.Y. Reed
Chapter 13: Biomarkers in Glomerular Disease / J.M. Arthur, E. Elnagar and N. Karakala
Chapter 14: Biomarkers in Preeclampsia / S.A. Karamanchi.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - DigitalLars A. Akslen, Randolph S. Watnick, editors.Summary: This book reviews different aspects of the cancer microenvironment, and its regulation and importance for tumor progression. Methodological advancements and practical applications, in terms of how biomarkers are studied and increasingly included in clinical trials and therapy protocols, are described and discussed. Biomarkers of the Tumor Microenvironment is an educational resource for students and members of the cancer research community as a whole, especially for those using morphology analysis techniques and models focusing on the cross-talk between different cell types in tumors. The textbook provides a comprehensive overview of the microenvironment in various contexts from the perspectives of experienced and accomplished cancer researchers and clinicians.
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
Prologue
Basic Studies: Tumor Mechanisms and Tissue Biomarkers
The Role of the Tumor Microenvironment in Regulating Angiogenesis
Vessel co-option in melanoma
Tissue Based Biomarkers of Tumor-Vascular Interactions
Molecular phenotypes of endothelial cells in malignant tumors
Lymphatics in malignant tumors
Role of the Extracellular Matrix in Tumor Stroma Barrier or Support?
Importance of tissue architecture in cancer development and progression
The Tumor Microenvironment as a Target for Therapeutic Modulation and Monitoring
Tumor-fibroblast interactions
Stromal PDGF Receptors as Prognostic and Predictive Biomarkers
Inflammation and Cancer, the Role of Lipid Signalling in the Continuum Between Two Ends of the Tumor Spectrum
Cancer Immunity and Immune Evasion Mechanisms
Drivers of EMT and Immune Evasion
Inflammatory Biomarkers for Cancer
Tumor Infiltrating Lymphocytes: Methods and Guidelines
The Role of Platelets in the Tumor Microenvironment
Regulation of Tumor Progression and Metastasis by Bone Marrow-Derived Microenvironments
Neuropilin 1 and Neuropilin 2: Cancer Progression and Biomarker Analysis
The Role of Axl Receptor Tyrosine Kinase in Tumor Cell Plasticity and Therapy Resistance
Imaging mass cytometry in studies of the tumor microenvironment
Artificial intelligence in studies of malignant tumors
Clinical Applications: Organ Related Biomarker Studies
Gene Expression Signatures of the Tumor Microenvironment: Relation to Tumor Progress in Breast Cancer
MR-Derived Biomarkers for Cancer Characterization
PDX-models and small animal imaging in studies of gynecologic cancers
The Influence of Tissue Architecture on Drug Response: Anti-Cancer Drug Development in High-Dimensional Combinatorial Microenvironment Platforms
Models of Tumor Progression in Prostate Cancer
Prostate biomarkers
Immune responses in lung cancer
Tumor-vascular interactions in non-small cell lung cancer
Tumor-Host Interactions in Malignant Glioma
The Tumor Microenvironment in Cutaneous Melanoma Friend or Foe?
Biomarker Panels and Contemporary Practice in Clinical Trials of Targeted Therapy. - Digitaledited by Véronique Migonney.Contents:
History of biomaterials / Véronique Migonney
Definitions / Véronique Migonney
Materials used in biomaterial applications / Géraldine Rohman
Biocompatibility and norms / Véronique Migonney
Bioactive polymers and surfaces: a solution for implant devices / Véronique Migonney
Functionalization of biomaterials and applications / Céline Falentin-Daudre
Biomaterial structures for anterior cruciate ligament replacement / Cédryck Vaquette
Animal models for orthopedic applications of tissue engineering / Véronique Viateau, Adeline Decambron, Mathieu Manassero
Ceramic materials for dental prostheses / Amélie Mainjot
Dental adhesives / Mathieu Derbanne, Stéphane Le Goff, Jean-Pierre Attal
Glass ionomer cements: application in pediatric dentistry / Elisabeth Dursun, Stéphane Le Goff, Jean-Pierre Attal
List of authors.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - Digitalvolume editor, Sanjukta Deb.Contents:
Biomaterials in relation to dentistry / Deb, S.
Polymer therapeutics in relation to dentistry / Rojo, L., Deb, S .
Biological impact of bioactive glasses and their dissolution products / Hoppe, A., Boccaccini, A.R.
Organic-inorganic composites toward biomaterial application / Miyazaki, T., Sugawara-Narutaki, A., Ohtsuki, C.
New advanced materials for high performance at the resin-dentine interface / Toledano, M., Osorio, R.
Nanobiomaterial coatings in dentistry / Choi, A.H., Cazalbou, S., Ben-Nissan, B.
The effect of titanium surface modifications on dental implant osseointegration / Annunziata, M., Guida, L.
Global gene expression analysis for the assessment of nanobiomaterials / Hanagata, N.
Membranes for periodontal regeneration
a material perspective / Bottino, M.C., Thomas, V.
Biomaterials in the reconstruction of the oral and maxillofacial region / Ayoub, A., Al-Fotawei, R.Digital Access Karger 2015 - DigitalBirru Bhaskar, Parcha Sreenivasa Rao, Naresh Kasoju, Vasagiri Nagarjuna, Rama Raju Baadhe, editors.Digital Access Springer 2021
- Digitaledited by Susmitya Bose, Amit Bandyopadhyay Roger Narayan.Summary: This volume is a collection of research papers from the Next Generation Biomaterials and Surface Properties of Biomaterials symposia which took place during the Materials Science & Technology 2013 Conference & Exhibition (MS&T'13) in Montréal, Quebec, Canada.
Contents:
Front Matter
Bioactive Glass-Ceramic Scaffolds with High-Strength for Orthopedic Applications / EA Aguilar-Reyes, CA León-Patiño, E Villicaña-Molina, L-P Lefebvre
Metallurgical Characterization of Laser-Sintered Cobalt-Chromium Dental Alloy / Ahmed Fathalah, William A Brantley, Yong-Hoon Jeong, Stephen F Rosenstiel, Matthew S Bryington, William AT Clark, Carl Drago
Mechanical Properties, Microstructures, and Biocompatibility of Low-Cost [beta]-Type Ti-Mn Alloys for Biomedical Applications / Ken Cho, Mitsuo Niinomi, Masaaki Nakai, Junko Hieda, Pedro Fernandes Santos, Yoshinori Itoh, Masahiko Ikeda
Microstructural Characteristic of Nano Calcium Phosphates Doped with Fluoride and Titanium Ions / Serap Gungor, Zafer Evis
Development of Implants Composed of Hollow Hydroxyapatite Microspheres for Bone Regeneration / M N Rahaman, W Xiao, B S Bal
Porous Titanium Implants Fabricated by a Salt Bath Sintering Process for Bone Repair Applications / MN Rahaman, BS Bal, T Huang
Navigating the Uncharted Waters of the New AIA U.S. Patent Law / Paul A Serbinowski
Comparative Analysis of Hydroxyapatite and Titanium-Based Bioscaffolds Fabricated Via Adaptive Foam Reticulation / James Winnett, Kajal K Mallick
Laser Processing of Tricalicum Phosphate Reinforced Cobalt
Chrome Alloy Coatings / Thomas Gualtieri, Himanshu Sahasrabudhe, Susmita Bose, Amit Bandyopadhyay
Effect of Degree of Deacetylation of Chitosan on Macrophage Function / Shalini V Gohil, Lakshmi S Nair
PECVD SiOx Accelerates Hydroxyapatite Surface Formation for Enhanced Early Osteogenic Differentiation / M F Velten, T Odatsu, PB Aswath, N Kamiya, H Kim, VG Varanasi.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalJani Macari Pallis, Jill L. McNitt-Gray, George K. Hung, editors.Summary: This book provides an overview of biomedical applications in sports, including reviews of the current state-of-the art methodologies and research areas. Basic principles with specific case studies from different types of sports as well as suggested student activities and homework problems are included. Equipment design and manufacturing, quantitative evaluation methods, and sports medicine are given special focus. Biomechanical Principles and Applications in Sports can be used as a textbook in a sports technology or sports engineering program, and is also ideal for graduate students and researchers in biomedical engineering, physics, and sports physiology. It can also serve as a useful reference for professional athletes and coaches interested in gaining a deeper understanding of biomechanics and exercise physiology to improve athletic performance.
Contents:
Part 1: Equipment Design and Manufacturing
Best Design and Innovation Practices
Equipment Design Methodology
Ergonomics and/or Biomechanics
Equipment Design
Facility Design
Performance Tracking: Analytics, Transmissions, Camera Networking, Feedback to the Athlete
Material Selection
Manufacturing Practices: Sustainability, Cost Reduction, Environmental Friendly and Sustainable Approaches
Part 2: Quantitative Evaluation Methods
Experimental Methods
Data Collection/Acquisition Techniques and Technology: Instrumentation, Software
Experimentation Techniques
Wind Tunnels
Camera Systems
Gait Systems
Examples of Custom Built Systems from Different Sports
Overview of Numerical Methods
Computational Modeling
Wearable Sensors
Part 3: Sports Medicine and Bioengineering
Sports Medicine: Injury Epidemiology
Traumatic Brain Injury: Equipment Design Considerations, Evaluation of Equipment and Training Effectiveness
Rehabilitation
Sports Protective Equipment
Part 4: Special Topics
Life Cycle: Considering Gender, Age and Ability Differences
Methodology and Considerations Equipment Design for Individuals with Disabilities
Science and Engineering Transfer: Communicating the New Science/Technology to Coaches, Trainers, Athletes
Tissue Engineering and Biomechanics.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalMasataka Kawai.Summary: Back cover -Why this book? This book covers a broad area of STEM (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) disciplines, and is written for those interested in biophysics / biomechanics. It includes viscoelasticity, chemical kinetics, system analysis, muscle biology/biophysics and mechanics, analog and digital electronics, methods for interfacing experimental systems to a computer, and the mathematics needed for all of these. Only the bare essentials are given and many accessory elements are removed, so that it is easier to understand the concepts. Hence the book is brief and short. It is written so that a beginner can understand it, yet the principles can be applied to a variety of advanced systems. Special cases are handled, but readers should be able to apply them to their own projects and expand on them. This book also includes exercises for important theories and equations to be verified, and hints/answers to them are given at the end. If a theory or an equation is not apparent, readers are encouraged to prove them on their own, and convince themselves of their correctness. The equation may not be as difficult as it appears initially. Trying to solve a problem by oneself fosters good thinking, creativity, and independence. Sections of this book were originally written for the purpose of teaching our experimental approaches and methods to new members of our laboratory. It is comprised of six chapters: chapter 1 defines viscoelasticity, chapter 2 describes chemical reactions, chapter 3 teaches how to characterize them, chapter 4 is their application on muscle biology, chapter 5 covers basic mathematical skills needed for these studies, and chapter 6 describes the electronic and computer interfacing of the experimental apparatus including programming. Chapters 1-5 are suitable for biophysically and mechanically oriented students. Chapters 5-6 are also suitable for electrical engineering and computer science students to acquire the basic concepts of electricity, a knowledge on analog and digital circuits, the interfacing of experimental apparatus to computers including programming. It is not necessary to read this book from the beginning, you can start from any chapter based on your interest and need. In a sense, this book is similar to "case-based learning (CBL)", which is a frequently used technique in today's medical schools to teach students. A special patient case is brought out, and students are asked to organize their thoughts around it. By discussing the case with colleagues and researching the literature, the students set up hypotheses, think about the mechanisms and search for remedies. This book describes a special case and discusses it, but the lessons learned can be applied to numerous systems using similar methods and principles, and avoids generalization because that would make the theories abstract and more difficult to understand.
- DigitalDominique G. Poitout, editor.Contents:
I. Introduction
II. Biocompatible Materials
III. Tissue Biomechanics and Histomorphology
IV. Biomechanics of Bone Growth
V. Applications of Biomechanical Principles to Orthopedics and Traumatology
VI. Applications of Biomechanics Principles to Oncology
VII. Articular Biomechanics.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalNikolai Aleksandrovich Bernstein.Summary: This book comprises a series of lectures given by celebrated Soviet neurophysiologist Nikolai Alexandrovich Bernstein in Moscow in 1925 and first published in Russian in 1926. Bernstein's groundbreaking work, which has had a significant influence on the development of neuroscience, movement studies, and other fields of study in Russia, Eastern Europe, and the West, was suppressed during Stalin's regime. At the time of its publication, Biomechanics for Instructors was a significant resource for teachers, with its descriptions of the movement of joints and degrees of freedom, illustrations of how to calculate the work capacity of muscles with bones acting as levers, the role of the central nervous system in movement, and more. Though the terminologies and methods have changed and been updated as research and technologies have progressed, the book remains a valuable introduction for those interested in Bernstein's work more generally, and to those involved in the study of biomechanics. This book is also of interest to historians and philosophers of neuroscience, as well as those involved in movement studies in both the scientific and artistic domains, and to physiotherapists and those involved in sports research and practice. -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalCheng Dong, Nastaran Zahir, Konstantinos Konstantopoulos, editors.Summary: "This book covers multi-scale biomechanics for oncology, ranging from cells and tissues to whole organ. Topics covered include, but not limited to, biomaterials in mechano-oncology, non-invasive imaging techniques, mechanical models of cell migration, cancer cell mechanics, and platelet-based drug delivery for cancer applications. This is an ideal book for graduate students, biomedical engineers, and researchers in the field of mechanobiology and oncology"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
The National Cancer Institute investment in biomechanics in oncology research / Anthony Dickherber, Shannon K. Hughes, Nastaran Zahir
DNA mechanics and topology / Sumitabha Brahmachari, John F. Marko
Mechanics of the cell nucleus / Dong-Hwee Kim, Jungwon Hah, Denis Wirtz
Extracellular matrix stiffness exists in a feedback loop that drives tumor progression / Allison K. Simi, Mei-Fong Pang, Celeste M. Nelson
Microenvironment influences cancer cell mechanics from tumor growth to metastasis / Deepraj Ghosh, Michelle R. Dawson
Mechanical forces in tumor angiogenesis / Matthew R. Zanotelli, Cynthia A. Reinhart-King
From cancer immunoediting to new strategies in cancer immunotherapy: the roles of immune cells and mechanics in oncology / Virginia Aragon-Sanabria, Gloria B. Kim, Cheng Dong
Exposing cell-itary confinement: understanding the mechanisms of confined single cell migration / Bin Sheng Wong, Panagiotis Mistriotis, Konstantinos Konstantopoulos
Modeling cell migration mechanics / Louis S. Prahl, David J. Odde
Engineered models of metastasis with application to study cancer biomechanics / Michelle B. Chen, Roger D. Kamm, Emad Moeendarbary
Biomechanics of the circulating tumor cell microenvironment / Benjamin L. Krog, Michael D. Henry
Platelet-based drug delivery for cancer applications / Nerymar Ortiz-Otero, Zeinab Mohamed, Michael R. King
Biomaterials in mechano-oncology: means to tune materials to study cancer / Shelly R. Peyton, Maria F. Gencoglu, Sualyneth Galarza, Alyssa D. Schwartz
Design of fiber networks for studying metastatic invasion / Apratim Mukherjee, Aniket Jana, Brian Koons, Amrinder Nain
Traction force microscopy for noninvasive imaging of cell forces / Jeffrey A. Mulligan, François Bordeleau, Cynthia A. Reinhart-King, Steven G. Adie
Noninvasive imaging: Brillouin confocal microscopy / Miloš Nikolić, Christina Conrad, Jitao Zhang, Giuliano Scarcelli.Digital Access Springer 2018 - DigitalThomas K. Uchida.Summary: An engaging introduction to human and animal movement seen through the lens of mechanics. How do Olympic sprinters run so fast' Why do astronauts adopt a bounding gait on the moon' How do running shoes improve performance while preventing injuries' This engaging and generously illustrated book answers these questions by examining human and animal movement through the lens of mechanics. The authors present simple conceptual models to study walking and running and apply mechanical principles to a range of interesting examples. They explore the biology of how movement is produced, examining the structure of a muscle down to its microscopic force-generating motors. Drawing on their deep expertise, the authors describe how to create simulations that provide insight into muscle coordination during walking and running, suggest treatments to improve function following injury, and help design devices that enhance human performance.
Contents:
First steps
Walking
Running
Muscle biology and force
Muscle architecture and dynamics
Musculoskeletal geometry
Quantifying movement
Inverse dynamics
Muscle force optimization
Muscle-driven simulation
Muscle-driven walking
Muscle-driven running
Moving forward.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2020 - Digitalby Tien Tuan Dao, Marie-Christine Ho Ba Tho.Contents:
Chapter 1. Biomechanics of the musculoskeletal system
Chapter 2. Modeling of biomedical data uncertainty
Chapter 3. Knowledge modeling in biomechanics of the musculoskeletal system
Chapter 4. Clinical applications of biomechanical and knowledge-based models
Chapter 5. Software and tools for knowledge modeling and reasoning/interference.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalJean-Benoit Morin, Pierre Samozino, editors.Summary: This book presents an account of innovative methods and, for most of them, gives direct and practical insights into how practitioners can benefit from their use in their everyday practice. It also explains how to interpret the data measured, and the underlying neuromechanical and biomechanical factors related to sports performance. Written and edited by the same researchers who proposed and validated these methods, this book not only presents innovative methods for an efficient training and testing process (most of which are based on very simple technology and data processing methods), but also discusses the associated background information. Although it is a young scientific discipline, sport biomechanics has taken on an important role in routine sports training, medicine and rehabilitation. It allows both a better understanding of human locomotion and performance and better design of training and injury prevention. In those processes, the testing of athletes is crucial, and the quality and quantity of the variables analysed directly influences the efficiency of physicians', coaches', physiotherapists' and other practitioners' interventions.
Contents:
Intro; Acknowledgements; Contents; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Optimizing Sport Performance Is like Cooking; 1.2 See the Big Picture First; 1.3 Simple Models, Simple Methods; References; Cycling; 2 Maximal Force-Velocity and Power-Velocity Characteristics in Cycling: Assessment and Relevance; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Measurement of Mechanical Output (Force, Velocity and Power) During Sprint Pedaling; 2.3 Maximal Force- and Power-Velocity Relationships in Cycling; 2.3.1 Testing and Processing; 2.3.2 Meaning of the Indexes Extracted from the Relationships. 2.4 Methodological Consideration and Practical Advices2.4.1 Period of Averaging to Draw F-V or P-V Relationships and Duration of the Sprint; 2.4.2 Quality of the F-V and P-V Models: â#x80;#x9C;Calculatedâ#x80;#x9D; Versus â#x80;#x9C;Trueâ#x80;#x9D; Data; 2.4.3 Main Factors to Control that may influence Maximal Power Output; 2.5 Field Measurement in Ecological Condition; 2.5.1 Mathematical Model of Sprint Cycling; 2.5.2 Direct Measurement with Portable System; 2.6 Conclusion; References; 3 Mechanical Effectiveness and Coordination: New Insights into Sprint Cycling Performance; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction. 3.2 Torque Profile and Concept of Mechanical Effectiveness3.2.1 Production of Power over the Pedaling Cycle; 3.2.2 Mechanical Effectiveness: The Orientation of Pedal Force; 3.3 Joint-Specific Power and Interest in Inverse Dynamics; 3.3.1 Approach and Principle; 3.3.2 Information Regarding Force and Power Capabilities in Cycling; 3.4 Muscle Activity and Muscle Coordination; 3.4.1 The Specificity of Muscle Coordination in Sprint Cycling; 3.4.2 Coordination of Monoarticular and Biarticular Muscles; 3.4.3 Muscle Coordination and Torqueâ#x80;#x93;Velocity Relationship. 3.5 Practical Implications and Perspectives for Testing and Performance3.5.1 Pedaling Effectiveness, Muscle Coordination and Performance: Whatâ#x80;#x99;s the Link?; 3.5.2 Outcomes Regarding the Meaning of Forceâ#x80;#x93;Velocity and Powerâ#x80;#x93;Velocity Relationships in Cycling and Perspectives for Testing and Training; 3.6 Conclusion; References; Ballistic Movements of Upper and Lower Limbs; 4 A Simple Method for Measuring Lower Limb Force, Velocity and Power Capabilities During Jumping; Abstract; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Force, Velocity, Power Mechanical Profile. 4.2.1 Force-Velocity and Power-Velocity Relationships in Jumping4.2.2 Force-Velocity Mechanical Profile in Jumping; 4.3 Reference Testing Methods; 4.3.1 Methodological Considerations; 4.3.2 Laboratory Methods; 4.3.3 Field Methods; 4.3.4 Limitations of the Reference Methods; 4.4 A Simple Method for Measuring Force, Velocity and Power During Jumping; 4.4.1 Theoretical Bases and Equations; 4.4.2 Limits of the Method; 4.4.3 Validation of the Method; 4.5 Technologies and Input Measurements; 4.5.1 Jump Height; 4.5.2 Push-off Distance; 4.6 Practical Applications; 4.7 Conclusion; References. - DigitalLisa A. Eaton, Seth C. Kalichman, editors.Summary: Three decades into the epidemic, a great deal is known about HIV and its transmission, more people are living with the disease, and the virus is no longer seen as a death sentence. But new people continue to be infected with HIV each year, making prevention strategies that are medically effective and behaviorally engaging as urgent a priority as ever. Biomedical Advances in HIV Prevention: Social and Behavioral Perspectives assembles the latest improvements, barriers to implementation, and possibilities for--and challenges to--future progress. Innovations such as pre-exposure prophylaxis (antiretroviral regimens for the high-risk uninfected) and treatment as prevention (early use of ART to reduce infectiousness of new patients) are examined, as are current findings on ongoing prevention and treatment concerns. Contributors illuminate the complex realities entailing adherence, pointing out technological, behavioral, and cultural roadblocks as well as opportunities to significantly reduce infection rates.
Contents:
Part I: Advances in HIV Prevention Technologies
Advances, Promises, and Challenges in HIV Prevention
Translating Pre-Exposure Prophylaxis Evidence into Practice and Public Health Impact
Prevention Services with Persons Living with HIV
Advocating for Rectal Microbicides and Safe Lubricants
Part II: Behavioral Challenges and Opportunities
Adherence to HIV Treatment as Prevention and Preexposure Prophylaxis
Risk Compensation in Response to HIV Prevention
Mental Health and Substance Use in the Scale-Up of HIV Prevention
Substance Use Treatment in the Era of New HIV Prevention Technologies
Part III: Global Perspectives
Revolution or Evolution? What Can Approaches Based on the Use of Antiretroviral Drugs Contribute to HIV Prevention in Gay Communities in High-Income Countries?
Implementing Biomedical HIV Prevention Advances in Uganda
Implementing Biomedical HIV Prevention Advances in Thailand
Implementing Biomedical HIV Prevention Advances in Ecuador and Peru. - DigitalMahendra Rai, Avinash P. Ingle, Serenella Medici, editors.Summary: Focused more specifically on the recent advances in applications of various metals and their complexes used in biomedicine, particularly in the diagnosis and treatment of chronic diseases. The editors give equal importance to other key aspects such as toxicological issues and safety concerns. The application of metals in the biomedical field is highly interdisciplinary and has a broad appeal across all biomedical specialties. Biomedical Applications of Metals is particularly focused on covering the role of metals in medicine and the development of novel therapeutic products and solutions in the form of alternative medicines, and some topics on Indian traditional medicine i.e., "Ayurveda." In Section I, the book discusses the role of metals in medicines and include chapters on nanoparticles, noble metals, medical devices, copper. selenium, silver, and microbial pathogens; while Section II includes topics on metals toxicity including heavy metals, carcinogens, cancer therapy, Bhasma's and chelating agents used in Ayurveda, and biochemical and molecular targets including actions of metals. These new and emerging concepts of applications of metals in medicine, their crucial role in management of microbial resistance, and their use in the treatment of various chronic diseases is essential information for toxicologists, and clinical and biomedical researchers.
Contents:
Part 1: Applications of Metals in Medicine
Noble Metals in Pharmaceuticals: Applications and Limitations
The Intriguing Potential of "Minor" Noble Metals: Emerging Trends and New Applications
Metal-on-Metal Hip Total Hip Arthroplasty: Progress and Problems
Copper in Medicine: Perspectives and Toxicity
Silver: Biomedical Applications and Adverse Effects
The Potential of Metals in Combating Bacterial Pathogens
Platinum in Biomedical Applications
Metal-Based Drugs for Treatment of Malaria
Metal Based Therapy in Traditional and Modern Medicine System and Cancer Therapy: Implications and Limitations
Mechanism of Action of Anticancer Metallodrugs
Part 2: Toxicity of Metals
Toxicity of Bhasmas and Chelating Agents of Ayurveda
The Flop Side of Using Heavy Metal (oids)s in the Traditional Medicine: Toxic Insults and Injury to Human Health
Impact of Heavy Metal Carcinogens on Human Health
Biochemical and Molecular Targets of Heavy Metals and Their Actions. - DigitalRaymond H.W. Lam, Weiqiang Chen.Summary: This textbook provides essential knowledge for biomedical product development, including material properties, fabrication processes and design techniques for different applications, as well as process design and optimization. This book is multidisciplinary and readers can learn techniques to apply acquired knowledge for various applications of biomedical design. Further, this book encourages readers to discover and convert newly reported technologies into products and services for the future development of biomedical applications. This is an ideal book for upper-level undergraduate and graduate students, engineers, technologists, and researchers working in the area of biomedical engineering and manufacturing. This book also: Provides a comprehensive set of fundamental knowledge for engineering students and entry level engineers to design biomedical devices. Offers a unique approach to manufacturing of biomedical devices by integrating and formulating different considerations in process design tasks into optimization problems. Provides a broad range of application examples to guide readers through the thinking process of designing and manufacturing biomedical devices, from basic understanding about the requirements and regulations to a set of manufacturing parameters.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Authors;
Chapter 1: Introduction to Biomedical Devices; 1.1 Overview of Biomedical Devices; 1.2 Biomedical Device Industry; 1.3 Regulatory Issues; 1.4 The Demands for Biomedical Engineers; 1.5 Human System Basics; 1.6 Surgical Tools; 1.6.1 Surgical Scalpel; 1.6.2 Surgical Sutures; 1.7 Devices for Sensory Organs; 1.7.1 Skin Devices; 1.7.2 Contact Lenses; 1.8 Cardiovascular Devices; 1.8.1 Artificial Heart Valve; 1.8.2 Pacemaker; 1.8.3 Vascular Stent; 1.9 Skeleton Devices; 1.10 Tissue Grafts; 1.11 Summary; References and Further Reading Part I: Biomaterials
Chapter 2: Basic Material Properties; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Solid Properties; 2.2.1 Direct Stress and Strain; 2.2.2 Stress-Strain Diagram; 2.2.3 Shear Stress and Strain; 2.2.4 Poissonś Ratio; 2.3 Thermal Properties; 2.3.1 Thermal Strain and Deformation; 2.3.2 Specific Heat Capacity; 2.3.3 Changes of Moduli of Elasticity and Rigidity with Temperature; 2.4 Fluidic Properties; 2.4.1 Viscosity; 2.4.2 Types of Flows; 2.5 Surface and Interfacial Properties; 2.5.1 Surface Roughness; 2.5.2 Friction and Lubrication at the Tool-Workpiece Interface; 2.5.3 Adhesion/Binding Strength Problem 3.4Problem 3.5; Problem 3.6; Problem 3.7; Problem 3.8; Problem 3.9; Problem 3.10; References and Further Reading;
Chapter 4: Polymers; 4.1 Overview; 4.2 Basic Characteristics; 4.3 Polymeric Synthesis; 4.3.1 Overview; 4.3.2 Addition; 4.3.3 Condensation; 4.3.4 Number- and Weight-Average Molecular Weights; 4.4 Physical Properties; 4.4.1 Relaxation, Transition, and Melt Viscosity; 4.4.2 Theory of Melting Point Depression; 4.4.3 Glass Transition as an Iso-Free-Volume State; 4.4.4 Rubbery Elasticity; 4.4.5 Relationships of Tm and Tg with Molecular Weight; 4.5 Common Polymeric Biomaterials ProblemsProblem 2.1; Problem 2.2; Problem 2.3; Problem 2.4; Problem 2.5; Problem 2.6; Problem 2.7; Problem 2.8; Problem 2.9; References and Further Reading;
Chapter 3: Metals and Alloys; 3.1 Overview; 3.2 Crystalline Characteristic of Metals; 3.2.1 Crystal Direction and Planes; 3.2.2 Line Defects and Grains; 3.3 Common Physical Properties; 3.3.1 Interatomic Attraction and Repulsion; 3.3.2 Corrosion; 3.3.3 Biocompatibility; 3.4 Metal Strengthening; 3.4.1 Work Hardening; 3.4.2 Grain Size Control; 3.4.3 Alloying; 3.5 Common Metallic Biomaterials; Problems; Problem 3.1; Problem 3.2; Problem 3.3 ProblemsProblem 4.1; Problem 4.2; Problem 4.3; Problem 4.4; Problem 4.5; Problem 4.6; Problem 4.7; Problem 4.8; Problem 4.9; Problem 4.10; References and Further Reading;
Chapter 5: Ceramics; 5.1 Overview; 5.2 General Characteristics; 5.2.1 Basic Physical Properties; 5.2.2 Porosity; 5.2.3 Fracture and Bridging Contribution; 5.2.4 Slip Dislocation; 5.2.5 Biocompatibility; 5.3 Common Bioceramics; 5.3.1 Basic Bioceramics; 5.3.2 Resorbable Ceramics; Problems; Problem 5.1; Problem 5.2; Problem 5.3; Problem 5.4; Problem 5.5; Problem 5.6; Problem 5.7; Problem 5.8; References and Further Reading - DigitalSudip Paul, editor.Summary: This book illustrates the significance of biomedical engineering in modern healthcare systems. Biomedical engineering plays an important role in a range of areas, from diagnosis and analysis to treatment and recovery and has entered the public consciousness through the proliferation of implantable medical devices, such as pacemakers and artificial hips, as well as the more futuristic technologies such as stem cell engineering and 3-D printing of biological organs. Starting with an introduction to biomedical engineering, the book then discusses various tools and techniques for medical diagnostics and treatment and recent advances. It also provides comprehensive and integrated information on rehabilitation engineering, including the design of artificial body parts, and the underlying principles, and standards. It also presents a conceptual framework to clarify the relationship between ethical policies in medical practice and philosophical moral reasoning. Lastly, the book highlights a number of challenges associated with modern healthcare technologies.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Basic Overview of Human Physiology
Chapter 2. Basics of Bioelectronics. Collection methods
Chapter 3. Overview of Medical Physics
Chapter 4. Biosensors and Transducers
Chapter 5. Biomaterials and its medical applications
Chapter 6. Bioinstrumentation and its design aspects
Chapter 7. Techniques related to disease diagnosis and therapeutics
Chapter 8. Biosignals and its significance
Chapter 9. Medical imaging and image processing
Chapter 10. Pathophysiology of diseases causing physical disability
Chapter 11. Rehabilitation engineering
Chapter 12. Robotics and its applications
Chapter 13. Calibration, repair and safety aspects
Chapter 14. Medical ethics and policies
Chapter 15. Modern diagnostics tools. - DigitalCarlos Reyes-Aldasoro.Summary: As its title suggests, this innovative book has been written for life scientists needing to analyse their data sets, and programmers, wanting a better understanding of the types of experimental images life scientists investigate on a regular basis. Each chapter presents one self-contained biomedical experiment to be analysed. Part I of the book presents its two basic ingredients: essential concepts of image analysis and Matlab. In Part II, algorithms and techniques are shown as series of 'recipes' or solved examples that show how specific techniques are applied to a biomedical experiments like Western Blots, Histology, Scratch Wound Assays and Fluoresence. Each recipe begins with simple techniques that gradually advance in complexity. Part III presents some advanced techniques for the generation of publication quality figures. The book does not assume any computational or mathematical expertise.
Contents:
The basic ingredients
Introduction to images
Introduction to color
Western blots
Scratch wound assays
Microscopy
Analysing fluorescent cells
Creating publication quality figures from MATLAB.Digital Access Wiley 2015 - Digital[edited by] Joo Hwee Lim, Sim Heng Ong, Wei Xiong.Contents:
Overview of biomedical image understanding methods / Wei Xiong, Jierong Cheng, Ying Gu, Shimiao Li and Joo Hwee Lim
Medical image segmentation and its application in cardiac MRI / Dong Wei, Chao Li and Ying Sun
Retinal vascular measurements with VAMPIRE / Emanuele Trucco, Andrea Giachetti, Lucia Ballerini, Devanjali Relan, Alessandro Cavinato and Tom MacGillivray
Analyzing cell and tissue morphologies using pattern recognition algorithms / Hwee Kuan Lee, Yan Nei Law, ChaoHui Huang and Choon Kong Yap
3D nonrigid image registration by Parzenwindow based normalized mutual information / Rui Xu, YenWei Chen, Shigehiro Morikawa and Yoshimasa Kurumi
2D/3D image registration for endovascular abdominal aortic aneurysm (AAA) repair / Shun Miao and Rui Liao
Motion tracking in medical images / Chuqing Cao, Chao Li and Ying Sun
Blood smear analysis and malaria infection detection from blood cell images / Wei Xiong, SimHeng Ong, Joo Hwee Lim, Jierong Cheng and Ying Gu
Liver tumor segmentation using SVM framework and pathology characterization / Jiayin Zhou, Yanling Chi, Weimin Huang, Wei Xiong, Wenyu Chen, Jimin Liu and Sudhakar K. Venkatesh
Benchmarking lymph node metastasis classification for gastric cancer staging / Su Zhang, Chao Li, Shuheng Zhang, Lifang Pang and Huan Zhang
The use of knowledge in biomedical image analysis / Florence Cloppet
Active shape model for contour detection of anatomical structure / Huiqi Li and Qing Nie.Digital Access Wiley 2015 - Digitaledited by Edward H. Shortliffe, James J. Cimino.Summary: This 5th edition of this essential textbook continues to meet the growing demand of practitioners, researchers, educators, and students for a comprehensive introduction to key topics in biomedical informatics and the underlying scientific issues that sit at the intersection of biomedical science, patient care, public health and information technology (IT). Emphasizing the conceptual basis of the field rather than technical details, it provides the tools for study required for readers to comprehend, assess, and utilize biomedical informatics and health IT. It focuses on practical examples, a guide to additional literature, chapter summaries and a comprehensive glossary with concise definitions of recurring terms for self-study or classroom use. Biomedical Informatics: Computer Applications in Health Care and Biomedicine reflects the remarkable changes in both computing and health care that continue to occur and the exploding interest in the role that IT must play in care coordination and the melding of genomics with innovations in clinical practice and treatment. New and heavily revised chapters have been introduced on human-computer interaction, mHealth, personal health informatics and precision medicine, while the structure of the other chapters has undergone extensive revisions to reflect the developments in the area. The organization and philosophy remain unchanged, focusing on the science of information and knowledge management, and the role of computers and communications in modern biomedical research, health and health care.
Contents:
Biomedical Informatics: The Science and the Pragmatics
Biomedical Data: Their Acquisition, Storage, and Use
Biomedical Decision Making: Probabilistic Clinical Reasoning
Cognitive Science and Biomedical Informatics
Computer Architectures for Health Care and Biomedicine
Software Engineering for Health Care and Biomedicine
Standards in Biomedical Informatics
Natural Language Processing in Health Care and Biomedicine
Biomedical Imaging Informatics
Ethics and Biomedical and Health Informatics: Users, Standards, and Outcomes
Evaluation of Biomedical and Health Information Resources
Electronic Health Record Systems
The Health Information Infrastructure
Management of Information in Health Care Organizations
Patient-Centered Care Systems
Public Health Informatics
Consumer Health Informatics and Personal Health Records
Telehealth
Patient Monitoring Systems
Imaging Systems in Radiology
Information Retrieval and Digital Libraries
Clinical Decision-Support Systems
Computers in Health Care Education
Bioinformatics
Translational Bioinformatics
Clinical Research Informatics
Health Information Technology Policy
The Future of Informatics in Biomedicine. - DigitalKevin Bretonnel Cohen, Dina Demner-Fushman.Summary: Biomedical Natural Language Processing" is a comprehensive tour through the classic and current work in the field. It discusses all subjects from both a rule-based and a machine learning approach, and also describes each subject from the perspective of both biological science and clinical medicine. The intended audience is readers who already have a background in natural language processing, but a clear introduction makes it accessible to readers from the fields of bioinformatics and computational biology, as well. The book is suitable as a reference, as well as a text for advanced courses in biomedical natural language processing and text mining.
Contents:
1. Introduction to natural language processing
2. Historical background
3. Named entity recognition
4. Relation extraction
5. Information retrieval/document classification
6. Concept normalization
7. Ontologies and computational lexical semantics
8. Summarization
9. Question-answering
10. Software engineering
11. Corpus construction and annotation
References
Index.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2014 - Digitaledited by Brian J.-F. Wong, Justus Ilgner.Contents:
Contemporary laser surgical procedures in the head and neck
Advanced therapeutic concepts of light therapy
Photodynamic therapy
Optical diagnostics: introduction.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalBabak Arjmand, Moloud Payab, Parisa Goodarzi, editors.Summary: This textbook covers all the steps in manufacturing a biomedical product from bench to bedside. It specifically focuses on quality assurance and management and explains the different good practice principles in the various phases of product development as well as how to fulfill them: Good laboratory practice, good manufacturing practice and good clinical practice. It provides readers with the know-how to design biomedical experiments to ensure quality and integrity, to plan and conduct standard preclinical studies and to assure the quality of the final manufactured biomedical products. Importantly, it also addresses ethical concerns and considerations. The book discusses the guidelines and ethical considerations for preclinical and clinical studies, to allow readers to identify safety concerns regarding biomedical products and to improve pre-clinical studies for the development of better products. This textbook is a valuable guide for biomedical students (B.Sc., M.S., and Ph.D. students) in the field of molecular medicine, medical biotechnology, stem cell research and related areas, as well as for professionals such as quality control staff, tissue bankers, policy-makers and health professionals.
Contents:
1. An Introduction to Biomedical Product Development
2. Basic Essentials and Applications of Quality Management System (QMS) in Biomedical Sciences
3. Principles of Good Laboratory Practice (GLP)
4. Design of Experimental Studies in Biomedical Sciences
5. Preclinical Studies for Development of Biomedical Products
6. Principles of Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP)
7.The importance of Cleanroom facility in manufacturing of biomedical products
8. Safety concerns and requirement of cell based products for clinical application
9. Standards and regulatory frameworks (for cell and tissue based products)
10. Principles of Good clinical Practice (GCP)
11. Design, performance and monitoring of clinical trials
12. Good Clinical Practice: Guidelines and Requirement
13. Ethical Considerations of Biomedical Products Development. - DigitalSeward B. Rutkove.Contents:
Foreword
PART 1: Basic considerations
1. So do you really want to pursue research?
2. What's in store: The brighter side of medical research
3. What's in store: The darker side of medical research
4. One degree of separation
5. Choosing and working with a mentor
6. Identifying a research niche you can call your own
7. Useful Definitions
PART 2: Research Foundations and Structures
8. The Institutional Review Board: Do's, Don'ts, and Nevers...
9. Animal Care and Use Committees
10. Research beyond humans and vertebrates
11. Hiring Research Staff
12. Strategy and Tactics: Running a Successful Laboratory
13. Everything you ever wanted to know about collaboration Part 3: Successful Paper and Grant Writing
14. Writing a successful research paper. I
Up to the point of submission
15. Writing a successful research paper. II
Revising, resubmitting, and post-acceptance tasks
16. Funding: An overview
17. Where to apply for funding: making the right choices
18. Writing a winning grant application
19. Grant budgeting
20. Grant writing: Pearls and lumps of coal
21. Research Training, Fellowship, and Career grants
22. Grant review from the inside
23. Interpreting your reviews
24. To resubmit or not resubmit and how to do it
Part 4: Good presentations, conferencing, networking, and other useful tools
25. The art of good presentation
26. Effective conferencing
27. Networking in the 21st century
28. Conflicts of interest
29. Scientific conduct and misconduct: what is right and proper, what is not, and what is somewhere in the middle
30. Article review and reading: being efficient and as thorough as you need to be
31. Patents
32. Working with industry
Part 5: Career choices and life lessons
33. Jobs in biomedical science: seeking, landing, and changing
34. Academic Promotion and Titles
35. On being a mentor
36. Yardsticks of success
37. Research Life Lesson #1: Everything takes longer than you think, so plan for it
38. Research life lesson #2: A person's research is endlessly important to them
39. Research Life lesson #3: Balance, timing, cycles and seeing the big picture
40. Research Life Lesson #4: Your career is an ultramarathon, not a sprint
41. Conclusion: Nothing satisfies like meaningful work
Acknowledgements.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by RC Sobti and Aastha Sobti.Summary: "Biomedical research is the first step towards the creation of new medications and treatments that help to manage different types of health conditions and diseases. The prevention and cure of diseases would be practically impossible without such type of research. Although, the drug discovery and development process are far too costly, time-consuming, prone to failure and low success rate, now-a-days the term "translational research or medicine" seems to have become trendy, yet it is insufficient. The present book is a sincere attempt by dedicated researchers with an ideology to cover the importance of translational biomedical research, medicine, and disease, most importantly, basic, and clinical difficulties in the translation of diagnostic measures, pharmaceutical advances, biomarkers, diagnostics, and therapeutics. This book is meant for researchers, scientists, healthcare professionals, industry, innovators, and students of biomedical sciences, as well as basic sciences, biochemistry, biotechnology, biophysics, and life sciences in general. The volume is comprehensively covers emerging technologies for health care, various aspects of biomedical research towards understanding of pathophysiology of the diseases, advances in improvement in diagnostic procedures and therapeutic tools, the fundamental role of biomedical research in the development of new medicinal products"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2023
- DigitalIyad Obeid, Ivan Selesnick, Joseph Picone, editors.Summary: This book provides an interdisciplinary look at emerging trends in signal processing and biomedicine found at the intersection of healthcare, engineering, and computer science. It examines the vital role signal processing plays in enabling a new generation of technology based on big data, and looks at applications ranging from medical electronics to data mining of electronic medical records. Topics covered include analysis of medical images, machine learning, biomedical nanosensors, wireless technologies, and instrumentation and electrical stimulation. Biomedical Signal Processing: Innovation and Applications presents tutorials and examples of successful applications, and will appeal to a wide range of professionals, researchers, and students interested in applications of signal processing, medicine, and biology. Presents an interdisciplinary look at research trends in signal processing and biomedicine; Promotes collaboration between healthcare practitioners and signal processing researchers; Includes tutorials and examples of successful applications.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Multi-class fNIRS Classification of Motor Execution Tasks with Application to Brain Computer Interfaces
Chapter 2. A Comparative Study of End-to-End Discriminative Deep Learning Models for Knee Joint Kinematic Time Series Classification
Chapter 3. Nonlinear Smoothing of Data with Random Gaps and Outliers (DRAGO) Improves Estimation of Circadian Rhythm
Chapter 4. Wearable Smart Garment Devices for Passive Biomedical Monitoring
Chapter 5. Spatial Distribution of Seismocardiographic Signals
Chapter 6. Noninvasive Vascular Blood Sound Monitoring Through Flexible Pvdf Microphone
Chapter 7. Fast Automatic Artifact Annotator for EEG Signals Using Deep Learning
Chapter 8. Objective evaluation metrics for automatic classification of EEG events. - DigitalShakti Kumar Yadav, Sompal Singh, Ruchika Gupta.Summary: This book is written in a very easy-to-follow format, and explains the key concepts of biomedical statistics in a lucid yet straightforward manner. It explains how mathematical and statistical tools can be used to find answers to common research questions. In addition, the main text is supplemented by a wealth of solved exercises and illustrative examples to aid in comprehension. Given its content, the book offers an invaluable quick reference guide for graduating students and can be very helpful in their examination process. At the same time, it represents a handy guide for medical and paramedical teachers, post-graduate medical students, research personnel, biomedical scientists and epidemiologists.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Applications of Statistics
Chapter 2. Statistical Terms
Chapter 3. Data Types
Chapter 4. Data Classification
Chapter 5. Data Presentation
Chapter 6. Measures of Central Tendency
Chapter 7. Measures of Location
Chapter 8. Measures of Dispersion
Chapter 9. Sampling Methods
Chapter 10. Statistical Distribution-Continuous
Chapter 11. Sampling Distribution and Hypothesis testing
Chapter 12. Test of Inference- one sample or two sample mean
Chapter 13. Test for Inference- Multiple sample comparisons
Chapter 14. Test for Inference- Categorical Data I
Chapter 15. Test for Inference- Categorical Data II
Chapter 16. Test for Inference- Correlation and Regression
Chapter 17. Non Parametric Tests
Chapter 18. Sample Size Estimation
Chapter 19. Epidemiological Studies
Chapter 20. Analysis of Diagnostic Test
Chapter 21. Demography
Chapter 22. Measures of Demography
Chapter 23. Infectious Disease Epidemiology
Chapter 24. Life Tables
Chapter 25. Introduction to Probability
Chapter 26. Random Variable and Mathematical Expectation
Chapter 27. Statistical Distribution- Discrete
Chapter 28. Univariate logistic regression- Theoretical aspects
Chapter 29. Use of Computer software for basic statistics.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalYellowlees Douglas, PhD, Associate Professor, University of Florida, Maria B. Grant, MD, Professor, University of Alabama-Birmingham.Summary: "Writing today is a task that most researchers delegate to the least-seasoned member of their unit. These junior members of teams are, if anything, even more in the dark about the entire cycle of writing, submission, and revision than the rest of the team. Perversely, we treat the most challenging aspect of research as gruntwork best passed off to the individuals who cannot refuse to do it. Perhaps, if researchers knew the logistics of good writing and the gauntlets we all pass through in getting work published or funded, they would spend more time mentoring their teammates and even less time delegating"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Writing : the most vital and neglected skill
Writing for your reader's brain
Before you begin : getting to so what? and who cares?
Getting published : manuscripts, journals, and submissions
Getting funded : applying for grants
Collaborative writing : pass the baton
Communicating with the public.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - Digitaledited by Anthony R. White, Michael Aschner, Lucio G. Costa, Ashley I. Bush.Contents:
Biometals and Alzheimer's disease / Alexandra I. Mot, Peter J. Crouch
Copper in Alzheimer's disease / Rosanna Squitti, Maricarla Ventriglia, Mariacristina Siotto, Carlo Salustri
The role of selenium in neurodegenerative diseases / Bárbara R. Cardoso, Dominic J. Hare, Ashley I. Bush
Does HFE genotype impact macrophage phenotype in disease process and therapeutic response? / Anne M. Nixon, James R. Connor
Chemical elements and oxidative status in neuroinflammation / Michela Ferraldeschi, Silvia Romano, Maria C. Buscarinu, Arianna Fornasiero, Rosella Mechelli, Benedetta Cerasoli, Anna Pino, Sonia Brescianini, Carlo Mattei, Maria A. Stazi, Alessandro Alimonti, Marco Salvetti, Giovanni Ristori
Metals and neuroinflammation / Stephen C. Bondy
Metals and prions / David R. Brown
Manganese and neurodegeneration / Dinamene Marques Dos Santos, Michael Aschner, Ana P. Marrielha Dos Santos
Zinc in autism / Stefanie Grabrucker, Andreas M. Grabrucker
Metals and motor neuron disease / Per M. Roos
Metals and Lysosomal storage disorders / Henna Kontinnen, Katarína Lejavová, Tarja Malm, Katja M Kanninen
Developmental exposure to metals and its contribution to age-related neurodegeneration / Lucio G. Costa
Metal biology associated with Huntington's disease / Terry Jo V. Bichell, Timothy C. Halbesma, K. Grace Tipps, Aaron B. Bowman
Metal-binding to Amyloid-ss peptide / Melisa Del Barrio, Valentina Borghesani, Christelle Hureau, Peter Faller
Metals and mitochondria in neurodegeneration / Germán Plascencia-Villa, Miguel José- Yacamán, George Perry
Metal transporters in neurodegeneration / Hong Jiang
Metal imaging in the brain / David C. Dorman
Metalloregulation of protein clearance / Alejandra Ramírez Muñoz, Mark A. Greenough, Ashley I. Bush, Carlos M. Opazo
Metals and autophagy in neurotoxicitiy / Peng Su, Michael Aschner, Jingyuan Chen, Wenjing Luo
An overview of multifunctonal metal chelators as potential treatments for neurodegenerative diseases / Frank W. Lewis, David Tétard
Abnormal function of metalloprotein underlies most neurodegenerative diseases / Katja M. Kanninen, Anthony R. White.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalInsup Noh, editor.Summary: "This volume outlines the current status in the field of biomimetic medical materials and illustrates research into their applications in tissue engineering. The book is divided into six parts, focusing on nano biomaterials, stem cells, tissue engineering, 3D printing, immune responses and intellectual property. Each chapter has its own introduction and outlines current research trends in a variety of applications of biomimetic medical materials. The biomimetic medical materials that are covered include functional hydrogels, nanoparticles for drug delivery and medicine, the 3D bioprinting of biomaterials, sensor materials, stem cell interactions with biomaterials, immune responses to biomaterials, biodegradable hard scaffolds for tissue engineering, as well as other important topics, like intellectual property. Each chapter is written by a team of experts. This volume attempts to introduce the biomimetic properties of biomedical materials within the context of our current understanding of the nanotechnology of nanoparticles and fibres and the macroscopic aspects of 3D bioprinting"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction. Overviews of biomimetic medical materials / Dipankar Das, Insup Noh
Nanomaterials as an emerging biomimetic materials. Protein cage nanoparticles as delivery nanoplatforms / Bongseo Choi, Hansol Kim, Hyukjun Choi, Sebyung Kang
Cell membrane coated nanoparticles: an emerging biomimetic nanoplatform for targeted bioimaging and therapy / Veena Vijayan, Saji Uthaman, In-Kyu Park
Graphene-based nanomaterials and their applications in biosensors / Young Jun Kim, Bongjin Jeong
Graphene-functionalized biomimetic scaffolds for tissue regeneration / Yong Cheol Shin, Su-Jin Song, Suck Won Hong, Jin-Woo Oh, Yu-Shik Hwang, Yu Suk Choi [and others]
Biomimetic materials in tissue engineering. influence of biomimetic materials on cell migration / Min Sung Kim [and others]
Biomimetic scaffolds for bone tissue engineering / Joon Yeong Park [and others]
Recent progress in vascular tissue-engineered blood vessels / Jun Chen, Grant C. Alexander, Pratheek S. Bobba, Ho-Wook Jun
Biomimetic medical materials and stem cells. microenvironmental regulation of stem cell behavior through biochemical and biophysical stimulation / Bogyu Choi, Deogil Kim, Inbo Han, Soo-Hong Lee
Decellularized tissue matrix for stem cell and tissue engineering / Jung Seung Lee, Yi Sun Choi, Seung-Woo Cho
Biomaterials for stem cell therapy for cardiac disease / Hyunbum Kim, Seung-Hyun L. Kim, Young-Hwan Choi, Young-Hyun Ahn, Nathaniel S. Hwang
Immunoresponses of biomimetic medical materials. immunomodulation of biomaterials by controlling macrophage polarization / Hyeong-Cheol Yang, Hee Chul Park, Hongxuan Quan, Yongjoon Kim
Artificial methods for t cell activation: critical tools in T cell biology and T cell immunotherapy / Kyung-Ho Roh
Regulatory T cell-mediated tissue repair / Jihye Hong, Byung-Soo Kim
Functional biomaterials. ROS-responsive biomaterial design for medical applications / Jung Bok Lee [and others]
Fibrin-based biomaterial applications in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine / Chan Ho Park, Kyung Mi Woo
Fabrication of electrochemical-based bioelectronic device and biosensor composed of biomaterial-nanomaterial hybrid / Mohsen Mohammadniaei, Chulhwan Park, Junhong Min, Hiesang Sohn, Taek Lee
Biomimetic self-assembling peptide hydrogels for tissue engineering applications / Jiaju Lu, Xiumei Wang
Bioartificial esophagus: where are we now? / Eun-Jae Chung
3-D bioprinting biomaterials. ECM based bioink for tissue mimetic 3D bioprinting / Seung Yun Nam, Sang-Hyug Park
3D bioprinting for artificial pancreas organ / Seon Jae Lee, Jae Bin Lee, Young-Woo Park, Dong Yun Lee
Intellectual properties in applications of biomimetic medical materials. current status of development and intellectual properties of biomimetic medical materials / Janarthanan Gopinathan, Insup Noh. - Digitaledited by Gordana Vunjak-Novakovic, Department of Biomedical Engineering and Department of Medicine, Columbia University, New York, NY, USA, Kursad Turksen, Sprott Centre for Stem Cell Research, Ottawa Hospital Research Institute, Ottawa, ON, Canada.Contents:
Derivation and network formation of vascular cells from human pluripotent stem cells
High-throughput cell aggregate culture for stem cell chondrogenesis
Microfluidic device to culture 3D in vitro human capillary networks
Multifunction co-culture model for evaluating cell-cell interactions
Multiwell plate tools for controlling cellular alignment with grooved topography
Bioreactor cultivation of anatomically shaped human bone grafts
Determining the role of matrix compliance in the differentiation of mammary stem cells
Conjugation of proteins to polymer chains to create multivalent molecules
An assay to quantify chemotactic properties of degradation products from extracellular matrix
Biomimetic strategies incorporating enzymes into CaP coatings mimicking the in vivo environment
Fabrication of biofunctionalized, cell-laden macroporous 3D PEG hydrogels as bone marrow analogs for the cultivation of human hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells
Extracellular matrix mimetic peptide scaffolds for neural stem cell culture and differentiation
The delivery and evaluation of RNAi therapeutics for heterotopic ossification pathologies
Mimicking bone microenvironment for directing adipose tissue-derived mesenchymal stem cells into osteogenic differentiation
Cultivation of human bone-like tissue from pluripotent stem cell-derived osteogenic progenitors in perfusion bioreactors.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalHeung Jae Chun, Rui L. Reis, Antonella Motta, Gilson Khang, editors.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalKazuyoshi Endo, Toshihiro Kogure, Hiromichi Nagasawa, editors.Summary: This open access book is the proceedings of the 14th International Symposium on Biomineralization (BIOMIN XIV) held in 2017 at Tsukuba. Over the past 45 years, biomineralization research has unveiled details of the characteristics of the nano-structure of various biominerals; the formation mechanism of this nano-structure, including the initial stage of crystallization; and the function of organic matrices in biominerals, and this knowledge has been applied to dental, medical, pharmaceutical, materials, agricultural and environmental sciences and paleontology. As such, biomineralization is an important interdisciplinary research area, and further advances are expected in both fundamental and applied research.
Contents:
Preface
Part I. Structure and analysis of biominerals
1 On the transition temperature to calcite and cell lengths for various biogenic aragonite
2 TEM study of the radular teeth of the chiton Acanthopleura japonica
3 Experimental cremation of bone
crystallite size and lattice parameter evolution
4 Effect of carbonic anhydrase immobilized on eggshell membranes on calcium carbonate crystallization in vitro
5 Proteomic Analysis of Venomous Fang Matrix Proteins of Protobothrops flavoviridis (Habu) Snake
6 Characterization of goldfish scales by vibrational spectroscopic analyses
7 Relationship between Bone Morphology and Bone Quality in Female Femurs: Implication for Additive Risk of Alternative Forced Molting
8 Spectroscopic investigation of shell pigments from the family Neritidae (Mollusca: Gastropoda)
9 3D visualization of calcified and non-calcified molluscan tissues using computed tomography
Part II Molecular and cellular regulation of biomineralization
10 Calcium Ion and Mineral Pathways in Biomineralization: a Perspective
11 Identification of barnacle shell proteins by transcriptome and proteomic approaches
12 The optical characteristics of cultured Akoya pearl are influenced by both donor and recipient oysters
13 Influence of B vitamins on proliferation and differentiation of osteoblastic bovine cell cultures; an in vitro study
14 Rice plant biomineralization: Electron microscopic study on plant opals and exploration of organic matrices involved in biosilica formation
15 DMP1 binds specifically to type I collagen and regulates mineral nucleation and growth
16 Exploration of genes associated with sponge silicon biomineralization in the whole genome sequence of the hexactinellid Euplectella curvistellata
Part III Genome-based analysis of biomineralization
17 The origin and early evolution of SCPP genes and tissue mineralization in vertebrates
Part IV Evolution in biomineralization
18 Immunolocalization of enamel matrix protein-like proteins in the tooth enameloid of actinopterygian bony fish
19 Geographical and seasonal variations of the shell microstructures in the bivalve Scapharca broughtonii
Part V Biomineralization in medical and dental sciences
20 Enhancement of bone tissue repair by octacalcium phosphate crystallizing into hydroxyapatite in situ
21 The relationship between the structure and calcification of dentin and the role of melatonin
22 Fabrication of hydroxyapatite nanofibers with high aspect ratio vialow-temperature wet precipitation methods under acidic conditions
23 Physico-chemical characterisation of the processes involved in enamel remineralisation by CPP-ACP
24 Molecular Interactions of Peptide Encapsulated Calcium Phosphate Delivery Vehicle at Enamel Surfaces
25 Preparation of random and aligned polycaprolactone fiber as template for classical calcium oxalate through electrocrystallization
Part VI Bio-inspired materials science and engineering
26 Dysprosium biomineralization by acidophilic fungus Penidiella sp. strain T9 and its application for metal recovery
27 Various shapes of gold nanoparticles synthesized by glycolipids extracted from Lactobacillus casei
28 Octacalcium phosphate overgrowth on b-tricalcium phosphate substrate in metastable calcium phosphate solution
Part VII Biominerals for environmental and paleoenvironmental sciences
29 Coral-based approaches to paleoclimate studies, future ocean environment assessment, and disaster research
30 An elemental fractionation mechanism common to biogenic calcium carbonate
31 Biomineralization of metallic tellurium by bacteria isolated from deep marine sediment in Niigata Bay Japan
32 Calcium oxalate crystals in plant communities of the southeast of the Pampean Plain, Argentina
33 Iron and calcium biomineralizations in the Pampean coastal plains, Argentina: their role in the environmental reconstruction of the Holocene
Part VIII Mollusk shell formation
34 Skeletal organic matrices in molluscs: origin, evolution, diagenesis
35 Functional Analysis on Shelk2 of Pacific Oyster
36 Mollusk shells: Does the nacro-prismatic "model" exist?
37 The Marsh's membrane: a key-role for a forgotten structure
38 Pearl production by implantation of outer epithelial cells isolated from the mantle of Pinctada fucata and the effects of blending of epithelial cells with different genetic backgrounds on pearl quality
39 Functional analyses of MMP genes in the ligament of Pinctada fucata
40 Chitin degraded by chitinolytic enzymes induces crystal defects of calcites
41 Screening for genes participating in the formation of prismatic and nacreous layers of the Japanese pearl oyster Pincatada fucata by RNA interference knockdown
42 Gene expression patterns in the mantle and pearl sac tissues of the pearl oyster Pinctada fucata
Part IX Appendix
43 Selected SEM and TEM images. - Digitaledited by Arun K. Shukla.Summary: Biomolecular Interactions: Part A, Volume 166, the latest release in the Methods in Cell Biology series, highlights new advances in the field, with this new volume presenting interesting chapters on a variety of timely topics in cell biology. Each chapter is written by an international board of authors.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Carole Aimé, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Paris, France, Thibaud Coradin, Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique, Paris, France.Contents:
What Are Bionanocomposites? / Agathe Urvoas, Marie Valerio-Lepiniec, Philippe Minard, Cordt Zollfrank
Molecular Architecture of Living Matter. Nucleic Acids / Enora Prado, Mónika Ádok-Sipiczki, Corinne Nardin
Lipids / Carole Aimé, Thibaud Coradin
Carbohydrates / Mirjam Czjzek
Proteins / Stéphane Romero, François-Xavier Campbell-Valois
Functional Biomolecular Engineering. Nucleic Acid Engineering / Enora Prado, Mónika Ádok-Sipiczki, Corinne Nardin
Protein Engineering / Agathe Urvoas, Marie Valerio-Lepiniec, Philippe Minard
The Composite Approach. Inorganic Nanoparticles / Carole Aimé, Thibaud Coradin
Hybrid Particles / Nikola Ž Knežević, Laurence Raehm, Jean-Olivier Durand
Biocomposites from Nanoparticles / Carole Aimé, Thibaud Coradin
Applications. Optical Properties / Cordt Zollfrank, Daniel Opdenbosch
Magnetic Bionanocomposites / Wei Li, Yuehan Wu, Xiaogang Luo, Shilin Liu
Mechanical Properties of Natural Biopolymer Nanocomposites / Biqiong Chen
Bionanocomposite Materials for Biocatalytic Applications / Sarah Christoph, Francisco M Fernandes
Nanocomposite Biomaterials / Gisela Solange Alvarez, Martín Federico Desimone
A Combination of Characterization Techniques / Carole Aimé, Thibaud Coradin.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalOskar C. Aszmann, Dario Farina, editors.Summary: This book presents the latest techniques in amputation rehabilitation and summarizes the most recent research findings in the field of bionic limb reconstruction. Divided into seven parts written by experts in the field, it provides valuable information on e.g. upper extremity injuries, psychological considerations, prosthetic engineering, and surgical and rehabilitation strategies. Illustrative figures and photos of real-life settings further assist understanding. This book is of interest not only for plastic surgeons, but also for hand surgeons, orthopedic and trauma surgeons as well as therapists, prosthetists and engineers.
Contents:
Introduction
Part I. Severe injuries of the upper extremity
Chapter 1. General Considerations on Upper Limb Amputation and its Levels
Chapter 2. Psychosocial importance of the hand, consequences of severe hand trauma, amputation and complete brachial plexus injury
Chapter 3. Inner amputations of the upper extremity
Part II. Functional restoration in upper limb amputees
Chapter 4. Body-powered prosthetic systems
Chapter 5. Mechatronic Design of Functional Prosthetic Systems
Chapter 6. Osseointegrated amputation prostheses and implanted electrodes
Chapter 7. Outcome Measures
Chapter 8. Biologic alternatives to prosthetic hand replacement
Part III . Selective nerve transfers in upper limb amputees
Chapter 9. Motor unit characteristics after selective nerve transfers
Chapter 10. Targeted muscle reinnervation in upper limb amputees
Part IV. Phantom pain in limb amputees
Chapter 11. Epidemiology and mechanisms of phantom limb pain
Chapter 12. Treatment strategies for phantom limb pain
Part V. Man-machine interfaces in prosthetics
Chapter 13. Control Strategies for Functional Upper Limb Prostheses
Chapter 14. Implantable myoelectric sensors for prosthetic control
Chapter 15. Prosthetic feedback systems
Part VI. Prosthetic replacement in patients with inner amputations
Chapter 16. Deafferentation pain following brachial plexus avulsion injuries
Chapter 17. Treatment algorithm for bionic hand reconstruction in patients with global brachial plexopathies
Chapter 18. Functional and psychosocial outcomes of bionic reconstruction and impact on quality of life, body image perception and deafferentation pain
Chapter 19. Ethical considerations and psychological evaluation in elective amputation for Brachial Plexus Injuries
Part VII. Rehabilitation in upper limb prosthetics
Chapter 20. Principles of Occupational and Physical Therapy in Upper Limb Amputations
Chapter 21. Novel technologies in upper extremity rehabilitation
Chapter 22. Conclusions and Future Outlook. - PrintJohn T. Edsall, Jeffries Wyman.
- Digitaleditors, Ingrida Januleviciene and Alon Harris.Summary: This book provides an overview on new insights in glaucoma, the latest technological developments, scientific achievements, and novel research leading to new paradigms in glaucoma diagnosis. Readers will discover a broad picture starting from theoretical perspectives in diagnostic criteria followed by practical examination and clinical interpretations while highlighting potential pitfalls and limitations in analysis. Non-invasive, modern technologies allowing visualization and quantification of various parts of the human eye are fast evolving and improving interpretation of modern diagnostic possibilities are essential to fill the gap between sophisticated equipment, complex clinical data, and the need for precision-medicine based interpretation. Issues such as the importance of intraocular, intracranial, and ocular perfusion pressures (IOP, ICP, OPP) in the pathogenesis of glaucoma; and imaging modalities for examination of the optic nerve head, retinal fiber layer, and visual field assessment in glaucoma are explored in these chapters. The problem-based learning approach presented herein offers a succinct go-to-guide to read and discover answers.
- DigitalNima Rezaei, Amene Saghazadeh, editors.Summary: The book does not aim to constitute definite edges of the sixth sense, but it is to say here that the sixth sense is the result of a break in our present property. The present property is produced from integration of five common senses by the neuro-immuno-endocrine system. Thereby, mental representations of multisensory integration that primarily occur in the brain can reach throughout the body, including the heart and gut. Unconscious thought through synchronization between spatially distant brain networks would help break our present property. It would be a felicific calculus for society people to peek around the forgotten, but real life, corners through which the book "Biophysics and Neurophysiology of the Sixth Sense" seeks to explore.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: What Would Happen If Humans Live Beyond Time?; Introduction; That Which Is Not Seen; The Unconscious-Thought Theory; The Default-Mode Network; The Information-Integration Theory; The Hypothesis of Conscious
Unconscious Prospection (CUP); An Integrated Approach to the Hypothesis of Conscious
Unconscious Prospection (CUP); Belief in the Present Time: That Which Generates the Background Noise While Thinking to About the Future; Being Out of Time: A Solution to See That Which Is Not Seen at the Present Time Distinguishing Self-Stimuli from Non-self, Role of Corollary DischargeThe Vestibular System; Proprioception as the Sixth Sense; Conclusions; References; Chapter 7: Extrasensory Perception: Concept and History; Introduction; Sense and Extra-Sense (the Sixth Sense); Proximate Origin of the Research in Extrasensory Perception; Types of Extrasensory Perception; Conclusions; References; Chapter 8: A Psychological Perspective on Extrasensory Perception; Introduction; Elementary Hallucinations; Deranged Hallucinations; Complete Hallucinations; Conclusions Interoceptive Hub and Visceromotor PredictionsModel for Interoceptive Inference Within Visceral Sensorimotor System; Conclusions; References; Chapter 5: Interoceptive Dysfunction; Interoception; Mood Disturbance; Anxiety Disorders; Depression; Autism; Addiction; Chronic Pain and Fibromyalgia; Delusional Body Border Disorders; Eating Disorders; Conclusions; References; Chapter 6: The Proprioceptive System; Introduction; The Proprioceptive System; Muscle Spindles; Golgi Tendon Organs; Joint Receptors; Free Nerve Endings; Skin Mechanoreceptors Neural Coding and PerceptionComputer Vision and Future Directions; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Biophysics of Vision; Image Forming Function of Visual System; Cornea; Lens; Accommodation; Pupil; Retina; Non-image Forming Functions of Visual System; Perception of Magnetic Field; Visual System and Circadian Rhythm; Pineal Gland; Melatonin: The Main Product of Pineal Gland; Other Sources of Melatonin; Other Modulators of Melatonin Secretion; Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Cortex, Insula, and Interoception; Introduction; Insula; Amygdala; Neocortex Resonance: That Which Occurs If Being Out of TimeHow Would Entropy Change Relative to Resonance If Being Out of Time?; Conclusions; References; Chapter 2: Neurophysiology of Visual Perception; Introduction; Neuroanatomical Properties of Visual System; The Eye; The Retina; The Optic Pathways; Brain Regions and Pathways Involved in Perception; The Microstructure of the Primary Visual Cortex; Object Recognition; Perception of Form; Perception of Space; Motion Perception; Eye Movements and Perception; Adaptation; Human Gaze Control; Face Perception; The Constructive Nature of Visual Perception - Digital/PrintMark C. Leake, editors.Contents:
The biophysics of infection / Mark C. Leake
Single-molecule observation of DNA replication repair pathways in E. coli / Adam J.M. Wollman, Aisha H. Syeda, Peter McGlynn and Mark C. Leake
Investigating the swimming of microbial pathogens using digital holography / K.L. Thornton, R.C. Findlay, P.B. Walrad and L.G. Wilson
What is the 'minimum inhibitory concentration' (mic) of pexiganan acting on escherichia coli?--a cautionary case study / Alys K. Jepson, Jana Schwarz-Linek, Lloyd Ryan, Maxim G. Ryadnov and Wilson C.K. Poon
Evolution of drug resistance in bacteria / B. Waclaw
Using biophysics to monitor the essential protonmotive force in bacteria / Mei-Ting Chen and Chien-Jung Lo
The Type I restriction enzymes as barriers to horizontal gene transfer: determination of the DNA target sequences recognised by livestock-associated methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus clonal complexes 133/ST771 and 398 / Kai Chen, Augoustinos S. Stephanou, Gareth A. Roberts, John H. White, Laurie P. Cooper, Patrick J. Houston, Jodi A. Lindsay and David T.F. Dryden
Biomechanical analysis of infectious biofilms / David Head
Designing a single-molecule biophysics tool for characterising DNA damage for techniques that kill infectious pathogens through DNA damage effects / Helen Miller, Adam J.M. Wollman and Mark C. Leake
Bacterial surfaces: front lines in host-pathogen interaction / Jane E. King and Ian S. Roberts
Biophysical approaches to bacterial gene regulation by riboswitches / Cibran Perez-Gonzalez, Jonathan P. Grondin, Daniel A. Lafontaine and J. Carlos Penedo
Bugs on a slippery plane / Dmitri O. Pushkin and Martin A. Bees
Transcription regulation and membrane stress management in enterobacterial pathogens / Nan Zhang, Goran Jovanovic, Christopher McDonald, Oscar Ces, Xiaodong Zhang and Martin Buck
How biophysics may help us understand the flagellar motor of bacteria which cause infections / Matthew A.B. Baker
Mechanics of bacterial cells and initial surface colonization / Sebastian Aguayo and Laurent Bozec
Neutron reflectivity as a tool for physics-based studies of model bacterial membranes / Robert D. Barker, Laura E. McKinley and Simon Titmuss
Mechanisms of Salmonella typhi host restriction / Stefania Spanò --Insights into biological complexity from simple foundations / L. Albergante, D. Liu, S. Palmer and T.J. Newman
Force spectroscopy in studying infection / Zhaokun Zhou and Mark C. Leake
Imaging immunity in lymph nodes: past, present and future / James Butler, Amy Sawtell, Simon Jarrett, Jason Cosgrove, Roger Leigh, Jon Timmis and Mark Coles
Novel approaches to manipulating bacterial pathogen biofilms: whole-systems design philosophy and steering microbial evolution / Alexandra S. Penn
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalNikolai Vekshin.Summary: In this monograph, the author--Head researcher at the Institute of Cell Biophysics of Russian Academy of Sciences--discusses the results of his own long-term studies of mitochondria as well as alternative points of view and experiments of other important researchers in the field. The monograph contains the main aspects of mitochondrial research by a number of physical methods: fluorescence spectroscopy, UV-vis spectrophotometry, IR spectroscopy, light-scattering, optical microscopy, fluorescence microscopy, colorimetry, photobleaching, polarography, among others. The monograph is very useful for researchers and graduate students specializing in mitochondrial biophysics, biochemistry, molecular biology and cytology. The book was published in Russian in 2019 by Photon Publishers (Pushchino, Moscow region).
Contents:
The mitochondria in the cell
Early studies
Structural features
Are there giant mitochondria and reticulum
Evolutionary origins
Reproduction of mitochondria in cell
Mitochondrial DNA
Membrane and matrix proteins
Bioenergetics
The respiratory chain
NADH-dehydrogenase
Succinate dehydrogenase
Cytochrome oxidase
Interactions in enzyme-substrate complexes
Mechanisms of electron transfer
Membrane synthesis of ATP
Proton transport and the chemiosmotic hypothesis
On the measurement of transmembrane potential
The conformational hypothesis
Thermal coupling model
Photo-respiration and photo-induced synthesis of ATP
Surface photodesorption
Flavin and ubiquinone of NADH-dehydrogenases are not involved in the transfer of electrons to artificial acceptors
The lag-period and the pseudo-oscillations in redox-reactions of NADH with DHPIP
Electron-conformational properties of the flavoprotein fragment of NADH-dehydrogenase
Resonant energy transfer from mitochondrial proteins to NADH
Flavin loss from NADH-dehydrogenase complex
Stabilization of NADH-dehydrogenase by adenosine phosphates
Dehydrogenase mitochondrial activity in the touch, determined by the decrease in tryptophan fluorescence by formosan
Rotenone-insensitive NADH oxidation by respiratory chain fragments
Cytochrome-C shunts oxidation of NADH
NADH-oxidasation mitochondrial activity in hypotension when you block the respiratory chain
Do mitochondria swell much?
Some properties of protomitochondria
Protomitochondria in liver cells
Germinal protomitochondria
Fluorimetric comparison of protomitochondria and mitochondria
Photometry and fluorimetry of protomitochondria from liver of young and adult rats.-Degradation of mitochondria to lipofuscin during heating and lighting
Production of superoxide and lipofuscin after the loss of flavin by NADH-dehydrogenase
Some properties of mitochondrial lipofuscin.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalJohn Golbeck, Art van der Est, editors.Summary: "The volume is intended as an introduction to the physical principles governing the main processes that occur in photosynthesis, with emphasis on the light reactions and electron transport chain. A unique feature of the photosynthetic apparatus is the fact that the molecular structures are known in detail for essentially all of its major components. The availability of this data has allowed their functions to be probed at a very fundamental level to discover the design principles that have guided evolution. Other volumes on photosynthesis have tended to focus on single components or on a specific set of biophysical techniques, and the authors' goal is to provide new researchers with an introduction to the overall field of photosynthesis. The book is divided into sections, each dealing with one of the main physical processes in photosynthetic energy conversion. Each section has several chapters each describing the role that a basic physical property, such as charge or spin, plays in governing the process being discussed. The chapters proceed in an orderly fashion from a quantum mechanical description of early processes on an ultrafast timescale to a classical treatment of electron transfer and catalysis on a biochemical timescale culminating in evolutionary principles on a geological timescale."--Publisher's website.
Contents:
Part I. Light Energy Capture and Energy Transfer
1. Structure-Based Calculation of Pigment-Protein and Excitonic Pigment-Pigment Coupling in Photosynthetic Light-Harvesting Complexes / Frank Müh and Thomas Renger
2. Electron-Phonon and Exciton-Phonon Coupling in Light Harvesting, Insights from Line-Narrowing Spectroscopies / Jörg Pieper and Arvi Freiberg
3. Photosynthetic Energy Transfer and Charge Separation in Higher Plants / Tjaart P.J. Krüger, Vladimir I. Novoderezhkin, Elisabet Romero, and Rienk van Grondelle
Part II. Underlying Principles of Electron Transport
4. Tunneling in Electron Transport / Christopher C. Moser
5. Spin in Photosynthetic Electron Transport / Isaac F. Céspedes-Camacho and Jörg Matysik
6. Energy Changes in Photosynthetic Electron Transport: Probing Photosynthesis by Pulsed Photoacoustics / David Mauzerall and Steven P. Mielke
Part III. Separation and Stabilization of Charge
7. Mechanism of Primary Charge Separation in Photosynthetic Reaction Centers / Sergei Savikhin and Ryszard Jankowiak
8. Effects of Quasi-Equilibrium States on the Kinetics of Electron Transfer and Radical Pair Stabilisation in Photosystem I / Stefano Santabarbara, Robert Jennings, and Giuseppe Zucchelli
9. Energetics of Cofactors in Photosynthetic Complexes: Relationship Between Protein-Cofactor Interactions and Midpoint Potentials / James P. Allen and JoAnn C. Williams
Part IV. Donor Side Intermediates and Water Splitting
10. The Radical Intermediates of Photosystem II / K.V. Lakshmi, Christopher S. Coates, Stuart Smith, and Ruchira Chatterjee
11. Structure-Function Relationships in the Mn₄CaO₅ Water-Splitting Cluster / Jian-Ren Shen
12. Water and Oxygen Diffusion Pathways Within Photosystem II. Computational Studies of Controlled Substrate Access and Product Release / Serguei Vassiliev and Doug Bruce
Part V. Evolution of the Photosynthetic Apparatus
13. From Ionizing Radiation to Photosynthesis / Alexander N. Melkozernov
14. Origin of Oxygenic Photosynthesis from Anoxygenic Type I and Type II Reaction Centers / John F. Allen.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalMaika G. Mitchell.Summary: Innovation is added value to a known process. Bioprinting: Techniques and Risks for Regenerative Medicine aims to stimulate a scientifically grounded, interdisciplinary, multiscale debate and exchange of ideas using the techniques described in the book. 3D printing and additive manufacturing evolved from within the field of Cell Biology will have the ability to recreate cells queried from large amounts of phenotypic and molecular data. Stem Cell biologists, biotechnologists and material engineers, as well as graduate students will greatly benefit from the practical knowledge and case examples provided throughout this book.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
- DigitalNeha Srivastava, Manish Srivastava, P.K. Mishra, Vijai Kumar Gupta, editors.Springer Nature eBooks.Summary: Converting biomass to biofuels involves hydrolyzing cellulose to sugars using cost-intensive commercial enzymes an expensive step that makes large-scale production economically non-viable. As such, there is a need for low-cost bioprocessing. This book critically evaluates the available bioprocessing technologies for various biofuels, and presents the latest research in the field. It also highlights the recent developments, current challenges and viable alternative approaches to reduce the overall cost of producing biofuels.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Impact of fermentation types on enzymes used for biofuels production
Chapter 2. Downstream Processing; Applications and Recent Updates
Chapter 3. Role of bioreactors in bio-fuel generations
Chapter 4. Bioprocess for Algal Biofuels Production
Chapter 5. Effect of Bioprocess Parameters on Biofuel Production
Chapter 6. Role of substrate to improve biomass to bio fuel production technologies
Chapter 7. Techno-economic analysis of second-generation bio-fuel technologies
Chapter 8. Recent advances in metabolic engineering and synthetic biology for microbial production of isoprenoid-based biofuels: an overview
Chapter 9. Applications of biosensors for metabolic engineering of microorganisms and its impact on biofuel production
Chapter 10. Recent progress in CRISPR-based technologies applications for biofuels production. - Digital[edited] by Che J. Connon.Contents:
Bioprocessing for cell based therapies
Structured methodology for process development in scalable stirred tank bioreactors platforms
The effect of scale-up on cell phenotype : compatibility testing to optimize bioreactor usage and manufacturing strategies
The scale-up of human mesenchymal stem cell expansion and recovery
Challenges of scale-up of cell separation and purification techniques
Fundamental points to consider in the cryopreservation and shipment of cells for human application
Short-term storage of cells for application in cell-based therapies
Cell therapy in practice.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Amine Kamen and Laura Cervera.Summary: This book focuses on cell culture-produced viral vaccines to meet the needs of the rapidly expanding research and development in academia and industry in the field. This book introduces the basic principles of vaccination and the manufacturing of viral vaccines. Bioprocessing of Viral Vaccines, will provide an overview of the advanced strategies needed to respond to the challenges of new and established viral infection diseases. The first few chapters cover the basics of virology and immunology as essential concepts to understand the function and design of viral vaccines. The core of the content is dedicated to process development, including upstream processing and cell culture of viral vaccines, downstream processing, and extensive analytical technologies specific to viral vaccines. Advanced process analytical technologies (PAT) and Quality by Design (QbD) concepts are also introduced in the context of vaccine manufacturing. The case studies included cover inactivated, attenuated vaccines exemplified by influenza vaccines, sub-unit vaccines exemplified by Virus Like Particles (VLPs: HPV vaccines) and sub-unit vaccines (Flublock), vectored vaccines: adenoviruses and Vesicular stomatitis Virus (VSV) vectored vaccines, genomic vaccines (DNA and mRNA) vaccines as developed for COVID-19 response in particular and a review of COVID-19 vaccines approved or in advanced clinical trials. This book is aimed at graduate engineers and professionals in the fields of vaccinology, bioprocessing, and biomanufacturing of viral vaccines.
Contents:
Bioprocessing of viral vaccines, introduction / Amine Kamen, Laura Cervera
Introduction to virology / Shantoshini Dash
Introduction to basic immunology and vaccine design / Alaka Mullick, Shantoshini Dash
Cell lines for vaccine production / Isabelle Knott [and others]
Upstream processing for viral vaccines-General aspects / Lars Pelz [and others]
Upstream processing for viral vaccines, process intensification / Sven Göbel [and others]
Downstream processing of viral-based vaccines / Rita P. Fernandes [and others]
Analytics and virus production processes / Emma Petiot
Manufacturing of seasonal and pandemic influenza vaccines, a case study / Cristina A. T. Silva [and others]
Recombinant vaccines: gag-based VLPs / Laura Cervera [and others]
Vectored vaccines / Zeyu Yang [and others]
Design and production of vaccines against COVID-19 using established vaccine platforms / Ryan Kligman [and others].Digital Access TandFonline [2022] - DigitalHrudayanath Thatoi, Sonali Mohapatra, Swagat Kumar Das, editors.Summary: The rapid urbanization and industrialization of developing countries across the globe have necessitated for substantial resource utilization and development in the areas of Healthcare, Environment, and Renewable energy. In this context ,this resourceful book serves as a definitive source of information for the recent developments in application of microbial enzymes in various sectors. It covers applications in fermentation processes and their products, extraction and utilisation of enzymes from various sources and their application in health and biomass conversion for production of value added products. Different chapters discuss various areas of bioprospecting in enzyme technology, and describe why these are the mainstays for industrial production of value added products. The rich compilation of the cutting-edge advances and applications of the modern industrial based techniques hold feasible solutions for a range of current issues in enzyme technology. This book will be of particular interest for scientists, academicians, technical resource persons, engineers and members of industry. Undergraduate and graduate students pursuing courses in the area of industrial biotechnology will find the information in the book valuable. General readers having interest towards biofuels, enzyme technology, fermented food and value added products, phytochemicals and phytopharmaceutical products will also find the book appealing. Readers will discover modern concepts of enzymatic bioprocess technology for production of therapeutics and industrial value added products.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Application of enzymes in bioremediation of contaminated hydrosphere and soil environment
Chapter 2: Bioremediation Of Highly Toxic Hexavalent Chromium By Bacterial Chromate Reductases Family: An Structural And Functional Overview
Chapter 3: An Overview Of Raw Starch Digesting Enzymes And Their Applications In Biofuel Development
Chapter 4: Bamboo Valorization By Fermentation And Enzyme Treatment
Chapter 5: Recent Developments In Pretreatment And Enzymatic Hydrolysis For Cellulosic Bioethanol Production
Chapter 6: Production Of Biofuel From Disposed Food And Dairy Waste
Chapter 7: Role of enzymes in synthesis of nanoparticles
Chapter 8: Protein-Nanoparticle Interaction And Its Potential Biological Implications
Chapter 9: Enzyme-Nanoparticle Corona: A Novel Approach, Their Plausible Applications And Challenges
Chapter 10: Enzymes In Fuel Biotechnology
Chapter 11: Role Of Enzymes In Deconstruction Of Waste Biomass For Sustainable Generation Of Value-Added Products
Chapter 12: Thermostable Enzymes From Clostridium thermocellum
Chapter 13: Hot And Cold Bacteria Of Sikkim: Biodiversity And Enzymology
Chapter 14: Enzymes In Health Care: Cost Effective Production And Applications Of Therapeutic Enzymes In Health Care Sector
Chapter 15: Significance Of Enzymes In Modern Healthcare: From Diagnosis To Therapy
Chapter 16: L-Asparaginase And Methioninase As Prospective Anticancer Enzymes: Currentapplications And Production Approaches
Chapter 17: Production Of Thrombolytic And Fibrinolytic Proteases: Current Advances And Future Prospective
Chapter 18: Enzymes In Textile Industries
Chapter 19: Role of Enzymes in Textile Processing. - Digitalby Juan M Bilbao, Robert E Schmidt.Summary: Peripheral nerve analysis is a challenging task for pathologists, given the advent of new diagnoses and techniques of analysis and the impact of molecular genetics. This book presents a simple, logical method for constructing a differential diagnosis based on pathology and clinical presentation. It also provides advice on the selection of ancillary molecular, immunohistochemical and genetic techniques to establish a definitive diagnosis. Clear, authoritative guidance is offered on diagnosis of the full range of neuropathies with the aid of a wealth of high-quality color photomicrographs and electron micrographs. The pathologist will benefit greatly from the identification of a variety of artifacts and normal structures occasionally encountered in nerve biopsies that need to be distinguished from specific pathologic alterations. This user-friendly, practical text will be an invaluable aid in achieving the most specific diagnosis possible.
Contents:
Introduction and Clinical Correlation
Normal Peripheral Nerve Structure
Basic Pathological Mechanisms
Vasculitic Neuropathy
Diabetic neuropathies
Skin Biopsies
Metabolic Neuropathies
Inflammatory and Immune-Mediated Neuropathies
Neuropathies Associated with Infectious Diseases
Amyloid neuropathy
Genetic Neuropathies
Dysproteinemias
Toxin-induced neuropathies
Miscellaneous neuropathies. - DigitalCyril Fisher, Elizabeth A. Montgomery, Khin Thway.Contents:
Biopsy techniques, diagnostic methods, and reporting
Benign and intermediate fibrosing lesions
Cellular benign and intermediate lesions of fibroblasts and myofibroblasts
Cutaneous spindle cell lesions
Intra-abdominal spindle cell lesions
Smooth muscle tumors
Myofibroma, myopericytic tumors, myoepithelioma, and myofibroblastoma
Tumors of specialized lower genital tract mesenchyme
Benign nerve sheath tumors
Spindle cell sarcomas
Epithelioid tumors of soft tissue
Soft tissue lesions with clear or granular cells
Pleomorphic soft tissue tumors
Small round cell tumors
Benign adipose tissue lesions
Liposarcoma
Superficial vascular lesions and mimics of vascular lesions
Deep vascular lesions
Osteochondroid lesions of soft tissue
Superficial myxoid lesions
Deep myxoid lesions
Plexiform soft tissue tumors
Soft tissue tumors with giant cells.Digital Access Ovid 2016 - DigitalJonathan I. Epstein, Victor E. Reuter, Mahul B. AminSummary: "Part of the highly regarded Biopsy Interpretation Series, Biopsy Interpretation of the Bladder, 4th Edition, provides practical, highly illustrated information on the diagnosis and prognosis of the full range of biopsies of the urothelial tract. Practical, well-organized, and highly readable, this fully revised volume by Drs. Jonathan I. Epstein, Victor E. Reuter, and Mahul B. Amin addresses both common and unusual issues that arise in the day-to-day interpretation of bladder biopsies, teaching the best diagnostic practices as well as how to avoid the most common pitfalls. Helps you accurately identify all lesions, tumors, and tumor-like lesions for the bladder-from normal anatomy and histology to a wide range of both common and unusual findings Frames each diagnosis in its most common clinical context, explaining how the pathology can be used to make key clinical management decisions Presents key differential features of tumors, organized according to diagnostic category Features high-quality photomicrographs and illustrations throughout, including updated images both in print and online-nearly 500 images in all Provides access to interactive questions and answers online for self-assessment and review Incorporates the latest World Health Organization and Genitourinary Pathology Society (GUPS) classifications Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Normal Bladder Anatomy and Variants of Normal Histology
Flat Urothelial Lesions
Papillary Urothelial Neoplasms and Their Precursors
Urothelial Neoplasms with Inverted Growth Patterns
Invasive Urothelial Carcinoma
Histologic Variants of Urothelial Carcinoma
Morphologic, Prognostic, and Predictive Factors and Reporting of Bladder Cancer
Glandular Lesions
Squamous Lesions
Cystitis
Mesenchymal Tumors and Tumor-Like Lesions
Miscellaneous Nontumors and Tumors
Secondary Tumors of the Bladder
Biopsy of the Renal Pelvis and Ureter
Urinary Tract Cytopathology.Digital Access - DigitalJonathan I. Epstein, MD, Professor of Pathology, Urology and Oncology, The Reinhard Professor of Urological Pathology, Director of Surgical Pathology, The Johns Hopkins Medical Institutions, Baltimore, Maryland, Victor E. Reuter, MD, Attending Pathologist and Member, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, Professor of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Weill Medical College of Cornell University, New York, New York, Mahul B. Amin, MD, Profesor and Chairman Emeritus, Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Professor of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, UCLA David Geffen School of Medicine, Visiting Professor, Urology, USC Keck School of Medicine, Los Angeles, California, Visiting Professor, Pathology & Immunology, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas.Contents:
Normal bladder anatomy and variants of normal histology
Flat urothelial lesions
Papillary urothelial neoplasms and their precursors
Urothelial neoplasms with inverted growth patterns
Invasive urothelial carcinoma
Histologic variants of urothelial carcinoma
Conventional morphologic, prognostic, and predictive factors and reporting of bladder cancer
Glandular lesions
Squamous lesions
Cystitis
Mesenchymal tumors and tumor-like lesions
Miscellaneous non-tumors & tumors
Secondary tumors of the bladder
Urinary tract cytopathology.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - DigitalLaura M. Wake, Genevieve Crane, Michael J. Borowitz.Summary: Part of the highly regarded Biopsy Interpretation Series, this new volume by Drs. Laura M. Wake, Genevieve Crane, and Michael Borowitz presents a concise, pattern-based approach to bone marrow pathology. Biopsy Interpretation of the Bone Marrow provides superbly illustrated guidance from top experts in the field, covering all aspects of bone marrow aspirates and biopsies: procurement and processing, ancillary techniques, formulation of a final diagnosis, and reporting to the clinical team. Hundreds of full-color illustrations depict the full range of benign and neoplastic processes involving the bone marrow. -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2023]
- DigitalStuart J. Schnitt, Laura C. Collins.Contents:
Normal anatomy and histology
Reactive, inflammatory, and nonproliferative lesions
Intraductal proliferative lesions : usual ductal hyperplasia, atypical ductalhyperplasia, and ductal carcinoma in situ
Columnar cell lesions and flat epithelial atypia
Lobular carcinoma in situ and atypical lobular hyperplasia
Fibroepithelial lesions
Adenosis and sclerosing lesions
Papillary lesions
Microinvasive carcinoma
Invasive breast cancer
Spindle cell lesions
Vascular lesions
Other mesenchymal lesions
Miscellaneous rare lesions
Nipple disorders
Male breast lesions
Breast lesions in children and adolescents
Axillary lymph nodes
Treatment effects
Specimen processing, evaluation, and reporting.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - DigitalMatthew J. Schniederjan.Contents:
Benign cysts and selected developmental anomalies
Inflammatory and infectious lesions
Diffuse gliomas
Other astrocytomas
Ependymal tumors
Other gliomas
Neuronal and mixed glioneuronal tumors
Sellar and suprasellar lesions
Meningeal lesions
Embryonal tumors
Choroid plexus tumors
Pineal region tumors
Cranial and spinal nerve tumors
Vascular malformations
Germ cell tumors
Hematolymphoid neoplasms
Select tumors of indeterminate or mesenchymal differentiation
Metastases
Intraoperative consultation
General approach and differential diagnosis.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - DigitalBiopsy Interpretation of the Gastrointestinal Tract Mucosa. Volume 1, Non-neoplastic. Third edition.Elizabeth A. Montgomery, Lysandra Voltaggio.Digital Access Ovid 2018
- DigitalEdward B. Stelow, Stacey E. Mills.Summary: "Part of the highly regarded Biopsy Interpretation Series, this fully revised volume provides practical, highly illustrated information on the diagnosis and prognosis of the full range of biopsies of the various tissues of the head and neck region, including the ear. Biopsy Interpretation of the Head and Neck, 3rd Edition, addresses both common and unusual issues that arise in day-to-day practice, with an emphasis on the complex area of the upper aerodigestive tract and ear. Discusses both neoplastic and non-neoplastic entities to help you arrive at an accurate diagnosis and guide patient management. Provides new information about emerging diagnostic entities and ancillary testing. Covers squamous cell carcinomas, HPV-related tumors, bony lesions, odontogenic lesions, and more"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Normal Anatomy and Histology
Benign Squamous Proliferations and Neoplasms
Precursor Lesions of Squamous Cell Carcinoma
Conventional Squamous Cell Carcinoma
Histologic and Etiologic Variants of Squamous Cell Carcinoma
Salivary Gland-Type Neoplasms
Adenocarcinomas, Other Than Those That Can Be Classified as Salivary Gland-Type
Neural, Neuroectodermal, and Neuroendocrine Neoplasms
Hematopoietic and Lymphoid Disorders
Germ Cell Tumors
Soft Tissue Tumors
Bone, Cartilaginous, and Jaw Lesions That May Be Sampled With Upper Aerodigestive Tract Biopsies
Nonneoplastic Lesions of the Nasal Cavity, Paranasal Sinuses, and Nasopharynx
Nonneoplastic Lesions of the Oral Cavity
Nonneoplastic Lesions of the Larynx
Pathology of the Ear.Digital Access Ovid 2021 - DigitalMichael S. Torbenson, Professor of Pathology, Senior Associate Consultant, Division of Anatomic Pathology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.Contents:
General approach to biopsy assessment
General approach to biopsy reports
The almost normal liver biopsy
Liver injury patterns
Acute and chronic viral hepatitis
Other infections of the liver
Granulomatous disease
Drug effects
Fatty liver disease
Autoimmune hepatitis
Biliary tract disease and cholestatic liver disease
Pediatric cholestatic liver disease
Vascular disease
Transplant pathology
Iron overload disease
Wilson disease and other genetic diseases
Liver disease in systemic conditions
Pediatric benign and malignant tumors
Adult benign and malignant mesenchymal tumors
Benign and malignant hepatocellular tumors
Benign and malignant biliary tumors
Other tumors of the liver.Digital Access Ovid 2015 - DigitalMichael S. Torbenson.Summary: "Part of the highly regarded Biopsy Interpretation Series, Biopsy Interpretation of the Liver, 4th Edition, provides practical, highly illustrated information on the diagnosis and prognosis of the full range of biopsies of the liver. Practical, well-organized, and highly readable, this fully revised volume by Dr. Michael S. Torbenson addresses both common and unusual issues that arise in the day-to-day interpretation of liver biopsies, teaching the best diagnostic practices as well as how to avoid the most common pitfalls. Frames each diagnosis in its most common clinical context, explaining how the pathology can be used to make key clinical management decisions. Presents key differential features of tumors, organized according to diagnostic category"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
General Approach to Biopsy Specimens
Liver Injury Patterns
Immunohistochemistry and Special Stains in Liver Pathology
The Almost Normal Liver Biopsy
Acute and Chronic Viral Hepatitis
Other Infections of the Liver
Granulomatous Disease
Drug-Induced Liver Injury
Fatty Liver Disease
Autoimmune Hepatitis
Biliary Tract Disease and Cholestatic Liver Disease
Pediatric Cholestatic Liver Disease
Vascular Disease
Transplant Pathology
Iron Overload in the Liver
Genetic Diseases of the Liver
Liver Disease in Systemic Conditions
Cryptogenic Cirrhosis
Benign and Malignant Pediatric Tumors
Adult Benign and Malignant Mesenchymal Tumors
Hepatocellular Pseudotumors and Tumors
Benign and Malignant Biliary Tumors
Lymphoma and Metastatic Disease.Digital Access Ovid 2022 - DigitalDavid Ilan Suster, Saul Suster.Summary: "Biopsy Interpretation of the Lung aids pathologists in accurately evaluating disease processes. It includes detailed chapters on interstitial lung disease, lung cancer, and neuroendocrine tumors. Organized by traditional disease groups, Biopsy Interpretation of the Lung provides a solid approach to formulating surgical and medical decisions."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Methods for Obtaining Lung Biopsies
Inflammatory Lung Conditions
Pulmonary Noninfectious Granulomas
Lung Vasculitis and Hemorrhagic Disorders
Bacterial Lung Infections
Fungal Lung Infections
Parasitic Lung Infections
Viral Lung Infections
Interstitial Lung Disease
Lung Transplant Pathology
Lymphoid Lesions of the Lung
Epithelial Lung Neoplasms
Neuroendocrine Lung Neoplasms
Unusual Lung Tumors and Tumor-Like Conditions
Metastatic Tumors to the Lung.Digital Access Ovid 2021 - Digital[edited by] Rebecca L. King, Anamarija M. Perry, Lauren B. Smith.Summary: "A new volume in the highly regarded Biopsy Interpretation Series, Biopsy Interpretation of the Lymph Node provides concise, abundantly illustrated information on the pathologic approach to diagnosis for these frequently encountered biopsies. Practical and well organized, this highly readable volume edited by Drs. Rebecca L. King, Anamarija M. Perry, and Lauren B. Smith, addresses both common and unusual issues that arise in the day-to-day interpretation of non-neoplastic and neoplastic lymph node biopsies, teaching the best diagnostic practices as well as how to avoid the most common pitfalls. Focusing on the daily tasks and needs of the general pathologist, it provides a solid foundation for clinical diagnostic decision making. Frames each diagnosis in its most common clinical context, explaining how the pathology can be used to make key clinical management decisions Features high-quality photomicrographs and illustrations throughout-more than 400 images in all Covers the pattern-based approach to lymph node evaluation, giving special emphasis to differential diagnosis and limitations of small biopsies Addresses diagnostic methods and ancillary studies used in lymph node pathology such as immunohistochemistry, flow cytometry, FISH, and molecular studies Provides eBook access to questions and answers for self-assessment and exam review Enrich Your eBook Reading ExperienceRead directly on your preferred device(s),such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook,powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Lymph Node Evaluation
Diagnostic Methods and Ancillary Studies
Benign Diseases Involving Lymph Node
Precursor Lymphoid Neoplasms, Myeloid Sarcoma, and Blastic Plasmacytoid Dendritic Cell Neoplasm
Mature B-cell Neoplasms
Mature T-cell Neoplasms
Classic Hodgkin Lymphoma and Nodular Lymphocyte Predominant B-cell Lymphoma
Lymphoproliferative Disorders Associated With Immunodeficiency
Histiocytic and Dendritic Cell Neoplasms.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2024] - DigitalScott Boerner, MD, FRCPC, Director, Cytopathology, University Health Network, Associate Professor, Department of Laboratory Medicine and Pathobiology, University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada, Sylvia L. Asa, MD, PhD, Senior Scientist, Department of Pathology, University Health Network, Professor, Department of laboratory Medicine and Pathobiology, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.Contents:
The normal thyroid
The classification of thyroid pathology
The cytologic approach to diagnosis of thyroid pathology : technical aspects
The histologic biopsy of thyroid : technical aspects
Ancillary tools in thyroid diagnosis
Cystic lesions
Inflammatory and lymphoid lesions
Papillary lesions
Follicular lesions
Solid and trabecular lesions
Squamoid, spindle, and giant-cell lesions
Small cell lesions.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - DigitalSonil Nanda, Dai-Viet N. Vo, Prakash Kumar Sarangi, editor.Summary: This book summarizes recent advances in the processing of waste biomass resources to produce biofuels and biochemicals. Worldwide interest in clean energy sources, environmental protection, and mitigating global warming is rapidly gaining momentum and spurring on the search for alternative energy sources, especially for the transportation and industrial sectors. This book reviews the opportunities presented by low-cost organic waste materials, discussing their suitability for alternative fuel and fine chemical production, physicochemical characterization, conversion technologies, feedstock and fuel chemistry, refining technologies, fuel upgrading, residue management, and the circular economy. In addition, it explores applied aspects of biomass conversion by highlighting several significant thermochemical, hydrothermal and biological technologies. In summary, the book offers comprehensive and representative descriptions of key fuel processing technologies, energy conversion and management, waste valorization, eco-friendly waste remediation, biomass supply chain, lifecycle assessment, techno-economic analysis and the circular bioeconomy.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
Editors and Contributors
About the Editors
Contributors
1: Growth of Biofuels Sector: Opportunities, Challenges, and Outlook
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Biofuel Scenario in Canada and the World
1.3 Policies and Their Impacts on the Success of Advanced Biofuels: Scenario in Canada and the World
1.4 Outlook for a Sustainable Future
1.5 Conclusions
References
2: Bioconversion of Agro-industrial Residues to Second-Generation Bioethanol
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Composition of Lignocellulosic Biomass 2.3 Commonly Available Agricultural Crop Residues in the World
2.3.1 Barley and Coffee Residues
2.3.2 Sugarcane, Maize, Rice, and Wheat Residues
2.3.3 Cotton
2.3.4 Oil Palm Residues
2.3.5 Potato Residues
2.3.6 Soybean Residues
2.4 Enzymatic Saccharification of Lignocellulosic Residues
2.4.1 Cellulases
2.4.2 Auxiliary Activity 9 Enzyme and Swollenin Protein
2.4.3 Hemicellulases
2.4.4 Pectin-Degrading Enzyme System
2.4.5 Delignifying Enzymes
2.5 Bioconversion of Biomass to Second-Generation Bioethanol 2.6 Pretreatment of Lignocellulosic Biomass
2.7 Obtaining an Enzymatic Consortium
2.8 Fermentation for the Production of Second-Generation Bioethanol
2.9 Conclusions
References
3: Catalytic Transformation of Ethanol to Industrially Relevant Fine Chemicals
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Conversion of Ethanol to Small Oxygenates
3.2.1 Acetaldehyde
3.2.2 Acetic Acid and Ethyl Acetate
3.2.3 Acetone
3.3 Conversion of Ethanol to Hydrocarbons
3.3.1 Ethylene
3.3.2 Propylene
3.3.3 Butanol
3.3.4 1,3-Butadiene
3.4 Conclusions
References 4: Selective Bioethanol Conversion to Chemicals and Fuels via Advanced Catalytic Approaches
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Dehydration of Ethanol
4.2.1 Diethyl Ether Production
4.2.2 Ethylene Production
4.2.3 Propylene Production
4.3 Oxidation of Ethanol
4.3.1 Ethylene Oxide Production
4.3.2 Acetic Acid Production
4.4 Steam Reforming of Ethanol and Dehydrogenation
4.4.1 Steam Reforming of Ethanol to Hydrogen
4.4.2 Dehydrogenation of Ethanol
4.4.2.1 Acetaldehyde
4.4.2.2 Ethyl Acetate
4.5 Guerbet Reaction of Ethanol
4.6 Conclusions
References 5: A Spotlight on Butanol and Propanol as Next-Generation Synthetic Fuels
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Divergent Fuel Properties of Ethanol, Propanol, and Butanol
5.3 Petrochemical Routes for Butanol Production
5.4 Biological Route for Butanol Production
5.5 Petrochemical Routes for Propanol Production
5.6 Biological Routes for Propanol Production
5.7 Challenges and Future Perspectives
5.8 Conclusions
References
6: Technological Advancements in the Production and Application of Biomethanol
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Industrial Applications of MethanolDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalKhalid Rehman Hakeem, Rouf Ahmad Bhat, Humaira Qadri, editors.Summary: Toxic substances threatens aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems and ultimately human health. The book is a thoughtful effort in bringing forth the role of biotechnology for bioremediation and restoration of the ecosystems degraded by toxic and heavy metal pollution. The introductory chapters of the book deal with the understanding of the issues concerned with the pollution caused by toxic elements and heavy metals and their impacts on the different ecosystems followed by the techniques involved in monitoring of the pollution. These techniques include use of bio-indicators as well as modern techniques for the assessment and monitoring of toxicants in the environment. Detailed chapters discussing the role of microbial biota, aquatic plants, terrestrial plants to enhance the accumulation efficiency of these toxic and heavy metals are followed by remediation techniques involving myco-remediation, bio-pesticides, bio-fertilizers, phyto-remediation and rhizo-filtration. A sizable portion of the book has been dedicated to the advanced bio-remediation techniques which are finding their way from the laboratory to the field for revival of the degraded ecosystems. These involve bio-films, micro-algae, genetically modified plants and filter feeders. Furthermore, the book is a detailed comprehensive account for the treatment technologies from unsustainable to sustainable. We believe academicians, researchers and students will find this book informative as a complete reference for biotechnological intervention for sustainable treatment of pollution.
Contents:
Preface
Foreword
1. Concerns and Threats of Contamination on Aquatic Ecosystems
2. Effect of Pesticides on Fish Fauna: Threats, Challenges and Possible Remedies
3. Impact of Invasive Plants in Aquatic Ecosystems
4. Role of Modern Innovative Techniques for Assessing and Monitoring Environmental Pollution
5. Global Scenario of Remediation Techniques to Combat Environmental Pollution
6. Biopesticides: clean and viable technology for healthy environment
7. Inoculum addition in the presence of plant rhizosphere for petroleum polluted soil remediation
8. Vermicomposting: An Eco-friendly Approach for Recycling /Management of Organic Wastes
9. Bio-Fertilizers: Ecofriendly Approach for Plant and Soil Environment
10. Phytoremediation of heavy metals: an ecofriendly and sustainable approach
11. Credibility of in situ Phytoremediation for Restoration of Disturbed Environments
12. Role of White Willow (Salix alba L.) for Cleaning up the Toxic Metal Pollution
13. Mycoremediation: a Sustainable Tool for Abating Environmental Pollution
14. Microbial Biofilm Cell Systems for Remediation of Wastewaters
15. Pollution remediation by way of using genetically modified plants (GMP)
Index.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalRouf Ahmad Bhat, Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Moonisa Aslam Dervash, editors.Summary: This book addresses the grave concerns stemming out due to conventional treatment techniques. The main focus of this book revolves round the central kernel of novel technology (bioremediation and biotechnology) which has emerged as an independent warrior to clean up and restore the disturbed environs. Furthermore, this book is a coherent assortment of diverse chapters relevant to the role of biotechnology and bioremediation for restoration of the ecosystems degraded by pesticide and heavy metal pollution. The inaugural chapters deal with the quantification of problem and its magnitude due to pesticides and heavy metals, followed by innovative modern biotechnological and bioremediation treatment technologies and sustainable techniques to remediate the persistent pollutants. It is a detailed comprehensive account for the treatment technologies from unsustainable to sustainable. Academicians, researchers and students shall find it as a complete wrap up regarding biotechnological intervention for sustainable treatment of pollution and shall suffice for the diverse needs of teaching and research.
Contents:
Preface
1. Causes and Effects of Pesticide and Metal Pollution on Different Ecosystems
2. Ecotoxicology of Heavy Metals: Sources, Effects and Toxicity
3. Role of Modern Innovative Techniques for Assessing and Monitoring Heavy Metal and Pesticide Pollution in Different Environments
4. Global Scenario of Remediation Techniques to Combat Pesticide Pollution
5. Mycoremediation: A Sustainable Approach for Pesticide Pollution Abatement
6. Bio-pesticides: Application and Possible Mechanism of Action
7. Values of Biofertilizers for Sustainable Management in Agricultural Industries
8.Role of Macrophytes in Spontaneous Lacustrine Phytofiltration
9. Phytoremediation of Heavy Metals Using Salix (Willows)
10. Photo catalysis: An Effective Tool for Treatment of Dyes Contaminated Wastewater
11. Removal of dyes from waste water by Micellar Enhanced Ultrafiltration
12. Biofilm: an innovative modern technology for aquatic pollution remediation
13. Heavy Metal Soil Contamination and Bioremediation
14. Environmental Biotechnology: For Sustainable Future
15. Global Environmental Regulations for Management of Pesticides
Index. - Digitaleditors: Rouf Ahmad Bhat, Khalid Rehman Hakeem, Najla Bint Saud Al-Saud.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalMohd. Shahnawaz, Manisha K. Sangale, Avinash B. Ade.Summary: Plastic is one of the widely used polymers around the globe since its discovery. It is highly impossible to think the ease of life without the aid of plastic. Every year billion tons of plastic waste gets accumulated in the environment and leads to death of both marine and terrestrial animals. Plastic is very durable and needs around 1000 years to degrade under the natural environment. The present book illustrates the importance and significance of the bioremediation to tackle the problem of plastic waste. Previously, we have reported elite rhizobacterial isolates (Lysinibacillus fusiformis strain VASB14/WL and Bacillus cereus strain VASB1/TS) of Avicennia marina Vierh (Forsk.) from the West Coast of India with the potential to degrade plastic (polythene). The present book attempted to address the bioremediation scenario of plastic waste (including micro plastic) using microbes with bacteria in particular. Various strategies used to tackle with the plastic waste were highlighted with case studies of plastic waste management, including in vitro, in situ and ex situ with a special reference to biodegradation technology. After the biodegradation of the plastic using microbes, the generated plastic (polythene) degradation products (PE-DPs) were also documented using GC-MS technique followed by their deleterious effect on both animal and plant systems. The book also enhances the awareness of the plastic-free society and also suggests some alternative materials to be used instead of plastic. Lastly, the book suggests/recommends the strategies to be followed by the lawmakers in the government organizations/non-government organizations/social organizations to frame the regulations and guidelines to implement at mass level to reduce the generation of plastic waste.
Contents:
Module 1_Introduction
Module 2_Microplastic
Module 3_Plastic waste disposal and re-use of plastic waste
Module 4_Case studies and recent update of plastic waste degradation
module 5_Bacteria as key players of Plastic Bioremediation
Module 6_In situ remediation technology for plastic degradation
Module 7_Ex-situ remediation technology for plastic degradation
Module 8_Social awareness of plastic waste threat
Module 9_Analysis of the plastic degradation products
Module 10_Toxicity testing of plastic degrading products
Module 11_Policy and legislation/regulations of plastic waste around the globe
Module 12_Conclusions and future needs. - Digitaledited by Zeynep Altintas.Contents:
General introduction to biosensors and recognition receptors
Biomarkers in health care
The use of nanomaterials and microfluidics in medical diagnostics
SPR-based biosensor technologies in disease detection and diagnostics
Piezoelectric-based biosensor technologies in disease detection and diagnostics
Electrochemical-based biosensor technologies in disease detection and diagnostics
MEMS-based cell counting methods
Lab-on-a-chip platforms for disease detection and diagnosis
Applications of quantum dots in biosensors and diagnostics
Applications of molecularly imprinted nanostructures in biosensors and diagnostics
Smart nanomaterial's : applications in biosensors and diagnostics
Applications of magnetic nanomaterial's in biosensors and diagnostics
Graphene applications in biosensors and diagnostics
Optical biosensors and applications to drug discovery for cancer cases
Biosensors for detection of anticancer drug-DNA interactions.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalRamesh Namdeo Pudake, Utkarsh Jain, Chittaranjan Kole, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This book reviews the application of nanosensors in food and agriculture. Nanotechnology has the potential to become transformative technology that will impact almost all sectors. Tools like nanosensors, which detect specific molecular interactions, can be used for on-site, in-situ and online measurements of various parameters in clinical diagnostics, environmental and food monitoring, and quality control. Due to their unprecedented performance and sensitivity, nanobiosensors are gaining importance in precision farming. The book examines the use of nanobiosensors in the monitoring of food additives, toxins and mycotoxins, microbial contamination, food allergens, nutritional constituents, pesticides, environmental parameters, plant diseases and genetically modified organisms. It also discusses the role of biosensors in increasing crop productivity in sustainable agriculture, and nanosensor-based smart delivery systems to optimize the use of natural resources such as water, nutrients and agrochemicals in precision farming.
Contents:
Recent trends, prospects, and challenges of nanobiosensors in agriculture
Nanostructured platforms integrated to biosensors: Recent applications in agriculture. Advances in nanotechnology for bio-sensing in agriculture and food
Nanomaterial based gas sensor for agriculture sector
Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) sensors for stress management in crops
Current trends of plasmonic nanosensors use in agriculture
Relevance of biosensor in climate smart organic agriculture and their role in environmental sustainability: What has been done and what we need to do?
New trends in biosensors for pesticide detection
Application of biosensor for the identification of various pathogens and pests mitigating against the agricultural production: recent advances
Gold nanoparticles-based point-of-care colorimetric diagnostic for plant diseases
Advancements in biosensors for fungal pathogen detection in plants
Journey of Agricultural sensors From conventional to ultra-modern
PART II: Biosensors in food science, Advances in biosensors based on electrospun micro/nanomaterials for food quality control and safety
Current trend of electrochemical sensing for mytoxins
Biosensor for fruit quality monitoring
Lateral flow assays for food authentication
Nanobiosensors in agriculture and foods: a scientometric review
PART III: Biosensors in animal and fishery Sciences, Biosensors: Modern tools for disease diagnosis and animal health monitoring
Nano-biosensing devices detecting biomarkers of communicable and non-communicable diseases of animals
Recent advances in biosensor development for poultry industry
Smart aquaculture: Integration of sensors, biosensors, and artificial intelligence
Biosensor as potential tool for on-site detection of insect pathogens. - Digitaledited by Ashutosh Tiwari and Anthony P.F. Turner.Summary: "This book provides detailed review chapters on a range of nanostructures such as nanoparticles, nanowires, nanotubes, nanoribbons, nanorods, nanobelts and nanosheets in the construction of biosensors with set applications of biosensors nanotechnology for biological and chemical analyses, food safety industry, biomedical diagnostics, clinical detection, and environmental monitoring. The authors provide a comprehensive view of cutting-edge research on advanced materials for healthcare technology and applications. The book is written for scientists, researchers, and clinicians from diverse backgrounds across chemistry, physics, materials science and engineering, medical science, pharmacy, biotechnology, and biomedical engineering"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2014
- Digitaleditors, Kerry B. Barker, Sandeep M. Menon, Ralph B. D'Agostino, Sr., Siyan Xu, Bo Jin.Contents:
1. Biosimilars for drug development : the time is now! / Bo Jin, Sandeep M. Menon, Kerry B. Barker, and Ralph B. D'Agostino
2. From isolation to integration : a systems biology approach for the discovery of therapeutic targets and biomarkers / Attila Seyhan and Claudio Carini
3. Immunogenicity of biological products : current perspectives and future implications / Candida Fratazzi, Attila Seyhan, and Claudio Carini
4. Interchangeability between biosimilar and innovator drug products / Bo Jin, Sandeep M. Menon, Kerry B. Barker, and Steven Ye Hua
5. Bridging a new biological product with its reference product / Jianfun (David) Li and Jin Xu
6. Accounting for covariate effect to show noninferiority in biosimilars / Siyan Xu, Kerry B. Barker, Sandeep M. Menon, and Ralph B. D'Agostino
7. Novel method in inference of equivalence in biosimilars / Siyan Xu, Steven Ye Hua, Ronald Menton, Kerry B. Barker, Sandeep M. Menon, and Ralph B. D'Agostino
8. Multiplicity adjustments in testing for bioequivalence / Steven Ye Hua, Siyan Xu, and Ralph B. D'Agostino
9. Bayesian methods to assess bioequivalence and biosimilarity with case studies / Steven Ye Hua, Siyan Xu, Kerry B. Barker, Shan Mei Liao, and Shujie Li
10. Average inferiority measure and standardized margins to address the issues in biosimilar trials / Gang Li and Weichung Joe Shih
11. Bayesian methods for design and analysis of noninferiority trials / Mani Lakshminarayanan and Fanni Natanegara.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Digitaledited by Cheng Liu, K. John Morrow Jr.Contents:
The history of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies / Regis Sodoyer
Structure, classification and naming of therapeutic monoclonal antibodies / Zhinan Xia
Mechanism of action for therapeutic antibodies / Yu Zhou and James D. Marks
Therapeutic monoclonal antibodies and their targets / Maurizio Chiriva-Internati, et al
Antibody post-translational modifications / Roy Jefferis
The pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, and pharmacodynamics of antibodies / Ningning Xu, Meimei Liu, Margaret Liu
Monoclonal antibodies : applications in clinical oncology / Jeanene ("Gigi") Robison
Development of biosimilar rituximab and clinical experience / Reena Nair
Monoclonal antibodies for infectious diseases / Steven J. Projan
Monoclonal antibodies for musculoskeletal, CNS, and other diseases / Junming Yie and Tao Wu
Manufacture of recombinant therapeutic proteins using chinese hamster ovary cells in large-scale bioreactors : history, methods and perspectives / Florian M. Wurm and Maria De Jesus
Process development / Samuel D. Stimple and David W. Wood
Biosimilars and biobetters : impact on biopharmaceutical manufacturing and CMOs / Ronald A. Rader
Cell line and cell culture development for biosimilar antibody drug manufacturing / Jianguo Yang
Product analysis of biosimilar antibodies / Weidong Jiang, Scott Liu and Ziyang Zhong
Bioanalytical development / Rafiq Islam
Preclinical and clinical development of biosimilar antibodies / João Eurico Fonseca and João Gonçalves
Regulatory issues / Clarinda Islam
Legal considerations / K. Lance Anderson, Jennifer R. Moore Meline, and Jonathan D. Ball
ADCC enhancement technologies for next generation therapeutic antibodies / Cheng Liu and Su Yan
Biosimilar antibody half-life : engineering for optimal performance / K. John Morrow, Jr
Technologies for antibody drug conjugation / Patrick G. Holder and David Rabuka.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalAnnemarie Surlykke, Paul E. Nachtigall, Richard R. Fay, Arthur N. Popper, editors.Contents:
1. Biosonar of Bats and Toothed Whales: An Overview / Annemarie Surlykke and Paul E. Nachtigall
2. Sonar Signals of Bats and Toothed Whales / Brock (M. B.) Fenton, Frants H. Jensen, Elisabeth K. V. Kalko, and Peter L. Tyack
3. Production of Biosonar Signals: Structure and Form / Whitlow W. L. Au and Roderick A. Suthers
4. Sound Intensities of Biosonar Signals from Bats and Toothed Whales / Magnus Wahlberg and Annemarie Surlykke
5. Hearing During Echolocation in Whales and Bats / Paul E. Nachtigall and Gerd Schuller
6. Localization and Classification of Targets by Echolocating Bats and Dolphins / James A. Simmons, Dorian Houser, and Laura Kloepper
7. On-Animal Methods for Studying Echolocation in Free-Ranging Animals / Mark Johnson
8. Analysis of Natural Scenes by Echolocation in Bats and Dolphins / Cynthia F. Moss, Chen Chiu, and Patrick W. Moore
9. Echolocation in Air and Water / Peter Teglberg Madsen and Annemarie Surlykke. - DigitalGeoffrey R. Norman, David L. Streiner.Summary: "New for 2014, Biostatistics: The Bare Essentials, 4th Edition, includes updated information on robust estimators of the mean, the problems of multiple hypothesis testing, bootstrapping and resampling and non-parametric stats. In addition, an entirely new chapter title Measures of Impact discusses measures of incidence and prevalence, risk, morbidity and fatality rates, and more."
Contents:
The nature of data and statistics: the basics
Looking at the data
Describing the data with numbers
The normal distribution
Probability
Elements of Statistical inference
Analysis of variance: Comparing two groups the T-test
More than two groups one way ANOVA
Factorial ANOVA
Two repeated observations the paired T-test and alternatives
Repaeted-measures ANOVA
Multivariate ANOVA (MANOVA)
C.R.A.P. detectors
Regression and correlation: Simple regression and correlation
Multiple regression
Logistic and poisson regression
Advanced topis in regression and ANOVA
Measuring change
Analysis of Longitudinal data: Hierarchical linear modeling
Non-parametric statistics: Tests of significance for categorical frequency data
Measures of association for categorical data
tests of significance for ranked data
Measures of association for ranked data
Survival analysis
Measures of impact introductory side bar
Reprise: Equivalence and Non-inferiority testing
Screwups, oddballs, and other vagaries of science
Putting it all together
gettting started with SPSS.Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014 - DigitalChristophe Lalanne, Mounir Mesbah.Contents:
1. Language elements
2. Simple descriptive statistics
3. Measures of association, comparison of means or proportions
4. Correlation, linear regression
5. Logistic regression
6. Survival curves, cox regression
Appendix A. Introduction to SAS studio
Appendix B. Introduction to SAS Macro
Appendix C. Introduction to SAS IML.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalBertram K.C. Chan.Summary: "Biostatistics for Human Genetic Epidemiology provides statistical methodologies and R recipes for human genetic epidemiologic problems. It begins by introducing all the necessary probabilistic and statistical foundations, before moving on to topics related human genetic epidemiology, with R codes illustrations for various examples. This clear and concise book covers human genetic epidemiology, using R in data analysis, including multivariate data analysis. It examines probabilistic and statistical theories for modeling human genetic epidemiology – leading the readers through an effective epidemiologic model, from simple to advanced levels. Classical mathematical, probabilistic, and statistical theory are thoroughly discussed and presented. This book also presents R as a calculator and using R in data analysis. Additionally, it covers Advanced Human Genetic Data Concepts, the Study of Human Genetic Variation, Manhattan Plots, as well as the Procedures for Multiple Comparison. Numerous Worked Examples are provided for illustrations of concepts and real-life applications"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction to human genetic epidemiology / Bertram K. C. Chan
Data analysis using R programming / Bertram K. C. Chan
Applied statistics for human genetics using R / Bertram K. C. Chan
Applied human genetic epidemiology / Bertram K. C. Chan
Human genetic epidemiology using R. - PrintGeorge R. Pettit.
- DigitalChi Yen, Junliang Yang.Summary: This book discusses the natural classification and biosystematics of Triticeae, and presents the most significant findings of comprehensive studies on the Triticeae, an important tribe in the grass family (Poaceae) that includes major crops such as wheat, barley, rye and triticale, as well as various forage crops found in different genera. The five-volume Chinese version of Biosystematics of Triticeae was published in 1998, 2004, 2006, 2011, and 2013, and included the 30 genera, 2 subgenera, 464 species, 9 subspecies, and 186 varieties of Triticeae identified to date. This completely revised English edition features up-to-date international research and the latest advances in the field. The book is divided into five volumes, covering a wide range of disciplines from traditional taxonomy and cytogenetics, to molecular phylogeny. Volume I, Triticum-Aegilops complex focuses on the taxonomy and generic relationships of Triticum and Aegilops, discussing the origin of common wheat as a crop. Volume II highlights the taxonomy and systematics of Secale, Tritiosecale, Pseudosecale, Eremopyrum, Henrardia, Taeniantherum, Heteranthelium, Crithopsis, and Hordeum. Volume III describes perennial genera and species including Kengyilia, Douglasdeweya, Agropyron, Australopyrum, and Anthosachne. Volume IV addresses perennial genera and species including Stenostachys, Psathyrostachys, Leymus, Pseudoroegneria, and Roegeneria. Volume V presents perennial genera and species such as Campeiostachys, Elymus,Pascopyrum, Lophopyrum, Trichopyrum, Hordelymus, Festucopsis, Peridictyon, and Psammopyrum.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Classical morphological taxonomy
Chapter 2. Systematical survey of the genus Aegilops
Chapter 3. Discovery of wild Triticum species
Chapter 4. Reihe system of genus Triticum
Chapter 5. Triticum taxon of British School and Soviet School in the 20 century
Chapter 6. Cytogenetic relationship of Triticum and Aegilops species
Chapter 7. Development of Triticum taxonomy
Chapter 8. Taxonomy of the genus Triticum
Chapter 9. Taxon within a Triticum species
Chapter 10. Geographic and historical origin of wheat
Chapter 11. Artificially synthesized species and genera.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalReetika Singh, Bechan Sharma.Summary: Plants have always occupied a prominent position in the life of every living being. Plants are the primary source of food, shelter and medicines. The global inclination toward herbal medicine has advanced the expansion of plant-based pharmaceutical industries to a vast extent. The production of traditional medicine at global market has been estimated to touch US trillion by 2050. Some of the useful plant-based drugs include vinblastine, vincristine, taxol, podophyllotoxin, camptothecin, digoxigenin, morphine, codeine, aspirin, atropine, capscicine, allicin, curcumin, artemesinin and ephedrine. Genus Sapindus is an important economical and medicinal trees, distributed over the world. Soap nuts contain higher amount of saponin, a natural detergent which can be used to clean clothes and hairs. Sapindus species possesses various pharmacological properties including antimicrobial, antioxidant, anti-inflammatory, anticancer, hepatoprotective, anti-trichomonas activity. Extracts of this plant are rich in various phytochemicals and polyphenolic compounds. All the pharmacological properties are due to presence of saponins. Biotechnological techniques can improve the saponin content; thus this chemical content can be produced at large scale and can be used as phytomedicine. We hope that this book would be of great use to under graduates, postgraduates, scientists, researchers and faculty members who are studying, teaching or working in the field of Biotechnology, Phytochemistry and Ethnopharmacology. The techniques explained in this book could be of immense use for the researchers working in this area. We shall deeply appreciate receiving any critical comments and suggestions from the readers from the different parts of globe which would help us improve the first edition of this publication.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Authors; Abbreviations/Acronyms; List of Figures; List of Tables;
1: Introduction; Further Readings;
2: Morphological Characteristics of Sapindus Species; 2.1 Botanical Classification of Sapindus; 2.2 Sapindus mukorossi; 2.3 Sapindus trifoliatus; 2.4 Sapindus saponaria; 2.5 Sapindus rarak; 2.6 Traditional Uses of Sapindus Species; Further Readings;
3: Traditional Uses and Ethnomedicinal Values of Sapindus spp.; 3.1 History of Traditional Medicine; 3.2 Resources of Medicinal Materials; 3.3 Current Status at National and International Levels 3.4 Validation of Traditional Medicinal Values Through Scientific Experiments3.5 Herbal Shampoo Preparation; 3.6 Traditional Medicinal Uses of Sapindus spp.; Further Readings;
4: Biotechnological Advances in Sapindus sps.; 4.1 Introduction of Biotechnology; 4.2 In Vitro Regeneration of Woody Trees; 4.3 Regeneration via Organogenesis; 4.4 Regeneration via Somatic Embryogenesis; 4.5 Advantages and Limitations of Micropropagation Techniques; 4.6 Propagation of Sapindus Species; 4.6.1 Conventional Propagation of Sapindus; 4.6.2 Micropropagation Studies; 4.7 Mass Propagation of Sapindus mukorossi 4.7.1 Organogenesis4.7.2 Somatic Embryogenesis; 4.7.2.1 Seedling-Derived Leaf Explants; 4.7.2.2 In Vivo Leaf Explants; 4.7.2.3 Rachis Explants; 4.7.2.4 In Vitro Leaf Explants; 4.8 In Vitro Regeneration in Sapindus trifoliatus; 4.8.1 Organogenesis; 4.8.2 Somatic Embryogenesis; 4.8.2.1 Leaf Explant; 4.8.2.2 Development of Somatic Embryos in Saline Media; 4.8.2.3 Sepal Explant; 4.9 Genetic Fidelity Appraisal; 4.9.1 Genetic Fidelity in Sapindus mukorossi; 4.9.1.1 In Vitro Raised Plantlets from Leaf Explants; 4.9.1.2 In Vitro Raised Plantlets from Rachis Explants 4.9.1.3 In Vitro Raised Plantlets from Leaf Explants4.9.2 Genetic Fidelity in Sapindus trifoliatus; 4.10 Solubilizing Property; 4.11 Biodiesel Production; Further Readings;
5: Phytochemical Analysis and Pharmaceutical Development from Sapindus spp.; 5.1 Phytochemistry of Sapindus; 5.2 Phytochemistry of S. trifoliatus, S. saponaria and S. rarak; 5.3 Saponins; 5.3.1 Biosynthesis of Saponins; 5.3.2 Development of Sapogenin Diversity; 5.4 Evaluation of Phytochemical Activity from S. mukorossi; 5.4.1 Experimental Setup; 5.4.1.1 Material Collection and Preparation of Extracts 5.4.1.2 Preparation of Stock Sample of Extracts5.4.1.3 Antioxidant Activity; 5.4.1.4 Estimation of Reducing Potential; 5.4.1.5 Thiobarbituric Acid Reactive Substance (TBARS) Assay; 5.4.1.6 Hydrogen Peroxide (H2O2) Scavenging Assay; 5.4.1.7 Estimation of Total Phenolic Content; 5.4.1.8 Estimation of Total Flavonoid Content; 5.5 Observations; 5.5.1 Antioxidant Activity Through TLC and DPPH Assay; 5.5.2 [beta]-Carotene/Linoleic Antioxidant Assay; 5.5.3 Hydrogen Peroxide Scavenging Activity; 5.5.4 Reducing Potential from Leaf and Fruitś Extracts - DigitalProvash Chandra Sadhukhan, Sanjay Premi, editors.Summary: This book compiles selected articles presented at the International Conference on Biotechnology & Biological Sciences, BIOSPECTRUM 2017, organized by the Department of Biotechnology, University of Engineering & Management, Kolkata. Focusing on biotechnology-based analysis and intervention to address certain human diseases, the book includes a holistic discourse on disease profiling, molecular level analysis of diseases, and non-invasive medical interventions. It features articles on non-invasive treatment of iron deficiency anemia with iron nanoparticles; novel diagnosis methods based on microarray data; analysis using machine learning techniques like artificial neural network for early detection and treatment of cancer; and drug discovery for preventing the growth of human leukemic cells. Further, the book sheds light on in silico drug design using lipopeptides, and identifying the binding sites for their corresponding ligands. Presenting the concepts of the design of potent and safe antimicrobial compounds to fight multi drug resistant pathogens, it also includes interesting reviews on the design and development of various non-invasive methods, such as multi NIR wavelength probes to identify the risk areas in the diabetic foot at an early stage; and a low-cost cochlear implant prototype designed and developed from commercial off the-shelf components to empower the hearing impaired. The book appeals to students, academics and researchers in a wide range of subject areas, including biotechnology, life sciences, medicine and cancer research.
Contents:
Foreword
Chapter 1: Design of Multi-wavelength Near Infra-Red probe to detect risk areas in diabetic foot
Chapter 2: Cellular and molecular response for sensitising cancer cells and protecting the normal cells from radiation-induced damages
Chapter 3: A Novel Approach for Production and Study of Medical Ultrasound from Low Cost Electromagnetic Transducers
Chapter 4: Altered profile of regulatory T cells and NKT cells are characteristics of Chikungunya associated polyarthralgia
Chapter 5: Cytotoxicity and Apoptosis of Human Colon Carcinoma Cell (HT 29 Cells), Treated with Methanolic Extract of Chlorococcum humicola
Chapter 6: Universal primer design for the detection of diverged CTX-M Beta Lactamases (ESBL) that give penicillin and cephalosporin resistance during superbug infections
Chapter 7: Lipopeptides as therapeutics: Molecular docking and drug design
Chapter 8: Design and Simulation of Geometrical Shape and Size Variations of Micro-electrode for Cochlear Implant
Chapter 9: Molecular and Protein Interaction Studies for Inhibiting Growth of Human Leukemic Cells: An In silico Structural Approach to Instigate Drug Discovery
Chapter 10
Laccase Mediated Synthesis of Bio-material using Agro-residues
Chapter 11: Extraction of Fungal Xylanase using ATPS-PEG/sulphate and its Application in Hydrolysis of Agricultural Residues
Chapter 12: Thyme (Thymus vulgaris) essential oil based antimicrobial nanoemulsion formulation for fruit juice preservation. - DigitalMaría Gabriela Guevara, Gustavo Raúl Daleo, editors.Summary: This book offers an overview of the diverse fields application of proteases (also termed proteolytic enzymes or proteinases), including food science and technology, pharmaceutical industries, and detergent manufacturing, reviewing the advances in the biotechnological application plant proteolytic enzymes over the last decade. In recent years, they have been the focus of renewed attention from the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, not only because of their activity on a wide variety of proteins but also because they are active over a range of temperatures and pHs. The main audience of this book are researchers working with plant proteases but also professionals from several industry segments such as food production and pharmaceutical companies.
Contents:
An overview of plant proteolytic enzymes
Milk-clotting plant proteases for cheesemaking
Use of plant proteolytic enzymes for meat processing
Peptide synthesis using proteases as catalyst
Plant proteolytic enzymes: their role as natural pharmacophores
Potential use of plant proteolytic enzymes in hemostasis. - DigitalVipin Chandra Kalia, editor.Summary: This book presents the latest research on the uses of polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHA), introducing readers to these natural, biodegradable polyesters produced by microorganisms, their functions and applications. The individual chapters discuss the various potentials of these bioplastics, which offer an attractive alternative to non-biodegradable plastics. The book also describes the diverse medical and biomedical applications of PHAs, including their use as drug carriers, memory enhancers, and biocontrol agents, and examines their role in creating a more sustainable economy which is the need of the hour.
Contents:
Intro; Dedication; Preface; Contents; About the Editor;
1: The Dawn of Novel Biotechnological Applications of Polyhydroxyalkanoates; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Antimicrobials, Biocontrol and Anticancer Agents; 1.3 Drug Carriers; 1.4 Engineering Tissues; 1.5 Medical Implants and Devices; 1.6 Anti-osteoporosis Agent; 1.7 Memory Enhancer; 1.8 Packaging; 1.9 Agriculture; 1.10 Challenges in Customizing PHAs; 1.11 The Future; References;
2: Strategy for Biosynthesis of Polyhydroxyalkonates Polymers/Copolymers and Their Application in Drug Delivery; 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Strategy for Biosynthesis of Polyhydroxyalkonates2.2.1 Enhancement of PHA Accumulation and Production; 2.2.2 Approaches to Produce Copolymers; 2.2.2.1 Precursor Feeding; 2.2.2.2 Metabolic Engineering to Synthesize Copolymer Precursors; 2.3 Biodegradability and Biocompatibility of PHA; 2.4 PHA in Drug Delivery; 2.4.1 Intrinsic PHA in Drug Delivery; 2.4.1.1 Nanoparticles; 2.4.1.2 Microsphere; 2.4.1.3 Scaffolds; 2.4.1.4 Nanofibers; 2.4.2 Functionalized PHA in Drug Delivery; 2.4.2.1 Functionalization of PHA Granule Associated Proteins; 2.4.2.2 Functionalized PHA Graft Polymer 2.4.2.3 Functionalized PHA Block Copolymer2.5 Route for Drug Delivery; 2.5.1 Oral Route; 2.5.2 Intravenous Route; 2.5.3 Subcutaneous Route; 2.6 Drug Release Mechanism; 2.7 Factors Affect Drug Release; 2.8 Conclusion; 2.9 Opinion; References;
3: Applications of Polyhydroxyalkanoates and Their Metabolites as Drug Carriers; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Applications of PHA as Drug Carriers; 3.3 Anticancer Carriers; 3.4 Antibacterial Carriers; 3.5 Wound Dressers; 3.6 Conclusion; References;
4: Polyhydroxyalkanoates Applications in Antimicrobial Agents Delivery and Wound Healing 4.1 Introduction4.2 Bacterial Infections; 4.3 PHAs as Antimicrobial Agents; 4.4 PHAs as Delivery System of Antimicrobial Agents; 4.4.1 PHB; 4.4.2 PHAs, Their Derivatives and Copolymers; 4.5 Antibacterial Activity Against Biofilms; 4.6 PHAs Applications; 4.6.1 PHAs as Delivery Systems for Oral Use; 4.6.2 PHAs in Wound Healing; 4.6.3 PHAs as Bacteriostatic Agents in Animal Production; 4.7 Conclusions: Opinion; References;
5: Polyhydroxyalkanoates Applications in Drug Carriers; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Anticancer; 5.3 PHB Microspheres; 5.4 Encapsulation; 5.4.1 Synthesis of Capsules 5.4.2 Characterization Techniques for PHA Capsules5.4.3 Factors Affecting PHA Capsules Properties; 5.4.4 Properties of PHA Capsules; 5.5 Pharmacokinetics and Biodegradation of PHAs; 5.6 Bio-distribution and Toxicity Studies in Animals; 5.7 Nanoparticles; 5.8 Hydrogels; 5.9 Non-woven Membrane; 5.10 Micelles; 5.11 Bone Repair; 5.12 Anti-proliferative Activity; 5.13 Hemolytic Properties; 5.14 Conclusions; 5.15 Opinion; References;
6: Applications of Polyhydroxyalkanoates Based Nanovehicles as Drug Carriers; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Structure of PHA; 6.3 Bacterial PHA - DigitalVipin Chandra Kalia, editor.Summary: This book discusses the practical applications of quorum sensing inhibitors for both human and plant health. Quorum sensing inhibitors that disrupt microbial biofilms can be employed to treat bacterial infections. The book describes the various bioactive molecules that can serve as quorum sensing inhibitors to combat deadly bacterial infections, in addition to several synthetic quorum sensing inhibitors. Quorum sensing is the mechanism through which bacteria develop antibiotic resistance. Intended to provide a clearer understanding of the practical applications of quorum sensing inhibitors, the book details how the problem of antibiotic resistance can be countered through the intelligent application of quorum sensing inhibitors.
Contents:
A. Human Health
Inhibition of Quorum-sensing: a new paradigm in controlling bacterial virulence and biofilm formation
Targeting Quorum Sensing Mediated Staphylococcus aureus Biofilms: A Proteolytic Approach
Alternative strategies for control of quorum sensing and biofilm formation of pathogenic Pseudomonas aeruginosa by plant, marine and synthetic based quorum sensing inhibitors
Quorum Quenching and Biofilm Inhibition: Alternative imminent strategies to control the disease Cholera
Anti-biofilm peptides: A new class of quorum quenchers and their prospective therapeutic applications
Quorum sensing inhibition: A target for treating chronic wounds
Efflux pump-mediated quorum sensing--new avenues for modulation of antimicrobial resistance and bacterial virulence
CRISPR-Cas systems regulate quorum sensing genes and alter virulence in bacteria
Developing Anti-virulence Chemotherapies by Exploiting the Diversity of Microbial Quorum Sensing Systems
Synergism between quorum sensing inhibitors and antibiotics: Combating the antibiotic resistance crisis
Nanoparticles as quorum sensing inhibitor: Prospects and limitations
Nanotechnological Approaches in Quorum sensing Inhibition
Bacterial-mediated biofouling: Fundamentals and control techniques
Technological developments in quorum sensing and its inhibition for medical applications
Combating Staphylococcal Infections Through Quorum Sensing Inhibitors. B. Plant Health
Marine biodiversity as a resource for bioactive molecules as inhibitors of microbial quorum sensing phenotypes
Quorum Sensing in plant pathogenic bacteria and its relevance in plant health
Scope of pathogenesis-related proteins produced by plants in interrupting quorum sensing signaling
Bioactive phytochemicals targeting microbial activities mediated by quorum sensing
Quorum sensing interference by natural products from medicinal plants: Significance in combating bacterial infection
Enzymatic Quorum Quenching for Virulence Attenuation of Phytopathogenic Bacteria. - DigitalNitish Kumar editor.Summary: For the majority of the world's population, medicinal and aromatic plants are the most important source of life-saving drugs. Biotechnological tools represent important resources for selecting, multiplying and conserving the critical genotypes of medicinal plants. In this regard, in-vitro regeneration holds tremendous potential for the production of high-quality plant-based medicines, while cryopreservation - a long-term conservation method using liquid nitrogen - provides an opportunity to conserve endangered medicinal and aromatic plants. In-vitro production of secondary metabolites in plant cell suspension cultures has been reported for various medicinal plants, and bioreactors represent a key step toward the commercial production of secondary metabolites by means of plant biotechnology. Addressing these key aspects, the book contains 29 chapters, divided into three sections. Section 1: In-vitro production of secondary metabolites Section 2: In-vitro propagation, genetic transformation and germplasm conservation Section 3: Conventional and molecular approaches.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Editor; Part I: In Vitro Production of Secondary Metabolite;
Chapter 1: Production ofPlant Secondary Metabolites: Current Status andFuture Prospects; 1.1 Introduction; 1.1.1 Plant Secondary Metabolites; 1.1.2 Terpenes; 1.1.3 Phenolic Compounds; 1.1.4 Nitrogen-Containing Compounds; 1.2 Production ofPlant Secondary Metabolites; 1.2.1 Callus Culture; 1.2.2 Hairy Root Culture; 1.2.3 Organ Culture; 1.2.4 Elicitation; 1.2.5 Endophytes; 1.2.6 Nitric Oxide; 1.2.7 Abiotic Stress; 1.2.8 Bioreactor; 1.2.9 Metabolic Engineering; 1.2.10 Immobilization 1.3 Production ofValuable Pharmaceutical Compounds ThroughIn Vitro Culture Techniques1.3.1 Taxol; 1.3.2 Morphine andCodeine; 1.3.3 Ginsenosides; 1.3.4 L-DOPA; 1.3.5 Diosgenin; 1.3.6 Capsaicin; 1.3.7 Berberine; 1.3.8 Camptothecin; 1.3.9 Vincristine andVinblastine; 1.4 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 2: The Effects ofrol Genes ofAgrobacterium rhizogenes onMorphogenesis andSecondary Metabolite Accumulation inMedicinal Plants; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Effect ofrolA Gene onMorphogenesis; 2.3 Effect ofrolB Gene onMorphogenesis; 2.4 Effect ofrolC Gene onMorphogenesis 2.5 Effect ofrolD Gene onMorphogenesis2.6 Effect ofrolABC Gene onMorphogenesis; 2.7 The 'rol Effect' onSecondary Metabolites inPlants; 2.8 Effect ofrolA Gene onPlant Secondary Metabolite Accumulation; 2.9 Effect ofrolB Gene onPlant Secondary Metabolite Accumulation; 2.10 Effect ofrolC Gene onPlant Secondary Metabolite Accumulation; 2.11 Synergistic Effect ofrol ABC Gene onPlant Secondary Metabolite Accumulation; 2.12 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 3: Conventional andBiotechnological Approaches toEnhance Steviol Glycosides (SGs) inStevia rebaudiana Bertoni; 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Conventional Approaches3.2.1 Enhancement by Physical Factors; 3.2.2 Enhancement by Chemical Factors; 3.3 Biotechnological Interventions; 3.3.1 Micropropagation; 3.3.2 Enhancement by Biological Factors; 3.3.3 Hairy Root Culture andMetabolic Engineering; 3.4 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 4: Effect ofChemical Elicitors onPentacyclic Triterpenoid Production inInVitro Cultures ofAchyranthes aspera L.; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Taxonomy ofthePlant; 4.1.2 Ethnobotanical Significance; 4.1.3 Pharmacology; 4.1.4 Chemical Properties; 4.2 Methodology; 4.2.1 Sampling andCollection 4.2.2 Sample Authentication4.2.3 Sample Processing; 4.2.4 Effect ofPlant Growth Regulators onShoot Induction andRate ofMultiplication; 4.2.5 Effect ofElicitors withandWithout PGRs forProduction ofTriterpenoids; 4.2.6 Culturing Conditions; 4.2.7 Extraction; 4.2.8 RP-UFLC Analysis ofSelected Triterpenoids; 4.3 Results andDiscussion; 4.3.1 RP-UFLC Analysis ofSelected Triterpenoids; 4.3.2 Use ofSalicylic Acid (SA), Methyl Jasmonate (MeJA), Jasmonic Acid (JA), andChitosan (CH) inMedia Fortified withandWithout PGRs forProduction ofTriterpenoids - DigitalBhupendra Koul, Pooja Taak.Summary: This book presents a comprehensive collection of various in situ and ex-situ soil remediation regimes that employ natural or genetically modified microbes, plants, and animals for the biodegradation of toxic compounds or hazardous waste into simpler non-toxic products. These techniques are demonstrated to be functionally effective in connection with physical, chemical, and biological strategies. Soil and water contamination through heavy metals, hydrocarbons and radioactive wastes is of global concern, as these factors have cumulative effects on the environment and human health through food-chain contamination. The book discusses the utilization of algae, plants, plant-associated bacteria, fungi (endophytic or rhizospheric) and certain lower animals for the sustainable bioremediation of organic and inorganic pollutants. In addition, it explores a number of more recent techniques like biochar and biofilms for carbon sequestration, soil conditioning and remediation, and water remediation. It highlights a number of recent advances in nanobioremediation, an emerging technology based on biosynthetic nanoparticles. Lastly, it presents illustrative case studies and highlights the successful treatment of polluted soils by means of these strategies.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Authors; Abbreviations;
Chapter 1: Soil Pollution: Causes and Consequences; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Causes of Soil Pollution; 1.2.1 Natural Sources; 1.2.1.1 Volcanic Eruptions; 1.2.1.2 Earthquakes; 1.2.1.3 Alterations in Rainfall Patterns; 1.2.1.4 Geographical Changes; 1.2.1.5 Tsunamis; 1.2.2 Anthropogenic Sources; 1.2.2.1 Solid Wastes; Municipal Solid Wastes (MSW); Hospital Wastes; Industrial Wastes; 1.2.2.2 Agricultural Practices; Herbicides; Insecticides; Fungicides; 1.2.2.3 Radioactive Wastes; 1.2.2.4 Chemical Wastes; 1.2.2.5 Mining and Smelting. 1.3 Harmful Effects of Soil Pollution1.4 Remedies to Cope with Soil Pollution; 1.5 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 2: Ex situ Soil Remediation Strategies; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Land Farming; 2.3 Biopile; 2.4 Windrow; 2.5 Composting; 2.6 Soil Washing; 2.7 Bioreactor; 2.8 Absorption/Adsorption; 2.9 Ion Exchange; 2.10 Pyrolysis; 2.11 Ultrasonic Technology; 2.12 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 3: In Situ Soil Remediation Strategies; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Physical Methods of Soil Remediation; 3.2.1 Physical Separation; 3.2.2 Soil Flushing; 3.2.3 Volatilization; 3.2.4 Froth Flotation. 3.2.5 Thermal Remediation3.2.5.1 Electrical Resistance Heating (ERH); 3.2.5.2 Steam Injection and Extraction; 3.2.5.3 Conductive Heating; 3.2.5.4 Radio-Frequency Heating (RFH); 3.2.5.5 In situ Vitrification (ISV); 3.3 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 4: Chemical Methods of Soil Remediation; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Chemical Leaching; 4.3 Chemical Fixation; 4.4 Chemical Oxidation; 4.5 Electrokinetic Remediation; 4.6 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 5: Biochar and Soil Remediation; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Carbon Sequestration; 5.3 Nutrient Exchange; 5.4 Water Holding; 5.5 Adsorption/Absorption. 5.6 Oxidation/Reduction5.7 Biochar-Microbe Interaction in Soil; 5.8 Remediation of Organic and Inorganic Contaminants from Soils; 5.9 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 6: Soil Remediation Through Microbes; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Microbial Degradation of Petroleum Hydrocarbons; 6.3 Bioventing; 6.4 Bioleaching; 6.5 Bioaugmentation; 6.6 Mycoremediation; 6.7 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 7: Soil Remediation Through Algae, Plants and Animals; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Phycoremediation; 7.3 Phytoremediation; 7.3.1 Rhizofiltration; 7.3.2 Phytotransformation; 7.3.2.1 Degradation; 7.3.2.2 Volatilization. 7.3.2.3 Stabilization7.3.3 Phytoextraction/Phytoaccumulation; 7.3.4 Phytomining; 7.3.5 Phytostimulation; 7.4 Genetic Engineering Approaches for Phytoremediation; 7.5 Animal-Mediated Soil Remediation; 7.6 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 8: Nanobioremediation; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Properties of Nanoparticles; 8.3 Types of Nanoparticles; 8.3.1 TiO2 (Titanium Dioxide) Based Nanoparticles; 8.3.2 Iron Based Nanoparticles; 8.3.3 Bimetallic Nanoparticles; 8.3.4 Nanoclays; 8.3.5 Nanotubes; 8.3.6 Dendrimers and Nanosponges; 8.3.7 Magnetic Nanoparticles. - DigitalSatabir Singh Gosal, Shabir Hussain Wani, editors.Summary: During the past 15 years, cellular and molecular approaches have emerged as valuable adjuncts to supplement and complement conventional breeding methods for a wide variety of crop plants. Biotechnology increasingly plays a role in the creation, conservation, characterization and utilization of genetic variability for germplasm enhancement. For instance, anther/microspore culture, somaclonal variation, embryo culture and somatic hybridization are being exploited for obtaining incremental improvement in the existing cultivars. In addition, genes that confer insect- and disease-resistance, abiotic stress tolerance, herbicide tolerance and quality traits have been isolated and re-introduced into otherwise sensitive or susceptible species by a variety of transgenic techniques. Together these transformative methodologies grant access to a greater repertoire of genetic diversity as the gene(s) may come from viruses, bacteria, fungi, insects, animals, human beings, unrelated plants or even be artificially derived. Remarkable achievements have been made in the production, characterization, field evaluation and commercialization of transgenic crop varieties worldwide. Likewise, significant advances have been made towards increasing crop yields, improving nutritional quality, enabling crops to be raised under adverse conditions and developing resistance to pests and diseases for sustaining global food and nutritional security. The overarching purpose of this 3-volume work is to summarize the history of crop improvement from a technological perspective but to do so with a forward outlook on further advancement and adaptability to a changing world. Our carefully chosen "case studies of important plant crops" intend to serve a diverse spectrum of audience looking for the right tools to tackle complicated local and global issues.
Contents:
Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors; Cell andTissue Culture Approaches inRelation toCrop Improvement; 1 Introduction; 2 Micropropagation; 2.1 Significance ofMicropropagation; 3 Meristem Culture; 4 Micrografting; 5 Somatic Embryogenesis; 6 Somaclonal Variation; 6.1 Induction ofSomaclonal Variation; 6.2 Causes ofSomaclonal Variation; 6.2.1 Chromosomal Changes; 6.2.2 Mitotic Crossing Over; 6.2.3 Apparent 'Point' Mutations; 6.2.4 Cytoplasmic Genetic Changes; 6.2.5 Amplifications andDeamplifications; 6.2.6 Transposable Element Activation. 2.4.1 Establishment ofAseptic Cultures ofExplants InVitro (Stage 1)Collection ofTops andExcision ofSpindles; Sterilization ofSpindles andPreparation ofExplants; Inoculation andIncubation ofSpindle Leaf Segments; 2.4.2 Shoot Multiplication (Stage 2); 2.4.3 Induction ofRoots andHardening ofPlantlets InVitro (Stage 3); 2.4.4 Transfer ofPlantlets toSoil (Stage 4); 2.5 Transplanting ofMicropropagated Plants intheField; 2.6 Production ofCommercial Seed; 2.7 Precautions toBeTaken During Micropropagation; 2.8 Scenario ofSugarcane Micropropagation. 2.9 Significance ofMicropropagation2.10 Problems Associated withMicropropagation; 3 Somatic Embryogenesis; 3.1 Regulation ofSomatic Embryogenesis; 3.2 Effect ofSource ofExplant onSomatic Embryogenesis; 3.3 Evidence forSomatic Embryogenesis andProteins Produced fromCallus; 3.4 Somatic Embryogenesis fromCell Suspension Cultures; 3.5 Somatic Embryogenesis andCryopreservation; 3.6 Somatic Embryogenesis andSynthetic Seeds; 3.7 Somatic Embryogenesis andPlant Regeneration; References; Production ofSuperelite Planting Material Through InVitro Culturing inBanana; 1 Introduction. 6.2.7 Methylation/Demethylation ofDNA6.2.8 Altered Expression ofMultigene Families; 6.3 Nature ofSomaclonal Variation; 6.4 Significance ofSomaclonal Variation inCrop Improvement; 7 In Vitro Production ofHaploids; 7.1 Anther Culture; 7.1.1 Significance ofAnther Culture; 7.2 Isolated Microspore/Pollen Culture; 7.3 Unpollinated Ovary Culture; 7.4 Embryo Rescue fromWide Crosses; 7.4.1 Bulbosum Method; 7.4.2 Wheat Haploids fromWheat × Maize Crosses; 8 Embryo/Ovule/Ovary Culture forWide Hybridization; 9 Somatic Hybridization; 9.1 Protoplast Culture andSomatic Hybridization. 9.2 Significance inCrop Improvement10 In Vitro Production ofSecondary Metabolites; 11 Cryopreservation andInVitro Germplasm Storage; 12 Genetic Transformation forDeveloping Transgenic Crop Varieties; References; Micropropagation andSomatic Embryogenesis inSugarcane; 1 Micropropagation: AnIntroduction; 2 Micropropagation ofSugarcane: Historical Perspective; 2.1 Micropropagation Through Shoot-Tip Culture; 2.2 Micropropagation Through Apical/Axillary Bud Culture; 2.3 Micropropagation Through Spindle Leaf Segment Culture; 2.4 Micropropagation ofSugarcane forCommercial Plant Production. - DigitalSatabir Singh Gosal, Shabir Hussain Wani, editors.Summary: During the past 15 years, cellular and molecular approaches have emerged as valuable adjuncts to supplement and complement conventional breeding methods for a wide variety of crop plants. Biotechnology increasingly plays a role in the creation, conservation, characterization and utilization of genetic variability for germplasm enhancement. For instance, anther/microspore culture, somaclonal variation, embryo culture and somatic hybridization are being exploited for obtaining incremental improvement in the existing cultivars. In addition, genes that confer insect- and disease-resistance, abiotic stress tolerance, herbicide tolerance and quality traits have been isolated and re-introduced into otherwise sensitive or susceptible species by a variety of transgenic techniques. Together these transformative methodologies grant access to a greater repertoire of genetic diversity as the gene(s) may come from viruses, bacteria, fungi, insects, animals, human beings, unrelated plants or even be artificially derived. Remarkable achievements have been made in the production, characterization, field evaluation and commercialization of transgenic crop varieties worldwide. Likewise, significant advances have been made towards increasing crop yields, improving nutritional quality, enabling crops to be raised under adverse conditions and developing resistance to pests and diseases for sustaining global food and nutritional security. The overarching purpose of this 3-volume work is to summarize the history of crop improvement from a technological perspective but to do so with a forward outlook on further advancement and adaptability to a changing world. Our carefully chosen "case studies of important plant crops" intend to serve a diverse spectrum of audience looking for the right tools to tackle complicated local and global issues.
Contents:
Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors;
Chapter 1: Plant Genetic Transformation andTransgenic Crops: Methods andApplications; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Making Transgenic Plants; 1.2.1 Gene Transfer Methods inPlants; 1.2.2 Characterization ofPutative Transgenic Plants; 1.2.2.1 Phenotypic Assay; 1.2.2.2 Enzyme Assays; 1.2.2.3 PCR Analysis; 1.2.2.4 Southern Blot Analysis; 1.2.2.5 Western Blot Analysis; 1.2.2.6 Next-Generation Sequencing (NGS) Technologies; 1.2.2.7 Progeny Analysis; 1.2.2.8 Bioassay; 1.3 Engineering Crops forAgronomic Traits. 1.3.1 Development ofInsect-Resistant Plants1.3.1.1 Introduction ofBacterial Gene(s); 1.3.1.2 Introduction ofPlant Gene(s) forInsecticidal Proteins; 1.3.2 Development ofDisease-Resistant Plants; 1.3.2.1 Virus Resistance; Coat Protein-Mediated Resistance (CP-MR); Satellite RNA-Mediated Resistance; Antisense-Mediated Protection; Development ofResistance Using CRISPR/Cas9 Technology; 1.3.2.2 Fungal Resistance; Antifungal Protein-Mediated Resistance; Antifungal Compound-Mediated Resistance; 1.3.2.3 Bacterial Resistance; 1.3.3 Development ofHerbicide-Resistant Plants. 1.3.3.1 Transfer ofGene Whose Enzyme Product Detoxifies theHerbicide (Detoxification)1.3.3.2 Transfer ofGene Whose Enzyme Product Becomes Insensitive toHerbicide (Target Modification); 1.3.4 Development ofPlants Resistant toVarious Abiotic Stresses; 1.3.5 Development ofMale Sterile andRestorer Lines forHybrid Seed Production; 1.3.6 Improvement in Nutritional Quality andMolecular Farming/Pharming; 1.3.7 Biosafety Concerns ofTransgenic Plants; References. 2.5 Conclusion andFuture PerspectivesReferences;
Chapter 3: RNA Interference: APromising Approach forCrop Improvement; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 RNA Interference (RNAi): siRNAs andmiRNAs; 3.3 RNAi forCrop Improvement; 3.3.1 Biotic Stress Resistance; 3.3.2 Abiotic Stress Tolerance; 3.3.3 Increasing Nutritional Value; 3.3.4 Increase inShelf Life ofFruits; 3.3.5 Production ofSeedless Fruits; 3.3.6 Modification ofFlower Color; 3.3.7 Development ofMale Sterile Lines; 3.3.8 Production ofSecondary Metabolites; 3.3.9 Removal ofAllergens fromFood Crops; 3.3.10 Change inPlant Architecture.
Chapter 2: Virus Induced Gene Silencing Approach: APotential Functional Genomics Tool forRapid Validation ofFunction ofGenes Associated withAbiotic Stress Tolerance inCrop Plants2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Application ofVIGS Technology to Study Function ofGenes Responsive toVarious Abiotic Stresses; 2.2.1 Drought, Salinity, andOsmotic Stress Tolerance; 2.3 Advantages ofUsing VIGS to Study Abiotic Stress Tolerance Mechanisms inCrop Plants; 2.4 Limitations ofVIGS inStudying Abiotic Stress Tolerance Mechanisms andPossible Approaches toOvercome theLimitations. - DigitalSatbir Singh Gosal, Shabir Hussain Wani, editors.Summary: During the past 15 years, cellular and molecular approaches have emerged as valuable adjuncts to supplement and complement conventional breeding methods for a wide variety of crop plants. Biotechnology increasingly plays a role in the creation, conservation, characterization and utilization of genetic variability for germplasm enhancement. For instance, anther/microspore culture, somaclonal variation, embryo culture and somatic hybridization are being exploited for obtaining incremental improvement in the existing cultivars. In addition, genes that confer insect- and disease-resistance, abiotic stress tolerance, herbicide tolerance and quality traits have been isolated and re-introduced into otherwise sensitive or susceptible species by a variety of transgenic techniques. Together these transformative methodologies grant access to a greater repertoire of genetic diversity as the gene(s) may come from viruses, bacteria, fungi, insects, animals, human beings, unrelated plants or even be artificially derived. Remarkable achievements have been made in the production, characterization, field evaluation and commercialization of transgenic crop varieties worldwide. Likewise, significant advances have been made towards increasing crop yields, improving nutritional quality, enabling crops to be raised under adverse conditions and developing resistance to pests and diseases for sustaining global food and nutritional security. The overarching purpose of this 3-volume work is to summarize the history of crop improvement from a technological perspective but to do so with a forward outlook on further advancement and adaptability to a changing world. Our carefully chosen "case studies of important plant crops" intend to serve a diverse spectrum of audience looking for the right tools to tackle complicated local and global issues.
Contents:
Intro; Dedication; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Editors;
Chapter 1: Marker-Assisted Breeding for Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Crop Plants; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Steps in Marker-Assisted Selection (MAS); 1.2.1 Selection of Plants with Desired Morphological Traits; 1.2.2 Development of Breeding Population; 1.2.3 Marker-Assisted Selection of Plants with Desired Traits; 1.2.4 Marker Validation; 1.2.5 Correlation with Morphological Traits; 1.3 MAB for Abiotic Stress Tolerance in Major Crop Plants; 1.3.1 Rice; 1.3.2 Wheat; 1.3.3 Maize; 1.3.4 Chickpea; 1.3.5 Common Bean. 1.3.6 Soybean Al Tolerance1.3.7 Pea; 1.4 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: Dynamics of Salt Tolerance: Molecular Perspectives; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Effect of Salinity on Plants; 2.2.1 Germination and Growth; 2.2.2 Effect of Salinity on Photosynthesis and Photosynthetic Pigments; 2.2.3 Water Relation; 2.3 Mechanism of Salt Tolerance; 2.3.1 Tissue Na+ Accumulation as an Indicator of Salt Tolerance; 2.3.2 Na+ Exclusion from Roots; 2.3.3 Sequestration of Na+ into Vacuoles; 2.3.4 Enhanced Tissue Tolerance to High Na+ Concentrations; 2.3.5 Cl ̄Toxicity During Salt Stress. 2.4 Conclusions and Future PerspectivesReferences;
Chapter 3: Marker-Assisted Breeding for Disease Resistance in Crop Plants; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Benefits of MAS; 3.3 Limits of MAS; 3.4 Case Study of MAS; 3.4.1 SCN Resistance Breeding; 3.5 Marker Discovery; 3.6 Confirmation of Parental Polymorphism; 3.7 High-Throughput Marker Screening; 3.8 Using Marker Data to Inform Selections; 3.9 MAS Considerations; 3.10 Genomic Selection in Crop Breeding; 3.11 Statistics of Prediction Models; 3.12 Factors Affecting Prediction Accuracy; 3.12.1 Training Population Size. 3.12.2 The Extent of LD Between the Markers and the QTL3.12.3 Trait Heritability; 3.12.4 Number of QTL and the Corresponding Effects; 3.13 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 4: Morpho-Physiological Traits and Molecular Intricacies Associated with Tolerance to Combined Drought and Pathogen Stress in Plants; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Morpho-Physiological Traits that Likely Govern Plant Response to Combined Stress; 4.2.1 Cell Membrane Stability; 4.2.2 Leaf Water Potential; 4.2.3 Stomatal Movement; 4.2.4 Root Length; 4.3 Impact of Combined Stress on Other Morpho-Physiological Parameters. 4.3.1 Leaf Area4.3.2 Leaf Greenness; 4.3.3 Canopy Temperature; 4.3.4 Time to Anthesis; 4.4 More Potential Traits: Analysis from Individual Stress Studies; 4.4.1 Trichome Type and Density; 4.4.2 Cuticular Wax Composition; 4.5 Molecular Mechanism Governing Traits Imparting Combined Stress Tolerance in Plants; 4.6 Future Perspectives; References;
Chapter 5: Genome Editing for Crop Improvement: Status and Prospects; 5.1 Introduction; 5.1.1 Zinc-Finger Nucleases (ZFNs); 5.1.2 Transcription Activator-Like Effector Nucleases (TALENs); 5.1.3 CRISPR/Cas System. - DigitalNitish Kumar, editor.Summary: The depletion of petroleum-derived fuel and environmental concerns have prompted many millennials to consider biofuels as alternative fuel sources. But completely replacing petroleum-derived fuels with biofuels is currently impossible in terms of production capacity and engine compatibility. Nevertheless, the marginal replacement of diesel with biofuel could delay the depletion of petroleum resources and abate the radical climate change caused by automotive pollutants. Energy security and climate change are the two major driving forces for worldwide biofuel development, and also have the potential to stimulate the agro-industry. The development of biofuels as alternative and renewable sources of energy has become critical in national efforts towards maximum self-reliance, the cornerstone of our energy security strategy. At the same time, the production of biofuels from various types of biomass such as plants, microbes, algae and fungi is now an ecologically viable and sustainable option. This book describes the biotechnological advances in biofuel production from various sources, while also providing essential information on the genetic improvement of biofuel sources at both the conventional and genomic level. These innovations and the corresponding methodologies are explained in detail.
Contents:
Chapter 1: Biofuels: perspective for sustainable development and climate change mitigation
Chapter 2: Nanoparticles for Sustainable Bioenergy and Biofuel Production
Chapter 3: Bio-hydrogen: technology developments in microbial fuel cells and their future prospects
Chapter 4: Recent Advances in Genetic Improvement of Jatropha curcas: a potent biodiesel plant
Chapter 5: Catalytic approach for production of hydrocarbon rich bio-oil from a red seaweed species
Chapter 6: Seaweed biomass and microbial lipids as a source of biofuel
Chapter 7: Microbial Biofuels: an economic and eco-friendly approach
Chapter 8: Biofuels: sources, modern technology developments and views on bioenergy management
Chapter 9: Integrating omics and microbial biotechnology for the production of Biofuel
Chapter 10: An Overview on Biomass of Bamboo as a Source of Bioenergy
Chapter 11: Advances and challenges in sugarcane biofuel development. - Digital/Printedited by Michael L. Johnson, Jo M. Holt and Gary K. Ackers.Digital Access
- DigitalSharad Vats, editor.Summary: "This book highlights some of the most important biochemical, physiological and molecular aspects of plant stress, together with the latest updates. It is divided into 14 chapters, written by eminent experts from around the globe and highlighting the effects of plant stress (biotic and abiotic) on the photosynthetic apparatus, metabolites, programmed cell death, germination etc. In turn, the role of beneficial elements, glutathione-S-transferase, phosphite and nitric oxide in the adaptive response of plants under stress and as a stimulator of better plant performance is also discussed. A dedicated chapter addresses research advances in connection with Capsicum, a commercially important plant, and stress tolerance, from classical breeding to the recent use of large-scale transcriptome and genome sequencing technologies. The book also explores the significance of the liliputians of the plant kingdom (Bryophytes) as biomonitors/bioindicators, and general and specialized bioinformatics resources that can benefit anyone working in the field of plant stress biology. Given the information compiled here, the book will offer a valuable guide for students and researchers of plant molecular biology and stress physiology alike"--Print version, page 4 of cover.
Contents:
Plants Stress Responses to Drought: Physiological, Biochemical and Molecular Basis
Photosynthesis and Abiotic Stress in Plants
Ecotoxicological effects of insecticides in plants assessed by germination and other phytotoxicity tools
Variation in Plant Bioactive Compounds and Antioxidant Activities under Salt Stress
Response of plants to salinity stress and the role of salicylic acid in modulating tolerance mechanisms: physiological and proteomic approach
The role of beneficial elements in triggering adaptive responses to environmental stressors and improving plant performance
Plant adaptation to stress conditions: the case of Glutathione S-transferases (GSTs)
Phosphite as an inductor of adaptive responses to stress and stimulator of better plant performance
Nitric oxide and reactive oxygen species interactions in plant tolerance and adaptation to stress factors
Involvement of Reactive Species of Oxygen and Nitrogen in Triggering Programmed Cell Death in Plants
Progress and prospects in Capsicum breeding for biotic and abiotic stresses
MicroRNA (miRNA) and Small interfering RNA (siRNA)
Biogenesis and functions in plants
Bryomonitoring of Environmental Pollution
Bioinformatics resources for the stress biology of plants. - DigitalPeggy S.M. Hill, Reinhard Lakes-Harlan, Valerio Mazzoni, Peter M. Narins, Meta Virant-Doberlet, Andreas Wessel, editors.Summary: This volume is a self-contained companion piece to Studying Vibrational Communication, published in 2014 within the same series. The field has expanded considerably since then, and has even acquired a name of its own: biotremology. In this context, the book reports on new concepts in this fascinating discipline, and features chapters on state-of-the art methods for studying behavior tied to substrate-borne vibrations, as well as an entire section on applied biotremology. Also included are a historical contribution by pioneers in the field and several chapters reviewing the advances that have been made regarding specific animal taxa. Other new topics covered are vibrational communication in vertebrates, multimodal communication, and biotremology in the classroom, as well as in art and music. Given its scope, the book will appeal to all those interested in communication and vibrational behavior, but also to those seeking to learn about an ancient mode of communication.
Contents:
Part I. Studying Vibrational Behavior: Ideas, Concepts and History
Quo Vadis, Biotremology?
What is Biotremology?
Biotremology and Sensory Ecology
Body Tremulations and their Transmission as Vibrations for Short Distance Information Transfer between Ephippiger Male and Female
Part II. The State of the Field: Concepts and Frontiers in Vibrational Behavior
Physical Basis of Vibrational Behaviour: Channel Properties, Noise and Excitation Signal
Copulatory Courtship with Vibrational Signals
Stinkbugs: Multisensory Communication with Chemical and Vibratory Signals Transmitted Through Different Media
Part III. Practical Issues in Studying Vibrational Behavior
Practical Issues in Studying Natural Vibroscape and Biotic Noise
Automated Vibrational Signal Recognition and Playback
Part IV. Vibration Detection and Orientation
Mechanisms of Vibration Detection in Mammals
Determining Vibroreceptor Sensitivity in Insects: The Influence of Experimental Parameters and Recording Technique
Directionality in Insect Vibration Sensing: Behavioral Studies of Vibrational Orientation
Part V. Biology and Evolution of Vibrational Behavior in Some Well-Studied Taxa
Vibrational Behavior in Elephants
Seismic Communication in the Amphibia with Special Emphases on the Anura
Vibrational Communication in Heelwalkers (Mantophasmatodea)
Vibrational Behavior in Termites (Isoptera)
Part VI. Applied Biotremology
Mating Disruption by Vibrational Signals: State of the Field and Perspectives
Mating Disruption by Vibrational Signals: Applications for Management of the Glassy-winged Sharpshooter
Can Vibrational Playback Improve Control of an Invasive Stink Bug?
Vibrational Trapping and Interference with Mating of Diaphorina citri
Vibrational Behavior in Bark Beetles: Applied Aspects
Part VII. Outreach and Resources
Shaking it up in the Classroom: Coupling Biotremology and Active Learning Pedagogy to Promote Authentic Discovery
Call for the Establishment of a VibroLibrary at the Animal Sound Archive Berlin
The Arachnid Orchestras: Artistic Research in Vibrational Interspecies Communication
Bioacoustic Music Inspired by Biotremological Research. - DigitalKostas N. Fountoulakis.Summary: This book examines in detail the diagnostic approach to manic depressive (bipolar) illness, with special reference to the borderline zones with unipolar depression and schizoaffective disorder. Among other diagnostic issues considered are mixed episodes (often misdiagnosed by psychiatrists), rapid cycling, and the confusion with personality disorders. Within the context of diagnosis and understanding of the dynamics of bipolar disorder, temperament, character, and personality are all extensively discussed. Neurocognitive deficit and disability are covered, as are elements of evolutionary biology and behavior. With regard to treatment, the major focus is on evidence-based therapy, with reference to the results of randomized controlled trials and meta-analyses; in addition, contemporary guidelines and future trends are examined. Careful consideration is also given to the psychosocial treatment approach and issues relating to societal and economic costs and burdens.
Contents:
Introduction
Historical perspective
Clinical description
Comorbid conditions
Classification
Epidemiology
Etiopathogenesis (psychodynamic theories, biological models, genetics)
Etiopathogenesis (psychodynamic theories, biological models, genetics)
Assessment (psychometric, neuropsychological, scales)
Therapy
Biological therapies (separate for mania, depression and maintenance)
Randomized Controlled Trials (RCTs)
Meta-analysis
Open trials
Review and opinion papers
Pharmacoepidemiologic data
Psychosocial therapies
Treatment guidelines
Cautions for pharmaceutical treatment in bipolar patients
Switching to the opposite pole
Psychogeriatric issues
Suicidality
Gender issues
Pediatric bipolar disorder
Conclusion. - DigitalAllan H. Young, Mario F. Juruena, editors.Summary: Bipolar disorder is a common, complex and costly mental health disorder, which sits at the heart of the practice of clinical psychiatry. Effective treatments (pharmacological, psychological and brain stimulation based) have all been discovered serendipitously. With the huge advances in basic neuroscience the way is now clear for novel treatments to be developed based on brain science. This book reviews these possibilities.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
The Neurobiology of Bipolar Disorder
1 Introduction
2 Neurotransmitters
2.1 Serotoninergic System
2.2 Dopaminergic System
2.3 Norepinephrinergic System
2.4 GABAergic System
2.5 Glutamatergic System
3 Intracellular Signalling
4 Adenylate Cyclase Signalling Pathway
5 Neurotrophins and Neurogenesis
6 Neuroendocrine
7 Conclusion
References
The Role of Stress in Bipolar Disorder
1 Introduction
1.1 Activation of Hormonal Systems After Stress
1.2 Stress Hormone Receptors 2 Stress Hormone Actions on the Brain in Healthy Individuals
2.1 Cellular Effects of Stress Hormones on Brain Circuits
2.2 Neuronal Circuits and Cognitive Function
3 Changes in Stress Responsiveness in Bipolar Disorder
3.1 Imbalance in the Stress System: Importance of Genetic and (Early) Life History
3.2 Changes in the HPA Axis in Bipolar Disorder Patients
4 Changes in Cognitive Function in Bipolar Disorder Related to Stress
4.1 Time-Dependent Changes in Cognitive Processing Following Stress in BD Patients 3.1.2 Creatine Kinase
3.1.3 Calcium
3.1.4 Increased Oxidative Stress
3.1.5 Neurotransmitters
3.1.6 Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor (BDNF)
3.1.7 NAA
3.1.8 Bcl-2
3.2 Mitochondrial Genes
4 How Conventional Drugs for Bipolar Disorder Relate to Mitochondrial Functioning
5 Mitochondrial Potential Treatments
5.1 Likely Beneficial
5.1.1 PPAR Agonists
5.1.2 Minocycline
5.1.3 N-Acetyl-Cysteine (NAC)
5.1.4 Co-enzyme Q10
5.1.5 Melatonin
5.2 Theoretically Beneficial, but No Studies Have Been Published
5.2.1 Ebselen
5.2.2 Mangosteen 4.2 Network Function in BP Patients and Individuals at Risk for Psychopathology
5 Concluding Remarks
References
The Role of Genetics in Bipolar Disorder
1 Introduction: Why Genetics Matters in the Susceptibility to Bipolar Disorder?
2 Bipolar Disorder Is Heritable: Twin, Adoption, and Family Studies
3 How Many Genes Modulate the Risk of Bipolar Disorder? Linkage Studies, Candidate Gene Studies, and Genome-Wide Association S...
4 Genetic Overlap Between Bipolar Disorder and Other Brain Disorders: Disorder-Specific or General Genetic Influences? 5 The Role of Rare Genetic Variants
6 Gene x Environment Studies
7 Nongenetic Mechanisms Contributing to the Regulation of Gene Expression: Epigenetics
8 Current and Future Lines of Research
9 Conclusion
References
Targeting Mitochondrial Dysfunction for Bipolar Disorder
1 The Mitochondria
1.1 Mitochondria as an Energy Source
1.2 Other Functions of Mitochondria
2 Reactive Oxygen Species and Oxidative Stress
3 Mitochondria in Bipolar Disorder
3.1 Possible Mechanisms of Mitochondrial Dysfunction in Bipolar Disorder
3.1.1 A Shift from OXPHOS to Glycolysis - Digitaledited by Jair C. Soares, Consuelo Walss-Bass, Paolo Brambilla.Summary: Bipolar Disorder Vulnerability: Perspectives from Pediatric and High-Risk Populations synthesizes our current understanding of high-risk and pediatric populations to aid readers in identifying markers of vulnerability for the development of bipolar disorder, with an ultimate goal of the development of drug targets and other therapies for early diagnosis and treatment. The book provides readers with an understanding of biological and environmental factors influencing disease manifestation that will aid them in defining discrete clinical stages and, importantly, establish an empirical basis for the application of novel therapeutics in a phase of illness during which specific treatments could more effectively alter disease course. Whereas most of the literature available on the pathophysiological mechanisms of bipolar disorder focuses on chronically ill adult individuals, this represents the only book that specifically examines pediatric and high-risk populations. An estimated 30 to 60 percent of adult bipolar disorder patients have their disease onset during childhood, with early-onset cases representing a particularly severe and genetically loaded form of the illness. Highlights diverse translational methodologies, including functional and structural neuroimaging, neuropsychological testing and integrated genomics. Examines molecular trajectories in youth with bipolar disorder and unaffected youth at high risk for developing bipolar disorder. Explores the interaction between genomic and environmental influences that shape behaviorDigital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- DigitalJosé Hernán Sarasola, Juan Manuel Grande, Juan José Negro, editors.Summary: This book will provide the state-of-the-art research on topics involved in the ecology and conservation of birds of prey. With chapters authored by the most recognized and prestigious researchers on each of the fields, this book will become an authorized reference volume for raptor biologists and researchers around the world.
Contents:
Section 1
General biology
1 Recent advances in raptor taxonomy and phylogeny
2 Breeding and nesting biology
3 Population ecology of birds of prey
4 Behavioural ecology of raptors
5 Raptor migration
6 Dispersal in raptors
Section 2
Raptors in human landscapes
7 Raptors and people: an ancient relationship persisting today
8 Conflicts between raptors and humans
9 Causes and consequences of urban living in raptors
10 Birds of prey in agricultural landscapes, the role of agriculture expansion and intensification
11 Toxicology of birds of prey
12 Lead contamination in birds of prey
13 Raptors electrocutions and power lines collisions
14 Impact of renewable energy sources on birds of prey
15 Use of drone imagery for research and conservation of birds of prey
Section 3
Conservation and status of raptors around the world
16 Distribution models for raptor research and conservation
17 Conservation genetics in birds of prey
18 Conservation status of Neotropical raptors
19 Conservation priorities for raptors across Asia
20 Conservation of African raptors
21 Conservation status and threats of New World vultures
22 Old vultures in a changing environment
23 Past, present and future of raptors on islands
24 Raptor conservation in practice. - DigitalAnita Kar, editor.Summary: This book presents the epidemiology of birth defects and their public health and social implications in India. As neglected childhood disorders, birth defects remain invisible in global maternal and child health dialogues. Birth defects services are emerging in India. This book approaches birth defects from a public health perspective, identifying the core functions of a birth defects service. Keeping in mind the complex task of providing multidisciplinary services for children with disabilities and complex medical conditions, the book examines the basic public health activities that have been put in place to address these conditions in India. The book describes birth defects surveillance and the challenges of acquiring accurate and timely data on birth defects against the background of India's mixed health system. It discusses opportunities for prevention of birth defects and describes the structure and function of an emergent genetic service. It explores issues related to an integrated service for children with special healthcare needs, such as screening, early intervention, and rehabilitation. Furthermore, it describes the impact of these conditions on caregivers, including birth defects stigma. This book not only addresses a knowledge gap in the field of public health in India, but also explores the broader issues of services for children with disabilities and disabling conditions in low and low-middle income settings where access to health care is not universal. Given the depth and breadth of its coverage, the book offers an essential resource for birth defects researchers, researchers in the field of maternal and child health, public health/ global health, disability researchers, and researchers from the fields of rehabilitation sciences, nursing and anthropology. This book will be a valuable read for social medicine/community medicine departments, global health courses, and public health schools in India and other low middle-income countries.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgements
Introduction: Birth Defects and Public Health in Low and Middle-Income Countries
Contents
Editor and Contributors
Abbreviations
List of Figures
List of Tables
List of Boxes
Part I A Public Health Approach
1 Birth Defects: A Public Health Approach
The Need for Birth Defects Services in LMICs
Individual, Health and Social Welfare System Impact
Magnitude of Congenital Anomalies
Epidemiological Transition
A Public Health Framework
Birth Defect Surveillance
Prevention of Birth Defects Integrated medical and rehabilitation services
Other Public Health Activities
The World Health Assembly Resolution on Birth Defects
India as an Example of a LMIC
Socio-demographic and Health Indicators
Socio-demographic Index and Epidemiological Transition
Health System
Maternal and Child Health Services
References
2 Some Common Birth Defects
Section I : Common Congenital Anomalies/Malformations
Congenital Heart Defects
Orofacial Clefts
Spina Bifida and Neural Tube Defects
Hydrocephalus, Macrocephaly, Microcephaly Clubfoot (Congenital Talipes Equinovarus)
Developmental Dysplasia of the Hip
Congenital Limb Defects
Polydactyly
Section II : Developmental (Neuromotor) Disabilities
Intellectual Disability
Down Syndrome
Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder
Autism Spectrum Disorders
Cerebral Palsy
Congenital Hearing Impairment
Vision Impairment/Blindness
Section III : Common Single Gene Disorders
Hemoglobinopathies
Hemophilia
Muscular Dystrophy
Achondroplasia
Conclusion
References 3 Thalidomide: Understanding the Responsibilities of a Birth Defects Service
Thalidomide
Thalidomide Distribution Across the World
Thalidomide Embryopathy/Syndrome
Health and Social Impact of Thalidomide
Clinical Needs of Children
Impact of Disability: Schooling
Impact on Parents
Health and Welfare Needs with Ageing
The Response to the Thalidomide Tragedy
Health and Social Sector Service Response
Birth Defects Surveillance
Drug Regulation
Abortion Legislation
Compensation and Economic Support
Regulated Reintroduction of Thalidomide Thalidomide in Developing Countries
Lessons for a Birth Defects Service
Zika Virus and the Public Health Response
Congenital Zika Virus Syndrome
Public Health Response
Health System Challenges
Impact on Families
References
Part II Surveillance, Registries and Magnitude
4 Birth Defects Surveillance in India
Background
Birth Defects Surveillance
Birth Defects Surveillance: Factors Affecting Reporting of Prevalence Data
Birth Defects Surveillance in LMICs
Birth Defects Surveillance in India
Summary and Conclusion
References - DigitalChittaranjan Kole, Hideo Matsumura, Tusar Kanti Behera, editors.Summary: This book focusing on the bitter gourd genome is the first comprehensive compilation of knowledge on the botany, cytogenetical analysis, genetic resources and diversity, traditional breeding, tissue culture and genetic transformation, whole genome sequencing and comparative genomics in the Cucurbitaceae family. It discusses the biochemical profile of the bioactives present in this horticultural crop, used both as a vegetable and as a medicine, and also addresses sex determination in bitter gourd. Written by respected international experts, the book is useful to students, teachers and scientists in academia, as well as seed companies and pharmaceutical industries.
Contents:
Introduction
Botanical descriptions
Medicinal properties: bioactives and their actions
Genetic resources and genetic diversity
Cytogenetical analysis of bitter gourd genome
Sex determination
Tissue culture, genetic engineering & nanotechnology
Classical genetics and traditional breeding
Molecular linkage mapping: Map construction and mapping of genes/QTLs
Genome sequence and its comparative study with other Cucurbitaceae genome
Functional genomics: metabolomics, transcriptomics (including biochemical study of interaction with parasite)
Future Prospects.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digital/PrintDigital Access Br Inst Radiol 1989-
- DigitalEbony Omotola McGee ; foreword by David Omotoso Stovall.Summary: "Drawing on narratives from hundreds of Black, Latinx, and Indigenous individuals, Ebony Omotola McGee examines the experiences of underrepresented racially minoritized students and faculty members who have succeeded in STEM. Based on this extensive research, McGee advocates for structural and institutional changes to address racial discrimination, stereotyping, and hostile environments in an effort to make the field more inclusive. Black, Brown, Bruised reveals the challenges that underrepresented racially minoritized students confront in order to succeed in these exclusive, usually all-White, academic and professional realms. The book provides searing accounts of racism inscribed on campus, in the lab, and on the job, and portrays learning and work environments as arenas rife with racial stereotyping, conscious and unconscious bias, and micro-aggressions. As a result, many students experience the effects of a racial battle fatigue--physical and mental exhaustion borne of their hostile learning and work environments--leading them to abandon STEM fields entirely. McGee offers policies and practices that must be implemented to ensure that STEM education and employment become more inclusive including internships, mentoring opportunities, and curricular offerings. Such structural changes are imperative if we are to reverse the negative effects of racialized STEM and unlock the potential of all students to drive technological innovation and power the economy."--Amazon.
Contents:
Will white supremacy end America's STEM supremacy?
The plight of the underrepresented in STEM higher education and workforce
The stress of success for the underrepresented and minoritized in STEM
Why justice-oriented STEM is the key to getting and keeping students of color in STEM and, oh yeah, saving our planet, too!
Evaluating efforts to broaden STEM participation
Next steps for STEM leadership: practical suggestions.Digital Access EBSCO 2020Limited to 3 simultaneous users - PrintJamila Lyiscott.Summary: "Black Appetite. White Food. invites educators to explore the nuanced manifestations of white privilege as it exists within and beyond the classroom. Renowned speaker and author Jamila Lyiscott provides ideas and tools that teachers, school leaders, and professors can use for awareness, inspiration, and action around racial injustice and inequity. Part I of the book helps you ask the hard questions, such as whether your pedagogy is more aligned with colonialism than you realize and whether you are really giving students of color a voice. Part II offers a variety of helpful strategies for analysis and reflection. Each chapter includes personal stories, frank discussions of the barriers you may face, and practical ideas that will guide you as you work to confront privilege in your classroom, campus, and beyond."-- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalMohamed Fawzy Ramadan, editor.Summary: Recent developments in the field of nutrition have led to increased interest in herbs and medicinal plants as phytochemical-rich sources for functional food, nutraceuticals, and drugs. As research sheds light on the therapeutic potential of various bioactive phytochemicals, the demand for plant extracts and oils has increased. Black cumin or black seeds (Nigella sativa) have particularly widespread nutritional and medicinal applications. In traditional medicine, black seeds are used to manage fatigue and chronic headache. Black seed oil is used as an antiseptic and analgesic remedy and for treatment of joint's pain and stiffness and can be mixed with sesame oil to treat dermatosis, abdominal disorders, cough, headache, fever, liver ailments, jaundice, sore eyes, and hemorrhoids. Thymoquinone, the main constituent in black seed volatile oil, has been shown to suppress carcinogenesis. Black cumin (Nigella sativa) seeds: Chemistry, Technology, Functionality, and Applications presents in detail the chemical composition, therapeutic properties, and functionality of high-value oils, phytochemicals, nutrients, and volatiles of the Nigella sativa seed. Organized by formulation (seeds, fixed oil, essential oil, and extracts), chapters break this seed down into its chemical constituents and explore their role in the development of pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, novel food, natural drugs, and feed. Following numerous reports on the health-promoting activities of Nigella sativa, this is the first comprehensive presentation of the functional, nutritional, and pharmacological traits of Nigella sativa seeds and seed oil constituents.
Contents:
1. Introduction to black cumin (Nigella sative): Chemistry, Technology, Functionality and Applications
Section 1. Nigella sative seeds: Cultivation, Composition and Applications
2. Effect of cultivation, fertilization and irrigation practices on Nigella sative yield and quality
3. Morphological characters of Nigella sativa
4. Micro and macroscopic characterization of traded Nigella sativa seeds using applied systematics techniques
5. Composition of Nigella sativa seeds
6. Nigella sativa seed peptides (Thionins)
7. Black cumin polysaccharides
8. Thymoquinone: Chemistry and cunctionality
9. Novel Prospective of Nigella sativa Essential Oil Analysis, Culinary and Medicinal Uses
10. Rediscovering Nigella Seeds Bioactives Chemical Composition using Metabolomics Technologies
11. Health promoting activities of Nigella sativa seeds
12. Nigella sativa seed extract in green synthesis and nanocomposite
13. Food applications of Nigella sative seeds
14. Nutraceutical importance and applications of Nigella sativa seed flour
15. Nigella sativa seed cake: nutraceutical significance and applications in the food and cosmetic industry
16. Nigella sative seeds in cosmetic products
17. Nigella sativa supplementation in ruminant diets: production, health, and environmental perspectives
18. Nigella sativa seeds and its derivatives in poultry feed
19. Nigella sative Seeds and Its Derivatives in Fish Feed
Section 2: Nigella sative fixed oil: Chemistry, Technology, Functionality and Applications
20. Composition and Functionality of Nigella sativa Fixed Oil
21. Effect of processing on the composition and quality of Nigella sativa fixed oil
22. Food applications of Nigella sativa Fixed Oil
23. Health-Promoting Activities of Nigella sativa Fixed Oil
24. Micro- and Nano-encapsulation of Nigella sativa Oil
25. Biodiesel Production Potential of Nigella sativa Oil
Section 3: Nigella sative essential oil: Chemistry, Technology, Functionality and Applications
26. Composition and functionality of Nigella sativa essential oil
27. Effect of processing on the composition and quality of Nigella sativa essential oil
28. Food applications of Nigella sativa essential oil
29. Health-promoting activities of Nigella sativa essential oil
Section 4: Nigella sative seed extracts: Chemistry, Technology, Functionality and Applications
30. Composition and Functionality of Nigella sativa Seed Extracts
31. Nigella sativa seed extracts in functional foods and nutraceutical applications
32. Health promoting activities of Nigella sativa seed extracts. - PrintEmily Bernard.Summary: In these twelve deeply personal, connected essays, Bernard details the experience of growing up black in the south with a family name inherited from a white man, surviving a random stabbing at a New Haven coffee shop while taking graduate studies at Yale, marrying a white man from the north and bring him home to her family, adopting two babies from Ethiopia, and living and teaching in a primarily white New England college town. Each of these essays goes beyond a narrative of black innocence and white guilt and sets out to discover a new way of telling the truth as the author has lived it.
Contents:
Beginnings
Scar tissue
Teaching the N-word
Interstates
Mother on Earth
Black is the body
Skin
White friend
Her glory
Motherland
Going home
People like me
Epilogue: my turn. - PrintMarlon James.Summary: "Tracker is known far and wide for his skills as a hunter: "He has a nose," people say. Engaged to track down a mysterious boy who disappeared three years earlier, Tracker breaks his own rule of always working alone when he finds himself part of a group that comes together to search for the boy. The band is a hodgepodge, full of unusual characters with secrets of their own, including a shape-shifting man-animal known as Leopard. As Tracker follows the boy's scent -- from one ancient city to another; into dense forests and across deep rivers -- he and the band are set upon by creatures intent on destroying them. As he struggles to survive, Tracker starts to wonder: Who, really, is this boy? Why has he been missing for so long? Why do so many people want to keep Tracker from finding him? And perhaps the most important questions of all: Who is telling the truth, and who is lying? Drawing from African history and mythology and his own rich imagination, Marlon James has written a novel unlike anything that's come before it: a saga of breathtaking adventure that's also an ambitious, involving read. Defying categorization and full of unforgettable characters, Black Leopard, Red Wolf is both surprising and profound as it explores the fundamentals of truth, the limits of power, and our need to understand them both."--Publisher's description
Contents:
A dog, a cat, a wolf, and a fox
Malakin
One child more than six
White science and black math
Here is one oriki
Death wolf. - Digitaledited by Abdul Karim Bangura.Summary: "In the wake of the murder of George Floyd in Minneapolis, the debate between proponents of Black Lives Matter and All Lives Matter has been reignited. For proponents of Black Lives Matter, the slogan All Lives Matter is not a call for inclusiveness but a criticism of the Black Lives Matter movement. On the other hand, advocates of All Lives Matter insist their slogan is about diversity and colorblindness. The contributors included in Black Lives Matter vs. All Lives Matter: A Multidisciplinary Primer approach the subject from fields as wide ranging as sociology, mathematics, linguistics, business, politics, and psychology, to name a few. This collection adds complexity and international perspectives to the debate, allowing these seemingly simple quarrels over phrasing to be unpacked from many angles. A refreshing variety of looks at one of the defining social movements of the last decade and the reaction to it, this collection will be valuable to those seeking to understand these movements in ways beyond how they are typically framed."-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
General introduction / Abdul Karim Bangura
Religious perspective / Simon Gisege Omare
Literary perspective / Saidu Bangura
Mathematical perspective / Abdul Karim Bangura
Public administration / policy perspective / Rachael M. Rudolph
Linguistic perspective / Lilian Achieng' Magonya and Pamela Anyango Oloo
Sociological perspective / Banson Waiganjo Kanyingi
Gender and sexuality perspective / Cecy Edijala Balogun
Economic perspective / Abdul Amin Kamara
Psychological perspective / Lilian Anyango Olick
Business perspective / Olumuyiwa Adekunle Kehinde
Political perspective / Omosefe Oyekanmi
Juvenile justice perspective / Gerald K. Fosten
General conclusion / Abdul Karim Bangura.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central [2021] - DigitalChad Sanders.Summary: "When Chad Sanders landed his first job in lily-white Silicon Valley, he quickly concluded that to be successful at work meant playing a certain social game. Each meeting was drenched in white slang and the privileged talk of international travel or folk concerts in San Francisco, which led Chad to believe he needed to emulate whiteness to be successful. So Chad changed. He changed his wardrobe, his behavior, his speech--everything that connected him with his Black identity. And while he finally felt included, he felt awful. So he decided to give up the charade. He reverted back to the methods he learned at the dinner table, or at the Black Baptist church where he'd been raised, or at the concrete basketball courts, barbershops, and summertime cookouts. And it paid off. Chad began to land more exciting projects. He earned the respect of his colleagues. Accounting for this turnaround, Chad believes, was something he calls Black Magic, namely resilience, creativity, and confidence forged in his experience navigating America as a Black man. Black Magic has emboldened his every step since, leading him to wonder: Was he alone in this discovery? Were there others who felt the same? In essays, Chad dives into his formative experiences to see if they might offer the possibility of discovering or honing this skill. He tests his theory by interviewing Black leaders across industries to get their take on Black Magic. Black Magic explores Black experiences in predominantly white environments and demonstrates the risks of self-betrayal and the value of being yourself"--adapted from dust jacket.
Contents:
Home and neighborhood
Grade school : gifted and talented programs, private school, and separation
College : HBCUs, PWIs, and higher learning
Work
Spirit : church, God, and faith.Digital Access 2021Limited to 3 simultaneous users - Digital/PrintDamon Tweedy, M.D.Summary: When Tweedy began medical school, he envisioned a bright future where his segregated, working-class background would become irrelevant. Instead he found himself grappling with race, bias, and the unique health problems of black Americans, and met a professor who bluntly questioned whether he belonged in medical school. In examining the complex ways in which both black doctors and patients must navigate the difficult and often contradictory terrain of race and medicine, he illustrates the complex social, cultural, and economic factors at the root of most health problems in the black community.
Contents:
Introduction
Disparities. People like us ; Baby mamas ; Charity care ; Inner-city blues
Barriers. Confronting hate ; When doctors discriminate ; The color of HIV/AIDS
Perseverance. Matching ; Doing the right thing ; Beyond race.Digital Access 2015Limited to 5 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login requiredPrint Access - DigitalAkshay Kumar Chakravarthy, editor.Summary: Conogethes is a group of moths distributed in Austral-Asian region from India to New Guinea, the Solomon Islands and Australia. The moths are also found in Hawaii and Great Britain. Conogethes is mostly known for the economic impact of its larvae on agricultural crops. Substantial research has been undertaken in order to understand the biology of these harmful insects and to develop strategies to confine their impact. Research on chemical communication between males and females via sex pheromones is in progress. Recent research has also focused on the acoustic communication of Conogethes. The moths can feed on more than 200 plants in diversified habitats. The borer moths have become major pest on Horticultural, Agricultural, Avenue trees and forest trees. Its a pest of Quarantine importance as it has been found in Exportable commodities. The book contains 22 chapters from a dozen countries. The authors are from China, Vietnam, Australia, Sri Lanka, Malaysia, Norway etc. This is the first book on the pest globally where interesting insights are provided. This is one of the book of its kind on single pest dealing with almost all aspects of its biology and management on cultivated crops.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgment; Contents; Editor and Contributors;
1: Moths of the Genus Conogethes: Taxonomy, Systematics, and Similar Species; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Host Plant Use; 1.3 Systematics and Delimitation; 1.4 Diagnosis; 1.5 Phylogenetic Relationships; References;
2: Molecular Status of Conogethes spp.: An Overview; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Biosystematics; 2.3 Molecular Identification; 2.3.1 Conogethes Barcode; 2.4 Japan; 2.5 India; 2.6 China; 2.7 New Zealand; 2.8 Other Molecular Works; References;
3: Conogethes sahyadriensis: A New Borer on Zingiberaceous Crop Plants from India; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Biosystematics; 3.3 Geographical Distribution and Host Range; 3.4 Molecular Characterization; 3.5 Seasonal Incidence and Crop Loss; 3.6 Mating and Feeding Behaviour; 3.7 Sex Pheromone Components; References;
4: Status of Shoot and Fruit Borer, Conogethes spp. (Crambidae: Lepidoptera) in Asia: Central, South, and the Southeast; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Afghanistan; 4.3 Bhutan; 4.4 Bangladesh; 4.5 Myanmar; 4.6 Nepal; 4.7 Maldives and Other Islands; 4.8 Networking; 4.9 Future Thrusts; References;
5: Research Progress of Conogethes punctiferalis (Lepidoptera: Crambidae) in China; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Distribution and Host Range; 5.3 Morphology; 5.4 Occurrence and Damage; 5.5 Host-Plant Interactions; 5.6 Artificial Diet; 5.7 Overwinter and Diapause; 5.8 Wolbachia Infection; 5.9 Genetic Diversity and Gene Flow; 5.10 Molecular Taxonomy; 5.11 Integrated Management; References;
6: Status of Conogethes punctiferalis (Guenée) in South of Vietnam; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Characteristics of C. punctiferalis (Guenée) in South of Vietnam; 6.2.1 Species of Genus Conogethes in South of Vietnam; 6.2.2 Synonyms; 6.2.3 Host Range; 6.2.4 Morphological Characteristics; 6.2.5 Biological Characteristics; 6.2.6 Natural Enemies; 6.3 Status of Conogethes punctiferalis (Guenée) on Crops in South Vietnam; 6.3.1 Durian; 6.3.1.1 Damage Symptoms; 6.3.1.2 Management; 6.3.2 Guava; 6.3.2.1 Damage Symptoms; 6.3.2.2 Management; 6.3.3 Longan; 6.3.3.1 Damage Characteristics; 6.3.3.2 Management; 6.3.4 Rambutan; 6.3.4.1 Damage Symptoms; 6.3.4.2 Management; 6.3.5 Soursop; 6.3.5.1 Damage Symptoms; 6.3.5.2 Management; 6.3.6 Ginger; 6.3.6.1 Damage Symptoms; 6.3.6.2 Management; References;
7: Status of Shoot and Fruit Borer, Conogethes punctiferalis, in Sri Lanka; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Life History; 7.3 Host Plant and Nature of Damage; 7.4 Conogethes on Teak; 7.5 Conogethes on Zingiberaceae; 7.6 Conogethes on Fruit Crops; 7.7 Management Practices; References;
8: Status and Management of Conogethes spp. in Malaysia; 8.1 Introduction; 8.2 Key Species; 8.3 Biogeography; 8.4 Host Range; 8.5 Economic Importance; 8.6 Bioecology; 8.7 Seasonality; 8.8 Management; References - PrintEditor Don K. Nakayama ; principal contributors Peter J. Kernahan, Edward E. Cornwell.
- DigitalJames H. Cone.Summary: "The classic text in black theology, with a new foreword by Peter J. Paris and a new afterword by Kelly Brown Douglas"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access EBSCO 2020
- DigitalRichard Allen Williams.Summary: This socially conscious, culturally relevant book explores the little-known history and present climate of Black people in the medical field. It reveals the deficiencies in the American healthcare structure that have contributed to the mismanagement of healthcare in the Black population, and examines cross-currents that intersect with the major events in minority medical history. Illustrated across 10 expertly written chapters, this text features a longitudinal timeline with the presentation of evidence-based information drawn from historical, political, and clinical sources. The book begins with an analysis of diseases particularly prevalent in the Black community due to socioeconomic inequalities in available medical care. These diseases include sickle cell anemia, hypertension, heart failure, drug addiction, and HIV/AIDS. Bolstered by profiles of historically well-known Black physicians, stories of success in medical education, and the remarkable impact of Black medical organizations, subsequent chapters address the triumphs and tribulations of the Black medical professional in America. Concluding with an examination of the current health status of Black people in the United States, the book makes a case for future systemic improvements in healthcare delivery to minority communities. A unique, noteworthy reference, Blacks in Medicine: Clinical, Demographic, and Socioeconomic Correlations is written for a broad range of physicians and health providers, as well as professionals in the social sciences and public health.
Contents:
Ancient History as a Backdrop to Black Medical History
Beginning of Transoceanic Slave Transport
Initiation of the Transatlantic Slave Trade Between Africa and America
Poor Medical Treatment of Slaves and Its Consequences
Emergence of the First Black Doctors Trained in Medical Schools
Beginning of Black Medical Autonomy and Self-Determination
Destructive Effects of Discrimination and Institutional Racism
Extreme Medical Hardship Period
Development of Social Welfare
Development of Healthcare Reform.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalKaren Helton Rhodes, Alexander H. Werner.Contents:
Sect.1: Basics
1. Epidermis in Clinical Dermatology
2. Lesion Description/Terminology
3. Diagnostic Culture and Identification (Bacterial and Fungal)
4. Obtaining a Diagnostic Biopsy
5. Practical Cytology
6. Symptom Checker (Lesional and Regional Dermatoses)
7. Antibiotic Stewardship and Emerging Resistant Bacterial Infections
Sect. 2: Diseases/Disorders
8. Acne (Canine and Feline)
9. Anal Furunculosis/Perianal Fistula
10. Anal Sac Disorders
11. Atopic Disease
12. Autoimmune Blistering Diseases
13. Bacterial Pyoderma
14. Behavioral or Self-Injurious Dermatoses
15. Biting and Stinging Insects
16. Contact Dermatitis
17. Cutaneous Adverse Drug Reaction, Erythema Multiforme, Stevens-Johnson Syndrome, and Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis
18. Cutaneous Adverse Food Reactions
19. Demodicosis (Canine and Feline)
20. Dermatomyositis, Canine Familial
21. Dermatophytosis
22. Endocrinopathies, Atypical
23. Eosinophilic Disease (Granuloma) Complex
24. Epitheliotropic (Cutaneous) Lymphoma
25. Histiocytic Proliferative Disorders
26. Hyperadrenocorticism, Canine
27. Hyperadrenocorticism, Feline Skin Fragility Syndrome
28. Hypothyroidism
29. Keratinization (Cornification) Disorders
30. Leishmaniasis: Protozoan Dermatitis
31. Lupus Erythematosus
32. Malassezia Dermatitis
33. Mast Cell Tumors
34. Mycobacterial Infections
35. Mycoses, Deep
36. Nocardiosis and Actinomycosis
37. Otitis Externa, Media, and Interna
38. Panniculitis
39. Photodermatoses
40. Pododermatitis and Claw Disorders
41. Pre- and Paraneoplastic Syndromes
42. Sarcoptid Mites
43. Sebaceous Adenitis, Granulomatous
44. Sporotrichosis
45. Superficial Necrolytic Dermatitis
46. Tumors, Common Skin and Hair Follicle
47. Uveodermatologic Syndrome
48. Vasculitis
49. Viral Dermatoses
50. Zoonosis 727-730
A. Canine Genodermatoses
B. Drug Formulary.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - DigitalAshish M. Kamat, Peter C. Black, editors.Summary: This book provides a practical, comprehensive, state-of-the-art review of bladder cancer. A valuable resource for anyone with an interest in urothelial tumors, this text brings together a multidisciplinary team of experts who have distilled their vast years of experience and knowledge into a concise, easy to digest format. Topics covered range from importance of a pattern recognition in diagnosis and pathologic evaluation to How I do it? tips on patient selection for appropriate therapies such as chemotherapy, immunotherapy, surgery and radiation. Bridging the gap between a traditional textbook and hands-on experience, this book provides a practical guide to managing day-to-day issues and challenges and brings an algorithmic approach to avoid common pitfalls. Bladder Cancer: A Practical Guide provides a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field of bladder cancer treatment, guiding patient management and stimulating investigative efforts.
Contents:
Section 1: Patient Evaluation
Screening
Evaluation for Signs and Symptoms
Cystoscopy Inc
Using Urine Markers
Risk Stratification
Assessment/Management of Frailty
Section 2: TURBT (Tumor Resection)
Indications
Patient Preparation
Surgical Technique
Peri-operative Care
Management of Common Complications
Pathologist Assessment and Report
Oncologic Monitoring
Section 3: Adjvuant Intravesical Therapy
Introduction: Choice of Therapy
BCG
Chemo
Device Assisted
Intravesical Salvage Therapy
Section 4: Radical Cystectomy
Indications
Patient Preparation
Surgical Technique
Peri-operative Care
Management of Common Complications
Pathologist Assessment and Report
Oncologic Monitoring
Section 5: Urinary Diversion
Incontinent
Continent Cutaneous
Orthotopic Neobladder
Section 6: Peri-operative Chemotherapy
Neoadjuvant
Adjuvant
Section 7: Trimodal Therapy (Radiation)
Indications
Patient Preparation
Concomitant Chemo
External Beam Radiation
Management of Recurrence
Section 8: Systemic Therapy for Advanced Bladder Cancer
Chemotherapy
Immunotherapy
Novel Therapies
Section 9: Managing Variant Histology
Squamous/Glandular Differentiation
Micropapillary
Sarcomatoid
Small Cell/Neuroendocrine
Other
Squamous
Adenocarcinoma
Section 10: Clinical Trials in Bladder Cancer: Practical Pearls
Bladder Cancer Disease States
NMIBC
Metastatic. - DigitalAlan J. Wein, Karl-Erik Andersson, Marcus J. Drake, Roger R. Dmochowski, editors.Summary: Bladder Dysfunction in the Adult: The Basis for Clinical Management succinctly describes all that the healthcare professional needs to know when treating lower urinary tract symptoms. The book describes how to assess and treat every group of patients likely to be affected with bladder problems, and the underlying mechanisms responsible. Women with stress incontinence, men with enlarged prostates, people with neurological disease and the elderly are all discussed in particular detail. For all professionals treating or learning to treat patients with urinary storage or voiding problems, the concise presentation and thorough coverage provides treatment recommendations and clear explanations. Authored by recognized experts in their respective fields, Bladder Dysfunction in the Adult: The Basis for Clinical Management is a comprehensive resource that allows the reader to develop the knowledge, understanding, and confidence to deal with the many clinical challenges of bladder dysfunction.
Contents:
Relevant Anatomy Physiology and Pharmacology
Normal and Abnormal Function: An Overview
The Impact of Neurologic Insult on the Lower Urinary Tract
Dysfunction in Anatomic Outlet Obstruction in Men
Outlet Obstruction in Women
Bladder Pain Syndrome
Other Varieties of Dysfunction
Evaluation: History and Physical Examination; Imaging; Endoscopy
Urodynamics
Special Tests
Behavioral Therapy
Urinary Catheters and Other Devices
Current Pharmacologic Treatment of Lower Urinary Tract Syndromes
Electrical Stimulation and Neuromodulation
Surgery for Bladder Outlet Obstruction in the Male
Surgery for Stress Urinary Incontinence and Pelvic Organ Prolapse
Surgery for Neuropathic Bladder Dysfunction
Urinary Diversion
Tissue Engineering for Neurogenic Bladder
Considerations in Older People
Adolescent Urology and Transitional Care
The Psychological Impact of Lower Urinary Dysfunction. - DigitalIgnacio Blanco.Contents:
Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
Serpins and serpinopathies
Alpha-1 antitrypsin biology
Alpha-1 antitrypsin gene, genetic heritage, phenotypes, and genotypes
Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
Genetic epidemiology
Laboratory diagnosis
Clinical diagnosis
Liver disease associated with Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
Respiratory manifestations of the Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
Other diseases associated with Alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency
Clinical management and treatment of lung disease
Registries and patients' associations
Current research and future perspectives.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalKirby I. Bland, Edward M. Copeland, V. Suzanne Klimberg, William J Gradishar.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
- DigitalS. Chandra Nayaka, Rajashekara Hosahatti, Ganesh Prakash, C. Tara Satyavathi, Rajan Sharma, editors.Summary: Blast is an important foliar disease that infects the majority of cereal crops like rice, finger millet, pearl millet, foxtail millet and wheat, and thus results in a huge economic impact. The pathogen is responsible for causing epidemics in many crops and commonly shifts to new hosts. Magnaporthe spp. is the most prominent cause of blast disease on a broad host range of grasses including rice as well as other species of Poaceae family. To date, 137 members of Poaceae hosting this fungus have been described in fungal databases. This book provides information on all blast diseases of different cereal crops. The pathogen evolves quickly due to its high variability, and thus can quickly adapt to new cultivars and cause an epidemic in a given crop. Some of the topics covered here include historical perspectives, pathogen evolution, host range shift, cross-infectivity, and pathogen isolation, use of chemicals fungicides, genetics and genomics, and management of blast disease in different cereal crops with adoption of suitable methodologies. In the past two decades there have been significant developments in genomics and proteomics approaches and there has been substantial and rapid progress in the cloning and mapping of R genes for blast resistance, as well as in comparative genomics analysis for resolving delineation of Magnaporthe species that infect both cereals and grass species. Blast disease resistance follows a typical gene-for-gene hypothesis. Identification of new Avr genes and effector molecules from Magnaporthe spp. can be useful to understand the molecular mechanisms involved in the fast evolution of different strains of this fungal genus. Advances in these areas may help to reduce the occurrence of blast disease by the identification of potential R genes for effective deployment. Additionally, this book highlights the importance of blast disease that infects different cereal hosts in the context of climate change, and genomics approaches that may potentially help in understanding and applying new concepts and technologies that can make real impact in sustainable management of blast disease in different cereal crops.
Contents:
Preface
Blast Disease: Historical Importance, Its Distribution, and Host Infectivity Across Cereal Crops
Recent Advances in Blast Rice Disease
The Blast-A Major Malady in Neutricereals in Southeast Asia
Utilizing Host-Plant Resistance to Combat Blast Disease in Rice
Microconidia: Understanding Its Role in the Rice Blast Fungus Magnaporthe oryzae
Finger Millet Blast Pathogen Diversity and Management in Uttarakhand
Finger Millet Blast (Magnaporthe grisea): Current Scenario and Its Integrated Disease
Advances in Genetics, Genomics for Management of Blast Diseases in Cereal Crops
Wheat Blast Management: Prospects and Retrospective
Scenario of Blast Diseases in the Eastern Region of India
Chemicals in the Management of Blast Disease of Rice
Magnaporthe Genome: Lessons Learnt and the Way Forward
Bibliography
Index. - DigitalAnthony M.J. Bull, Jon Clasper, Peter F. Mahoney, editors.Contents:
Part 1. Basic Science and Engineering
1. The fundamentals of blast physics
2. Biomechanics in blast
3. Behaviour of materials
4. Blast Loading of Cells
5. Biological Tissue Response
Part 2. Weapon Effects and the Human
6. Blast Injury Mechanism
Section 3. Principles of Investigating and Modelling Blast and Blast Mitigation
7. The examination of post-blast scenes
8. Clinical Forensic Investigation of the 2005 London Suicide Bombings
9. Modelling the blast environment and relating this to clinical injury- Experience from the 7/7 Inquest
10. The mortality review panel: a report on the deaths on operations of UK Service personnel 2002-2013
11. Physical Models- Tissue Simulants.-12. Physical Models- Organ models for primary blast
13. In Vivo Models of blast injury
14. Modelling Blast brain injury
15. Military wound ballistics base study: Development of a Skull/Brain Model
16. Surrogates of human injury
17. Computational methods in continuum mechanics
18. Energised fragments: bullets and fragment simulating projectiles
Part 4. Applications of blast injury research: Solving clinical problems
19. Coagulopathy and inflammation: an overview of blast effects
20. Foot and Ankle Blast Injuries
21. Traumatic Amputation
22. Testing and development of mitigation systems for tertiary blast
23. Pelvic blast injury
24. Behind Armour blunt trauma (BABT)
25. Blast Injury to the Spine
26. Primary Blast Lung Injury
27. Regional effec ts of explosive devices: The neck
28. Optimising the anatomical coverage provided by military body Armour systems
29. Blast injuries of the Eye
30. Hearing damage through blast
31. Peripheral Nerve Injuries.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAnthony M.J. Bull ; Jon Clasper ; Peter F. Mahoney, editors ; Alison H. McGregor, Spyros D. Masouros, Arul Ramasamy, section editors.Summary: This heavily revised second edition provides a comprehensive multi-disciplinary resource on blast injuries. It features detailed information on the basic science, engineering, and medicine associated with blast injuries. Clear, easy to understand descriptions of the basic science are accompanied by case studies of a variety of clinical problems including heterotopic ossification, hearing damage, and traumatic brain injury, enabling the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to appropriately apply the relevant science into their clinical practice. The use of prosthetics, orthotics and osseointegration in rehabilitation is also covered. Blast Injury Science and Engineering: A Guide for Clinicians and Researchers is a valuable interdisciplinary text primarily focused towards clinical medical professionals and trainees seeking to develop a thorough understanding of injury mechanisms, and the latest treatment techniques. In addition, this resource is of use to individuals in other fields whose work centres around blast injury science such as injury mitigation researchers, military scientists and engineers.
Contents:
Preface: A history of blast injury science and engineering
Part I Basic science and engineering
Part II Weapons effects and forensics
Part III Clinical problems
Part IV Modelling blast and blast mitigation
Part V Application and innovation
Part VI Rehabilitation. . - DigitalRobert J. Kurman, Lora Hedrick Ellenson and Brigitte M. Ronnett, eds.Springer Nature eReference.Summary: Since the publication of the 1/e in 1977, Blaustein's Pathology of the Female Genital Tract has consolidated its position as the leading textbook of gynecological pathology. An essential reference for all pathologists and residents, this thoroughly updated Seventh Edition includes more than 1400 illustrations in color, informative tables and 22 revised chapters written by internationally recognized experts. Discussion of each specific entity is organized to include general information, etiology, and epidemiology followed by clinical features, pathologic findings, differential diagnosis, clinical behavior, and treatment. This clear organization is applied throughout the book and allows the reader to quickly access key information in every chapter. Blaustein's Pathology of the Female Genital Tract remains the gold-standard reference for practicing pathologists and trainees, as well as for obstetric/gynecology practitioners and residents.
Contents:
Benign Diseases of the Vulva
Premalignant and Malignant Tumors of the Vulva
Diseases of the Vagina
Benign Diseases of the Cervix
Precancerous Lesions of the Cervix
Carcinoma and Other Tumors of the Cervix
Benign Diseases of the Endometrium
Precursor Lesions of Endometrial Carcinoma
Endometrial Carcinoma
Mesenchymal Tumors of the Uterus
Diseases of the Fallopian Tube and Paratubal Region
Nonneoplastic Lesions of the Ovary
Diseases of the Peritoneum
Surface Epithelial Tumors of the Ovary
Sex Cord-Stromal, Steroid Cell, and Other Ovarian Tumors with Endocrine, Paraendocrine and Paraneoplastic Manifestations
Germ Cell Tumors of the Ovary
Nonspecific Tumors of the Ovary Including Mesenchymal Tumors
Metastatic Tumors of the Ovary
Diseases of the Placenta
Gestational Trophoblastic Tumors and Related Tumor-like Lesions
Hematologic Neoplasms and Selected Tumor-Like Lesions
Soft Tissue Lesions Involving Female Reproductive Organs. /p>.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalJordi Vallverdú, Vincent C. Müller, editors.Summary: This edited volume is about how unprejudiced approaches to real human cognition can improve the design of AI. It covers many aspects of human cognition and across 12 chapters the reader can explore multiple approaches about the complexities of human cognitive skills and reasoning, always guided by experts from different but complimentary academic fields. A central concept is explained: blended cognition, the natural skill of human beings for combining constantly different heuristics during their several task-solving activities. Something that was sometimes observed like a problem as "bad reasoning", is now the central key for the understanding of the richness, adaptability and creativity of human cognition. The topic of this book connects in a significant way with the disciplines of psychology, neurology, anthropology, philosophy, logics, engineering, logics, and AI. In a nutshell: understanding better humans for designing better machines. Any person with interests on natural and artificial reasoning should read this book as a primary source of inspiration and a way to achieve a critical thinking on these topics.
Contents:
Preface Blended Cognition Vincent C. Müller & Jordi VallverdúPhilosophy 1. Blended cognition. The robotic challenge Jordi Vallverdú2. Manipulative Abduction, External Semiotic Anchors, and Blended Cognition Lorenzo Magnani3. Practical Reasoning in the Deliberations of an Intelligent Autonomous Agent Douglas Walton4. Blended Automation: The Language-Game of Psychoanalytic Automatism and Cybernetic Automata Vassilis GalanosEngineering 5. Can our Robots rely on an Emotionally Charged Vision-for- Action? An Embodied Model for Neurorobotics Gabriele Ferretti & Eris Chinellato6. Modeling psycho-emotional states via neurosimulation of monoamine neuro-Transmitters Max Talanov, Alexey Leukhin, Fail Gafarov & Jordi Vallverdú7. Towards Conversation Envisioning for Cognitive Robots Maryam Sadat Mirzaei, Qiang Zhang, Stef van der Struijk & Toyoaki NishidaPsychology 8. The blending of human and autonomous-machine cognition Robert Earl Patterson and Robert G. Eggleston (USAF)9. Heuristics of Numerical Choice in Economic Contexts Kay-Yut Chen & Daniel S. Levine Anthropology 10. Towards autonomous artificial agents? Proposal for a naturalistic activity-based model of (artificial) life
Corentin Chanet & David Eubelen Logics 11. Toward a Logic of Everyday Reasoning Pei Wang Index. - DigitalAsim V. Farooq, James J. Reid, editors.Summary: This book is a comprehensive overview of blepharitis that covers various the definitions and types of blepharitis. It meets the market need for a comparable book on this topic that recognizes blepharitis as being both a common diagnosis and a challenging condition to treat. Concise and unique, chapters are clinically focused, provide an equal focus on surgical management as well as on medical management of this condition. The book concludes with a look at future directions in the field as they pertain to the diagnosis, clinical treatment, and management of blepharitis. Blepharitis is an invaluable reference written specifically for comprehensive ophthalmologists, cornea and external disease specialists, residents, fellows, and optometrists.
Contents:
1. Anterior Blepharitis
2. Posterior Blepharitis
3. Local and Systemic Associations
4. Diagnostic Tools
5. Sebaceous Carcinoma: Masquerade Syndrome
6. Medical Management of Blepharitis
7. Procedural Management
8. Blepharitis: Future Directions. - PrintRudolfo Anaya ; foreword by Erika L. Sánchez ; introduction by Rudolfo Anaya.Summary: "Antonio Marez is six years old when Ultima comes to stay with his family in New Mexico. Ultima is a curandera, one who cures with herbs and magic. Under her wise wing, Tony will probe the family ties that bind and rend him as he discovers himself in the magical secrets of the pagan past-a mythic legacy as palpable as the Catholicism of Latin America. And at each life turn, there is Ultima, who delivered Tony into the world . . . and will nurture the birth of his soul."-- Provided by publisher.
- Digital[edited by] Gerald McDonnell, Joyce M. Hansen.Summary: "Infection control and concerns about spread of disease date back to ancient times: early Greek, Roman, and Biblical texts outline strict dietary guidelines, quarantines for people with leprosy, and instructions for returning soldiers to burn equipment and clothes. Aristotle instructed Alexander the Great to require his armies to boil their drinking water. Today, concerns about drug resistance (eg: farmed fish as a source of antibiotic resistance; drug-resistant tuberculosis; drug-resistant bacteria on endoscopes) dominate news headlines and command serious research and industry investment.Seymour S Block's Disinfection, Sterilization, and Preservation was first published in 1968, and is considered to be the gold standard for those involved with technologies or products dependent on preservatives, sterilization or disinfection. The various sections and detailed chapters of the book include introductions, fundamental principles of activity, chemical types of disinfectants/sterilants, controls of particular types of microorganisms, physical disinfection/sterilization technologies, medical & health related applications, test methodologies, and miscellaneous other topics. The last edition was published in 2000, and since that time much has changed in our understanding of the risks, the technologies available, and the regulatory environments in the practical applications of these technologies. Additionally, focus has somewhat shifted from "how to kill it" to "how to prevent it" A new edition, discussing new understandings of microbes and how to manage them through disinfection and prevention is necessary. Dr. Block has passed away, but he has several colleagues and previous contributors who are desirous of carrying the mantle of this important title. The proposed editors are well respected in the area, with backgrounds in the antimicrobial control of infection risks; one of the editors has a greater background in the medical application of technologies and the other for industrial applications, offering a nice balance"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalArunangshu Chakraborty, editor.Summary: This is a highly informative and carefully presented book for trainees and postgraduate students of anaesthesiology as well as practicing clinicians. This book aims to help them in selecting and implementing the most suitable regional block in each clinical scenario and successfully use the techniques of ultrasound-guided regional anaesthesia (USRA) in their practice. This book covers basics of ultrasound imaging, anatomical aspects and techniques of all nerve blocks that are commonly used in clinical practice in a lucid and illustrated presentation. Regional anaesthesia can be a safe alternative to general anaesthesia. When combined with general anaesthesia, it can provide excellent postoperative analgesia too. With the advent of ultrasound, the scope, safety and reliability of regional anaesthesia has expanded manifold. However, there is a lack of formal clinical training in regional anaesthesia in most of the anaesthesia postgraduate curricula and this book intends to bridge this gap. The book serves as a useful resource to the anaesthetist; trainee or practitioner who wants to master the nerve blocks.
Contents:
Basics of ultrasound guided regional anaesthesia
Blocks in upper limbs
Blocks for lower limbs
Truncal blocks
Neuraxial blocks
Pediatric Regional Anaesthesia
Recent advances
Safety and ergonomics and education. - DigitalRichard T. Maziarz, Susan Schubach Slater, editors.
- DigitalRichard T. Maziarz, Susan Schubach Slater, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: This updated and expanded edition developed by the Blood and Marrow Stem Cell Transplant team at Oregon Health & Science University Knight Cancer Institute features the latest medical management guidelines and standards of care for hematopoietic stem cell transplant and cellular therapy patients. Spanning the timeline from the initial consultation throughout the transplant process, this handbook begins by providing a general overview of stem cell transplantation and goes on to outline disease-specific indications for stem cell transplantation. It then focuses on transplant complications and ongoing care, and finally explores cellular therapies for hematologic malignancies. Comprehensive and easy-to-use, Blood and Marrow Transplant Handbook: Comprehensive Guide for Patient Care, Third Edition presents a multidisciplinary approach to information for physicians and advanced practice medical providers as well as residents, fellows, and other trainees who care for patients who undergo transplant and immune effector cell therapy.
- Digitaledited by Bipin N. Savani.Contents:
Introduction / Bipin N. Savani
Overview : transplant data and increasing numbers of long-term survivors / Jakob R. Passweg and Helen Baldomero
Long-term transplant clinic setup / Andre Tichelli ... [et al.]
Late effects after allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Sairah Ahmed and Yago Nieto
Late effects after autologous hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Sairah Ahmed and Yago Nieto
Graft-versus-host disease and late effects after hematopoetic stem cell transplantation / Gerard Socie
Prominent role of allied health professionals (nurse practitioners, physician assistants, others) in long term follow-up after hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Catherine E. Lucid
Screening and prevention guidelines for hematopoietic cell transplant survivors / Navneet S. Majhail and j. Douglas Rizzo
Secondary malignancies : prevalence, screening, prevention, and management guidelines / Paolo F. Caimi and Hillard M. Lazarus
Cutaneous chronic graft-versus-host disease / Attilio Olivieri ... [et al.]
Anti-infective prophylaxis, immunization and prevention of recurrent infectious complications in long-term survivors / John P. Galvin and Jayesh Mehta
Seasonal virus infections : prevention and management guidelines / Gaurav Trikha and John R. Wingard
Exposure to family members : infections and recent live vaccinations / Brian G. Engelhardt and James E. Crowe, Jr.
Late pulmonary complications after allogeneic hematopietic stem cell transplantation : bronchiolitis obliterans syndrome (BOS) and organizing pneumonia (OP) / Lee Gazourian ... [et al.]
Post-transplantation bone disease : prevalence, monitoring, prevention and management guidelines / Andre Tichelli and Alicia Rovo
Ocular complications : prevalence, monitoring, prevention, and management guidelines / Andre Tichelli and Alicia Rovo
Oral complications in hematopoietic stem cell transplantation survivors : monitoring and management / Andrea L. Utz and Shubhada Jagasia
Fertility issues, contraception, and pregnancy outcome in long-term survivors / Alicia Rovo ... [et al.]
Follow-up of children after hematopoietic stem cell transplantation : growth and development / Kristina K. Hardy ... [et al.]
Posttransplant diabetes mellitus : monitoring, prevention, and management guidelines / Prathima Jasti, Shichun Bao, and Shubhada Jagasia
Thyroid disease : monitoring and mangement guidelines / M. Kathleen Figaro ... [et al.]
Special issues related to female long-term survivors / Melissa A. Merideth ... [et al.]
Cardiac and vascular complications in long-term survivors after hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Alicia Rovo and Andre Tichelli
Hyperlipidemia : prevalence, monitoring, management, interactions with immunosuppressive agents and follow-up / Dara L. Eckerle Mize, Shubhada Jagasia, and Jeffrey B. Boord
Hypertension management in long-term survivors / Imad Abboud
Gastrointestinal complications of hematopoietic cell transplantation / Preet Bagi ... [et al.]
Hepatic complications of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Niharika Samala ... [et al.]
Monitoring and management of hepatitis B, hepatitis C, and HIV infection before and after transplantation / Keith Luckett and Stephen Dummer
Prevention and management of renal complications in long-term survivors / Michael Dickenmann and Joerg P. Halter
Immunosuppressive agents and monitoring in long-term survivors / Paul Shaughnessy and Helen Leather
Nutritional assessments and nutritional supplementation for long-term transplant survivors : multivitamins, vitamin D, Calcium, antioxidants, and minerals / Lauren Zatarain ... [et al.]
Daily routines and guidelines : driving, infection isolation, masks, food/diet, activities, exercise, pets, sun exposures, and others / Angela M. Woods
Caregivers of long-term survivors / Elizabeth Wulff-Burchfield
Health-related quality of life in adult and pediatric survivors of hematopoietic stem cell transplantation / Margaret Bevans and Lori Wiener
Prevalent psychosocial adjustment issues nd solutions : lifestyle and social challenges / Katrina M. Stokes
Patient's perspective : concepts of long-term survivor support groups and their roles / Michael W. Brown
Appendix 1 NMDP/Be the match posttransplant guidelines resources / Darlene Haven
Appendix 2 Long-term follow-up calendar / Andre Tichelli ... [et al.]
Appendix 3 Commonly used transplant-related medications in long-term survivors / Melissa Logue.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - Digitaledited by Bipin N Savani, André Tichelli.Summary: "Hematopoietic cell transplantation (HCT) provides curative therapy for a variety of diseases. Over the past several decades, significant advances have been made in the field of HCT and now HCT has become an integral part of treatment modality for a variety of hematologic malignancies and some nonmalignant diseases. HCT remains an important treatment option for a wide variety of hematologic and nonhematologic disorders, despite recent advances in the field of immunologic therapies. Factors driving this growth include expanded disease indications, greater donor options (expanding unrelated donor registries and haploidentical HCT), and accommodation of older and less fit recipients. The development of less toxic pretransplant conditioning regimens, more effective prophylaxis of graft-versus-host disease (GVHD), improved infection control, and other advances in transplant technology have resulted in a rapidly growing number of transplant recipients surviving long-term free of the disease for which they were transplanted. The changes over decades in the transplant recipient population and in the practice of HCT will have almost inevitably altered the composition of the long-term survivor population over time. Apart from an increasingly older transplant recipient cohort, the pattern of transplant indications has shifted from the 1990s when chronic myeloid leukemia made up a significant proportion of allo-HCT indications. Changes in cell source, donor types, conditioning regimens, GVHD prophylaxis, and supportive care have all occurred, with ongoing reductions in both relapse and non-relapse mortality (NRM) have been demonstrated"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2021
- PrintTibor J. Greenwalt, Edwin A. Steane, section editors.
- Digital/Printedited by Ruth Lyck, Gaby Enzmann.Summary: Within the central nervous system (CNS) the constantly changing blood stream is separated from the CNS parenchyma by the blood brain barrier (BBB) restricting passage to selected immune cells. Under pathological conditions, however, viruses, bacteria, parasites and autoaggressive immune cells can penetrate the barrier and contribute to CNS inflammation. The BBB actively contributes to neuroinflammation by presentation of chemokines, expression of cell adhesion molecules and alteration of barrier properties. As such, understanding the role of the BBB under healthy and pathological conditions is essential for the development of new drugs to efficiently combat inflammatory diseases of the CNS. This book presents a comprehensive collection of reviews that focus on the role of the BBB. Experts in the field share their insight on structural, topological and functional properties of the BBB. They elaborate on pathophysiological changes of the inflamed BBB such as permeability, transporter proteins and alterations in microRNAs and cytokine profile. Additional chapters on multiple sclerosis and bacterial meningitis provide in depth information on significant neuroinflammatory diseases. The selection is complemented by a review on the current understanding of the BBB as signaling hub in tumor pathogenesis in the brain.
Contents:
General Introduction to Barrier Mechanisms in the Central Nervous System
Topological Aspects of the Blood-brain and Blood cerebrospinal Fluid Barriers and their Relevance in Inflammation Research
The Contribution of the Extracellular Matrix to the BBB in Steady State and Inflammatory Conditions
Pathophysiology of the Bloodbrain Barrier in Neuroinflammatory Diseases
Leakage at Blood-neural Barriers
Blood-Brain Barrier Transporters and Neuroinflammation: Partners in Neuroprotection and in Pathology
MicroRNAs in Brain Endothelium and Inflammation
Blood-Brain Barrier Dysfunction during Central Nervous System Autoimmune Diseases
Pathways Across the Blood Brain Barrier
Neuroinflammation in Bacterial Meningitis
Blood Vessels in the Brain: a Signaling Hub in Brain Tumor Inflammation. - DigitalJohn G. Toffaletti, Craig R. Rackley.Digital Access
- DigitalMichel E. Safar, Michael F. O'Rourke, Edward D. Frohlich, editors.Contents:
Part I. Blood Pressure: Basic Concepts of Steady and Pulsatile Arterial Hemodynamics
1. Arterial Stiffness, Wave Reflection, Wave Amplification: Basic Concepts, Principles of Measurement and Analysis in Humans / Michael F. O'Rourke, Caroline O'Brien, and Thomas Weber
2. Large Arteries, Microcirculation, and Mechanisms of Hypertension / Harry A.J. Struijker-Boudier
3. Direct Measurement of Local Arterial Stiffness and Pulse Pressure / Luc M. Van Bortel, Tine De Backer, and Patrick Segers --4. Ventricular-Arterial Coupling and Mechanism of Wave Reflections / Julio A. Chirinos and Patrick Segers
5. Determination of Systemic and Regional Arterial Structure and Function / Pierre Boutouyrie, Laurent Macron, Elie Mousseaux, and Stéphane Laurent
6. Animal Models for Studies of Arterial Stiffness / Patrick Lacolley, Simon N. Thornton, and Yvonnick Bezie
7. Elastin, Calcium and Age-Related Stiffening of the Arterial Wall / Jeffrey Atkinson
8. Genetic and Cellular Aspects of Arterial Stiffness / Athanase Benetos, Abraham Aviv, Patrick Lacolley, Michel E. Safar, and Véronique Regnault
Part II. Blood Pressure and Sodium Balance: Pathophysiological Mechanisms and Cardiovascular Risk
9. Mechanical Stress and the Arterial Wall / Ernesto L. Schiffrin, Alain Tedgui, and Stephanie Lehoux
10. Pulsatile Stress, Arterial Stiffness, and Endothelial Function / Robinson Joannidès, Jérémy Bellien, and Christian Thuillez
11. Hypoxia, Arterial Blood Pressure, and Microcirculation / Jean-Jacques Mourad, Jean-Sébastien Silvestre, and Bernard I. Lévy
12. The Reality of Aging Viewed from the Arterial Wall / Majd AlGhatrif and Edward G. Lakatta
13. Emerging Aspects of Angiotensin Biology and Their Potential Role in the Vasculature / Richard N. Re and Julia L. Cook
14. Arterial Stiffness and the Sympathetic Nervous System / Gianfranco Parati and Paolo Salvi
15. Oxidative Stress and Hypertension / Jing Wu and David G. Harrison
16. Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction / Scott L. Hummel
17. Structural Alterations in Arterial Stiffness: Role of Arterial Fibrosis / Javier Díez
18. Salt and Multiorgan Damage in Hypertension: Vascular Stiffening and Cardiorenal Structural Dysfunction Responses / Edward D. Frohlich
19. Preventive Lessons from Hypertension and Myocardial Infarction: Treating Asymptomatic Individuals to Lower the Risk for Subsequent Cardiovascular Events / Marc A. Pfeffer
Part III. Hypertension: Evaluation of Cardiovascular Risk and Organ Damage
20. Value of Brachial and Central Blood Pressure for Predicting Cardiovascular Events / Stanley S. Franklin, Carmel M. McEniery, John R. Cockcroft, and Ian B. Wilkinson
21. Predictive Value of Arterial Stiffness for Cardiovascular Events / Stéphane Laurent, Pierre Boutouyrie, and Francesco Mattace Raso
22. Heart Rate, Synchrony and Arterial Hemodynamics / Alberto P. Avolio, Mark Butlin, and Isabella Tan
23. Pulse Pressure Amplification and Arterial Stiffness in Middle Age / Alberto P. Avolio, Mark Butlin, and Athanase D. Protogerou
24. Arterial Stiffness, Central Blood Pressure and Cardiac Remodelling: From Cardiac Hypertrophy to Heart Failure / Mary J. Roman and Richard B. Devereux
25. The Relationship Between Aortic Stiffness, Microvascular Disease in the Brain and Cognitive Decline: Insights into the Emerging Epidemic of Alzheimer's Disease / Angelo Scuteri, Jonathan Stone, and Michael F. O'Rourke
26. Arterial Stiffness and Risk in Various Cardiovascular Diseases / Charalambos Vlachopoulos, Dimitrios Terentes- Printzios, Kenji Takazawa, and Christodoulos Stefanadis
27. Large Artery Remodeling and Chronic Kidney Disease / Marie Briet, Michel Delahousse, Gérard London, Stéphane Laurent, and Pierre Boutouyrie
28. Arterial Changes in Renal Transplantation / Sola Aoun Bahous, Serge Korjian, Yazan Daaboul, Jacques Blacher, and Michel E. Safar
29. Arterial Stiffness, Central Blood Pressure and Coronary Heart Disease / Piotr Jankowski, Jacques Blacher, and Thomas Weber
Part IV. Clinical Involvement: Role of Age, Sex, Inflammatory and Metabolic Alterations
30. Modifications of Blood Pressure Profiles in the Very Old: Role of Frailty and Comorbidities / Athanase Benetos, Sylvie Gautier, and Michel E. Safar
31. Arterial Stiffness and Amplification in the Very Old / Athanase Benetos, Ghassan Watfa, Paolo Salvi, and Patrick Lacolley
32. Hypertension in Men and Women: Is It Different? / Harold Smulyan and Bruno Pannier
33. Obesity, Metabolic Syndrome, Diabetes and Smoking / Isabel Ferreira, Roel J.J. van de Laar, and Coen D.A. Stehouwer
34. Glucose, Insulin and Potential Strategies of Vascular Stiffening / Guanghong Jia, Annayya R. Aroor, Gerald A. Meininger, and James R. Sowers
35. Arterial Stiffness in Chronic Inflammation / Kaisa M. Mäki-Petäjä, Carmel M. McEniery, Stanley S. Franklin, and Ian B. Wilkinson
Part V. Stratifications of Cardiovascular Risk and Therapeutic Consequences on Arterial Stiffness and Wave Reflections
36. Outcome-Driven Thresholds for Pulse Pressure on Office and Out-of-the-Office Blood Pressure Measurement / Yumei Gu, Lucas S. Aparicio, Yanping Liu, Kei Asayama, Tine W. Hansen, Teemu J. Niiranen, José Boggia, Lutgarde Thijs, and Jan A. Staessen
37. Properties of Central Arteries in Populations of Different Ethnicity: Ethnicity and Central Arteries / Augustine Nonso Odili, Yumei Gu, and Jan A. Staessen
38. Changing Concepts on the Role of Blood Pressure Reduction in Stroke Prevention with the Focus on β-Blocking Agents / Ji-Guang Wang, Feng-Hua Ding, Li-Hua Li, and Yan Li
39. Decreasing Arterial Stiffness and/or Wave Reflections Independently of Mean Arterial Pressure: Effect of Antihypertensive Drugs (Part 1) / Hélène Beaussier, Stéphane Laurent, and Pierre Boutouyrie
40. Decreasing Arterial Stiffness and/or Wave Reflections Independently of Mean Arterial Pressure: Effect of Non-antihypertensive Drugs (Part 2) / Hélène Beaussier, Stéphane Laurent, and Pierre Boutouyrie
41. Blood Pressure Variability: Measurements, Influential Factors, Prognosis and Therapy / Yi Zhang, Davide Agnoletti, Alexandra Yannoutsos, Michel E. Safar, and Jacques Blacher
42. Nitrate: The Ideal Drug Action for Isolated Systolic Hypertension in Elderly? / Xiong J. Jiang and Michael F. O'Rourke
43. De-stiffening Strategy, Sodium Balance, and Blockade of the Renin-Angiotensin System / Athanase D. Protogerou, Michel E. Safar, Gerard E. Plante, and Jacques Blacher
44. Long-Term Effects of Calcium Channel Blockers on Central and Peripheral Arteries / Yoshio Matsui and Michael F. O'Rourke
45. Exercise Training for the Modification of Arterial Stiffness and Wave Reflections / Julian W. Sacre and Bronwyn A. Kingwell. - DigitalAdel E. Berbari, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.Summary: This book provides an in-depth and up-to-date review of the association between blood pressure disorders and diabetes mellitus. In addition, it discusses the specific role of hemodynamic alterations on the vasculature of various target organs (the retina, kidney, brain, and gravid uterus), topics that are infrequently considered and or acknowledged by clinicians. Covering all aspects of the interaction between metabolic and hemodynamic factors, the book presents the diverse perspectives of the contributing authors and extensive discussions of issues including diabetic kidney disease, diabetic hypertensive phenotypes and postural hypotension.
Contents:
I Introduction
1 Coexistence of Diabetes Mellitus and Hypertension
II Epidemiological Aspects
2 BP disorders in diabetic children/adolescents
3 Hypertension and Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus
4 BP Disorders in Gestational Diabetes (Hypertension / Preeclampsia)
III Screening and Diagnostic Approaches in Diabetic Hypertensive Patients
5 Office / Out-of-Office Blood Pressure Measurements
6 Laboratory Indices / Bioimaging
IV Pathophysiological Mechanisms
7 Genetics
8 Insulin and BP relationships
9 Mechanisms of Diabetic Nephropathy in Experimental Animals
10 Molecular Alterations in Diabetic Chronic Kidney Disease
V Target Organ Damage in Diabetic Hypertensive Patient
11 Endothelial Dysfunction / Arterial Stiffness
12 Heart in Diabetic Hypertensive Patients
13 Cerebrovascular Structural Alterations
14 Diabetic Nephropathy in Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
15 Diabetic Chronic Kidney Disease in Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus (Albuminuric/ Nonalbuminuric)
16 Diabetic Retinopathy
VI Strategies for Blood Pressure Control
17 Target Blood Pressure Values / Choice of Antihypertensive Drug Classes
VII Benefits of Antihypertensive Treatment
18 Lifestyle modification
19 Blood Pressure Thresholds for Initiation of Drug Treatment / and Effect of Blood Pressure Reduction on Target Organs
VIII Antihypertensive Drugs and Diabetes Mellitus: Special Problems
20 Adverse reactions associated with RAAS Blockers
21 Insulin Resistance and New Onset Diabetes Mellitus
22 Management of Hypertensive Diabetic Patient during Ramadan Fasting
IX Other Therapeutic Modalities
23 Control of Blood Glucose and Cardiovascular Risk Profile
X Hypotensive Disorders
24 Supine / Postural Hypotensive Blood Pressure Levels. - DigitalWilliam B. White, editor.
- DigitalHenry Liu, Alan D. Kaye, Jonathan S. Jahr, editors.Summary: This book functions as a comprehensive and authoritative reference book in blood transfusion and blood substitutes. It is a collection of the latest developments and the newest investigations, and individual chapters are written by world experts in the arena. The book begins with a historical review on the practice of transfusions as well as the components and physiology of blood. The following chapters cover various topics, including platelet substitutes, hemoglobin-based oxygen carriers, perfluorocarbon based oxygen carriers, and safety issues related to artificial hemoglobin. All chapters provide a bulleted highlights list to facilitate readers in mastering the main points of each individual chapter. Blood Substitutes and Oxygen Biotherapeutics is an invaluable reference book for perioperative care providers, hematologists, anesthesiologists, surgeons, obstetricians and gynecologists.
Contents:
ATP and Oxygen: the Energy Economy of the Cell
Physiological Functions of Blood
Hemoglobin: Physiology and Hemoglobinopathy
The Global Burden of Anemia
Blood Component Therapy: the History, Efficacy, and Adverse Effects in Clinical Practice
Allogeneic Blood Transfusion: Complications and Side Effects
The real-time effects of artificial blood substitutes on the microcirculation
Vascular endothelium and nitric oxide
A Brief History of Development of Nanobiotechnology-based Blood Substitutes
Classification of Blood Substitutes
Hemoglobin-based Oxygen Carriers
Complications of HBOCs including clinical safety issues
Free Hemoglobin Toxicity
Nanotechnology-based oxygen and drug carriers
Perfluorocarbon-based Oxygen Carriers
Platelet Substitutes
Plasma Substitutes
Novel nanobiotherapeutic based blood substitutes
Paradigm Shift
Hemoglobin-Based Blood Substitute
Hemoglobin vesicles as artificial red cells
Low Volume Resuscitation Agents in Prehospital Medicine
ErythroMer: Bio-Inspired Artificial Red Blood Cell
OxyVita-Erythrocruorin
HemAssist: History, clinical trials
Development of Recombinant Hemoglobin
Hemolink-PolyHeme
Safety and Tolerability Study -in Stable Adult Patients with Sickle Cell disease
Oxygent-Sanguinate
M101, the Hemoglobin from the Sea-Hemopure: clinical trials and current status
Perftoran: History-Oxycyte-Hemoximer
Transplantation
Hemorrhagic Shock: HBOCs in Trauma
Use of Oxygen
Regulatory Update. - Printby Åke Rieger and Sten-Otto Liljedahl.Contents:
-- Changes in blood volume and plasma proteins after bleeding and immediate substitution with physiologic saline, dog plasma and dog albumin in the splenectomized dog / Å. Rieger
3. Changes in blood volume and plasma proteins after bleeding and immediate substitution with Macrodex. Rheomacrodex and Physiogel in the splenectomized dog / Å. Rieger
4. Importance of thoracic duct lymph in restitution of plasma volume and plasma proteins after bleeding and immediate substitution in the splenectomized dog / S
O. Liljedahl and Å. Rieger.Access via Acta chirurgica Scandinavica. 1967; 379 - DigitalJames Stacey Taylor.Summary: "This is the first book to argue in favor of paying people for their blood plasma. It does not merely argue that offering compensation to plasma donors is morally permissible. It argues that prohibiting donor compensation is morally wrong-and that it is morally wrong for all of the reasons that are offered against allowing donor compensation. Opponents of donor compensation claim that it will reduce the amount and quality of plasma obtained, exploit and coerce donors, and undermine social cohesion. James Stacey Taylor argues that empirical evidence demonstrates that compensating plasma donors greatly increases the amount of plasma obtained with no adverse effects on the quality of the pharmaceutical products that are manufactured from it. Prohibiting compensation thus harms patients by reducing their access to the medicines they need. He also argues that it is the prohibition of compensation-not its offer-that exploits donors, fails to respect the moral need to secure a person's authoritative consent to her treatment, and prevents donors from giving their informed consent to donate. Prohibiting compensation thus not only harms patients-it wrongs donors. Bloody Bioethics will appeal to researchers, advanced students, and medical professionals interested in bioethics, moral philosophy, and the moral limits of markets"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2022
- DigitalAbdul-Latif Hamdan, Robert Thayer Sataloff, Omar Ramadan, Daniel Eichorn, Mary J. Hawkshaw.Summary: This book reviews the emerging role of blue laser as a new treatment modality. Laser surgery has revolutionized the treatment of patients with voice disorders. The choice of laser is based primarily on the characteristics of the laser such as wavelength, mode of delivery and spot size, and on the type of pathology that is being treated. Recently, a new laser with hybrid characteristics, namely cutting and hemostatic, has been introduced as the new generation of photoangiolytic lasers. This new laser--the blue laser with a wavelength of 445 nm--is gaining popularity as an alternative to the traditional KTP laser. The book begins with a review of lasers in laryngology, which is followed by a discussion of anesthesia considerations in office-based and OR-based laryngeal surgery. Subsequent chapters detail the surgical steps needed to be able to perform office-based blue laser procedures safely, including the mode of application and the use of adjunctive surgical procedures. These chapters present colored illustrations of various cases of laryngeal pathology before and after treatment. Video-recordings of surgeries performed in-office and in the operating room using the blue laser are included. Finally, the authors cover rare applications of blue laser therapy in laryngology. This is an ideal guide for otolaryngologists and laryngologists, as well as speech-language pathologists, phoniatricians and other voice therapists and trainers.
Contents:
1 Introduction
2 Anesthesia Considerations in Office-Based and OR-Based Laryngeal Surgery
3 Blue Laser Therapy of Vocal Fold Varices and Ectasias
4 Blue Laser Therapy of Exudative Lesions of the Vocal Folds
5 Blue Laser Therapy of Vocal Process Granuloma
6 Blue Laser Therapy of Recurrent Respiratory Papillomatosis
7 Blue Laser Therapy of Vocal Fold Leukoplakia
8 Blue Laser Therapy of Vocal Fold Scars
9 Blue Laser Therapy of Laryngeal Stenosis
10 Rare Applications of Blue Laser Therapy in Laryngology. - DigitalPeter J. Hotez, MD, PhD, Baylor College of Medicine.Summary: In 2011, Dr. Peter J. Hotez relocated to Houston to launch Baylor's National School of Tropical Medicine. He was shocked to discover that a number of neglected diseases often associated with developing countries were widespread in impoverished Texas communities. Despite the United States' economic prowess and first-world status, an estimated 12 million Americans living at the poverty level currently suffer from at least one neglected tropical disease, or NTD. Hotez concluded that the world's neglected diseases-which include tuberculosis, hookworm infection, lymphatic filariasis, Chagas disease, and leishmaniasis-are born first and foremost of extreme poverty. In this book, Hotez describes a new global paradigm known as "blue marble health," through which he asserts that poor people living in wealthy countries account for most of the world's poverty-related illness. By crafting public policy and relying on global partnerships to control or eliminate some of the world's worst poverty-related illnesses, Hotez believes, it is possible to eliminate life-threatening disease while at the same time creating unprecedented opportunities for science and diplomacy.
Contents:
A changing landscape in global health
The "other diseases": the neglected tropical diseases
Introducing blue marble health
East Asia : China, Indonesia, Japan, and South Korea
India
Sub-Saharan Africa : Nigeria and South Africa
Saudi Arabia and neighboring conflict zones of the Middle East and North African region
The Americas : Argentina, Brazil, and Mexico
Australia, Canada, European Union, Russian Federation, and Turkey
United States of America
The G20 : "a theory of justice"
A framework for science and vaccine diplomacy
Future directions.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016Limited to 3 simultaneous users - DigitalJosé Luis Cort, Pablo Abaunza.Summary: This open access book is an original contribution to the knowledge on fishing and research associated with one of the most enigmatic fish of our seas: bluefin tuna, Thunnus thynnus (L.). Based on available evidence, it reconstructs the possible methods used to catch large spawners in the Strait of Gibraltar thousands of years ago and describes the much more recent overfishing that led to a great reduction in the catches of the trap fishery on the area and the disappearance of the northern European fisheries. It is the first book to relate the overfishing of juvenile fishes in certain areas to the decline of large spawners in other very distant areas, revealing one of the main underlying causes of this decline, which has remained a mystery to the fishing sector and scientists alike for over 50 years. This finding should serve to prevent similar cases from arising in the future.
Contents:
Introduction
Some characteristics of the bluefin tuna its geographical distribution, areas and fishing systems
The bluefin tuna catch in the Strait of Gibraltar, a review of its history
the present state of traps and fisheries research in the Strait of Gibraltar
Bluefin tuna fishing in the Bay of Biscay
Research related to bluefin tuna fishing in the Bay of Biscay
A publication that sheds light on the disappearance of the eastern Atlantic bluefin tuna spawner in the 1960s. - DigitalMitchell S. King, Martin S. Lipsky.Summary: Blueprints Family Medicine provides a complete, yet succinct review of the key concepts and topics that students need to know for a four- to six-week family medicine clerkship. With its concise, well-organized format, it serves as an ideal rapid reference for day-to-day patient care as well as subject examinations and board review. Updates throughout reflect the most current treatment and management strategies. A new section covers the 25 drugs most commonly prescribed in the primary care setting. Case vignettes demonstrate clinical applications. 100 USMLE-style review questions, with full explanations, facilitate exam preparation. Key Points at the end of each chapter summarize important information. Clinical boxes highlight clinical manifestations, differential diagnoses, and treatment options. A helpful appendix provides easy access to evidence-based resources.
Contents:
Part I. Principles of family medicine
Elements of family medicine
Patient communication and coordination of care – Screening – Immunizations
Preventive care: 19 to 64 Years
Preoperative evaluation
Family violence: awareness and prevention
Part II. Common signs and symptoms
Allergies
Back pain
Chest pain – Constipation – Cough – Diarrhea
Dizziness/Vertigo – Fatigue
Headache – Heartburn – Hematuria
Jaundice in adults
Knee pain – Lymphadenopathy
Nausea and vomiting --Painful joints
Palpitations – Pharyngitis – Proteinuria
Red eye
Respiratory infections
Shortness of breath
Shoulder pain
Somatic symptom disorder – Swelling
Weight loss
Part III. Common medical conditions – Acne
Alcohol and substance abuse – Anemia – Anxiety – Asthma
Atopic dermatitis
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
Congestive heart failure – Depression
Diabetes Mellitus Type 2 – Diverticulitis
Human immunodeficiency virus
Hypertension – Hyperthyroidism – Hypothyroidism – Obesity
Oral health – Osteoporosis
Prostate disease
Sexually transmitted diseases
Skin infections
Tobacco abuse
Urinary Tract Infection – Urticaria
Part IV. Women’s health
Abnormal pap smear
Abnormal vaginal bleeding – Amenorrhea
Breast Masses
Contraception – Vaginitis
Part V. Maternity care -Preconception counseling and prenatal care
Common medical problems in pregnancy
Postpartum care
Part VI. Care for infants, children, and adolescents
Preventive care: newborn to 5 years
Preventive care: 5 to 12 years
Adolescent medicine
Common medical problems in children
Behavioral issues in children
Fever in children
Otitis media
Preparticipation evaluation
Part VII. Care for older adults
Preventive care: 65 years and older
Geriatric assessment
Common medical problems in older adults – Dementia
Urinary incontinence
Nursing home and end-of-life care
Part VIII. Common medications
Analgesics: nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory and opioid medications – Antibiotics
Cardiovascular medications
Endocrine medications
Gastrointestinal medications
Psychiatric medications
Other medications.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2019 - DigitalVincent B. Young, MD, PhD, Associate Professor, Departments of Internal Medicine and Microbiology & Immunology, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, Michigan, William A. Kormos, MD, MPH, Instructor in Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, Davoren A. Chick, MD, FACP, Clinical Associate Professor, Departments of Internal Medicine and Learning Health Sciences, University of Michigan Medical School, Ann Arbor, Michigan.Summary: One of the best selling and most highly regarded volumes in the Blueprints series, this book provides a concise review of what students need to know in their rotations or the Boards. Each chapter is brief and includes pedagogical features such as bold key words, tables, figures, and key points boxes. This edition has been reorganized to follow the Clerkship Directors in Internal Medicine guidelines, and includes a new section on neurology, case studies, and additional tables and figures. A question-and-answer section at the end of the book includes 100 board-format questions with complete rationales for each answer choice.
Contents:
pt. I, Cardiovascular :
Chest pain
Shock
Coronary heart disease and chronic angina
Acute coronary syndromes
Heart failure
Bradyarrhythmias
Tachyarrhythmias
Hypertension
Valvular heart disease
Vascular disease
Syncope. pt. II, Respiratory :
Dyspnea
Cough
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
Asthma
Pulmonary embolism
Interstitial lung disease
Pleural effusions
Lung cancer. pt. III, Renal :
Acid-base disturbances
Fluid and electrolytes
Acute Kidney injury
Chronic kidney disease
Glomerular disease
Nephrolithiasis
Hematuria. pt. IV, Infectious disease :
Fever and rash
Pneumonia
Sexually transmitted infections
Urinary tract infections
Tuberculosis
Gastroenteritis
Infective endocarditis
Meningitis
HIV part I: primary care of the HIV-infected patient
HIV part II: prophylaxis and treatment of opportunistic infections in HIV. pt. V, Gastrointestinal :
Abdominal pain
Diarrhea
Dyspepsia
Inflammatory bowel disease
Hepatitis
Cirrhosis
Cholestatic liver disease
Pancreatitis
Colorectal cancer. pt. VI, Endocrine :
Weight loss
Hyperthyroidism
Hypothyroidism
Diabetes mellitus
Hypercalcemia
Adrenal insufficiency
Cushing Syndrome
Pituitary disease
Nutritional disorders
Dyslipidemia. pt. VII, Rheumatology :
Acute monoarticular arthritis
Low back pain
Rheumatoid arthritis
Seronegative spondyloarthropathies
Connective tissue diseases
Vasculitis
Amyloidosis. pt. VIII, Hematology/Oncology :
Anemia
Hemolytic anemia
Adenopathy
Bleeding disorders
Breast cancer
Prostate cancer
Leukemia
Lymphoma. pt. IX, Neurology
Headache
Delirium
Dizziness
Dementia
Stroke
Seizures.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2016 - DigitalFrank W. Drislane [and others].Contents:
The neurologic examination
Neurologic investigations
The approach to coma and altered consciousness
Neuro-ophthalmology
The approach to weakness
The sensory system
Dizziness, vertigo, and syncope
Ataxia and gait disorders
Urinary and sexual dysfunction
Headache and facial pain
Aphasia and other disorders of higher cortical function
Dementia
Sleep disorders
Vascular disease
Seizures
Movement disorders
Head trauma
Systemic and metabolic disorders
Central nervous system tumors
Demyelinating diseases of the central nervous system
Infections of the nervous system
Disorders of the spinal cord
The peripheral nervous system
Disorders of the neuromuscular junction and skeletal muscle
Pediatric neurology.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2014 - DigitalFrank W. Drislane, Alexandra Hovaguimian, Andrew W. Tarulli, Aimee K. Boegle, Courtney McIIduff, Louis R. Caplan.Contents:
The neurologic examination
Neurologic investigations
The approach to coma and altered consciousness
Neuro-ophthalmology
The approach to weakness
The sensory system
Dizziness, vertigo, and syncope
Ataxia and gait disorders
Urinary and sexual dysfunction
Headache and facial pain
Aphasia and other disorders of higher cortical function
Dementia
Sleep disorders
Vascular disease
Seizures
Movement disorders
Head trauma
Systemic and metabolic disorders
Central nervous system tumors
Demyelinating diseases of the central nervous system
Infections of the nervous system
Disorders of the spinal cord
Radiculopathy, plexopathy, and peripheral neuropathy
Disorders of the neuromuscular junction and skeletal muscle
Pediatric neurology.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2019 - DigitalTamara L. Callahan, Aaron B. Caughey.Contents:
Machine generated contents note: pt. I OBSTETRICS
1. Pregnancy and Prenatal Care
2. Early Pregnancy Complications
3. Prenatal Screening, Diagnosis, and Treatment
4. Normal Labor and Delivery
5. Antepartum Hemorrhage
6.Complications of Labor and Delivery
7. Fetal Complications of Pregnancy
8. Hypertension and Pregnancy
9. Diabetes During Pregnancy
10. Infectious Diseases in Pregnancy
11. Other Medical Complications of Pregnancy
12. Postpartum Care and Complications
pt. II GYNECOLOGY
13. Benign Disorders of the Lower Genital Tract
14. Benign Disorders of the Upper Genital Tract
15. Endometriosis and Adenomyosis
16. Infections of the Lower Female Reproductive Tract
17. Infections of the Upper Female Reproductive Tract and Systemic Infections
18. Pelvic Organ Prolapse
19. Urinary Incontinence
20. Puberty, the Menstrual Cycle, and Menopause
21. Amenorrhea
22. Abnormalities of the Menstrual Cycle
23. Hirsutism and Virilism
24. Contraception and Sterilization
25. Termination of Pregnancy
26. Infertility and Assisted Reproductive Technologies
27. Vulvar and Vaginal Neoplasia
28. Cervical Neoplasia and Cervical Cancer
29. Endometrial Cancer
30. Ovarian and Fallopian Tube Tumors
31. Gestational Trophoblastic Disease
32. Benign Breast Disease and Breast Cancer.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2018 - DigitalBradley S. Marino, Katie S. Fine.Summary: "Among all the WK clerkship series, Blueprints remains the best-known among medical students. While no individual Blueprints title has sold as consistently as Step-Up to Medicine, the series has maintained a consistent following over the years. In the 2016 clerkship market research study conducted through our market research team, the only series that was mentioned as frequently by both students and clerkship directors was McGraw-Hill's Case Files series"--Provided by publisher
Contents:
General pediatrics
Neonatal medicine
Adolescent medicine
Nutrition
Fluid, electrolyte, and pH management
Pulmonology
Infectious disease
Immunology, allergy, and rheumatology
Neurology
Dermatology
Cardiology
Hematology
Oncology
Gastroenterology
Endocrinology
Orthopedics
Nephrology
Urology
Genetic disorders
Emergency medicine: the acutely ill and injured child.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2020 - DigitalMichael J. Murphy, Ronald L. Cowan.Contents:
Psychotic disorders
Bipolar disorders
Depressive disorders
Anxiety disorders
Trauma- and stressor- related disorders
Obessive-compulsive and related disorders
Eating disorders
Neurodevelopmental disorders and child and adolescent psychiatry
Neurocognitive disorders
Substance-related disorders
Personality disorders
Miscellaneous disorders
Special clinical topics
Legal issues
Antipsychotics
Antidepressants and somatic therapies
Mood stabilizers
Anxiolytics
Miscellaneous medications
Major adverse drug reactions
Psychological theory and psychotherapy.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2019 - Digitaleditors-in-chief, Charles D. Bluestone, MD, FACS, FAAP, Distinguished Professor of Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Division of Pediatric Otolaryngology, Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvannia ; Jeffrey P. Simons, MD, FACS, FAAP, Associate Professor of Otolaryngology, University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, Divisiono of Pediatric Otolaryngology, Children's Hospital of Pittsburgh of UPMC, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvannia ; Gerald B. Healy, MD, FACS, FRCS (Eng), FRCS (Irs), Professor of Otology & Laryngology, Harvard Medical School, Emeritus Healy chair in Otolarynoglogy, Boston Children's Hospital, Emeritus Surgeon-in-Chief, Boston Children's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, Past President, American College of Surgeons.Contents:
Section 1 Basic science/general pediatric otolaryngology
Section 2 Ear and related structures
Section 3 The Nose, paranasal sinuses, face, and orbit
Section 4 The Mouth, pharynx, and esophagus
Section 5 The Airway
Section 6 The Head and neck
Section 7 Communication disorders.Digital Access R2Library v.1-2 , 2014Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaleditor-in-chief, William R. Jarnigan ; associate editors, Peter J. Allen, William C. Chapman, Michael I. D'Angelica, Ronald P. DeMatteo, Richard Kinh Gian Do, Jean-Nicolas Vauthey ; editor emeritus, Leslie H. Blumgart.Digital Access
- DigitalRizwan Ahmad Khan, Shagufta Wahab, editors.Summary: This book covers the epidemiology, mechanism, risk, various types of injuries, and practical approaches to treating children who have sustained blunt abdominal trauma. It includes dedicated chapters on each key aspect of pediatric blunt abdominal injuries, and explains in detail primary resuscitation and ancillary care for pediatric abdominal trauma. A separate chapter on imaging and interventional imaging helps pediatric caregivers select the right modality in the management of these patients. In addition, the book covers the management of hollow viscus injury and solid organ injury following blunt abdominal trauma. The content is supplemented with detailed flowcharts wherever required to help familiarize readers with the indications and to assist them in surgical decision-making. The book offers a valuable guide for practicing pediatric surgeons, residents in pediatric surgery and trauma surgeons, as well as for general surgeons, general surgery residents, practicing pediatricians and general physicians.
- Printedited by Beth Faiman, PhD, MSN, APRN-BC, AOCN.Contents:
Basic concepts and indications for transplantation
Types of transplants and sources of stem cells
Pretransplant issues
Transplant preparative regimens, cellular infusion, acute complications, and engraftment
Graft-versus-host disease
Post-transplant issues
Survivorship issues
Professional practice. - DigitalGregory Schwaid.Summary: Board Review in Preventive Medicine and Public Health prepares physicians for their initial and recertification board exams in the related specialties of preventive, occupational and aerospace medicine. Formatted in a question and answer based style that imitates material on specialty exams, each question is linked to a detailed answer. The book contains over 640 question and answer sets covering areas such as general public health, health management, health law, community health, infectious disease, clinical preventive medicine, occupational medicine, aerospace medicine, environmental medicine, correctional (prison) medicine, emergency preparedness, epidemiology and biostatistics. The book is an essential board preparation for physicians with a background in the fields of preventive medicine, occupational medicine, and aerospace medicine. It is also useful for medical students, public health students and those wishing to gain an understanding of the key points in these fields.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
- DigitalCarlos Ayala, Brad Spellberg.Contents:
Internal medicine
Surgery
Obstetrics and gynecology
Pediatrics
Family medicine
Psychiatry
Neurology
Dermatology
Ophthalmology
Radiology
Emergency medicine
Ethics/law/clinical studies.Digital Access LWW Health Library (PA Rotations) 2018 - DigitalSummary: Boards & Beyond from McGraw Hill Medical supports medical students with on-demand video libraries and question banks designed to build a solid foundation of understanding that goes beyond memorization. Students in the US and around the globe use Boards & Beyond subscriptions to supplement their classes and prepare for board exams, core clerkships, and successful careers.Digital Access
- Digitaledited by Henry C. Lukaski.Contents:
Body composition in perspective / Henry Lukaski
Assessment of human body composition : methods and limitations / Hannes Gatterer, Kai Schenk, and Martin Burtscher
Assessment of muscle mass / Donald Dengel, Christiana J Raymond, and Tyler Bosch
Hydration status and performance / Ronald Maughan and Susan Shirreffs
Physical activity on growth and development of youth / Robert Malina and Manuel J. Coelho e Silva
Anthropometry in physical performance and health / Arthur Stewart and Tim Ackland
Physical activity and adipose tissue redistribution in obese adults / Brittany P. Hammond, Andrea M. Brennan, and Robert Ross
Physical activity and body composition changes in overweight and obese children / Scott Going, Jennifer Bea, and Joshua Farr
Body composition changes with training : methodological implications / Luis Sardinha and Diana Santos
Endurance athletes / Jordan Moon and Kristina Kendall
Speed, power and strength athletes / David David Fukuda, Jeffery Stout, and Jay Hoffman
Weight-sensitive sports / Analiza Silva, Diana Santos, and Catarina Matias
Military / Karl Friedl
Body composition and public safety : the industrial athlete / Paul Davis and Mark Abel
Dietary protein and physical training effects on body composition and physical performance / Michaela C Devries, Sara Y Oikawa, and Stuart Phillips
Supplements, body composition and performance / Karl Friedl
Diet and exercise approaches for reversal of exercise-associated amenorrhea / Lynn Cialdella Kam and Melinda Manore.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Digital[edited by] David L. Coy, Eugene Lin, Jeffrey P. Kanne.Contents:
The physics of computed tomography
CT radiation dose and management
Contrast administration
Mediastinum
Lung
Airways
Pleura, diaphragm, and chest wall
Heart and thoracic aorta
Liver and biliary
Pancreas
Kidneys, ureters, and bladder
Adrenal glands
Spleen
Gastrointestinal tract
Peritoneum and peritoneal spaces
Retroperitoneum, vessels, and nodes
Pelvis
Trauma.Digital Access McGraw-Hill eBook Library 2015 - DigitalMassimo Cuzzolaro, Secondo Fassino, editors.Summary: This book equips readers with the knowledge required to improve diagnosis and treatment and to implement integrated prevention programs in patients with eating and weight disorders. It does so by providing a comprehensive, up-to-date review of research findings and theoretical assumptions concerning the interface and interactions between body image and such disorders as anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, binge eating disorder, other specified feeding and eating disorders, orthorexia nervosa, overweight, and obesity. After consideration of issues of definition and classification, the opening part of the book examines the concept of body image from a variety of viewpoints. A series of chapters are then devoted to the assessment of the multidimensional construct “body image”, to dysmorphophobia/body dysmorphic disorder, and to muscle dysmorphia. The third part discusses body image in people suffering from different eating disorders and/or overweight or obesity, and two final chapters focus on body image in the integrated prevention of eating disorders and obesity, and cultural differences regarding body image. The book will be of interest to all health professionals who work in the fields of psychiatry, clinical psychology, eating disorders, obesity, body image, adolescence, public health, and prevention.
- Digital[edited by] Gabriele Krombach, Andreas Mahnken ; translator, Terry Telger.Contents:
Imaging of various body regions
Head and neck
Mediastinum
Heart and pericardium
Major vessels
Lung and pleura
Breast
Liver
Gallbladder and biliary tract
Pancreas
Gastrointestinal tract
Spleen and lymphatic system
Adrenal glands
Kidney and urinary tract
Female pelvis
Male pelvis.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Radiology 2018 - Digital/PrintSonya Renee Taylor.Summary: The Body Is Not an Apology The Power of Radical Self-Love Against a global backdrop of war, social upheaval, and personal despair, there is a growing sense of urgency to challenge the systems of oppression that dehumanize bodies and strip us of our shared humanity. Rather than feel helpless in the face of oppression, world-renowned activist, performance poet, and author Sonya Renee Taylor teaches us how to turn to the power of radical self-love in her new book, The Body Is Not an Apology. Radical self-love is the guiding framework that transforms the learned self-hatred of our bodies and the prejudices we have about other people's bodies into a vision of compassion, equity, and justice. In a revolutionary departure from the corporate self-help and body-positivity movement, Taylor forges the inextricable bond between radical self-love and social justice. The first step is recognizing that we have all been indoctrinated into a system of body shame that profits off of our self-hatred. When we ask ourselves, "Who benefits from our collective shame?" we can begin to make the distinction between the messages we are receiving about our bodies or other bodies and the truth. This book moves us beyond our all-too-often hidden lives, where we are easily encouraged to forget that we are whole humans having whole human experiences in our bodies alongside others. Radical self-love encourages us to embark on a personal journey of transformation with thoughtful reflection on the origins of our minds and bodies as a source of strength. In doing this, we not only learn to reject negative messages about ourselves but begin to thwart the very power structures that uphold them. Systems of oppression thrive off of our inability to make peace with bodies and difference. Radical self-love not only dismantles shame and self-loathing in us but has the power to dismantle global systems of injustice-because when we make peace with our bodies, only then do we have the capacity to truly make peace with the bodies of others.Digital Access EBSCO 2018
- PrintBessel A. van der Kolk, M.D.Summary: An expert on traumatic stress outlines an approach to healing, explaining how traumatic stress affects brain processes and how to use innovative treatments to reactivate the mind's abilities to trust, engage others, and experience pleasure. --Publisher's description.
Contents:
Prologue : Facing trauma
Part I. The rediscovery of trauma : Lessons from Vietnam veterans
Revolutions in understanding mind and brain
Looking into the brain: the neuroscience revolution
Part II. This is your brain on trauma : Running for your life: the anatomy of survival
Body-brain connections
Losing your body, losing your self
Part III. The minds of children : Getting on the same wavelength: attachment and attunement
Trapped in relationships: the cost of abuse and neglect
What's love got to do with it?
Developmental trauma: the hidden epidemic
Part IV. The imprint of trauma : Uncovering secrets: the problem of traumatic memory
The unbearable heaviness of remembering
Part V. Paths to recovery : Healing from trauma: owning your self
Language: miracle and tyranny
Letting go of the past: EMDR
Learning to inhabit your body: yoga
Putting the pieces together: self-leadership
Filling in the holes: creating structures
Applied neuroscience : rewiring the brain fear-driven mind with brain/computer interface technology
Finding your voice: communal rhythms and theater
Epilogue : Choices to be made
Appendix : Consensus proposed criteria for developmental trauma disorder. - Digital/PrintMieczyslaw Pokorski, editor.Summary: The dynamics of body metabolism are changed in the disease process and interact with physical activity. The alteration of metabolism and its consequences raise the need for simple and reliable methods for assessment of body composition. The chapters aim to investigate various interacting components converging on metabolic changes in lung and muscle tissues taking into consideration the drug effects. The effects of exercise and nutritional status are dealt with at a great extent.
Contents:
Body composition in heavy smokers / O. Rom-- Metabolic and immunological consequences of vitamin D deficiency in obese children / B. Pyrz̀ak
Markers of bone metabolism in children with Nephrotic Syndrome treated with corticosteroids / Małgorzata. Pańczyk-Tomaszewska
Endurance training and the risk of bronchial asthma in female cross-country skiers / A. Żebrowska
Effects of inspiratory muscle training on resistance to fatigue of respiratory muscles during exhaustive exercise / M.O. Segizbaeva
Nutritional status in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and systemic sclerosis / D. Mękal
Gradual versus continuous Increase of load in ergometric tests / A.M. Preisser
Evaluation of volumetric changes in differential diagnosis of brain atrophy and active hydrocephalus / E. Szczepek.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalJeonhee Jang.Contents:
Body reshaping for health and beauty
A first look at the meridian system in TCM
Who can benefit from this treatment?
Body posture and homeostasis
Six body types
Anatomical approach type M1, M2, M3
Muscle meridian therapy and skin cutaneous therapy
Treatment methods
Specific clinical cautions and application.Digital Access TandFonline 2015 - Digitaledited by Jeffery S. Orringer, Jeffrey S. Dover, Murad Alam.Summary: Improve your technique, treat patients with confidence, and obtain optimal results using today's most advanced body shaping treatments with guidance from Body Shaping: Skin, Fat and Cellulite, a volume in the Procedures in Cosmetic Dermatology Series. Renowned cosmetic dermatologists-Drs. Orringer, Alam, and Dover-provide you with procedural how-to's and step-by-step advice on proper techniques, pitfalls, and tricks of the trade, equipping you to successfully incorporate the very latest for skin tightening, fat reduction, and sculpting procedures into your busy practice!
Contents:
Skin laxity : anatomy, etiology, and treatment indications
Lasers and lights : skin tightening
Radiofrequency treatment : skin tightening
Micro-focused ultrasound : skin tightening
Subcutaneous fat : anatomy, physiology, and treatment indications
Cryolipolysis : fat reduction
Radiofrequency treatment : fat reduction
Ultrasound treatment : fat reduction
Liposuction, ultrasound-assisted and powered : fat reduction
Laser lipolysis : fat reduction
Injectable fat-reducing therapies : fat reduction
Cellulite : anatomy, etiology, treatment indications
Massage/mechanical techniques : cellulite reduction
Lasers and lights : cellulite reduction
Radiofrequency and ultrasound : cellulite reduction
Subcision : cellulite reduction.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - Digitaledited by Werner Zimmerli.Contents:
Microbiology of bone and joint infections
Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of antibiotics in bone
Preclinical models of infection in bone and joint surgery
Native joint arthritis in children
Native joint arthritis
Septic arthritis of axial joints
Periprosthetic joint infection : general aspects
Periprosthetic joint infection after total hip and knee arthroplasty
Periprosthetic joint infection after shoulder arthroplasty
Periprosthetic joint infection after elbow arthroplasty
Periprosthetic joint infection after ankle arthroplasty
Osteomyelitis : classification
Osteomyelitis in children
Acute osteomyelitis in adults
Subacute osteomyelitis : tuberculous and brucellar vertebral osteomyelitis
Chronic osteomyelitis in adults
Diabetic foot osteomyelitis
Osteomyelitis of the jaws
Implant-associated osteomyelitis of long bones
Implant-associated vertebral osteomyelitis
Postoperative sternum osteomyelitis.Digital Access Wiley 2015 - Digitaleditor, Werner Zimmerli.Summary: "The prevalence of most bone and joint infections is steadily increasing, mainly due to the rising life expectancy of the population, and the increasing use of bone fixation devices and prosthetic joints. For frequent infectious diseases, such as respiratory tract, urinary tract and bloodstream infections, many diagnostic and therapeutic aspects have been studied in a controlled fashion [e.g. 1-3]. In contrast, in the field of bone and joint infections, randomized controlled trials are rare. Exceptions are a randomized controlled study on the role of rifampin in patients with orthopedic implant-associated infections, and a controlled trial comparing two different durations of antibiotic treatment in patients with vertebral osteomyelitis [4, 5]. Therefore, diagnostic and therapeutic advice has to be based mainly on individual clinical expert knowledge and observational studies [6-10]. The optimal diagnostic and therapeutic management of bone and joint infections needs a special know-how in different fields of medicine. Many physicians have only limited clinical experience, since arthritis and osteomyelitis are rare infectious diseases. Therefore, a multidisciplinary approach to these infections is desirable. Only for a few topics, internationally accepted guidelines for the management of bone and joint infections are available [11-13]. In addition, publications on the clinical practice comprising different aspects of these infections are scarce. The aim of this book is to close this gap with texts from a multidisciplinary team of experts in the field. Indeed, specialists in Microbiology, Clinical Pharmacology, Preclinical Research, Pediatrics, Pediatric and Adult Orthopedic Surgery, Infectious Diseases, and Cardiovascular Surgery contributed to this book. This broad spectrum of expertise made it possible to cover a wide range of pathophysiological, epidemiological, diagnostic and therapeutic aspects of bone and joint infection. The principal focus of the book is on clinical practice. It should enable clinicians managing patients according to the best available evidence"-- Provided by publisher
Contents:
Diagnostic Approach in Bone and Joint Infections
Unusual Microorganisms in Periprosthetic Joint Infection
Identification of Pathogens in Bone and Joint Infections by Non-Culture Techniques
Bacteriophages for treatment of biofilm infections
Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics of Antibiotics in Bone
Preclinical Models of Infection in Bone and Joint Surgery
Native Joint Arthritis in Children
Native Joint Arthritis in Adults
Septic Arthritis of Axial Joints
Periprosthetic Joint Infection : General Aspects
Periprosthetic Joint Infection after Total Hip and Knee Arthroplasty
Periprosthetic Joint Infection after Shoulder Arthroplasty
Periprosthetic Joint Infection after Elbow Arthroplasty
Periprosthetic Joint Infection after Ankle Arthroplasty
Osteomyelitis : Classification
Osteomyelitis in Children
Acute Osteomyelitis in Adults
Subacute Osteomyelitis : Tuberculous and Brucellar Vertebral Osteomyelitis
Chronic Osteomyelitis in Adults
Diabetic Foot Osteomyelitis
Osteomyelitis of the Jaws
Fracture-related Infection of Long Bones
Implant-Associated Vertebral Osteomyelitis
Postoperative Sternal Osteomyelitis.Digital Access Wiley 2021 - Digitaledited by Hans-Jörg Oestern, Otmar Trentz, Selman Uranues.Summary: All European countries, including those that have recently joined the European Union or are candidates for membership, currently show a clear trend towards an increasing number of accidental injuries. This holds true for a range of injuries, including accidents among the elderly, sports injuries, and trauma due to traffic accidents. The increase in the number of injuries is accompanied by rising expectations among patients, who anticipate good functional results even after serious injuries. Despite these developments, trauma surgery is not yet established as an independent field in all European countries. Against this background, there is a clear need for a book that covers the state of the art in trauma surgery. This volume, which focuses on bone and joint injuries orthopedic trauma is intended to help to meet this need. It will also serve to harmonize the practice of trauma surgery within the European Union and to prepare for the UEMS EBSQ trauma surgery.
Contents:
1. Rotator Cuff Tears / Martin Jaeger, Kaywan Izadpanah, and Norbert P. Südkamp
2. Posttraumatic Shoulder Instability / Martin Jaeger, Kaywan Izadpanah, and Norbert P. Südkamp
3. Proximal Humeral Fractures / Martin Jaeger, Kaywan Izadpanah, and Norbert P. Südkamp
4. Treatment of Acromioclavicular Joint Dislocation / Klemens Horst, Thomas Dienstknecht, and Hans- Christoph Pape
5. Clavicle Fractures / Hans-Jörg Oestern
6. Scapula Fractures / Jan Friederichs and Volker Bühren
7. Humeral Shaft Fractures / Pol M. Rommens
8. Distal Humerus Fractures / Klaus J. Burkhart, Pol M. Rommens, and Lars Peter Müller
9. Coronoid Fractures / Klaus J. Burkhart, Pol M. Rommens, and Lars Peter Müller
10. Olecranon Fractures / Tobias E. Nowak and Pol M. Rommens
11. Radial Head Fractures / Klaus J. Burkhart, Pol M. Rommens, and Lars Peter Müller
12. Forearm Shaft Fractures / Hans-Jörg Oestern
13. Distal Radius Fractures / Hans-Jörg Oestern
14. Management of Hand Injuries / Susanne Hellmich and P.M. Vogt
15. Cervical Spine Injuries / Christoph Josten and Jan-Sven Jarvers
16. Spine / Markus Schultheiss, Daniel Gulkin, and Florian Gebhard
17. Pelvic and Acetabular Fractures / Reiner Wirbel and Tim Pohlemann
18. Pipkin Fractures / Vilmos Vécsei
19. Femoral Neck Fractures / Vilmos Vécsei
20. Pertrochanteric Fractures / Vilmos Vécsei
21. Femoral Shaft Fractures / Vilmos Vécsei
22. Distal Femur Fractures / Arne Berner and Michael Schütz
23. Patella Fractures / Hans-Jörg Oestern
24. Knee Ligament Injuries / Phillip Forkel and Wolf Petersen
25. Tibial Plateau Fractures / Philipp Kobbe and Hans-Christoph Pape
26. Tibial Shaft Fractures / Philipp Lichte and Hans-Christoph Pape
27. Fractures of the Tibial Pilon / Richard Martin Sellei and Hans-Christoph Pape
28. Foot and Ankle Injuries / Susanne Rein, Ken Jin Tan, Stefan Rammelt, and Hans Zwipp
29. Pediatric Fractures and Dislocations / Christoph Nau, Dorien Schneidmüller, and Ingo Marzi. - Printby Leonard W. Ely and John Francis Cowan.
- Digitaledited by Andrew L. Folpe, G. Petur Nielsen ; series editor, John R. Goldblum.Contents:
1. Approach to bone and soft tissue tumors / Matthew T. Houdek
2. Adjuvant techniques: immunohistochemistry, cytogenetics, and molecular genetics / Gregory W. Charville
3. Fibroblastic and myofibroblastic tumors / Elizabeth G. Demicco
4. Fibrohistiocytic tumors / Elizabeth G. Demicco
5. Adipocytic tumors / David Creytens
6. Smooth muscle tumors / Alexander K. Nobori and Sarah M. Dry
7. Skeletal muscle tumors / Raf Sciot
8. Tumors of perivascular cells / Leona Doyle
9. Gastrointestinal stromal tumor / Adrian Marino-Enriquez
10. Vascular tumors of soft tissue and bone / Yin Pun Hung, G. Petur Nielsen and Andrew L. Folpe
11. Nerve sheath tumors / Karen J. Fritchie
12. Matrix-forming tumors of soft tissue / Jen-Chieh Lee and Hsuan-Ying Huang
13. Tumors of synovial and tenosynovial tissue / Elizabeth G. Demicco and G. Petur Nielsen
14. Undifferentiated small round cell sarcomas of bone and soft tissue / Brendan C. Dickson
15. Mesenchymal tumors of miscellaneous type or uncertain lineage / Andrew L. Folpe
16. Bone-forming tumors / Daniel P. Cassidy and Andrew E. Rosenberg
17. Cartilage-forming tumors / Darcy A. Kerr and G. Petur Nielsen
18. Fibroblastic and fibrohistiocytic tumors / Daniel Baumhoer
19. Hematolymphoid neoplasms of bone / Judith A. Ferry
20. Giant cell tumor of bone / Akihiko Yoshida
21. Notochordal cell tumors / Angela R. Shih and G. Petur Nielsen
22. Osteofibrous dysplasia/adamantinoma / Alyaa Al-Ibraheemi
23. Cystic tumors of bone / Scott E. Kilpatrick and John D. Reith
24. Fibrous dysplasia of bone / Scott E. Kilpatrick and John D. Reith
25. Metastases / John D. Reith and Scott E. Kilpatrick.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023 - DigitalSumon Nandi, Selvon F. St. Clair.Summary: This book is a complete guide to the essentials of orthopedics. Covers the full range of conditions, injuries, and diseases encountered in operating and emergency room settings, including fractures, dislocations, bone/joint infections, and spinal cord injuries.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Contents
Chapter 1: Anatomy Essentials
Upper Extremity
Shoulder
Bones
Muscles
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Arm
Bones
Muscles
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Elbow
Bones
Muscles
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Forearm
Bones
Muscles
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Wrist
Bones
Muscles
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Hand
Bones
Muscles
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Lower Extremity
Pelvis
Bones Muscles
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Hip
Bones
Muscles
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Femur
Bones
Muscles
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Knee
Bones
Muscles
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Lower Leg
Bones
Muscles
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Ankle
Bones
Muscles
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Foot
Bones
Muscles
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Spine
Cervical Spine
Bones
Neurovascular Structures Surgical Approach (Fig. 1.56)
Thoracic Spine
Bones
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Lumbar Spine
Bones
Neurovascular Structures
Surgical Approach
Sacrum
Bones
Neurovascular Structures
Chapter 2: Physical Exam Fundamentals
Definition
Principles
Upper Extremity
Shoulder
Elbow
Hand and Wrist
Lower Extremity
Hip and Pelvis
Knee
Foot and Ankle
Spine
Chapter 3: Managing the Floor
Postoperative Check/Rounding
Lab Abnormalities
Anemia
Hypoglycemia
Hyponatremia
Hyperkalemia
Hypokalemia
Hypotension Hypoxia
Tachycardia
Fever
Low Urine Output (Oliguria)
Delirium
Seizure
Chest Pain
Pain Management
Wound Issues
Erythema
Drainage
Dehiscence
Chapter 4: Orthopedic Emergencies
Definition
Septic Joint
Definition
Why Is this Emergent?
Causes
Diagnosis
Treatment
Suppurative Flexor Tenosynovitis
Definition
Why Is this Emergent?
Causes
Diagnosis
Treatment
Necrotizing Fasciitis
Definition
Why Is this Emergent?
Causes
Diagnosis
Treatment
Compartment Syndrome
Definition
Why Is this Emergent?
Causes Diagnosis
Treatment
Open Fracture
Definition
Why Is this Emergent?
Causes
Diagnosis
Treatment
Cauda Equina Syndrome
Definition
Why Is this Emergent?
Causes
Diagnosis
Treatment
Chapter 5: Emergency Room Consultations
Emergency Room Consults
High-Energy Trauma Patient and Fracture Management
Pediatric Fractures
Dislocations
Spinal Cord Injury (SCI)
Tendon Rupture/Laceration
Fingertip Amputation
Postoperative Complications
Other Common ER Consults:
Chapter 6: Sports Injuries
Definition
Team Physician ResponsibilitiesDigital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Dominique Heymann.Summary: Bone Cancer: Bone Sarcomas and Bone Metastases - From Bench to Bedside, Third Edition comprehensively investigates key discoveries in the field of bone biology. New aspects of bone cancer biology are treated in new chapters covering exosomes, autophagy, and metabolism. These have led to the development of entirely new areas for investigation, such as therapies which combine surgery and biological approaches. The Third Edition expands on the original overview of bone cancer development (physiology and pathophysiology), with 40% new material. Each chapter has been written by internationally recognized specialists on the bone cancer microenvironment, bone metastases, osteoclast biology in bone cancer, proteomics, bone niche, circulating tumor cells, and clinical trials. Given the global prevalence of breast and prostate cancers, knowledge of bone biology has become essential for everyone within the medical and cancer research communities. Bone Cancer: Bone Sarcomas and Bone Metastases - From Bench to Bedside continues to offer the only translational reference to cover all aspects of primary bone cancer and bone metastases. This revision opens the door to myeloma with two short chapters dedicated to this bone-associated disease.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
- Digital[edited by] Dominique Heymann.Contents:
Epidemiology of primary bone tumors and economical aspects of bone metastases
Tumor: bone interactions: there is no place like bone
Stem cell niches in the bone: bone marrow organ and their significance for hematopoietic and non-hematopoietic cancer
Deregulation of osteoblast differentiation in primary bone cancers
Contribution of osteoclasts to the bone: tumor niche
Involvement of osteocytes in cancer bone niche
Role of mesenchymal stem cells in bone cancer; initiation, propagation and metastasis
Gap junction in bone remodeling and in primary bone tumors: osteosarcoma and Ewing sarcoma
Macrophages and pathophysiology of bone cancers
Cytokines and bone cancers
Technical aspects: how do we best prepare bone samples for proper histological analysis?
Bone remodeling markers and bone cancer
Cancer stem cells in representative bone tumors: osteosarcoma, Ewing sarcoma and metastases from breast and prostate carcinomas
Homeobox genes from the Dlx family and bone cancers
MicroRNA implication in therapeutic resistance and metastatic dissemination of bone-associated tumors
Hypoxia and angiogenesis: from primary tumor to bone metastasis
Modeling osteosarcoma: in vitro and in vivo approaches
Stemness markers of osteosarcoma
Molecular pathology of osteosarcoma
Gene and proteomic profiling of osteosarcoma
Ewing sarcoma family of tumors
Biology of Ewing sarcoma
Osteoclast-rich lesions of bone: a clinical and molecular overview
Markers for bone sarcomas
Margins and bone tumors: what are we talking about?
Cytogenetics of bone tumors
Genetic aspects of bone tumors
Cytogenetic and molecular genetic alterations in bone tumors
Genetics of giant cell tumors of bone
Mammalian models of bone sarcomas
Zebrafish models for studying bone cancers: mutants, transgenic fish and embryos
Imaging of bone sarcomas
New therapeutic targets in Ewing sarcoma: from pre-clinical proof-of-concept to clinical trials
Therapeutic approaches for bone sarcomas
Chondrosarcoma of bone: diagnosis and therapy
Apoptosis and drug resistance in malignant bone tumors
Giant cell tumors of bone
EMT process in bone metastasis
Histopathology of skeletal metastases
Disseminated tumor cells in bone marrow of cancer patients
MicroRNA-mediated regulation of bone metastasis formation: from primary tumors to skeleton
Myeloma and osteoclast relationship
In vivo models used in studies of bone metastases
Interventional radiologic techniques in management of bone tumors
Diagnosis of bone metastases in urological malignancies : an update
Pre-clinical molecular imaging of "the seed and the soil" in bone metastasis
Mechanisms and management of bone cancer pain
Bone cancer: current opinion in palliative care
Involvement of sympathetic nerves in bone metastasis
Pain control with palliative radiotherapy in patients with bone metastases
Cellular and molecular actions of bisphosphonates
The use of nitrogen-bisphosphonates to capture the potent anti-tumor arsenal of human peripheral blood [gamma delta] T cells for the treatment of bone cancer metastasis
Systemic treatment of bone metastases in castration-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC): pre-clinical to clinical point of view
A multi-targeted approach to treating bone metastases
Bone metastases in prostate cancer: pathophysiology, clinical complications, actual treatment, and future directions
Bone-targeted agents and skeletal-related events in breast cancer patients with bone metastases
Bone metastases : current status of bone-targeted treatments
Bone metastases, clinical trials II: zoledronic acid and denosumab in the prevention of bone metastases.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - Printby Harold G. Jacobson. Assisted by Robert H. Freiberger, [et. al.]
- DigitalReiner Bartl, Christoph Bartl ; with a contribution by Andrea Baur-Melnyk and Tobias Geith.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalJustyna J. Miszkiewicz, Sharon L. Brennan-Olsen, Jose A. Riancho, editors.Summary: This multidisciplinary book addresses three lines of evidence (medieval, contemporary, and epigenetic) regarding the effect of human socio-economic status on bone health. It provides an overview of the extent to which human social background affects adult bone quality and quantity, and makes recommendations for future skeletal biology research into lifestyle-related musculoskeletal disorders. The book is divided into three major parts, the first of which discusses bone and dental health in medieval human skeletal remains from distinct socio-economic status groups. In turn, Part 2 reviews bone health in contemporary human populations with a range of social backgrounds; in addition, a conceptual model proposing a social gradient of osteoporosis and fracture risk related to biological mechanisms and cumulative stressors throughout the human lifecycle is presented. Lastly, Part 3 highlights the role of epigenetics in socially patterned risk factors for skeletal disorders, and discusses how epigenetic mechanisms transduce the psychosocial environment and increase the risk of developing conditions such as osteoporosis. Overall, the book highlights the importance of considering the social-biological nexus in future skeletal biology research and future treatment of bone disease. Increased awareness of this nexus can potentially improve individual and population-level bone health interventions, reducing the social inequities observed in fracture risk. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for researchers, academics, and students in the fields of medicine, epidemiology, the health sciences, biological anthropology, human anatomy and adaptation, developmental studies of human societies, human biology, and any field concerning musculoskeletal disorders and health. It will also benefit clinical practitioners evaluating osteoporosis, osteopenia, fracture risk, bone quality and quantity.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalEllen B. Fung, Laura K. Bachrach, Aenor J. Sawyer, editors.Contents:
1. Rationale for bone health assessment in childhood and adolescence
2. Tools for measuring bone in children and adolescents
3. Dual-energy X-Ray absorptiomery technology
4. Indications for DXA in children and adolescents
5. Acquisition of DXA in children and adolescents
6. Analysis and evaluation of DXA in children and adolescents
7. Reporting DXA results for children and adolescents
8. DXA evaluation of infants and toddlers
9. DXA in children with special needs
10. Bone mineral density as a predictor of vertebral fractures in children and adolescents
11. Lessons learned from clinical research using QCT, pQCT, and HR-pQCT
12. Evaluation of fracture without known trauma: use of DXA in differential diagnosis
13. What's next in the field of bone health in pediatrics? Research considerations
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalTheofilos Karachalios, editor.Summary: What is the optimal design and fixation of the implants we use for orthopedic reconstructions? What is the gold standard for the management of patients requiring implants? Is there scope for improvement still further? Huge efforts have been made both by research scientists in orthopedics and the implant industry to furthering the options available for arthroplasty without necessarily considering the cost-effectiveness of this research to clinical outcomes. It has also become apparent that theoretical and laboratory studies do not always match the results of long-term clinical studies of which there regretfully few of sufficient quality. The Editor and his carefully chosen selection of contributors critically evaluate data from basic science, experimental in vivo and in vitro biological and mechanical models, autopsy specimens and long-term clinical studies to answer these questions. Bone-Implant Interface in Orthopedic Surgery: Basic Science to Clinical Applications focuses on the bone-orthopedic implant interface in general and will be useful both for the novice who seeks a quick introduction to this specific topic and for more experienced surgeons who seek an in depth critical review of current practices.
Contents:
Current evidence in designs and fixation surfaces in total hip arthroplasty (a brief overview)
Early and late mechanical stability of the cementless bone implant interface in total joint arthroplasty
Cement- bone interface in total joint arthroplasty
The implant cement interface in total hip arthroplasty
Cobalt-Chrome porous coated implant-bone interface in total joint arthroplasty
Titanium porous coated implant-bone Interface in Total Joint Arthroplasty
Grit blasted implant bone interface in total joint arthroplasty Eduardo Garcia-Rey, Eduardo Garcia-Cimbrelo
HA coated implant - bone interface in total joint arthroplasty
Trabecular metal - bone interface in total joint arthroplasty
Assessment of bone implant interface failure in total joint arthroplasty
The biology of aseptic loosening
Cement-bone interface in total joint revision arthroplasty
Cementless fully porous coated implant-bone interface in revision total hip arthroplasty
Cementless tapered fluted implant bone interface in revision total joint arthroplasty
Bone-graft and implant-graft interface in total hip arthroplasty
The effect of pharmacological agents on the bone implant interface
Bone-implant interface in biofilm associated bone and joint infections
Modular interfaces
Local and distant reaction to metallic wear debris
Bone-implant interface in spine surgery
Bone-tendon and bone- ligament interface
Bone implant interface in patients with neoplasmatic disease. - DigitalAndi Setiawan Budihardja, Thomas Mücke, editors.Summary: This book describes all methods of bone management currently employed within the field of dental implantology, with the aim of equipping oral surgeons and other practitioners with a sound practical understanding of bone augmentation. The different possibilities for augmentation of the jaw in the vertical and horizontal dimensions are explained, and detailed information provided on the latest techniques of augmentation, including guided bone regeneration, mandibular bone grafting, 3D technique, extraoral bone augmentation, and microvascular bone transplantation. Readers will find clear guidance on diagnosis and treatment planning and helpful discussion of the basic principles of bone augmentation. Individual chapters also address the role of lasers, complications and risks, and emerging trends. The extensive case documentation, with numerous color illustrations and photos, highlights what is possible today in the field of bone regeneration. This book is a â#x80;must readâ#x80;#x9D; for all implantologists, oral maxillofacial surgeons, periodontists, and dentists with an interest in oral surgery.
Contents:
Diagnosis and Treatment Planning
Basic Principle Bone Augmentation
Mandibular Bone Graft
Guided Bone Regeneration
Illiac Crest Graft
Vascularized Bone Grafts
Bone Substitute Material
Sinus Augmentation
Periimplantitis
Laser in Implantology
Complications and Risks
Future Trends in Dental Implantology.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Meral Beksac.Contents:
Reporter Gene Technologies for Imaging Cell Fates in Hematopoiesis / Sophie Kusy and Christopher H. Contag
Flow Cytometry for Hematopoietic Cells / Daniela S. Krause, Michelle E. DeLelys, and Frederic I. Preffer
Isolation and Characterization of Mesenchymal Stem Cells / Sedat Odabas, A. Eser Elçin, and Y. Murat Elçin
Methods for Functional Analysis of Stem Cells / Michelle Escobedo-Cousin, J. Alejandro Madrigal, and Aurore Saudemont
An Overview of HLA Typing for Heamatopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation / Katy Latham, Ann-Margaret Little, and J. Alejandro Madrigal
HLA Typing with Sequence-Specific Oligonucleotide Primed PCR (PCR-SSO) and Use of the Luminex Technology / Klara Dalva and Meral Beksaç
Sequence Based Typing of HLA: An Improved Group Specific Full Length Gene Sequencing Approach / Christina E.M. Voorter, Fausto Palusci, and Marcel G.J. Tilanus
Molecular Typing Methods for Minor Histocompatibility Antigens / Eric Spierings
Natural Killer Cells and Killer-cell Immunoglobulin-like Receptor Polymorphisms: Their Role in Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation / Jennifer Schellekens, Katia Gagne, and Steven G.E. Marsh
Methods of Detection of Immune Reconstitution and T Regulatory Cells by Flow Cytometry / Richard Charles Duggleby and J. Alejandro Madrigal
Molecular Methods Used for Detection of Minimal Residual Disease Following Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in Myeloid Disorders / Ahmet H. Elmaagacli
Molecular Methods for Detection of Minimal Residual Disease Following Transplantation in Lymphoid and Plasma Cell Disorders / Paolo Corradini and Cristiana Carniti
Molecular Methods for Detection of Invasive Fungal Infections and Mycobacteria and Their Clinical Significance in Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation / Pinar Yurdakul and Sule Colakoglu
Post-transplant Monitoring of Chimerism by Lineage-specific Analysis / Sandra Preuner and Thomas Lion
Urinary Proteomics Employing Capillary Electrophoresis Coupled to Mass Spectrometry in The Monitoring Of Patients After Stem Cell Transplantation / Eva M. Weissinger, William Mullen, and Amaya Albalat. - DigitalCollege of American Pathologists Hematology and Clinical Microscopy Resource CommitteeSummary: "Bone Marrow Benchtop Reference Guide is an illustrated guide to common and rare cells. For students and medical technologists, it’s an affordable, convenient way to identify various cell types quickly and confidently. Its rugged construction is well suited for heavy use at the workbench. Includes more than than 60 different identifications and detailed descriptions for each cell morphology."-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access College of American Pathologists Publications 2019
- DigitalChristine Beham-Schmid, Annette Schmitt-Graeff.
- DigitalGary M. Kupfer, Gregory H. Reaman, Franklin O. Smith, editors.Summary: This book presents the latest scientific knowledge on inherited and acquired bone marrow failure syndromes, describing the advances in understanding of genetics and pathophysiology that have been achieved as a result of high-throughput DNA sequencing, RNA expression studies, and modern biochemistry techniques. The full range of relevant conditions is covered, including acquired aplastic anemia, Fanconi anemia, ribosomopathies, telomeropathies, dyskeratosis congenita, Shwachman-Diamond syndrome, Diamond-Blackfan anemia, and congenital neutropenias and thrombocytopenias. In addition, it is explained how the study of these rare diseases has uncovered important new science and elucidated the pathophysiology of more common hematological and oncological diseases. A treatment-specific chapter describes options ranging from the conventional to the cutting edge. Bone Marrow Failure will be of value for both trainee and practicing hematologists and oncologists.
- DigitalLia Angela Moulopoulos, Vassilis Koutoulidis.Summary: MRI provides the best means of imaging the bone marrow directly and of non-invasively assessing its composition. Normal age-related bone marrow changes, alterations related to red marrow reconversion, and pathological bone marrow processes generally conform to certain patterns that reflect the underlying marrow changes and can be clearly recognized on MR images. In addition to conventional pulse sequences, advanced MRI techniques such as Dynamic Contrast-Enhanced MRI and Diffusion-Weighted Imaging depict marrow changes at the microvascular and cellular level respectively. This book provides radiologists with in-depth information on the MRI appearances of normal, abnormal and treated marrow following a structured, pattern-based approach. MRI findings for various diseases that affect the bone marrow, particularly those of a malignant nature, are presented in detail. MRI pattern recognition not only offers a systematic approach to image interpretation and diagnosis but also has prognostic implications with regard to some disease entities. Each chapter includes a wealth of high-quality images, together with Key Points summarizing the most important information. In addition to radiologists, practitioners with an interest in hematology and oncology will find this textbook-atlas to be a valuable resource for the latest, clinically relevant advances in bone marrow imaging.
- Digital/PrintTakashi Nagasawa, editor.Summary: This volume summarizes recent advances in research on mesenchymal cell populations in the bone marrow. It explores how mesenchymal cells create niches for immune cells in extramedullary organs and it discusses new concepts of lympho-hematopoietic microenvironments. Readers are introduced to the fundamentals of hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) differentiation to all types of blood cells, including immune cells, in the bone marrow. The book highlights how this process is supported and regulated by the individual microenvironments of stem cells, termed niches. The identity of HSC niches has been subject to longstanding debates. Recent studies identified the population of mesenchymal stem cells as the major cellular component of niches, for hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells (HSPCs) and their candidate developmental origin. Furthermore, candidate cellular niches for immune cells in lymph nodes and adipose and connective tissues were identified. The authors of this volume focus on shared features between those and HSPC niche cells in the bone marrow. Covering latest research results, this book serves as fascinating read for researchers and clinicians in hematology and immunology.
Contents:
Preface
Skeletal stem cells as the developmental origin of cellular niches for hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells
Cellular niches for hematopoietic stem cells and lympho-hematopoiesis in bone marrow during homeostasis and blood cancers
Remodeling of the bone marrow stromal microenvironment during pathogenic infections
The Roles of IL-7 and IL-15 in Niches for Lymphocyte Progenitors and Immune Cells in Lymphoid Organs
Lymph node stromal cells: diverse meshwork structures weave functionally subdivided niches
Immune Niche within the Peritoneal Cavity. - DigitalDimitrios Kardamakis, Vassilios Vassiliou, Edward Chow, editors.Summary: The second edition of this book serves both as an introductory and reference book focusing on the field of metastatic bone disease. Featuring contributions from experts in the field, this volume describes the molecular and cellular mechanisms involved in the formation of bone metastases, presents the newer advances made in the understanding of the clinical picture and symptoms of patients, analyses the role of bone markers in research and clinical practice and deals with all aspects of imaging modalities applied for the detection and evaluation of bone metastases. Moreover, the use of all available treatment methods, such as radiotherapy, surgery and systemic treatments for the management of patients with metastatic bone disease is discussed in detail. Overall this volume presents a thorough overview of all aspects of metastatic bone disease and provides a comprehensive and concise information resource for researchers, oncologists, orthopaedic surgeons and clinicians dealing with patients with metastatic bone disease.
Contents:
Preface. I Fundamental Concepts
Pathophysiology of metastatic bone disease
Bone metastases: epidemiology, clinical picture, SREs and prognosis
Pain in bone metastases: types and mechanisms. II Investigations Of Bone Metastases
Radiological evaluations: radiography, CT, MRI.-Nuclear medicine imaging modalities: bone scintigraphy, PET-CT, SPECT.-Bone turnover markers
New omics approaches for bone metastases. III Therapeutic Management.-Analgesic treatment for bone mets
Radiotherapy: external beam and radio-surgery
Radionuclide therapy
Bisphosphonates
New targeted therapies for bone metastases
Chemotherapy and hormone therapy
HIFU/Radioablation
Neuropathic bone metastases
Spinal cord compression and cauda equina compression
Pathological and impending fracture
Re-irradiation
Bone metastases in elderly patients
Management of metastatic bone disease in the elderly with bisphosphonates and RANKL inhibitors: effectiveness and safety. IV Assesment of Therapeutic Response
Radiological and nuclear medicine imaging modalities.-Clinical assessment measures
Outcome measures in bone metastases clinical trials
Quality of life in patients suffering from metastatic skeletal disease. V Cost of Managing Metastatic Bone Disease
Cost effectiveness of treatment modalities for bone metastases
Index. - DigitalFrancesco Bertoldo, Francesco Boccardo, Emilio Bombardieri, Laura Evangelista, Riccardo Valdagni, editors.Summary: This book presents up-to-date information on one of the hottest topics in prostate cancer, namely bone metastases. The most recent developments with respect to biology, pathology, diagnosis, and treatment are described, providing readers with an excellent understanding of the mechanisms of metastasis formation, the characteristics of metastases, their aggressiveness, and prognostic factors for treatment response. The coverage includes discussion of all of the best available options (laboratory, radiology, and nuclear medicine) for achieving early diagnosis and both established and novel therapeutic approaches. Detailed information is provided on hormonal manipulations, bone-targeted agents, vaccines, taxanes, and other treatments that are enriching the therapeutic armamentarium. The editors can be considered leaders in the field, with great experience in diagnostic and clinical oncology and research, and the authors are experts in diverse specialties. This ensures a multidisciplinary approach, mirroring the current situation in which treatment in patients with bone metastases is undertaken by a team of specialists and health professionals in a variety of fields.
Contents:
Biology and pathophysiology of bone metastases
Markers of bone turnover
Bone homing and metastasis
Markers of prostate cancer
Circulating cells
Radiological assessment of bone metastases
Nuclear Medicine: bone target imaging
Nuclear Medicine: cancer and receptor target imaging
Hormonal therapy
Chemotherapy
Combinations of hormonal therapy and chemotherapy
Surgery
Radiotherapy
Bone-targeted agents
Bone seeking radionuclide for therapy
New frontiers in treatments
Approaches for the assessment of response to therapies
From Symptom control to pain palliation
Economic impact of prostate cancer bone metastases
Multidisciplinary approach. .Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digital/Printedited by Slobodan Vukicevic, Kuber T. Sampath.Contents:
Historical perspective of bone morphogenetic proteins
The systems biology of bone morphogenetic proteins
Embryonic skeletogenesis and craniofacial development
BMP and BMP regulation: structure and function
Novel in vitro assay models to study osteogenesis and chondrogenesis for human skeletal disorders
Toward advanced therapy medicinal products (ATMPs) combining bone morphogenetic proteins (BMP) and cells for bone regeneration
BMP signaling in articular cartilage repair and regeneration: potential therapeutic opportunity for osteoarthritis
BMPs in orthopaedic medicine: promises and challenges
Osteogrow: a novel graft substitute for orthopedic reconstruction
Biology of spine fusion and application of osteobiologics in spine surgery
BMPs in dental medicine: promises and challenges
Bone morphogenetic protein-7 and its role in acute kidney injury and chronic kidney failure
Bone morphogenetic protein signaling in pulmonary arterial hypertension
BMP signaling in fibrodysplasia ossificans progressiva, a rare genetic disorder of heterotopic ossification
The central role of BMP signaling in regulating iron homeostasis
BMPs in inflammation
Physiological and pathological consequences of vascular BMP signaling
Bone morphogenetic proteins in the initiation and progression of breast cancer. - DigitalPascal Laugier, Quentin Grimal, editors.Summary: Many significant achievements in new ultrasound technologies to measure bone and models to elucidate the interaction and the propagation of ultrasonic waves in complex bone structures have been reported over the past ten years. Impaired bone remodeling affects not only the trabecular compartment but also the cortical one. Despite the crucial contribution of the cortical structure to the whole bone mechanical competence, cortical bone was understudied for a long time. A paradigm shift occurred around 2010, with a special focus placed on the importance of cortical bone. This has sparkled a great deal of interest in new ultrasound techniques to assess cortical bone. While our book 'Bone Quantitative Ultrasound' published in 2011 emphasized techniques to measure trabecular bone, this new book is devoted for a large part to the technologies introduced recently to measure cortical bone. These include resonant ultrasound spectroscopy, guided waves, scattering, and pulse-echo and tomography imaging techniques. Instrumentation, signal processing techniques and models used are detailed. Importantly, the data accumulated in recent years such as anisotropic stiffness, elastic engineering moduli, compression and shear wave speeds of cortical bones from various skeletal sites are presented comprehensively. A few chapters deal with the recent developments achieved in quantitative ultrasound of trabecular bone. These include (i) scattering-based approaches and their application to measure skeletal sites such as the spine and proximal femur and (ii) approaches exploiting the poro-elastic nature of bone. While bone fragility and osteoporosis are still the main motivation for developing bone QUS, this Book also includes chapters reporting ultrasound techniques developed for other applications of high interest such as 3-D imaging of the spine, assessment of implant stability and transcranial brain imaging. This book, together with the book 'Bone Quantitative Ultrasound' published in 2011 will provide a comprehensive overview of the methods and principles used in bone quantitative ultrasound and will be a benchmark for all novice or experienced researchers in the field. The book will offer recent experimental results and theoretical concepts developed so far and would be intended for researchers, graduate or undergraduate students, engineers, and clinicians who are involved in the field. The book should be considered as a complement to the first book publisher in 2011, rather than a second edition, in the sense that basic notions already presented in the first book are not repeated.
Contents:
Preface (Claus Glüer)
Chapter 1. Introduction (Quentin Grimal and Pascal Laugier)
Part I: Ultrasound Methods for Skeletal Status Clinical Assessment
Chapter 2. Quantitative Ultrasound (QUS) in the Management of Osteoporosis and Assessment of Fracture Risk: An Update (Didier Hans, Antoine Metrailler, Elena Gonzalez Rodriguez, Olivier Lamy, Enisa Shevroja)
Chapter 3. Clinical devices for bone assessment (Kay Raum and Pascal Laugier)
Chapter 4. Axial transmission – Techniques, devices and clinical results (Nicolas Bochud and Pascal Laugier)
Chapter 5. Signal processing techniques applied to axial transmission ultrasound (Tho N.H.T. Tran, Kailiang Xu, Lawrence H. Le, and Dean Ta)
Chapter 6. Ultrasonic Assessment of Cancellous Bone Based on the Two-Wave Phenomenon (Katsunori Mizuno, Yoshiki Nagatani, Isao Mano)
Chapter 7. Pulse-echo Measurements of Bone Tissues. Techniques and Clinical Results at the Spine and Femur (Delia Ciardo, Paola Pisani, Francesco Conversano, Sergio Casciaro)
Chapter 8. Scattering in Cancellous Bone (Keith Wear)
Chapter 9. Ultrasound Scattering in Cortical Bone (Yasamin Karbalaeisadegh and Marie Muller)
Chapter 10. Single-sided ultrasound imaging of the bone cortex: anatomy, tissue characterization and blood flow (Guillaume Renaud and Sébastien Salles)
Chapter 11. Ultrasound Computed Tomography (Philippe Lasaygues, Luis Espinosa, Simon Bernard, Philippe Petit, Régine Guillermin)
Part II: Ex vivo Measurement of Bone Material Properties: New Methods and Data
Chapter 12. Measurement of Cortical Bone Elasticity Tensor with Resonant Ultrasound Spectroscopy (Simon Bernard, Xiran Cai and Quentin Grimal)
Chapter 13. Documenting the anisotropic stiffness of hard tissues with resonant ultrasound spectroscopy (Xiran Cai, Simon Bernard, Quentin Grimal)
Chapter 14. Assessing the elasticity of child cortical bone (Cécile Baron, Hélène Follet, Martine Pihioux, Cédric Payan, and Philippe Lasaygues)
Chapter 15. Piezoelectric and Opto-Acoustic Material Properties of Bone (Atsushi Hosokawa and Mami Matsukawa)
Part III: Emerging applications of Bone Quantitative Ultrasound
Chapter 16. 3D Ultrasound Imaging of the Spine (Yong Ping Zheng and Timothy Tin Yan Lee)
Chapter 17. Ultrasonic Evaluation of the Bone-Implant Interface (Yoann Hériveaux, Vu-Hieu Nguyen, Guillaume Haïat)
Chapter 18. Adaptive ultrasound focusing through the cranial bone for non-invasive treatment of brain disorders (Thomas Bancel, Thomas Tiennot, Jean-François Aubry)
Chapter 19. GuidedWaves in the Skull (Héctor Estrada and Daniel Razansky)
Index. - Digitalby Guillaume Chuto, Emmanuel Richelme, Christophe Cermolacce, Michel Nicaud, Bruno Puech.Contents:
Part I: Pathology
Chapter 1: Orthopedics
Chapter 2: Rheumatology
Part II: Anatomy
Chapter 3: Anatomy
Appendix
References
Index. - Digitalby Xiaoguang Cheng, Yongbin Su, Mingqian Huang.Summary: This book covers typical imaging features of benign and malignant bone tumors in the hip and knee. Illustrative cases have been carefully selected from thousands processed at the Orthopedic Department of Beijing Jishuitan Hospital, which holds a leading position in orthopedics in China. The chapters are organized by major bone tumour diseases: osteosarcoma, osteochondroma, Ewing sarcoma, bone metastases, etc. Comprehensive imaging information, including X-ray, CT and MRI, is presented in each chapter, and is accompanied by a brief clinical history, imaging findings, differential diagnoses, in-depth analysis and key insights from respected bone tumor specialists. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable guide for musculoskeletal radiologists, orthopedic surgeons, general radiologists, and oncologists alike.
Contents:
Part 1 Hip
1 Aneurysmal Bone Cyst- Case 1
2 Aneurysmal Bone Cyst- Case 2
3 Osteoid Osteoma
Case 1
4 Osteoid Osteoma
Case 2
5 Osteochondroma
6 Chondroblastoma
7 Alveolar Soft Part Sarcoma of Bone
8 Chondromyxoid Fibroma
9 Desmoid-type fibromatosis
Case 1
10 Desmoid-type fibromatosis
case 2
11 Giant Cell Tumor
12 Chondrosarcoma
13 Ewings Sarcoma
14 Invasive mesenchymal malignant spindle cell tumor
15 Bone Metastases
Case 1
16 Bone Metastases
Case 2
17 Lymphoma
18 Eosinophilic granuloma
Case 1
19 Eosinophilic granuloma
Case 2
20 Tuberculosis Arthritis
21 Septic Arthritis
22 Rheumatoid Arthritis
Case 1
23 Rheumatoid Arthritis
Case 2
24 Gouty Arthritis
25 Septic Arthritis
Part 2 Knee
26 Giant Cell Tumor of the bone
27 Fibroma of Tendon Sheath
28 Chondroblastoma
Case 1
29 Chondroblastoma
Case 2
30 Myxoid low grade malignant mesenchymal tumor
31 Fibrous Cortical Defect
Case 1
32 Fibrous Cortical Defect
Case 2
33 Intra-osseous lipoma
34 Giant cell tumor of bone
35 Osteosarcoma
36 Undifferentiated High-Grade Pleomorphic Sarcoma
37 Osteomyelitis
38 Synovial Sarcoma
case 1
39 Synovial Sarcoma
case 2
40 Pigmented villonodular synovitis
Case 1
41 Pigmented villonodular synovitis
Case 2
42 Rheumatoid Arthritis
Case 1
43 Rheumatoid Arthritis
Case 2
44 Gouty Arthritis
45 Paget Disease
46 Tuberculosis
47 Giant Cell Tumor of the bone
48 Subchondral cyst
case 1
49 Subchondral cyst
case 2
50 Extraskeletal myxoid chondrosarcoma.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalJaime Paulos, Dominique G. Poitout, editors.Summary: This book reviews the latest techniques for diagnostics and treatments specific to bone and soft tissue tumors. It focuses on imaging and classification of the bone and soft tissue tumors and how histology and cytogenetic aspects can be used to identify tumors. Each chapter focuses on a specific type of tumor, providing a concise overview of relevant information on their characteristics along with the latest surgical and medical treatments available. Bone Tumors: Diagnosis and Therapy Today is a concise guide to successfully identifying and treating bone and soft tissue tumors, making it a valuable resource for practicing medical professionals and trainees who encounter these patients in their day-to-day practice.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Osteomas
Chapter 3. Osteoid Osteoma
Chapter 4. Osteoblastoma
Chapter 5. Osteosarcoma
Chapter 6. Osteochondroma and hereditary multiple Osteochondromas
Chapter 7. Enchondroma
Chapter 8. Chondromyxoid Fibroma
Chapter 9. Chondroblastoma
Chapter 10. Chondrosarcoma. - DigitalAndrea Piccioli, Valentina Gazzaniga, Paola Catalano.Contents:
Part I: 1 The study of ancient bone remains
2 Study and data description
Part II: 3 Traumatic pathologies
4 Joint degenerative pathologies
5 Oncologic pathologies
6 Infective and Metabolic Diseases. - Digitaleditors, Jane C. Ballantyne, Scott M. Fishman, James P. Rathmell.Summary: "The Bonica text is heavy on science. A thorough update is warranted considering work on the fourth edition began in 2007 and there's been no break in research in the interim. Pain Medicine is practiced in several medical specialties; the ABMS recognizes it as a subspecialty of Anesthesiology, Emergency Medicine, Family Medicine, Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, Psychiatry and Neurology, and Radiology. Management of Pain is also researched and practiced by physical therapists and psychologists (two disciplines not recognized by the ABMS). This diffuse assortment of researchers and practitioners author the chapters and purchase the book"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalTakeshi Furuichi.Summary: This book describes the similarities and differences between two species, bonobos and chimpanzees, based on the three decades the author has spent studying them in the wild, and shows how the contrasting nature of these two species is also reflected in human nature. The most important differences between bonobos and chimpanzees, our closest relatives, are the social mechanisms of coexistence in group life. Chimpanzees are known as a fairly despotic species in which the males exclusively dominate over the females, and maintain a rigid hierarchy. Chimpanzees have developed social intelligence to survive severe competition among males: by upholding the hierarchy of dominance, they can usually preserve peaceful relations among group members. In contrast, female bonobos have the same or even a higher social status than males. By evolving pseudo-estrus during their non-reproductive period, females have succeeded in moderating inter-male sexual competition, and in initiating mate selection. Although they are non-related in male-philopatric society, they usually aggregate in a group, enjoy priority access to food, determine which male is the alpha male, and generally maintain much more peaceful social relations compared to chimpanzees. Lastly, by identifying key mechanisms of social coexistence in these two species, the author also seeks to find solutions or "hope" for the peaceful coexistence of human beings. "Takeshi Furuichi is one of very few scientists in the world familiar with both chimpanzees and bonobos. In lively prose, reflecting personal experience with apes in the rain forest, he compares our two closest relatives and explains the striking differences between the male- dominated and territorial chimpanzees and the female-centered gentle bonobos." Frans de Waal, author of Mamas Last Hug - Animal Emotions and What They Tell Us about Ourselves (Norton, 2019).
- DigitalJudea Pearl and Dana Mackenzie.Summary: "Everyone has heard the claim, "Correlation does not imply causation." What might sound like a reasonable dictum metastasized in the twentieth century into one of science's biggest obstacles, as a legion of researchers became unwilling to make the claim that one thing could cause another. Even two decades ago, asking a statistician a question like "Was it the aspirin that stopped my headache?" would have been like asking if he believed in voodoo, or at best a topic for conversation at a cocktail party rather than a legitimate target of scientific inquiry. Scientists were allowed to posit only that the probability that one thing was associated with another. This all changed with Judea Pearl, whose work on causality was not just a victory for common sense, but a revolution in the study of the world"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction: Mind over data
The ladder of causation
From buccaneers to guinea pigs: the genesis of causal inference
From evidence to causes: Reverend Bayes meets Mr. Holmes
Confounding and deconfounding: or, slaying the lurking variable
The smoke-filled debate: clearing the air
Paradoxes galore!
Beyond adjustment: the conquest of Mt. Intervention
Counterfactuals: mining worlds that could have been
Mediation: the search for a mechanism
Big data, artificial intelligence, and the big questions.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2018Limited to 1 simultaneous users - DigitalOleg Safir, Ranil Sonnadara, Polina Mironova, Rohit Rambani, editors.Summary: This book provides a unique opportunity to gain a complete overview of how to run orthopedic surgery training, with all aspects of course planning covered including schedules, objectives, feasibility, instructors, materials, division-specific sessions, evaluations, research and refining course content. This practical program guide offers key information and course structuring guidance sought by orthopaedic specialists who wish to enhance their training programs for residents. Boot Camp Approach to Surgical Training will be a go-to book for both trainers and trainees wishing to successfully plan or complete a surgical education. In addition to surgical trainers and trainees, program directors in medical education, simulation lab directors, educators and researchers in medical training will find this book to be an essential resource for planning effective competency-based courses in orthopaedic surgery.
Contents:
Bridging the gap : theoretical principles behind surgical boot camps
Competency-based medical education : a brief overview
Toronto orthopaedic boot camp (TOBC)
Canadian national vascular surgery boot camp
Cardiac surgery boot camp
The Toronto neurosurgery PGY-1 boot camp
Undergraduate surgical boot camp
Surgical preparatory camp (PREP Camp)
Surgical simulation lab : feasibility and management
"I wish I knew this before ..." an implementation science primer and model to guide implementation of simulation programs in medical education
The future of medical education : simulation-based assessment in a competency-by-design curriculum. - DigitalLois W. Choi-Kain, John G. Gunderson, editors.Summary: In Borderline Personality and Mood Disorders: Comorbidity and Controversy, a panel of distinguished experts reviews the last two decades of progress in scientific inquiry about the relationship between mood and personality disorders and the influence of this empirical data on our ways of conceptualizing and treating them. This comprehensive title opens with an introduction defining general trends both influencing the expansion of the mood disorder spectrum and undermining clinical recognition and focus on personality disorders. The overlaps and differences between MDD and BPD in phenomenology and biological markers are then reviewed, followed by a review of the overlaps and distinctions between more atypical mood disorder variants. Further chapters review the current state of thinking on the distinctions between bipolar disorder and BPD, with attention to problems of misdiagnosis and use of clinical vignettes to illustrate important distinguishing features. Two models explaining the relationship between mood, temperament, and personality are offered, followed by a review of the literature on risk factors and early signs of BPD and mood disorders in childhood through young adulthood as well as a review of the longitudinal studies on BPD and mood disorders. The last segment of the book includes three chapters on treatment. The book closes with a conclusion with a synthesis of the current status of thinking on the relationship between mood and borderline personality disorder. An invaluable contribution to the literature, Borderline Personality and Mood Disorders: Comorbidity and Controversy insightfully addresses the mood and personality disorders realms of psychiatry and outlines that it has moved away from contentious debate and toward the possibility of synthesis, providing increasing clarity on the relationship between mood and personality to inform improvements in clinical management of the convergence of these psychiatric domains in common practice.
Contents:
Mood Disorders and Personality Disorders: Simplicity and Complexity
Depressive Disorders in Borderline Personality Disorder: Phenomenology and Biological Markers
Borderline Personality Disorder, Atypical Depression, and Cyclothymia: Diagnostic Distinctions Crossing Mood and Personality Disorders Borders
Is Borderline Personality Disorder Underdiagnosed, and Bipolar Disorder Overdiagnosed?
Affective Instability: Bipolar Disorder vs. Borderline Personality Disorder
Bipolar Illness versus Borderline Personality: Red Skies versus Red Apples
Hyperbolic Temperament as a Distinguishing Feature between Borderline Personality Disorder and Mood Dysregulation
The Integration of Mood, Behavior and Temperament in Mood Spectrum Disorders
Borderline Personality and Mood Disorders: Risk Factors, Precursors and Early Signs in Childhood and Youth
Borderline Personality Disorder and Mood Disorders: Longitudinal Course and Interactions
Pharmacology
Cognitive Behavioral Therapy-Based Interventions for Borderline Personality Disorder and Mood Disorders
Psychodynamic Treatment for Borderline Personality Disorder and Mood Disorders: A Mentalizing Perspective
Conclusion: Integration and Synthesis. - Digitaledited by Barbara Stanley, Antonia S. New.Contents:
Machine generated contents note:
1. A History of Borderline Personality Disorder / Antonia S. New and Joseph Triebwasser
2. Diagnosis of Borderline Personality Disorder / Barbara Stanley and Tanya Singh
3. Onset, Course, and Prognosis for Borderline Personality Disorder / Mary C. Zanarini and Lindsey C. Conkey
4. Clinical Phenomenology of Borderline Personality Disorder / Larry Siever
5. The Relationship Between Childhood Adversity and Borderline Personality Disorder / Joel Paris
6. Neurobiology of Borderline Personality Disorder / Annegret Krause-Utz, Inga Niedtfeld, Julia Knauber, and Christian Schmal
7. Genetic Influences on Borderline Personality Disorder / Marijn A. Distel, Marleen H. M. de Moor
8. Suicidal and Non-Suicidal Self-Injury in Borderline Personality Disorder / Margaret S. Andover, Heather T. Schatten, and Blair W. Morris
9. Substance Use Disorder in Borderline Personality Disorder / Beth S. Brodsky and Linda Dimeff
10. Eating Disorders in Borderline Personality Disorder / Eugene Chen
11. Borderline Personality Disorder and Mood Disorders / Eric A. Fertuck, Megan S. Chesin, and Brian Johnston
12. Aggressive Behavior and Interpersonal Difficulties in Borderline Personality Disorder / Lori N. Scott and Paul A. Pilkonis
13. Pharmacological Interventions for Borderline Personality Disorder / Kenneth R. Silk
14. Mentalization Based Treatment / Lois W. Choi-Kain
15. Transference Focused Psychotherapy : A Psychodynamic Treatment of Personality Disorders / Frank E. Yeomans and Jill C. Delaney
16. Dialectical Behavior Therapy / Shireen L. Rizvi and Kristen M. Roman
17. Cognitive Therapy for Personality Disorders / Kate M. Davidson
18. Supportive Psychotherapy Case Management / David J. Hellerstein and Ron B. Aviram
19. Family Psychoeducation Approaches for Borderline Personality Disorder / Valerie Porr
20. Meeting the Clinical Challenges of Managing Borderline Personality Disorder / Beth S. Brodsky
21. Assessing, Managing, and Resolving Suicide Risk in Borderline Personality Disorder / Adam Carmel, Jeffrey Sung, and Katherine Anne Comtois
22. Forensic Issues in Borderline Personality Disorder / Alexander L. Chapman and André Ivanoff
23. Borderline Personality Disorder and Advocacy : Individuals and Family Members Speaking Out for Change / Paula Tusiani-Eng and Bea Tusiani.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaleditors, Brian Palmer, Brandon Unruh.Summary: This book brings together a series of experts and experienced clinicians to describe and discuss a series of BPD cases in a manner that emphasizes core descriptive and diagnostic features, principles and techniques, and key take-home messages for clinicians at all levels of experience. The book emphasizes consideration for the disorder from multiple perspectives to help identify effective responses to common clinical challenges and decision points. Written by experts in the field, each chapter uses a consistent format to present a common clinical challenge along with an effective therapeutic response and discussion of relevant theoretical and empirically validated principles. Each chapter title contains a patient's (fictionalized) name and a subheading identifying the clinical dilemma or approach to be illustrated. The text includes key points and chapter summaries to help pull together the most important takeaways as quick reference. Borderline Personality Disorder is a vital resource for psychiatrists, psychologists, psychiatric nurses, general internists, social workers, and all medical professions working with patients suffering from Borderline Personality Disorder.
Contents:
Organizing and shaping a treatment toward change
Stimulating Reflection and Curiosity
Approach to suicidal behaviors in BPD patients
Navigating Intersession Contact
Managing mistrust, paranoia, and relationship rupture
BPD in the Emergency Department
Principles of Inpatient BPD Management
Caring for a Patient with BPD on the Inpatient Medical Service
BPD and Substance Use
Medical Problems and Comorbidities
Managing Co-Morbidities and Appropriate Use of Psychopharmacology
Engaging family to be productive participants in a BPD treatment
Addressing narcissistic problems in treatment for BPD
Narcissistic personality disorder with borderline features
Providing consultation to determine level of care and organize treatment
Early Diagnosis and Intervention in Adolescents
When less may be more: scaling limited treatment resources using a stepped-care model. - Digital/PrintTrevor Noah.Summary: Noah's path from apartheid South Africa to the desk of The Daily Show began with a criminal act: his birth. Born to a white Swiss father and a black Xhosa mother, at the time such a union was punishable by five years in prison. As he struggles to find himself in a world where he was never supposed to exist, his mother is determined to save her son from the cycle of poverty, violence, and abuse that would ultimately threaten her own life. With an incisive wit and unflinching honesty, Noah weaves together a moving yet funny portrait of a boy making his way through a damaged world in a dangerous time. -- Adapted from publisher.
Contents:
I. Run
Born a crime
Trevor, pray
Chameleon
The second girl
Loopholes
Fufi
Robert
II. The mulberry tree
A young man's long, awkward, occasionally tragic, and frequently humiliating education in affairs of the heart, part I: Valentine's Day
Outsider
A young man's long, awkward, occasionally tragic, and frequently humiliating education in affairs of the heart, part II: the crush
Colorblind
A young man's long, awkward, occasionally tragic, and frequently humiliating education in affairs of the heart, part III: the dance
III. Go Hitler!
The cheese boys
The world doesn't love you
My mother's life
Acknowledgments.Digital Access EBSCO 2016Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digital[edited by] Peter M. Waters, Daniel J. Hedequist, Benjamin J. Shore.Summary: "Originating from the esteemed Boston Children's Hospital, this new volume in the Illustrated Tips and Tricks series provides succinct, precise information from a wide range of experts on tackling technical problems in pediatric orthopaedic reconstructive surgery. Edited by Drs. Peter M. Waters, Benjamin J. Shore, and Daniel J. Hedequist, this volume presents practical, hands-on content gained from years of surgical experience, including nuggets of wisdom unique to particular institutions. Drawings, operative photos, and videos are used liberally throughout the book to illustrate surgical techniques and provide a handy visual complement to the text. Covers all areas of pediatric orthopaedic reconstructive surgery including sports medicine surgery, reconstruction, neuromuscular correction, upper extremity surgery, spine surgery, hip surgery, pediatric foot and ankle surgery, cerebral palsy related surgery, and orthopaedic oncology. Features the latest surgical techniques, presented in a crisp, step-by-step style, and provides brief overviews of equipment, anesthesia, patient positioning, and other procedural elements...Digital Access Ovid 2022
- Digital[edited by] Glyn E. Jones.Digital Access
- DigitalChong Tae Kim.Summary: "Botulinum Neurotoxin: A Guide to Motor Point Injections identifies the correct motor points for botulinum neurotoxin (BoNT) injections for non-cosmetic purposes such as muscle dystonia, muscle spasticity, teeth grinding, or drooling. Dr. Chong-Tae Kim expertly guides readers through the efficient blocking of neurotransmitters using BoNT, identifying target muscles and clearly demonstrating how to identify optimal insertion points"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Head, face, and neck
Trunk
Upper arm
Forearm
Hand
Upper leg
Lower leg
Foot
Deformities of head/face/neck
Deformities of trunk
Deformities of upper arm
Deformities of forearm
Deformities of hand
Deformities of upper leg
Deformities of lower leg
Deformities of foot
Appendix: Salivary and sweat glands.Digital Access - Digital[edited by] Andrew Blitzer, Brian E. Benson, Diana N. Kirke.Summary: "Senior author Dr. Andrew Blitzer is an internationally renowned pioneer on the use of botulinum neurotoxin for functional disorders, with unparalleled expertise on this topic. Joined by co-editors Brian Benson and Diana Kirke, with multidisciplinary contributors, Botulinum Neurotoxin for Head and Neck Disorders Second Edition fills a gap in the medical literature. The unique textbook focuses on the use of botulinum neurotoxins for functional disorders of the head and neck, though with some aesthetic indications. The second edition reflects the latest advances and understanding of existing and emerging applications for botulinum neurotoxins, including new treatment paradigms, revised pharmacology, and an updated review of the literature in all chapters. Twenty superbly illustrated chapters cover the management of hyperfunctional, pain, and hypersecretory syndromes of the head and neck. Hyperfunctional motor disorders are discussed in chapters focused on blepharospasm, facial dystonia, Meige syndrome, oromandibular dystonia, spasmodic dysphonia (laryngeal dystonia), and cervical dystonia. Specific treatment approaches for pain are addressed in chapters on migraine and chronic daily tension headaches, temporomandibular disorders, and trigeminal neuralgia. The treatment of autonomic nervous system disorders is covered in chapters dedicated to Frey syndrome, facial hyperhydrosis, and sialorrhea"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Pharmacology of Botulinum Neurotoxins / Muna I. Bitar, Nikita Kohli, Maya Samman, and Andrew Blitzer
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Blepharospasm / Amit Patel, Andrew Blitzer, and Boris L. Bentsianov
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Facial Dystonia / Scott M. Rickert, Amy P. Wu, and Andrew Blitzer Botulinum
Neurotoxin for Meige Syndrome / Niv Mor and Andrew Blitzer
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Oromandibular Dystonia / Daniel Novakovic and Ajay E. Chitkara
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Spasmodic Dysphonia / Phillip C. Song, Lucian Sulica, and Andrew Blitzer
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Cervical Dystonia / Tanya K. Meyer, Joel Guss, and Ronda E. Alexander
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Hemifacial Spasm and Facial Synkinesis / Lesley French Childs, Daniel Novakovic, and Scott R. Gibbs
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Hyperfunctional Facial Lines / Brian E. Benson, Diana N. Kirke, and Andrew Blitzer
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Upper and Lower Esophageal Spasm / Nwanmegha Young and Brian E. Benson
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Palatal Myoclonus / Ajay E. Chitkara, Catherine F. Sinclair, and Daniel Novakovic
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Temporomandibular Disorders, Masseteric Hypertrophy, and Cosmetic Masseter Reduction / Michael Z. Lerner and Andrew Blitzer
Botulinum Neurotoxin Therapy in the Laryngopharynx / Craig H. Zalvan, Phillip C. Song, Nwanmegha Young, and Andrew Blitzer
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Migraine / Rachel Kaye, Jerome Schwartz, Brian E. Benson, and William J. Binder
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Chronic Tension Headache / Nwanmegha Young and Brian E. Benson
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Trigeminal Neuralgia / Elizabeth Guardiani, Andrew Blitzer, Lesley French Childs, and Ronda E. Alexander
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Frey's Syndrome / Rachel Kaye, Andrew Blitzer, and Brian E. Benson
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Facial Hyperhidrosis / Diana N. Kirke, Daniel Novakovic, and Andrew Blitzer
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Sialorrhea / Brianna K. Crawley, Scott M. Rickert, Senja Tomovic, and Andrew Blitzer
Botulinum Neurotoxin for Radiation-Induced Spasm and Pain / Diana N. Kirke, Brian E. Benson, and Tanya K. Meyer.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Alastair Carruthers, Jean Carruthers.Summary: This well-organized text provides current, authoritative guidance on popular procedures including masseter hypertrophy and darker skin types, the therapeutic uses of botulinum toxins, and their future in dermatology. The renowned author team of Drs. Jean Carruthers and Alastair Carruthers offers evidence-based, procedural how-to's and step-by-step advice on proper techniques, pitfalls, and tricks of the trade, so you can successfully incorporate the latest procedures into your practice. -- Publisher.
Contents:
Therapeutic uses of the botulinum toxins
History of onabotulinumtoxina therapeutic
History of cosmetic botulinum toxin
Basic science of Botox® cosmetic
Abobotulinumtoxina : science and clinical usage
Basic science : xeomin®
Basic science : Myobloc®
Neuronox® and Innotox®
Injectable daxibotulinumtoxina (rt002)
Comparison of botulinum toxins
Topical daxibotulinumtoxina (rt001)
Topical botulinum toxin type a
Reconstitution and dilution
Benzyl alcohol
Glabella
Modulation of eyebrow position and shape by treatment with neuromodulators and fillers
Frontalis and horizontal forehead line
Treatment of crow's feet
Infraorbital/upper and lower eyelids
Treatment of the midface with botulinum toxin
Orbicularis oris, mentalis, and depressor anguli oris
Platysma, Nefertiti lift, and beyond
The masseters and their treatment with botulinum toxin
Darker skin types
Combination noninvasive facial aesthetic treatments with botulinum toxin type a
Focal axillary hyperhidrosis
Palmoplantar hyperhidrosis
The future of neuromodulators in aesthetic medicine.Digital Access ScienceDirect [2018] - Digitaledited by, Alastair Carruthers, Jean Carruthers, Jeffrey S. Dover, Murad Alam ; video editor, Omer Ibrahim ; series editors, Jeffrey S. Dover, Murad Alam.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2024
- DigitalKyle K. Seo.Summary: This book, containing more than 400 photos and illustrations, provides practical guidelines for the cosmetic use of botulinum toxin type A (BTA) in Asians. The differences in BTA treatment of Asians and Caucasians with respect to applicable dose, injection methods, anatomic significance, and indications are clearly described. It is explained how the optimal dose and injection sites for the treatment of wrinkles differ from the guidelines advocated in North America and Europe. Detailed consideration is given to the rapidly expanding role that BTA treatment is playing in facial and body contouring based on leveraging the mechanism of disuse muscle atrophy. Examples that are particularly relevant in Asians include treatment of hypertrophy of the masseter and temporalis muscles and calf muscle reduction. Further chapters are devoted to the use of BTA in the treatment of hyperhidrosis and the intradermal injection of BTA. The book will be an excellent resource for all dermatologists, plastic surgeons, cosmetic Physicians, and other clinicians who employ BTA in Asian patients. .
Contents:
1. Botoxology
2. Wrinkle Treatment with Botullinum Toxin
3. Facial Contouring with Botulinum Toxin
4. Multiple Intradermal Botulinum Toxin Injections
5. Body Contouring with Botulinum Toxin
6. Hyperhidrosis Treatment with Botulinum Toxin
Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalMiles G. Berry.Summary: This book concisely summarizes the use of Botulinum neurotoxin in facial rejuvenation. It details relevant aspects of the physiology, pharmacology, safety profile and anatomy of the toxin. Chapters breakdown critical aspects related to the clinical assessment and aesthetic administration of this neurotoxin along with insightful information on its regulation. Botulinum Toxin in Clinical Practice provides a practically focused introductory text to the cosmetic applications of this neurotoxin in aesthetic dermatology, making it an ideal resource for the trainee practitioner seeking a concise summary of the topic.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
References
Acknowledgement
Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction
A Brief History of Botulinum Neurotoxins
The Biophysiology of Botulinum Neurotoxins
Botulism
Non-A Botulinum
The Pharmacology of Botulinum Neurotoxins
References
Chapter 2: Anatomical Considerations
Facial Musculature
Frontalis Muscle
Corrugator Muscle
Procerus Muscle
Orbicularis Muscle'
Aging and the Basis of Therapeutic Muscular Relaxation
References
Chapter 3: Basic Concepts of Beauty and Youth
The Importance of the Human Face
Gender Specifics Skin Pigmentation
History of Awareness of Facial Beauty
Concepts and Analysis of Beauty
References
Chapter 4: Skin
Skin: History
Skin: Structure/Anatomy
Physiology and the Aging Face
Bone
Retaining Structures
Muscles and Supporting Fascia
Subcutaneous Layer
Skin
Epidermis
Dermis
Skin Types
Skin Aging
Genetics
Hormonal
The Sun
Visible Light
Ultraviolet Light
Infrared Light
Gender
Smoking
Ethnicity
Optimisation
Prevention
Retinoids
References
Chapter 5: Clinical Assessment Consultation: History and Examination
History
Examination
Photography and Consent
Practical Tips
Chapter 6: Administration of Botulinum Neurotoxin
Product Selection, Reconstitution and Storage
Technique and Product Placement
Common Treatment Areas
Glabellar Complex
Top Tips
Forehead
Top Tips
Crow's Feet
Top Tips
Post-Injection Advice
Safety, Side-Effects and Complications
Systemic
Localised
Lack of Effect/Antigenicity
References
Chapter 7: Medical Uses of Botulinum Neurotoxin
Ophthalmology
Neurology
Gastroenterology Urology
Dental
Psychiatry
References
Chapter 8: The Patient's Page
Basic Premises
A Patient Writes
Chapter 9: Education, Training and Regulation
HEE
JCCP and CPSA
References
Glossary
Index - DigitalKate Coleman.Summary: "Botulinum Toxin in Facial Rejuvenation, 2nd Edition, covers the entire range of the use of botulinum toxin for cosmetic purposes. Dr. Kate Coleman offers practical guidance for safe handling, selection and assessment of patients, potential complications and pitfalls, and aesthetic techniques, as well as comparative modalities and long-term management. This is an ideal resource for anyone who offers this sought-after procedure, including cosmetic surgeons, oculoplastic surgeons, dermatologists, physician's assistants, and registered nurses"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction
Botulinum toxin : mode of action and serotypes
Clinical indications and use
Patient preparation and injection skills
Patient selection : the art of understanding neuromodulation and symmetry
The art of patient selection and short- and long-term management
Contraindications and complications
Management of crow's feet
Management of forehead wrinkles
Treatment of the perioral region, the neck and scars
Other solutions.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020 - DigitalScott M. Whitcup, Mark Hallett, editors.Summary: In a rapidly progressing field, Botulinum Toxin Therapy provides both clinicians and basic researchers with the latest science on the structure and function of botulinum toxins and the use of these toxins to treat a wide variety of diseases. Part 1 of the book reviews the basic science of botulinum toxins including advances in our understanding of the molecular structure and mechanism of action of botulinum toxins. This section also discusses the manufacturing and formulation of botulinum toxins for clinical use and the development of novel therapeutic toxins for the future. Part 2 reviews the use of botulinum toxins in clinical practice. It discusses the clinical pharmacology of botulinum toxin drugs and their use in a wide variety of clinical conditions including headache, spasticity, pain, disorders of the genitourinary and gastrointestinal tract, strabismus, and medical aesthetics.
Contents:
Part 1. Basic Science
The History of Botulinum Toxins in Medicine: A Thousand Year Journey
The History of Botulinum Toxins in Medicine: A Thousand Year Journey
Botulinum Neurotoxins: Mechanism of Action
Manufacturing and Clinical Formulations of Botulinum Neurotoxins
Novel Native and Engineered Botulinum Neurotoxins
Part 2. Clinical Practice
Clinical Pharmacology of Botulinum Toxin Drugs
The Use of Botulinum Toxin for Treatment of the Dystonias
The Use of Botulinum Toxin for Treatment of Spasticity
Use of Botulinum Toxin in Ophthalmology
Hyperhidrosis and Aesthetics
Use of Botulinum Toxin in Genitourinary System
Gastrointestinal Uses of Botulinum Toxin
The Use of Botulinum Toxin in the Management of Headache Disorders
Botulinum Toxin and Pain
The Use of Botulinum Toxin for Treatment of Depression. - DigitalBahman Jabbari.Summary: Several books have been written on the subject of botulinum toxin and other neurotoxins for treatment of medical disorders including two Springer publications by Dr. Jabbari. However, despite the huge interest and enthusiasm of the public to learn more about this and other toxins, there is currently no book in the market on this subject which is specifically designed to inform and educate the public on botulinum toxin therapy. Botulinum Toxin Treatment explains and discusses in simple language the structure and function of botulinum toxin and other neurotoxins as well as the rational for its utility in different disease conditions. Safety, factors affecting efficacy, and duration of action, as well as cost and insurance issues are also addressed.
Contents:
Intro; Dedication; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: A Neurotoxin Which is Used for Health
How it all Began?; Introduction; References; Chapter 2: Basics of Structure and Mechanisms of Function of Botulinum Toxin
How Does it Work?; Introduction; Excessive Sweating and Drooling; Pain; References; Chapter 3: Botox and Other Neurotoxins; Introduction; Botox (Allergan Inc., Irvine California); Xeomin (Merz Pharmaceuticals, Frankfurt- Germany) [3]; Dysport (Ipsen Limited- Paris France) [5]; Myobloc (Neurobloc in Europe -WorldMed/Solstice Neurosciences, Louisville, Kentucky); Preparation/Injection. Botox Treatment of Plantar Faciitis (PF)Sample Case; Piriformis Syndrome (PS); Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Botulinum Toxin Therapy for Complications of Stroke; Introduction; Spasticity After Stroke and the Role of Botulinum Toxins in Treatment of Stroke- Related Spasticity; Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Spasticity; Technical Issues in Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Stroke Spasticity; Botulinum Toxin Therapy of Persistent Drooling after Stroke; Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Joint Pain after Stroke; Movement Disorders After Stroke; Conclusion; References. Chapter 7: Botulinum Toxin Treatment in Multiple SclerosisIntroduction; Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Spasticity in Multiple Sclerosis; Technique of Injection; Case Report; Botulinum Toxin Therapy for Bladder Problems in Multiple Sclerosis; Injection Technique; Treatment of Pain with Botulinum Toxins in Multiple Sclerosis; Case Report; Movement Disorders in Multiple Sclerosis; Treatment of Difficulty with Swallowing (Dysphagia); Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Bladder and Pelvic Disorders; Introduction; Botulinum Toxins. ConclusionReferences; Chapter 5: Neurotoxins in Management of Pain Disorders- New Encouraging Data; Intoduction; Anatomy of Pain Pathways; Pain Modulation; Pain Perception; Animal Studies of Botulinum Toxins in the Field of Pain; Nerve Endings and Peripheral Receptors; Dorsal Root Ganglion; Spinal Cord Sensory Neurons; Human Pain Syndromes; Chronic Low Back Pain; Patient Observation; Pain After Shingles (Post-Herpetic Neuralgia-PHN)); Treatment; Botulinum Toxin Treatment; Sample Case; Trigeminal Neuralgia (TN); Botulinum Toxin Treatment; Sample Case; Diabetic Neuropathy; Plantar Fasciitis. Non -FDA Approved Botulinum Toxins Used in Far East AsiaProsigne; Meditoxin/Noronox; Definition of Clinical Trials; Study Class and Efficacy Evaluation; References; Chapter 4: The Role of Botulinum Toxins in Treatment of Headaches; Introduction; Migraine and Chronic Migraine; Treatment of Acute Attacks; Preventive Treatment; Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Migraine; PREEMPT Studies; Sites of Botox Injection, Recommended Dose Per Site and Per Session; How to Inject?; Side Effects of Botox Therapy in Chronic Migraine; Episodic Migraine; Tension-Type Headaches; Secondary Headaches; Economic Issues. - DigitalBahman Jabbari.Summary: This book provides an authoritative overview of botulinum neurotoxin (BoNT) treatment menus for 14 pain categories with an evidence based literature review on each pain disorder, illustrative figures along with brief video clips showing the techniques and patient interviews. Introductory chapters cover basic information about the mechanism, function and the analgesic effects of the BoNTs based on the data derived from animal studies. Clinical chapters define pain in conditions such as post-herpetic and post-traumatic neuralgias, plantar fasciitis, low back pain, post-surgical pain syndromes and migraine in detail, provide discussion of current modes of treatment and updated information on BoNT therapy. Each chapter also includes illustrative case histories. Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Pain Disorders will prove an invaluable resource for clinicians and researchers involved in the treatment of pain disorders including neurologists, pain medicine specialists, anesthesiologists, internists, those conducting research in pharmacology and toxicology as well as students in these areas.
Contents:
Molecular Structure, Mode of Action and Immunology of Botulinum Neurotoxins
Analgesic effects of botulinum neurotoxins: Data from animal studies
Neuropathic Pain (NP)
Migraine and Other Primary Headaches
Botulinum Neurotoxins and Chronic Low Back Pain
Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Plantar Fasciitis (Plantar Fasciopathy)
Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Piriformis Syndrome
Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Myofascial Pain Syndrome and Fibromyalgia
Pelvic and Urogenital Pain
Botulinum Toxin Treatment of Chronic Facial pain: Trigeminal Neuralgia, Temporo-Mandibular Disorders and Dental-Related Pain
Botulinum Neurotoxins for Relief of Pain Associated with Spasticity
Treatment of Dystonic Pain with Botulinum Neurotoxins
Botulinum Toxin Therapy for Prevention of Post-surgical Pain
Botulinum Toxins for Treatment of Pain in Orthopedic Disorders
Botulinum Toxins for Treatment of Cancer-related, Post-radiation, Post-surgical and End of Life Pain
Botulinum Neurotoxin Treatment of Unusual and Rare Painful Disorders
Future Prospects of Pain Treatment with Botulinum Neurotoxins.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Joel L. Cohen, David M. Ozog.Contents:
1. History of Botulinum Toxin for medical and aesthetic use
2. Anatomy and aesthetic principles
3. Botulinum Toxin: from molecule to medicine
4. Myobloc
5. Abobotulinumtoxin: development and aesthetic usage
6. IncobotulinumtoxinA (Xeomin/Bocouture)
7. Future injectable toxins
8. Reconstitution, dilution, diffusion, and migration of Botulinum Toxin
9. Patient selection
10. Treatment of the glabella
11. Treatment of the forehead
12. Treatment of the periocular area - Crow's feet, brow and bunny lines
13. Contouring of the lower face and of the lower leg and calf
14. Treatment of the perioral area
15. Neck rejuvenation
16. Correction of facial asymmetry
17. Complications and diffusion
18. Combination therapy of Botuliinum Toxin with other nonsurgical procedures
19. Peri-procedure Botulinum Toxin for skin cancer patients and scars
20. Achieving a natural look
21. Special considerations in darker skin
22. Axillary hyperhidrosis
23. Primary focal palm, sole, craniofacial, and compensatory hyperhidrosis
24. Topical Botulinum Toxin
25. Exciting new uses of Botulinum Toxin Type A: dermatology/dermatologic surgery and beyond
26. Modulating affect and mood with Botulinum Toxin injections: psychosocial implications of neuromodulators
27. Onabotulinumtoxin A (Botox) in dermatology
Index.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaleditor, Phillip M. Devlin, MD, FACR, FASTRO, FFRRCSI(Hon), Chief, Division of Brachytherapy, Institute Physician, Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, and Associate Professor of Radiation Oncology, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts ; associate editors, Robert A. Cormack, PhD, Associate Professor of Radiation Oncology, Department of Radiation Oncology, Dana-Farber Cancer Institute and Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts, Caroline L. Holloway, MD, FRCP(C), Clinical Assistant Professor, Department of Radiation Oncology, University of British Columbia. and Radiation Oncologist, British Columbia Cancer Agency, Vancouver Island Centre, Victoria, British Columbia, Canada, Alexandra J. Stewart, DM, MRCP, FRCR, Clinical Lead for Oncology, St. Luke's Cancer Centre, Royal Surrey County Hospital, and Honorary Senior Lecturer, University of Surrey, Guildford, England.Contents:
A century of brachytherapy (from the prostate's perspective) / Jesse N. Aronowitz
Radiobiologic concepts for brachytherapy / Alexandra J. Stewart, Robert A. Cormack, and Kathryn D. Held
Technical aspects of brachytherapy / Mandar S. Bhagwat, Ivan M. Buzurovic, Antonio L. Damato, Scott A. Friesen, Jorgen L. Hansen, Desmond A. O'Farrell, Emily Sugar, and Robert A. Cormack
Genitourinary brachytherapy / Paul L. Nguyen, André-Guy Martin, and Peter F. Orio
Gynecologic brachytherapy / Larissa J. Lee, Antonio L. Damato, and Akila N. Viswanathan
Breast brachytherapy / Simona M. Shaitelman, Chirag Shah, Leonard H. Kim, Frank A. Vicini, Douglas W. Arthur, and Atif J. Khan
Thoracic brachytherapy / Keyur J. Mehta, Nitika Thawani, and Subhakar Mutyala
Skin brachytherapy / Phillip M. Devlin and Anna O. Likhacheva
Head and neck brachytherapy / J. Nicholas Lukens, Kenneth S. Hu, Peter C. Levendag, David Teguh, Paul Busse, and Louis B. Harrison
Central nervous system brachytherapy / Abigail L. Stockham and Nils D. Arvold
Gastrointestinal brachytherapy / Alexandra J. Stewart, Nikolaos Tselis, Michele Albert, Nitika Thawani, and Arthur Sun Myint
Soft tissue sarcoma brachytherapy / Caroline L. Holloway and Chandrajit P. Raut
Pediatric brachytherapy / Lara Hathout, Suzanne L. Wolden, and Gilad N. Cohen
Vascular brachytherapy / Chien Peter Chen, Ray Lin, and Prabhakar Tripuraneni
Foundations of a brachytherapy practice / D. Jeffrey Demanes, Ron DiGiaimo, Casilda Menchaca-Garcia, and Tamara Syverson.Digital Access Ovid 2016 - Digitaleditor-in-chief, David X. Cifu ; associate editors, Blessen C. Eapen [and five others].Summary: "Thoroughly updated to reflect the latest advances and technologies, Braddom's Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, 6th Edition, remains the market leader in the field of PM&R. For more than 20 years, this bestselling reference has been the go-to resource for the entire rehabilitation team, providing in-depth coverage of essential core principles along with the latest research, technologies, and procedures that enhance patient care and facilitate optimal return to function. In this edition, lead editor Dr. David X. Cifu and his team of expert associate editors and contributing authors employ a more succinct format that emphasizes need-to-know material, incorporating new key summary features, including high-yield information and study sheets for problem-based learning"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
The physiatric history and physical examination
Examination of the pediatric patient
Rehabilitation of swallowing disorders
Psychological assessment and intervention in rehabilitation
Practical aspects of impairment rating and disability determination
Occupational medicine and vocational rehabilitation
Quality and outcome measures for medical rehabilitation
Electrodiagnostic medicine
Rehabilitation and prosthetic restoration in upper limb amputation
Lower limb amputation and gait
Upper limb orthotic devices
Lower limb orthoses
Spinal orthoses
Wheelchairs and seating systems
Therapeutic exercise
Manipulation, traction, and massage
Physical agent modalities
Integrative medicine in rehabilitation
Assistive technology and environmental control devices
Neurogenic lower urinary tract dysfunction
Neurogenic bowel : dysfunction and rehabilitation
Sexual dysfunction and disability
Spasticity
Prevention and management of chronic wounds
Vascular diseases
Burns
Acute medical conditions: cardiopulmonary disease, medical frailty, and renal failure
Chronic medical conditions: : pulmonary disease, organ transplantation, and diabetes
Cancer rehabilitation
Geriatrics
Rheumatologic rehabilitation
Common neck problems
Low back disorders
Osteoporosis
Upper limb pain and dysfunction
Lower limb pain and dysfunction a
Chronic pain
Pelvic floor disorders
Sports medicine and adaptive sports
Motor neuron diseases
Neuropathies
Myopathic disorders
Traumatic brain injury
Stroke rehabilitation
Degenerative movement disorders of the central nervous system
Multiple sclerosis
Cerebral palsy
Myelomeningocele and other spinal dysraphisms
Spinal cord injury
Auditory, vestibular, and visual impairments.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - DigitalDavid X. Cifu, MD, Henry L. Lew, MD, PhD.Summary: Concise and portable, Braddom's Clinical Handbook of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, by Drs. David X. Cifu and Henry L. Lew, gives you dependable, up-to-date content in a handbook format ideally suited for use at the bedside or in outpatient clinics. This quick reference covers the everyday topics you need - assistive devices and orthoses, spasticity, pediatric, adult, and geriatric care, pain management, outcome measures, and much more - all derived from the most trusted name in the field of PM&R.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
- Digitaledited by Joseph Jankovic, John C. Mazziotta, Scott L. Pomeroy, Nancy J. Newman.Digital Access
- Digital[edited by] Nicholas Theodore, Russell R. Lonser.Summary: "Although musculoskeletal injuries are by far the most common injuries seen in sports, neurological injuries are often the most serious and potentially devastating. The Brain, Spine and Nerves in Sports is a comprehensive textbook edited by neurosurgeons Nicholas Theodore and Russell R. Lonser, internationally renowned experts in sports-related brain and spine trauma. The book covers intricacies associated with the diagnosis and treatment of sports-related neurological injuries, with firsthand, collaborative insights from a who's who of multidisciplinary neurological experts in sports injury medicine. The book is organized into three sections and 40 thoughtfully curated chapters covering diagnosis, surgical and nonsurgical approaches, and management of traumatic brain injuries, concussions, spinal cord injuries, and peripheral nerve injuries. The final chapter focuses on leveraging concussion data to improve the safety of American football. Each chapter blends theoretical knowledge, evidence-based practices, case studies, and practical insights derived from the authors' extensive clinical experience"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2024, c2025
- DigitalBruno Colombo, editor.Summary: This book analyzes and discusses in detail art therapy, a specific tool used to sustain health in affective developments, rehabilitation, motor skills and cognitive functions. Art therapy is based on the assumption that the process of making art (music, dance, painting) sparks emotions and enhances brain activity. Art therapy is used to encourage personal growth, facilitate particular brain areas or activity patterns, and improve neural connectivity. Treating neurological diseases using artistic strategies offers us a unique option for engaging brain structural networks that enhance the brain's ability to form new connections. Based on brain plasticity, art therapy has the potential to increase our repertoire for treating neurological diseases. Neural substrates are the basis of complex emotions relative to art experiences, and involve a widespread activation of cognitive and motor systems. Accordingly, art therapy has the capacity to modulate behavior, cognition, attention and movement. In this context, art therapy can offer effective tools for improving general well-being, quality of life and motivation in connection with neurological diseases. The book discusses art therapy as a potential group of techniques for the treatment of neurological disturbances and approaches the relationship between humanistic disciplines and neurology from a holistic perspective, reflecting the growing interest in this interconnection.
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
Introduction
Is there an artistic treatment for neurological diseases?
Biology of art
The beauty and the brain: Neuroaesthetics
Neurodegenerative diseases and changes in artistic expression
Painting in neurology
Illusions in neurology: from phantoms to mirror therapies
Music and Mirror Neurons
Opera and Neurology
Cinema and Neurology, from history to therapy
Dance therapy: a clinical approach
Literature and neurology: Marcel Proust and Hermann Von Helmholtz
Ceroplastic and neurology
The significance of art therapy. - DigitalDavid L. Clark, Nash N. Boutros, Mario F. Mendez.Summary: "Now in its fourth edition, The Brain and Behavior introduces the field of neurobiology of human behavior to a wide audience, from graduate students to professionals in the fields of psychology, psychiatry and neurology. This comprehensive resource focuses on locating human behaviors to specific regions of the brain, aiming to make a complex topic visually accessible through the inclusion of clear and focused illustrations. This important new edition emphasises recent developments in our understanding of the human brain which have emerged from imaging studies. The text also features patient case histories with documented anatomical evidence, tying the science with actual clinical examples, making it the most accessible book for medical practitioners of all levels. The collaboration between a neuropsychiatrist, a behavioral neurologist and a neuroanatomist has resulted in a book which synthesizes the complex and evolving information on the neurobiology of human behavior, and presents it in an eminently readable volume"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Introduction
Anatomy of the gross brain
Histology
Occipital and parietal lobes
Temporal lobe: neocortical structures
Frontal lobe
Basal ganglia
Diencephalon: hypothalamus and epithalamus
Diencephalon: thalamus
Brainstem
Limbic system: temporal lobe
Limbic system: cingulate cortex
Asymmetry and interhemispheric connections.Digital Access Cambridge 2018 - DigitalHemanshu Prabhakar, Indu Kapoor, editors.Summary: This book discusses the underlying mechanisms connecting the brain and heart. The physiology of the brain is such that it is easily affected by any altered physiology of other systems, which in turn may compromise cerebral blood flow and oxygenation. Together, the brain and heart control our body systems, allowing them to function automatically. This interaction between the brain and other systems makes it important for us to understand how any kind of injury to the brain can produce complications in remote organs or systems, such as the heart. The central nervous system is responsible for vegetative function and is central to homeostasis. Further, central nervous system responses are linked to the ongoing function of other organ systems e.g. feeding, thermoregulation, reproduction and muscle activity. It is therefore logical that neural control of the cardiovascular system must also interact with the neural control of other organ systems. This book explains in detail stressed cardiac conditions, discussing the pathophysiology and proposed treatment, and also describing lesser-known crosstalks between the acutely or chronically affected brain and heart.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgement
Contents
About the Editors
Chapter 1: Neurophysiology of Heart
1.1 Basic Architecture of Cardiac Control
1.2 Neural Substrate for Control of Heart
1.2.1 C1 Neurons of Ventrolateral Medulla (VLM)
1.2.2 Nucleus Ambiguus (NA)
1.2.3 Nucleus Tractus Solitarius (NTS)
1.3 Innervation of the Human Heart
1.3.1 Afferents from the Heart
1.3.2 Efferents to the Heart
1.3.3 Cardiac Plexus
1.3.4 Intrinsic Cardiac Nervous System
1.4 Effect of Sympathetic and Parasympathetic Drive on Heart 1.4.1 Laterality in the Autonomic Control of the Heart
1.4.2 Reciprocal Antagonism
1.4.3 Synergistic Co-activation
1.4.4 Sequential Activation
1.4.5 Context Specific Co-activation
1.5 Neural Organization for Cardiovascular Control
References
Chapter 2: Physiology of Cardiovascular System
2.1 Haemodynamics of Cardiovascular System
2.1.1 Evolutionary Origins of Design of Cardiovascular System
2.1.1.1 Teleology
2.1.2 Pressures and Volumes of Heart and Vasculature
2.1.2.1 Mean Circulatory Filling Pressure
2.1.2.2 Stressed and Unstressed Blood Volume 2.1.2.3 Factors Affecting Mean Circulatory Filling Pressure
2.1.2.4 Effect of Pulsatile Activity of Heart
2.1.3 Heart as a Pump
2.1.3.1 Heterometric Autoregulation (Frank-Starling's Law of Heart)
2.1.3.2 Homeometric Autoregulation
2.1.3.2.1 Anrep Effect (Effect of Sudden Changes in the Aortic Pressure)
2.1.3.2.2 Bowditch Effect (Effect of Sudden Change in the Heart Rate)
2.1.3.3 Importance of Heterometric and Homeometric Autoregulation
2.1.3.4 Effect of Neural Stimulation on Heart
2.1.3.5 Cardiac Cycle
2.1.3.5.1 Left Ventricular Systole 2.1.3.5.2 Left Ventricular Diastole
2.1.3.6 Ventricular Function Curve
2.1.3.7 Pressure-Volume Curves of Ventricles
2.1.3.8 Cardiac Energetics
2.1.4 Vasculature
2.1.4.1 Effect of Resistance on Pressure Gradient in Vasculature
2.1.4.2 Distribution of Cardiac Output
2.1.5 Cardiac Output
2.1.5.1 Effect of Change in Resistance on Cardiac Output
2.1.5.2 Matching Cardiac Output with Oxygen Demand
2.1.5.3 Cardiac Output as Point of Circulatory Equilibrium
2.1.5.3.1 Venous Return Curve
2.1.5.3.2 Cardiac Response Curve
2.1.5.3.3 Circulatory Equilibrium 2.1.6 Assessment of Pump Function of Heart
2.2 Cardiac Reflexes
2.2.1 Afferent and Efferent Pathways for Cardiac Reflexes
2.2.2 Reflexes Originating from the Baroreceptors
2.2.2.1 Neural Mechanism of Baroreflex
2.2.2.2 Quantification of Baroreflex Sensitivity
2.2.2.3 Normal Values of Baroreflex Sensitivity
2.2.2.4 Factors Affecting Baroreflex Sensitivity
2.2.2.5 Baroreflex Sensitivity in Diseases
2.2.2.6 Role of Baroreflex in Short-Term and Long-Term Regulation of the Blood Pressure
2.2.3 Reflexes from Atria
2.2.3.1 Neural Mechanism of Atria ReflexesDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalStefano Govoni, Pierluigi Politi, Emilio Vanoli, editors.Summary: Back Cover Text. This ambitious and comprehensive manual represents an essential contribution to our current understanding of interactions between heart and brain, a research topic generating growing interest. Despite the increasing awareness that neural mechanisms are the primary cause of cardiac disease and its progression, therapy continues to focus on end-organ protection and does not approach the neural core of the problem. Growing public health problems such as heart failure are still treated with autonomic drugs that are 30-40 years old and simply act on cardiac receptors. However, it has now been shown that the progression of ischemic heart disease to heart failure is mainly due to abnormal central responses to incipient cardiac disease, with neural activation the primary cause rather than the consequence of cardiac remodeling. Written by leading international experts in their respective research areas, it presents a variety of perspectives on the core topic: from social and philosophical to gender-related aspects. Designed for a broad readership, it includes dedicated sections for cardiologists, psychiatrists, neurologists and psychotherapists looking for a more insightful and targeted approach to neuro-cardiovascular disease.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
About the Editors
About the Section Ediotrs
Contributors
Part I: Functional Anatomy and Molecular Basis of the Cardiac-Brain Axis
1 Brain-Heart Afferent-Efferent Traffic
Introduction: Overview of Cardiac Neuronal Control
Structural and Functional Organization of the Cardiac Nervous System: Peripheral Signaling
Cardiac Afferent Neurons
Nodose Ganglion Cardiac Afferent Neurons
Dorsal Root Ganglion Cardiac Afferent Neurons Cardiovascular Afferent Neurons in Intrathoracic Extracardiac Ganglia and in Ganglionated Plexi
Cardiac Motor Neurons
Cardiac Sympathetic Efferent Neurons
Cardiac Parasympathetic Efferent Neurons
Local Circuit Neurons
Structural and Functional Organization of the Cardiac Nervous System: Central Signaling
Neuraxial Transduction of Cardiac Pathology
Neuraxial Transduction of Myocardial Ischemia and Infarction
Neuraxial Transduction in Heart Failure
Concluding Summary
Cross-References
References
2 Brain-Heart Communication
Introduction Evidence of Heart-Brain Interactions: The Hardware
The Signaling Pathways: The Software
Reflexes and Modulators: A Complex Network Affecting Cardiac Function
The Baroreceptor Reflex
Adrenaline
Angiotensin II
Natriuretic Peptides
Neurotrophins
Conclusions
Cross-References
References
3 The Cardiorenal Cross Talk
Introduction
Measurements of Autonomic Nervous System Activity
Sympathetic Innervation of the Kidney
The Sympathorenal Axis in Heart Failure Consequences of Neurohormonal Axis Activation and Fluid Retention in the Circulatory System, in the Kidney Function, and in th...
Conclusion
References
4 Genetic Determinants Affecting the Relationship Between the Autonomic Nervous System and Sudden Death
Introduction
Neurocardiac Interactions and Ventricular Arrhythmogenesis
Anatomy
Physiology
Role in Ventricular Arrhythmogenesis
Genetic Determinants of Autonomic Nervous System Remodeling
Altered Innervation
Variants in Human Adrenergic Receptors
Altered Autonomic Nervous System in Neuronal Disease Sudden Infant Death Syndrome
Sudden Unexpected Death in Epilepsy
Small Fiber Neuropathy
Genetic Determinants of Inherited Arrhythmia Syndromes Susceptible to Autonomic Nervous System Triggering
Long QT Syndrome
Catecholaminergic Polymorphic Ventricular Tachycardia
Brugada Syndrome
Takotsubo Cardiomyopathy
Sudden Cardiac Death in General Population
Conclusion
References
5 Cognitive Decline in Elderly Patients with Hypertensive Heart Disease
Introduction
Hypertension and Hypertensive Heart Disease in the Elderly - DigitalSergey N. Makarov, Gregory M. Noetscher, Aapo Nummenmaa, editors.Summary: The 41st Annual International Conference of the IEEE EMBS, took place between July 23 and 27, 2019, in Berlin, Germany. The focus was on "Biomedical engineering ranging from wellness to intensive care." This conference provided an opportunity for researchers from academia and industry to discuss a variety of topics relevant to EMBS and hosted the 4th Annual Invited Session on Computational Human Models. At this session, a bevy of research related to the development of human phantoms was presented, together with a substantial variety of practical applications explored through simulation.
Contents:
Introduction
Tumor Treating Fields Dosimetry and Treatment Planning
A Theory of Mechanisms Underlying 200 kHz AC Electric Fields Effects on Tumor Cell Structures
A thermal study of Tumor Treating Fields for glioblastoma therapy
Improving Tumor Treating Fields with Skull Remodeling Surgery. Surgery Planning and Treatment Evaluation with Finite Element Methods
A Computational FEM Parcelled-Brain Model for Electric Field Analysis in Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation
Computer Model of Electroconvulsive Therapy with Tractography Analysis
Personalization of multi-electrode setups in tCS: methods and advantages
Solving High-Resolution Forward Problems for Extra- and Intracranial Neurophysiological Recordings Using Boundary Element Fast Multipole Method
Modeling Primary Fields of TMS Coils with the Fast Multipole Method
Functional Requirements of Small- and Large-Scale Neural Circuitry Connectome Models
A miniaturized ultra-focal magnetic stimulator and its preliminary application to the peripheral nervous system
Modelling studies of non-invasive electric and magnetic stimulation of the spinal cord
Simplifying the Numerical Human Model with k-means Clustering Method
Using Anatomical Human Body Model for FEM SAR Simulation of a 3T MRI System
RF-Induced Unintended Stimulation for Implantable Medical Devices in MRI. - DigitalHemanshu Prabhakar, Nidhi Gupta, editors.Summary: This book discusses normal brain physiology and renal physiology, as well as the interactions between the two. The physiology of the brain can easily be affected by any changes to the physiology of other systems, which in turn may compromise cerebral blood flow and oxygenation. Together the brain and the renal system help our body systems to function automatically. The book addresses the basic aspects of neurophysiology and renal physiology in three broad sections, the first of which covers the basic principles of cerebral physiology and neural regulation of the renal system. The second part reviews the normal physiology of the renal system, including the mechanism of action, while the last section summarizes the correlation between the brain and kidney. Highly informative and clearly structured, the book provides essential insights for anyone with an interest in physiology and medicine.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgement
Contents
About the Editors
1: Neurophysiology and Renal System
1.1 Basics of Cerebral Physiology
1.1.1 Cerebral Blood Flow and Autoregulation
1.1.1.1 Cerebral Blood Flow
1.1.1.2 Cerebral Autoregulation
1.1.2 Blood Cerebrospinal Fluid and Blood-Brain Barrier
1.1.3 Role of Brain in Body Fluid Dynamics
1.2 Neural Regulation of Renal System
1.2.1 Efferent Signals from Central Nervous System to Kidneys
1.2.1.1 Neural Control of the Renal Circulation
1.2.1.2 Neural Control of Renal Tubular Function 1.2.1.3 Neural Control of Renal Hormonal Secretion
1.2.2 Afferent Signals from Kidneys to Central Nervous System
1.2.2.1 Renorenal Reflex Control of Renal Function
1.2.2.2 Mechanisms of Activation of Renal Sensory Nerves
1.3 Role of Renal Sympathetic Nerves in Pathophysiological States
1.3.1 Hypertension
1.3.2 Chronic Sodium-Retaining Edema-Forming States
1.4 Brain-Gut-Kidney Axis
1.5 Conclusion
References
2: Normal Physiology of Renal System
2.1 Structure and Function of Kidney
2.1.1 Gross Structure
2.1.1.1 Location 2.1.1.2 Cortex and Medulla
2.1.2 Functional Unit: The Nephron
2.1.2.1 Renal Corpuscle
2.1.2.2 Renal Tubule
2.1.3 Types of Nephrons
2.1.4 Juxtaglomerular Apparatus
2.1.5 Vascular Supply and Innervation of Kidney
2.1.5.1 Vascular Supply
2.1.5.2 Innervation of Kidney
2.1.6 Functions of Kidney
2.1.7 Recent Advances
2.2 Glomerular Filtration Rate (GFR)
2.2.1 Mechanism of Generation of GFR
2.2.1.1 Pressure Gradients
2.2.1.2 Filtration Coefficient
2.2.2 Factors Effecting Glomerular Filtration Rate: (Bhaskar and Oommen 2018) 2.2.3 Regulation of Glomerular Filtration Rate
2.2.4 Effect of Vasoconstrictors and Vasodilators (Hall and Brands 2012)
2.2.5 Measurement of GFR (Gaspari et al. 1997)
2.2.5.1 Filtration Markers
2.2.5.2 Renal Clearance
2.2.5.3 Creatinine Clearance Test
Estimated Creatinine Clearance
2.2.5.4 SNGFR Estimation Technique (Moore 1984)
2.3 Transport of Solute Across Kidneys
2.3.1 Active Transport
2.3.2 Passive Transport
2.3.3 Proximal Tubule (Curthoys and Moe 2014)
2.3.3.1 Sodium Reabsorption
2.3.3.2 Water Reabsorption 2.3.3.3 Glucose Reabsorption (Mather and Pollock 2011)
2.3.4 Loop of Henle
2.3.5 Distal Convoluted Tubule
2.3.6 Collecting Duct
2.3.6.1 Reabsorption of Solutes
2.3.6.2 Reabsorption of Water
2.4 Urine Concentration and Dilution
2.4.1 Why Is There a Need for Urine Concentration?
2.4.1.1 How Is Urine Concentration Achieved?
The Solute and Water Permeability Characteristics of Each Tubule Segment (Table 2.4)
The Osmotic Gradient Between the Tubule Lumen and Its Surrounding Interstitium (Knepper and Stephenson 1986)Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalHemanshu Prabhakar, Charu Mahajan, editors.Summary: The central nervous system, which includes the brain and spinal cord, has a high metabolic demand. The physiology of the brain is such that it is easily affected by alterations in other systems, which in turn can compromise cerebral blood flow and oxygenation. Together the brain and spinal cord control the automatic function of our body systems. While other systems of body controls individual functions, central nervous system at the same time does many different functions, especially, controlling the function of other systems. This interaction between the brain and other systems is important when it comes to understanding how injuries to the brain can, at times, produce complications in remote organs or systems of the body, such as the lungs. This book explains the lesser-known crosstalks between acutely or chronically affected brain and lung, describing the pathophysiology of the lung following brain injury and discussing in detail the conflicts between the brain and lungs in relation to the tidal volumes, positive end-expiratory pressures, arterial carbon dioxide and oxygen levels, recruitment maneuvers and positioning, as well as potential therapeutic targets. .
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgement
Contents
About the Editors
1: Neurophysiology of Respiratory System
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Historical Perspective
1.3 Phases of Respiration
1.4 Basic Architecture of Neural Network for Control of Respiration
1.5 Neural Substrate for Control of Respiration
1.5.1 Pre-Bötzinger Complex (Pre-BotC)
1.5.2 Post-Inspiratory Complex (PICO)
1.5.3 Parafacial Respiratory Group (pFRG)
1.5.3.1 Lateral Parafacial Respiratory Group (Lateral pFRG)
1.5.3.2 Retrotrapezoid Nucleus (RTN)/Ventral Parafacial Respiratory Group 1.5.3.3 Botzinger Complex (BotC)
1.5.3.4 Kölliker-Fuse (KF)
1.6 Afferents
1.6.1 Peripheral Chemoreceptor
1.6.1.1 Carotid Body
1.6.1.2 Aortic Bodies
1.6.2 Central Chemoreceptor
1.6.2.1 Mechanism of CO2/H+ Sensing
1.6.3 Mechanoreceptors and Chemosensitive Receptors in Lungs
1.6.3.1 Mechanoreceptors
1.6.3.2 Chemosensitive Receptors
1.6.4 Metabotropic Receptors in Muscles
1.6.5 Central Pathways and NTS
1.7 Neural Network for the Respiratory Rhythm
1.7.1 Neural Substrate for Inspiratory Rhythm
1.7.1.1 Pacemaker Model 1.7.1.2 Burstlet Model (Modification of Group Pacemaker Model)
1.7.1.3 Network Ring Model
1.7.2 Neural Substrate for Post-Inspiratory Phase
1.7.3 Neural Network for Active Expiration
1.7.4 Neural Network for Sighs
1.8 Neural Network for Respiratory Pattern
1.8.1 Phase Switching
1.8.2 Proposed Operation of the Model
References
2: Physiological Modulation of Respiration and Respiratory Reflexes
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Ventilatory Response to Changes in PaO2 and PaCO2 and Exercise
2.2.1 Hypoxic Ventilatory Response 2.2.1.1 Effect of Intensity of Hypoxia on HVR
2.2.1.2 Effect of Duration of Hypoxia on HVR
2.2.1.3 Effect of Intermittent Hypoxia on HVR, Long-Term Facilitation
2.2.2 Hypercapnic Ventilatory Response and Effect of pH
2.2.3 Mechanism of Hypoxic Ventilatory Response and Hypercapneic Ventilatory Response
2.2.4 Arousal in Hypoxia and Hypercapnia
2.2.5 Exercise Hyperpnea
2.2.5.1 Ventilatory Changes During Exercise
2.2.5.2 Mechanism of Exercise Hyperpnea
2.2.5.3 Plasticity of the Exercise Hyperpnea
2.3 Respiratory Reflexes 2.3.1 Reflexes for Protection and Clearing of Airways
2.3.1.1 Nasotrigeminal Reflex
2.3.1.2 Sneeze Reflex
2.3.1.3 Aspiration Reflex
2.3.1.4 Expiration Reflex
2.3.1.5 Tracheo-bronchial Cough Reflex
2.3.2 Reflexes for Modulation of Respiration
2.3.2.1 Reflexes Originating from Mechanoreceptors
2.3.2.2 Reflexes from C-type Unmyelinated Fibres
2.3.2.3 Upper Airway Negative Pressure Reflex
2.3.2.4 Sigh and Gasps
2.3.3 Modulation of Breathing in Behavioural States and Non-respiratory Motor Activities - DigitalAndreas Steck, Barbara Steck.Contents:
CHAPTER 1
I CONSCIOUSNESS
The Problem of Consciousness
Neurobiology of Consciousness Models of Consciousness
The Global Workspace Model
The Dynamic Core Model
Epilogue
Conscious Perception
The Embodied Mind
Understanding the Human Brain by Studying Large Scale Networks
Challenges
II CLINICAL VIEW OF CONSCIOUSNESS
Introduction
The Pathophysiology of Reduced Consciousness
The Construction of the Conscious Brain
The Hierarchy of Consciousness
When Consciousness Fades
Anesthesia
Minimally Conscious State
Altered Consciousness in Neurological Disorders
Disconnection and Neglect
Epilepsy
Narcolepsy
Alzheimer's disease
CHAPTER 2
I MEMORY
Introduction
Different Types of Memory
The Dynamics of Memory Traces
The Molecular Biology of Memory
Neurogenesis: Links to Memory and Behavior
II CLINICAL VIEW OF MEMORY
The Memory Machinery
Infantile Amnesia
Mind, Time and Memory
Mind and Time in Childhood and Adolescence
Re-transcription of Memory
Emotions and Memory
Amnesias and Memory Disorders
Transient Global Amnesia
Chronic or Progressive Amnestic Disorders
CHAPTER 3
I EMOTIONS
Evolving Concept of the Limbic System
Emotion and Behavior
Emotional Systems
The Role of the Frontal Lobe
Social Emotion and Social Norm
II THE DEVELOPMENT OF SELF
Brain Development and the Self
Psychological and Self
Development
True and False Self
Early Parent
Child Relationship
Parenthood
Early Relationship Disorders
CHAPTER 4
I LANGUAGE
The Evolutionary Origin of Language
The Classical Language Regions
The Language Network
The Neural Basis of Speech Perception and Language
Language Learning Disorders
II COMMUNICATION
Introduction
Gestural Communication
Social Interactions or Proto-Conversations
Speech and Language
III MUSIC
Introduction
Music and the Brain
Music in Early Human Development
The Emotional Power of Music
CHAPTER 5
STRESS AND TRAUMA
Stress and the Brain
Neurobiological Responses to Stress
Stress and Mental Disorders
New Avenues for Treatment
Psychic Trauma
Concepts
Psychic Trauma in Children
Psychobiological Aspects
Psychodynamic Aspects
Symptoms and Phases of Psychic Trauma
Familial Aspects
Post-Traumatic Consequences
Post-Traumatic Stress Disorders
Risk for Psychic Traumatization
Children of Mentally or Somatically Ill Parents
Psychotherapeutic Interventions
Adoption
CHAPTER 6
I PAIN AND MIND-BODY
Introduction
Pain Mechanisms and Functions
The Affective Pain System
Notes on Chronic Pain
II SOMATIZATION
PSYCHOSOMATICS
The Mind
Body Dilemma
Psychosomatics
Speaking Body, Speechless Mind
Somatization in Children and Adolescents
CHAPTER 7
RESILIENCE
A Dynamic Concept
Gene
Environment
Interactions
Adoption
Development
Temperament
Stress
Depression
Attachment
Resilience promotion
CHAPTER 8
GRIEF
Introduction
Prolonged Grief Disorder or Complicated Grief
Grief in Children and Adolescents
Pathological Grief and Secret
Transgenerational Transmission of Traumatic Events
Neurobiology of Grief and Depression
New Treatments for Depression
CHAPTER 9
DREAMS AND THE DREAMING BRAIN
History
The 24-Hour Brain
Neurophysiology of Dreams
Transition States of Sleep
Functions of Dreams
Lucid Dreaming
Daydreaming
Nightmares
Music in Dreams
Dream Work in Psychotherapy
CHAPTER 10
NOTES TO PSYCHOTHERAPY
Introduction
Dialogue between Psychoanalysis and Neuroscience
Transference and Intersubjective Relationship
Interpretation / Intervention
Psychoanalytical Therapy for Patients with Adverse Childhood Experiences
Psychotherapy in Children and Adolescents
Indication for Psychoanalytical Therapy
Psychoanalytical Psychotherapy
Play
Psychoanalytical Therapeutic Group Psychodrama
Psychopharmacological Treatment
Narratives
Introduction
Narratives in Psychotherapy. - DigitalMoncef Berhouma, Pierre Krolak-Salmon, editors.Summary: This unique and richly illustrated volume presents the state of the art in the comprehensive management of major neurosurgical diseases in the elderly (aged 65 and over). It explores all of the common neurosurgical pathologies affecting elderly patients, and emphasizes the paramount importance of tailored management strategies for quality of life. It highlights updated techniques for anaesthesia and critical care, as well as minimally invasive neurosurgical methods intended for this specific group of patients. Radiosurgery treatment is also discussed, in particular for brain tumours. In western societies, the proportion of elderly citizens has nearly reached 20%, and shows no signs of slowing down. The management of neurosurgical conditions in this particular population requires specific multidisciplinary strategies. To address this situation, a team of internationally respected contributors accurately describe degenerative and traumatic spinal diseases, which account for the majority of admissions among the elderly, as well as brain tumours and intracranial haemorrhages, aspects that are raising new ethical issues. The book mainly addresses the needs of neurosurgeons and geriatric neurologists, but also neuro-oncologists and neuro-anaesthesists working with elderly patients, as well as students in these disciplines.
Contents:
Part 1. Generalities. 1. Rapid growth in the elderly population of the world / Louis G. Pol
2. A brief physiology of the aging / Moncef Berhouma
3. Neurological assessment and neurocognitive evaluation of the elderly / Pierre Krolak-Salmon
Part 2. Neuroanesthesia and critical care. 4. Neurosurgical anesthesia for the elderly: Is age really just a number? / David A. Wyler, Elizabeth M. Gabrielli, W. Andrew Kofke
5. Perioperative neurotoxicity in the elderly; / Elizabeth M. Gabrielli, Roderic G. Eckenhoff
6. Central nervous system infections in the elderly / Rodrigo Hasbun, Allan R. Tunkel
Part 3. Intracranial tumors. 7. Intracranial meningiomas in the elderly / David B. Schul, Chochlidakis Nikos, Chirstianto B. Lumento
8. Brain gliomas in the elderly / Cristina Izquierdo Gracia, Francois Ducray
9. Pituitary adenomas / Paolo Cappabianca, Chiara Caggiano, Domenico Solari, Karol Migliorati, Waleed A. Azab, Elia Guadagno, Marialaura del Basso de Caro, Emmanuel Jouanneau, Luigi M. Cavallo
10. Vestibular schwannoma surgery in the elderly / Philip Y. Sun, Marina L. Castner, Kathryn M. van Abel, Colin L.W. Driscoll, Michael J. Link
11. Management of primary CNS lymphoma in elderly patients / Andreas F. Hottinger, Bianca Moura, Francesco Grandoni, Rita de Micheli
12. Management of brain metastases: Distinctive features in the elderly / Moncef Berhouma
Part 4. Spinal diseases. 13. Degenerative spine disease / Christian Ewald, Albrecht Waschke
14. Spinal injuries of the elderly / Christopher D. Witiw, Laureen D. Hachem, Michael G. Fehlings
15. Extradural vertebral tumors in the elderly / Ryan J. Filler, Timothy T. Roberts, Edward C. Benzel
16. Intramedullary spinal cord tumors / Rajiv R. Iyer, George I. Jallo
17. Intradural extramedullary spoinal tumors / Owoicho Adogwa, Richard G. Fessler
18. Spinal infections / Hideki Nagashima
Part 5. Head injury. 19. Traumatic brain injury in the elderly / Verena Röckelein, Michael Buchfelder, Andrea Kleindienst
20. Chronic subdural haematoma in the elderly / Ellie Edlmann, Peter J. Hutchinson, Angelos G. Kolias
Part 6. Neurovascular. 21. Subarachnoid hemorrhage in the elderly / Mats Ryttlefors, Per Enblad
22. Spontaneous intracerebral hemorrhage in the elderly / Moncef Berhouma, Timothée Jacquesson, Emmanuel Jouanneau
23. Swollen middle cerebral artery stroke in the elderly / Desmond A. Briown, Eelco F.M. Wijdicks
Part 7. Miscellaneous. 24. Trigeminal neuralgia in the elderly / Jonathan Cohen, Hossein Mousavi, Raymond F. Sekula Jr.
25. Hydrocephalus in the elderly: Diagnosis of idiopathic normal / Albert M. Isaacs, Mark G. Hamilton, Michael A. Williams
26. Hydrocephalus in the elderly: Surgical management of idiopathic normal pressure hydrocephalus / Albert M. Isaacs, Michael A. Williams, Mark G. Hamilton
27. Ethics in neurosurgery for the elderly / Farshad Nassiri, Mark Bernstein
Appendix
Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalVladimír Beneš, Ondřej Bradáč, editors.Contents:
Introduction
Motivation to this study
AVM definition and angioarchitecture
Feeding arteries
Associated aneurysms
Nidus component
Draining veins
Genetics of arteriovenous malformations
Epidemiology of AVM
Physiology of arteriovenous malformations
Arterial side
Steal phenomenon
Normal perfusion pressure breakthrough
Venous side
Occlusive hyperemia
Compartmental model of AVM nidus
AVM presentation
Hemorrhagic presentation
Morbidity and mortality of AVM related intracranial haemorrhage
Epilepsy presentation
Focal neurologic deficit (FND)
Natural course
AVM grading
Surgical AVM grading
Radiosurgical AVM grading
Imaging
Catheter angiography
Magnetic resonance imaging
Computed tomography
Treatment for brain AVMs
Literature series
Surgery
Endovascular embolization
Stereotactic radiosurgery
Combined treatment
ARUBA study comments.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalAaron S. Dumont, Jason Sheehan, Giuseppe Lanzino.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2018
- Digitaledited by Ingeborg Huitinga and Maree J. Webster.Summary: "Brain Banking, Volume 150, serves as the only book on the market offering comprehensive coverage of the functional realities of brain banking. It focuses on brain donor recruitment strategies, brain bank networks, ethical issues, brain dissection/tissue processing/tissue dissemination, neuropathological diagnosis, brain donor data, and techniques in brain tissue analysis. In accordance with massive initiatives, such as BRAIN and the EU Human Brain Project, abnormalities and potential therapeutic targets of neurological and psychiatric disorders need to be validated in human brain tissue, thus requiring substantial numbers of well characterized human brains of high tissue quality with neurological and psychiatric diseases"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Section I. Brain donor recruitment strategies. The Netherlands Brain Bank for Psychiatry
Brain donation procedures in the sudden death brain bank in Edinburgh
Section II. Brain bank networks. Autism BrainNet
The NIH NeuroBioBank: Creating opportunities for human brain research
Section III. Ethical Aspects of Brain Banking and Management of Brain Banks
Design of a European code of conduct for brain banking
A review of brain biorepository management and operations
A new viewpoint: running a non-profit brain bank as a business
Section IV. Brain dissection, tissue processing and tissue dissemination. The New York Brain Bank of Columbia University: Practical highlights of 35 years of experience
Neurochemical markers as potential indicators of post-mortem tissue quality
Section V. Neuropathological diagnosis. Minimal neuropathological diagnosis for brain banking in the normal middle aged and aged brain and in neurodegenerative disorders
Brain donation at autopsy: Clinical characterization and toxicological analyses
Section VI. Brain donor data: clinical, genetic, radiologic and research data storage and mining. Information technology for brain banking
Collecting, storing and mining research data in a brain bank
What can we learn about brain donors? Use of clinical information in human postmortem brain research
The art of matching brain tissue from patients and controls for postmortem research
Section VII. Human brain tissue analyses: old and new techniques. Considerations for optimal use of postmortem human brains for molecular psychiatry: Lessons from schizophrenia
Epigenetic analysis of human brain tissue
Laser microdissection and gene expression profiling in the human postmortem brain
Purification of cells from fresh human brain tissue: Primary human glial cells
Proteomics and lipidomics in the human brain
3-D imaging in the post-mortem human brain with CLARITY and CUBIC
Neuronal life after death: Electrophysiological recordings from neurons in adult human brain tissue obtained through surgical resection or post-mortem
Post-mortem magnetic resonance imaging
Cyto- and receptorarchitectonic mapping of the human brain
Mapping pathological circuitry in schizophreniaDigital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalDana H. Ballard.Contents:
Brain computation
Brain overview
Neurons and circuits
Cortical memory
Programs via reinforcement
Sensory-motor routines
Motor routines
Operating system
Decision making
Emotions
Consciousness.Digital Access EBSCOhost 2015 - DigitalClaude Clément.Summary: This book is about the field of brain-computer interfaces (BCI) and the unique and special environment of active implants that electrically interface with the brain, spinal cord, peripheral nerves, and organs. At the heart of the book is the matter of repairing and rehabilitating patients suffering from severe neurologic impairments, from paralysis to movement disorders and epilepsy, that often requires an invasive solution based on an implanted device. Past achievements, current work, and future perspectives of BCI and other interactions between medical devices and the human nervous system are described in detail from a pragmatic point of view. Reviews the Active Implantable Medical Devices (AIMDs) industry and how it is moving from cardiac to neuro applications Clear, easy to read, presentation of the field of neuro-technologies for human benefit Provides easy to understand explanations about the technical limitations, the physics of implants in the human body, and realistic long terms perspectives.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; About the Author; Abbreviations and Acronyms;
Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Brain-Computer Interface (BCI); 1.2 Technology Versus Science; 1.3 This Is Not Science Fiction; 1.3.1 Cochlear Implants (CI); 1.3.2 Deep Brain Stimulation (DBS); 1.3.3 Spinal Cord Stimulation (SCS); 1.3.4 Sacral Nerve Stimulation (SNS); 1.3.5 Vagal Nerve Stimulation (VNS); 1.3.6 Various Devices; 1.4 Pioneers, Doers, and Dreamers; 1.4.1 Pioneers; 1.4.1.1 Pacemakers; 1.4.1.2 Implantable Cardiac Defibrillators (ICDs); 1.4.1.3 Cochlear Implants; 1.4.1.4 Deep Brain Stimulation 1.4.1.5 Spinal Cord Stimulation1.4.2 Doers; 1.4.2.1 Spinal Cord Stimulation; 1.4.2.2 Sacral Nerve Stimulation; 1.4.2.3 Vagal Nerve Stimulation; 1.4.2.4 Retinal Implants; 1.4.2.5 Peripheral Nerve Stimulation (PNS); 1.4.2.6 Intelligent Prosthesis for Amputees; 1.4.2.7 Diagnostic and Monitoring of Epileptic Patients; 1.4.2.8 BCI for Sensing Motor Areas of the Cortex; 1.4.2.9 Others; 1.4.3 Dreamers; 1.5 The Age of Neuro-Technologies; 1.5.1 Convergence of Technologies; 1.5.2 Limitations of the Pharma- and Bio-Industries; 1.5.3 Unmet Medical Needs; References;
Chapter 2: From Concept to Patient 2.1 Translational Medicine2.1.1 From Ideas to Products; 2.1.2 Valley of Death; 2.1.3 Multicultural Approach; 2.1.4 Setting Priorities; 2.1.5 Prepare a Plan; 2.1.6 Think About Costs; 2.2 Understanding Our Environment; 2.2.1 Regulated Environment; 2.2.2 Users' Needs; 2.2.3 Human Factors; 2.2.4 Implantology; 2.2.5 Think About Patients and Healthcare Players; 2.2.6 Do Not Listen to Engineers; 2.2.7 Check What Others Are Doing; 2.2.8 Search Reasons of Successes and Failures; 2.2.9 Cumulated Cash-Flow; 2.2.10 Reimbursement; 2.2.11 Global Social Costs; 2.2.12 Intellectual Property (IP); References 3.4.5 Retinal Implants (RI)3.4.6 Urinary Incontinence (UI); 3.4.7 NeuroPace; 3.4.8 Various; 3.5 Long-Term Clinical Perspectives; References;
Chapter 4: The Human Body: A Special Environment; 4.1 Active Implantable Medical Devices (AIMDs); 4.2 A Special Environment; 4.2.1 Not Negotiable; 4.2.2 Laws of Physics; 4.2.3 Surgical Aspects; 4.2.4 Reaction of Body Tissues; 4.3 Biocompatibility; 4.4 Biostability; 4.5 Corrosion; 4.5.1 Generalities on Corrosion of AIMDs; 4.5.2 Specificities of Corrosion in the Human Body; 4.6 Cleanliness; 4.7 Sterility; 4.8 Accelerated Aging
Chapter 3: Targets of Neuro-Technologies3.1 Interfacing with the Nervous System; 3.2 Invasiveness; 3.2.1 Noninvasive; 3.2.2 Not So Invasive; 3.2.3 Invasive; 3.3 Invasive Interfaces; 3.3.1 Interfacing with the Brain; 3.3.2 Interfacing with the Spinal Cord; 3.3.3 Interfacing with the Vagal Nerve; 3.3.4 Interfacing with Peripheral Nerves; 3.3.5 Interfacing with Organs; 3.4 Achievements; 3.4.1 Cochlear Implants (CI); 3.4.2 Deep Brain Stimulation (DBS), Parkinson's Disease (PD); 3.4.3 Spinal Cord Stimulation (SCS) for Chronic Back Pain (CBP); 3.4.4 Vagal Nerve Stimulation (VNS) - Digitalvolume editor, Nick F. Ramsey, Jose del R. Millan.Contents:
1. Human brain function and brain-computer interfaces
2. Brain-computer interfaces: definitions and principles
3. Stroke and potential benefits of brain to computer interface
4. Brain-computer interfaces for people with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
5. Brain damage by trauma
6. Spinal cord lesions
7. Brain:computer interfaces for communication
8. Applications of brain-computer interfaces to the control of robotic and prosthetic arms
9. BCI for rehab ('not control')
10. Video games as rich environments to foster brain plasticity
11. Consciousness and communication brain-computer interfaces in severely brain-injured patients
12. Smart neuromodulation in movement disorders
13. Bidirectional brain computer interfaces
14. Brain-computer interfaces and virtual reality for neurorehabilitation
15. Monitoring performance of professional and occupational operators
16. Self-Health Monitoring and wearable neurotechnologies
17. Brain-computer interfaces for basic neuroscience
18. Electroencephalography
19. iEEG: dura-lining electrodes
20. Local field potentials for BCI control
21. Real-time fMRI for brain-computer interfacing
22. Merging brain-computer interface and functional electrical stimulation technologies for movement restoration
23. General principles of machine learning for brain-computer interfacing
24. Ethics and the emergence of brain-computer interface medicine
25. Industrial perspectives on brain-computer interface technology
26. Hearing the needs of clinical users.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020 - Digitaledited by Damien Coyle.Contents:
Part I: User training. Advances in user-training for mental-imagery-based BCI control: Psychological and cognitive factors and their neural correlates / C. Jeunet, B. N?Kaoua, F. Lotte
Part II: Non-invasive decoding of 3D hand and arm movements. From classic motor imagery to complex movement intention decoding: The noninvasive Graz-BCI approach / G.R. Müller-Putz, A. Schwarz, J. Pereira, P. Ofner
3D hand motion trajectory prediction from EEG mu and beta bandpower / A. Korik, R. Sosnik, N. Siddique, D. Coyle
Multisession, noninvasive closed-loop neuroprosthetic control of grasping by upper limb amputees / H.A. Agashe, A.Y. Paek, J.L. Contreras-Vidal
Part III: Patients studies and clinical applications. Brain?computer interfaces in the completely locked-in state and chronic stroke / U. Chaudhary, N. Birbaumer, A. Ramos-Murguialday
Brain?machine interfaces for rehabilitation of poststroke hemiplegia / J. Ushiba, S.R. Soekadar
Neural and cortical analysis of swallowing and detection of motor imagery of swallow for dysphagia rehabilitation?A review / H. Yang, K.K. Ang, C. Wang, K.S. Phua, C. Guan
A cognitive brain?computer interface for patients with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis / M.R. Hohmann, T. Fomina, V. Jayaram, N. Widmann, C. Förster, J. Just, M. Synofzik, B. Schölkopf, L. Schöls, M. Grosse-Wentrup
Brain?computer interfaces for patients with disorders of consciousness / R.M. Gibson, A.M. Owen, D. Cruse
Part IV: Non-medical applications. A passive brain?computer interface application for the mental workload assessment on professional air traffic controllers during realistic air traffic control tasks / P. Aricò, G. Borghini, G. Di Flumeri, A. Colosimo, S. Pozzi, F. Babiloni
3D graphics, virtual reality, and motion-onset visual evoked potentials in neurogaming / R. Beveridge, S. Wilson, D. Coyle
Part V: BCI in practice and usability considerations. Interfacing brain with computer to improve communication and rehabilitation after brain damage / A. Riccio, F. Pichiorri, F. Schettini, J. Toppi, M. Risetti, R. Formisano, M. Molinari, L. Astolfi, F. Cincotti, D. Mattia
BCI in practice / D.J. McFarland, T.M. Vaughan.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016 - Digitaledited by Maureen Clerc, Laurent Bougrain, Fabien Lotte.Contents:
Anatomy of the nervous system
Functional neuroimaging
Cerebral electrogenesis
Physiological markers for controlling active and reactive BCIs
Neurophysiological markers for passive brain-computer interfaces
Electroencephalography data preprocessing
EEG feature extraction
Analysis of extracellular recordings
Statistical learning for BCIs
Adaptive methods in machine learning
Human learning for brain-computer interfaces
Brain-computer interfaces for human-computer interaction
Brain training with neurofeedback.Digital Access Wiley 2016 - DigitalGerd Grübler, Elisabeth Hildt, editors.Summary: This volume summarizes the ethical, social and cultural contexts of interfacing brains and computers. It is intended for the interdisciplinary community of BCI stakeholders. Insofar, engineers, neuroscientists, psychologists, physicians, care-givers and also users and their relatives are concerned. For about the last twenty years brain-computer-interfaces (BCIs) have been investigated with increasing intensity and have in principle shown their potential to be useful tools in diagnostics, rehabilitation and assistive technology. The central promise of BCI technology is enabling severely impaired people in mobility, grasping, communication, and entertainment. Successful applications are for instance communication devices enabling locked-in patients in staying in contact with their environment, or prostheses enabling paralysed people in reaching and grasping. In addition to this, it serves as an introduction to the whole field of BCI for any interested reader. -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalUsiakimi Igbaseimokumo.Summary: This book is intended for frontline doctors the world over to take away the myth surrounding the emergency CT brain scan and to empower them to serve their patients better. It presents and elucidates the basic, almost foolproof steps in their interpretation.
Contents:
Introduction to the basics of brain CT scan
Head injury
Brain haemorrhage and infarction : stroke
Hydrocephalus
Tumours and infections (SOL)
Advanced uses of brain CT scan. - Digitalby Eelco F.M. Wijdicks.Contents:
History of brain death
Neurology of brain death
International criteria of brain death
Beliefs about brain death
Critics and brain death
Procurement after brain death
Clinical problems in brain death and organ donation.Digital Access Oxford 2017 - Digitaledited by Simon G. Sprecher.Contents:
Immunostaining of the Developing Embryonic and Larval Drosophila Brain
Non-Fluorescent RNA In Situ-Hybridization Combined with Antibody Staining to Visualize Multiple Gene Expression Patterns in the Embryonic Brain of Drosophila
Analysis of Complete Neuroblast Cell Lineages in the Drosophila Embryonic Brain via DiI-Labeling
Flybow to Dissect Circuit Assembly in the Drosophila Brain
Immunofluorescent Labeling of Neural Stem Cells in the Drosophila Optic Lobe
Using MARCM to Study Drosophila Brain Development
Dye Coupling and Immunostaining of Astrocyte-Like Glia Following Intracellular Injection of Fluorochromes in Brain Slices of the Grasshopper, Schistocerca gregaria
Methods in Brain Development of Molluscs
In Situ Hybridization and Immunostaining of Xenopus Brain
Microinjection Manipulations in the Elucidation of Xenopus Brain Development
Morpholino Studies in Xenopus Brain Development
Sensitive Whole-Mount Fluorescent In Situ Hybridization in Zebrafish Using Enhanced Tyramide Signal Amplification
Dynamic Neuroanatomy at Subcellular Resolution in the Zebrafish
Anatomical Dissection of Zebrafish Brain Development
Immunohistochemistry and In Situ Hybridization in the Developing Chicken Brain
Transplantation of Neural Tissue: Quail-Chick Chimeras
RNAi-Based Gene Silencing in Chicken Brain Development
Immunohistochemistry and RNA In Situ Hybridization in Mouse Brain Development
In Utero Electroporation to Study Mouse Brain Development
The Cre/Lox System to Assess the Development of the Mouse Brain. - Digitaledited by Jérôme Badaut, Nikolaus Plesnila.Contents:
Physiology of cerebral blood vessels / Ute Lindauer
Blood-brain interfaces organization in relation to inorganic ion transport, CDF secretion, and circulation / Jean-Franc̦ois Chersi-Egea and Helle Damkier
Noninvasive imaging techniques for brain edema / Andre Obenaus and Jérôme Badaut
Experiemental techniques to investigate the formation of brain edema in vivo / Nikolaus Plesnila
In vitro models of the blood-brain barrier to better understand the pathophysiology of brain edema / Abraham J. Al-Ahmad
The extracellular and perivascular spaces of the brain / Mchelle E. Pizzo and Robert G. Thorne
Blood-brain barrier mechanisms of edema formation / Martha E. O'Donnell, Heike Wulff and Yi-Je Chen
Mechanisms of cell-volume regulation in the central nervous system / Nikolaus Plesnila and Oliver Kempski
Role of aquaporins in the formation and resolution of brain edema / Beatriz Rodriguez-Grande, Jan-Pieter Konsman and Jérôme Badaut
Sur1-Tirpm4-promising target for brain edema treatment in brain edema / Sebastian Urday, Kevin N. Sheth and J. Marc Simard
Role of matrix metalloproteinsases in brain edema / Changjun Yang an Eduardo Candelario-Jalil
Edema and BBB beakdown in stroke / Kathleen E. Salmeron, Danielle N. Edwards, Justin F. Fraser and Gregory J. Bix
Brain edema formation in traumatic brain injury / Sighild Lemarchant and Jérôme Badaut
Spinal cord edema after spinal cord injury / Newton Cho, Laureen D. Hachem and Michael G. Fehlings
Brain edema in acute liver failure / Roger F. Butterworth
Blood-brain barrier and edema in brain tumors / Andreas F. Mack, Hartwig Wolburg and Petra Fallier-Becker
Water homeostasis dysfunction in epilepsy / Devin K. Binder
Water homeostasis dysfunctions and edema in neuroinflammatory disease / Klaus G. Petry and Andreas Bikfalvi
Experimental therapies for brain edema and intracranial hypertension / Katrin Rauen and Nikolaus Plesnila
Clinical monitoring of brain edema / Sandro M. Krieg and Sebastian Ille
Brain edema in developing brain diseases / Raffaella Moretti, Vibol Chhor, Luigi Titomanlio, Bobbi Fleiss
Cerebral edema in cerebrovascular diseases / Stephane Olindo and Igor Sibon
Traumatic brain injury and edema treatment / Klaus Zweckberger
Treatment of edema formation in oncology / Oliver Schnell and Jörg-Christian Tonn
Perspectives on future translational research on brain edema / J. Marc Simard, Jérôme Badaut and Nikolaus Plesnila.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalRichard L. Applegate, Gang Chen, Hua Feng, John H. Zhang, editors.Contents:
Brain Edema and Anesthesia
Clinical Management of brain edema
Neural ICU and edema management updates
Preconditioning symposium for edema and cellular injury
Microglia in edema and cell death
Opioid receptor and brain injury
Energy metabolism after brain injury
Metal ion in brain edema and tissue injury
Vascular biology of brain edema
Brain edema in pediatric neurological disorders
Hemorrhage or stroke edema section
CNS trauma section
Neuroimaging of brain edema: advances and biomarkers
Neurobehavioral testing for brain edema assessment
Brain edema and cellular treatment
HBO, NBO and other medical gas for edema and tissue protection
New treatments and/or technologies for edema and cell death. - Digitaledited by Johannes Hirrlinger, Helle S. Waagepetersen.Contents:
Determination of CO2 Production in Subcellular Preparations like Synaptosomes and Isolated Mitochondria Using 14C-Labeled Substrates and Radioactive CO2 Measurements
Transport of Lactate: Characterization of the Transporters Involved in Transport at the Plasma Membrane by Heterologous Protein Expression in Xenopus Oocytes
Primary Cultures of Astrocytes and Neurons as Model Systems to Study the Metabolism and Metabolite Export from Brain Cells
Metabolic Mapping of Astrocytes and Neurons in Culture Using Stable Isotopes and Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS)
Metabolic Flux Analysis Tools to Investigate Brain Metabolism In Vitro
Fluorescent Nanosensor Based Flux Analysis: Overview and the Example of Glucose
Mitochondrial Bioenergetics Assessed by Functional Fluorescence Dyes
RNA Interference as a Tool to Selectively Down-Modulate Protein Function
Localizing and Quantifying Metabolites In Situ with Luminometry: Induced Metabolic Bioluminescence Imaging (imBI)
A Chip Off the Old Block: The Brain Slice as a Model for Metabolic Studies of Brain Compartmentation and Neuropharmacology
Integrated Measurements of Electrical Activity, Oxygen Tension, Blood Flow, and Ca2+-Signaling in Rodents In Vivo
Measuring Cerebral Hemodynamics and Energy Metabolism by Near-Infrared Spectroscopy
Compartmental Analysis of Metabolism by 13C Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy
Positron Emission Tomography of Brain Glucose Metabolism with [18F]Fluorodeoxyglucose in Humans.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Alexander Dityatev, Bernhard Wehrle-Haller, Asla Pitkänen.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- DigitalAlberto Espay, University of Cincinnati, Benjamin Stecher, Educational Consultant & Healthcare Advocate.Summary: "In Sapiens, Yuval Noah Harari argues that humankind's greatest invention is our ability to create and believe fictions. While all other animals communicate realities with which they interact, humans create a separate layer of subjective, interpretative realities. The fiction most universally embraced today is money. "Dollar bills have absolutely no value except in our collective imagination, but everybody believes in the dollar bill," says Harari. Harari goes on to state that humans have been living in a dual reality. "On the one hand, the objective reality of rivers, trees, and lions; and on the other hand, the imagined reality of gods, nations, and corporations." In medicine, humans have also created two realities. Clinicians describe what they see, an objective reality, but the medical community then tries to explain and give meaning to what they see, creating a second,"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Cambridge 2020
- DigitalMauro DiNuzzo, Arne Schousboe, editors.Summary: This book aims to provide a state-of-the-art summary of what is currently known about brain glycogen metabolism, detailing the recent advances in our understanding of why glycogen is so critical for normal brain function. The role of glycogen in cellular neurophysiology remains largely unclear and its specific contribution to the energy demand of brain cells is still elusive. Glycogen is the sole cerebral glucose reserve and is emerging as a fundamental component of brain energy metabolism. Pharmacological or genetic manipulation of glycogen metabolism in the brain impairs memory formation and increases susceptibility to epileptic seizures and cortical spreading depression. Glycogen is also directly implicated in abnormal neuronal excitability and mental retardation that characterize brain disorders like Lafora disease and Pompe disease.
Contents:
1. Introduction or Preface
2. Structure and regulation of glycogen synthase in the brain
3. Structure and regulation of glycogen phosphorylase in the brain
4. Regional distribution of glycogen in the brain
5. Metabolism of glycogen in the brain white matter
6. Metabolism of glycogen in the brain gray matter
7. Contribution of glycogen to brain energy metabolism
8. Brain glycogen, compartmentation and ion/transmitter homeostasis
9. Role of brain glycogen in learning and memory
10. Brain glycogen content and turnover during sleep-wake cycle
11. Brain glycogen metabolism in response to exercise
12. Brain glycogen metabolism in neuronal excitability and epilepsy
13. Brain glycogen metabolism in hypoglycemia and diabetes.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalAlisa D. Gean.Summary: This is a single-authored book written by a world-class neuroradiologist with extensive experience in traumatic brain injury (TBI). It features six graphic-intense chapters depicting and expounding upon the complexity of TBI. Culled from nearly three decades of studying civilian TBI and five years of intensive study of TBI sustained from combat, terrorism, and natural disasters, this work is an exhaustive and innovative authority on the current approaches and applications of civilian and combat TBI. The text is sectored into six chapters based on pathophysiology, each augmented with numerous images and illustrations. The book gives special attention to neuroimaging, but is reinforced with relevant clinical correlation. This monograph is unique because it is first in class as an omnibus for the radiologist, neurologist, neurosurgeon, maxillofacial surgeon, emergency physician, pediatrician, ophthalmologist, and the rehabilitation team.
Contents:
In comparison to prior wars, more troops are surviving
Blast injury basics
The weapons of war and terrorism
How does combat TBI differ from civilian TBI? 12 lessons
Transferring lessons to the home front.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - Digital[edited by] Blessen C. Eapen, David X. Cifu,Summary: "The only review book currently available in this complex field, Brain Injury Medicine: Board Review focuses on the prevention, diagnosis, treatment, and management of individuals with varying severity levels of brain injury. Focused, high-yield content prepares you for success on exams and in practice, with up-to-date coverage of traumatic brain injury (TBI), stroke, CNS neoplasms, anoxic brain injury, and other brain disorders. This unique review tool is ideal for residents, fellows, and practitioners studying or working in the field and preparing to take the brain injury medicine exam"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Section 1: Brain anatomy and physiology. Neuroanatomy correlates
Pathophysiology and basic sciences
Section 2: Traumatic brain injury severity & patterns. Mild TBI (concussion), moderate to severe TBI
TBI by pattern: penetrating, non- penetrating, blast injury
Brain death criteria
Section 3: Epidemiology and risk factors. Epidemiology and public health & prevention
Proteomic, genetic, and epigenetic biomarkers in TBI
Prognosis and recovery patterns
Section 4: Emergency Room and intensive care management. Prehospital care
Acute emergency management (non-surgical care & surgical care)
Critical care management
Complications
Section 5: Evaluation and diagnosis. Physical examination, signs and symptoms
Diagnostic procedures and electrophysiology
Neuroimaging (structural and functional)
Functional evaluation
Intensity of services, specialized rehabilitation therapies, interdisciplinary team management
Section 6: Complications and management. Cardiovascular and pulmonary
GI and nutrition
Genitourinary
Soft tissue and orthopedic condition
Pain
Neuroendocrine/ metabolic/ hormonal
Paroxysmal sympathetic hyperactivity
Spasticity & contractures
Post-traumatic hydrocephalus
Cranial nerve disorders
Seizure disorder
Movement disorder
Pressure injuries, bed rest and deconditioning
Dysphagia and aspiration
Speech and language
Cognitive dysfunction
Neurosensory dysfunction
Emotional dyscontrol
Agitation and restlessness
Sleep dysfunction and fatigue
Mood disorders
PTSD
Suicide, personality d/o, anxiety
Substance abuse
Sexuality and intimacy
Section 7: Rehabilitation concepts. Therapeutic exercise/rehabilitation
Assistive technology
Community re-entry
Involving family in rehabilitation: role of physiatry
Section 8: Special topics. Pediatric TBI
Geriatric TBI
Military TBI
Sports concussion
Gender specific issues in TBI
Post-concussion syndrome assessment, management and Rx
Nontraumatic brain injury
Dual diagnosis: TBI and SCI
Anoxic brain injury
Doc and rehabilitation
Complementary alternative therapies
Neuromodulation & neuroprosthetics
Neuropharmacology
Neurodegeneration and dementia
Basic statistics/research methods
Ethics and law.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - DigitalYan-Zhong Chang, editor.
- Digitaleditor-in-chief: Arthur W. Toga.Summary: This work offers foundational information for students and researchers across neuroscience. With over 300 articles and a media rich environment, this resource provides exhaustive coverage of the methods and systems involved in brain mapping, fully links the data to disease (presenting side by side maps of healthy and diseased brains for direct comparisons), and offers data sets and fully annotated color images.
Contents:
Volume 1. Acquisition methods, methods and modeling
Volume 2. Anatomy and physiology, systems
Volume 3. Social cognitive neuroscience, cognitive neuroscience, clinical brain mapping.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - Digital[edited by] Alfredo Quiñones-Hinojosa, Kaisorn L. Chaichana, Deependra Mahato.Summary: "Despite advances in imaging techniques to identify eloquent cortical brain regions and subcortical white matter, brain mapping is the only method for obtaining real-time information with high sensitivity and specificity. This groundbreaking technology greatly enhances the neurosurgeon's ability to safely resect challenging lesions located in eloquent areas of the brain. The book starts with discussion of preoperative aspects, including the history of brain mapping and anatomy of eloquent cortical and eloquent white matter tracts. Subsequent chapters cover perioperative aspects of brain mapping including indirect and direct functional mapping, the role of neurophysiology, awake craniotomy operating room set-up and surgical instruments, and anesthetic considerations. Diverse awake and asleep brain mapping techniques are described for various intracranial pathologies, as well as advances in postoperative recovery of neurological function including physical and speech therapy"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The Early History of Intra-Operative Brain Mapping / Courtney Pendleton, Kaisorn L. Chaichana, and Alfredo Quinones-Hinojosa
Anatomy of Eloquent Cortical Brain Regions / Antonio Cesar de Melo Mussi and Evandro Pinto da Luz de Oliveira
Anatomy of Eloquent White Matter Tracts / Vicent Quilis-Quesada and Shao-Ching Chen
Direct Functional Mapping Using Radiographic Methods (fMRI and DTI) / Erik H. Middlebrooks, Vivek Gupta, and Prasanna Vibhute
Indirect Functional Mapping Using Radiographic Methods / Vivek Gupta, Erik H. Middlebrooks, and Prasanna Vibhute
Neurophysiology of Identifying Eloquent Regions / Tasneem F. Hasan and William O. Tatum IV
Extraoperative Mapping for Epilepsy Surgery : Epilepsy Monitoring, Wada, and Electrocorticography / Emily L. Johnson and Eva K. Ritzl
Neuropsychologist's Role in the Management of Brain Tumor Patients / David S. Sabsevitz, Kathleen H. Elverman, Kyle Nol, and Jeffrey Wefel
Awake Craniotomy Operating Room Setup and Surgical Instruments / Karim ReFaey, Shashwat Tripathi, Sanjeet S. Grewal, Kaisorn L. Chaichana, and Alfredo Quinones-Hinojosa
Anesthetic Considerations for Intraoperative Cerebral Brain Mapping / Elird Bojaxhi and Perry Bechtle
Speech Mapping / Shawn Hervey-Jumper and Mitchel Berger
Motor Mapping (Rolandic, Pre-Rolandic, Insular Cortex) / N.U. Farrukh Hameed, Peng Wang, Geng Xu, Jie Zhang, and Jin-song Wu
Awake Subcortical Mapping of the Ventral and Dorsal Streams for Language / Hugues Duffau Surgery Around the Command and Control Axis : The Default Mode, Control, and Frontal Aslant Systems / Michael E. Sughrue
Mapping and Surgery of Insular Tumours / Matthew A. Kirkman and George Samandouras
Mapping of the Visual Pathway / Lina Marenco-Hillembrand and Kaisorn L. Chaichana
Seizure Mapping Surgery / TBD
Asleep Motor Mapping / Deependra Mahato, Alison Ho, and Javed Siddiqi
Brainstem and Spinal Cord Mapping Mohammad / Hassan A. Noureldine, Nir Shimony, Rechdi Ahdab, and George I. Jallo
Importance of Rehabilitation After Eloquent Brain Surgery / Kenneth Ngo, Andrea Davis, Russell Addeo, Jodi Morgan, Jennifer Walworth, and Sarah Chamberlain
Emergence of Deep Learning Methods for DBS-Evoked Functional Connectomics / Christine Edwards, Abbas Kouzani, Kendall Lee, and Erika Ross
Neuroplasticity and Rewiring of the Brain / Juan A. Barcia, Maria Perez-Garoz, and Cristina Nombela
Radiating in Eloquent Regions / Henry Ruiz-Garcia, Jennifer Peterson, and Daniel M. Trifiletti.Digital Access - Digitaledited by M.A. Hayat.Summary: With an annual rate of more than 12 million global diagnoses and 7.6 million deaths, the societal and economic burden of cancer cannot be overstated. Brain metastases are the most common malignant tumors of the central nervous system, yet their incidence appears to be increasing in spite of the advancement of cancer therapies. While much is known about primary cancers (including primary brain tumors), less work has been done to uncover the roots of metastatic disease. This volume fills that gap, serving as the first reference to focus primarily on the link between primary cancers and brain metastases. This link is explored for the most common cancer types -- lung, breast, and melanoma. Additionally, biological background as well as therapy for CNS metastases is addressed. Age and gender related trends are also discussed, as is the use of biomarkers for early detection.
Contents:
Brain metastases
Epidemiology of central nervous system metastases
Involvement of the CXCL12/CXCR4/CXCR7 axis in brain metastases
Non-uniform distribution of metastatic intracranial tumors in cancer patients
Targeting angiogenesis, enhancing radiosensitization and crossing the blood-brain barrier for brain metastases
Second malignancies in children following treatment for neuroblastoma
The role of chemotherapy in metastatic brain tumors
Multiple metastases to the brain from primary cancers : whole brain radiotherapy
Synovial sarcoma metastasized to the brain
Multiple small brain metastases with limited focal brain edema from non-small cell lung cancer with epidermal growth factor receptor mutations
Brain metastasis of patients with lung adenocarcinoma : epidermal growth factor receptor mutations and response to whole-brain radiation therapy
Metastatic spread of lung cancer to brain and liver : role of CX3CR1
Solitary brain metastasis from non-small cell lung cancer : treatment with linac-based stereotactic radiosurgery
Brain metastases from non-small cell lung cancer : clinical benefits of erlotinib and gefitinib
Bispecific targeted toxin DTATEGF against metastatic NSCLC brain tumors
Intracranial disease in patients with non-small cell lung cancer : treatment with erlotinib
Radiation management of synchronous brain metastases from non-small cell lung cancer
Brain metastasis after prophylactic cranial irradiation in patients with small cell lung cancer
Brain metastasis from small-cell lung cancer with high levels of placental growth factor
Brain metastases from lung cancer
Lambert-Eaton myesthenic syndrome and brain metastasis from occult small cell lung carcinoma : a clinician's perspective.Digital Access ClinicalKey v. 1, 2014 - Digital[edited by] M.A. Hayat.Summary: Brain metastases are the most common malignant tumors of the central nervous system, yet their incidence appears to be increasing in spite of the advancement of cancer therapies. While much is known about primary cancers (including primary brain tumors), less work has been done to uncover the roots of metastatic disease. Brain Metastases from Primary Tumors fills that gap, serving as the first two-part reference to focus primarily on the link between primary cancers and brain metastases. This link is explored for the most common cancer types - lung, breast, and melanoma. Additionally, biological background as well as therapy for CNS metastases is addressed. Age- and gender-related trends are also discussed, as is the use of biomarkers for early detection.
Contents:
Brain metastasis from solid tumors
The role of surgical resection for metastatic brain tumors
Whole-brain radiotherapy for brain metastases: is the therapeutic window enlarging?
Brain metastasis in patients with non-small cell lung cancer: response to epidermal growth factor receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitors
Brain metastasis from non-small cell lung cancer: use of epidermal growth factor receptor and HER2 status for targeted therapy
Brain metastases from non-small cell lung cancer: current evidence in management using tyrosine kinase inhibitor and whole-brain radiation therapy
Brain metastasis in patients with non-small cell lung cancer: immunohistochemical markers
Brain metastasis from breast cancer: molecular mechanisms
New targeted therapies for brain metastases from breast and lung cancer and melanoma
Breast cancers with brain metastases
Brain metastases in melanoma patients: treatment with adjuvant postoperative whole-brain radiotherapy
Melanoma progression in the brain: role of pericytes, the basal lamina, and endothelial cells in tumor vascularization
Brain metastases from esophageal cancer in the presence of HER-2 overexpression
Brain metastasis from renal carcinoma: locoregional and systemic treatments
Gastrointestinal cancer and brain metastasis outcomes and management
Brain metastasis of colorectal cancer: microenvironment and molecular mechanism
Brain metastasis from nasopharyngeal carcinoma.Digital Access ClinicalKey v.2, 2015 - Digitaledited by M.A. Hayat.Contents:
1. Introduction
2. The management and biology of metastatic cancers to the brain
3. Melanoma metastases are underrepresented in cerebellum compared with metastases from colorectal cancers
4. Risk reductions of recurrence and mortality in melanoma patients using IFN-α
5. Brain metastases from melanoma
6. Pathobiology of brain metastases: molecular mechanisms
7. Role of CDKN₂A mutations and other relevant genes in melanoma predisposition
8. The role of the receptor for advanced glycation end products in malignant melanoma
9. Hydrogen sulfide pathway and cancer
10. Brain metastasis from esophageal cancer
11. Treatment of metastatic melanoma patients bearing c-kit mutation using imatinib mesylate
12. Optimal selection of targeted therapies for melanoma patients: role of the mitogen-activated protein kinase pathway
13. Patients with brain metastases from melanoma: treatment with surgery and radiotherapy
14. The risks and advantages of whole brain radiation therapy in patients with brain metastases
15. Gastrointestinal stromal tumors with intracranial metastasis: treatment strategy and review of the literature
16. Brain metastases from breast cancer in patients receiving trastuzumab
17. Brain metastases from cutaneous melanoma: biology and its implications for more rational therapeutic approaches
18. Treatment of brain metastases from ovarian and endometrial carcinomas using stereotactic radiosurgery
19. Prognostic factors for survival in melanoma patients with brain metastases
20. Management of melanoma therapy-associated toxicities
21. Brain metastases from breast cancer: focus on risk factors, treatment, and clinical outcome.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - DigitalHans-Georg Dederer, David Hamburger, editors.Summary: This volume elucidates the pivotal ethical and legal issues arising from the use of brain organoids for research, therapeutic and enhancement purposes. The function of the human brain is still a mystery. Until recently, only post-mortem tissue was available for a structural examination of the brain. Consequently, the examination results could only reflect the state at the end of life. However, in order to better understand the development and function of the human brain, dynamic and functional investigations of different human brain cells are necessary. This is where brain organoids, artificially grown in vitro miniature brains, provide the opportunity for more flexible research scenarios. At the same time, however, the use of brain organoids in research and therapy raises the question of how these new entities are to be treated from an ethical and legal point of view. Against this background, this volume aims at clarifying the normative implications of the use of brain organoids in research and therapy. The ethical reflections on the status of brain organoids, informed consent, human-to-animal chimeras and neuro-enhancement are mirrored by corresponding legal analyses. The ethical and legal assessments are preceded by an introduction to the scientific and medical background of the brain organoid technology. A final chapter will be devoted to the issue of whether international harmonization of normative standards for brain organoid research and therapy is feasible and advisable.
Contents:
Chapter 1) Introductory Remarks
Part I) Scientific Background
Chapter 2) Development of Brain Organoids on the Basis of Genome-Edited iPSC-Derived Brain Cells
Chapter 3) Cell-Based Therapy and Genome Editing in Parkinson's Disease: Quo Vadis
Part II) The Status Debate
Chapter 4) Human Cerebral Organoids: Evolving Entities and Their Moral Status
Chapter 5). Legal perspective: What is, or Should Be, the Legal Status of Brain Organoids?
Part III) The Informed Consent Challenge
Chapter 6) Ethical Perspective: Ethics Considerations Regarding Donors and Patients Consent
Chapter 7) The Legal Perspective: The Legal Requirements forand Limits tothe Donors and the Patients Consent
Part IV) The Chimera Issue
Chapter 8) Moral Permissibility of Transplantation of Human Brain Organoids into Animals
Chapter 9) Transplantation of Human Brain Organoids into Animals - The Legal Issues
Part V) The Enhancement Conundrum
Chapter 10) Building a Better Beast: Enhancing the Minds of Animals
Chapter 11) Legal Arguments in Favour of and Against Neuroenhancement by Means of Brain Organoids
Part VI) The Harmonization Problem
Chapter 12) Legal Perspective: A Global Harmonisation of Legal Standards for Brain Organoid Research and Therapy?. . - Digitaledited by Hari Shanker Sharma, Aruna Sharma.Contents:
Intro
Progress in Brain Research
Copyright
Contributors
Contents
Acknowledgments
Preface
References
Chapter 1: Histamine H3 and H4 receptors modulate Parkinson's disease induced brain pathology. Neuroprotective effects of ...
1. Introduction
1.1. Histaminergic system in the brain
1.2. Histaminergic receptors in the brain
1.3. Histamine in brain diseases
1.3.1. Cognitive dysfunction and Alzheimer's disease
1.3.2. Motor disorders and Parkinson's disease
1.3.3. Schizophrenia
1.3.4. Multiple sclerosis
1.3.5. Sleep disorders 1.3.6. Addictive disorders
2. Histaminergic system alterations in Parkinson's disease
2.1. Histamine concentration in PD
2.2. Histaminergic nerve fibers in PD
2.3. Histaminergic gene and receptors in PD
2.3.1. HMT and HDC gene expression are altered in PD brain
2.3.2. Histamine H3 and H4 receptor expression are altered in PD brain
3. Our own investigations on histamine modulation of Parkinson's disease
3.1. Methodological consideration
3.1.1. Animals
3.2. Animal model of PD
3.3. Modulation of histaminergic agents 3.3.1. Histamine H3 receptor inverse agonist BF2649
3.3.2. Histamine H3 receptor antagonist and partial H4 receptor agonist clobenpropit
3.3.3. Anti-histamine mouse monoclonal antibody
3.3.4. TiO2 nanodelivery of pharmacological agents
3.4. Parameters measured
3.4.1. Physiological parameters
3.4.2. Physiological variables
3.4.3. Blood-brain barrier permeability
3.4.3.1. Albumin immunohistochemistry
3.4.4. Cerebral blood flow
3.4.5. Brain edema formation
3.5. Behavioral functions
3.5.1. Rota Rod treadmill
3.5.2. Immobility during forced swimming 4.1.2. Physiological variables in MPTP model of PD
4.1.2.1. Mean arterial blood pressure
4.1.2.2. Arterial pH
4.1.2.3. Arterial PaCO2
4.1.2.4. Arterial PaO2
4.1.2.5. Heart rate
4.1.2.6. Respiration rate
4.1.3. Behavioral parameters in MPTP model of PD
4.1.3.1. Rota-Rod performance
4.1.3.2. Forced swimming immobility
4.1.4. Biochemical parameters of MPTP model of PD
4.1.4.1. Tyrosine hydroxylase enzyme
4.1.4.2. Dopamine
4.1.4.3. DOPAC
4.1.5. Hallmarks of biomarkers in MPTP model of PD
4.1.5.1. ASNC
4.1.5.2. p-tauDigital Access ScienceDirect 2021 - Digitaledited by Tanya Calvey, William M.U. Daniels.Contents:
1. The extended evolutionary synthesis and addiction: the price we pay for adaptability
2. Cross-talk between the epigenome and neural circuits in drug addiction
3. Addiction: a dysregulation of satiety and inflammatory processes
4. Corticostriatal plasticity, neuronal ensembles, and regulation of drug-seeking behavior
5. Paraventricular thalamus: gateway to feeding, appetitive motivation, and drug addiction
6. Functional roles of orexin/hypocretin receptors in reward circuit
7. Differential modularity effects of cocaine on marmoset monkey recognition memory
8. Using the research domain criteria (RDoC) to conceptualize impulsivity and compulsivity in relation to addiction
9. Addictive behaviors: why and how impaired mental time matters?
10. Neuroscience-informed psychoeducation for addiction medicine: a neurocognitive perspective
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digital[edited by] Rajan Jain, Marco Essig.Contents:
Conventional morphologic imaging : MRI remains the workhorse
Benjamin Cohen, Inna Nutanson, and Girish M. Fatterpekar
Response assessment in neuro-oncology / Tom Mikkelsen and Tobias Walbert
Going beyond the conventional morphologic imaging : an overview of functional imaging techniques / Marco Essig and Cem Calli
Perfusion imaging : DSC MR perfusion / Marco Essig, Joseph Puig Alcantara, and Cem Cali
Perfusion imaging : dynamic contrast enhanced T1-weighted MRI (DCE-MRI) perfusion / David Fussell and Robert J. Young
Perfusion imaging : arterial spin labeling / S. Ali Nabavizadeh, Suyash Mohan, Jeffrey M. Pollock
Perfusion imaging : CT perfusion / Brent Griffith and Rajan Jain
Diffusion weighted imaging for gliomas / Benjamin M. Ellingson, Bryan Yoo, and Whitney B. Pope
Diffusion tensor imaging / Bram Stieltjes and Peter Neher
Functional MRI and diffusion tensor imaging with tractography / Anna Knobel and Robert J. Young
Metabolic imaging : MR spectroscopy / Isabella Björkman-Burtscher and Pia C. Sundgren
Molecular imaging : PET and SPECT / Asim K. Bag and Samuel E. Almodóvar
It's not just the tumor : treatment effects / Brent Griffith and Rajan Jain
It's not just the tumor : CNS paraneoplastic syndromes and cerebrovascular complications of cancers / Prashant Nagpal and Rajan Jain
Image guided neurosurgery : intraoperative MRI / Ian Y. Lee
On the horizon : ultra-high-field MR / Steffen Sammet and Alexander Radbruch
On the horizon : tumor genomics / Rivka R. Colen, Faisal Tai, and Pascal O. Zinn
On the horizon : going beyond the conventional MR contrast agents / Josep Puig and Wilson B. Chwang
On the horizon : molecular imaging / Sanath Kumar, Meser M. Ali, and Ali Syed Arbab.Digital Access - DigitalElke Hattingen, Ulrich Pilatus, editors.Contents:
Brain tumor imaging
MR imaging of brain tumors
MR spectroscopic imaging
MR perfusion imaging
Diffusion-weighted methods
Advanced MR methods in differential diagnosis of brain tumors
PET imaging of brain tumors
Advanced imaging modalities and treatment of gliomas: radiation therapy
Advanced imaging modalities and treatment of gliomas: neurosurgery
Future methods in tumor imaging.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAmar Gajjar, Gregory H. Reaman, Judy M. Racadio, Franklin O. Smith, editors.Summary: This book is a comprehensive and up-to-date compendium of all aspects of brain tumors in children. After introductory chapters on the epidemiology of brain tumors, the book will provide readers with state-of-the art chapters on the principals of radiation therapy, neurosurgery and neuroimaging. Subsequent chapters discuss the biology and treatment of specific types of brain tumors. The concluding chapters present critical information relevant to survivorship, neurocognitive and other late effects, and the global challenges to better diagnosis and treatment of brain tumors in children. This book is co-authored by experts in the treatment of pediatric brain tumors. All of the authors are internationally recognized authorities and they offer an evidence-based consensus on the biology and treatment of brain tumors. This handbook has far-reaching applicability to the clinical diagnosis and management of brain tumors in children and will prove valuable to specialists, generalists and trainees alike.
- DigitalSummary: "Topics addressed at the Symposium included the cellular basis of neurodegeneration, memory systems and aging, neural circuits of anxiety, addiction circuits and treatment frontiers, sleep and sleep disorders,hormonal regulation and mood disorders, cortico-striatal circuits in perception and action, deep brain stimulation for psychiatry, computational psychiatry, development of social cognition, restoration of vision, brainmachine interfaces, and new techniques for human brain manipulation."--Foreword.Digital Access Cold Spring Harbor Lab Press [2018]
- DigitalGeorge I. Jallo, Mohammad Hassan A. Noureldine, Nir Shimony, editors.Summary: This illuminating and comprehensive work offers readers a thorough and detailed perspective of brainstem surgery as well as state-of-the-art discussion on the diagnosis and management of related pathologies. Hailing from around the globe and currently practicing in various countries in Asia, Europe, and North America, the expert authors of this work represent a wide range of disciplines and experiences, providing a comprehensive, interdisciplinary overview of brainstem surgery. Indeed, brainstem pathologies remain the most challenging to manage surgically due to the high eloquence and the deep and hidden location of the brainstem, turning surgical treatment of brainstem pathologies into one of the most complex and demanding fields in neurosurgery. This vital book guides readers through this very complex anatomical territory in which any pathology leads to grave consequences. Taking readers through the depth of the complex architecture of the brainstem in the clinical context, and emphasizing the evidence-based treatment of different brainstem pathologies while also reviewing what the future holds for the management of these pathologies, the book presents a review of state-of-the-art preoperative assessment modalities and surgical. The book covers brainstem-related pathologies from infancy to adulthood, and the text is enriched with diagnostic and surgical images that cover almost all types of brainstem lesions. The book is written in a way that neurosurgery specialists and fellows will feel comfortable navigating throughout its contents, and the enthusiastic neurosurgery resident will find this book to be a valuable guide. A major contribution to the clinical literature, Brainstem Tumors: Diagnosis and Management will also serve as a reference for anyone involved in the treatment of patients suffering from brainstem pathologies, including medical team members such as adult and pediatric neurosurgeons, neurologists, neurooncologists, residents and fellows, clinical neuropsychologists, electrophysiologists, neuroradiologists, and medical students who have a passion to learn about the assessment and surgical management of patients with brainstem diseases.
Contents:
Chapter 1: History of Brainstem Glioma Surgery
Chapter 2: Anatomy of the Brainstem
Chapter 3: Imaging for Brainstem Lesions
Chapter 4: Clinical Presentation and Assessment for Brainstem Tumors
Chapter 5: Intraoperative Neurophysiological Monitoring during Brainstem Surgery
Chapter 6: Low-grade Pediatric Brainstem Gliomas
Chapter 7: High-grade Tumors of the Brainstem (Except DIPG)
Chapter 8: Diffuse Midline Gliomas
Diffuse Intrinsic Pontine Glioma
Chapter 9: Surgery for Vascular Lesions of the Brainstem
Chapter 10: Inflammatory and Infectious Lesions of the Brainstem
Chapter 11: Surgical Approach to Mesencephalic (Midbrain) Tumors
Chapter 12: Surgical Approach to Pontine Tumors
Chapter 13: Surgical Approach to Medullary Tumors
Chapter 14: Radiation and Chemotherapy for Brainstem Tumors
Chapter 15: Future Therapies for Malignant Brainstem Tumors. - DigitalRajkumar Rajendram, Victor R. Preedy, Vinood B. Patel, editors.Summary: This is the first volume in a 2-volume compendium that is the go-to source for both research- and practice-oriented information on the importance of branched chain amino acids in maintaining the nutritional status and overall health of individuals, especially those with certain disease conditions. Over 150 well recognized and respected contributors have come together to compile these up-to-date and well-referenced works. The volumes will serve the reader as the benchmarks in this complex area of interrelationships between dietary protein intakes and individual amino acid supplementation, the unique role of the branched chain amino acids in the synthesis of brain neurotransmitters, collagen formation, insulin and glucose modulation and the functioning of all organ systems that are involved in the maintenance of the body's metabolic integrity. Moreover, the physiological, genetic and pathological interactions between plasma levels of branched chain amino acids and aromatic amino acids are clearly delineated so that students as well as practitioners can better understand the complexities of these interactions. Branched Chain Amino Acids in Clinical Nutrition: Volume 1 covers basic processes at the cellular level, inherited defects in branched chain amino acid metabolism, and experimental models of growth and disease states.
Contents:
Part I. Basic Processes at the Cellular Level
1. Impact of dietary essential amino acids in man
2. Metabolism of BCAAs
3. The cytosolic and mitochondrial branched chain aminotransferase
4. Isoleucine, PPAR and uncoupling proteins
5. Leucine as a stimulant of insulin
6. Effects of leucine and isoleucine on glucose metabolism
7. Hypothalamic leucine metabolism in the regulation of liver glucose metabolism
8. Leucine and resveratrol: experimental model of sirtuin pathway activation
9. Branched chain amino acids and blood ammonia
10. Use of 2H3-leucine to monitor apoproteins
Part II. Inherited Defects in Branched Chain Amino Acid Metabolism
11. Branched chain amino acid oxidation disorders
12. Branched chain amino acids and maple syrup urine disease
13. Mental retardation and isoleucine metabolism
14. Anorexia and valine-deficient diets
Part III. Experimental models of growth and disease states: Role of Branched Chain Amino Acids
15. Leucine and fetal growth
16. Enteral leucine and protein synthesis in skeletal and cardiac muscles
17. Use of branched chain amino acids granules in experimental models of diet-induced obesity
18. Experimental models of high fat obesity and leucine supplementation
19. Branched chain amino acids in experimental models of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
20. Leucine and ethanol oxidation
21. Isoleucine, leucine and their role in experimental models of bladder carcinogenesis. - DigitalRajkumar Rajendram, Victor R. Preedy, Vinood B. Patel, editors.Summary: This is the second volume in a 2-volume compendium that is the go-to source for both research- and practice-oriented information on the importance of branched chain amino acids in maintaining the nutritional status and overall health of individuals, especially those with certain disease conditions. Over 150 well recognized and respected contributors have come together to compile these up-to-date and well-referenced works. The volumes will serve the reader as the benchmarks in this complex area of interrelationships between dietary protein intakes and individual amino acid supplementation, the unique role of the branched chain amino acids in the synthesis of brain neurotransmitters, collagen formation, insulin and glucose modulation and the functioning of all organ systems that are involved in the maintenance of the body?s metabolic integrity. Moreover, the physiological, genetic and pathological interactions between plasma levels of branched chain amino acids and aromatic amino acids are clearly delineated so that students as well as practitioners can better understand the complexities of these interactions. Branched Chain Amino Acids in Clinical Nutrition: Volume 2 covers the role of branched chain amino acids in healthy individuals, and branched chain amino acid status in disease states, liver diseases, and supplementation studies in certain patient populations.
Contents:
Part I. Role of Branched Chain Amino Acids in Healthy Individuals
1. Tolerability of leucine
2. Leucine-protein supplemented recovery and exercise
3. Use of whey and leucine on muscle
4. Branched chain amino acids and muscle atrophy protection
5. Role of branched chain amino acids in cellular and organ damage: the prognostic significance of the preoperative branched chain amino acid to tyrosine ratio
Part II. Branched Chain Amino Acids: Status in Disease States
6. Branched chain amino acids in heart failure
7. Mitochondrial tRNA valine in cardiomyopathies
8. Branched chain amino acids on psychomotor performance
9. The branch chain amino acids in the context of other amino acids in traumatic brain injury
10. Branched chain amino acids in chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
Part III. Branched Chain Amino Acids and Liver Diseases
11. Identification of branched chain amino acids; underlying molecular pathways using transcriptomic analysis: application to cirrhosis
12. Branched chain amino acids supplementation and plasma albumin
13. Late evening snack, branched chain amino acids and cirrhosis
14. Branched chain amino acids and organ transplantation
15. Basic aspects in prevention of post-transplant bacteremia by branched chain amino acids
16. Branched chain amino acids and postoperative quality of life
Part IV. Branched Chain Amino Acid Supplementation Studies in Certain Patient Populations
17. Leucine-protein functional adaptation in the clinical setting
18. Branched chain amino acids supplementation and glycemic control
19. Leucine supplementation and insulin resistance
20. Weight loss and branched chain amino acids and their metabolites
21. Branched chain amino acid cocktails and skin
22. Branched chain amino acids in inherited muscle disease: the case of Duchhene muscular dystrophy
23. Use of branched chain amino acids (BCAA) during radiotherapy
24. Oral branch chain amino acids and encephalopathy
25. Web based resources, and suggested readings. - Digitaleditors, Jeffrey S. Klein, William E. Brant, Clyde Helms, Emily N. Vinson.Summary: "Those familiar with previous editions will recognize editors and authors Drs. William Brant and Clyde Helms, who developed the concept of Fundamentals of Diagnostic Radiology 30 years ago. For this fifth edition, Bill has updated his introductory chapter on diagnostic imaging methods and contributed updated material on gastrointestinal and genitourinary radiology and ultrasound. Clyde has updated his section on Musculoskeletal Imaging along with Dr. Emily Vinson, Division Chief of Musculoskeletal Imaging at Duke University Medical Center, who now joins as an editor of Fundamentals. Drs. Erik Gaensler and Jerome Barakos have returned to edit the revised Neuroradiology section. Dr. Jeffrey Klein, along with colleagues from the University of Vermont Medical Center, provides an updated section on Chest Radiology and is now a senior editor of Fundamentals of Diagnostic Radiology"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Sect. I: Basic principles
Sect. II: Neuroradiology
Sect. III: Chest
Sect. IV: Breast radiology
Sect. V: Cardiac radiology
Sect. Vi: Vascular and interventional radiology
Sect. VII: Gastrointestinal tract
Sect. VIII: Genitourinary tract
Sect. IX: Ultrasonograpy
Sect. X: Musculoskeletal radiology
Sect. XI: Pediatric radiology
Sec.t XII: Nuclear radiology.Digital Access Ovid 2019 - DigitalShabir Hussain Wani, Ajay Kumar Thakur, Yasin Jeshima Khan, editors.Summary: Global population is mounting at an alarming stride to surpass 9.3 billion by 2050, whereas simultaneously the agricultural productivity is gravely affected by climate changes resulting in increased biotic and abiotic stresses. The genus Brassica belongs to the mustard family whose members are known as cruciferous vegetables, cabbages or mustard plants. Rapeseed-mustard is world's third most important source of edible oil after soybean and oil palm. It has worldwide acceptance owing to its rare combination of health promoting factors. It has very low levels of saturated fatty acids which make it the healthiest edible oil that is commonly available. Apart from this, it is rich in antioxidants by virtue of tocopherols and phytosterols presence in the oil. The high omega 3 content reduces the risk of atherosclerosis/heart attack. Conventional breeding methods have met with limited success in Brassica because yield and stress resilience are polygenic traits and are greatly influenced by environment. Therefore, it is imperative to accelerate the efforts to unravel the biochemical, physiological and molecular mechanisms underlying yield, quality and tolerance towards biotic and abiotic stresses in Brassica. To exploit its fullest potential, systematic efforts are needed to unlock the genetic information for new germplasms that tolerate initial and terminal state heat coupled with moisture stress. For instance, wild relatives may be exploited in developing introgressed and resynthesized lines with desirable attributes. Exploitation of heterosis is another important area which can be achieved by introducing transgenics to raise stable CMS lines. Doubled haploid breeding and marker assisted selection should be employed along with conventional breeding. Breeding programmes aim at enhancing resource use efficiency, especially nutrient and water as well as adoption to aberrant environmental changes should also be considered. Biotechnological interventions are essential for altering the biosynthetic pathways for developing high oleic and low linolenic lines. Accordingly, tools such as microspore and ovule culture, embryo rescue, isolation of trait specific genes especially for aphid, Sclerotinia and alternaria blight resistance, etc. along with identification of potential lines based on genetic diversity can assist ongoing breeding programmes. In this book, we highlight the recent molecular, genetic and genomic interventions made to achieve crop improvement in terms of yield increase, quality and stress tolerance in Brassica, with a special emphasis in Rapeseed-mustard.
Contents:
1 Utilization of rapeseed-mustard genetic resources for Brassica improvement
2 Recent advances in cytoplasmic male sterility (CMS) in crop Brassicas
3 Ancient and recent Polyploid evolution in Brassicas
4 Production and application of doubled haploid in Brassica improvement.-5 Tissue culture-mediated biotechnological advancements in genus Brassica
6 Genomics for Brassica quality improvement
7 Biofortification of Brassica for quality improvement.-8 Genetics and Genomic Approaches for Disease Resistance in Brassicas
9 Arsenic toxicity and molecular mechanism of arsenic tolerance in different members of Brassicaceae
10 Transgenic approaches for Brassica improvement
11 Genetic diversity studies in Indian mustard using molecular markers. - DigitalShengyi Liu, Rod Snowdon, Chittaranjan Kole, editors.Summary: This book presents comprehensive information on genetics, genomics and breeding in Brassica oleracea, an agriculturally important species that includes popular vegetable crops such as cabbage, cauliflower, broccoli, Brussels sprouts, kale, collard greens, savoy, kohlrabi, and gai lan. The content spans whole genome sequencing, assembly and gene annotation for this global vegetable species, along with molecular mapping and cloning of genes, physical genome mapping and analyses of the structure and composition of centromeres in the B. oleracea genome. The book also elaborates on asymmetrical genome evolution and transposable elements in the B. oleracea describes gene family differentiation in comparison to other Brassica species and structural and functional genomic resources and data bases developed for B. oleracea. Useful discussions on the impact of genome sequencing on genetic improvement in the species are also included.
Contents:
Economic/Academic importance
Background of the sequencing initiatives
Molecular mapping and cloning of genes and QTLs
Physical mapping of the genome
Whole genome sequencing and assembling
Structure and composition of centromere in Brassica genome
Genome annotation
Gene loss
Alternative splicing
Gene conversion
Gene family differentiation in Brassica species
Glucosinates
R genes variations after triplication
Structural & functional genomic resources developed
Impact on plant breeding and crop improvement
Data bases
Future prospects. - DigitalShamsul Hayat, Mohammad Yusuf, Renu Bhardwaj, Andrzej Bajguz, editors.Summary: The entire range of the developmental process in plants is regulated by a shift in the hormonal concentration, tissue sensitivity and their interaction with the factors operating around the plants. Phytohormones play a crucial role in regulating the direction of plant in a coordinated fashion in association with metabolism that provides energy and the building blocks to generate the form that we recognize as a plant. Out of the recognized hormones, attention has largely been focused on Auxins, Gibberellins, Cytokinins, Abscisic acid, Ethylene and more recently on Brassinosteroids. In this book we are providing the information about a brassinosteroids that again confirm its status as phytohormones because it has significant impact on various aspects of the plant life and its ubiquitous distribution throughout the plant kingdom. Brassinosteroids are generating a significant impact on plant growth and development, photosynthesis, transpiration, ion uptake and transport, induces specific changes in leaf anatomy and chloroplast structure. This book is not an encyclopedia of reviews but includes a selected collection of newly written, integrated, illustrated reviews describing our knowledge of brassinosteroids. The aim of this book is to tell all about brassinosteroids, by the present time. The various chapters incorporate both theoretical and practical aspects and may serve as baseline information for future researches through which significant development is possible. It is intended that this book will be useful to the students, teachers and researchers, both in universities and research institutes, especially in relation to biological and agricultural sciences.
- Digitaleditor-in-chief, Robert A. Baldor ; section editors, Margarita C. Castro-Zarraga, Anita Kostecki, Christine Runyan, Felix B. Chang, Frank J. Domino.Summary: Prepare for your ABFM boards - find your weak spots and eliminate them now! Handy in print and as an eBook, Bratton's Family Medicine Board Review is the essential practice test for those facing the ABFM exams. Opening with the basic requirements of the ABFM Board certification process, it provides crucial background information on all three AFBM exams and their formats, describes a typical exam day, and offers excellent test-taking advice{u2014}taking the mystery out of the exam process.
Contents:
Care of the adult patient
Care of children & adolescents
Care of the female patient (including maternity care)
Mental health/community health
Emergent and surgical care
Care of the elderly patient
Pictorial atlas.Digital Access Ovid 2014 - Digitaledited by Gerd Plewig, Lars French, Thomas Ruzicka, Roland Kaufmann, Michael Hertl.Summary: The "skin" classic in a completely updated new edition. "Braun-Falco's Dermatology " has been extensively revised for the 4th edition and offers an impressive overview of the complete specialist field for the clinically active dermatologist . With an internationally renowned team of authors, the editors have succeeded in presenting dermatology in its clinical breadth and groundbreaking further developments in a comprehensive, precise and practical manner. The unique wealth of excellent illustrations and the clear, concise structure of the chapters are particularly noteworthy. In addition to the printed version, the new edition is also available for the first time in an electronic, continuously updated version. New in the 4th edition: - Current clinical classifications, guidelines and therapeutic concepts for inflammatory dermatoses and skin tumours This book is a must-read for dermatologists, doctors in continuing education and clinicians in general.
Contents:
Basic Principles
Diagnostic Tools
Infectious Diseases: Viruses
Infectious Diseases: Bacteria
Infectious Diseases: Fungi
Infectious Diseases: Sexually Transmitted Diseases
Infectious Diseases: Parasitic Infections
Allergy and Intolerance Reactions
Drug Hypersensitivity
Inflammatory Diseases
Environmental Diseases
Bullous Disorders
Connective Tissue Diseases
Hereditary Disorders
Vascular Diseases
Pigmentary Diseases
Diseases of Adnexal Structures
Regional and Special Disorders
Metabolic Diseases
Tumors
Therapy.Digital Access Springer Live 2019-Continuously updated edition - Digitaledited by Gerd Plewig, Lars French, Thomas Ruzicka, Roland Kaufmann, Michael Hertl.Springer Nature eReference..Summary: The standard textbook of Dermatology and Allergy in new edition! The 4th edition of the "Braun-Falco Textbook", an international standard text of dermatology, allergy and sexually transmitted disorders has been thoroughly rewritten and reedited and offers a comprehensive state-of-the-art review of the entire field for clinicians in hospital and private practice. The editors assembled an expert team of authors with outstanding international reputation who present a concise overview of the complete spectrum of dermatology and its groundbreaking progress with particular emphasis on aspects of practical care within the specialty. The treatment recommendations are based on current international guidelines and standards of care, and pay special attention to latest therapeutic progress as well as recent pathophysiological concepts. A special emphasis has been put on a unique array of high quality figures and a clear, easily understandable structure of the respective chapters. Besides the printed version, the new edition is available as a digital version. New aspects of the 4th edition that reflect the tremendous and rapid progress of dermatology include an up to date clinical classification of dermatoses, current guidelines and therapeutic concepts in inflammatory and neoplastic diseases, and dermatological aspects of the new Covid-19 infection. "Braun-Falcos̀ Dermatology" is a must for specialists and trainees in dermatology, and of great value for all physicians who encounter skin diseases in general.
Contents:
Basic Principles
Diagnostic Tools
Infectious Diseases: Viruses
Infectious Diseases: Bacteria
Infectious Diseases: Fungi
Infectious Diseases: Sexually Transmitted Diseases
Infectious Diseases: Parasitic Infections
Allergy and Intolerance Reactions
Drug Hypersensitivity
Inflammatory Diseases
Environmental Diseases
Bullous Disorders
Connective Tissue Diseases
Hereditary Disorders
Vascular Diseases
Pigmentary Diseases
Diseases of Adnexal Structures
Regional and Special Disorders
Metabolic Diseases
Tumors
Therapy. - Digitaledited by Peter Libby, Robert O. Bonow, Douglas L. Mann, Gordon F. Tomaselli, Deepak L. Bhatt, Scott D. Solomon ; founding editor and online editor, Eugene Braunwald.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
- Print[edited by] Leonard S. Lilly.Contents:
Section 1. Fundamentals of Cardiovascular Disease : Genetics and Personalized Medicine : Evaluation of the Patient.
Section 2. Heart Failure Arrhythmias, Sudden Death, and Syncope.
Section 3. Preventive Cardiology Atherosclerotic Cardiovascular Disease.
Section 4. Diseases of the Heart, Pericardium, and Pulmonary Vascular Bed.
Section 5. Cardiovascular Disease in Special Populations Cardiovascular Disease and Disorders of Other Organs. - PrintKimberly Davis.Summary: Brave leadership is the essential guide for leaders in today's ever-shifting world. Wherever you are in your leadership journey or if you aspire to be the best leader you can be , then this book is for you. It will help you uncover your barriers to brave, escape overwhelm and frustration and learn to manage stress and anxiety, prepare for high-stakes meetings and conversations, have the influence you want to have, set the direction of your career, connect powerfully, feel more confident, courageous, satisfied, and purposeful, and tap into the want of the people you lead to get the results you need.
Contents:
Part I: What is brave? Who are you as a leader?
A whole new world
Dealing with real
Redefining leadership
Unlocking the want
Barriers to brave. Disappearing genius
What do you see?
Step out of the box
Where are you...really?
Part III. Pushing through to brave. A matter of focus
Bull's eye
Goals are not enough
Action from the inside out
For the sake of what?-- What's your intention?
The magic if
Own your power
Connection is the game
Six steps to prepare for impact
Presenting bravely
Part IV: A brave new world. Own your mess
Cultivating brave
A brave legacy
The brave leadership manifesto
Be a work in progress. - PrintSalman Khan.Summary: "From the founder of Khan Academy, the first book written for general audiences on the AI revolution in education, its implications for parenting, and how we can best harness its power for good"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction Let's write a new story together
Part I Rise of the AI tutor. Throwing away the bottle
How to teach everything to everyone
Rise of the AI tutor
Part II Giving voice to the social sciences. Why students write
The future of reading comprehension, where literature comes alive!
AI and creativity
Conversing with history
Part III Empowering the next innovators. Using science to study science
1 + 1 = closing the math gap
Accessing courses that students otherwise would not
The most important subject-matter domain to master
Part IV Better together. Bolstering collaborative learning
AI meets student mental health coaching
The place for parents in AI-based education
Increasing points of connection between parents and their kids
Part V Keeping kids safe. Delivering the facts : the state of bias and misinformation
What about data collection?
AI and the gift of transparency
AI as "guardian angel"
Part VI Teaching in the age of AI. How AI will supercharge teachers and teaching
Dawn of the AI teaching assistant
Helping build alternative education models
Fixing cheating in college
Part VII The global classroom. The global classroom
Economics of AI in education
Part VIII AI, assessments, and admissions. The future of K-12 assessments
The AI of college admissions
Part IX Work and what comes next. Employment in an AI world
How to prepare kids to thrive in the AI-future workplace
Matchmaking between job seekers and employers
Where this leaves us and where it will take us : a call for educated bravery. - DigitalSalman Khan.Summary: "From the founder of Khan Academy, the first book written for general audiences on the AI revolution in education, its implications for parenting, and how we can best harness its power for good"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction. Let's write a new story together ; Part I. Rise of the AI tutor. Throwing away the bottle ; How to teach everything to everyone ; Rise of the AI tutor
Part II. Giving voice to the social sciences. Why students write ; The future of reading comprehension, where literature comes alive! ; AI and creativity ; Conversing with history
Part III. Empowering the next innovators. Using science to study science ; 1 + 1 = closing the math gap ; Accessing courses that students otherwise would not ; The most important subject-matter domain to master
Part IV. Better together. Bolstering collaborative learning ; AI meets student mental health coaching ; The place for parents in AI-based education ; Increasing points of connection between parents and their kids
Part V. Keeping kids safe. Delivering the facts : the state of bias and misinformation ; What about data collection? ; AI and the gift of transparency ; AI as "guardian angel"
Part VI. Teaching in the age of AI. How AI will supercharge teachers and teaching ; Dawn of the AI teaching assistant ; Helping build alternative education models ; Fixing cheating in college
Part VII. The global classroom. The global classroom ; Economics of AI in education
Part VIII. AI, assessments, and admissions. The future of K-12 assessments ; The AI of college admissions
Part IX. Work and what comes next. Employment in the AI world ; How to prepare kids to thrive in the AI-future workplace ; Matchmaking between job seekers and employers ; Where this leaves us and where it will take us : a call for educated bravery.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2024Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalElizabeth F. Rangel, Jeffrey J. Shaw, editors.Summary: This is the first English-language book dedicated to Brazilian sand flies and their medical importance. No other country has so many species of these haematophagous insects as Brazil and their diversity has reached an astonishing level. The book contains comprehensive chapters, written by Brazilian experts on their regional distribution, their ecology and their importance as vectors of pathogens and parasites. Methods for sampling, processing and preserving phlebotomines are reviewed as are perspectives on surveillance and leishmaniasis vector control. A novel classification is presented whose aim is to help investigators identify the species that they are working with more efficiently.
Contents:
Sand flies : medical importance / Wagner Alexandre Costa and Nataly A. Souza
Phlebotominae (Diptera, Psychodidae) : classification, morphology and terminology of adults and identification of American taxa / Eunice A.B. Galati
Molecular and biochemical markers for investigating the vectorial roles of Brazilian sand flies / Paul D. Ready, Felipe M. Vigoder, and Elizabeth F. Rangel
Regional distribution and habitats of Brazilian phlebotomine species / Gustavo M. de Aguiar and Vanessa R. Vieira
Bionomy : biology of neotropical phlebotomine sand flies / Reginaldo P. Brazil and Beatriz G. Brazil
Biology of the Leishmania-sand fly interaction / Paulo F.P. Pimenta, Vanessa C. de Freitas, Carolina C. Monteiro, Ana Clara M.A. Pires, and Nágila Francinete C. Secundino
Sand fly vectors of American cutaneous leishmaniasis in Brazil / Elizabeth F. Rangel, Ralph Lainson, Bruno M. Carvalho, Simone M. Costa, and Jeffrey J. Shaw
Eco-epidemiology of American visceral leishmaniasis with particular reference to Brazil / Elizabeth F. Rangel, Ralph Lainson, Margarete M.S. Afonso, and Jeffrey J. Shaw
Brazilian phlebotomines as hosts and vectors of viruses, bacteria, fungi, protozoa (excluding those belonging to the genus Leishmania) and nematodes / Jeffrey J. Shaw, Amélia T. de Rosa, Ana Cecilia Cruz, and Pedro Fernando da C. Vasconcelos
Methods for capturing, processing and preserving Phlebotominae / Mauricio Luiz Vilela, Adriana Zwetsch, and Júlia dos S. Silva
Leishmaniasis-vector surveillance and control in Brazil : a challenge to control programs / Ana Nilce S. Maia-Elkhoury, Rafaella Albuquerque, and Oscar D. Salomón. - DigitalBruce A. Stevens and Eckhard Roediger.Contents:
Introduction
Schema therapy: toward a science of relationships
Past tense, present tense: understanding family patterns
Attractions, romance, and schema chemistry
Back to the future
Modes: in the present tense
Mode awareness
Managing the modes
Past tense: managing the parent modes
The "great escape": understanding the coping modes
Meeting the needs of your "inner child"
Mode change
Putting "healthy" back in your adult
A clear path: dealing with conflicts, communication, and decision making
Looking at sex through the eyes of the modes
Affairs
Emotional learning
Epilogue.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - PrintCharles Graeber.Summary: "For decades, scientists have puzzled over one of medicine's most confounding mysteries: Why doesn't our immune system recognize and fight cancer the way it does other diseases, like the common cold? As it turns out, the answer to that question can be traced to a series of tricks that cancer has developed to turn off normal immune responses--tricks that scientists have only recently discovered and learned to defeat. The result is what many are calling cancer's "penicillin moment," a revolutionary discovery in our understanding of cancer and how to beat it. In THE BREAKTHROUGH, Graeber guides readers through the revolutionary scientific research bringing immunotherapy out of the realm of the miraculous and into the forefront of twenty-first-century medical science. As advances in the fields of cancer research and the human immune system continue to fuel a therapeutic arms race among biotech and pharmaceutical research centers around the world, the next step--harnessing the wealth of new information to create modern and more effective patient therapies--is unfolding at an unprecedented pace, rapidly redefining our relationship with this all-too-human disease. Groundbreaking, riveting, and expertly told, THE BREAKTHROUGH is the story of the game-changing scientific discoveries that unleash our natural ability to recognize and defeat cancer, as told through the experiences of the patients, physicians, and cancer immunotherapy researchers who are on the front lines. This is the incredible true story of the race to find a cure, a dispatch from the life-changing world of modern oncological science, and a brave new chapter in medical history"--Jacket.
Contents:
Patient 101006 JDS
A simple idea
Glimmers in the darkness
Eureka, Texas
The three E's
Tempting fate
The chimera
After the gold rush
It's time
Appendix A: Types of immunotherapies now and upcoming
Appendix B: The breakthrough, in brief
Appendix C: A brief anecdotal history of disease, civilization, and the quest for immunity. - Digitalsenior editors, Kirby I. Bland, V. Suzanne Klimberg, Edward M. Copeland III, William J. Gradishar ; associate editors, Julia White, Soheila Korourian.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
- DigitalMahesh K. Shetty, editor.Contents:
Imaging the Symptomatic Breast in the Pediatric, Young, Pregnant, Lactating, and transgender patient
Imaging of the symptomatic breast
Imaging of the symptomatic Male breast
Imaging in the management of women with an elevated risk for Breast cancer
Multidisciplinary approach in the management of a breast cancer patient
Screening for Breast cancer
Emerging Technologies in Breast cancer screening and Diagnosis
Non-Obstetric Complications in Pregnancy: Role of Imaging
Pelvic Mass: Role of Imaging in the diagnosis and Management
Post-menopausal bleeding: Role of Imaging in the diagnosis and Management
Pelvic Floor Dysfunction: Role of imaging in diagnosis and management
Female Infertility: Role of Imaging in the diagnosis and Management
Recurrent Urinary Tract infections: Role of Imaging
Health Economics in Women's Imaging. - DigitalBrendon J. Coventry, editor.Summary: Written by internationally acclaimed specialists, Breast, Endocrine and Surgical Oncology provides pertinent and concise procedure descriptions spanning benign and malignant problems and minimally invasive procedures. Complications are reviewed when appropriate for the organ system and problem, creating a book that is both comprehensive and accessible. Stages of operative approaches with relevant technical considerations are outlined in an easily understandable manner. The text is illustrated throughout by photographs that depict anatomic or technical principles. Forming part of the series, Surgery: Complications, Risks and Consequences, this volume Breast, Endocrine and Surgical Oncology provides a valuable resource for all general surgeons and residents in training. Other healthcare providers will also find this a useful resource.
Contents:
Breast Surgery
Thyroid and Parathyroid Surgery
Adrenal Gland Surgery
Lymphatic Surgery
Splenic Surgery
Specialised Cancer Procedures and Surgery. - Digital[edited by] William P. Adams, Jr.Contents:
The process of breast augmentation / William P. Adams Jr
Patient education / William P. Adams Jr. and Christy Aguilar
Tissue-based planning / William P. Adams Jr
Three-dimensional imaging / Kevin H. Small and Jason Roostaeian
Shaped versus round implants / Patrick Mallucci and Paulo Montemurro
Biofilms and breast implants : how science guides us to do the best for our patients / W. Louis F. Wessels, Karen Vickery, and Anand K. Deva
Dual-plane breast augmentation / William P. Adams Jr
The inframammary approach and the dual-plane pocket / William P. Adams Jr
The transaxillary approach / Louis L. Strock
Periareolar mastopexy augmentation / Ruth Graf, Maria Cecília Closs Ono, and Priscilla Balbinot
Infra-areolar zigzag augmentation mammaplasty / Ruth Graf, Priscilla Balbinot, and Daniele Tanuri Pace
Breast augmentation with large volume fat grafting / Ran Y. Stark, Louis P. Bucky, and Daniel A. Del Vecchio
Revision breast augmentation / Bradley P. Bengtson and Steven Teitelbaum
Postoperative management / William P. Adams Jr. and Louis L. Strock.Digital Access - DigitalDarius S. Francescatti, Melvin J. Silverstein, editors.Summary: Breast Cancer: A New Era in Management provides a compendium of succinct analysis of the many facets involved in the present day management of the breast cancer patient. The text provides the clinician or student with basic foundational knowledge in the rapidly expanding areas of expertise that are required for both the diagnosis and treatment of the breast cancer patient. Each topic, whether diagnostic or therapeutic, is presented in a straightforward fashion incorporating as part of each topic a description of the historical clinical landmarks leading to the present day, their present day position in the care of the breast patient, and finally, an assessment of possible future application and adaptation in clinical practice. Emphasis is placed on clear and concise explanations of each topic presented in stepwise fashion from fundamental elements to the more complex. Breast Cancer: A New Era in Management will act as a ready reference for the practicing surgeon and students seeking practical information on a particular clinical topic or scenario.
Contents:
Risk Assessment
The impact of mammography screening on the diagnosis and management of early phase breast cancer
The Sick Lobe Syndrome
Lobar Ultrasonic Breast Anatomy
The Surgical Approach to the Sick Lobe
Ultrasound Guided Breast Biopsy Tissue Sampling: Technique And Breast Ultrasound Characteristics Of Benign And Malignant Lesions
Role of Stereotaxis in Diagnosis and Treatment of Breast Tumors
Breast MR for Treatment Planning
Digital Breast Tomosynthesis
Interstitial Laser Therapy (Ilt) Of Breast Tumors
Cryoablation For Breast Cancer
RF Therapy
HiFrequency Ultrasound
High Risk Lesions
Ductal Carcinoma In Situ of the Breast
The Surgical Management of Invasive Breast Cancer
Surgical Management of the Axilla
Radiotherapy of the Breast
Systemic Therapy. - PrintWende Logan-Young and Nancy Yanes Hoffman.Contents:
v. 1. Procedures. - DigitalShashanka Mohan Bose, editor-in-chief ; Suresh Chander Sharma, Alok Mazumdar, Robin Kaushik, editors.Summary: The book provides detailed information on breast cancer and covers all the aspects of this rapidly spreading disease, such as applied anatomy and physiology, causative factors, various Investigations to reach a concise, definitive and complete diagnosis. The management of breast cancer involves multi-modality treatment and the book describes all the modalities in a very clear manner. It also discusses in a very lucid and practical way. the multi-prong treatment that the patient requires. Additionally, the book covers lesser-known areas of the subject like rehabilitation, management of lymphoedema, Extravasation of chemo-Infusion, organization of breast cancer management group, breast cancer awareness and patient education, follow up of the patient, and psychological support to these patients who have undergone mutilation of their organ. Edited by experts the chapters are contributed by renowned onco-sugeons from high volume and reputed centers in India such as, PGIMER, Chandigarh, AIIMS, New Delhi, and TMH, Mumbai among others. The book serves as a useful resource for surgeons, medical oncologists, radiotherapists, pathologists, radiologists and many other specialists interested in the field of breast cancer and actively working in this area. It is useful for practitioners and residents as well as for those who want to learn the different aspects of this disease.
Contents:
Current scenario of breast cancer in India
Applied anatomy for breast cancer
Applied physiology for breast cancer
Aetiopathogenesis and prevention of breast cancer
Classification of breast cancer
Approach to a new suspected patient of of breast cancer, including diagnostic evaluation and staging work up
Cytology for breast cancer
Pathological evaluation of breast cancer
Radiological imaging for breast cancer
PET-CT and total body bone scan for breast cancer
Tumour markers, prognostic factors and their interpretation in breast cancer
Management of early breast cancer surgical aspect
Breast cancer surgery under local anaesthesia
Management of locally advanced breast cancer - surgical aspect
Management of late breast cancer (metastatic and recurrent - surgery)
Management of hereditary breast cancer
Role of radiotherapy in breast cancer
Role of chemotherapy in breast cancer
Hormonal and target therapy for breast cancer
Oncoplastic and reconstruction for breast cancer
Management of metastatic breast cancer and palliative care
Management of breast cancer with associated problems
Management of lymphoedema in breast cancer
Management of chemotherapy infusion extravasation in breast cancer
Psychological and psychiatric support to breast cancer patients
Follow up and rehabilitation in breast cancer
Screening, self-examination and awareness in breast cancer
Organization of breast cancer management group. - DigitalUwe Fischer, MD, Friedemann Baum, MD, Susanne Luftner-Nagel, MD.Contents:
Development, anatomy and physiology of the mammary gland / F. Baum
Tumor formation / F. Baum
Pathology of benign and malignant changes in the breast / J. R'schoff
Non-imaging diagnostics / U. Fischer
Mammography / U. Fischer
Breast ultrasonography / S. Luftner-Nagel
Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the breast / U. Fischer
Imaging of breast lesions / U. Fischer, S. Luftner-Nagel
Breast intervention / F. Baum
Examination concepts / U. Fischer
Surgical treatment of breast cancer / Th. Kahn
Medical treatment of breast cancer / M. Hellriegel, G. Emons
Radiotherapy of breast cancer / C.F. Hess
Management of a diagnostic breast center / F. Baum
Logistics in an interdisciplinary breast center / G. Emons
Counselling techniques and psychosocial support / H. Lorch, A. K'chemann, J. R'schoff.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Radiology 2018 - DigitalUmberto Veronesi, Aron Goldhirsch, editors-in-chief ; Paolo Veronesi, Oreste Davide Gentilini, Maria Cristina Leonardi, editors.Summary: This book provides the reader with up-to-date information on important advances in the understanding of breast cancer and innovative approaches to its management. Current and emerging perspectives on genetics, biology, and prevention are first discussed in depth, and individual sections are then devoted to pathology, imaging, oncological surgery, plastic and reconstructive surgery, medical oncology, and radiotherapy. In each case the focus is on the most recent progress and/or state of the art therapies and techniques. Further topics to receive detailed consideration include particular conditions requiring multidisciplinary approaches, the investigation of new drugs and immunological agents, lifestyle and psychological aspects, and biostatistics and informatics. The book will be an excellent reference for practitioners, interns and residents in medical oncology, oncologic surgery, radiotherapy, pathology, and human genetics, researchers, and advanced medical students.Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalJames L. Weese.Summary: "Because most cancer care is delivered in the community setting, Breast Cancer, edited by Dr. James L. Weese, looks at the management of breast cancer through the lens of multidisciplinary pathways focused on evidence-based, real-world care of breast cancer patients in the community. A multidisciplinary team of expert authors provides state-of-the-art guidance from the perspective of community practitioners using an evidence-based model, clearly showing the thought processes used to make treatment decisions in today's breast cancer management"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Breast Cancer in the Community
Multidisciplinary Team Approach to the Management of Breast Cancer
Oncology Nurse Navigation in the Care of Breast Cancer
Breast Cancer Screening
Outcomes and Quality Indicators
Evaluation and Treatment in the Underserved Community
Contemporary Surgical Approaches to Breast Cancer
Radiation Therapy
Systemic Therapy for Breast Cancer
Breast Cancer Pathology for Precision Oncology
Physical Therapy for Patients With Breast Cancer
Nutrition
Breast Cancer Survivorship in Community Oncology Practice
Breast Cancer Palliative Care
Genetics and Prevention
Coping With the High Cost of Cancer
Expectations for the Future.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - DigitalNicoletta Biglia, Fedro Alessandro Peccatori, editors.Contents:
Epidemiology.- Managing breast cancer in young women
Impact of breast cancer treatment on fertility.- Fertility preservation and ART
Breast cancer during pregnancy.- Pregnancy after breast cancer
Reproductive issues in BRCA mutation carriers.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Adrian Cristian.Contents:
Cascade of disability in breast and gynecologic cancer
Practice implementation, clinical assessment, and outcomes measurement
Exercise while living with breast and gynecological cancers
Cancer-related fatigue in breast and gynecologic cancers
Nutritional rehabilitation of breast and gynecologic cancer patients
A comprehensive approach to psychosocial distress and anxiety in breast and gynecological cancers
Prehabilitation in breast and gynecologic oncology
Systemic therapy for the treatment of breast cancer
Principles of radiation therapy in breast cancer
Breast cancer surgery
Reconstructive surgery and postoperative care for breast cancer
Rehabilitation of the cancer patient with skeletal metastasis
Shoulder dysfunction in breast cancer
Role of interventional pain management in breast cancer
Aromatase inhibitor musculoskeletal syndrome
Systemic therapy for gynecologic malignancies
Principles of radiation therapy in gynecologic cancer
Surgical gynecologic oncology
Pelvic floor dysfunction in gynecologic cancer
Cancer-related cognitive impairment: diagnosis, pathogenesis, and management
Lymphedema in breast and gynecologic oncology
Peripheral nervous system involvement in breast and gynecologic cancers
Inpatient rehabilitation for breast and gynecologic cancer patients
Palliative care and symptom management in breast and gynecological cancers
Fertility preservation in the setting of breast and gynecologic cancers and cancer treatment
Oncology massage therapy in breast and gynecologic cancers.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2021 - DigitalJonathan Strauss, William Small, Gayle E. Woloschak, editors.Summary: Breast Cancer Biology for the Radiation Oncologist is the first textbook of its kind devoted to describing the biological complexities of breast cancer in a way that is relevant to the radiation oncologist. Radiation Oncology has long treated breast cancer as a single biological entity, with all treatment decisions being based on clinical and pathologic risk factors. We are now beginning to understand that biological subtypes of breast cancer may have different risks of recurrence as well as different intrinsic sensitivity to radiotherapy. Multi-gene arrays that have for years been used to predict the risk of distant recurrence and the value of systemic chemotherapy may also have utility in predicting the risk of local recurrence. Additionally, the targeted agents used to treat breast cancer may interact with radiotherapy in ways that can be beneficial or undesirable. All of these emerging issues of central importance to radiation oncologists are extensively discussed in this book, and practical treatment recommendations based on available clinical evidence are presented whenever possible.
Contents:
Biological subtypes of breast cancer
Oncogene amplification and Herceptin
Current clinical use of genetic profiling
Biology of DCIS and progression to invasive disease
Cancer Stem Cells and Radiotherapy
Genetic basis of normal tissue radiosensitivity and late toxicity
Genetic syndromes and radiotherapy in breast cancer
Experimental therapies in breast cancer.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalMahdi Rezai, Mehmet Ali Kocdor, Nuh Zafer Canturk, editors.Summary: Breast cancer is a disease requiring multidisciplinary management including surgery, medical and radiation oncology, radiology, pathology, nuclear medicine, genetic counseling, and psychological support. Each member of the team needs to be updated continuously on breast cancer treatment because of its rapidly changing nature. From the diagnostic procedures to operations and even in metastatic stages of breast cancer, surgeons play an essential part in multidisciplinary teams. After standard surgical options, oncoplastic breast surgery is rapidly becoming one of the most important surgical topics that should be learned by attending surgeons. The idea of writing this book stemmed from a collaboration between the European Academy of Senology (EAoS), European Institute of Oncology (IEO), Euro-Asian Society of Mastology (ESOMA), and SENATURK (Turkish Academy of Senology), which have been working together to promote better training in breast care for professionals. The book offers invaluable support for breast surgeons by covering critical and essential information in senology. It will also greatly benefit the other members of multidisciplinary teams, surgery residents, gynecologists, and plastic and reconstructive surgeons.
Contents:
I INTRODUCTION
1 History of the Breast Surgery
2 Milestone Studies in the Breast Surgery
3 Essential Anatomy
4 Breast Cancer Genetics
5 Molecular Classification of the Breast Cancer
6 Basic Pathology
7 Risk & Management Strategies
8 Quality Issues & Physician Awareness
II BEFORE SURGERy
9 Patient Assessment, Documentation and Clinical Staging
10 Imaging
11 Interventional Radiology
12 Treatment-Directive Pathology
13 Multidisciplinary Meeting
14 Primary / Neoadjuvant Treatments
15 Decision-Making / Operative Planning
16 Breast
17 Axilla
18 Loco-Regional Recurrences.-19 Distant metastases
III OPERATING ROOM & SURGERY
20 Situation awareness, communication and teamwork in the Operating Room
21 Breast conserving and oncoplastic surgery targeting oncoplastic in breast cancer
22 Standard breast conserving surgery
23 Level I therapeutic mammoplasty
24 Level II therapeutic mammoplasty: Round block, Batwing (Omega), Racquet techniques
25 Inferior pedicle mammoplasty
26 Superior pedicle mammoplasty
27 Le-Jour, Vertical Scar & Grisotti techniques
28 L-plasty, J-plasty, V-mammoplasty
29 Latissimus dorsi flap reconstruction
30 Mastectomy-Standard/Skin Sparing/Smiley type
31 Whole breast reconstruction
32 Implant-based reconstruction
33 Autologous tissue-based
34 Symmetrisation
35 Augmentation Mastopexy
36 Reduction mammoplasty
37 Fat grafting in breast reconstruction
38 Technical details, purification, the contraindications, complications and cosmetic results of the technique
39 Nipple-areola reconstruction
40 Lymphatic surgery
41 Level I-II (+) III axillary dissection
42 Sentinel lymph node biopsy
43 Sentinel lymph node biopsy in special conditions
44 Lympho-venous bypass & Lymphoid tissue transfer
IV AFTER SURGERY
45 Immediate Patient Care
46 Short-Term Complications & Management
47 Planning Adjuvant Treatment
48 Radiation Treatment
49 Systemic Treatments
50 Follow-up & Long-Term Patient Care
51 Long-Term Complications & Management
52 Judicial Issues
V ORPHAN ISSUES
53 Inflammatory breast cancer
54 Male breast cancer
55 Occult Breast Cancer
56 Breast Cancer in older women. - Digitaledited by Oreste Gentilini, Ann H. Partridge, Olivia Pagani.Summary: This contributed book covers all aspects concerning the clinical scenario of breast cancer in young women, providing physicians with the latest information on the topic. Young women are a special subset of patients whose care requires dedicated expertise. The book, written and edited by internationally recognized experts who have been directly involved in the international consensus guidelines for breast cancer in young women, pays particular attention to how the disease and its planned treatment can be effectively communicated to young patients. Highly informative and carefully structured, it provides both theoretical and practice-oriented insight for practitioners and professionals involved in the different phases of treatment, from diagnosis to intervention, to follow-up - without neglecting the important role played by prevention.
Contents:
Epidemiology
Age and tumour biology
Imaging to improve diagnosis of breast cancer in young women
Establishing a program for young women at high risk for breast cancer
Loco-regional management of hereditary breast cancer
Systemic therapies of young breast cancer patients at high genetic risk
SURGICAL MANAGEMENT OF BREAST CANCER IN YOUNG WOMEN
Radiation therapy: special issues when treating young women with breast cancer
Timing and type of breast reconstruction in young breast cancer patients
Tailoring chemotherapy and biological treatment in young patients with EBC
Endocrine treatment of young patients with EBC
Management of ABC in young women: what's new on endocrine treatment
Breast cancer during pregnancy
Sexual Health & Body Image after Breast Cancer
Fertility preservation and pregnancy after breast cancer
Lifestyle changes and prevention- unique issues for young women
Supportive care and Psycho-oncology issues during and beyond diagnosis and treatment. - DigitalAamir Ahmad, editor.Summary: This volume covers recent progress in breast cancer research. It explores breast cancer, the factors that make it lethal and current research progress, including stem cells, microRNAs, epigenetics, genomics and some novel signaling pathways.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalLida Mina, Anna Maria Storniolo, Hal Douglas Kipfer, Cindy Hunter, Kandice Ludwig.Contents:
1. Introduction to breast cancer: The Magnitude of the problem
2. Risk Factors for Breast Cancer
3. Defining the population at elevated risk for Breast Cancer: Risk Models
4. Genetic predisposition and Genetic screening
5. The BRCA patient population
6. Women with benign proliferative breast disease
7. Approach to Imaging
8. Chemoprevention
9. Lifestyle and Breast Cancer
10. Obesity and Inflammation
11. Conclusion/the Future/ Komen Tissue Bank/Clinical Trials.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalOrit Kaidar-Person, Icro Meattini, Philip Poortmans, editors.Summary: The book provides, in a comprehensive yet concise way, essential information to improve the knowledge and skills of all healthcare providers involved in the treatment of patients with breast cancer. The content does not focus on general information that is widely available via different sources, but on technical aspects "hands-on" daily practices and principles of radiation oncology that are not included in other books. Drawing on information taught in courses at e.g. the ESTRO School, as well as the authors broad clinical experience, the respective contributions reflect and share the expertise of leading experts in breast cancer radiation therapy, supported by sound data and evidence. Each chapter includes a short introduction summarizing the evidence in the literature and "pearls" (a short bullet-point summary), and is enriched by tables, figures and illustrations to provide a concise, easy-to-follow and appealing overview. The book, containing also useful electronic supplementary material, will be of interest to a wide range of readers, including radiation oncologists, radiation technicians, medical physicists, and others involved in breast cancer care.
Contents:
Introduction
Quality Management
Management and workflow
Part 1 general
Part 2 radiation therapy preparation
Part 3 radiation therapy delivery
Part 4 after completion of radiation therapy
Part 5 specific technical topics
Part 6 specific disease topics
Part 7 risk assessment and radiation quality assurance. - Digitaledited by Nehmat Houssami, Professor of Public Health, and National Breast Cancer Foundation (NBCF Australia) Breast Cancer Research Leader Fellow, School of Public Health, Sydney Medical School, University of Sydney, Australia, Diana Miglioretti, Dean's Professor in Biostatistics, UC Davis School of Medicine, Department of Public Health Sciences, University of California, Davis, CA, United States, and Senior Investigator, Group Health Reseach Institute, Group Health Cooperative, Seattle, WA, United States.Contents:
Breast cancer screening : balancing evidence with culture, politics, money, and media
Estimates of screening benefit : the randomized trials of breast cancer screening
Weighing the benefits and harms : screening mammography in the balance
The importance of observational evidence to estimate and monitor mortality reduction from current breast cancer screening
The role of microsimulation modeling in evaluating the outcomes and effect of screening
Challenges in understanding and quantifying overdiagnosis and overtreatment
Challenges and opportunities in the implementation of risk-based screening for breast cancer
Breast cancer screening in the older woman
Screening women in their 40s
Screening for breast cancer in women with dense breasts
Screening women with known or suspected cancer gene mutations
Imaging surveillance of women with a personal history of breast cancer
Evolution of mammography screening : from film screen to digital breast tomosynthesis
Ethical and societal considerations in breast cancer screening
Treatment of screen-detected breast cancer: can we avoid or minimize overtreatment?
Informed and shared decision making in breast screening.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - DigitalMahesh K Shetty, editor.Summary: This book presents the current trends and practices in breast imaging. Topics include mammographic interpretation; breast ultrasound; breast MRI; management of the symptomatic breast in young, pregnant, and lactating women; breast intervention with imaging pathological correlation; the postoperative breast; and current and emerging technologies in breast imaging. It emphasizes the importance of fostering a multidisciplinary approach in the diagnosis and treatment of breast diseases. Featuring more than 800 high-resolution images and showcasing contributions from leading authorities in the screening, diagnosis, and management of the breast cancer patient, Breast Cancer Screening and Diagnosis is a valuable resource for radiologists, oncologists, and surgeons. Mahesh K. Shetty is a Clinical Professor of Radiology at Baylor College of Medicine and the chief physician at the Woman?s Center for Breast Care & MRI at The Woman?s Hospital of Texas.
Contents:
Breast Cancer Genetics and Risk Assessment
Screening for Breast Cancer
Mammography Techniques, Positioning, and Optimizing Image Quality
Digital Mammography and Digital Breast Tomosynthesis
Mammographic Signs of Breast Cancer
Probably Benign Abnormalities of the Breast
Breast Ultrasound
The Basics of Breast MRI
Breast MRI for Diagnosis and Staging of Breast Cancer
Optimizing Mammographic Screening and Diagnosis of Breast Cancer
Imaging of the Symptomatic Breast in the Young, Pregnant, or Lactating Woman
Breast Intervention
Imaging Pathologic Correlation in Breast Imaging
Challenges in Breast Imaging
Staging of Breast Cancer
The Post-Operative Breast
The Multidisciplinary Approach to Breast Cancer Management
Design and Operation of a Comprehensive Breast Care Center
Emerging Technologies in Breast Imaging. - DigitalAlistair Ring, Marina Parton, editors.Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Predicting risk of disease recurrence
3. Detection of recurrence: clinical follow-up
4. Detection of recurrence: imaging strategies
5. Follow up of patients with germline mutations in high risk predisposition genes
6. Endocrine therapy
7. Systemic therapies to reduce the risk of recurrence in early breast cancer: new strategies
8. Exercise in breast cancer survivors
9. Dietary components and breast cancer survivorship
10. Identifiying and managing the consequences of treatment for early breast cancer
11. Managing loco-regional complications of breast cancer
12. The role of surgery in breast cancer survivors
13. Management of menopausal symptoms in breast cancer survivors
14. Bone health
15. Fertility
16. Cardiotoxicity in breast cancer survivors
17. Second primary neoplasms following a diagnosis of breast cancer
18. The effects of breast cancer treatments on cognition
19. Psychological issues in breast cancer survivorship
20. Fatigue in breast cancer survivors
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalConnie Henke Yarbro, Debra Wujcik, Barbara Holmes Gobel.Summary: "Breast Care Certification Review, Second Edition is the ultimate learning package designed to help prepare oncology nurses to become certified in caring for patients with breast cancer. Thoroughly updated to address the 2018 updates to the Certified Breast Care Nurse (CBCN) examination, it provides numerous practice questions with comprehensive answer rationales making it the essential guide for nurses planning to sit for the CBCN examination"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Coordination of care
Diagnosis and staging
Treatment modalities : local and systemic
Nursing practice
Psychosocial and spiritual.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalMaurizio Pinamonti, Fabrizio Zanconati.Contents:
Fine-needle aspiration cytology : sampling and preparation technique, fixation, and staining
Principles of interpretation
Normal breast
Cytology of inflammatory and reactive changes
Cystic lesions
Epithelial proliferative lesions
Fibroepithelial lesions
Invasive carcinoma
Other breast neoplasms
Assessment of the lymph node status
Ancillary techniques.Digital Access Karger 2018 - DigitalAdam I. Riker, editor.Summary: Breast Disease: Comprehensive Management provides a clear, concise source of information in order to make real-life, evidence-based decisions for all aspects of breast disease, both benign and malignant. The volume provides the latest breakthroughs in breast cancer research, ranging from paradigm shifts in the surgical management of the axilla, the changing role of adjuvant and neoadjuvant chemotherapy, the impact of molecular medicine in decision-making and the controversial role of prophylactic mastectomy in our era. Within select chapters, ℓ́ℓHow I do itℓ́ℓ clinical scenarios are supplied and described in very practical terms. Also included at the end of each chapter are synoptic questions with detailed answers, akin to the self-assessment (SESAP) format questions and answers. These questions provide a basis for continuous medical education (CME) for the practicing physician and surgeon, further in surgical oncology and breast surgery, medical oncologists, radiation oncologists, and breast radiologists enhancing a focused approach to the management of breast disease in preparation for the American Board of Surgery certification and re-certification for the general surgeon. This title is of great value to general surgeons, breast surgeons, surgical oncologists, general surgery residents, and fellowsDigital Access Springer 2015
- DigitalAdnan Aydiner, Abdullah Igci, Atilla Soran, editors.Summary: This first of two fully updated volumes provides an in-depth account of breast disease characteristics, imaging and diagnosis. Covering from breast anatomy and tumor biology to benign and malignant lesions this is an indispensable companion for breast specialists, medical oncologists, radiologists and pathologists. The new edition contains chapters covering nuclear medicine and a chapter explaining biostatistical and epidemiological terms and has been updated to reflect the latest changes in biomarkers and cancer staging. The book explores topics such as epidemiology, risk factors, pathological evaluation of tumors and biopsy techniques. With a high number of colored illustrations and edited by highly experienced clinicians, this work enables readers to gain an interdisciplinary perspective on breast diseases. Contributions from an international team of experts present invaluable insight into pathological and epidemiological aspects of breast disease. Covering both theoretical and practical aspects of breast cancer this is a highly informative and carefully presented book which will appeal to an international audience of breast cancer practitioners.
- DigitalAdnan Aydiner, Abdullah İğci, Atilla Soran, editors.Contents:
Breast anatomy and physiology
2. Benign diseases of the breast
3. Benign breast tumors
4. Epidemiology, risk factors, and prevention
5. Breast imaging and image-guided biopsy techniques
6. Lobular carcinoma in situ
8. Biology and genetics of breast cancer
9. Clinical aspects of estrogen and progesterone receptros and ERBB2 testing
10. Prognostic and predictive factors of invasive breast cancer
11. Gene arrays, prognosis, and therapeutic interventions
12. Bone marrow micrometastases and circulating tumor cells
13. Pathology of breast cancer
14. Intraoperative pathological examination of breast lesions
15. Fibroepithelial tumors of the breast
16. Mesenchymal tumors of the breast
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAdnan Aydiner, Abdullah İgci, Atilla Soran, editors.Contents:
1. Biopsy techniques in non-palpable or palpable breast lesions
2. Evaluation of patients for metastases prior to primary therapy
3. Staging of breast cancer
4. Surgical treatment of early-stage breast cancer
5. Evaluation of axillary nodes
6. Breast reconstruction
7. Adjuvant systemic therapy: endocrine therapy
8. Adjuvant systemic chemotherapy for HER2-negative disease
9. Adjuvant therapy for HER2-positive early breast cancer
10. Post-mastectomy adjuvant radiotherapy (PMRT)
11. Adjuvant radiation therapy after peroperative chemotherapy
12. Breast-conserving therapy: hypofractionated and conventional whole-breast irradiation and accelerated partial-breast irradiation
13. Preoperative therapy for operable breast cancer
14. Neoadjuvant hormonal therapy in breast cancer
15. Systermic therapy for locally advanced breast cancer
16. Systemic therapy for inflammatory breast cancer
17. Surgical management of operable breast cancer after neoadjuvant systemic therapy
18. Surgical management of locally advanced breast cancer
19. Surgical management of inflammatory breast cancer
20. Occult primary breast cancer with axillary metastases
21. Breast cancer in older women
22. Breast cancer in young women (premenopausal breast cacner)
23. Male breast cancer
24. Breast cancer in pregnancy
25. Paget's disease of the breast
26. Phyllodes tumors of the breast
27. Nonepithelial malignancies of the breast
28. Surveillance of patients following primary therapy
29. Surgery for the primary tumor in patients with de novo stage IV breast cancer
30. Local-regional recurrence after breast-conservation treatment or mastectomy
31. Treatment of metastic breast cancer: chemotherapy
32. Treatment of metastatic breast cancer: chemotherapy
33. Treatment of HER2-overexpressing metastatic breast cancer
34. End-of-life considerations in patients with breast cancer
35. Angiogenesis inhibition in breast cancer
36. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
37. Neurological metastases
38. Ocular metastases
39. Management of malignant pleural effusions in breast cancer
40. Management of discrete pulmonary nodules
41. Management of isolated liver metastasis
42. Bone-directed therapy and breast cancer: bisphosphonates, monoclonal antibodies, and radionuclides
43. The local management of bone metastases
44. A review of local and systemic therapy in breast cancer
45. Decision pathways in breast cancer management
46. Nursing care and management
47. Psychosocial adaptation during and after breast cancer
48. Breast cancer-related lymphedema (BCRL)
49. Reproductive issues in breast cancer
50. Onco-cardiology for breast cancer
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAdnan Aydiner, Abdullah Igci, Atilla Soran, editors.Summary: This second updated volume on breast cancer provides a comprehensive overview of its clinical management and current therapies. Updated to reflect the changes in breast cancer staging, the progress in immunotherapy approaches, as well as the latest guidelines for therapies, this book brings readers up to speed with the latest therapeutic regimens in breast cancer and provides an in-depth account of current and new therapeutic approaches. The most important phase III trials, high quality meta-analysis, consensus reports and guidelines are extensively discussed in this new edition and provide the reader with the most up-to-date information. Divided in themed parts, the book examines invasive breast cancer, pre-operative systemic therapy surgical management and recurrence among others, thus providing an in-depth account of breast cancer at the clinical stage. Among the themed parts are a section dedicated to special therapeutic problems, such as breast cancer in older women, Paget's disease and phyllodes tumors and a section on supportive and follow-up care. By adopting a multidisciplinary approach to breast cancer, this book is a must-have for breast cancer practitioners. With a high number of colored illustrations and edited by highly experienced clinicians, this work enables readers to gain an interdisciplinary perspective on breast diseases. Contributions from an international team of experts present invaluable insight into clinical practice across different settings. Covering both theoretical and practical aspects of breast cancer, this is a highly informative and carefully presented book which will appeal to an international audience of medical, radiation and surgical oncologists.
Contents:
Part I Invasive Breast Cancer- 1. Biopsy Techniques in Non- palpable or Palpable Breast Lesions
2. Evaluations of Patients for Metastases Prior to Primary Therapy
3. Staging of Breast Cancer
4. Surgical Treatment of Early-Stage Breast Cancer
5. Evaluations of Axillary Nodes
6. Breast Reconstruction
7. Adjuvant Systemic Therapy: Endocrine Therapy
8. Adjuvant Systemic Chemotherapy for HER2-Negative Disease
9. Adjuvant Therapy for HER2-Positive Early Breast Cancer
10. Post-mastectomy Adjuvant Radiotherapy (PMRT)
11. Adjuvant Radiation Therapy After Preoperative Chemotherapy
12. Breast-Conserving Therapy: Hypo fractionated and Conventional Whole-Breast Irradiation and Accelerated Partial-Breast Irradiation
Part II Preoperative Systemic Therapy
13 Preoperative Therapies for Operable Breast Cancer
14 Neoadjuvant Hormonal Therapies in Breast Cancer
15 Systemic Therapies for Locally Advanced Breast Cancer
16 Systemic Therapies for Inflammatory Breast Cancer
Part III Surgical Management of Patient with Preoperative Systemic Therapy- 17 Surgical Management of Operable Breast Cancer After Neoadjuvant Systemic Therapy
18 Surgical Management of Locally Advanced Breast Cancer
19 Surgical Management of Inflammatory Breast Cancer
Part IV Special Therapeutic Problems- 20 Occult Primary Breast Cancer with Axillary Metastases
21 Breast Cancer in Older Women
22 Breast Cancer in Young Women (Premenopausal Breast Cancer)
23 Male Breast Cancer
24 Breast Cancer in Pregnancy
25 Paget's disease of the Breast
26 Phyllodes Tumors of the Breast
27 Nonepithelial Malignancies of the Breast
Part V Evaluation After Primary Therapy and Management of Recurrent Breast Cancer
28 Surveillance of Patients Following Primary Therapy
29 Surgeries for the Primary Tumor in Patients with De Novo Stage IV Breast Cancer
30 Local-Regional Recurrences After Breast-Conservation Treatment or Mastectomy
31 Treatment of Metastatic Breast Cancer: Endocrine Therapy
32 Treatment of Metastatic Breast Cancer: Chemotherapy
33 Treatment of HER2- Overexpressing Metastatic Breast Cancer
34 End-of-Life Considerations in Patients with Breast Cancer
Part VI New Breast Cancer Therapeutic Approaches
35 Angiogenesis Inhibition in Breast Cancer
36 Tyrosine Kinase Inhibitors
37 Immunotherapy
Part VII Site-Specific Therapy of Metastatic Breast Cancer
38 Neurological Metastases
39 Ocular Metastases. Nergiz Dagoglu and Anand Mahadevan
40 Management of Malignant Pleural Effusions in Breast Cancer
41 Management of Discrete Pulmonary Nodules
42 Management of Isolated Liver Metastasis. Abdullah çIægci and Enver èOzkurt
43 Bone-Directed Therapy and Breast Cancer: Bisphosphonates, Monoclonal Antibodies, and Radionuclides Bulent Erdogan and Irfan Cicin
44 The Local Management of Bone Metastases. Levent Eralp and Halil Buldu
Part VIII Review of the Breast Cancer Management
45 A Review of Local and Systemic Therapy in Breast Cancer
46 Decision Pathways in Breast Cancer Management
Part IX Supportive Care in Breast Cancer
47 Nursing Care and Management
48 Psychosocial Adaptation During and After Breast Cancer
49 Breast Cancer-Related Lymphedema (BCRL)
50 Reproductive Issues in Breast Cancer
51 Onco-cardiology for Breast Cancer. - DigitalGuilherme Novita. Antônio Luiz Frasson. Eduardo Camargo Millen, Felipe Zerwes, Francisco Pimentel Cavalcante, editors.Summary: Designed in a small-format for practical reading and point-of-care setting use, this work presents the most up-to-date concepts on breast diseases. The main objective of this book is to propagate current knowledge of the most frequent breast diseases, being a quick reference, evidence-based manual covering the major clinical scenarios in mastology. The essence of the work can be summarized in the following sentence: "access to maximum content in the least amount of time." The book contains data that will allow readers to understand and treat patients with different complaints and diseases. Each chapter presents a flow chart and a summary of the five major publications on the subject. This is unique in comparison with other books in this medical specialty. Developed by a team of international expert specialists who deal with breast pathologies on a daily basis, the book also includes additional contributions from experienced, renowned professionals in interdisciplinary specialties related to the main area. This book will be of interest to physicians who deal with breast diseases and wish to improve their knowledge through exposure to state-of-the-art data and best practices advice. It is also directed to medical students and residents in training within mastology. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
BI-RADS® Classification
Mammography
Ultrasound
Magnetic Resonance Scanning
Nuclear Medicine: PET Scan, Breast Scintigraphy and MBI
Other Imaging Methods
Mammographic Screening
Special Screening Situations
Percutaneous Biopsies
Clinical and Radiological Aspects
Percutaneous Biopsies
Histopathological Aspects
Histopathological Classification of Benign Lesions
Breast Lump
Mastalgia
Nipple Discharge
Gynecomastia
Infectious Breast Diseases
Classification of Proliferative Breast Lesions
Treatment of Proliferative Breast Lesions
Ductal Carcinoma in situ
Identifying High-Risk Patients
Practical Aspects of Genetic Counselling
Prevention: Habits and Behavior
Chemoprevention
Risk Reducing Surgeries
Carcinogenesis and Natural History of Breast Cancer
Histopathological and Immunohistochemical Classification of Breast Cancer
Staging and Prognostic Factors
Epidemiology of Breast Cancer
^Predictive and Prognostic Factors: Genetic Signatures, Adjuvant! and PREDICT
Mastectomy
Conservative Breast Surgery
Surgery of Axillary and Regional Lymph Nodes
Surgery of Non-Palpable Breast Lesions
Handling the Surgical Specimen
Principles of Oncoplastic Breast Surgery
Partial Breast Reconstruction
Pedicles
Breast Reconstruction with Implants
Breast Reconstruction with Myocutaneous Flaps
Lipofilling
Aesthetic Breast Surgery
Early Breast Cancer
Locally Advanced Breast Surgery
Influence of Histologic, Immunohistochemical and Molecular Types on Therapeutics
Inflammatory Carcinoma
Invasive Lobular Carcinoma
Occult Breast Cancer
Paget's Disease
Nonepithelial Breast Cancer
Pregnancy-Associated Breast Cancer
Breast Cancer in Young Patients
Breast Cancer in Elderly Patients
Multifocal, Multicentric and Bilateral Carcinoma
Breast Cancer in Men
Local Relapses
^Breast Cancer in Patients with Previous Aesthetic Surgery
Radiotherapy
Hormonal Therapy
Adjuvant Chemotherapy
Therapy Anti-Her-2
Neoadjuvant Therapy
Other Systemic Treatments
Follow-up
Survivorship
Physical Rehabilitation after Breast Cancer Treatment
Contraception and Infertility
Climateric Treatment after Breast Cancer
Metastatic Breast Cancer
Therapies and Palliative Care. - DigitalRadhakrishna Selvi.Summary: It is challenging enough to be able to make a diagnosis in mammography, but the newer standards of care demand more than just providing a diagnosis. This book is an excellent resource to improve the understanding of breast diseases, recognize and manage problems encountered in breast imaging and clinical management of the breast diseases. With forty four chapters, this volume is divided into six sections on screening of breast cancer, imaging modalities, benign breast disorders, interventional procedures, pathological considerations and breast cancer. Breast Diseases: Imaging and Clinical Management is a crisp volume on clinical and multimodality breast imaging with emphasis on interventional procedures, pathology and the entire spectrum of breast cancers.
- DigitalRichard G. Barr.Summary: "Elastography is a noninvasive imaging technique that detects tumors based on their stiffness compared to normal tissue. It uses ultrasound technology and can be performed during an ultrasound examination of the breast. It can dramatically reduce the number of breast biopsies performed. This book introduces the techniques of breast elastography followed by a detailed description for each of the techniques, highlighting their pros and cons. This is followed by a section on how to perform each of the techniques. The third section discusses the methods of interpretation for each technique, and the final section presents cases studies highlighting the pros and cons of each technique and how to avoid pitfalls in interpretation. It is written to appeal to the beginner as well as the experienced user"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction to breast elastography
Principles of elastography
Strain elastography
Shear wave elastography
Combination of shear wave and strain elastography
Clinical cases : benign lesions
Clinical cases : malignant lesions
Clinical cases : other lesions
Future perspective and conclusions.Digital Access - Digitaleditors, Biren A. Shah, Sabala R. Mandava.Contents:
Regulatory/standards of care
Breast cancer screening
Diagnostic breast imaging, breast pathology, and breast imaging findings
Breast intervention
Breast imaging physics and safety.Digital Access Ovid [2024] - Digitaleditors, Biren A. Shah, Sabala R. Mandava.Contents:
Regulatory/standards of care
Breast cancer screening
Diagnostic breast imaging, breast pathology, and breast imaging findings
Breast intervention
Breast imaging physics and safety.Digital Access Ovid 2018 - DigitalMichael Fuchsjäger, Elizabeth Morris, Thomas Helbich, editors.Summary: This superbly illustrated book provides a thorough, up-to-date overview of diagnostic breast imaging and therapy. Drs. Elizabeth Morris, Michael Fuchsjäger, and Thomas Helbich, three experts in the field, have collaborated with colleagues from their institutions and selected medical centers to share their expertise. The coverage ranges from basic information on imaging technologies and interventional equipment and how to use them optimally to the application of advanced high-end techniques for screening and assessment in any given professional environment. Readers will find clear instruction on the various breast interventional procedures guided by stereotaxis, ultrasound, and magnetic resonance imaging in wide clinical use. The management of patients with ductal carcinoma in situ and high-risk breast cancer is considered separately. Furthermore, the role of minimally invasive therapy is examined, and advice is provided on post-therapy evaluation, including breast implants. A comprehensive diagnostic atlas with hundreds of images completes this volume and addresses the spectrum of various clinical situations.
Contents:
Mammography and Digital Breast Tomosynthesis:Technique
Contrast Enhanced Mammography
Mammography Screening
Stereotactic Guided Breast Interventions
How to Use Breast Ultrasound
Breast Ultrasound: Advanced Techniques
Automated Breast Ultrasound
Ultrasound-Guided Interventions
Breast MRI: Techniques and Indications
Abbreviated Breast MRI: Short and Sweet?
Breast MRI: Multiparametric and Advanced Techniques
MRI-Guided Breast Interventions
Imaging the Axilla
Imaging of Ductal Carcinoma In Situ (DCIS)
Cystic and Complex Cystic and Solid Lesions
High-Risk Lesions of the Breast - Diagnosis and Management
Minimal Invasive Therapy
Post Therapy Evaluation (Including Breast Implants)
Impact and Assessment of Breast Density
Artificial Intelligence in Breast Imaging. - DigitalGilda Cardeñosa.Contents:
Screening mammography
Diagnostic mammography and problem solving
Breast ultrasound
Magnetic resonance imaging of the breast
Skin
Nipple-areolar complex
Major subareolar ducts
Terminal ducts
Lobules
Stroma
The altered breast
The breast in men
Interventional procedures.Digital Access Ovid 2017 - DigitalNiketa Chotai, Supriya Kulkarni.Summary: This book covers all the essential aspects of breast imaging necessary for the preparation of MMed, MD, FRCR and FRANZCR exams. The main focus is on mammogram and breast ultrasound along with basics of breast MRI and breast interventions. With the increasing popularity of these qualifying exams among radiology residents in Asia, Great Britain as well as Australia and dearth of relevant resources on the topic, this book will serve as a valuable resource for the candidates. The book is also aligned with preparations required for the FRCPC (Canada) and the American Board of Radiology. The book is divided into two sections - first section includes chapters on basics of breast imaging along with a chapter on emerging technologies while the second section includes 50 exam-relevant cases covering imaging findings utilizing appropriate BI-RADS lexicon, possible differentials, next recommended investigation and appropriate management in accordance with American College of Radiology lexicon, BI-RADS system and MRI correlation, whenever available. Readers also get familiar with the indications for breast MRI. The book is written by experts in breast imaging with relevant teaching experience. Written by an experts with strong teaching experience, this book is not only suitable for exams but is also useful for practicing breast and non-breast radiologists as well as breast care clinicians, keen to learn fundamentals of breast imaging.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
About the Authors
Abbreviations
Part I: Basics of Breast Imaging
1: General Considerations in Breast Imaging
1.1 Anatomy
1.2 Anatomy of Axillary Nodes (Figs. 1.2 and 1.3)
1.3 Scheduling
1.4 Patient History and Clinical Details
Suggested Readings
2: Mammography
2.1 Mammographicy Technique
2.2 Quality Assurance in Mammography
2.3 Positioning
2.4 Breast Compression
2.5 Labeling
2.6 Breast Composition
2.7 Assessing the Adequacy of Mammographic Views
2.8 Approach to Reading a Mammogram Suggested Readings
3: Additional Views
Suggested Readings
4: Breast Ultrasound
Suggested Readings
5: Breast MRI
5.1 Screening
High-Risk Screening
Foreign Body Injections
Surveillance
5.2 Diagnostic
Suggested Readings
6: Screening
6.1 Average-Risk Population Screening Guidelines
6.2 High-Risk Population Screening Guidelines
Suggested Readings
7: Digital Breast Tomosynthesis
7.1 Performance of DBT for Screening
7.2 DBT and Calcifications
7.3 DBT and Radiation Dose
7.4 DBT and Synthetic View
7.5 DBT and Time 7.6 DBT for Diagnostic Workup
7.7 DBT Biopsy and Contrast-Enhanced DBT
Suggested Readings
8: BI-RADS Lexicon
Suggested Reading
9: Organization of Breast Imaging Reports
9.1 Indication for Examination
9.2 Breast Composition Description
9.3 Clear Description of any Important Findings
Mammograms
Ultrasound
MRI
9.4 Comparison with Prior Study
9.5 Assessment Category
9.6 Management
Suggested Reading
10: Emerging Technologies
10.1 Contrast Enhanced Mammogram (Fig. 10.1)
10.2 Elastography (Fig. 10.2) Static Ultrasound Elastography: Strain Imaging
Dynamic Ultrasound Elastography: Shear Wave Imaging
Automated Breast Ultrasound (ABUS) (Fig. 10.3)
Suggested Readings
Part II: Case Based Review
11: Calcifications
11.1 Case 11.1
Questions
Answers
Notes
Breast Calcifications
Morphology
Distribution
11.2 Case 11.2
Questions
Answers
Notes
Ductal and Lobular Proliferations
Atypical Ductal Hyperplasia (ADH)
Lobular Neoplasia (LN)
Management
11.3 Case 11.3
Questions
Answers
Notes
Fibrocystic Change (FCC)
11.4 Case 11.4 Questions
Answers
Notes
Secretory Calcifications (Plasma Cell Mastitis)
11.5 Case 11.5
Questions
Answers
Notes
Ductal Carcinoma In Situ (DCIS)
Management
11.6 Case 11.6
Questions
Answers
Notes
Paget's Disease
11.7 Case 11.7
Questions
Answers
Notes
Recurrent DCIS
Radiological-Pathological (Rad-Path) Concordance
Category 1: Concordant Malignancy
Category 2: Discordant Malignancy
Category 3: Concordant Benign
Category 4: Discordant Benign
Category 5: Borderline or High Risk
Suggested Readings - DigitalBiren A. Shah, Gina M. Fundaro, Sabala Mandava.Summary: This book provides a concise review of essential radiology findings for interpreting multimodality images of the breast. It includes over 90 cases that present patient history, radiologic findings, common diagnoses, and discussion points, accompanied by over 360 high-quality digital images derived from mammography, ultrasound, MRI, and PET modalities. It also presents concise pearls covering the basics of interventional breast procedures; high-yield facts vital to the practice of breast imaging; and a quick reference to the fifth edition of the American College of Radiology Breast Imaging-Reporting and Data System (BI-RADS) Atlas for mammography, ultrasound, and breast MRI. Breast Imaging Review: A Quick Guide to Essential Diagnoses, 2nd Edition, is a valuable resource for radiology residents preparing to take the core and certifying exams as well as for fellows and practicing radiologists interested in reviewing the basics of breast imaging interpretation and interventional procedures.
Contents:
Mammography and Ultrasound Review
MRI Case Review
Interventional Breast Procedures
High-Yield Facts. BI-RADS Key Facts. - DigitalViriginia Molleran, Mary C. Mahoney.Summary: Breast MRI is a comprehensive, practical resource entirely devoted to this state-of-the-art technique, which has emerged as a valuable adjunct to the conventional imaging modalities in the detection of primary and recurrent breast cancer. This brand-new medical reference book utilizes an atlas-type format that showcases numerous examples of each aspect of breast MRI, equipping you with the latest knowledge on effective breast image interpretation. Compare your breast imaging findings to a wealth of breast MRI examples that capture the characteristic clinical presentation of both normal and diseased patients. Apply the most up-to-date information available on all aspects of breast MRI, including MRI-guided biopsy, breast cancer screening with MRI, MRI features of benign and malignant lesions, and MRI in the evaluation of newly diagnosed breast cancer.Take advantage of an image-rich, atlas-type format that offers the visual clarity you need for accurate interpretation.Access the full text and images online at Expert Consult.
Contents:
Setting up and optimizing a breast MRI practice
Optimizing the breast MRI protocol
Computer-aided detection for breast MRI
Screening for breast cancer with breast MRI
MRI features of ductal carcinoma in situ
MRI features of invasive disease
Benign findings in breast MRI
MRI of high-risk breast lesions
MRI evaluation of the patient with breast cancer
MRI of the postoperative breast
MRI for breast implant evaluation
MRI-guided breast biopsy.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2013 - DigitalFrancesco Sardanelli, Franca Podo, editors.Summary: This book offers a comprehensive overview of the use of breast MRI for screening high-risk women, including those with familial-genetic hereditary predisposition and previous chest radiation therapy, typically lymphoma survivors. It discusses the historical background of studies and research that provided the body of evidence in favor of MRI screening of these women. Technical and clinical topics are treated in dedicated chapters, including models for individualized risk estimation, radiogenomics of breast cancer in high-risk women, computer-aided detection/diagnosis and machine learning systems applied to breast MRI, and psycho-oncology issues. Alternatives to breast MRI screening such as pharmaco-prevention and prophylactic mastectomy are also discussed, taking into account the public debate on the "Angelina Jolie" effect. The high breast cancer risk model is proposed as a paradigm for personalized medicine. This book will be of interest to radiologists, surgeons, oncologists and to all professionals devoted to female healthcare.
Contents:
Introduction
Thirty years of contrast enhanced breast MRI
The mantra about low specificity breast MRI
BRCA and other genes conferring hereditary breast cancer predisposition
Screening mammography: One size fits all?
MRI protocols for breast cancer screening
Contrast materials for screening MRI and concerns about tissue deposition
Applying MRI BI-RADS in a high-risk population
CAD systems for breast MRI screening
Phenotype presentation and radiogenomics of breast cancer with special focus on high-risk women
The body of primary evidence about MRI for high risk screening: retrospective and prospective studies
High-risk screening: MRI alone?
Secondary evidence from systematic reviews and meta-analyses
Radioprotection issues for women with hereditary predisposition for breast cancer
Impact of MRI screening on high-risk patient outcome
The special case of previous chest radiation therapy
IT infrastructure for data managing in multicenter high-risk screening
Guidelines and recommendations all over the world: agreements and differences
Medical options: Pharmacopreventio- Surgical options: Prophylactic mastectomy and oophorectomy
Psychosocial aspects of high-risk of breast cancer
Calculating, using and improving individual breast cancer risk estimates
MRI for screening women with a personal history of breast cancer
Screening MRI for the intermediate risk: an open issue
Looking at the future: Personalized breast cancer screening
Acknowledgments. . - Digitaleditor, Gillian M. Newstead.Contents:
Overview of breast MRI / Gillian M. Newstead
Who should be screened? / Gillian M. Newstead
Screening MRI : DCE-MRI methods / Gregory S. Karczmar, Frederico D. Pinedo, and Naoko Mori
Screening MRI : clinical implementation / Gillian M. Newstead
Diagnostic MRI : imaging protocols and technical considerations / Gillian M. Newstead
Diagnostic MRI interpretation / Gillian M. Newstead and Michael Middleton
Image interpretation : non-invasive cancer / Gillian M. Newstead
Image interpretation : invasive cancer / Gillian M. Newstead
Management of findings initially detected at MRI / Hiroyuki Abe
Diagnostic MRI : breast cancer applications / Gillian M. Newstead
Advanced breast MRI techniques / Milicia Medved
Semi-quantitative and quantitative analysis of breast DCE-MRI / Gregory S. Karczmar and Frederico D. Pineda
Future applications : radiomics and deep learning on breast MRI / Maryellen L. Giger.Digital Access - DigitalRichard Ha, Christopher E. Comstock, Elizabeth A. Morris, editors.Summary: This atlas serves as a basic introduction to breast MRI. Organized by case, it emphasizes pertinent breast MRI findings and common indications for breast MRI. Topics include breast MRI basics, benign findings, breast malignancy, high-risk conditions, interesting cases, and breast implants. Brief teaching points accompany each case and highlight the importance of the findings. Breast MRI Teaching Atlas is an ideal resource for diagnostic radiologists, residents, fellows, and clinicians involved in the care of breast cancer patients, including surgeons, oncologists, and obstetricians/gynecologists.
Contents:
Breast MRI basics
Benign findings
Breast malignancy
High risk
Interesting cases
Breast implants.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalSamantha L. Heller, Linda Moy, editors.Contents:
Section 1. Techniques
1. Breast MRI Technique
2. Breast MRI: Standing Terminologies and Reporting
Section 2. Indications
3. MRI and Screening
4. MRI and Preoperative Staging in Women Newly Diagnosed with Breast Cancer
5. Magnetic Resonance Imaging and Noeadjuvent Chemotherapy
6. Breast MRI and Implants
7. Problem Solving Breast MRI for Mammographic, Sonographic, or Clinical Findings
8. Post-Operative findings/recurrent disease
Section 3. MRI Findings, Interpretation and Management
9. In Situ Disease on Breast MRI
10. MRI appearance of Invasive Breast Cancer
11. Targeted Ultrasound after MRI
12. Breast Biopsy and Breast MRI Wire Localization
13. Breast MRI and the Benign Breast Biopsy
14. BI-RADS 3 Lesions on MRI
15. Multiparametric Imaging: Cutting-Edge Sequences and Techniques including Diffusion-Weighted Imaging, Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy, and PET/CT or PET/MRI
16. Abbreviated Breast MRI
17. Personalized Medicine, Biomarkers of Risk and Breast MRI.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalDavid J. Dabbs.Summary: "Written with useful practicality in mind, Breast Pathology, 3rd Edition, provides surgical pathologists with authoritative guidance on the selection and best use of proper diagnostic techniques when reporting on breast specimens. Dr. David J. Dabbs and a team of internationally acclaimed pathologists incorporate genomic and molecular information, gross and microscopic findings, radiologic and laboratory diagnosis, theranostics, and immunohistochemistry to cover every aspect of benign and malignant lesions of the breast, helping you minimize diagnostic variation and error in the sign-out room"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Breast Development, Physiology, and Histology
Reactive and Inflammatory Conditions of the Breast
Infections of the Breast
Epidemiology of Breast Cancer
Patient Safety in Breast Pathology
Gross Examination of Breast Specimens
Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy
Breast Imaging Modalities for Pathologists
Predictive and Prognostic Marker Testing in Breast Pathology: Immunophenotypic Subclasses of Disease
Molecular-Based Testing in Breast Disease for Therapeutic Decisions
Diagnostic Immunohistology of the Breast
Fibroepithelial Lesions
Papilloma and Papillary Lesions
Adenosis and Microglandular Adenosis
Nipple Adenoma (Florid Papillomatosis of the Nipple)
Radial Scar
Myoepithelial Lesions of the Breast
Fibrocystic Change and Usual Epithelial Hyperplasia of Ductal Type Fibrocystic Change
Columnar Cell Change, Flat Epithelial Atypia, and Atypical Ductal Epithelial Hyperplasia
Molecular Classification of Breast Carcinoma
Lobular Neoplasia and Invasive Lobular Carcinoma
Ductal Carcinoma In Situ
Invasive Ductal Carcinoma of No Special Type and Histological Grade
Triple-Negative and Basal-like Carcinoma
Metaplastic Breast Carcinoma
Apocrine Carcinoma of the Breast
Paget's Disease of the Breast
Pathology of Neoadjuvant Therapeutic Response of Breast Carcinoma
Special Types of Invasive Breast Carcinoma: Tubular Carcinoma, Cribriform Carcinoma, Mucinous Carcinoma, Micropapillary Carcinoma
Rare Breast Carcinomas: Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma, Neuroendocrine Carcinoma, Secretory Carcinoma, Carcinoma With Osteoclast-like Giant Cells, Lipid-Rich Carcinoma, and Glycogen-Rich Clear Cell Carcinoma
Mesenchymal Tumors of the Breast
Neoplasia of the Male Breast
Breast Tumors in Children and Adolescents
Hematolymphoid Tumors of the Breast
Metastatic Tumors in the Breast
Next-Generation Sequencing and the Management of Patients With Clinically Advanced Breast Cancer.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - Digital[edited by] David J. Dabbs.Contents:
1. Normal breast and developmental disorders
2. Reactive and inflammatory conditions of the breast
3. Infections of the breast
4. Epidemiology of breast cancer and pathology of heritable breast cancer
5. Patient safety in breast pathology
6. Gross examination of breast pathology
7. Sentinel lymph node biopsy
8. Breast imaging modalities for pathologists
9. Predictive and prognostic marker testing in breast pathology: immunophenotypic subclasses of disease
10. Molecular-based testing in breast disease for therapeutic decisions
11. Diagnostic immunohistology of the breast
12. Fibroepithelial lesions
13. Papilloma and papillary lesions
14. Adenosis and microglandular adenosis
15. Nipple adenoma (florid papillomatosis of the nipple)
16. Radial scar
17. Myoepithelial lesions of the breast
18. Fibrocystic change and usual epithelial hyperplasia of ductal type
19. Columnar cell alterations, flat epithelial atypia, and atypical ductal epithelial hyperplasia
20. Molecular classification of breast carcinoma
21. Lobular neoplasia and invasive lobular carcinoma
22. Ductal carcinoma in situ
23. Invasive ductal carcinoma of no special type and histologic grade
24. Triple-negative and basal-like carcinoma
25. Metaplastic breast carcinoma
26. Apocrine carcinoma of the breast
27. Paget disease of the breast
28. Pathology of neoadjuvant therapeutic response of breast carcinoma
29. Special types of invasive breast: tubular carcinoma, mucinous carcinoma, cribriform carcinoma, micropapillary carcinoma, carcinoma with medullary features
30. Rare breast carcinomas: adenoid cystic carcinoma, neuroendocrine carcinoma, secretory carcinoma, carcinoma with osteoclast-like giant cells, lipid-rich carcinoma, and glycogen-rich clear cell carcinoma
31. Mesenchymal neoplasms of the breast
32. Neoplasia of the male breast
33. Breast tumors in children and adolescents
34. Tumors of the mammary skin
35. Hematopoietic tumors of the breast
36. Metastatic tumors in the breast
37. Next-generation DNA sequencing and the management of patients with clinically advanced breast cancer.Digital Access ScienceDirect [2017] - Digitaleditors: Anna Sapino, Janina Kulka.Springer Nature eReference.Summary: This book covers the complete field of breast pathology - from Acinic cell carcinoma to Usual Epithelial Hyperplasia. The alphabetically arranged entries, each of which provides a detailed description of a specific pathological disease pattern, allow readers to quickly and easily find the information they need.
Contents:
Abscess
Acinic cell carcinoma
Adenoid cystic carcinoma
Adenomyoepithelioma
Adenomyoepithelioma with carcinom
Adenosis
Angiomatosis
Angiosarcoma of the breast
Apocrine adenoma
Apocrine adenosis
Apocrine Carcinoma
Atypical Ductal Hyperplasia
Atypical vascular proliferations
Benign peripheral nerve sheath tumor
Breast implant associated malignant lymphoma
Collageous spherulosis
Atypical Ductal Hyperplasia
Columnar cell lesions
Complex Sclerosing Lesion
Congenital abnormalities
Diabetic Fibrous Mastopathy
Duct ectasia and periductal mastitis
Ductal adenoma
Ductal carcinoma in situ
Encapsulated papillary carcinoma
Fat necrosis
Fibrocystic Changes
Fibroadenoma
Glycogen rich clear cell carcinoma
Granulomatous mastitits
Gynecomastia
Hamatoma
Hemangioma
Hormone receptors in breast cancer
Granular Cell Tumor
HER2 in breast cancer
Infarct
Inflammatory myofibroblastic tumor
Intraductal papilloma
Intraductal papillary carcinoma
Invasive adenosquamous carcinoma
Invasive Cririform Carcinoma
Invasive Carcinoma NST
Invasive Carcinoma with medullary features
Invasive lipid-rich carcinoma
Invasive Carcinoma with neuroendocrine features
Invasive Lobular Carcinoma
Invasive Metaplastic carcinoma
Invasive Micropapillary carcinoma
Invasive Mucinous carcinoma
Invasive oncocytic carcinoma
Invasive papillary carcinoma
Invasive Tubular Carcinoma
Invasive sebaceous carcinoma
Invasive Secretory carcinoma
Invasive carcinoma with signet ring cell differentiation
Juvenile papillomatosis
Lipoma
Liposarcoma
Lobular in situ neoplasia
Male breast cancer
Microglandular adenosis
Microinvasive carcinoma
Mucoepidemoid carcinoma
Mucocele-like lesion
Myoepithelial carcinoma
Myoepithelial hyperplasia
Myofibroblastoma
Paget disease of the nipple
Pleomorphic adenoma
Pleomorphic lobular carcinoma
Phyllodes tumor
Polymorphous Carcinoma
Pseudoangiomatous Stromal Hyperplasia
Radial Scar
Sentinel node
Sclerosing Adenosis
Syringomatous adenoma of the nipple
Tall cell variant of papillary breast carcinoma
Tubular adenoma
Usual Epithelial Hyperplasia. - DigitalSami Shousha, editor.Summary: This book covers practical diagnostic issues in breast pathology, with special emphasis on areas which pose diagnostic difficulties. These include dealing with the gross specimens derived from patients treated with conservative surgery and those who had neo-adjuvant therapy before surgery. It also discusses how to deal with axillary lymph nodes, proliferative breast lesions, including DCIS, and problematic core biopsies, as well as fibro-epithelial, spindle cell, lobular, mucinous, metaplastic and papillary lesions, molecular classification of breast cancers, breast lesions in male patients and breast immunohistochemistry. There is a focus on unusual benign and malignant breast lesions and a large number of high-quality images help the reader diagnose difficult cases. Breast Pathology: Problematic Issues is aimed at histopathology consultants and senior trainees who deal with breast pathology.
Contents:
Dealing with the gross specimen
Handling Neo-Adjuvant therapy Specimens
Proliferative Breast Lesions
Problematic Core Biopsies
Ductal Carcinoma in Situ
Lobular neoplasia
Grading of invasive carcinoma
Fibroepithelial Lesions
Mucinous Lesions of the breast and expression of WT1
Spindle cell lesions
Papillary carcinomas
Metaplastic breast carcinomas
Metastatic lesions in the breast
Axillary Lymph node biopsies
A Practical Approach to the use of Immunohistochemistry in the Diagnosis and Management of Breast Disease
Molecular classification and testing of breast carcinoma
Uncommon benign breast lesions
Uncommon malignant lesions
Male breast lesions.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalSami Shousha.Summary: This book provides a concise, step-by-step guide to accurate microscopic diagnosis for clinicians who deal with patients with breast lesions. The emphasis is on a practical approach to dealing with breast biopsies and reaching a diagnosis. It outlines the procedures used for the microscopic diagnosis of various breast lesions and the significance of the nomenclature and terms used in pathology reports, including those dealing with uncommon or rare lesions. Ample illustrations of the lesions discussed are included, particularly those dealing with uncommon and border-line lesions. There is a special emphasis on breast cancer and on the fact that not all breast cancers are the same. The different ways by which breast cancers are classified are discussed including recent classifications which lead to personalized therapy. The book is aimed at pathologists of all grades who deal with breast biopsies including those in training. It would be also useful for practicing and trainee surgeons and oncologists as well as other health professionals dealing with patients with breast diseases and scientists carrying out research on breast problems.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: Introduction
References
2: Core Biopsy
The Patient
The Lesion
The Doctor
The Needle
Type of Biopsies
The Sample
The Request Form
The Laboratory
The Pathologist
The Multi-disciplinary Team Meeting (MDT)
References
3: Reporting Core Biopsies: Benign (B2) Lesions
Introduction: Is the Lesion Benign or Malignant?
Benign Lesions That Do Not Usually Need Further Intervention (B2 Lesions)
Fibroadenoma
Special Types of Fibroadenomas
Hamartoma
Fibrocystic Change
Ductal Hyperplasia Differentiating Regular Hyperplasia (B2) from Atypical Hyperplasia (B3) and Low Grade DCIS (B5a)
Columnar Cell Change and Columnar Cell Hyperplasia
Sclerosing Adenosis and Apocrine Adenosis
Duct Ectasia
Granulomatous Mastitis
Other Inflammatory Conditions
Other Less Common Benign Conditions
References
4: Reporting Core Biopsies: Benign Lesions That Usually Need Further Intervention (B3 Lesions)
Introduction
Atypical Epithelial Hyperplasia (ADH)
Flat Epithelial Atypia (FEA)
In Situ Lobular Neoplasia
Radial Scar/Complex Sclerosing Lesions Intraduct Papillomas
Cellular Fibro-Epithelial Lesions
Spindle Cell Lesions
Mucocele Like Lesions
Microglandular Adenosis
Benign and Atypical Vascular Lesions
Granular Cell Tumour
Collagenous Spherulosis
Epithelial Myoepithelial Benign Lesions
General Remark: Risk of Malignancy in Benign Breast Lesions Discovered During Mammography
References
5: Reporting Core Biopsies: Lesions That Are Highly Suspicious of Malignancy (B4) or Definitely Malignant (B5)
B4 Lesions
B5 Lesions
B5a (Non-invasive Lesions)
In Situ Carcinoma
Ductal Carcinoma In Situ (DCIS) Incidence of Metastasis and Death After Diagnosing DCIS
Lobular Carcinoma In Situ (LCIS)
Paget's Disease of the Nipple
Intracystic and Solid Papillary Carcinomas
Invasive Lesions (B5b)
Primary Invasive Breast Carcinoma
Morphological Types
Invasive Ductal Carcinoma
Pleomorphic Invasive Ductal Carcinoma
Invasive Lobular Carcinoma
Invasive Tubular Carcinoma
Invasive Cribriform Carcinoma
Invasive Mucinous Carcinoma
Lympho-Epithelioma-Like Carcinoma
Invasive Apocrine Carcinoma
Invasive Papillary Carcinoma
Invasive Micropapillary Carcinoma Neuroendocrine Tumours of the Breast
Glycogen-Rich Clear Cell Carcinoma
Lipid-Rich Carcinoma
Triple Negative Invasive Breast Carcinoma
Grading of Primary Invasive Breast Carcinoma
Other Additional Features That Should Be Mentioned in the Core Biopsy Report
ER and PR Assessment
HER2 Assessment [75]
Other Immunohistological Studies
Molecular Classification of Breast Carcinoma
Complete Removal of Lesions
Primary Sarcomas of the Breast
Angiosarcoma
Mammary Sarcoma with CD10 Expression (Fig. 5.60)
Stromal Sarcoma
Primary Osteogenic Sarcoma - DigitalMelvin A. Shiffman, editor.
- DigitalHoracio F. Mayer, editor.Summary: This book examines distinct innovative and modern techniques for breast reconstruction after a mastectomy necessitated by breast cancer. It serves as not only an entry point in learning about the most modern and promising surgical techniques available, but as a pragmatic guide as well. Beginning with an introduction to the history of the subject, the opening chapter offers a lesson in the evolution of the development and improvement of breast reconstruction techniques. Following this, chapters examine anatomic landmarks, including vascular anatomy, design and markings and best indications depending on the type of breast to be reconstructed. Subsequent chapters then present a multitude of surgery methods, including the progression from large open surgical procedures, to endoscopic approaches, and robotic assisted minimally invasive surgery. Finally, scaffold-based tissue engineering that offers a promising future for breast reconstruction surgeries without donor site morbidity is also reviewed. Additionally, the book's expertly written text is supplemented by high-quality illustrations and videos that provide vital surgical guidance for improved surgical outcomes. Comprised of contributions from world-renowned plastic surgeons, Breast Reconstruction: Modern and Promising Surgical Techniques is an invaluable reference for residents, fellows, practicing and highly experienced plastic surgeons, breast surgeons, and those in surgical sub-specialties.
Contents:
1. History of Breast Reconstruction
2. Partial breast reconstruction
3. Breast reconstruction with the permanent tissue expander
4. Synthetic meshes in breast reconstruction
5. Biologic meshes in breast reconstruction
6. Prepectoral breast reconstruction
7. Breast reconstruction with fat grafting alone
8. Hybrid Breast Reconstruction
9. Breast Reconstruction with intratissular expansion and fat grafting
10. Breast Reconstruction with external expansion and fat grafting
11. Breast Reconstruction with the latissimus dorsi flap and fat grafting
12. Breast Reconstruction with the endoscopically harvested latissimus dorsi flap
13. Breast Reconstruction with the robotic-assisted latissimus dorsi harvest
14. Total breast reconstruction using the thoracodorsal artery perforator flap TDAP
15. Breast reconstruction using the muscle sparing lattisimus dorsi flap with alloplastic devices
16. Free and Muscle Sparing TRAM flap in breast reconstruction
17. DIEP flap in breast reconstruction
18. Breast Reconstruction with the neurotized Deep Inferior Epigastric Perforator Flap
19. Breast Reconstruction with Simultaneous Lymphatic Transfers
20. SIEA flap in breast reconstruction
21. Breast Reconstruction with the laparoscopically harvested Omental Free Flap
22. Lumbar artery perforator flap for breast reconstruction
23. Superior Gluteal Artery Perforator flap in breast reconstruction
24. Inferior Gluteal Artery Perforator flap in breast reconstruction
25. Lateral thigh flap in breast reconstruction
26. Transverse upper gracilis flap in breast reconstruction
27. Profunda artery perforator flaps for breast reconstruction
28. Breast reconstruction with perforator flap transplants from identical twins
29. Breast reconstruction using scaffold-based tissue engineering. - DigitalHisham Fansa, Christoph Heitmann.Summary: This book describes the various techniques available for autologous breast reconstruction, be it breast conserving therapy (BCT) or reconstruction following total mastectomy with local and distant flaps. Divided into two parts, the first presents the anatomy of the breast and the general requirements with regard to this kind of surgery. In turn, the second addresses reconstructive breast surgery management. The authors present oncoplastic procedures for reconstructing the breast following small defects due to cancer or other conditions (BCT), as well as the use of microvascular free flaps, such as abdominal, thigh or gluteal-based flaps, for a complete reconstruction. Preventive reconstructive surgery and cutting-edge techniques, such as lipofilling or breast reconstruction together with lymph node transplantation, are also included. Written by leading international plastic surgeons and combining step-by-step explanations and detailed illustrations, this book clearly demonstrates that reconstructive procedures can have aesthetic outcomes.
Contents:
Introduction: Breast Anatomy
General. Reconstructive Surgery: General Remarks on Breast Cancer
Tumor Excision
Breast Conserving Therapy (BCT)
Oncoloplastc Surgery
Mastectomy
Autologous Reconstruction
Lipofilling
Reconstruction of nipple and Areola
Index. - Digitaledited by Kirby I. Bland, V. Suzanne Klimberg.Summary: "Breast cancer represents the most common cancer that affects women of the industrial and impoverished nations of the world; this neoplasm has a lifetime risk to affect one in every eight women of the industrialized countries with various presentations and stages of disease. Surgical therapy remains one of the principal modalities utilized to treat this organ -centric cancer. Surgical treatment of breast cancer has evolved over the past century from radical debilitating surgeries to minimally- invasive approaches that have advanced with earlier diagnosis and highly- effective neoadjuvant therapies. These more plausible and highly acceptable minimally -invasive techniques have progressed from disfiguring procedures to reconstruction excellence. Moreover, the entire field of breast cancer surgery is advancing very rapidly globally, thus, many of the procedures illustrated in this text are not readily applied in community surgical practice and certainly not in such an eclectic textural format"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Machine generated contents note: pt. I Breast and Axillary Imaging
ch. 1 Topographical Surgical Anatomy of the Breast, Axilla, Chest Wall, and Metastatic Sites / Kirby I. Bland
ch. 2 Breast and Axillary Imaging for the Surgeon / Edgar D. Staren
pt. II Breast Biopsy
ch. 3 Drainage of Breast Cysts and Abscesses / Amy C. Degnim
ch. 4 Ultrasound-Cuided Breast Percutaneous Needle Biopsy / V. Suzanne Klimberg
ch. 5 Stereotactically Guided Breast Percutaneous Needle Biopsy / Arthur G. Lerner
ch. 6 Breast Ductoscopy / William C. Dooley
ch. 7 Excisional Breast Biopsy of Palpable Lesions / Edward M. Copeland
ch. 8 Needle Localization Biopsy of Nonpalpable Breast Lesions / Virginia M. Herrmann
ch. 9 Intraoperative Ultrasound-Guided Excision of Nonpalpable Lesions / Amy E. Rivere
ch. 10 Breast Surgery After Radioactive Seed Localization / Barbara A. Pockaj Note continued: ch. 11 Fluoroscopic Intraoperative Node or Neoplasia Detection (FIND) Procedure / V. Suzanne Klimberg
pt. III Lymph Node Mapping, Dissection and Reconstruction
ch. 12 Axillary Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy / Julie A. Margenthaler
ch. 13 Internal Mammary Sentinel Lymph Node Biopsy / Virgilio Sacchini
ch. 14 Axillary Lymph Node Dissection / Kirby I. Bland
ch. 15 Axillary Reverse Mapping / H. Colleen Silva
ch. 16 Surgical Techniques for Prevention and Treatment of Breast Cancer Related Lymphedema; Multiple Lymphatic Venous Anastomoses (MLVAs)
Including LYMPHA / Sheldon Marc Feldman
ch. 17 Lymphatic Reconstruction With Vascularized Lymph Node Transfer / Cristiano Boneti
pt. IV Partial Mastectomy
ch. 18 Partial Mastectomy / Sarah P. Cate
ch. 19 Excision Followed by Radiofrequency Ablation / Amy E. Rivere
ch. 20 Breast Brachytherapy Device Placement / Peter D. Beitsch
ch. 21 Intraoperative Radiotherapy / Stephen R. Grobmyer Note continued: pt. V Mastectomy
ch. 22 Simple Mastectomy / Kirby I. Bland
ch. 23 Modified Radical Mastectomy and Total (Simple) Mastectomy / Kirby I. Bland
ch. 24 Radical Mastectomy / Kirby I. Bland
pt. VI Oncoplastic Breast Surgery
ch. 25 Oncoplastic Breast Conservation Techniques in Upper Pole Lesions / Russell J. Bramhall
ch. 26 Oncoplastic Breast Conservation Techniques in Lower-Pole Lesions / Abby K. Geletzke
ch. 27 Oncoplastic Breast Conservation Techniques in Subareolar Lesions / Nicolas Ajkay
ch. 28 Reduction Mammaplasty/Mastopexy and Therapeutic Mammaplasty (Oncoplastic Mammaplasty): Principles and Mark Up / Shadi Ghali
ch. 29 Oncoplastic Breast Reconstruction: Extreme Oncoplasty and Split Reduction Techniques / Melvin J. Silverstein
ch. 30 Total Skin-Sparing Mastectomy/Nipple Skin-Sparing Mastectomy / Linda Philips
ch. 31 Skin-Sparing Mastectomy for the Pendulous Breast / Jill R. Dietz Note continued: ch. 32 The Goldilocks Mastectomy / Grace Y. Ma
ch. 33 Alternatives to Tissue Rearrangement: Suture Lattice Technique Combined With Absorbable Radiographic 3D Tissue Marker for Cavity Marking and Cosmesis / Anthony Lucci
pt. VII Extensive Resections
ch. 34 Chest Wall Resection and Reconstruction for Advanced/Recurrent Carcinoma of the Breast / Robert J. Cerfolio
ch. 35 Skin Flaps for Extensive Soft Tissue and Skin Resection / Luis O. Vasconez
ch. 36 Forequarter Amputation / Keila E. Torres
pt. VIII Breast Reconstruction
ch. 37 Implant-Based Reconstruction / James C. Yuen
ch. 38 Autologous Fat Grafting for Correction of Residual Contour Deformities After Breast Reconstruction / Lee L.Q. Pu
ch. 39 Autologous Reconstruction: TRAM Flap / Luis O. Vasconez
ch. 40 Autologous Reconstruction: Microvascular MS-TRAM and DIEP Flaps / David W. Chang
ch. 41 Autologous Reconstruction: Latissimus Dorsi Flap / Steven J. Kronowitz Note continued: ch. 42 Autologous Reconstruction: Gluteal Flap Breast Reconstruction / Michael R. Zenn
ch. 43 Secondary Reconstruction: Reduction Mammoplasty, Mastopexy, and Breast Augmentation / Nolan S. Karp
ch. 44 Secondary Reconstruction: Nipple-Areolar Reconstruction / Victor Chien.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2019 - Digitaledited by J. Michael DixonSummary: Breast Surgery meets the needs of surgeons in higher training and practising consultants for a contemporary and evidence-based account of this sub-specialty that is relevant to their general surgical practice. It is a practical reference source incorporating the most current information on recent developments, management issues and operative procedures. The text is thoroughly referenced and supported by evidence-based recommendations wherever possible, distinguishing between strong evidence to support a conclusion, and evidence suggesting that a recommendation can be reached on the balance.
Contents:
The role of imaging in breast diagnosis including screening and excision of impalpable lesions / A. Robin M. Wilson and R. Douglas Macmillan
Pathology and biology of breast cancer / Rajendra S. Rampaul [and others]
Nipple discharge and the role of ductoscopy in breast diseases / Sarah Tang and Gerald Gui
Breast-conserving surgery : the balance between good cosmesis and local control / J. Michael Dixon
Techniques of mastectomy : tips and pitfalls / R. Douglas Macmillan
Oncoplastic procedures to allow breast conservation and a satisfactory cosmetic outcome / Richard M. Rainsbury [and others]
The axilla : current management including sentinel node and lymphedema / Anees B. Chagpar
The genetics of breast cancer, risk-reducing surgery, and prevention / D. Gareth, R. Evans and Ava Kwong
Breast reconstruction / Mark Schaverien and Cameron Raine
Breast cancer treatments of uncommon diseases / Daniel Xavier Choi and Monica Morrow
Treatment of ductal carcinoma in situ / Nicola L.P. Barnes and Nigel J. Bundred
The role of adjuvant systemic therapy in patients with operable breast cancer / Rosalie Fisher and Ian Smith
Locally advanced breast cancer / Douglas J.A. Adamson and Alastair M. Thompson
Metastatic disease and palliative care / John Dewar and Pamela Levack
The role of adjuvant radiotherapy in the management of breast cancer / Ian Kunkler
Psychosocial issues in breast cancer / Lesley Fallowfield and Valerie Jenkins
Benign breast disease / Steven Thrush and J. Michael Dixon
Litigation in breast surgery / Tim Davidson and Tom Bates.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014 - Digitaledited by J. Michael Dixon, Matthew D. Barber.Summary: "Breast Surgery provides a short, up-to-date and practical reference guide for general surgical trainees and established consultants needing a refresher. The seventh edition has been edited and fully revised by respected experts in their fields, and provides a full list of current references and relevant resources. It includes recent developments in breast surgery, including axillary surgery, primary medical therapy, risk reducing surgery, gender affirmation surgery and complications of breast surgery."--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Anatomy and physiology of the breast
Assessment of patient, breast and common clinical presentations including image-guided intervention
Benign breast conditions
Breast pathology
Epidemiology, risk factors and prevention strategies
Breast screening
Breast-conserving surgery : the balance between good cosmesis and local control
Oncoplastic breast-conserving surgery
Mastectomy
Management of the axilla
Uncommon presentations of cancer affecting the breast and recurrent breast cancer
Breast reconstruction
Treatment of ductal carcinoma in situ
The role of adjuvant systemic therapy in patients with operable breast cancer
Neoadjuvant therapy for breast cancer, including surgical considerations
Adjuvant radiotherapy for breast cancer
Metastatic breast cancer and palliative care
Top surgery for gender affirmation
Psychosocial issues in breast cancer
Avoidance and management of complications of breast surgery.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - Digital[edited by] Liane E. Philpotts, Regina J. Hooley.Contents:
Physics and development of breast tomosynthesis / Loren Niklason
The technologist's perspective / Regina J. Hooley, Amanda Albarella, Liane E. Philpotts
Implementation of digital breast tomosynthesis into clinical practice / Stamatia Destounis, Andrea Arieno, Renee Morgan, Liane E. Philpotts
Tomosynthesis in screening mammography / Melissa Durand, Liane E. Philpotts
Tomosynthesis in diagnostic mammography / Reni Butler, Regina J. Hooley
Tomosynthesis interpretation tips and pitfalls / Liane E. Philpotts, Regina J. Hooley
Benign findings / Laura Sheiman, Liane E. Philpotts
Malignant findings / Paul H. Levesque, Regina J. Hooley
Architectural distortion / Madhavi Raghu, Regina J. Hooley
Integrating tomosynthesis with multimodality imaging / Liva Andrejeva, Jaime Geisel, Liane E. Philpotts
The postoperative breast / Laura J. Horvath, Liane E. Philpotts
Tomosynthesis in the male breast / Liane E. Philpotts
Interventional procedures / Margarita Zuley, Ernestine Thomas, Jules H. Sumkin.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - Digitaledited by Ruth A. Lawrence, Robert M. Lawrence ; associate editors, Lawrence Noble, Casey Rosen-Carole, Alison M. Stuebe.Contents:
Breastfeeding, ninth edition
previous version available until may previous version
-- Breastfeeding in a new era
Anatomy of the breast
Physiology of lactation
Biochemistry of human milk
Host-resistance factors and immunologic significance of human milk
Population health and informed feeding decisions
Practical management of the nursing “dyad”
Maternal nutrition and supplements for mother and infant
Weaning
Normal growth, growth faltering, and obesity in breastfed infants
Medications, herbal preparations, and natural products in breast milk
Transmission of infectious diseases through breast milk and breastfeeding
Breastfeeding infants with problems
Premature infants and breastfeeding
Medical complications of mothers
Breast conditions in the breastfeeding mother
Human milk and atopic disease
Breastfeeding and return to work or school
Induced lactation and relactation (including nursing an adopted baby) and cross-nursing
Chestfeeding and lactation care for LGBTQ+ families (lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, queer, plus)
Reproductive function during lactation
The collection and storage of human milk and human milk banking
Infant feeding after a disaster
Establishing a breastfeeding medicine practice or academic department
Breastfeeding support groups and community resources
Educating and training medical professionals
Appendices.Digital Access - Digital[edited by] Karen Wambach, Becky Spencer.Summary: "Breastfeeding and Human Lactation, Sixth Edition is the ultimate reference for the latest clinical techniques and research findings that direct evidence-based clinical practice for lactation consultants and specialists. Topics include placing breastfeeding in its historical context, workplace-related issues, anatomical and biological imperatives of lactation, the prenatal and perinatal periods and concerns during the postpartum period, the mother's health, and sociocultural issues.Completely updated and revised, the new edition includes new case studies, expanded cultural content, new regulations and guidelines, more information on alternative medicine, and gender inclusive language"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access R2Library 2021Limited to 1 simultaneous user
- Digitalby Barbara Wilson-Clay and Kay Hoover.Contents:
Introduction
Infant states and infant assessment
Infant orofacial assessment and feeding reflexes
Infant stools, urine, and vaginal discharge
Appearances of human milk
Positioning and latch
Flat and inverted nipples
Sore nipples
Unusual presentations of the breast and nipple
Anatomic variability
Engorgement, oversupply, and mastitis
Breast cancer: issues for lactation
Twins, triplets, and tandem nursing
Alternative feeding methods
Breastfeeding in emergencies
Breastfeeding in special circumstances
Ankyloglossia (tongue-tie)
Cleft lip and cleft palate.Digital Access R2Library 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaleditor in chief, Richard J. Schanler, MD, FAAP, FABM ; coeditors, Nancy F. Krebs, MD, MS, FAAP; Sharon B. Mass, MD, FACOG, FABM.Contents:
The scope of breastfeeding
Rationale for breastfeeding : benefits to infants, mothers, and society
Composition of human milk
Anatomy and physiology of lactation
Breastfeeding : management before and after conception
Peripartum care : the transition to lactation
Breastfeeding in the hospital : the postpartum period
Maintenance of breastfeeding-the infant
Maintenance of breastfeeding-the mother
Supporting breastfeeding during mother-infant separation
Lactation support technology
Medications and breastfeeding
Contraception and the breastfeeding mother
Breastfeeding and human milk for preterm infants
Breastfeeding in special circumstances
Who can and who cannot breastfeed?
The breastfeeding-friendly medical office
Breastfeeding issues during disasters
Appendix A. Breastfeeding resources
Appendix B. American Academy of Pediatrics policy statement : breastfeeding and the use of human milk
Appendix C. American Academy of Pediatrics : the transfer of drugs and therapeutics into human breast milk
Appendix D. ACOG committee opinion #361 : breastfeeding : material
Appendix E. ACOG clinical review : breastfeeding : material and infant aspects
Appendix F. ACOG committee opinion # 570 : breastfeeding in underserved women : increasing initiation and continuation of breastfeeding.Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2014 - Digitaledited by Richard Schanler, Lori Feldman-Winter, Joan Younger Meek, Sharon B Mass, Lawrence Noble.Summary: The definitive resource for physicians and other health care professionals to be able to counsel expectant and nursing mothers and other caregivers on the most up-do-date developments in breastfeeding practice, research, policies, and outreach. Contains a wealth of information on supporting breastfeeding mothers and infants and meeting their unique physical and emotional needs.
Contents:
Front Matter
1. Evidence for Breastfeeding: Importance for Newborns and Infants, Mothers, and Society
2. The Scope of Breastfeeding
3. Composition of Human Milk
4. Nonnutritive Components in Human Milk
5. Anatomy and Physiology of Lactation
6. Breastfeeding: Management Before and After Conception
7. Breastfeeding Initiation
8. Breastfeeding in the Hospital
9. Maintenance of Breastfeeding: The Newborn and Infant
10. Maintenance of Breastfeeding: The Mother
11. The Breastfeeding-Friendly Medical Office 12. Breastfeeding and Human Milk for Preterm Newborns and Infants
13. Breastfeeding in Special Circumstances
14. Lactation Support Technology
15. Supporting Breastfeeding During Mother-Infant Separation
16. Medications and Breastfeeding
17. Contraception and the Breastfeeding Mother
18. Contraception and the Breastfeeding Mother
19. Breastfeeding Issues During Disasters
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Appendix E
Appendix F
Appendix G
Appendix H
IndexDigital Access AAP ebooks 2022 - DigitalMarsha Walker, RN, IBCLC, Independent Lactation Consultant, Weston, Massachusetts.Contents:
Influence of the biospecificity of human milk
Influence of the maternal anatomy and physiology on lactation
Influence of the infant's anatomy and physiology
Influence of peripartum factors, birthing practices, and early caretaking behaviors
First 24-48 hours : common challenges
Beyond the initial 48-72 hours : infant challenges
Physical, medical, and environmental problems and issues
Maternal pathology : breast and nipple issues
Physical, medical, emotional, and environmental challenges to the breastfeeding mother.Digital Access R2Library 2017Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalMaya Bunik.Summary: "Created by a leading breastfeeding and phone care practitioner, this newly revised problem-solver helps nurses, lactation professionals, and other medical staff confidently advise breastfeeding mothers"--Publisher's description.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2019
- DigitalMaya BunikSummary: Created by a leading breastfeeding and phone care practitioner, this newly revised 4th edition is a problem-solver that helps nurses, lactation professionals, and other medical staff confidently advise breastfeeding mothers. It is ideal for use with the acclaimed Pediatric Telephone Protocols. -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access AAP ebooks 2022
- DigitalNir Sterer, Mel Rosenberg.Summary: One-fifth of adults suffer from bad breath, and it can be a tell-tale disease indicator. Yet most health professionals remain ill-informed about the condition. This illustrated text combines basic research with clinical approaches to diagnosis and treatment.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: Introduction
2: Breath Odors of Oral Origin (Oral Malodor)
2.1 Oral Malodor and the Tongue
2.2 Oral Malodor, Gingival Health, and Periodontal Disease
2.3 Oral Malodor and Dental Restorations
2.4 Oral Malodor and Oral Dryness
References
3: Biochemical and Microbial Aspects of Oral Malodor Production
3.1 The General Role of Bacteria in Breath Odors
3.2 The Bacterial Origin of Oral Odors
3.3 Metabolic Factors Affecting Malodor Production
3.4 Biochemical Aspects
3.4.1 Metabolism 3.4.2 Malodorous Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs) in the Oral Cavity
3.5 Microbial Aspects
3.5.1 Malodor-Producing Microorganisms
References
4: Odor Perception
4.1 Olfactory Psychophysics
4.2 Odor Mixtures
4.3 Odor Perception and Odor Evaluation Panels
References
5: Breath Odors of Nasal and Pharyngeal Origin
5.1 Chronic Sinusitis
5.2 Chronic Caseous Tonsillitis
5.3 Foreign Bodies
5.4 Craniofacial Anomalies
References
6: Breath Odors and the Gastrointestinal Tract
6.1 Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD) 9.1 Pre-appointment Instructions
9.2 Patient Interview
9.3 Examination
9.3.1 Organoleptic Measurements
9.3.2 Oral VSC Quantification
9.3.3 Examination of the Oral Cavity
9.3.4 Biochemical and Microbial Assays
References
10: Self-Assessment of Breath Odors
References
11: Breath Odors, Prevalence, Gender, and Age
11.1 Prevalence
11.2 Gender
11.3 Age
References
12: Psychological Aspects of Breath Odors
12.1 Halitophobia
12.2 Olfactory Reference Syndrome (ORS)
12.3 Back to Halitophobia
References
13: Oral Malodor Management 13.1 Mechanical Therapy
13.2 Chemical Therapy
13.3 Professional Treatment
References
14: History of Breath Odors
14.1 Culture and Folklore
14.2 Early Scientific and Medical Literature
14.3 Modern History
References
15: Future Prospects
References - DigitalKostas N. Priftis, Leontios J. Hadjileontiadis, Mark L. Everard, editors.Summary: This book offers up-to-date information on the recording and analysis of respiratory sounds that will assist in clinical routine. The opening sections deliver basic knowledge on aspects such as the physics of sound and sound transmission in the body, a clear understanding of which is key to good clinical practice. Current techniques of breath sound analysis are described, and the diagnostic impact of advances in the processing of lung sound signals is carefully explained. With the aid of audio files that are available online, detailed guidance is then provided on differentiation of normal and abnormal breath sounds and identification of the various sounds, including crackles, wheezes, other lung sounds, cough sounds, and sounds of extrathoracic origin. The book is of high educational value and represents an excellent learning tool at pre- and postgraduate levels. It will also appeal to researchers as it provides comprehensive summaries of knowledge in particular research fields. The editors bring high-level expertise to the subject, including membership of the European Respiratory Society Task Force on the standardization of categories and nomenclature for breath sounds.Digital Access Springer 2018
- Digitaledited by Gert Holstege, Caroline M. Beers, Hari H. Subramanian.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- DigitalMichele Emdin, Alberto Giannoni, Claudio Passino, editors.Summary: This book systematically focuses on central sleep apneas, analyzing their relationship especially with heart failure and discussing recent research results and emerging treatment strategies based on feedback modulation. The opening chapters present historical background information on Cheyne-Stokes respiration (CSR), clarify terminology, and explain the mechanics and chemistry of respiration. Following a description of the physiology of respiration, the pathophysiology underlying central apneas in different disorders and particularly in heart failure is discussed. The similarities and differences of obstructive and central apneas are then considered. The book looks beyond the concept of sleep apnea to daytime CSR and periodic breathing during effort and contrasts the opposing views of CSR as a compensatory phenomenon or as detrimental to the failing heart. The diagnostic tools currently in use for the detection of CSR are thoroughly reviewed, with guidance on interpretation of findings. The book concludes by describing the various forms of treatment that are available for CSR and by explaining how to select patients for treatment.
Contents:
1. Historical background and glossary of the apnea phenomenon.-- 2. Mechanics and chemistry of respiration in health
3. Hypopneas and apneas as physiological and pathological phenomena throughout life
4. Pathophysiology of central apneas in heart failure
5. The importance of visceral feedbacks: focus on chemoreceptors
6. The apneas before and after heart failure
7. Not only sleep apnea: the "awake" apneas of the failing heart
8. Periodic breathing during effort and central apneas in heart failure: siblings, cousins or what else?
9. To breath or not to breath- that is the question
10. Diagnostic tools: the easier, the better
11. Diagnostic tools: messages from implanted devices
12. Targeting and treating apneas
13. Final remarks.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalDebjyoti Sen Gupta, Sanjeev Gupta, Jitendra Kumar, editors.Summary: More than 20 million childhood deaths occur every year due to the micronutrient deficiency and diet-related non-communicable diseases (cardiovascular diseases, cancers, chronic respiratory diseases and diabetes). The United Nations (UN) recently announced that the increase in chronic, non-communicable diseases has resulted in 36 million deaths around the world annually, claiming more lives than all other causes combined. These chronic diseases are not isolated to developed countries and are even more pronounced in the developing world. Such chronic illnesses have caused far more deaths than infectious diseases throughout the world (except Africa) in recent years. Therefore, enrichment of micronutrients in staple food crops is of paramount importance for the nutritional security in our world. Biofortification is the development of micronutrient- and/or vitamin-rich crops using traditional crop improvement practices as well as modern biotechnology tools. It is a more sustainable and cost effective method than food supplementation, fortification and diet diversification. This work consolidates available information on the different aspects of breeding for improved nutrition of pulses. An overview of entire pulses based on their nutritional profile is given so that audience can find the desired information easily. Food legumes are the active ingredients in many gluten-free food products and there is a continuous rise of the use of pulses flour in milling and baking processes. Our book sheds light on recent efforts and the underlying constraints of meeting the public demand. We believe this work provides the basic information for anyone interested in biofortification and stimulate further research to meet this unique challenge.
Contents:
Breeding for enhanced nutritional status: Retrospect and Prospect
Quality improvement in chickpea
Breeding for quality improvement in pigeon pea
Bio-fortification in lentil
Breeding for low phytates and oligosaccharides in mung bean and black gram
Common bean quality improvement
Breeding for reduced trypsin inhibitor in peas
Breeding for low ODAP content in Lathyrus
Breeding for high protein content in cowpea
Role of animal models in nutrition resource in food legumes
Pulses for improved milling and baking
Bio-actives and nutraceuticals in lentil. - DigitalGintaras Brazauskas, Gražina Statkevičiūtė, Kristina Jonavičienė, editors.Summary: The genomic revolution has opened many opportunities to explore relationships between genetic and phenotypic diversity of plants as never before. The joint meeting addresses challenges of combining genetic resources and advanced omics technologies for enhancing development of next generation breeding strategies that will move plant breeding a step forward. Selection based on genomic technologies allows simultaneous marker discovery and validation, however high- throughput and precise phenotyping remains a major bottleneck limiting the power and resolution of genetic analysis. Additionally, novel sequencing technologies and automated phenotyping approaches generate big data sets requiring efficient data analysis and decision support tools that help breeders to select the superior material for their breeding programs.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Utilization of Genetic Resources and Pre-breeding; Utilization of Genebank Accessions to Improve Northern Adaptation of Perennial Ryegrass (Lolium perenne L.); Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Plant Material, Phenotyping and Pre-breeding; 2.2 Genotyping, Ploidy Testing; 3 Results and Discussion; Acknowledgements; References; Wild and Primitive Common Bean Populations in the Germplasm Collection at the MBG-CSIC; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Material and Methods; 3 Results and Discussion; 4 Conclusions; Acknowledgments; References. 4 Conclusion Acknowledgments; References; Domesticating Shrubby Native Legumes for Pastures and Natural Grasslands; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 2.1 Plant Material Collection and Phenotyping; 2.2 Agronomic Characterization; 2.3 Commercialization; 3 Conclusion; References; Effects of Temperature on Growth During in vitro Embryo Culture of Field Bean (Vicia faba var. minor L.); Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 3 Results and Discussion; 4 Conclusions; Acknowledgements; References; Ecological and Agronomic Evaluation of Dactylis glomerata subsp. lobata. Abstract1 Introduction; 2 Material and Methods; 3 Results and Discussion; 4 Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References; Tetraploid Festuca apennina is Prone to Produce Triploid Hybrid Progeny When Crossed with Diploid Festuca pratensis; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Material and Methods; 2.1 Plant material; 2.2 Cross pollination; 2.3 Germination trials and ploidy determination of progeny; 3 Results and Discussion; 4 Conclusion; References; Comparing Mitotic and Meiotic Tetraploid Red Clover Plants for Seed Yield; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 3 Results and Discussion. Abstract1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 3 Results and Discussion; 3.1 Geographical and Ecological Characteristics of Dactylis glomerata subsp. lobata; 3.2 Agronomic Characteristics of Dactylis glomerata subsp. lobata; 4 Conclusion; Acknowledgments; References; Yield and Genetic Composition of Latvian Festulolium Cultivars and Breeding Material; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 3 Results and Discussion; 4 Conclusion; References; Genetic Variability of the Most Important Traits in Alfalfa Cultivars Under Lithuanian Conditions; Abstract; 1 Introduction. Patterns of Spring Growth and Phenology in Natural Populations of Lolium perenne Under Contrasting Field ConditionsAbstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Material and Methods; 2.1 Plant Material and Phenotyping; 2.2 Data Analysis; 3 Results; 4 Discussion and Conclusion; Acknowledgments; References; Population Structure of Red Clover Ecotypes Collected from Europe and Asia; Abstract; 1 Introduction; 2 Materials and Methods; 3 Results and Discussion; 4 Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References; Enhancing the Sustainable Use of Lolium perenne Genetic Resources from Genebanks in Plant Breeding and Research. - DigitalAlan S. L. Yu, Glenn M. Chertow, Valérie A. Luyckx, Philip A. Marsden, Karl Skorecki, Maarten W. Taal.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
- DigitalCraig W. Stevens.Summary: "This highly illustrated introductory text helps you learn and retain key information in pharmacology--taking you from course exams and the USMLE Step 1 right through to clinical practice"-- publisher's description.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
- DigitalGeorg F. Bauer, Oliver Hämmig.Summary: In our complex, fast changing society, health is strongly influenced by the continuously changing interactions between organisations and their employees. Three major fields contribute to health-oriented improvements of these interactions: occupational health, organizational health and public health. As currently only partial links exist amongst these fields, the book aims to explore potential synergies more systematically. Considering the high mental and social demands in a service and knowledge sector economy, the first part of the book focuses on work-related psychosocial factors. As a large proportion of inequalities in health in developed countries can be explained by inequalities in working conditions, those psychosocial factors with a particularly high public health impact are highlighted. As addressing these psychosocial factors requires to involve the organization as the key change agent, the second part covers approaches to improve public health through organizational level health interventions. The last section takes a look into the future of occupational, organizational and public health: what are the future challenges regarding occupational health and how can they be tackled within and beyond the organizational level. Overall, this integrating book will help to broaden the evidence-base, legitimacy and efficacy of occupational- and organizational-level health interventions and thus increase their public health impact.
Contents:
Part I: Psychosocial Factors in Occupational and Organizational Health: A Key Public Health Issue
Social Inequalities in Work and Health in a Globalized Economy
Towards Organizational Health: Stress, Positive Organizational Behavior, and Employee Well-Being
A Critical Review of the Job Demands-Resources Model: Implications for Improving Work and Health
The Role of Psychosocial Factors in Musculoskeletal Disorders
The Impact of Social Capital on the Health and Performance of Organizations
Part II: Improving Public and Organizational Health
Capacity Building as a Key Mechanism of Organizational Health Development
Systemic Consulting for Organizational Health Development: Theory and Practice
Improving Organizational Health: The Case of Health Promoting Hospitals
Integration of Work and Personal Life as a Key Factor for Individual, Organizational and Public Health
Part III: Beyond Organizational Health: Social and Political Issues
Mental Health as a Complete State: How the Salutogenic Perspective Completes the Picture
Recovery from Work During Off-Job Time
Beyond Paid Work: Voluntary Work and its Salutogenic Implications for Society
Policy Approaches to Occupational and Organizational Health. - DigitalBridwell, Keith H.; Dewald, Ronald L.; Gupta, Munish C.Digital Access LWW Health Library 2020
- DigitalHanna Levenson.Summary: "Brief dynamic therapy is a time-efficient treatment in which the therapist maintains a focus on specific client issues and goals, all within a basic psychodynamic framework. Common characteristics of these approaches include time management, defined focus, circumscribed goals, active therapist participation, rapid assessment, prompt intervention, an awareness of unconscious processes, and techniques that quickly foster a strong alliance with the client. This concise volume focuses largely on one popular model in particular: time-limited dynamic psychotherapy (TLDP). TLDP is an integrative approach that uses techniques from attachment theory, interpersonal neurobiology, affective-experiential learning, and systems orientations to help clients with long-standing, dysfunctional ways of relating to others. The author explores this integrative, culturally-sensitive approach, its theory, history, the therapy process, primary change mechanisms, empirical basis, and future developments. This revised edition includes updated case examples, as well as a wealth of new research findings -- including process-outcome studies -- that affirm treatment effectiveness, explain how alliance ruptures are repaired, and new research on the "reconsolidation process" that demonstrates how sudden, dramatic change happens in brief dynamic therapy"--The publisher.
Contents:
History
Theory
The therapy process
Evaluation
Future developments.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2017 - Digitalby Morteza Mahmoudi.Summary: Targets of bullying are often the most vulnerable members of the scientific workforce -- they may be low-paid graduate students or postdocs, living in a foreign country, navigating a foreign language and culture, and whose immigration status is tied directly to their employment. They may also have young families, be living paycheck-to-paycheck, and have health insurance and other benefits that depend on a contract position that can be revoked with little to no notice or cause. Finally, targets on the low end of a power differential are not likely to be supported by their institutions, particularly institutions that rely on the big grant earnings brought in by senior "bullies." The main focus of this book is to provide a brief guide regarding the cause and solution to academic bullying.
Contents:
Foreword
Chapter 1: You Are a Target, Not a Victim
Chapter 2: A Sample Target Story
Chapter 3: Causes of Abusive Supervision: The Case of Bullying in Academic Science
Chapter 4: Targets’ Responses to Abusive Supervision
Chapter 5: Mobbing in Academia
Chapter 6: What to Expect After Speaking Up?
Chapter 7: Possible Solutions to Academic Bullying in Higher Education
Chapter 8: Epilogue
Index.Digital Access TandFonline 2021 - DigitalHermine L. Graham, Alex Copello, Max Birchwood, Emma Griffith.Summary: Brief Integrated Motivational Intervention provides clinicians and specialist practitioners with a brief, evidence-based treatment approach for motivating clients, who have comorbid mental health and alcohol and drug misuse. -Combines CBT, motivational interviewing, and the authors' own cognitive- behavioural integrated treatment (C-BIT) to engage clients in meaningful dialogue for change -Utilizes the short 'window of opportunity' when clients are admitted to psychiatric hospital or have recently relapsed, and helps clinicians to maximize the potential of this 'teachable moment' -Helpful tools such as session-specific content, illustrative case material and easy-to-use worksheets facilitate implementation of the approach across a range of settings including inpatient, community, and residential -Developed by an expert team with many years of experience in both research and practice in the fields of psychosis and addiction.Digital Access Wiley 2016
- DigitalBasant Pradhan, Narsimha Pinninti, Shanaya Rathod, editors.Contents:
Brief Interventions for Psychosis: Overview and Future Directions
Integrated Pathways of Care for Psychosis: An Overview
Brief Cognitive Behavior Therapy for Psychosis
Avatar Therapy for Rrefractory Auditory Hallucinations
Yoga and Mindfulness Based Cognitive Therapy for Psychosis (Y- MBCTp©): A Pilot Study on its Efficacy as Brief Therapy
Brief Treatment of Psychosis from a Developmentally Informed Psychoanalytic Perspective
Application of Motivational Interviewing in Working with Psychotic Disorders
Brief Family nterventions in Psychosis: A Collaborative, Resource-Oriented Approach to Working with Families and Wider Support Networks
Recovery Related Brief Interventions for Psychosis
Employment support for people with psychosis
Cultural Factors in the Treatment of Psychosis
Brief Intervention Models in Psychosis for Developing Countries (Asia & Africa)
Policy Implications in Psychosis.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalXinjun Chen, Yingqi Zhou, editors.Summary: This book offers an introduction to aquaculture sciences and fisheries, discussing the concepts and basic characteristics of fisheries, fishery resources and the related industries, as well as the status of fisheries in various countries around the globe. The book also examines aquaculture, aquatic product processing and utilization, fishery information technology, and fishery economics and management, in addition to hot topics such as blue growth in fisheries, carbon sink fisheries, and global environmental changes in the context of fisheries. Given its scope, it is a valuable resource for undergraduate students in the field as well professional requiring a basic understanding of fisheries.
Contents:
Chapter I Preface
Section 1 Definition and Characteristics of Fisheries
1,Definition and classification of fisheries
2,Characteristics of fishery resources
3,Characteristics of the fisheries industry
Section 2 About this book
1,Aim and scope
2,Research content of this book
3, Curriculum and Related Contents
Section 3 Purpose of Introduction to Fisheries and its Role in Fisheries
1,Purpose and Significance of Learning Introduction to Fisheries 2,Role and position of fisheries in the national economy and society
Section 4 The Role of Fisheries in the National Economy and Society
1,Fisheries provide people with a rich source of protein
2,Direct contribution of fisheries to national economic development
3,Increasing National Fiscal and Foreign Exchange Income from Fisheries
4,Fisheries are conducive to arranging the rural labour force and providing social employment rate
5,Contribution of fisheries to global sustainable development and aquatic ecosystems
6,Contribution of fisheries to the development of other industries
Chapter II World Fisheries
Section 1 Overview of the State of World Fisheries Development
1, Overview of World Fisheries
2, Overview of the world fishing industry
3, Overview of the world aquaculture industry
4, Overview of world fisheries employment and fleets
5, State of the world's marine fishery resources
6, Overview of World Processing and Utilization of Aquatic Products
7, Overview of World Trade in aquatic products
8, Overview of world fisheries management
Section 2 Distribution of Major Fishery Resources and Fishery Areas in the World
1, Classification of major habitats of fishery resources such as fish
2, Division of the world's fishing areas
3, Resources of the world's inland waters and types of fisheries
Section 3 Evolution and Structural Changes in World Fisheries Production
1, Evolution of world fisheries production
2, Changes in the production structure of the world's fisheries
Section 4 World Ocean Fishing
1, Main target groups of the world's marine fisheries
2, Development and utilization of fishery resources in various sea areas of the world
Section 5 World Aquaculture
1, Main target groups for world aquaculture 2, World Aquaculture Development
Section 6 World Aquatic Processing and Utilization Industry
1, World Status of Aquatic Products Processing and Utilization
2, Status of by-product use of fisheries
3, World Trends in the Processing and Utilization of Aquatic Products
Section 7 Modern Leisure Fisheries
1, Concepts and Forms of Leisure Fisheries
2, Overview of leisure fisheries development
3, International Management and Development of Leisure Fisheries
Section 8 World Trade in Fishery Products
1, Status and status of World Trade in fishery products in international trade
2, Countries that trade in the world's major fish products
3, World consumption of fish products
4, Major fisheries products in world trade
5, Trends in world trade in fish products
Section 9 Status and trends in international fisheries management
1, Overview of the international fisheries management development process
2, Analysis of trends in international fisheries management
3, Nature, categories and functions of major international fisheries organizations
Section 10 Major problems and trends in world fisheries
1, Main Problems in the World's Fisheries
2, Future trends in international fisheries
Chapter III Overview of the world's major fishing nations
Section 1 China Fisheries and
Section 2 Japan Fisheries
Section 3 The United States Fisheries
Section 4 Indonesia Fisheries
Section 5 India Fisheries
Chapter V Overview of Major Fisheries Studies
Section 1 Overview of Fishing Science
1, The concept and research content of fishing science
2, Research Status and Development Trend of Fishing Science
Section 2 Overview of Fisheries Resources
1, The Concept and Research Content of Fisheries Resources
2, Research Status and Development Trend of Fisheries Resources
Section 3 Aquatic Growth and Culture
1, The Concept and Research Content of Aquatic Cultivation 2, Research Status and Development Trend of Aquatic Growth and Breeding
Section 4 An Overview of the Processing and Utilization of Aquatic Products
1, The concept of processing and utilization of aquatic products and its research content
2, Research status and development trend of aquatic products processing and utilization
Section 5 Overview of Fisheries Information Technology
1, The Concept of Fisheries Information Technology and its Research Contents
2, Research Status and Development Trend of Fisheries Information Technology
Section 6 Overview of fisheries economics
1, The Concept of Fisheries Economics and Its Research Contents 2, Research Status and Development Trend of Fisheries Economics
Section 7 Overview of Fisheries Resources Economics
1, The Concept of the Economics of Fishery Resources and Its Research Contents
2, Research Status and Development Trend of Fisheries Resources Economics
Chapter VI Sustainable Development of Fisheries
Section 1 Overview of Sustainable Development Theory
1, From economic growth to sustainable development
2, The concept of sustainable development
Section 2 The Sustainable Use of Fishery Resources
1, The basic reason and model of change of fishery resources
2, The general process of exploitation and utilization of fishery resources and the reason of decline based on economics
3, The concept and connotation of sustainable utilization of fishery resources
Section 3 International Action for Sustainable Development of Fisheries- Blue Growth
1, Overview of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development
2, Agenda 2030 and sustainable fisheries development
3, Progress in international action for the sustainable development of fisheries
4, Blue Growth
Section 4 Assessment of the sustainable use of fishery resources in global marine areas
1, Changes in the average trophic level of global catches
2, Potential change mechanisms of MTL
3, Impact of Fisheries Development Process on the Effectiveness of 3.25 MTL Indicators
Section 5 Carbon Sink Fisheries
1, The concept of carbon sink fisheries and its role
2, Carbon sinks in marine fisheries and their development strategies
Chapter VII Global environmental change and fisheries
Section 1 Overview of Global Environmental Change
1, Eutrophication
2. Global warming
3, Destruction of the ozone layer
4, Ocean acidification
Section 2 Impact of major global environmental change events on fisheries
1, the effects of eutrophication on fisheries
2, Impact of global warming on fisheries
3, Effects of ozone layer destruction on fisheries
4, Ocean acidification and its impacts on fisheries
Section 3 Global Climate Change and Marine Ecosystems
1, Changes in fisheries in different marine ecosystems
2, High latitude spring water bloom system
3, Coastal boundary systems
4, Upstream System on the Western Boundary
5, Equatorial upwelling system
6, semi-enclosed sea
7, Sub-tropical circulation
Section 4 Impact of Global Climate Change on Aquaculture
1, Overview of global climate change impacts on aquaculture
2, Vulnerability of climate change to aquaculture by region, country and species
3, International actions to reduce the impact of climate change on aquaculture
Section 5 Vulnerability assessment of food security under the impacts of climate change on marine fisheries
References.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalR. Peter Hobson.Contents:
1. The psychoanalytic background
2. Themes and variations in brief psychodynamic psychotherapy
3. A first case history
4. A second case history
5. The Treatment Manual
6. Therapeutic dialogues I
7. The Adherence Manual
8. Therapeutic dialogues II
9. Is Brief Psychoanalytic Therapy distinctive? A research study
10. The course of treatment
11. The place of Brief Psychoanalytic Therapy.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - DigitalGerald G. Briggs, Craig V. Towers, Alicia B. Forinash.Digital Access
- Digitaleditors, Joseph F. Hagan, Jr., Judith S. Shaw, Paula M. Duncan.Summary: Bright Futures is a set of principles, strategies, and tools for use in improving the health and well-being of all children (newborn-21) through culturally appropriate interventions addressing current and emerging health promotion needs.
Contents:
What is Bright Futures? An introduction to the fourth edition of Bright Futures: guidelines for health supervision of infants, children, and adolescents
Who can use Bright Futures?
How is Bright Futures organized?
Implementing Bright Futures
Using Bright Futures to improve the quality of care
Bright futures health promotion themes
An introduction to the Bright Futures health promotion themes
Promoting lifelong health for families and communities
Promoting family support
Promoting health for children and youth with special health care needs
Promoting healthy development
Promoting mental health
Promoting healthy weight
Promoting healthy nutrition
Promoting physical activity
Promoting oral health
Promoting healthy sexual development and sexuality
Promoting the healthy and safe use of social media
Promoting safety and injury prevention
Bright futures health supervision visits
Introduction to the Bright Futures health supervision visits
Evidence and rationale
Infancy visits (prenatal through 11 months)
Early childhood visits (1 through 4 years)
Middle childhood visits (5 through 10 years)
Adolescence visits (11 through 21 years)
Appendix A: World Health Organization growth charts
Appendix B: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention growth charts
Appendix C: Bright Futures/American Academy of Pediatrics recommendations for preventive pediatric health care (periodicity schedule).Digital Access Pediatric Care Online 2017 - Digitaleditors, Joseph F. Hagan, Jr., MD, FAAP, Judith S. Shaw, MPH, RN, FAAP, Paula M. Duncan, MD, FAAP.Summary: This essential resource developed by multidisciplinary panels of experts in infancy, early childhood, middle childhood, and adolescent health (i.e., pediatricians, family physicians, nurse practitioners, nutritionists, mental health specialists, pediatric dentists and families), covers 12 health promotion themes including: Promoting Family Support, Promoting Healthy Weight, and more! The guidelines reflect updated AAP Recommendations for Preventive Pediatric Health Care, updates to content reflected in the 32 health supervision visits (prenatal and 31 well-child care visits). New themes include: Promoting Lifelong Health for Families and Communities; Promoting Health for Children and Youth with Special Health Care Needs; Promoting the Healthy and Safe Use of Social Media. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
How to use this guide
Supporting families successfully
Bright futures health promotion themes
Bright futures health supervision visits
Introduction to the bright futures health supervision visits
Prenatal visit
Newborn visit
First week visit (3 to 5 days)
1 month visit
2 month visit
4 month visit
6 month visit
9 month visit
12 month visit
15 month visit
18 month visit
2 year visit
2½ year visit
3 year visit
4 year visit
5 and 6 year visits
7 and 8 year visits
9 and 10 year visits
Early adolescence visits (11 through 14 year visits)
Middle adolescence visits (15 through 17 year visits)
Late adolescence visits (18 through 21 year visits)
Appendices. List of abbreviations
Developmental milestones for developmental surveillance at preventive care visits
Social and emotional development in middle childhood
Domains of adolescent development
Tooth eruption chart
Sexual maturity ratings.Digital Access - Digitaleditors: Judith S. Shaw, Joseph F. Hagan Jr, Michelle T. Shepard, Edward S. Curry, Jack T. Swanson, Kathryn M. Janies.Summary: The indispensable companion to the most current edition of the Bright Futures Guidelines for Health Supervision of Infants, Children and Adolescents, the national standard for well-child care. These updated forms and materials relate to preventive health supervision and health screening for infants, children, and adolescents.Digital Access Pediatric Care Online 2019
- DigitalRocco Palumbo.Summary: Patient empowerment as a key component in the future of healthcare systems is the focus of this concise in-depth analysis. It begins by defining patient empowerment as a collaborative partnership linking patients, providers, and systems, and examines the roles of health literacy, provider-patient and system-patient communication, and patient-centered care in the empowerment process. Models of positive and negative empowerment identify optimum conditions when patient and provider participate in service design and delivery as well as pitfalls and risks to patient and system when goals and input are mismatched. The book also translates concepts into practice with guidelines for empowerment strategies at the provider and organization levels to improve patient outcomes and system sustainability. Included in the coverage: · Empowering healthcare organizations to empower patients · A re-design of the patient-provider partnership · Patient empowerment: a requisite for sustainability · The risks of value co-destruction in service systems · The need for enlightening and managing the dark side of patient empowerment · Disentangling the relationship between individual health literacy and patient empowerment Straightforwardly written as a call for proactive change, The Bright Side and the Dark Side of Patient Empowerment is an illuminating text for scholars interested in patient empowerment and patient engagement, policymakers and managers operating in the healthcare field, and healthcare and social care providers.
Contents:
Contextualizing Patient Empowerment
The Bright Side of Patient Empowerment
The Dark Side of Patient Empowerment. - DigitalGraham Dickson, Bill Tholl.Summary: Like other international jurisdictions, the Canadian health sector faces significant demands for change and improvement to meet the needs of the 21st Century. To achieve that goal, highly sophisticated and capable leaders are required across all dimensions of the health system. Bringing Leadership to Life in Health: LEADS in a Caring Environment examines the essence of leadership itself and what it means to be a leader in today's world. The authors describe key challenges that demand reform in the health sector, examine why better leadership is the source code for better system performance, and look at the issues that stand in the way of getting that leadership. This book describes the five domains of the Caring Environment capabilities framework: Lead Self, Engage Others, Achieve Results, Develop Coalitions, and Systems Transformation. Bringing Leadership to Life in Health: LEADS in a Caring Environment is a simple, easily accessible, and research informed book which will explain the LEADS in a Caring Environment capabilities framework that has been adopted across Canada as the foundation for health leadership talent management. This book will illustrate this framework through supportive research, relevant stories solicited from health leaders at all levels as well as the inclusion of "learning moments" to help the readers reflect on their own experiences.
Contents:
1. LEADS: A New Perspective on Leadership in Health
2. Putting LEADS in Context
3. The LEADS in a Caring Environment Capabilities Framework: The Source Code for Health Leadership
4. Learning LEADS: A Lifelong Journey
5. The LEADS in a Caring Environment framework: Lead Self
6. The LEADS in a Caring Environment framework: Engage Others
7. The LEADS in a Caring Environment framework :Achieve Results
8. The LEADS in a Caring Environment framework: Develop Coalitions
9. The LEADS in a Caring Environment framework: Systems Transformation
10. The LEADS in a Caring Environment framework as an operating system for change
11. LEADS Learning: Epilogue. - DigitalGraham Dickson, Bill Tholl, editors.Summary: This book shows why better leadership helps meet the challenges facing health care. The focus is on the Canadian-developed LEADS in a Caring Environment framework: what it does, how it was developed and how LEADS can be a model to envision and plan change.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
1: From Concept to Reality: Putting LEADS to Work
Introduction
Bringing Leadership to Life in Health: A Primer on LEADS
Putting LEADS to Work: A Retrospective on a New Perspective
What has Changed: Key Ideas
What Hasn't Changed: Enduring Ideas
Summary
References
2: Illuminating Leadership and LEADS
The Foundations of Modern Leadership
The Foundations of Leadership
Leadership and Context
The Democratic Context
The Organizational Context: Leadership and Culture
The Need for More Courage Defining Leadership in Health
What Leadership Isn't
Self, Interpersonal and Strategic Leadership
Distributed Leadership
Summary
Appendix: Leadership Theories
Category: Established Leadership Theories
Category: Emerging Leadership Theories
References
3: The LEADS in a Caring Environment Capabilities Framework: The Source Code for Health Leadership
LEADS in a Caring Environment
Caring
Environment
Capabilities
Framework
The Validity of LEADS: Can You Depend on It?
Construct Validity of LEADS
Face Validity of LEADS
The Ongoing Appeal of LEADS LEADS and Other National Frameworks
The United Kingdom (England)
Australia
Summary
References
4: Learning LEADS: Developing Leadership in Individuals and Organizations
Learning Leadership: Why It's Different from Learning Anything Else
Learning Leadership Means Learning Followership
Leaders Learn from Emotional Experience as Well as Practical Experience
Learning Includes Unlearning
Leadership and Learning are Indispensable to Each Other
Learning Individual Leadership: The Hero's Journey
The Hero's Journey and Experiential Learning The Ten Commandments of Individual Leadership Learning
A Disciplined Approach to Learning Organizational Leadership
Leading Practices for Developing Leadership in Organizations
Effective Features for Maximum Leadership Program Impact
Summary
References
5: The LEADS in a Caring Environment Framework: Lead Self
Introduction
Are-Self-Aware
Components of Self-Awareness
Manage Themselves
Demonstrating Emotional Intelligence
Build a Productive Leadership Mindset
Productively Balance the Demands of Personal Responsibility and Accountability
Develop Themselves Personal Mastery: A Discipline for Self-Development
A Strengths-Based Approach
Demonstrates Character
Building Character, Building Resilience
Summary
Lead Self Self-Assessment (For on-line access to self assessment tool, please visit www.LEADSglobal.ca.)
References
6: The LEADS in a Caring Environment Framework: Engage Others
Engagement in Context
Engagement and Diversity
Foster the Development of Others
Contribute to the Creation of Healthy Organizations
Health Workplaces Demand Equity, Diversity and Inclusion (Dr. Ivy Bourgeault)
Communicate EffectivelyDigital Access Springer 2020 - Printpublished by the British Herbal Medicine Association and produced by the Association's Scientific Committee.
- Digital/PrintDigital Access
- Digital/PrintDigital Access Br Inst Radiol 1989-
- DigitalGeert-Jan Rutten.Summary: This book discusses theories that link functions to specific anatomical brain regions. The best known of these are the Broca and Wernicke regions, and these have become synonyms for the location of productive and receptive language functions respectively. This Broca-Wernicke model has proved to be such a powerful concept that is remains the predominant view in modern clinical practice. What is fascinating, however, is that there is little evidence for this strictly localist view on language functions. Modern neuroscience and numerous clinical observations in individual patients show that language functions are represented in complex and ever-changing neural networks. It is fair to say that the model is wrong, and that Broca's and Wernicke's areas in their classic forms do not exist. This is a fascinating paradox: why do neurologists and neurosurgeons continue to use these iconic language models in everyday decision-making? In this book, the author uses his background as a neurosurgeon and a neuroscientist to provide some answers to this question. The book acquaints clinicians and researchers with the many different aspects of language representation in the brain. It provides a historical overview of functional localisation, as well as insights into the misjudgements that have kept the localist doctrine alive. It creates an awareness of the need to integrate clinical observations and neuroscientific theories if we want to progress further in clinical language research and patient care.
- DigitalLynn Wecker, Susan L. Ingram.Summary: Brody's Human Pharmacology is a well-established and much-loved textbook that guides students of medicine, pharmacology and other health professions through pharmacology from both basic and clinical perspectives. What can be a very difficult and complex topic is divided into easily digestible chapters, each of which is clearly structured from a therapeutic overview to mechanisms of action, relationships to clinical responses, pharmacokinetics, pharmacovigilance, new developments, and clinical relevance for all health professionals.
Contents:
Sect. 1: Mechanisms of drug action and therapeutic principles
Sect. 2: Chemical mediators and drugs affecting autonomic and neuromuscular synapses
Sect. 3: Drug treatment for disorders affecting the central nervous system
Sect. 4: Drug therapy for pain management
Sect. 5: Treatment of inflammatory, allergic and immunological disorders
Sect. 6: Drug treatment for cardiovascular diseases
Sect. 7: Endocrine pharmacology
Sect. 8: Chemotherapy
Sect. 9: Speical considerations.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2025] - DigitalCharlotte C. Teneback, Bryan Garcia, editors.Summary: This book offers an in-depth and up-to-date review of bronchiectasis. Bronchiectasis is a broadly heterogenous disease with a variety of etiologies and disease phenotypes and endotypes. To comprehensively and adequately address bronchiectasis, all these aspects need to be considered, which is not always the case in the current literature. Throughout this book, expert authors discuss the epidemiology, etiology, clinical management and clinical trials to give the reader greater context and tools to care for their patients. Chapters include coverage of environmental and infectious causes of bronchiectasis, radiographic phenotyping, diagnosing, and monitoring of bronchiectatic diseases, and host directed therapy. This is an ideal guide for pulmonologists and trainees caring for patients with bronchiectasis.
Contents:
Bronchiectasis: An Introduction to the Patient from the Clinician's Perspective
Global epidemiology and impact of bronchiectasis in adults without cystic fibrosis
Systemic diseases associated with Bronchiectasis
Environmental and Infectious causes of Bronchiectasis
Approach to Etiological Diagnosis and Initial Management
Radiographic Phenotyping, Diagnosing, and Monitoring of Bronchiectatic Diseases
Acute Exacerbations of Bronchiectasis and the Airway Microbiology
Host-Directed Therapy
Challenges and Considerations for Clinical Trials Design in Bronchiectasis
Non-CF Bronchiectasis and Nontuberculous Mycobacteria: Integration of Mental Health and Quality of Life into Patient Care. - DigitalJames Chalmers, Eva Polverino, Stefano Aliberti, editors.Summary: This book presents state of the art knowledge and practice in the rapidly developing field of bronchiectasis not due to cystic fibrosis (referred to below simply as bronchiectasis). The focus is especially on diagnosis and existing and emerging therapies, but the book also covers a wide range of other key topics, from pathophysiology, histopathology, and immunology through to pulmonary rehabilitation, nursing care, and management in primary care and pediatric settings. While bronchiectasis was formerly regarded as an "orphan" disease, international data reveal an increase in its prevalence in recent years. Accordingly, there has been renewed interest in the disease, resulting in more clinical research and the development of new treatments. The impact of bronchiectasis on healthcare systems is substantial and it has a clear attributable mortality. In covering all aspects of the disease, this book will be of interest to respiratory, internal medicine, and infectious disease fellows and specialists, final-year medical students, and nurses and physiotherapists. The authors are leading experts and chairs of the steering committee of EMBARC, the first truly international bronchiectasis network.
Contents:
Preface
Introduction
1 Radiological diagnosis of bronchiectasis
2 Epidemiology and clinical aspects
3 Pathophysiology and histopathology of bronchiectasis
4 Immunology of bronchiectasis
5 How to identify treatable causes and other predisposing factors in bronchiectasis
6 Immunodeficit in bronchiectasis
7 ENT diseases and bronchiectasis
8 Bronchiectasis and ABPA
9 COPD and bronchiectasis
10 Other predisposing factors for bronchiectasis
11 Channelopathies in bronchiectasis
12 The severity of the disease and multidisciplinary management
13 Pseudomonas aeruginosa in bronchiectasis
14 The role of other bacteria, fungi and viruses in bronchiectasis
15 NTM in bronchiectasis
16 Exacerbation of bronchiectasis
17 Long-tern inhaled antibiotic treatment
18 Long-term oral antibiotic / anti-inflammatory treatment
19 Airway clearance
20 Pulmonary rehabilitation
21 Nursing management
22 Surgery and transplantation in bronchiectasis
23 How to manage bronchiectasis in primary care
24 An overview of bronchiectasis in children
Conclusions. - DigitalVineet Bhandari, editor.Contents:
Hyperoxia in the pathogenesis of Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Invasive mechanical ventilation in the pathogenesis of Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Pre- and post-natal inflammation in the pathogenesis of Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Mycoplasma in Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease following Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Genetics of Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Biomarkers of Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Pathology of Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia: Definitions and Epidemiology
Oxygen modulation and Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia: Delivery Room and Beyond
Non-invasive ventilation for the prevention of Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Nutrition in Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia: In the NICU and Beyond
Radiology of Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia: from preterm birth to adulthood
Pulmonary Hypertension in Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Pulmonary Function in Survivors of Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Stem cells for the prevention of Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Less invasive surfactant administration (LISA) for the prevention of Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia
Anti-Inflammatory Agents for the Prevention of Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAlexander Pfeifer, Martin Klingenspor, Stephan Herzig, editors.Summary: The main focus of this book is on brown adipose tissue and its metabolic function. The book provides a timely update on the latest research and shows where the field is heading. Brown adipose tissue (BAT) dissipates energy and has received considerable attention in the last few years, having been re-discovered in adult humans in 2007/9. Moreover, BAT might offer a target for novel therapies to address obesity, a health condition that has reached pandemic dimensions.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Brown Adipose Tissue Development and Metabolism; 1 Introduction and Background; 1.1 Overview; 1.2 Basics of Non-shivering Thermogenesis; 1.3 Brown Fat Anatomy and Morphology; 1.4 BAT Vascularization and Innervation; 1.5 Transcriptional Control of Brown Adipocyte Differentiation; 2 Brown Fat Growth; 2.1 Techniques for Studying BAT Development; 2.1.1 FACS; 2.1.2 Lineage Tracing; 2.2 Brown Adipocyte Origins; 2.3 Postnatal and Adult Brown Fat Growth and Metabolism; 3 Other Thermogenic Adipocytes; 3.1 Brite/Beige Adipocytes; 3.2 Brite/Beige Adipocyte Origins 3.2 Flow Cytometry for Evaluation of Cell Culture Purity4 Confluence; 5 Initiation of Differentiation; 6 Differentiation; 7 Validation of Cell Cultures; 8 Considerations; 8.1 Cell Passaging; 8.2 Differentiation With or Without Serum; 8.3 Inducing Brown Adipogenesis with External Factors; References; In Vitro Models for Study of Brown Adipocyte Biology; 1 Introduction; 2 In Vitro Adipocyte Research Tools; 3 Commonly Used In Vitro Models for Studying Brown Adipocyte Biology; 3.1 Characteristics of Brown Adipocytes; 3.2 Brown Adipose Tissue Explant Culture; 3.3 Primary Culture 3.4 Brown Adipocyte Cell Lines 3.4.1 T37i; 3.4.2 WT-1; 3.4.3 HIB 1B; 3.4.4 PAZ6; 4 Conditionally Immortalised Brown Adipocyte Cell Lines; 5 Self-Immortalised Adipocyte Cell Lines; 6 Mouse Embryo Fibroblasts; 7 Human Multipotent Adipose-Derived Stem Cells; 8 Pluripotent Stem Cells; 9 Conclusion; References; Brown-Like Adipocyte Progenitors Derived from Human iPS Cells: A New Tool for Anti-obesity Drug Discovery and Cell-Based Thera ... ; 1 Introduction; 2 Capacity of Human-Induced Pluripotent Stem Cells to Generate BAs; 3 Pathways Governing hiPSC-BAP Adipogenic Capacity 4 Going Forward4.1 Unanswered Questions and Future Goals; 4.2 Prospects for BAT-Based Therapeutics; References; Lessons from Cre-Mice and Indicator Mice; 1 Introduction; 2 Techniques to Create Transgenic Mouse Lines; 3 Tamoxifen Inducible vs. Dox-Inducible Recombinase Systems; 4 The ap2 Promoter; 5 The Adiponectin Promoter; 6 The Ucp1 Promoter; 7 Genetic Mouse Models to Disrupt Mature Brown Adipocyte Function; 8 Lessons from Fat but Non-brown Fat-Specific Gene Targeting and Tracing; 9 Indicator Mice of Brown Fat Function; 10 White/Brown/Brite Adipocyte-Specific Labeling; References Aging of Brown and Beige/Brite Adipose Tissue1 Introduction; 2 General Aspects of White and Brown Adipose Tissue Aging; 3 Molecular Characteristics of Brown Adipose Tissue Aging; 4 Cellular Senescence: Stem Cell Dysfunction; 5 Extracellular Matrix and Adipose Tissue Aging; 6 Neuronal Regulation of Aging Brown Adipocytes; 7 Age-Related Changes to the Endocrine Regulation of Brown Adipocytes; 8 Contribution of Inflammatory Processes to BAT Atrophy; 9 Conclusion; References; Adipogenesis in Primary Cell Culture; 1 Introduction; 2 Biopsy; 3 Proliferation; 3.1 Priming/Adipocyte Commitment - DigitalEmily W. Nowak, Renee Colsch.Summary: "Brown's Evidence-Based Nursing: The Research-Practice Connection, Fifth Edition introduces students to research methods and evidence-based practice. Evidence-based practice is a multi-step approach to healthcare delivery. It requires the ability to assess, interpret, and integrate current research to apply to day-to-day clinical problems"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The Research-Practice Connection
Research Evidence
Reading Research Articles
Qualitative Research
Quantitative Descriptive Research
Correlational Research
Experimental Research
Cohort Research
Systematic Reviews
Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines
Asking Clinical Questions
Searching for Research Evidence
Appraising Research Evidence
Appraising Recommendations of Clinical Practice Guidelines
Appraising Conclusions of Systematic Reviews with Narrative Synthesis
Appraising Findings of Original Studies
Evidence-Based Practice Strategies
Evidence-Based Practice Participation
Point-of-Care Adaptations.Digital Access R2Library [2024], ©2024 - DigitalAdrian Baranchuk.Contents:
1. The History of the Brugada Phenocopy concept
2. Brugada Phenocopy: Definition, systematic approach to its diagnosis, how to differentiate it from true Brugada Syndrome
3. The value of the sodium channel blocker test in Brugada syndrome and Brugada Phenocopy: Pieter Postema (The Netherlands)
4. How to recognize a Brugada ECG pattern: The beta angle
5. How to recognize a Brugada ECG pattern: The base of the triangle
6. The Rsr' pattern in leads V1-V2: algorithm and differential diagnosis
7. International Registry & Educational Portal on Brugada Phenocopies
8. Specific Brugada Phenocopies: Ischemia
9. Specific Brugada Phenocopies: Acute pulmonary embolism
10. Specific Brugada Phenocopies: Electrolyte disorders
11. The ECG of the athlete & the differential diagnosis with the Brugada ECG pattern
12. The value of the Vectorcardiogram in Brugada syndrome
13. How to apply the beta angle and base of the triangle in real cases
14. Exceptional Brugada Phenocopies
15. The importance of Brugada Phenocopy
16. The importance of risk stratifying in Brugada syndrome
17. Differentiation between BrS ECG pattern and BrP ECG pattern: Is this possible?
18. The Journey of describing a new ECG phenomenon.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalPeter Brukner, Karim Khan.Contents:
PART A: EXERCISE AND HEALTH
Chapter 1: Physical inactivity: a global public health problem
Chapter 2: Benefits and risks of physical activity
Chapter 3: Prescribing physical activity: the clinical assessment
Chapter 4: Prescribing physical activity: the written prescription
Chapter 5: Prescribing physical activity: motivational interviewing
Chapter 6: Nutrition for health
PART B: MANAGING MEDICAL PROBLEMS
Chapter 7: Obesity
Chapter 8: Diabetes mellitus
Chapter 9: Sudden cardiac death in sport
Chapter 10: Cardiovascular symptoms
Chapter 11: Respiratory symptoms during exercise
Chapter 12: Gastrointestinal symptoms
Chapter 13: Haematuria and other urinary symptoms
Chapter 14: Neurological conditions
Chapter 15: Rheumatological conditions
Chapter 16: Osteoarthritis
Chapter 17: Osteoporosis--physical activity for bone health
Chapter 18: Infections
Chapter 19: The tired athlete
Chapter 20: Cancer
Chapter 21: Physical activity in the prevention and treatment of depression
Chapter 22: Anxiety disorders
PART C: ENVIRONMENT
Chapter 23: Heat
Chapter 24: Cold
Chapter 25: Altitude
Chapter 26: Underwater
Chapter 27: Physical activity and the built environment
PART D: SPECIFIC GROUPS
Chapter 28: Childhood and adolescence
Chapter 29: Female-specific considerations: anatomy, physiology, injuries and performance
Chapter 30: Transgender and intersex
Chapter 31: Older people#
Chapter 32: The person with disability
PART E: PERFORMANCE AND ETHICS
Chapter 33: Nutrition for performance
Chapter 34: Drugs and the athlete
Chapter 35: Genetics in exercise and sport
Chapter 36: Medico-legal issues
Chapter 37: Harassment and abuse
PART F: PRACTICAL SPORTS MEDICINE
Chapter 38: Emergencies
Chapter 39: Medical coverage of endurance events
Chapter 40: Multisport endurance events.Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2019 - DigitalBrukner, Peter; Bahr, Roald; Clarsen, Ben; Cook, Jill; Cools, Ann; Crossley, Kay; Hutchinson, Mark R.; Khan, Karim; McCrory, Paul.Contents:
Part A. Fundamental principles
Sports and exercise medicine: the team approach
Integrating evidence into shared decision making with patients
Sports injuries: acute
Sports injuries: overuse
Pain: why and how does it hurt?
Pain: the clinical aspects
Beware: conditions that masquerade as sports injuries
Introduction to clinical biomechanics
Biomechanical aspects of injury in specific sports
Training programming and prescription
Core stability
Preventing injury
Recovery: the science and the art
Clinical assessment: moving from rote to rational and rigorous
How to make the diagnosis: tips for better history taking, physical examination and investigation
Patient-reported outcome measures in sports medicine
Treatments for musculoskeletal conditions
Principles of sports injury rehabilitation
Return to play
Part B. Regional problems
Sports concussion - Headache
Face, eye and teeth
Neck pain
Shoulder pain
Elbow and arm pain
Wrist pain
Hand and finger injuries
Thoracic and chest pain
Low back pain
Buttock pain
Hip-related pain
Groin pain
Anterior thigh pain
Posterior thigh pain
Acute ankle injuries
Anterior knee pain
Lateral, medial and posterior knee pain
Leg pain
Calf pain
Pain in the Achilles region
Acute ankle injuries
Ankle pain
Part C. Special groups of participants
Younger athlete
Military personnel
Periodic medical assessment of athletes
Working and travelling with teams
Career development.Digital Access AccessPhysiotherapy 2017 - PrintSchwarz, Ignaz.
- DigitalXingshun Qi, editor.Summary: This book offers a systematic introduction to Budd-Chiari syndrome, a rare but life-threatening vascular disorder of the liver, which refers to obstructions at any site from the hepatic veins to the suprahepatic inferior vena cava. The book mainly covers the history, epidemiology, etiology and risk factors, pathology, diagnosis, pharmacological and interventional aspects, surgical treatment, etiological treatment, and prognostic assessment of Budd-Chiari syndrome. Notably, it also presents cutting-edge research findings in this field. The early diagnosis of Budd-Chiari syndrome is vital, as it allows clinicians to pursue more targeted and effective treatment strategies, thus improving patient outcomes. However, much information, including the latest advances, has not yet been fully disseminated in current clinical practice. This book addresses that gap, helping physicians to improve diagnosis and establish standard treatment strategies, helping researchers conduct clinical and experimental studies, and even helping patients and their relatives to recognize this disease.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgment; Contents;
1: History of Budd-Chiari Syndrome; 1.1 The Obstruction of the Hepatic Veins: A Historic Journey from the First Reports to the Modern Concept of Budd-Chiari Syndrome; 1.2 History of Treatment and Current Management in BCS; References;
2: Epidemiology of Budd-Chiari Syndrome; 2.1 Incidence of Budd-Chiari Syndrome; 2.2 Prevalence of Budd-Chiari Syndrome in the General Population; 2.3 Sex Distribution of Patients with Budd-Chiari Syndrome; 2.4 Age Distribution of Patients with Budd-Chiari Syndrome 2.5 Prevalence of Budd-Chiari Syndrome in Particular Categories of Patients2.6 Conclusion; References;
3: Pathology of Budd-Chiari Syndrome and Hepatic Vein Obstruction; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Pathology; 3.2.1 Distribution of Hepatic Outflow Obstruction; 3.2.2 Vena Cava Lesions; 3.2.3 Intrahepatic Hepatic Vein Obstruction; 3.2.4 Portal Vein Involvement; 3.2.5 Patterns of Parenchymal Extinction, Atrophy, and Regeneration; 3.2.6 Small Duct Changes Including Regeneration (Progenitor Reaction); 3.2.7 Large Regenerative Nodules and Adenoma; 3.2.8 Hepatocellular Adenoma and Carcinoma 3.3 Pathogenesis of Budd-Chiari Syndrome3.4 Clinical Use of Biopsy; 3.4.1 Differential Diagnosis; 3.4.2 Assessment of Duration and Severity of Disease; References;
4: Imaging of Budd-Chiari Syndrome; 4.1 Direct Signs: Depicting the Vascular Anomalies; 4.2 Indirect Signs: Depicting the Consequences of Venous Anomalies; 4.3 Diagnostic Imaging; 4.3.1 Ultrasound Examination with Doppler Analysis; 4.3.2 Computed Tomography; 4.3.3 Magnetic Resonance Imaging; 4.3.4 Venography; 4.4 Treatment Planning; 4.5 Focal Liver Lesions and Budd-Chiari Syndrome; 4.6 Conclusion; References
5: Thrombophilia and Primary Budd-Chiari Syndrome5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Thrombophilia and Hypercoagulability; 5.3 Budd-Chiari Syndrome As a Multifactorial Disease; 5.4 Inherited Thrombophilia in Budd-Chiari Syndrome; 5.4.1 Thrombophilia Due to Loss of Anticoagulation Function; 5.4.2 Inherited Thrombophilia Due to Gain of Procoagulant Function; 5.4.2.1 Factor V Leiden; 5.4.2.2 Prothrombin Gene Mutation; 5.4.2.3 Hyperhomocysteinemia; 5.4.2.4 Factor VIII; 5.4.2.5 Other Risk Factors; 5.5 Acquired Thrombophilia in Budd-Chiari Syndrome 5.5.1 Philadelphia-Chromosome Negative Chronic Myeloproliferative Neoplasms (MPN)5.5.2 Antiphospholipid Syndrome; 5.5.3 Paroxysmal Nocturnal Haemoglobinuria (PNH); 5.5.4 Behçet's Disease and Other Acquired Disorders; 5.6 Thrombophilia Screening; 5.7 Concluding Remarks; References;
6: Budd-Chiari Syndrome and Myeloproliferative Neoplasms; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Budd-Chiari Syndrome and Myeloproliferative Neoplasms; 6.3 Molecular Diagnosis of MPN-Related Budd-Chiari Syndrome; 6.3.1 JAK2 V617F Mutation; 6.3.2 CALR Mutations; 6.3.3 MPL Exon 10 and JAK2 Exon 12 MutationsDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalJosephine Mauskopf, Stephanie R. Earnshaw, Anita Brogan, Sorrel Wolowacz, Thor-Henrik Brodtkorb.Summary: The first of its kind for budget-impact analysis, this comprehensive guide provides clear and concise instructions for evaluating the impact that new pharmaceuticals will have on the budget for a specific jurisdiction. The book demonstrates how to create a budget-impact analysis using a simple six-step process that is consistent with current guidelines for these analyses. Examples and exercises for each chapter afford an opportunity to practice the six-step process in practical applications. The book progresses from a framework for budget impact analyses to an in-depth review of components and how to develop and present these in software applications and reports. Critical considerations such as uncertainty analysis and validation, and considerations for alternate interventions, such as vaccines and diagnostics, are also covered. This book is a "must have" for the builder and budget holder, with builders benefiting from instructions to identify and estimate all necessary variables and budget holders receiving a guide to what should be included in the analyses they assess.Digital Access Springer 2017
- Digitaledited by Robert A. Britton, Baylor College of Medicine, Molecular Virology and Microbiology, Houston, Texas, Patrice D. Cani, Université catholique de Louvain, Louvain Drug Research Institute, WELBIO-Walloon Excellence in Life Sciences, Brussels, Belgium.Summary: Examining the enormous potential of microbiome manipulation to improve health.
Contents:
A. TRADITIONAL PROBIOTIC APPROACHES. Chapter 1. Biochemical features of beneficial microbes : foundations for therapeutic microbiology / Melinda A. Engevik, James Versalovic
Chapter 2. The genomic basis of lactobacilli as health-promoting organisms / Elisa Salvetti, Paul W. O'Toole
Chapter 3. Bifidobacteria and their health-promoting effects / Claudio Hidalgo-Cantabrana, Susana Delgado, Lorena Ruiz, Patricia Ruas-Madiedo, Borja Sánchez, Abelardo Margolles
B. NEXT-GENERATION BACTERIOTHERAPY: OPPORTUNITIES IN CHRONIC DISEASES. Chapter 4. Microbial interactions and interventions in colorectal cancer / Terence van Raay, Emma Allen-Vercoe
Chapter 5. Microbial impact on host metabolism: opportunities for novel treatments of nutritional disorders? / Hubert Plovier, Patrice D. Cani
Chapter 6. Therapeutic opportunities in the vaginal microbiome / Gregor Reid
Chapter 7. Lung microbiota and its impact on the mucosal immune phenotype / Benjamin G. Wu, Leopoldo N. Segal
Chapter 8. Microbiota, liver diseases, and alcohol / Anne-Marie Cassard, Philippe Gérard, Gabriel Perlemuter
Chapter 9. The potential of probiotics as a therapy for osteoporosis / Fraser L. Collins, Naiomy D. Rios-Arce, Jonathan D. Schepper, Narayanan Parameswaran, Laura R. McCabe
Chapter 10. Ecological therapeutic opportunities for oral diseases / Anilei Hoare, Philip D. Marsh, Patricia I. Diaz
C. CONTROL OF INFECTIOUS DISEASE BY MICROBES. Chapter 11. Control of Clostridium difficile infection by defined microbial communities / James Collins, Jennifer M. Auchtung
Chapter 12. Fecal microbiota transplantation : therapeutic potential for a multitude of diseases beyond Clostridium difficile / Guido J. Bakker, Max Nieuwdorp
Chapter 13. Enterococci and their interactions with the intestinal microbiome / Krista Dubin, Eric G. Palmer
D. NEXT-GENERATION MICROBIAL THERAPEUTICS: TOOLS AND REGULATION. Chapter 14. Engineering diagnostic and therapeutic gut bacteria / Brian P. Landry, Jeffrey J. Tabor
Chapter 15. Use of traditional and genetically modified probiotics in human health : what does the future hold? / Luis G. Bermúdez-Humarán, Philippe Langella
Chapter 16. Genetic tools for the enhancement of probiotic properties / Laura Ortiz-Velez, Robert Britton
Chapter 17. Genome editing of food-grade lactobacilli to develop therapeutic probiotics / Jan-Peter van Pijkeren, Rodolphe Barrangou
Chapter 18. United States regulatory considerations for development of live biotherapeutic products as drugs / Sheila M. Dreher-Lesnick, Scott Stibitz, Paul E. Carlson, Jr.
E. INDIRECT STRATEGIES TO TARGET MICROBIOME FUNCTION FOR HEALTH. Chapter 19. Bacteriophage clinical use as antibacterial “drugs” : utility and precedent / Stephen T. Abedon
Chapter 20. Modulation of the gastrointestinal microbiome with nondigestable fermentable carbohydrates to improve human health / Edward C. Deehan, Rebbeca M. Duar, Anissa M. Armet, Maria Elisa Perez-Muñoz, Mingliang Jin, Jens Walter.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - Digitaledited by Jennifer Ross, Wallace F. Marshall.Contents:
Chapter 1. In vitro systems for the study of microtubule-based cell polarity in fission yeast
Chapter 2. Microtubules, MAPs, and motor patterns
Chapter 3. Self-organization of motors and microtubules in lipid-monolayered droplets
Chapter 4. Reconstitution of microtubule-based motility using cell extracts
Chapter 5. Building cells for quantitative, live-cell analyses of collective motor protein functions
Chapter 6. Reconstituting cytoskeletal contraction events with biomimetic actin-myosin active gels
Chapter 7. Building an artificial actin cortex on microscopic pillar arrays
Chapter 8. Triggering actin polymerization in Xenopus egg extracts from phosphoinositide-containing lipid bilayers
Chapter 9. Reconstituting geometry-modulated protein patterns in membrane compartments
Chapter 10. Structural and functional studies of membrane remodeling machines
Chapter 11. Building interconnected membrane networks
Chapter 12. Using supported bilayers to study the spatiotemporal organization of membrane-bound proteins
Chapter 13. Reconstituting ParA/ParB-mediated transport of DNA cargo
Chapter 14. Cell-sized liposomes that mimic cell motility and the cell cortex
Chapter 15. Reconstitution of cortical actin networks within water-in-oil emulsions
Chapter 16. Engineering artificial cells by combining HeLa-based cell-free expression and ultrathin double emulsion template
Chapter 17. Reconstitution of proteins on electroformed giant unilamellar vesicles
Chapter 18. Reconstituting SNARE-mediated membrane fusion at the single liposome level.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - PrintTracy S. Wang, Adam W. Beck, editors.Summary: This book provides an overview of the unique aspects related to a university based clinical practice. The development of relationships with senior colleagues and referring providers, building multidisciplinary programs within an academic institution, financing of academic medicine, and issues specific to the speciality are discussed. Building a Clinical Practice aims to highlight the importance of developing a successful clinical practice in an academic setting and to help guide readers through the challenges associated with that process. This book is relevant to senior surgical trainees and young surgical faculty who are facing the challenges associated with developing a clinical practice.
Contents:
1. Clinical practice in the context of an academic career
2. Framing your academic career early
3. Financial considerations
4. Balance with being clinical and saying yes
5. Specialty-specific considerations
6. "Availability, Ability, and Affability"
7. Relationships within your department/institution
8. Building multidisciplinary programs
9. Basic science lab with clinical practice
10. Health services research / clinical practice
11. Education / clinical practice
12. Clinical trials / clinical practice
13. When to Say Yes or No (academic activities)
14. Joining and become involved with surgical societies
15. Understanding Finances of Medicine
16. Building relationships with hospital administrators
17. New technologies
learning/utilizing/how to bring innovation to a hospital
18. VA
19. Community-affiliated academics
20. County Hospitals
21. Balancing multi-site practices/outreach in academics
22. Cardiothoracic
23. Vascular
24. Endocrine
25. Robotic surgery
26. Colorectal
27. Bariatrics
28. Breast
29. Transplant
30. Surgical Oncology
31. Pediatric Surgery
32. Trauma/ACS. - DigitalJohn A. Quelch, Emily C. Boudreau.Contents:
1. Building a culture of health
2. Consumer health
3. Employee health
4. Community health
5. Environmental health
6. Implementing a culture of health
About the authors
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalJoe Tye, Bob Dent.Summary: "Using construction as their metaphor, authors Joe Tye and Bob Dent make a compelling case that a healthcare organization's invisible architecture-a foundation of core values, a superstructure of organizational culture, and the interior finish of workplace attitude-is no less important than its visible architecture. Further, they assert that culture will not change unless people change, and people will not change unless they are inspired to do so and given the right tools. The fully updated second edition of Building a Culture of Ownership in Healthcare takes readers on a journey from accountability to ownership-providing a proven model, strategies, and practical solutions to help improve organizational culture in the healthcare setting. Learn how investing in your organization and your people can enable a significant, successful change in productivity; employee engagement; nurse satisfaction, recruitment, and retention; quality of care; patient satisfaction; and financial outcomes"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Invisible architecture
From accountability to ownership
The foundation of core values
The superstructure of organizational culture
The interior finish of workplace attitude
Blueprinting a culture of ownership
Three essential elements of a culture of ownership
Personal values and organizational values
The four dimensions of transformational leadership
Anatomy of a change movement : what the movement to ban public smoking has to teach healthcare leaders about culture change.Digital Access AccessAPN 2020 - Digitaleditors, Maureen M. Black, Atul Singhal, Charles H. Hillman.Summary: "This book covers the content of the 95th Nestle Nutrition Institute Workshop (held in Brazil, 2020), which explored the current scientific research, challenges, and opportunities of cementing a healthy foundation for life in toddlers and young children. The key issues presented offer valuable insights for health care providers, policy makers, and researchers on how appropriate nutrition, nurturing caregiving, and environment can influence the development and health of children up to five years of age"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Toddler development and autonomy : baby-led weaning, neophobia and responsive parenting / Black, M.M.
Global landscape of nutrient inadequacies in toddlers and young children / Eldridge, A.L.; Offord, E.A.
Toddlers in Brazil : challenges and opportunities / Fisberg, M.; Duarte Batista, L.
Growth faltering : underweight and stunting / Prentice, A.M.
Obesity in toddlers and young children : causes and consequences / Singhal, A.
Summary on optimising nutrition in toddlers and young children / Singhal, A.
Transition from breastfeeding and complementary feeding to toddler nutrition in childcare settings / Ritchie, L.D.; Lee, D.L.; Vitale, E.H.; Au, L.E.
Selected micronutrient needs of children 1 to 3 years of age / Abrams, S.A.
You are what your parents eat : parental influences on early flavor preference development / Forestell, C.A.
Introducing hard-to-like foods to infants and toddlers : mothers' perspectives and children's experiences about learning to accept novel foods / Johnson, S.L.; Moding, K.J.
Dietary sugars : not as sour as they are made out to be / Bier, D.M.
Summary on advancing from infancy to toddlerhood through food / Black, M.M.
A review of the effects of physical activity on cognition and brain health across children and adolescence / Hillman, C.H.; McDonald, K.M.; Logan, N.E.
Nutrition effects on childhood executive control / Willis, N.; Khan, N.A.
The importance of motor skills for development / Adolph, K.E.; Hoch, J.E.
The importance of providing opportunities for health behaviors during the school day / Castelli, D.M.; Barcelona, J.M.; Crim, B.; Burson, S.L.
Summary on health behaviors and the developing brain / Hillman, C.H.Digital Access Karger 2020 - DigitalHansa Bhargava, MD, FAAPSummary: In Building Happier Kids, Dr Bhargava helps parents understand the impact of stress and shares concrete steps parents can take to reduce the pressure on their children and teens and increase their health and happiness.
Contents:
Front Cover
Title Page
Copyright
Dedication
Contents
Acknowledgments
Introduction
Quiz: How Strong Is Your Child's Emotional Well-being?
Chapter 1: Building Your Mental Health Toolbox
Quiz: Is Your Family Embracing the Basics?
Chapter 2: Finding Your Way Back to the 4 Fundamentals
Quiz: Is Your Family Overscheduled?
Chapter 3: The Loss of Unscheduled Time
Quiz: Is Your Child's Digital Media Use Excessive?
Chapter 4: The Rise of Digital Media and the Battle for Screen-free Time
Quiz: Is Your Child at Risk for Toxic Stress? Chapter 5: Understanding the Effects of Toxic Stress
Quiz: Does Your Family Prioritize Sleep?
Chapter 6: Choosing Sleep as a Priority
Quiz: Parents: Do You Have a Handle on Your Stress?
Chapter 7: Replenishing the Cup for the Stressed-out, Overwhelmed Parent
Quiz: Does Your Family Have a Plan in Place for Crises?
Chapter 8: Your Child's Mental Health: What to Do During a Crisis
Quiz: Does Your Child Have Tools to Find Their Purpose?
Chapter 9: Giving Our Children Tools for Success and Happiness
Chapter 10: Final Tools to Build Happy and Healthy Kids
IndexDigital Access AAP ebooks 2022 - DigitalKenneth R. Ginsburg with Martha M. JablowContents:
Front Cover
Title Page
Copyright
Dedication
Contents
Acknowledgments
Introduction
Part 1: Be the Kind of Parent With Long-standing Influence
Chapter 1: The Power of Loving Relationships
Chapter 2: Parenting the 35-Year-Old
Chapter 3: The Right Balance Tips the Scales Toward a Positive Future
Part 2: Resilience and Stress
Chapter 4: Why Resilience?
Chapter 5: Stress and Its Effects
Chapter 6: Ingredients of Resilience: 7 Crucial Cs
Chapter 7: The Language of Resilience Chapter 8: Not Letting Others Undermine Your Child's Resilience (or Psych You Out!)
Part 3: Competence and Confidence
Chapter 9: The Amazing Developing Brain
Chapter 10: Getting Out of the Way
Chapter 11: The Value of Play, Reflection, and Downtime
Chapter 12: Noticing, Praising, and Criticizing
Chapter 13: Authentic Success (This Includes Making the Most of Failure)
Chapter 14: Thinking Clearly
Chapter 15: No More Lectures
Chapter 16: "I Get It!"
Chapter 17: Changing Behavior Step-by-step
Chapter 18: Shifting the Blame to Save Face Chapter 19: (Social) Media Literacy
Chapter 20: Not Being Broken
Chapter 21: Building Confidence
Chapter 22: Raising Youth of Color in a Complex World
Part 4: Connection
Chapter 23: Protective Connections
Chapter 24: Take a Breath, You're Co-regulating
Chapter 25: The Art and Importance of Listening
Chapter 26: Strengthening Family Ties
Chapter 27: Widening the Circle
Chapter 28: Having Their Back, True Unconditional Love
Chapter 29: Preparing Our Families for Lifelong Interdependence
Chapter 30: Some Cautions About Connection Chapter 31: Supporting Resilience in Military Families
Chapter 32: Nurturant Connections Protect Against Toxic Stress
Part 5: Character and Contribution
Chapter 33: Character
Chapter 34: Grit: A Character Trait That Drives Performance
Chapter 35: Contribution
Part 6: Coping
Chapter 36: Getting a Grip on Stress
Chapter 37: Taking Action
Chapter 38: Taking Care of Your Body
Chapter 39: Taking Care of Your Emotions
Part 7: Control
Chapter 40: Styles of Discipline
Chapter 41: Positive Discipline Strategies
Chapter 42: Increasing Kids' Control Chapter 43: Delaying Gratification
Chapter 44: One Rung at a Time
Chapter 45: Not Everything Is Within Our Control
Part 8: When Resilience Is Challenged
Chapter 46: Extreme Circumstances
Chapter 47: Bringing Our Children Back
Chapter 48: Turning for Help
Chapter 49: When Your Own Resilience Reaches Its Limits
Part 9: Especially for Communities
Chapter 50: Community-Based Resilience-Building Strategies
Parting Thoughts
Index
Back CoverDigital Access AAP ebooks 2020 - Digital[edited by] Elaine Miller-Karas.Summary: "During and after a traumatic experience, survivors experience a cascade of physical, emotional, cognitive, behavioral, relational, and spiritual responses that can make them feel feeling unbalanced and threatened. The second edition of Building Resilience to Trauma explains common responses from a biological perspective, reframing the human experience from one of shame and pathology to one of hope and biology. Using two evidence-informed models of intervention that are trauma-informed and resiliency-informed-the community resiliency model (CRM) and the trauma resiliency model (TRM)-chapters distill complex neuroscience into understandable concepts and lay out a path for fostering short and long-term healing. The community resiliency model develops natural leaders who share wellness skills throughout communities as primary prevention, and the trauma resiliency model focuses on training mental health professionals to reprocess traumatic experiences. Studies have demonstrated that the models' use leads to significant reductions in depression and anxiety, and both models also lead to increases in well-being. The models restore balance after traumatic experiences and can be used as tools to cultivate well-being across cultures and abilities throughout the lifespan. Program co-sponsors have included the United Nations, Emory University's Center for Contemplative Science and Compassion-Based Ethics, the Victims and Survivors Network of Northern Ireland, PACES Connection, the International Transformational Resilience Coalition, the Adventist Disaster Relief Agency International, Wake County School System, and the State of Washington Police Commission"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2023
- DigitalJoseph Sabbagh, Robert McConnell, editors.Summary: This book is dedicated to all relevant aspects of bulk fill materials and their uses in clinical practice. Today, we count over 30 different bulk fill materials, which can be used in the dental clinic. The composition of bulk fill materials and their different modes of application for moderate to large direct resin restorations placement are explained in this book. It is written by a group of international specialists and allows the reader to evaluate available materials, learn predictable techniques and evaluate long term survival as well as future developments. The book covers all fields related to the history of bulk fill composites, their composition and physical properties, and a step by step guide to their successful clinical applications. Practitioners will find it invaluable as a clinical manual and a good reference book.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
1: General Introduction
1.1 Dental Resin Composites
1.2 Cavity Design for Posterior Composite Restorations
1.3 Composite Placement
1.4 Bulk Fill Resin Composites
References
2: What Are Bulk Fill (BF) Composites and How Do They Differ from Non-BF Composites?
2.1 What Are Bulk Fill Composites?
2.2 Composition and Microstructure
2.2.1 Organic Phase (Resin Matrix)
2.2.1.1 Conventional Composite Monomer
2.2.1.2 Bulk Fill Monomer Modifications
2.2.2 Inorganic Phase (Fillers)
2.2.2.1 Conventional Composite Fillers 2.2.2.2 Bulk Fill Filler Modifications
2.2.3 Microstructure
2.2.4 Coupling Agent (Silanes)
2.2.4.1 Polymerization Initiation System of Bulk Fill
2.3 Classification of Bulk Fill Composite
2.3.1 According to Viscosity
2.3.1.1 Low Viscosity Bulk Fill
2.3.1.2 High Viscosity Bulk Fill
2.3.2 Modified High Viscosity Bulk Fill
2.3.2.1 Sonically Activated Bulk Fill
2.3.2.2 Thermo-Viscous Bulk Fill
2.3.2.3 Fibre-Reinforced Bulk Fill
2.3.3 Dual Cured Bulk Fill Composite Resin
2.3.4 Clinical Relevance
2.4 Bulk Fill Shades and Depth of Cure 4.1 Formulation of RBCs
4.1.1 Q1. Photon Penetration into RBCs
4.1.2 Q2. Photons Encounter PI Molecules
4.2 Degree of Conversion
4.3 "Bleaching" of Photo-Initiators and Colour Stability of BF-RBCs
4.4 The Reciprocity Hypothesis
4.5 Shrinkage Phenomena
4.6 Photo-Curing of Highly Filled Systems Following Pre-Heating or Sonication
4.7 Depth of Cure
References
5: How Do I Select and Deploy Light Curing Units for BFC?
5.1 What Are the Older LCU Technologies?
5.2 Selection Principles
5.3 Before Deploying Light 5.3.1 Consider the Diameter of the LCU Tip
5.3.2 Consider the Distance/Angulation of the LCU Tip
5.3.3 Consider Thermal Energy from the LCU and the Polymerization Kinetics
5.4 How Can LCU Performance Be Validated?
5.4.1 Precision Laboratory Methods
5.4.1.1 Top and Bottom Hardness
5.4.1.2 Slotted Moulds to Measure Hardness/Depth Profiles
5.4.2 Simpler Measurements in the Dental Clinic
5.4.3 Developing Photocuring Skills and Good Working Practice
References
6: Physical and Mechanical Properties of BFC's
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Flexural Strength - DigitalCarl Philpott, MB ChB, DLO, FRCS (ORL-HNS), MD, PGCME, Anthony Long Senior Lecturer in Otorhinolaryngology, Division of Medicine, Norwich Medical School, University of East Anglia, Norwich, United Kingdom, Peter Tassone, MB ChB, FRCSGlasg (ORI-HNS), Consultant ENT, Thyroid, and Head and Neck Surgeon, James Paget, Norfolk and Norwich University Hospitals, Norfolk, United Kingdom, Matthew Clark, BSc, MBBS, FRC (ORL-HNS), Consultant Otologist and ENT Surgeon, Gloucestershire Royal Hospital, Gloucester, United Kingdom.Summary: "Concise and to-the-point, this book provides a highly effective review and study aid for postgraduate and exit exam candidates in otolaryngology-head and neck surgery. It covers the full breadth of the field in manageable nuggets of information that are easily learned and retained, and ensures that trainees are prepared for all frequently asked exam questions. Special Features: Distills key facts into bullet points for rapid access to essential information, without the need to wade through lengthy, extraneous material, Covers the full range of topics in the modern ENT syllabus, as well as other important areas (e.g., imaging techniques, pharmacology, medical statistics) that are encountered in todays exams, Organized by subspecialty for quick, convenient review of selected topics, Serves equally well as a compact reference and refresher in the clinic, hospital or operating theatre, Offers a valuable overview of otolaryngology for trainees in allied specialties, such as maxillofacial and plastic surgery, audiology and speech-language pathology. Primarily geared to the Diploma of Otolaryngology-Head Neck Surgery (DOHNS) and Fellowship Intercollegiate (FRCS-ORL HNS) exams in the UK, Bullet points in ENT is also an excellent learning resource for similar tests in Europe, India, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, South Africa and other countries. It is ideal as a current, comprehensive, study and revision aid in this rapidly expanding specialty"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology 2014
- Print
- Digital/PrintDigital Access
- Print
- DigitalAmie E. Grills Wheelock College of Education & Human Development, Boston University, MA, Melissa Holt Wheelock College of Education & Human Development, Boston University, MA, Gerald Reid Wheelock College of Education & Human Development, Boston University, MA, Chelsey Bowman Children's National Hospital, Washington, DC.Summary: "A concise guide to understanding, assessing, and addressing bullying. There has been an explosion of media attention on youth bullying and peer victimization over the last decade, with cyberbullying becoming more prevalent through the use of social media. While any bullying has serious negative physical and mental health effects which can lead the bullied individual to great despair and even suicide, there are also negative outcomes for the bullies themselves. This volume, written by leading experts, provides clinicians with clear guidance on how to assess and treat this complex behavior. In this evidence-based guide, practitioners learn about bullying, its prevalence, how cyberbullying differs from in-person bullying, what models are available for understanding how bullying occurs, and the best tools and approaches for assessment of these behaviors. The reader is guided through the most effective school-based prevention programs that aim to reduce bullying, and a clinical vignette gives hands-on insight into how a bullying case in a school is managed. Additional resources are provided in an appendix. This book is ideal for educational psychologists, child psychologists, and anyone working with children and adolescents who is committed to helping those being bullied."-- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalStefano Pallanti, Luana Salerno.Summary: This book highlights the importance of investigating for ADHD in adults with attention difficulties, poor memory and executive function impairments. The authors advocate a neurodevelopmental assessment approach in all phases of life, and explain how to perform such assessments. The identification of ADHD in adults with other psychiatric and neurological disorders will lead to a better response to treatments, and as a result reduce its social, economic and personal burden. ADHD can no longer be considered solely a pediatric condition, as it occurs in a significant proportion of adults worldwide. However, ADHD in adults is often unrecognized and untreated. Diagnosing the disorder in adulthood is a challenge, due not only to the different clinical presentation in this phase of life, but also to the fact that other conditions may mask the symptoms. ADHD constitutes a hidden comorbidity with a detrimental impact of those affected, and a poor response (or even non-response) to several treatments. Intended for psychiatrists, neurologists, specialists in gerontology and neuropsychology, this book is an indispensable resource for all mental health practitioners who want to optimize the treatment of patients affected by psychiatric and neurological disorders who respond poorly to standard treatments.
Contents:
Foreword
The socio-economic burden of adult ADHD
The phenotypic expression of ADHD in adulthood
ADHD circuitries and the R-Do-C perspective
The diagnosis of adult ADHD using a precision psychiatry approach: clinical aspects. Neuropsychological and neurophysiological aspects. Psychopathological experiences. The case of Adult Onset ADHD.
Adult ADHD in psychiatric conditions
Adult ADHD in other neurodevelopmental disorders
Adult ADHD in Schizophrenia Spectrum and Other Psychotic Disorders
Adult ADHD in Bipolar and Related Disorders
Adult ADHD in Depressive Disorders
Adult ADHD in Anxiety Disorders
Adult ADHD in Obsessive-Compulsive and Related Disorders
Adult ADHD in Trauma- and Stressor-Related Disorders
Adult ADHD in Feeding and Eating Disorders
Adult ADHD in Sleep-Wake Disorders
Adult ADHD in Disruptive, Impulse-Control, and Conduct Disorders
Adult ADHD in Substance-Related and Addictive Disorders
Adult ADHD and Non-Substance-Related Disorders (Gambling)
Adult ADHD in Neurocognitive Disorders
Future directions for practice and research. - Digitaledited by Michael Glick, Martin S. Greenberg, Peter B. Lockhart, Stephen J. Challacombe.Summary: "This thoroughly revised Thirteenth Edition of Burket's Oral Medicine reflects the scope of modern Oral Medicine with updated content written by 80 contributing oral medicine and medical experts from across the globe. The text emphasizes the diagnosis and management of diseases of the mouth and maxillofacial region as well as safe dental management for patients with complex medical disorders such as cardiovascular disease, cancer, infectious diseases, bleeding disorders, renal diseases, and many more"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction to Oral Medicine and Oral Diagnosis / Michael Glick, Martin S Greenberg, Peter B Lockhart, Stephen J Challacombe
Overview of Clinical Research / Dena J Fischer, Darien Weatherspoon, Mary A Cutting
Ulcerative, Vesicular, and Bullous Lesions / Sook Bin Woo, Jane F Setterfield, Martin S Greenberg
Red and White Lesions of the Oral Mucosa / Ivan Alajbeg, Stephen J Challacombe, Palle Holmstrup, Mats Jontell
Pigmented Lesions of the Oral Mucosa / Alfredo Aguirre, Faizan Alawi, Jose Luis Tapia
Benign Lesions of the Oral Cavity and the Jaws / A Ross Kerr, Denise A Trochesset
Head and Neck Cancer / Amber L Watters, Heidi J Hansen, Ashish A Patel, Joel Epstein
Oral Complications of Nonsurgical Cancer Therapies / Siri Beier Jensen, Douglas E Peterson
Salivary Gland Diseases / Leah M Bowers, Arjan Vissink, Michael T Brennan
Temporomandibular Disorders / Richard Ohrbach, Thomas Sollecito, Temitope Omolehinwa, Martin S Greenberg
Neuropathic Orofacial Pain / Olga A Korczeniewska, Katherine France, Junad Khan, Martin S Greenberg, Rafael Benoliel, Eliav Eli
Common Headache Disorders / Pei Feng Lim, Scott De Rossi, Massimiliano Di Giosia
Diseases of the Respiratory Tract / Lyvia Y Leigh, Patrick Vannelli, Heidi C Crow, Sandhya Desai, Mark Lepore, Robert Anolik, Michael Glick
Diseases of the Cardiovascular System / Peter B Lockhart, Yee-Ping Sun
Diseases of the Gastrointestinal Tract / Jeremy Sanderson, Michael Paul Escudier
Renal Diseases / Karo Parsegian, Ruchir Trivedi, Effie Ioannidou
Hematologic Diseases / Vidya Sankar, Alessandro Villa
Bleeding and Clotting Disorders / Joel J Nape©łas, Lauren L Patton
Immunologic Diseases / Vasileios Ionas Theofilou, Joanne Konkel, Nikolaos G Nikitakis, Niki Moutsopoulos
Transplantation Medicine / Sharon Elad, Marie Laryea, Noam Yarom
Infectious Diseases / Michael J Durkin, Noha Seoudi, Raj Nair
Disorders of the Endocrine System and of Metabolism / Mark Schifter, Mark McLean, Suma Sukumar
Neurologic Diseases / Eric T Stoopler, Michael L McGarvey
Psychological and Psychiatric Aspects of Oral Health / J Tim Newton, Beth J Guildford
Pediatric Oral Medicine / Catherine Hong, Christel M Haberland
Geriatric Oral Medicine / Katharine Ciarrocca, Christine Downey
The Role of Genetics in Oral Medicine / Olga A Korczeniewska, Thomas C Hart, Scott R Diehl
Laboratory Medicine and Diagnostic Pathology / Brian C Muzyka, John Christie, Bobby Collins
How to Identify, Interpret and Apply the Scientific Literature to Practice / Alonso Carrasco-Labra, Malavika Tampi, Olivia Urquhart, Scott Howell, Austin Booth, Michael Glick. - Digitaledited by Zhao-fan Xia, Feng Zhu, Yu Sun.Summary: This book provides in-depth analysis and guidance in the clinical diagnosis and treatment, and development of new treatments with clinical applied prospect of burn and trauma associated lung injury, and does further study on the pathological change of burn and trauma associated lung injury such as inhalation injury, lung blast injury, pulmonary barotrauma, delayed hemopneumothorax, lung injury associated sepsis, ventilator-induced lung injury and ischemia-reperfusion lung injury. It is also compiled with many clinical typical cases, full data and series of pictures. It persists in combining theory and practice, and highlights practical application to reflect the theoretical value. It is very suitable for the medical teaching and can also be used as a reference book for medical doctoral students, postgraduates, and medical trainees receiving continuing education from critical care medicine, burn & trauma surgery, and emergency medicine. It also aims at bringing more clinicians' attention to burn-/trauma-induced lung injury, making them familiar with the relevant theories and clinical diagnose; guiding the treatment of burn and trauma associated lung injury and improving the prognosis and life quality of patients; stimulating more clinicians and researchers to further explore the pathological mechanism and new treatments of burn and trauma associated lung injury. Editor Zhao-fan Xia is a Professor and Director Department of Burn Surgery, Changhai Hospital, Shanghai, China. Professor Xia is the Academician of Chinese Academy of Engineering.
Contents:
Inhalation injury
Primary Blast Lung injury
Pulmonary barotrauma
Delayed Hemopneumothorax
Sepsis Related Lung Injury (SRLI)
Ventilator-Associated Lung Injury (VALI)
Ischemia-reperfusion and Oxidative Stress Induced Lung Injury
Pulmonary Enbolism
Pulmonary Infection
Modes and Strategies of Mechanical Ventilation for burn and trauma associated lung injury
Potential Therapy. - DigitalMarc G. Jeschke, Lars-Peter Kamolz, Shahriar Shahrokhi, editors.Digital Access Springer 2021
- DigitalIsaäc van der Waal.Summary: This book is prepared for patients who suffer from 'Burning mouth disease', also referred to as 'Burning mouth syndrome'. It gives a comprehensive overview of the disease, its symptoms and management. Readers will learn about the terminology and definition of 'Burning mouth disease', and its suggested causes. Attention is paid to symptoms of various diseases that may mimic those of burning mouth disease. Neurological and psychogenic aspects are well covered, as are the many reported pharmacological and non-pharmacological treatment modalities. The combined training of the author in oral surgery, oral pathology and oral medicine has provided him with exceptional expertise in both the diagnosis and the management of patients with burning mouth disease. This book is a must have for everyone who is interested in this enigmatic disease.
Contents:
Introduction: Introduction
Terminology and Definition
Classification
Epidemiology. Symptoms of Burning Mouth Disease: Introduction
Burning Sensation and Other Dysaesthesias of the Oral Mucosa
Dry Mouth
Taste Disturbance
Smell Disorder
Association with other Orofacial Pain Disorders
Complaints Elsewhere in the Body. Suggested Causes of Burning-Mouth-Disease-Like Symptoms:
Introduction
Allergy to Food Substances
Anaemia
Blood Disorders
Dentures or Teeth Related Causes of Burning-Mouth-Disease-Like Symptoms
Gastrointestinal Inflammation ('Gastritis')
Hormonal Disorders
Medication, Side Effects
Mucosal Diseases
Neurological Diseases
Parafunctional Habits
Smoking and the Use of Alcohol
Vitmain Deficiencies. Reported Treatment of Burning Mouth Disease: Introduction
Treatment with Drugs
Alternative Treatments
Treatment without Drugs
Psychosocial Intervention; Cognitive Behavioural Therapy
Summarizing Conclusion. Management of Burning Mouth Disease: Introduction
Oral Examination
Laboratory Investigations
Dental Treatment
The Importance of Proper Communication
Proper Information
Various Treatment Modalities
Self-Care
Psychosocial Intervention; Cognitive Behavioural Therapy
Referral to a Specialist or a Multidisciplinary Pain Clinic
Postscriptum. - DigitalIsaäc van der Waal.Summary: This book gives a comprehensive overview of the symptoms, causes and treatment of Burning Mouth disease and Burning Mouth-like diseases. Burning mouth disease (BMD), also referred to as burning mouth syndrome, is an enigmatic disease for both the patient and the clinician. When the disease is not recognized as such, the patient may become exposed to a wide variety of redundant treatments, including dental and surgical procedures. The text is science-based including literature from the past decades as well as practice-oriented containing treatment guidelines established on personal experience from the author. Much attention is paid to the symptoms of various diseases that may mimic those of BMD. Neurologic and psychogenic aspects are well covered, as are the many treatment modalities, such as pharmacological and nonpharmacological ones. Step-by-step approaches are outlined in this book to help make an apparently unbearable disease more or less acceptable to live with. This monograph will be of help for all dental and medical healthcare providers who are involved in the diagnosis and management of patients suffering from BMD and BMD-like symptoms.
Contents:
Introduction, Terminology and Definition, Classification
Epidemiology of Burning Mouth Disease
Symptomatology of Burning Mouth Disease
Local Causes of Burning-Mouth-Disease-Like Symptoms
Non-local Diseases that May Be Associated with Burning-mouth-disease-like Symptoms
Neurological Aspects of Burning Mouth Disease
Psychogenic Aspects of Burning Mouth Disease
Treatment Modalities of Burning Mouth Disease
Management of Burning Mouth Disease. - DigitalCynthia M. Stonnington, Julia A. Files, editors.Summary: This book is the first to dissect the factors contributing to burnout that impact women physicians and seeks to appropriately address these issues. The book begins by establishing the differences in epidemiology between female physicians and their male counterparts, including rates of burnout, depression and suicide, chosen fields, caregiving responsibilities at home, career tradeoffs in dual physician marriages, patient satisfaction and outcomes, academic rank, leadership positions, salary, and turnover. The second part of the book explores the drivers of physician burnout that disproportionately affect women, each chapter beginning with a case vignette. This section covers many issues that often go unrecognized including unconscious bias, sexual harassment, gender role conflicts, domestic responsibilities, depression, addiction, financial stress, and the impact related to reproductive health such as pregnancy and breastfeeding. The book concludes by focusing on strategies to prevent and/or mitigate burnout among individual women physicians across the career lifespan. This section also includes recommendations to change the culture of medicine and the systems that contribute to burnout. Burnout in Women Physicians is an excellent resource for physicians across all specialties who are concerned with physician wellness and burnout, including students, residents, fellows, and attending physicians.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Sex as a Biological Variable
Preface
A Commentary on Gender and Nomenclature
Contents
Contributors
Introduction
Editors' Commentary: Future Directions and Opportunities for Further Research
References
Part I: How Do Women Physicians Differ from Their Male Counterparts?
1: Sex, Gender, and Medicine
References
2: Patient Satisfaction and Outcomes
Patient Satisfaction Scores, Patient Outcomes, and Burnout
Patient Satisfaction Scores
Physician-Patient Communication
Gender Concordance and Patient Satisfaction Scores
Outcomes of Female Physicians
References
3: Rates of Burnout, Depression, Suicide, and Substance Use Disorders
Vignette
Introduction
Definition
Importance of Epidemiological Data
Correlations of Burnout with Depression, Substance Use Disorders, and Suicide
Epidemiology of Burnout in Women Physicians
Understanding Variability in the Data
The Maslach Burnout Inventory
Systems of Care and Personal Factors That Contribute to Burnout
Physicians Versus Other Professionals
Risk Factors for Physician Burnout
Roles and Responsibilities
Learner and Early Career Physicians
Work Satisfaction
Epidemiology of Depression in Women Physicians
Relationship of Burnout and Depression
Rates of Physician Depression
Epidemiology of Suicide in Women Physicians
Physician Death via Suicide
Suicide Rates Among Physicians
Suicide Rates Among Medical Trainees
Suicide Rates Among Women Physicians
Epidemiology of Substance Use Disorders in Women Physicians
Relationship of Burnout, to Substance Use and Suicide
Rates of Substance Use Disorders
Barriers to Care
References
4: Domestic Responsibilities and Career Advancement
An Exploration of the Influence of Gender and Domestic Responsibilities on the Trajectory of One's Career
Why the Gender Disparity?
Future Direction
References
Part II: Drivers of Burnout That Disproportionately Affect Women and Their Potential Solutions
5: Gender Stereotypes
Bias at the Table: Trapped Between a Sticky Floor and a Glass Ceiling
Bias at the Bedside: "Lady Doctors" Face Gendered Expectations with Staff and Patients
Panel Composition
Gender Bias and Satisfaction Surveys
Gender Bias, Occupational Segregation, and Stereotype Threat
Bias at Home: Parental Leave Is Leaving Both Men and Women Behind
Bias and Burnout: Putting It Together
References
6: Sexual Harassment
Introduction
How Common Is Sexual Harassment Toward Women Physicians?
When Patients Sexually Harass Their Physician
Sexual Harassment as It Relates to Trainees
How Do Women Physicians Respond to Sexual Harassment?
How Does Sexual Harassment Affect Women Physicians?
Legal Aspects of Sexual Harassment in Medicine
Solutions to Sexual Harassment in Medicine
ReferencesDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalMelvin A. Shiffman, Mervin Low, editors.Summary: This book presents a comprehensive overview of recent clinical techniques and findings regarding wounds in burns, infections of wounds, and wound management in general. With the help of numerous high-quality illustrations, the first part of the book describes various approaches to treating patients with burn wounds. In turn, the second part focuses on infections of wounds. Here, the chapter authors summarize the most recent treatment options for wound infection in both children and adults. The third and last part addresses wound management in general, rounding out the content. Given the breadth of its coverage, the book offers a valuable resource for beginners and experienced plastic surgeons alike.
Contents:
Part 1: Burns
Overview of Burns
Care and (First) Aid of Children with Burns
Learning from the Management of Carbapenemase Producing Organisms at a Regional Burns Centre
A Hemostatic Technique Using Silicone Gel Dressing for Burn Surgery
Skin Graft Fixation in Severe Burns: Use of Topical Negative Pressure
Tissue Expanders in Post-Burn Alopecia: With or Without Galeotomies
Autologous Skin Cell Transplantation and Medical Needling for Repigmentation of Depigmented Burn Scars on UV-Protected and UV-Exposed Skin
A novel Chitosan Based Gel for Burn Wounds
Treatment of Partial-thickness Scalds by Skin Xenografts
The MEEK Technique in the Treatment of Burns
Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome in the Burn Patient
Chemical Burns to the Eye
Severe Burns: Pathogenesis and Prevention of Infection
Comparison of antemortem clinical diagnosis and postmortem findings in burn-related deaths
The effect of natural extracts on laser burn wound healing
Part 2: Infections
Malnutrition Predicts Infectious and Wound Complications Following Posterior Lumbar Spinal Fusion
Deep-Wound and Organ-Space Infection after Surgery for Degenerative Spine Disease
Wound Infection following Stoma Reversal: A Prospective Comparative Study
Primary Necrotizing Fasciitis of the Breast: Combined use of Hyperbaric Oxygen and Negative Pressure Wound Therapy to Conserve the Breast
Novel Antimicrobial Peptides: Targeting Wound Infections Caused by 'Superbugs' Resistant to all Current Antibiotics
Novel use of a biologically-active-prefaabricated- random-3-dimensional-polymer scaffold of hyaluronic acid (hyaff) to facilitate complicated wound closure
Part 3: Wound Management
Negative-Pressure Wound Therapy for Large Burn Wounds
Negative pressure wound therapy for the treatment of complex spinal wounds
Potential mechanisms and application of honeybee products in wound management: wound healing by apitherapy
Reactive oxygen species treat ment in the management of wounds.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaleditors, Dawn Lee Garzon, Mary Dirks, Martha Driessnack, Karen G. Duderstadt and Nan M. Gaylord.Summary: Build a comprehensive foundation in children's primary care. Burns' Pediatric Primary Care, 8th Edition, covers the full spectrum of health conditions seen in primary care pediatrics, emphasizing both prevention and management. This in-depth, evidence-based textbook is the only one on the market written from the unique perspective of the Nurse Practitioner. It guides you through assessing, managing, and preventing health problems in children from infancy through adolescence. Key topics include developmental theory, issues of daily living, the health status of children today, and diversity and cultural considerations. Updated content throughout reflects the latest research evidence, national and international protocols, and standardized guidelines. Additionally, this edition includes three new chapters on topics such as palliative care; inclusivity, equity, diversity, and justice; and child maltreatment.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing [2025]
- DigitalJennifer R. Gray, PhD, RN, FAAN, Dean, College of Professional Studies, Oklahoma Christian University, Edmond, Oklahoma, Professor Emeritus, College of Nursing and Health Innovation, the University of Texas at Arlington, Arlington, Texas, Susan K. Grove, PhD, RN, ANP-BC, GNP-BC, Professor Emeritus, College of Nursing and Health Innovation, the University of Texas at Arlington, Arlington, Texas, Adult Nurse Practitioner.Summary: "Winner of the 1st-place American Journal of Nursing Book of the Year award in nursing research/evidence-based practice for 2021!Burns & Grove's The Practice of Nursing Research: Appraisal, Synthesis, and Generation of Evidence, 9th Edition is the trusted resource for those wanting to master the research methods that are foundational to evidence-based practice. This highly respected textbook covers how to appraise and apply existing research evidence, as well as how to participate in research and quality improvement projects. This new 9th edition has been extensively updated to reflect today's focus on online research in the digital era and includes clear, step-by-step guidelines for all major quantitative and qualitative research approaches -- including supporting examples from the latest high-quality literature. There's also new content on translational research, coverage of the most current research tools and techniques, and an increased use of illustrations, tables, and other visuals to help engage visually oriented readers of all levels."--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Unit 1. Introduction to Nursing Research
Chapter 1. Discovering the world of nursing
Chapter 2. Evolution of research in building evidence-based nursing practice
Chapter 3. Introduction to quantitative research
Chapter 4. Introduction to qualitative research
Unit 2. The Research Process
Chapter 5. Research problem and purpose
Chapter 6. Objectives, questions, hypotheses, and study variables
Chapter 7. Review of relevant literature
Chapter 8. Frameworks
Chapter 9. Ethics in research
Chapter 10. Quantitative methodology : Noninterventional designs and methods
Chapter 11. Quantitative methodology : Interventional designs and methods
Chapter 12. Qualitative research methods
Chapter 13. Outcomes research
Chapter 14. Mixed methods research
Chapter 15. Sampling
Chapter 16. Quantitative measurement concepts
Chapter 17. Measurement methods used in developing evidence-based practice
Unit 3. Putting It All Together for Evidence-Based Health Care
Chapter 18. Critical appraisal of nursing studies
Chapter 19. Evidence synthesis and strategies for implementing evidence-based practice
Unit 4. Collecting and Analyzing Data, Determining Outcomes, and Disseminating Research
Chapter 20. Collecting and managing data
Chapter 21. Introduction to statistical analysis
Chapter 22. Using statistics to describe variables
Chapter 23. Using statistics to examine relationships
Chapter 24. Using statistics to predict
Chapter 25. Using statistics to determine differences
Chapter 26. Interpreting research outcomes
Chapter 27. Disseminating research findings
Unit 5. Proposing and Seeking Funding for Research
Chapter 28. Writing research proposals
Chapter 29. Seeking funding for research
Appendices
Appendix A. z values table
Appendix B. Critical values for student's t distribution
Appendix C. Critical values of r for Pearson Product moment correlation coefficient
Appendix D. Critical values of F for [alpha] = 0.05 and [alpha] = 0.01
Appendix E. Critical values of the X² distribution
Glossary
Index.Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing [2021] - DigitalGerd Pluschke, Katharina Röltgen, editors.Summary: A major objective of this open access book is to summarize the current status of Buruli Ulcer (BU) research for the first time. It will identify gaps in our knowledge, stimulate research and support control of the disease by providing insight into approaches for surveillance, diagnosis, and treatment of Buruli Ulcer. Book chapters will cover the history, epidemiology diagnosis, treatment and disease burden of BU and provide insight into the microbiology, genomics, transmission and virulence of Mycobacterium ulcerans.
Contents:
Buruli Ulcer: History and Disease Burden
Buruli Ulcer in Africa
Buruli Ulcer in Australia
Mycobacterium Ulcerans Infection in French Guiana; Current State of Knowledge
Buruli Ulcer in Japan
Population Genomics and Molecular Epidemiology of Mycobacterium Ulcerans
Mycolactone: More Than Just a Cytotoxin
The Immunology of Buruli Ulcer
Buruli Ulcer in Animals and Experimental Infection Models
Laboratory Diagnosis of Buruli Ulcer: Challenges and Future Perspectives
Antimicrobial Treatment of Mycobacterium Ulcerans Infection
Thermotherapy of Buruli Ulcer
Secondary Infection of Buruli Ulcer Lesions
Management of BU-HIV Co-infection
Social Science Contributions to BU Focused Health Service Research in West-Africa
Transdisciplinary Research and Action to Stop Buruli Ulcer- A Case Study from Philanthropy. - DigitalR. Jennifer Cavalieri, Mark E. Rupp.Summary: This guidebook provides research professionals with a deeper understanding of strategic planning, financial management, and regulatory implementation. This book demonstrates a strategy for managing your portfolio of clinical trials, provides tactics and real-world examples, and helps the reader adapt them to their own research site.
Contents:
The business of research
Managing administrative information
Managing workplace responsibilities
Fostering professional relationships and a productive workplace
Environment
Managing financial performance
Putting regulations into everyday practice.Digital Access AccessAPN 2014 - DigitalSuzanne Waddill-Goad.Contents:
Business basics : the big picture in healthcare
Business infrastructure
Finance 101
Competency in business
Marketing
Launching a private APN practice
Working in a non-clinical nursing job
Innovation in nursing.Digital Access AccessAPN 2017 - DigitalNeil Baum, Marc J. Kahn, editors.Summary: This book is intended to be a roadmap towards a successful practice for medical students, residents, fellows, and doctors. This roadmap focuses on how to build and manage a medical practice, and can be applied regardless if the reader is employed, joins a small group, or if they are a doctor who decides to start their own practice. Part I covers the basic business concepts that every physician needs to know. Chapters emphasize the benefits that accrue to a physician who understands the basics of business. Part II provides a guide for doctors who are beginning a medical practice. The chapters define the various options for doctors' employment such as solo practice, group practice, and academic medicine. The section also includes the process of negotiating contracts, identifying the advisers who help physicians become successful, and secure within their field and practice. The final part emphasizes strategies on how to build and grow a successful practice by covering topics such as hiring staff, employee motivation, creating a brand, gaining recognition, online reputation and presence, crisis management, integrating new technology, and work/life balance. The Business Basics of Building and Managing a Healthcare Practice serves as a valuable resource that helps doctors make a difference in the lives of their patients, as well as help them make good financial decisions.
Contents:
Why Doctors Need to Consider Medicine a Business
Time-Value of Money, or What Is the Real Financial Value of an Opportunity?
Basic Accounting and Interpretation of Financial Statements
Revenue Cycle Management
Contracts and Negotiation
Entrepreneurship and Formulating Business Plans
Managing People
Basic Personal Finance and Investing
Organized Medicine
Transition From Training to Practice
Managing Student Debt
MIPS MACRA and Payment Models
Obtaining and Maintaining Referrals from Other Physicians
Branding Your Medical Practice-How to Make Your Practice Distinctive and Unique
Legal Considerations in Hiring and Firing of Non-Physician Staff
Malpractice
Midlevel Providers (Notes)
Use of Technology
Academic Practice
Gaining Recognition in the Community
Internet and Social Media Marketing
Crisis Management
Physician Burnout-Don't Get Caught in the Flame
"Divorcing" Your Business Partners
Life-Work Equilibrium
Future of Medicine-The Past Cannot Be Changed. The Future is in Your Power
Conclusion and Five Essential Metrics You Need to Know.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digital[edited by] Jeffrey S. Dover, Kavita Mariwalla.Summary: "Although board-certified dermatologists provide the best care for their patients, managing a practice and optimizing every facet of the business is a daunting endeavor. Business acumen is not taught in residency and is the most overlooked aspect of any given practice. The Business of Dermatology, written by esteemed dermatologists Jeffrey S. Dover, Kavita Mariwalla, and an impressive group of experts, provides a rare opportunity to learn about the operations side of practices across the country. Written in an informal tone, this unique book enables readers to be privy to a "40-way chat" with dermatologists whose practices are flourishing. With a vast wealth of information relevant to the business side of a dermatology practice, this remarkable resource fills the gap between the training phase and acquisition of professional confidence. Fiftyfive chapters offer insightful, highly practical pearls for everyone-from early-career dermatologists and those in solo-practice to employed physicians in large groups. Even the most seasoned practitioners will benefit from firsthand knowledge and real-world tips shared by physicians who have made their own mistakes trying to get practices off the ground and maintain them. The Business of Dermatology is an indispensable, one-stop source for all trainee and practicing dermatologists who need insightful guidance on setting up, organizing, managing, or optimizing their practice"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- DigitalMichael Wasserman.Contents:
1. A geriatrician's success story
2. Why geriatric medicine matters
3. Matching clinical strengths to revenue
4. Taking full risk
5. The psychology of geriatricians
6. Going to battle and standing your ground
7. By the numbers
8. Swimming with the sharks
9. me and the OIG
10. Nursing homes: survival of the fittest
11. Assisted living: healthcare or real estate?
12. House calls: a "new" old-fashioned approach
13. Care coordination
14. Medicare advantage: past, present, and future
15. Business planning for geriatrics success
16. They don't call it risk for nothing
17. ACOs: days of future past
18. Bundling and alternate payment models
19. MIPS and geriatrics
20. Fee for service: will it ever die?
21. Competition: not an effective strategy
22. Getting the most out of providers
23. Electronic health records
24. Opportunities in today's healthcare marketplace
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaleditors, Joshua M. Korman, Heather J. FurnasDigital Access
- Digitalvolume editors, Madhukar Misra, Shigeki Toma, Takahiro Shinzato.Contents:
History of the buttonhole technique / Misra, M
The impact of buttonhole cannulation on patients and staff in hemodialysis facilities / Ogawa, T., Harada, E., Kanayama, Y., Tanabe, A., Inamura, M., Kiba, T., Shimizu, T., Iwashita, T., Tayama, Y., Matsuda, A., Hasegawa, H
Buttonhole tunnel tract creation with the bioholer buttonhole device / King, J.
Causes and solutions of the trampoline effect / Miwa, M., Ota, N., Ando, C., Miyazaki, Y
A new method that enables complete removal of scabs at buttonhole entry sites / Shinzato, T., Sasaki, M., Ota, N., Shibata, K., Fukui, H.,Toma, S., Maeda, K.
Deformity of buttonhole entry site causes higher frequency of vascular access-related infection / Sato, S., Sakai, N., Ohkuri, K., Shinzato, T., Sasaki, M., Nakai, S., Toma, S
Relationship between years elapsed after initial buttonhole cannulation and frequency of vascular access-related infections / Toma, S
Long-term safety of buttonhole cannulation and efficacy of mupirocin prophylaxis / Agarwal, A., Nesrallah, G
Application of buttonhole cannulation technique to surgically superficialized arteries / Hayakawa, K., Sugiyama, D., Tanaka, H., Shinohara, S., Ohki, T., Muraoka, A., Miwa, M.Digital Access Karger 2015 - PrintPrint
Popular Books
- Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine
- AAP Red Book Online
- Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease
- Sabiston Textbook of Surgery
- Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics
- Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics
- Mandell, Douglas, & Bennett's Principles & Practice of Infectious Diseases
- Red Book Online
- ICU Book
- Primary Care Medicine
- Campbell-Walsh Urology
Access restricted to Stanford community
Lane Library Bookmarklet
To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.
Bookmark on Other Websites
- To Install, Right Click this Button.
- Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
- From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
- Once installed it will look like this
- Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
- Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
Can't Find It?
Browse by Publisher
Biomedical Publishers
- AccessMedicine
- Springer Protocols
- Books@Ovid
- ClinicalKey
- MyiLibrary
- Stat!Ref
- Lange Series
- National Academy Press
- NCBI Bookshelf
- PsychiatryOnline
- CogNet
- Thieme Atlases
Bioresearch Publishers
- Safari Tech Books
- SpringerLink
- CRCnet base
- MyiLibrary
- ebrary
- EBSCOhost (Choose Research Databases... eBook Collection)
Beyond Stanford
A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.
Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.
MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.
Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.
Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.
Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.
Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.
Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.
In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.
A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.
Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.
Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.
Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.
Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.